PROCEEDINGS

OF

The Academy of Natural Sciences

OF

PHILADELPHIA

VOLUME LXXIII

1921

PHILADELPHIA:
THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

19Z2

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,

April' 24, 1922.

I hereby certify that the printed copies of the Proceedings for 1921 were
mailed as follows:

Pages 1-32 September 12, 1921

33-4S September 17, 1921

49-64 October 6, 1921

65-96 October 11, 1921

97-192 October 14, 1921

193-224 December 9, 1921

225-240 December 24, 1921

241-304 January 3, 1922

305-352 January 4, 1922

353-410 January 18, 1922

417-436 January 23, 1922

437-468 April " 6, 1922

469-500 April 11, 1922

501-532 April 13, 1922

533-552 Apiil 24, 1922

WILLIAM J. FOX, Editor.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE:

Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D.

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox,

Milton J. Greenman, M.D.
The I'lrsifle?}!, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., ex-officio.

EDITOR: William J. Fox.

CONTENTS

For Amiouncements, etc., see General Index.

PAGE

Alexander, Charles P. New or Little-known Craneflies

from the Amazonian Region 39

Braun, Annette F. Two Weeks' Collecting in Glacier Nat-
ional Park 1

Fowler, Henry W. Notes on Hemibranchiate and Lopho-

branchiate Fishes 43 7

Gordon, Samuel G. Desilicated Granitic Pegmatites. ...... 1(39

The Chromite Deposits of the State Line Serpentines 449

Hebard, Morgan. South American Blattidac from the Mus-
eum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France 193

Penard, E. Studies on some Flagellata, 105

Pennell, Francis W. Scrophulariaceae of the West Gulf

States 459

PiLSBRY, Henry A. A Revision of W. M. Gabb's Tertiary

Mollusca of Santo Domingo 305

Wanner, H. E. Some Faunal Remains from the Trias of

York County, Pennsylvania 25

Wetmore, Alexander. A Fossil Owl from the Bridger

Eocene 455

I 1 f 3^

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1921

TWO WEEKS COLLECTING IN GLACIER NATIONAL PARK.

BY ANNETTE F. BRAUN.

During the summer of 1920, the writer had a brief, but very-
successful collecting trip in Glacier National Park, Montana, which
disclosed an unexpectedly rich insect fauna. A total of fourteen
days, in whole or part, was spent in collecting between July 14 and
July 29, inclusive.

Glacier National Park lies in northwestern Montana, including
within its boundaries a mass of mountain peaks, the highest of which
rises to an elevation of 10,438 feet. It is traversed in a northwest-
southeastwardly direction by the Continental Divide. On the west
side, the waters flow into the Pacific through the Columbia River;
on the east side, in the south, to the Missouri River, in the north
beyond the Hudson Bay Divide, to Hudson Bay. Adjoining the
park on the east lie the foothills and plains; at the lower altitudes
on this side of the park, about 5000 feet, there is a blending of foot-
hills and mountain vegetation which may in part account for the
richness and diversity of the fauna in the dry mountain meadows
at this altitude. It was on the east side of the park that most of
my collecting was done.

Although my attention was directed principally toward securing
as adequate a representation of Microlepidoptera as possible within
the limited time spent in the park, specimens in other groups of

(1)

t

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Lepidoptera were collected when the opportunity offered. The
number of such species perhaps totals in the neighborhood of one
hundred. In addition a few general observations on the abundance
and distribution of other orders of insects in the various ecological
regions and at different altitudes were made and will be referred
to below.

The region is forested except at the higher altitudes and on wind-
swept mountain sides, with a rather dense growth of coniferous
trees. Some of the steeper rocky slopes are comparatively treeless,
with a scanty herbaceous vegetation of many species, with scattered
spruce and pine. In addition to these, there are two other types of
comparatively treeless areas, which furnished the best collecting
grounds, both as to species and numbers of individuals. One of
these is the open dry rocky meadow, which supports a great variety
of herbaceous plants and which yielded the greatest number of
Microlepidoptera. The other is a moister meadow, with taller,
more luxuriant vegetation.

The coniferous forest proved to be the poorest collecting ground
in the park. This was especially true where the predominant under-
growth was the Indian basket grass; here practically nothing was
secured. Where the undergrowth was of a more varied character,
particularly near the margins of streams, a greater number of spe-
cies was found. The Geometridae led in numbers here.

The rather open steep rocky slopes and cliff's, of which the sides
of Goat Mountain above St. Mary Lake are an example, yielded
some species which were not found elsewhere. Collecting here was
only successful early in the morning, at sunrise just as the sun strikes
the rocks, or in the late afternoon.

The moister meadow referred to above may be found in forest
openings, on the moister mountain slopes, or in the more sheltered
valleys, such as the valley of Canyon Creek or the upper part of
Swiftcurrent Valley. The most conspicuous herbaceous plants of
these meadows in July are the cow parsnip, Heracleum lanatum, and
the false forget-me-not, Lappula florihunda. Shrubs abound and
a dense growth of alders occurs where the water supply is plentiful
enough. Such localities proved to be prolific collecting grounds.
In the Microlepidoptera the most abundant and characteristic spe-
cies here was Choreutis occidentella Dyar. Simaethis fahriciana var.
alpinella Busck, several species of Incurvariidae flying in sunshine,
and Pterophoridae were usually present in considerable numbers.
Butterflies in limited numbers were seen also. Toward the end of

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. .J

July, Gnophaela latipennis var. vermiculata became very plentiful,
flying by dozens in the air above the alders. The numerous shrubs,
most of which were in bloom at the time of my stay, attracted
many Coleoptera, chiefly Longicorns, Clerids and Mordellids; Hy-
menoptera, of which the parasitic forms were especially noticeable,
and many Diptera, of which by far the greatest number were Syr-
phidae. The Coleoptera were most plentiful during the first four
or five days of my stay, and dwindled in numbers very markedly
toward the end of July. These meadows lie at altitudes of 4500
feet to 5500 feet.

The dry meadow occupies drier, rocky and more exposed situa-
tions usually at altitudes around 5000 feet; good examples of such
meadows where extensive collections were made are found at Glacier
Park Station, the lower end of Two Medicine Lake, the north end
of McDermott Lake, and on the gentle slopes near the mouth of
Canyon Creek. These meadows are veritable flower gardens, ex-
hibiting an unsurpassed richness of flora. At the end of July, the
blooming period was about over at Glacier Park Station, and the
meadow was becoming dry and brown, with a corresponding dwind-
ling in species of Lepidoptera. These meadows are by far the
richest of any of the localities where collections were made in point
of species and numbers of individuals. Microlepidoptera were most
active early in the morning, while the dew was still on the leaves,
and in the evening at dusk. In most instances specimens taken in
the evening were of different species from those flying in the morn-
ing. Coleophora, Elachistidae, some Incurvariidae, many species of
Gelechiidae were the most characteristic groups present among the
Tineina; Tortricids were represented by a great number of species,
many very numerous in individuals, notably Cnephasia argentana
Clerck w^hich flew in swarms; Pyralids, among which perhaps the
most common was Pyla sp., and many Crambids were present.
Butterflies flew plentifully dm*ing the middle of the day; these
were fairly numerous at all places dmdng my stay in the park, but
became especially abundant during the last five or six days of July;
swarms of them congregated on every moist stream bank and on
the trails. The flowering shrubs, scattered through the meadows
and fringing the forests, attracted as in the moist meadows, many
Coleoptera, Hymenoptera and Diptera.

The subalpine meadows occurred at the higher altitudes, 6000
feet or over, depending upon slope exposure, topographic conditions
and persistence of snow. These meadows produced a disappoint-

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

ingly small number of species. The Gelechiid, Gnorimoschema och-
reostrigeUa, was the only really common micro; some species of
Tortricids were found, and Crambids were fairly numerous. Butter-
flies were not uncommon; and representatives of several genera of
day-flying Noctuids were captured on flowers. The most striking
feature of the insect fauna at the higher altitudes at this time was
the presence of great numbers of Syrphus flies, representing many
species. Bumble-bees were common in the meadows here, with a
mimicking Syrphus fly.

The microlepidopterous fauna of the region shows a mingling of
elements derived from several physiographic areas; as might be
expected from its situation at the eastern edge of the Rocky ^foun-
tains, with the plains to the east, and its connection with the Pacific
Coast and Sierra Nevada through the Columbia River Basin. Its
position in the Northern Rocky Mountain Region relates its flora
and fauna to that of the north and makes possible connections with
more easterly forms. Thus we have species here hitherto reported
from Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, from the more southern
Rocky Mountains, from the Sierra Nevada of CaUfornia. from
Oregon, and species whose range includes the whole northern United
States and Canada. The Lepidoptera of the Kootenai District
of British Columbia (Dyar, 1904) is on the other hand, most nearly
related to that of the Sierra Nevada. This region, although not far
from Glacier National Park, lies entirely on the Pacific side of thg
Continental Divide in the Columbia River drainage basin.

All of the localities mentioned in the following pages may be
found on the U. S. Geological Survey topographic map of Glacier
National Park. The altitudes of the chief points at which collec-
tions were made are as follows :

Glacier Park Station, 4796 feet.

Two Medicine Lake, 5175 feet.

St. .Mary, 4472 feet.

Going-to-the-Sun Chalets, on St. Mary Lake, about 4600 feet.

McDermott Lake, 4860 feet.

Swiftcurrent Pass, 7176 feet.

Granite Park, 6500 feet.

In this paper only those species belonging to the families formerly
grouped together as Tineina are included. The Tortricid families of
which many species were collected are omitted here. In addition
to the species of Tineina recorded in this paper as occurring in
Glacier National Park, many others, chiefly Gelechiidae and Cole-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

ophor\dae, some of them belonging to genera not reported from
this country, were collected. Strangely, no member of the family
Tineidae, which is usually well represented in collections from west-
ern localities, was secured.

The types and paratypes of the new species are all for the present
in the writer's collection.

COSMOPTERYGIDAE.

Cyphophora tricristatella Chambers.

Occurring most commonly in dry meadows at the lower altitudes
in the region (about 5000 feet); one specimen at Granite Park,
July 26 (6400 feet).

Psacaphora deceptella n. sp.

Palpi dark brown outwardly, with a silvery metallic luster in-
wardly; antennae dark brown, apical four or five segments black
preceded l^y six or seven white segments. Head and thorax leaden
metallic, with a purplish iridescence, base of wing silvery metallic
with blue and purple iridescence, followed by a large dark brown
patch on costa extending a little below fold. Ground color of
remainder of wing golden orange. The dark brown patch is edged
outwardly and beneath by bluish silvery metallic scales, which
extend outward beneath the fold to a large patch, of dark brown
raised scales. A similar large patch of raised scales at tornus, pre-
ceded by a streak of metallic scales which forms its inner border
and then extends obliquely upward over the end of the cell to the
costal cilia ; on the end of the cell these metaUic scales form a slightly
convex patch. First discal spot round, silvery, edged with black.
A white costal spot at three-fourths. Extreme margin of the wing
around apex and cilia dark brown, with a faint purple luster; a
row of iridescent metallic scales around apex at base of cilia from
the white costal spot to the tornus. Hind wings dark brown. Legs
dark brown, tips of segments whitish. Abdomen dark brown above
and below. Expanse, 10 mm.

Type id"), Glacier Park Station, July 29.

Close to terminella Westwood; at first glance mistakable for it.
The chief points of difference are the different coloration of the
antennae, the orange apex of the wings, and the details of the silvery
markings.

Psacaphora sexstrigella n. sp.

Palpi silvery white, the second segment densely dusted with
black in transverse rows, third segment with a few blackish specks.
Face yellowish, shading to dull leaden metallic on the crown. Tho-
rax and fore wings dark brown, mixed with leaden metallic scales,
which predominate in the basal two-thirds of the wing. Basal

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

fifth of wing purplish; an orange spot at basal fifth below fold but
not reaching dorsum; a large black scale tuft near middle of wing
below fold; a similar tuft at tornus, bordered toward base with white
scales; a little behind this, on costa, a large white spot; a series of
six white streaks, three costal and three terminal,, around apex,
arranged fan-like, not reaching into the ciha. Cilia brown, paler
at the base. Hind wings and cilia brownish gray. Legs black,
with tips of segments and a bar across the hind tibiae white. Ab-
domen dark brown, tip orange. Expanse, 9 mm.

Type ( 9 ), McDermott Lake.

The larva mines leaves of fireweed, Chamaenerion angustifolium,
making a linear mine which enlarges into a pale greenish blotch.
The imago emerged August 14.

Mompha unifasciella Chambers.

The galls common throughout the park on stems of fireweed.
Imagoes emerged from August 12 to 22.

GELECHIIDAE.

In addition to the species which are referred to or described be-
low, a limited number each of other species were collected.

Aristotelia rubidella Clemens.

Common in the dry mountain meadows at about 5000 feet.

Telphusa praefixa n. sp.

Labial palpi dark fuscous, paler inwardly; a very narrow whitish
annulus is faintly indicated at the basal third of the second segment,
a broad white annulus at apical third; base, an annulus before the
tip and extreme tip of third segment white. Antennae fuscous,
annulate with pale gray above, most distinctly toward the apex.
Head pale gray, scales tipped with white. Thorax and fore wings
dark fuscous, sprinkled with black scales in the middle and apical
part of the wing; scales of the thorax and wing near the base min-
utely tipped with whitish. From basal fourth of costa an out-
wardly oblique pale fascia (scales pale gray, white-tipped, con-
colorous with the head), narrowing toward dorsum, reaches a little
beyond the fold; it is bordered inwardly by a heavy line of black
scales, which ends in a small patch of raised black and whitish scales
just below the fold. A small patch of raised black and white scales
on the fold beyond the fascia. An indistinct pale spot in the middle
of costa; an irregular transverse pale fascia at three-fourths con-
colorous with the oblique fascia, scarcely reaches the dorsum, and
sends a short broad inward projection basalwards in the middle of
the wing. At the inner edge of this projection is a small patch of
raised black scales. Cilia gray, speckled with white-tipped black
scales. Hind wings and cilia fuscous. Legs fuscous, barred with
white, tarsi white-tipped. Expanse, 13.5-14 mm.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7

Glacier Park Station, July 29, in a pine and aspen thicket.
Type and two paratypes in the writer's collection.

Gnorimoschema ochreostrigella Chambers.

This species is very common in the open meadows at the higher
altitudes. Many specimens collected at Granite Park and Swift-
current Pass, 6400 to 7100 feet; July 25-26.

Some specimens show distinctly the ocheroua^ streaking on the
fore wings; in others there is scarcely a vestige of the ochreous
tint, and the wing is of a dull drab color, dusted with fuscous. The
expanse of wings varies in these specimens from 12 to 17 mm.

Gnorimoschema triocellella Chambers.

Glacier Park Station, Julj^ 14. In some specimens the apical
portion of the wing except on the extreme margins is densely dusted
with nearly black scales.

Gnorimoschema erigeronella n. sp.

Palpi white inwardly, densely dusted with black beneath and
outwardly ; base and a more or less distinct band near apex of second
segment whitish; base and extreme tip of third segment whitish.
Antennae whitish ochreous, banded wMth fuscous. Head and thorax
white, specked with black, with some ochreous on the crown, and
on the patagia and median line of thorax. Fore wings ochreous,
marked with lines of white black-barred scales, which follow the
veins and the margins of the wing, leaving the fold ochreous. The
lower margin of the cell is broadly thus clothed, and the dorsal
part of the wing below the fold has only a short longitudinal streak of
ochreous which is sometimes entirely w^anting. Around the apex
the scales on the interspaces are more broadly barred with black
than those along. the veins. An elongate black spot or dash at the
middle of the cell just below and in contact with the line of scales
along the upper margin; a similar spot at the end of the cell. These
are the two most distinct spots, but there is usually an aggregation
of blackish scales on the fold just below the first discal spot; a similar
spot on the ochreous ground color just within the costal margin near
base. Hind wings silvery gray in the female, darker in the male;
cilia gray with ochreous bases. Legs white, densely dusted with
fuscous, hind tibiae faintly barred with white; tarsal segments tipped
with white. Expanse, 11.5-14 mm.

Glacier Park Station, July 28; a specimen reared emerged Aug-
ust 13.

Type ( cf' ) and two paratypes ( 9 ) ; one of the females reared from
an irregular mine on Erigeron speciosus DC, collected July 14,
when most of the mines were untenanted.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

This species is very close to artemisiella Kearf . ; the two are ahnost
identically marked, but erigeronella is a narrow, more slender-winged
species and is considerably larger.

Gnorimoschema contxaria n. sp.

Labial palpi blackish, minutely peppered with white; second seg-
ment whitish inwardly, third with a white spot within near base.
Antennae dark brown with narrow paler rings. Head and thorax
dark fuscous, patagia and tip of thorax reddish brown. Costal
two-thirds of the fore wing reddish brown, with the costa and veins
marked with lines of white broadly black-barred scales, the lines
sometimes confluent in the apical half of the wing; the dorsal third
of the wing from the base to the apex is clothed with white scales
barred before their tips with black of varying width. The dorsal
margin is distinctly lighter than the remainder of the wing. The
paler dorsal portion is irregular indented with blunt tooth-lik3
projections of the brown ground color; these teeth are partially
filled up and edged with blackish scales, heightening the contrast*.,
between the two areas. Three of these patches of black scales stand
out prominently; an elongate one near base, one in each of the two
succeeding teeth and extending up onto the cell. Cilia fuscous,
specked Avith whitish black-barred scales. Hind wings and cilia
gray, with a faint reddish tinge. Legs densely dusted with fuscous.
Expanse, 15-16 mm.

Type (cf ), McDermott Lake, July 22; three paratypes (cf and 9 ),
Glacier Park Station, July 14; in dry meadows.

Although allied to the other longitudinally streaked species, the
paler dorsal margin gives it a very different aspect; the pattern
of the dorsal half of the wing is that of serratipalpella Chambers.
In the female, the brown ground color is less obscured by the dusted
lines than in the males.

Anacampsis niveopulvella Chambers.

Common at Glacier Park Station, where the larvae feed on willow
and aspen. Both this and the following species are referable to
Compsolechin Meyrick, if this genus is maintained distinct from

A7iacaittpsis.

Anacampsis paltodohella Busck.

(Jne specimen of this beautiful species taken on the car window,
exact locality not known, presumably western Montana.

The type locality is New Mexico.

Gelechia lugubrella Fab.

McDermott Lake, July 22; Glacier Park Station, July 29; in dry
meadows. Previously reported in this country from Maine.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9

Gelechia unifasciella Busck.

Two Medicine Lake, July 15-16; in dry mountain meadows.
These specimens answer minutely the description of this species,
the types of which came from Williams, Arizona, but the expanse is
somewhat less (14-15 mm.).

Gelechia metallica n. sp.

Palpi bronzy brown, brush on second segment blackish. An-
tennae dark brown. Head, thorax and fore wings lustrous dark
bronzy brown, the wings entirely immaculate; on underside of the
fore wings of the male a patch of yellowish oval slightly convex
scales covers the disc. Hind wings shining pale fuscous, with
slightly yellowish elongate scales on the disc. Abdomen purplish
black above, underside of abdomen and legs shining dark bronzy
brown. Expanse, 9.5-11.5 mm.

Glacier Park Station, July 14 and 29, Going-to-the-Sun, July 20-
21; McDermott Lake, July 24; in dry mountain meadows, flying in
the early morning.

Type (cf) and thirty paratypes, all males.

Very unlike any other described American species. In the hind
wing, veins 3 and 4 are stalked, veins 6 and 7 closely approximated.

Gelechia abradescens n. sp.

Palpi, antennae and head dark brown; outer side of second seg-
ment of palpi witii a few scattered whitish scales. Thorax and
fore wings shining dark brown, under a lens slightly irrorated; some-
times a few scattered whitish scales along the veins; an indistinct
elongate blackish spot at about the middle of the fold, and obliquely
above and beyond it in the cell a small blackish spot; a similar
but larger spot at the end of the cell; at apical third a whitish spot
on the costa, usually confined to the extreme costa, occasionally,
especially in the female, extending about one-quarter across the
wing. Cilia brownish gray, with a faint line of brown scales through
the middle. Hind wings brownish gray, cilia brown at their bases.
Underside of body and legs uniformly dark brown without paler
markings. Expanse, 17-20 mm.

Glacier Park Station, July 14, in dry meadows.

Type (cf) and eleven paratypes (d^ and 9).

This species seems to be allied to pravinominella, ornatifimhriella
and amorphaeeUa.

The wings are very easily abraded, having then more of a dusted
appearance, due to exposure of the paler bases of the scales. In
such specimens the black spots are more conspicuous.

Gelechia conspersa n. sp.

Palpi pale grayish brown, mixed with whitish, third segment with
a minute black spot at the base outwardly. Antennae brown,

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

banded with whitish. Head and thorax pale grayish brown. Fore
wings pale grayish brown, bases of scales whitish, dusted with scat-
tered whitish scales, which occur singly except in the apical third of
the wing, where they form ill-defined spots. A row of these extends
around the apex from the apical third of costa to the tornus. The
costal margin is slightly darkened before the first of these spots.
A faint darker small spot on disc and a larger one at end of cell.
Cilia whitish at their bases, brown at the tips with an indistinct
brownish line through the middle. Hind wings pale brownish gray,
cilia whitish at the base. Upper side of abdomen gray, tuft whitish.
Underside of body and legs, except the hind tibiae and tarsi, dark
brown, sparsely dusted with white. Hind tibiae and tarsi whitish
inwardly, dusted with brown outwardly except at tips of segments.
Expanse, 18-19 mm.

Type (cf), McDermott Lake, July 24; one paratype, St. Mary,

July 18.

Gelechia altematella Kearfott.

Two Medicine Lake, July 16, in dry meadows.

Gelechia versutella Zeller.

Very common on trunks of aspens, on the leaves of which the
larva feeds. Glacier Park Station, July 29. The moths are prac-
tically invisible except when moving, so closely do they resemble
the darker patches of bark.

OECOPHORIDAE.
Agonopteryx rosaciliella Busck.

Reared from larvae sewing together leaves of sweet cicely, Os-

morhiza sp., near Going-to-the-Sun Chalets. Larvae collected

July 21; imago, August 7.

Agonopteryx nivalis n. sp.

Palpi creamy white, slightly shaded with brownish; antennae
brownish, darker toward the tips. Head, thorax and fore wings
creamy white; fore wings with a faint rusty tinge beneath fold near
base of dorsum and along apical third of costa. Minute brownish
and blackish spots along costa, three or four larger and more diffuse
on apical third; last row of scales along termen between veins,
brown; a few scattered brown scales, chiefly along the veins; a very
small black spot within the costa near base; a small black spot on
middle of cell and obliquely above and before it, a second similar
spot; a larger transverse spot at end of cell. Hind wings creamy
white. Legs white, dusted with fuscous, the fore pair most densely.
Expanse, 23 mm.

Type (cf ), Two Medicine Lake, July 16.

Perhaps most like pallidella Busck, but without demarcation be-
tween basal area and remainder of wing.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

Enicostoma quinquecristata n. sp.

Labial palpi with the anterior edge of second segment pale reddish
ochreons, a black spot near base and above middle; remaining scales
of brush gray with white tips; third segment j^ellowish, with an
annulus near base and the tip black. Antennae gray. Scales of
head and thorax gray, with white tips. Fore wings ashen brown,
more or less thickly bestrewn with dark gray, minutely white-tipped
scales, Avith a tendency to longitudinal streaking in the apical third
of the wing; groups of brown white-tipped scales form a series of
indistinct marginal spots around the apex. Five scale tufts formed
of white-tipped black scales; at one-third, a very large tuft on fold
and a smaller one above in the cell; a large tuft at the lower angle
of the cell and a smaller one above it; between these two pairs,
on the middle of the cell, a fifth large tuft. Cilia grayish brown,
with scales white-tipped. Hind wings pale gray, cilia fulvous at
the base. Legs densely dusted with gray, hairs on upper side of
hind tibiae pale brownish, spreading scales on underside gray with
white tips. Expanse, 17-19 mm.

Type (cf ), Two Medicine Lake.

The type and twelve paratypes ( cf and 9 ) reared from larvae
webbing leaves of Penstemon confertus Dougl., a common small-
flowered pale yellow species, collected on the trail to Dawson Pass,
Two Medicine Lake, altitude about 5500 feet. The larva lives
under a web in a folded leaf, eating out patches of the leaf. The
web is usually on the upper side, sometimes on the lower side of the
lea,f near the base. Surface of pupa clothed with fine erect hairs.
Imagoes, August 6-17.

Although the food plant was common everywhere throughout the
region in the dry meadow at the lower altitudes, the larva of this
species was not observed elsewhere.

The generic position of the species was determined by Dr. Ed-
ward Meyrick, who states that it agrees with the type of the genus
in all essential particulars, except in the palpi. In E. quinquecristata,
the second segment of the palpi is more thickened with scales, and
these are more expanded toward apex than in the type.

The genus Enicostoma is given in Dyar's "List" as a synonym of
Semioscopis.

For convenience of reference, a detailed statement of the generic
characters as shown by E. quinquecristata follows :

Head with loosely appressed scales, side tufts projecting in front;
tongue developed, densely scaled except towards tip. Antennae
two-thirds, with slightly spreading whorls of scales at apices of
segments, alike in both sexes, basal segment without pecten. Labial
palpi very long, recurved; second segment clothed with a dense

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

triangular brush of scales beneath and above, laterally' compressed,
sharp-edged in front, brush horizontally truncate at apex; third
segment slender, acute, seeming to arise from center of the brush of
second, visible portion about one-third the length of the second.
Maxillary palpi short, appressed to tongue, third segment equaling
in length the two preceding segments. Posterior tibiae clothed
with long hairs above, and rough spreading long scales beneath.
Fore wings with large tufts of raised scales; lb furcate at base,
2, 3 and 4 about equidistant, 2 from near end of cell; 2 and 3 arising
perpendicular to lower margin of cell, curving outward and running
straight to termen; 5 nearer 4, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa almost
at apex, 11 from before middle. Hind wings 1, elongate-ovate,
cilia 1; 3 and 4 connate, 5-7 parallel, 5 nearer 6.

Epicalliina quadrimaculella Chambers.

Amongst rocks, near Going-to-the-Sun, on St. Mary Lake, July 20-
21. All of the specimens were taken flying in the sunshine at sun-
rise, and none were seen later than 7.30 A. M.

Epicallima dimidiella Walsingham.

Two Medicine Lake, July 15; Going-to-the-Sun, July 18 and 21.
Flying actively only in early morning; several taken flying in com-
pany with E. quadrimaculella.

Borkhausenia haydenella Chambers.

Two males and one female of this species were collected, one male
at Two Medicine Lake, July 15, the other two specimens on the
cliffs on Goat Mountain above Going-to-the-Sun Chalets, July 18.
The female has the wing more densely dusted with white than the
male, and the transverse spot at the basal third large and more
clearly defined.

ETHMIIDAE.
Ethmia albistrigella Walsingham.

Two Medicine Lake, July 16; Granite Park, 6500 feet, July 25.
Collected near plants of false forget-me-not, Lappula floribimda,
which may possible be the food plant.

GLYPHIPTERYGIDAE.
Simaethis fabriciana var. alpinella Busck.

St. Mary, July 18; Canyon Creek, 5500 feet, July 23, in openings
in the forest.

Choreutis per nivalis n. sp.

Head and palpi whitish, scales of tuft fuscous towards tips. Basal
half of fore wing light brown, with a broad straight pure white

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

fascia across the middle of the brown; fascia margined outwardly
along the middle of its length with silvery scales; a basal streak of
silvery scales just within the costal margin. Outer half of wing
white, except a narrow band around apex and along termen, which
is ochreous, dusted with white and fuscous. White patch with two
longitudinal black and one or two fuscous lines of scales; the two
black lines ending at the outer border of the white patch in con-
fluent black spots, nearly overlaid with silvery scales; a wedge-
shaped black spot beneath these, silvery margined, and a large
quadrate black patch just above fold, with two transverse hries of
silvery scales and a few silvery scales at its upper outer ajigle. Cilia
white with a pale fuscous line through the middle. White marks
more or less distinctly repeated on the underside. Hind wings
more pointed than usual, brownish fuscous, underside with a whitish
irregular submarginal patch; ground color shading darkest next to
this patch. Underside of thorax white, abdomen fuscous. Legs
whitish, tibiae and tarsi brownish. Expanse, 11.5-12 mm.

Type (cf ), and one paratype ( 9 ), Glacier Park Station, July 14.

Very close to extrincicella Dyar, from which it differs by the pure
white of the fore wings, the whitish irregular patch on the under-
side of the hind wings, and the narrower wings, particularly the
narrower more pointed hind wings.

Choreutis caliginosa n. sp.

Palpi fuscous and white intermixed; antennae dark brown, with
white annulations. Head and thorax dark broAvnish gray, a few
scales at the posterior margin of the head and a very narrow line
along the inner edge of the patagia whitish. Fore wings dark brown ;
a curved whitish fascia at basal fourth, palest and broadest on the
dorsum and not reaching the costa; a basal streak of iridescent
scales just within the costa; outer half of the wing, except the apical
part, occupied by a paler patch of whitish-tipped brown scales,
marked at the inner and outer edge on the costa by a white spot,
below which are a few iridescent scales; before the pale patch on the
dark brown ground color in the middle of the wing is a black spot,
nearly overlaid with iridescent scales. On the pale patch, above the
middle, a small black spot with iridescent scales, three or four longi-
tudinal black lines running out into the ground color in the apex;
below, a large quadrate patch, sometimes divided transversely,
containing two transverse patches of iridescent scales. A few iri-
descent scales along termen below apex. Hind wings dark brown,
on underside an irregular paler submarginal band. Expanse, 10.5-
11 mm.

Type (cf), paratype (9), Two Medicine Lake, July 16; in dry
meadows.

Close to occidentella Dyar, but smaller and darker, and with the
oblique iridescent streak beyond the basal fascia in that species
replaced by a black spot overlaid with iridescent scales.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Choreutis occidentella Dyar.

This is one of the commonest micros in the region at altitudes
from 4500 to 5500 feet in moist meadows or forest openings. Speci-
mens taken at Glacier Park Station, July 14; Two Medicine Lake,
July 15-16; St. Mary, July 18; Canyon Creek, July 23. In some
of these specimens the small black spot with iridescent scales above
the large quadrate spot is absent; the ground color varies from
an ochreous brown to dark grayish brown.

Choreutis balsamorrhizella Busck.

Near Going-to-the-Sun Chalets, St. Mary Lake, July 20; flying
around the food plant.

PLUTELLIDAE.
Plutella vanella Walsingham.

Glacier Park Station, July 29.
Plutella maculipennis Ciut.

This species was observed to be abundant in the park.

YPONOMEUTIDAE.
Argyresthia oreasella Clemens.

One specimen taken at Glacier Park Station, July 29, cannot
be differentiated from eastern specimens. Oak cannot be the food
plant here, at least, as there are no oaks here.

COLEOPHORIDAE.

Judging from the number collected during the short stay in the
park, the region is unusually rich in species of Coleophora. Twelve
species were collected of which ten seem to be undescribed. Of
these, but two are here described, the others are either represented by
too short series, or are not sufficiently striking in the absence of a
knowledge of the life history, to be described except in monographic
work.

Coleophora tenuis Walsingham.

One specimen. Two Medicine Lake, July 16, taken in dry meadows,
answers well the description of this species, but is slightly smaller
(15 mm. expanse).

Coleophora albacostella Chambers.

Very common, Glacier Park Station, July 14 and July 28, flying
amongst patches of Polygonum erectum, upon which it probably
feeds. Chambers' type came from Texas, which is included in the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

range of this plant. There is one other specimen in my collection
from Tolland, Colorado.

Coleophora brunneipenms n. sp.

Palpi brownish ochreous, shaded with fuscous beneath and on the
outer side, second segment rather long, slightly tufted, third seg-
ment a little over one-half the second. Antennae brown, banded
with whitish, basal segment thickened with scales. Head, thorax
and fore wings of a uniform light brown or brownish ochreous color,
rarely duller with a grayish suffusion, but always entirely without
markings or dusting. Cilia concolorous, toward tornus brownish
fuscous. Hind wings and ciha fuscous. Legs brown. Expanse,
12-17 mm.

Type (cf), Glacier Park Station, July 14, eighteen paratypes
(cf and 9 ), Glacier Park Station, July 14 and 28.

This species was much commoner on July 14 than at the later
date, when only four specimens were secured. A number of the
specimens were taken on flowers of Erigeron speciosus; some speci-
mens were taken at the same time and place as the preceding species,
amongst Polygonum. It is possible that one of these plants is the
food plant of the larva.

Coleophora crinita n. sp.

Second segment of labial palpi very long, porrected, clothed with
long scales, roughened above, with a long projecting truncate tuft
l^eneath at apex, exceeding the short third segment and sometimes
concealing it, whitish, fuscous beneath and on outer side. Head
and basal segment of antennae whitish ochreous, the latter slightly
thickened with scales, antennal stalk white, banded above with
dark brown. Fore wings pale ochreous or brownish ochreous, with
the costa from base to apex white, the dorsal margin more narrowly
white from base to apex of wing, a rather broad white streak from
base above and parallel to the fold, a narrow parallel streak close
to it just below the fold, four oblique white streaks running out
into the costal cilia along the veins, two less distinct streaks running
into the ciha below apex. Hind wings and cilia grayish ochreous.
Legs whitish, with a fuscous line along the outer side. Expanse,
12-18 mm.

Type (c?"), July 22, McDermott Lake, eighteen paratypes (d^ and
9), Going-to-the-Sun, July 20-21, McDermott Lake, July 22 and
24, Glacier Park Station, July 29, all in dry meadows.

The long palpi, with the unusually long projecting tuft of the
second segment, are the chief characters for recognition of this
species. The markings of the fore wing are exactly those of C.
acutipennella Wlsni.; in fact, the figure and description of the wing
of that species would serve equally well for the present species.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Walsingham, however, mentions no unusual features of the palpi
in his species.

ELACHISTIDAE.
Elachista stramineola n. sp.

Palpi whitish inwardly and above ; second segment black outwardly
except at extreme tip; third segment blackish outwardly except at
base and extreme tip. Antennae blackish, faintly marked with
narrow paler annulations. Head yellowish gray. Thorax gray,
patagia whitish, sparsely speckled with fuscous. Fore wings fus-
cous, a little dusted with yellowish white, especially in the basal
third. At base of dorsum a yellowish white patch, not extending
onto the costal half of base, is specked Avith a few fuscous scales; a
white slightly irregular fascia at one-third nearest base on costa;
a triangular costal spot at two-thirds reaching halfwaj^ across the
wing, and a little nearer base on dorsum a short broad whitish spot.
Scales along termen yellowish toward their bases; last row of scales
along termen with a whitish bar immediately preceding the black
tip. CiHa gray. Hind wings and cilia pale fuscous. Legs fuscous,
tips of segments and a bar across basal third of hind tibiae yellowish
white. Abdomen grayish above, yellowish white beneath. Ex-
panse, 11.5 mm.

Type ( 9 ), Glacier Park Station, July 29, in dry meadows. ■
This species may be distinguished from all other species with
white at the base of the wing by the dull yellowish white of the
markings and the position of the basal pale patch, which is confined
to the dorsal half of the wing. Venation as figured in Meyrick's
"Handbook."

Elachista agilis n. sp.

Palpi dark brown, antennae dark brown. Head and thorax dark
leaden meta,llic. Fore wings dark brown, somewhat shining, with
metallic silvery or golden markings: at basal fourth on dorsum,
an obUque spot reaching the fold, at middle of costa a nearly per-
pendicular transverse spot nearly reaching the fold, in a line with
this spot a small roundish spot below the fold, a spot at tornus and
farther out, a curved costal streak, sometimes nearly enclosing the
apex. Hind wings and cilia brownish gray. Underside of body
silvery. Legs dark brown, femora, apex and spurs of tibiae, and
tips of tarsi of the hind legs silvery. Expanse, 7 mm.

Type (cf) and one paratype. Goat Mountain, above Going-to-
the-Sun Chalets, about 5000 feet, July 18.

An easily recognized species, quite different from any of our
described species. Venation as figured in Meyrick's "Handbook."

Elachista aurocristata n. sp.

Palpi white, antennae white, shading outwardly to fuscous in the
male. Head, thorax and fore wings white, with a scarcely percep-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

tible yellowish tinge in the female. Fore wings usually entirely
immaculate, sometimes with a few scattered brownish ochreous
scales; one or two such scales near end of fold, at end of cell and in
the apex and along termen. A faint narrow blackish line some-
times present in the cilia at apex and along termen. Hind wings
white or pale gray. Legs white, shaded with fuscous. Abdomen
white, in the male shaded with golden yellow beneath, and wdth a
golden yellow anal tuft. Expanse, 12 mm.

Glacier Park Station, July 14 and 29; in dry meadows.

Type (cf ) and three paratypes (one cf and two 9 's).

Only in one of the males are the scattered ochreous scales present
on the fore wdngs; the wings in the other three specimens are entirely
immaculate.

Allied to E. orestella Busck, with which it agrees in venation;
but easily distinguished by the golden anal tuft of the male.

Tinagma gigantea n. sp.

Labial palpi yellowish white above, scales of tuft grayish. An-
tennae grayish, tinged wdth ochreous beneath. Head and thorax
dusted about equally wdth whitish and pale gray. Scales of the
ground color of the fore wings are pale gray at their bases, shading
into white of varying width, followed by a black tip. A broad
blackish • transverse fascia just before middle of wing, ill-defined
on its inner edge, narrowly margined with white on its outer edge,
and outwardly obtusely angulated on the cell; a similar dark shade,
its margins not defined, crosses at two-thirds, fading out into the
general ground color toward apex. ^Marginal row of scales nearly
black, cilia dark gray. Hind wings dark gray. Legs blackish,
slightl}^ dusted with gray; tips of tarsi pale gray. Expanse. 14-15
mm.

McDermott Lake, July 22-24; Going-to-the-Sun ,July 20; Glacier
Park Station, July 28-29; in dry meadows.

Type (d^), Julj^ 24; twenty-one paratypes.

This species flies at dusk. The moth has the peculiar habit of
slowly raising and lowering the wing.

The markings are similar to those of T. ohscurofasciella Chambers,
but T. gigantea is much larger and lacks the brownish tint of that
species.

Tinagma pulverilinea n. sp.

Labial palpi white, with black specks outwardly. Antennae pale
gray. Head and thorax white, dusted with black. Scales of the
general ground color of the fore wing wdth base gray, followed by a
usually broad w^hite bar, black-tipped. A broad dark transverse
fascia just before middle of wing, convex outwardly and bordered
outwardly by a row of scales which are almost entirely white. A

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

similar dark fascia at two-thirds, convex inwardly and bordered
inwardly by a broken line of white scales. In some specimens, the
effect of these two white margins with the whitish dusted scales
between them is that of a bi-concave dusted white-margined fascia.
The second dark fascia sometimes passes imperceptibly into the white
dusted apex, sometimes is more or less limited outwardly by an
incomplete line of white scales. Marginal line of scales fuscous,
cilia gray. Hind wings gray. Legs white, dusted with black, hind
pair most densely. Thorax beneath nearly pure white, abdomen
dusted with black. Expanse, 9-11 mm.

On cliffs on the side of Goat Mountain, above Going-to-the-Sun
Chalets, July 18, flying in the sun.

Type (cf) and four paratypes (cf and 9).

In general appearance quite different from the other two Amer-
ican species of the genus, but with the same type of markings.

GRACILARIIDAE.
Lithocolletis oregonsis Walsingham.

Mines collected near Baring Creek, Julj^ 20, on Symphoricarpos
sp. The mine is a small tent mine on the underside of the leaf,
with epidermis much wrinkled and a patch of leaf tissue in the
middle of the mine not consumed. Imago, Juh' 28. The species
was described from Oregon.

Acrocercops astericola F. and B.

McDermott Lake, July 24. I also have specimens of this species
from southern Oregon.

Gracilaria acerifoliella Chambers.

I refer with little doubt to this species, specimens reared on a
bush maple (Acei^ sp.), near Going-to-the-Sun Chalets.

In these specimens, there is none of the brown dusting described
by Chambers for this species, but the wings are pale brownish or
reddish ochreous, with purple reflections and a pale costal triangle
produced along the costa. Inasmuch as similar undusted forms
occur in other species (for example, G. ostryaeella Chambers), the
identification is probably correct. The larval habits agree closely
with those described for G. acerfoliella; a large leaf is often entirely
folded up by the time the larva finishes eating.

Larvae collected July 18, imagoes August 6-14.

Gracilaria alnivorella Chambers.

The larvae were very common at the lower altitudes on alder.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

SCYTHRIDAE.
Scythris magnatella Biisck. ^

Larvae in webs on fireweed {Chamaenerion angustifolium) , imagoes
August 5.
Scythris impositella Zoller.

Glacier Park Station, July 29. Mines, presumably of this spe-
cies, were observed on Aster and on Arnica sp.
Scjrthris eboracensis Zeller.

Two Medicine Lake, July 16; Going-to-the-Sun, July 20-21.
Some of these specimens are unusually pale and grayish.

LYONETIIDAE.

With the exception of Tischeria heliopsiseUa Chambers, which
was a common miner on sunflower near Baring Creek, only one
other member of this family was observed, a Bucculatrix feeding
on Arnica sp.

INCURVARIIDAE.
Lampronia quieta n. sp.

Palpi brownish yellow, outer side of labial palpi dark brown;
antennae dark brown, face and head brownish yellow. Thorax
brown, patagia and a small spot on the middle of the base of the
fore wing buff. Fore wing brown, scarcely shining, marked with
pale buff spots; a large oblique quadrate spot at basal fourth on
dorsum, reaching a little more than halfway across the wing; a
large costal spot at two-thirds, concave on its inner side, convex
on its outer side, and produced a little along the costa towards apex;
a dorsal spot just before tornus, with its inner edge perpendicular
to the margin, its outer edge oblique; a narrow elongate spot along
termen below apex; costal cilia brown, buff-tipped towards apex,
cilia buf! at apex and on termen to the lower end of the buff spot,
thence dark brown to the tornus. Hind wings and cilia gray. Legs
buff, the two anterior pair with fuscous shading. Expanse, 18
mm.

Type ( 9 ) , Canyon Creek, 5500 feet, July 23 ; resting on a rock
near the water.

Nearest to tayloreUa Kearf., but without the purple and coppery
luster of that species,

Lampronia obscuromaculata n. sp.

Palpi gray, second segment of labial palpi white above; antennae
gray, white scaled toward base, cilia of the male 1 ; head with gray
and whitish hairs intermixed. Fore wings shining very pale gray,
with a few scattered fuscous scales, base of costa fuscous; marked

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

with scarcely defined white spots and fasciae placed as follows:
a spot in the fold near base; a quadrate spot on basal third of dor-
sum reaching just beyond fold; just beyond middle a transverse
fascia; at apical fourth of costa a spot reaching about halfway across
the wing. Hind wings and cilia gray, darker than the fore wings,
with purplish iridescence, thinly scaled. Legs gray. Expanse, 15
mm.

Type (cf ), Two Medicine Lake, July 16; in dry meadow^s.

In this specimen, veins 7 and 8 of the fore wing are coincident
as in Greya, but the other characters and the general habitus of the
insect are those of Lampronia. As shown bj'- the following species,
such individual variations occur.

Lampronia variata n. sp.

Palpi brownish gray, labial palpi wdth whitish scales above; an-
tennae black; head brownish, some whitish hairs on the face. Tho-
rax and fore wings shining bronzy brown; at basal third of dorsum
a pale yellowish spot reaching the fold; just before tornus a pale
yellowish spot reaching two-thirds across the wing. Tips of cilia
whitish. Hind wings dark browai wdth a faint purple luster. Legs
c/ ark brown. Expanse, 11 mm.

Type (cT), Two Medicine Lake, July 16; paratypes (cf and 9),
Two Medicine Lake, July 15, in forest openings.

In some of these specimens 7 and 8 of the fore wings are coin-
cident.

Lampronia politella Walsingham.

Three males, Two Medicine Lake, July 15, Going-to-the-Sun,
July 21, collected in early morning in the dry meadows. The ex-
panse, 18-20 mm., is somew^hat more than that given by Walsing-
ham; but in other respects, these specimens agree closely with the
description, showing very markedly the aeneous tinge of the fore
wings.

Lampronia piperella Busck.

Two Medicine Lake, July 15, in dry meadows; one female speci-
men which has all the veins of the fore wing present and palpal
characters as in the other species of the genus, and not as described
for the very similar Greya punctiferella Walsingham.

CHALCEOPLA nom. no v.

This generic name is proposed to replace Cyanauges Braun (Ohio
Jour. Sci., XX, 24, 1919), preoccupied by Cyanauges Gorham in
the Coleoptera.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 21

Chalceopla itoniella Busck.

Two :\Iedicine Lake, July 16; Canyon Creek, July 23; Swift-
current Valley, July 27 ; flying in sunshine.

In Chalceopla itoniella veins 7 and 8 of the fore wing are separate,
as is also the case in the two following species. The genus Chal-
ceopla is most easily recognized by the spreading bristles below
and at apex of second segment of the labial palpi, the minute or
small maxillary palpi and the two kinds of scales, the greenish or
bluish broad scales and the elongate metalUc scales.

Chalceopla cockerelli Busck.

Two Medicine Lake, July 16.

Chalceopla ovata n. sp.

Second segment of labial palpi white, with black bristles, terminal
segment black; hairs of head whitish; antennae black. Thorax and
fore wings shining bronzy brown, wdth pale yellowish markings; a
small elongate spot in fold near base; a spot on middle of dorsum
reaching fold; an oblique curved patch at three-fifths of costa is
narrow on the costa, but expands into an oval in the middle of the
wing. Hind wings dark brown with a purple tinge, and with dull
golden metallic scales on the margin projecting into the cilia. Legs
dark brown with a bronzy luster. Expanse, 7.5 mm.

Type ( 9 ), July 18, on the cliffs on Goat Mountain above Going-
to-the-Sun Chalets.

There is no differentiation in shape between the metallic over-
scales and the ordinary scales in this species in the fore wing; on
the hind Aving, metallic scales are only found at the extreme margin.

Greya subalba n. sp.

Labial palpi whitish, third segment black beneath; maxillary
palpi short, folded portion reduced to a short segment, which is
usually not bent over in the dead insect; antennae gray; head w^hite.
Fore wings varying in coloTr from shining white to pale buff, with
base of costa fuscous. Hind wings gray, with whitish cilia. Legs
white, fuscous shading on the two anterior pair. Expanse, cf,
14-16.5 mm.; 9 , 11-14 mm.

Type (d^), Two Medicine Lake, July 16; twenty-two paratypes
(d^ and 9), Glacier Park Station, July 14, Two Medicine Lake,
July 15-16, McDermott Lake, July 23, all in dry meadows.

The whitish immaculate fore wings distinguish this species from
the others of the genus. The terminal segment of the maxillary
palpi is only about half the length of the corresponding part in
Greya solenohiella Wlsm.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

MICROPTERYGIDAE.
ACANTHOPTEROCTETES new genus.

Labial palpi very short, directed outwardly. Maxillary palpi
long, filiform, folded. Tongue short. Head densely rough-haired.
Antennae four-fifths, slender, filiform, smoothly scaled, basal seg-
ment sHghtly swollen. Middle tibiae with one apical spur, posterior
tibiae smooth, middle and apical spurs long.

Fore wing: elongate lanceolate, fibula large, second and third
anal veins separate and distinct to the margin, Cu and 1st A co-
alesced at base, posterior arculus distinct, Cui and Cih distant,
base of media distinct, not forked within the cell, forming an almost
straight linewith M3 + 1, transverse vein perpendicular between Cih
and 1/3 + 4, and nearly meeting the very oblique transverse vein
between M3 + 4 and /?4 + 5, which becomes obsolescent near Afs + 4,
M2 arising near the middle of the oblique transverse vein, Mi from
middle of stalk of i?4 and Es, R4 and R^ long stalked, R^ to apex,
R2 + 3 coincident, from near end of cell, Ri from before middle, with
an accessory vein, Sc not forked, humeral vein present.

Hind wing: elongate lanceolate,
a little narrower than the fore
wing, without frenulum, but with
series of costal spines, venation
similar to that of the fore wing,
with the exception of the anasto-
mosis of the first and second anal
veins near the base, the absence of the transverse vein between
Cui and M3 + 4, absence of accessory vein from Ri.

Genotype, Acanthopteroctetes tri-punctata n. sp.

The forking of the base of media nearer to the margin than in
other Micropterygid genera has resulted in a nearly straight discal
vein, and a consequent configuration of the discal cell similar to
that in other Lepidoptera. The presence of three separate anal
veins in the fore wing is an unusual feature. The presence or ab-
sence of a cross-vein between the first and second anal veins of the
fore wing could not be observed without injury to the unique type.

This genus belongs in the subfamily Eriocranianae, but is not
closely related to any described genus. It is nearest to Eriocrania.

In addition to the species described below, I have a single speci-
men, in rather poor condition, of another species of this genus from
the southern iSierras.

1921] NATUK\L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

Acanthopteroctetes tripunctata n. sj).

Palpi ])rown with a slight golden tinge, hairs of the head reddish
brown; antennae blackish brown, basal segment paler. Fore wdngs
brown, Avith a faint golden and purplish luster, bases of scales a
little paler; a slightly irregular yellowish spot on the disc at one-
third, at three-fifths, a yellowish costal and an opposite dorsal spot
nearly meeting. Scales at apex a little paler. Hind wings brown,
a little darker than the fore wings. Legs dark brown. Abdomen
dark brown, median line beneath paler. Expanse, 11 mm.

Type (cT), Canyon Creek, 5500 feet, July 23; flying in sunshine
in a forest opening.

The general appearance of this moth suggests a Tineid rather
than a Micropterygid.

(24)

SOME FAUNAL REMAINS FROM THE TRIAS OF YORK COUNTY,

PENNSYLVANIA.

BY H. E. WANNER.

Plants from the Trias of York County have been reported and
described under thirtj^-three species, twelve of which are new.'
In the same region, so productive of fossil flora, faunal remains
have been less in evidence. Only three species, all based on frag-
mentary saurian remains, have been described, two by Cope and
one by Sinclair."^

In the hope that a contribution to the knowledge of the faunal
life of this locality would be an acceptable addition to the palaeon-
tology of the Newark System, this paper is presented.*

I am indebted to my father for inspiration and for whatever love
of the science of geology I possess. He materially assisted in the
field work and in the collection of specimens. I am also under obli-
gations to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry for counsel and assistance and for the
extension of every courtesy in granting me access to the data in
The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; to him also
belongs the credit for the description and identification of the
Mollusca. Dr. John M. Clarke, of the New York State Museum,
kindly gave me the benefit of his mde knowledge in the consider-
ation of Spirorbis.

Descriptive Geology.

The Trias of York County rests, non-comformably, on the Lower
Cambrian.'* This is shown in the railroad cut just north of Emigs-
ville. The triassic rocks, dipping N. W. at an angle of 16 degrees,
rest on the Lower Cambrian shale and limestone. The latter dip

1 Ehrenfeld, F. A study of the igneous rocks at York Haven and Stony
Brook, Pa. Univ. of Penna., 1898. Wanner, A. Triassic flora of York County,
Pa. U. S. Geol. Survey, Ann. Kept., pp. 233-2.55, 1898-99.

^ Cope, E. D. Description of vertebrata from the Triassic formations of the
United States. Amer. Phil. Soc. Pr9c., vol. XVII, p. 232, 1878. Sinclair, W. J.
A large Parasuchian from the Triassic of Pennsylvania. Amer. Jour. Sci.,
vol. XLV, pp. 457-462, June, 1918.

' Most of the field work and the collection of material were done in the sum-
mer of 1920.

* Walcott, C. D. The Cambrian rocks of Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Survey,
Bull. 134, 1892.

(25)

26

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part I

to the S. W.^ The basal layer here is a hmestone conglomerate.
Sandstones, shale and conglomerates occm- in the succeeding layers
and farther north a large intrusion of diabase. This forms the
elevation known as the Conewago hills. All of the rocks examined
dip N. W. at an angle varying from 15 to 24 degrees. No evidences
of faulting or folding were observed.

/Vi/iluOK£?T£(?

Fig. 1. — Localities of triassic exposures mentioned herein.

The localities described in this paper are about three miles north
of Emigsville (fig. 1). Taking the average dip as 20 degrees and
calculating from the dip and horizontal distances, the productive
layers are, approximately, 6600 feet above the basal conglomerate.'
Correlation and definite location of these layers is difficult without
a section across the Trias.

Two columnar sections are given (figs. 2 and 3) showing the rela-
tive positions of the productive strata. These sections are of interest
because they show the rapid alternation of the sediments. The
physical and lithological character of the shale varies considerabty
even in the same layer. In one place it may be hard and compact

* Frazer, P. Penna. Geol. Survey, Report C 3, Sec. 2, 1876.

« Russell, I. C. The Newark System. U. S. Geol. Survey, Bull. 85, p. 34,
1892.

'Ehrenfeld, F. A study of the igneous rocks at York Haven and Stony
Brook, Pa. Univ. of Penna., 1898. Wanner, A. Triassic flora of York County,
Pa. U. S. Geol. Survey, Ann. Rept., pp. 233-255, 1898-99.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

•Character and
I distrioutlon

>♦

Heavily bedderl
micaceous red
sandstone

_ T

-•

a.o

rria'olf red
sUsle

■

s.y

ilreen :-,hal-e

1

•^P,l t^an ii^t.one

s

ijTeen r'lsie

3

.^l=.ck shile

IX

. .1 caceoup
ijr'-'rn sandr^Oiie

-

Jreen pliple
"i til mica

E

-

!^zn^^i^^=

I

Z 5ft i

""

-

-

-

1

Charge ter and,-
distribution

Thinl;,' be i ied
sandstone vith
mica Mizi f »:ld-
spar, '"'itii
Tracks

Red F.iaie

;•.■••*•

It

Red sandstoT'
Y'itn co.igl?i-
ernt* 1-iter-
bpdded
Tooth in the
con^lO-TierJite

WC

Thinly be.i'.led
friable red
i-jLale ■^i\a Eand
tt'-T.e ••• 1 1 1
nica and feld-
spar.

He-ivily oedded
rel sandetone
V i t n li ca

Figs. 2 and 3.— Sections showing relative positions of fossiliferous strata.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

and in another friable and soft. The color may be red or green.
Its content of silica, clay, feldspar and mica varies.

Historical Geology.

In general, geologists now regard the theory of continental origin
of the beds of the Newark System as definitely proven. ^ ^ ^^^

From the floral remains the triassic rocks of York County are
placed by Fontaine in the Upper Trias and correlated with the
Rhetic of Bavaria." Lull, from the faunal remains of the Con-
necticut valley, states that ''the Newark System may bridge the
time between the Triassic and Jurassic. "^^

The presence of at least five different fresh-water mollusca in
the York County Trias is indicative of fresh rather than saline-
water conditions. The carbonaceous black shale containing the
fish scales and fossil plants proves the presence of luxuriant vege-
tation in swamps, or lakes. This conclusion is still further verified
by the occurrence of thin coal lenses and numerous casts of limbs. ^^

CRUSTACEANS. ,

The shells of two species of small crustaceans are found closely
associated in the black shales. These were identified as Candona
rogersi (Lea) and Estheria ovata (Jones). ^^ The former are found more
abundantly and often cover the surface of the matrix in densely
crowded masses. Localities: Carbonaceous shale. Little Cone-
wago (loc. 3); Black shale, York Haven (loc. 4).

FISHES.

The great variety of fish scales (Plate I, figs. 1-17) warrants their
presentation. Some of the specimens are sufficiently different from
known forms to indicate the presence of new species. The scales

« Russell, I. C. The Newark System. U. S. Geol. Survey, Bull. 85, Chapter
V, 1892.

' Davis, W. M. The Triassic formation of Connecticut. U. S. Geol. Survey,
18th Ann. Rept., pp. 32-34, 1898.

^^ Barrell, .J. Relations between climatic and terrestrial deposits. Jour.
Geol., vol. XVI, pp. 182, 259, 1908.

1^ Ward, L. F. Status of the Mesozoic floras of the United States. U. S.
Geol. Survey, 20th Ann. Rept., p. 255, 1898-99.

'2 Lull, R. S. Triassic life of the Connecticut Valley. Geol. and Nat. Hist.
Survey of Conn., Bull. 24, p. 20, 1915.

13 Wherry, E. Silicified wood from the Trias of Pennsylvania. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Proc, Phila., 1912.

" Jones, T. R. A monograph of fossil Estheriae. Palaeontographical Soc,
pp. 84, 124, London, 1862.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

occur in a matrix containing macerated and obscured remains of
vegetation, an occasional fish spine, and minute fragments of bones.
A striking characteristic of nearly all the scales found is their highly
enamelled coating. By reason of the fragmentary nature of the
material, no attempt has been made at identification. However,
because of the enamelled surfaces of the scales, there is probably
sufficient justification for provisionally classifying the fishes as
ganoids. ^^

Locahty: Carbonaceous shale. Little Conewago (loc. 3).

REPTILIAN REMAINS.

Coprolites (Plate I, figs. 18, 19) are found associated with the
fish remains. These are usually of an elongated, oval form, vary-
ing in shape, and from 2 to 60 mm. in length. A cross section made
through one of these reveals fish scales and microscopic fragments of
bones.

Localities: Shale, York Haven (loc. 4); Carbonaceous Shale,
Little Conewago (loc. 3).

A few bones and teeth have been found in the Trias of York
County* Some of these have been referred to species by Cope and
Sinclair. 1® No attempt was made by either of these authorities
to locate the horizon. The conglomerate layer shown in the sec-
tion made along the Big Conewago creek yielded a fragment of a
tooth with serrated edges. An extensive search failed to uncover
additional fossil remains, but further search may be productive.

Locality: Conglomerate, Big Conewago (loc. 2).

TRACKS.

Reptilian footprints have been reported from the Trias of York
County.^^ Two new localities have produced small tracks on thinly
bedded micaceous sandstone. These differ from any previously
described from this region. They can be referred to three types.

One consists of two parallel rows of crescent-shaped impressions
with the longer diameter at right angles to the trend of the trail.
Spread of track 10 mm. and average distance between successive
footprints, 4 mm. (fig. 4, no. 1).

1* Newberry, J. S. Fossil fishes and fossil plants of the Triassic rocks of New
Jersey and the Connecticut Valley. U. S. Geol. Survey, Men. XIV, 1888.

" Cope, E. D. Description of vertebrata from the Triassic formations of
the United States. Amer. Phil. Soc. Proc, vol. XVII, p. 232, 1878. Sinclair,
W. J. A large Parasuchian from the Triassic of Pennsylvania. Amer. Jour.
Sci., vol. XLV, pp. 457-462, June, 1918.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

The second type consists of indistinct, circular tracks. The dis-
tance between successive imprints is 15 mm. Running parallel
on the same slab, 90 mm. distant, is a similar series; the two are
probably associated. Their rounded outlines indicate that these
trails were made under water by a creature either wading or swim-
ming (fig. 4, no. 2).

The third type consists of three related impressions, similarly
placed. The distance between impressions is 30 mm. The lack
of distinctness prevents a more detailed description. From their
appearance they were evidently produced under water (fig. 4, no. 3).

Locality: Sandstones, Big Conewago (loo. 1 & 2).

^

0

^

ti

0

Fig. 4. — Tracks.

MOLLUSKS.

Shells and casts of different Mollusca were found. Some of them
evidently represent new species. Since the literature on the Tri-
assic fresh-water Mollusca is meager, it was considered desirable
that these specimens should be identified and described by an
authority. In consonance with this decision, they were referred
to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, whose report follows.

The Mollusca so far found belong to the fresh-water families
Unionidse and Mutelidae. Species of the former family have been
described from the Trias of the Dockum beds of the Staked Plains

1^ Wanner, A. The discovery of fossil tracks in the Trias of York County,
Pa. Second Geol. Survey of Penna., Ann. Rept., pp. 31-35, 1887.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 31

of Texas by C. T. Simpson,^ and from the Connecticut Valley by
Emerson and Troxell.'s All of these authors referred their species
to the northern genus Unio; but Simpson subsequently^" decided
that at least part of the Texan species were related to South Amer-
ican genera, though he did not expressly alter the generic references.
A list of American Triassic species follows:

Species from the Dockum beds, Staked Plains of Texas: Unio
subplnnatus, Unio dumblei, Unio graciliratus, Unio dockumensis, all
of Simpson.

Species from Trias of the Connecticut Valley: Unio emersoni
Troxell, Unio wilhrahamensis Emerson.

The third and fourth species, at least, might better be referred
to the genus Diplodon, having radial beak sculpture. Probably
the others will also prove to have similar sculpture when material
sufficiently well preserved comes to hand.

In three of the York species the radial sculpture of the beaks
shows relationship with South American genera, being like that of
Diplodon and Hyria, and totally unlike that of Unio and allied
genera of the Northern Hemisphere. These species are herein re-
ferred to the genus Diplodon. In two other York species the beaks
themselves are not preserved well enough to make out their sculp-
ture; but as there is corrugation of the posterior slope, it is likely
that the beaks are radially folded and that these also are referable
to Diplodon.

The genus Mycetopoda, here recognized as a Mesozoic fossil for
the first time, is a South American genus belonging to the Mutehdae,
a family of the southern continents.

The records for Triassic Unionidae are as yet few; but the wide
separation of the localities, the presence of several species and
their considerable diversity in shape and sculpture in each area,
may permit the inference that Triassic North America possessed
a large and varied Naiad fauna of South American type, Hyriinae
and Mutelidae. The next fauna of these mussels of which we have
any definite knowledge is that of the Jurassic in Colorado and Wyo-
ming. Here the South American types have entirely disappeared,
and in their place are distinctive^ Holarctic Unioninse, in which

^* Description of four new Triassic Unios from the Staked Plains of Texas.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1895, pp. 381-385.

" American Journal of Science (4), vol. 38, 1914, p. 460.

2" Synopsis of the Naiades or Fresh-water Pearly Mussels, 1900.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

the beak sculpture when known is of the concentric type.^^ These
were probably immigrants from Asia. Similar forms occur more
abundantly in the Laramie.

Williston, from a study of the reptiles, holds that America was
isolated from the Old World throughout the Permian and well
into the Triassic, a broad connection being established in the Upper
Trias.2'' It appears likely that the subfamihes of Unionidse were
differentiated in this long interval from the Pennsylvanian to the
Trias, the Unioninae in Eurasia, while America had Hyi'iine mussels,
which disappeared with the advent of Old World forms in Upper
Trias or Jurassic. The migration of Unionidse would doubtless
lag far behind that of reptiles after the connection was established.

Diplodon pennsylvanicus n. sp. PI. II, figs. 1 (type), 2, 3; pi. Ill, fig. 4.

The type consists of the two valves of one individual, spread
open. On the same piece of hard gray shale there is another imper-
fect valve of the same species.

The shell is oblong, not unlike a young Ufiio complanatus (Sol.)
in shape, being rather compressed. The beaks are at about the
anterior third. The posterior ridge is rounded, a radial depression
above it on the posterior slope. Sculpture of numerous folds radi-
ating from the beaks and reaching to about the middle of the valve
except posteriorly, where they are longer. Below the radial folds
there are some low, concentric wrinkles.

Length 21 mm.; alt. 10.5 mm.; diam. about 6 mm.

Locality: Shale, Little Conewago Creek (loc. 5).

The specimen selected as type is not full grown, but the valves
are free from distortion, and the sculpture is finely preserved. Adult
shells, such as that shown in Plate III, figure 4, reach a length of 32
mm., alt. about 18 mm., diam. about 10 mm. The radial sculpture
covers a relatively smaller part of the valves, though actually about
the same area as in the type.

Another specimen, obliquely compressed, is shown in dorsal aspect
in Plate II, fig. 2. Alt. about 20 mm.

-^ In some of the Laramie and later Uniones there are obHque folds, super-
ficially like those of Diplodon, as in Unio {Loxo pie urns) belliplicatus Meek;
but on the beaks the sculpture is concentric. Certain Uniones described by
Whitfield, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H., XIX and XXIII, from the Montana Laramie,
have sculpture recalling Diplodon, but more like the Asiatic Parreysia. They
form, I think, a special group, near Parreysia or a subgenus thereof, which may
be called Proparreysia, the tyi)e being Unio percorrugata Whitfield.

" This connection is usually mapped as across the North Atlantic (see Arldt,
Handbuch der Palaeogeographie, I, 1919); but it may have been in the north-
west.

19211

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

33

The interior of a l^ft valve (Plate II, fig. 3) shows a moderately
deep beak cavity. The muscle scars are indistinct, but so far as
visible seem as in Unio. The pseudocardinal teeth are moderately
strong, double, nearly smooth. The single blade-like lateral tooth
is well developed but short, and rather widely separated from the
pseudocardinals. This shell was 32 or 33 mm. long.

This is the most abundant species; remains of some 14 individuals
have been found.

This species appears to be related to Unio dockumensis Simpson,
from the Trias of Garza County, Texas, having similar though more
extensive radial corrugation. That shell is about double the size
of pennsylvanicus.

Diplodon borealis n. sp. Figs. 5, a, b, c.

Three specimens represent a species resembling D. pennsylvanicus,
but plumper, smaller (if these are of full growth), with the beaks
nearer the middle, at about the anterior two-fifths of the length.

•f.j,^j»^^

b c

Fig. 5. — Diplodon borealis n. sp.

The sculpture consists of rather widely spaced radial furrow^s, much
narrow^er than their intervals, which are flattened and show irregular
weakly festooned concentric wrinkles in places. At the anterior
and posterior ends the radii are finer, and have the form of corru-
gations. The best preserved specimen measures:

Length 14.5 mm., alt. 8.5 mm., diam. 7.3 mm. (fig. 5a).

Another distorted shell is 20 mm. long (fig. 5b). This is also about
the length of the third specimen, in which one valve is partially
imbedded in hard shale, and the other somewhat compressed towards
the base (fig. 5c).

Locality: Gray shale. Little Conewago Creek (loc. 5).

34

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part I

Diplodon wanneri n. sp. Plate III, fig. 5.

The shell is oblong, compressed, with small beaks, but little pro-
jecting, at about the anterior fourth of the length. The dorsal
outline is moderately arched; anterior end evenly rounded, posterior
end somewhat oblique, rounded; basal margin straightened. The
posterior ridge is prominent but rounded. Surface is smooth, ex-
cept for unequal wrinkles of growth. There is a gray- white cal-
careous layer about the thickness of writing paper, covering the
shell like a periostracum (broken away in places). The interior
is unknown.

Length 37 mm.; alt. 22 mm.; diam. 11.7 mm.

No traces of beak sculpture are discernible in the type specimen,
which, as mentioned above, is covered with a thin layer of calcite.
A much flattened specimen shows the beak sculpture (fig. 6) . There
are fine corrugations diverging from the posterior ridge, gradually
weakening, and finally disappearing about 17 mm. from the beak.
In the median part of the valve the fine corrugations radiating

Fig. 6. — Beak sculpture of Diplodon wanneri, paratype.

Diagrammatic.

from the beaks are gently curved towards the middle, though only
a few of them meet (Hyria fashion). The branching of the corru-
gations produces some faint appearance of zigzag pattern in the
middle. In this region the sculpture reaches only about three or
four mm. from the beaks. Total length of this shell is about 33 mm.
Locality: Shale, Little Conewago Creek (loc. 5).

Diplodon carolus-simpsoni n. sp. Plate II, figs. 4, 5, 6.

The type is a left valve, imperfect in the anterior-basal region,
with part of the right valve almost wholly imbedded in the hard,
dark gray shale.

The_ shell is oblong, plump, rather thick (1.6 mm. at about the
posterior third). The beaks are full and prominent, near the an-
terior end, which is rounded. Posterior end is oblique, being pro-
duced at the post-basal extremity. The posterior ridge is prominent
and rounded. Sculpture of rather strongly marked lines and wrinkles

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

of growth, and on the posterior ridge, radiating, fine folds; dorsad
of the ridge, on the posterior slope, the folds form a dorsally curved
corrugation. The ligament is strong and prominent.

Length 34 mm.; alt. 22 mm.; diam. 19 mm.

Another specimen (Plate II, fig. 6) from the same locahty, but
from a different bed, is in the conglomerate of a deep brownish
drab color. As usual in this rock, the surface is not well preserved,
but the outlines are perfect. The corrugation of the posterior slope,
distinct in the type, is not legible. It measures:

Length 45.5 mm.; alt. 25 mm.; semi-diam. 9.5 mm.

In outline, this species resembles Unio graciliratus Simpson of the
Dockum beds, Dickens County, Texas; but in that shell the lira-
tions of the posterior slope appear to run parallel to the posterior
ridge, not diverging upwards towards the ligament, as in the Penn-
sylvanian species; also they continue to the posterior end, while in
our species the corrugated area is much less extended.

It is named in honor of Mr. Charles T. Simpson, whose work
initiated the modern classification of Unionidae.

Locality: Shale, Little Conewago Creek (loc. 5).

Diplodon yorkensis n. sp. Plate III, flgs. 2, 2a.

The tj'pe is a nearly perfect specimen showing nothing suggesting
distortion of the original form.

The shell is long, narrow and plump, the diameter and altitude
about equal. The moderately full beaks are about 28 per cent, of
the length from the anterior end, which is rounded. The posterior
end slopes obliquely, the posterior-basal angle being produced.
The posterior ridge is prominent, rounded, the basal margin straight,
the middle of the valves flat. The surface shows rather strong,
unequal wrinkles of growth where best preserved. On the dorsal
slope there appears to be some trace of fine, curved, radial corru-
gation posterior of the beaks.

Length 32 mm.; alt. 11.5 mm.; diam. 11.7 mm.

This species is quite distinct by its long, plump shape. Since
the above account was written a second specimen has been found.
In this the valves are spread partly open. Each shows a depression
running from the beaks obliquely downward and backward to the
basal margin. There are radial riblets on the beaks, though mostly
obliterated, and a fine corrugation on the dorsal slope behind the
beaks, the corrugations radiating from the posterior ridge and curv-
ing towards the dorsal margin, thus confii-ming the indistinct traces
of such sculpture shown by the type specimen. This shell is larger
than the type, 40 mm. long, and similar in other proportions.

Locahty: Shale, Little Conewago Creek (loc. 5).

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Mycetopoda diluculi n. sp. Plate III, fig. 1.

The single example is imbedded in reddish shale, showing part
of one side and a section, from presumably near the anterior end,
which is broken away.

The shell is quite compressed, apparently rather thin, of long,
narrow^ straight form. The surface shows distinct wrinkles of
growth, which by their outlines indicate a rather strongly tapering
posterior end.

The length of the part preserved is 99 mm. Alt. at broken end
30 mm. ; further back, where the ventral margin is visible, the alt.
is about 25 mm. Diam. at broken end 9.5 mm.

Mycetopoda is a recent genus of South America, with a few species
as far north as Nicaragua and Guatemala. While the generic refer-
ence of the fossil is not positive, the interior being unknown, its
characters, so far as they are legible, agree well with Mycetopoda,
and appear to indicate this genus or one closely similar.

Locality: Shale, Little Conewago Creek (loc. 5).

POLYCHAETA.

Spirorbis inexpectatus n. sp. Plate III, fig. 3.

In the "red" (deep brownish drab) shale there are small, spiral
bodies resembling the tubes of Spirorbis. They occur in groups
scattered on surfaces of uncertain nature, or sometimes shells. They
occur about half immersed in the matrix, or somewhat deeper.

The spiral is in one plane. The largest individuals measure
2 mm. About one and a half turns seem to be present, but only
the last is clearly seen. This increases in width rather slowly,
always in clockwise direction. The surface of the spiral shows
sculpture of weak, retractively radial folds on the lateral convexity,
and there are also fine striae in the same direction. The tube appears
to be oval in section, its periphery rounded.

From the uniform direction of coil it appears that the same side
is always exposed, the under side probably being attached.

Locahty: Shale, Little Conewago Creek (loc. 5).

Feeling some uncertainty about these fossils a specimen was
submitted to Dr. John M. Clarke, who reported as follows:

"I think there is little doubt that the specimen you have sent
to me is Spirorbis. These tube-secreting worms show themselves
to have been highly adaptable throughout Mesozoic and Paleozoic
history. In the Carboniferous their tubes cover the leaves of coal
plants and they are not unknown to us attached to terrestrial water-
carried plants of the Devonian.

"This specimen before me carries the impression of a leaf or the
interior of some thin-shelled mollusk which might well have been

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

washed out from the land into the brackish or salt waters and thus
given the worm a chance for attachment. You will notice that
with the coiled shells there are little ostracodes which are also in-
dicative of brackish water conditions. It would be perfectly orderlj-
to find this specimen in continental sediments."

Explanation of Plates I-III.

Plate I. — Figs. 1-17. Various forms of fish scales.
Figs. IS, 19. Coprolite, exterior and section.

Plate II. — Fig. 1. Diplodon pennsylvanicus n. sp. Type.

Fig. 2. Diplodon pennsylvanicus. Dorsal view of an obliquely compressed

specimen.
Fig. 3. Diplodon pennsylvanicus. Interior of another specimen.
Figs. 4, 5. Diplodon carolus-simpsoni n. sp. Type, dorsal and lateral

views.
Fig. 6. Diplodon carolus-simpsoni. Lateral view of a larger specimen, in

red shale.

Plate III. — Fig. 1. Mycetopoda diluculi n. sp. Type, lateral view.

Figs. 2, 2a. Diplodon yorkensis n. sp. Type, dorsal and lateral views.

Fig. 3. Spirorbis inexpectatus n. sp. Type and paratypes.

Fig. 4. Diplodon pennsylvanicus n. sp.

Fig. 5. Diplodon wanneri n. sp. Type, lateral view.

(38)

NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES FROM THE AMAZONIAN REGION.

BY CHARLES P. ALEXANDER.

The crane-flies that inhabit the vast extent of the Amazonian
basin are, unfortunately, still very insufficiently known. The pi-
oneer collecting of Henry W. Bates has been supplemented in recent
years principally by the work of Herbert S. Parish, whose two trips,
in 1912 and in 1919-1920, have given us almost our sole knowledge
of this remarkable fauna. The crane-flies collected on Parish's
first trip have been recorded by the writer in other papers (1912-
1914) that are cited in the bibliography at the end of the paper.
The material secured on the second and more extended excursion
has been discussed in part in three short papers by the writer (1920).
Most of the new species secured on this trip, especially in the terri-
tory of the Upper Amazons, are reserved for consideration in the
present paper. In order to complete the report, the comparatively
few and scattered records of Amazonian Tipuloidea described in
other papers are included herein. The types are in the collection
of the writer; and paratypes of many of the species in the collection
of the American Entomological Society.

]\Ir. Parish has kindly supplied the writer with a brief account
of his trip which is recorded here to give a clear idea of the itinerary
of the 1919-1920 excursion:

"I left New York on the 25th of ]\Iay, 1919, and after a pleasant
voyage of fourteen days arrived off the Brazilian coast. * * *
The first place which I was to visit was the city of Para, situated
175 miles up the Para River, one of the tributaries of the Amazon.
Para or Belem is one of the finest cities in the tropics. Its parks
and buildings are strictly up-to-date and it also boasts of having
a completely equipped electric car-line. A branch of this line runs
out to Waterworks, the first place where I collected on this trip.
Here in the dense woods that surround the waterworks, and for
miles around in this district, I collected many different species of
insects, including numerous crane-flies. After remaining in this
place for ten days, I travelled by railroad eastward to Igarape-
Assii and Prata, where the collecting proved excellent, but great
numbers of the insects collected were destroyed by ants and mold
caused by the damp climate. From here I continued up the Ama-
zon, my next stop being Santarem, about 400 miles from the coast.
The forest here was scanty and the insects correspondingly scarce,

(39)

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

SO I remained for only three days. The next stage of the journey
was on a river steamer travelhng to Obidos (Obydos, Bates). On
board the steamer I was able to collect nmnl^ers of insects around
the electric lights. The thick forest around Obidos is rich in game
and insects are plentiful. It is what might be called a "Natural-
ist's Paradise." Here the largest of its genus, a tree-top flyer,
Morpho hecuba, is found. To offset the pleasures of this paradise,
mosquitoes are extremely bad both day and night. I left Obidos,
travelling by night about 150 miles up the Trombetas River to a
village called Oximinia, a small place with about 600 people, situ-
ated on the edge of the forest. This place is very secluded and
rarely visited by naturalists. After ten days of good collecting I
returned to Obidos. From Obidos I continued my way up the
Amazon to Parintins and thence to the town of Itacoatiara (Ita-
coatiara or Serpa, Bates). I remained there for three weeks and
then pushed on to Manaos (Barra or Manaos, Bates), a beautiful
city situated on a hill. After collecting about the outskirts of this
city for a few days, I moved on to a place called Flores, about ten
miles out from Manaos on the electric line. Here I was successful in
making a large catch of insects, many being new to science.

Teffe (Ega, Bates), about 300 miles up the SoHmoes River, an-
other of the main tributaries of the Amazon, was my next objective.
The settlement here seemed to be almost the same as when Bates
was here over sixty years ago, excepting the fine brick building
erected hj the Roman Catholics as a residence for their priests.
The most striking thing to me was the luxuriance of the vegetation
around Teffe Lake and the abundance of Micro-Lepidoptera and
Diptera. While at Teffe I managed to ward off a severe attack of
malaria which was threatening me. I stayed in this vicinity for
two months and then boarded the steamer ''Belem," travelling
further up the Solimoes to Iquitos, in the Peruvian Department of
Loreto. This trip required ten days. While on board the steamer
I was able to catch a number of insects attracted to the electric
lights at night. Landing at Iquitos, I found it to be a large, up-to-
date city, not very far behind our northern cities. The forest about
the place proved excellent for collecting. One day while walking
in the forest, I noticed a hole in the side of a bank, apparently the
entrance of some animal's burrow. By swishing my net about
the entrance, I caught four or five crane-flies and later on found
the same occurrence, the crane-flies representing one or two spe-
cies. At this place, crane-flies were noted in numbers swarming
in the sunlight. After two weeks' time, I caught a steam launch
that plies between this place and Yurimaguas on the Huallaga
River, a distance of some 550 to 600 miles. Here I lived with an
Indian family who were very hospitable. Looming up in the west
I could see the Andes Mountains. I procured a guide through my
Indian host and took a walk into the forest. The air here seemed
much fresher than that of the low-lying regions of the Amazonian
Basin. 1 lemained at Yurimaguas for about a month and then

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

returned to Iquitos. Here I accepted the invitation to accompany
a prospector who was going up the Napo River. We left Iquitos
at about three o'clock one afternoon in a small canoe. Our party
consisted of five, including the Indian paddlers. The first night,
after supper, I got out ray collecting apparatus, consisting of a white
sheet, lamp, cyanide bottles and net, and after fixing the sheet and
lighting the lamp, I was ready for the insects. They started to
come in twos and threes, but in about ten minutes they came so
fast that I had to call my prospector friend to my assistance. Even
then they were in such numbers that we could not get them all.
It took me all of the next day to pin and paper this material. Each
succeeding night while on the Napo River, I was able to add numer-
ous specimens to my collection. The animal life, especially the
birds and fishes, was extremely abundant. I was very sorry when
the time came to leave this place and return to Iquitos. From
here I. caught the river steamer down the Amazon and returned
to Canada after an absence of more than a year."

The Facies of the Amazonian Tipulid Fauna.

The known Amazonian crane-flies represent a comparatively large
number of species distributed in a few relatively large genera. The
tribes and subfamilies of the Tipulidae found here are the»Limno-
biini, Hexatomini, Eriopterini and Tipulinae. The families Tany-
deridae, Ptj^chopteridae and Rhyphidae, and the Pediciini and
Cylindrotominae of the Tipulidae, have not been discovered in
Amazonian territory. The following genera are comparatively well
represented in number of species: Dicranomyia, Geranomyia, Rhi-
pidia, Gonomyia, Erioptera, Gnophomyia, Trentepohlia, Psaronius,
Polymer a, Ozodicera and Brachypremna. Other genera that are
very characteristic of this general region, although more scantily
represented in number of species, are as follows: Rhamphidia,
Diotrepha, Ceratocheilus, Toxorhina and Lecteria. The following
genera and subgenera appear to be confined to the Amazonian
and Guianian sub-regions: Molophilus (Eumolophilus) , CtenoUrn-
nophila, and Microtipula. A few genera in the Amazonian region
have been taken as yet only on the Upper Amazons in Peruvian
territory; these are as follows: Elephantomyia, Cryptolabis and
Orimarga.

Genus GERANOMYIA Haliday.
1833. Geranomyia Haliday, Ent. Mag., vol. 1, p. 154.

The very large and complex genus Geranomyia finds its center
of distribution in the Neotropical Region. Many species are widely
distributed but others seem to be rather local in their range, this

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

latter condition possibly being explainable in many instances by
our still insufficient knowledge of tropical American Tipulidae.

Geranomyia recondita sp. n.

■ Rostrum relatively short; head yellowish gray with a narrow
silvery gray line extending the length of the vertex, behind the
eyes bordered with dusky black; mesonotal praescutum ochreous,
heavily striped with reddish brown to plumbeous brown; scutellum
pale, pleura suffused with greenish; legs uniformly brown in color;
wings yellowish gray with a relatively heavy brown and gray pat-
tern, this including three conspicuous costal areas, the two largest
at the origin of Rs and the stigma; Sc short, extending but a short
distance beyond the origin of Rs.

Male. — Length (excluding rostrum) 7-7.2 mm.; wing 7-8.7 mm.
rostrum about 3.3-3.4 mm.

Female. — Length (excluding rostrum) 7-7.5 mm.; wing 8.2-9.3
mm.; rostrum about 3.2 mm.

Rostrum relatively short, black. Antennae black. Head yellow-
ish gray; a narrow median line of silver}^ gray extending the length
of the vertex; on either side of this line, behind the eyes, a dusky
black area. Mesonotal praescutum ochreous, heavily striped w^th
darker; a narrow reddish brown median stripe that becomes obliter-
ated before the suture; lateral stripes darker brown, sometimes
plumbeous, behind the pseudosutural foveae broadly expanded lat-
erad, behind crossing the suture onto the scutal lobes; median area of
the scutum and the scutellum pale greenish white; postnotum with
the median sclerite brownish plumbeous, the lateral sclerites pale.
Pleura whitish, slightly pruinose, with yery strong light green tints
in fresh specimens. Halteres pale brown, the knobs darker. Legs
with the coxae greenish testaceous; trochanters testaceous; re-
mainder of the legs brown, the tarsi darker; the femora are unvari-
egated with other colors; claws small, at the base of each with a
comb of four or five teeth that decrease in size toward the base.
Wings with a yellowish gray tinge; cells C and Sc strongly yellow-
ish; wings with a heavy brown and gray pattern, there being three
conspicuous brown spots along the costal margin; one at the super-
numerary crossvein in cell Sc, the second at the origin of Rs and
tip of Sc, the third at the stigma; less distinct, gray, clouds and
seams along the cord and outer end of cell 1st Mo and at the ends
of veins 7^2+3, 1st A and Snd A; veins dark brown, yellow in the
pale costal areas. Venation: Sc relatively short, Sci ending a short
distance beyond the origin of Rs, this distance about equal to r;
Sc; at the tip of Sci] Rs long, gently arcuated; basal deflection of
J?4 + 5 shorter than the basal deflection of Cui] cell 1st M2 long and
narrow, longer than vein M^ beyond it, about equal to vein Mi +
beyond it; basal deflection of Cu^ at or beyond the fork of M. Ab-
domen reddish broAvn, the sternites more greenish.

2

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d", Iquitos, May 6, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Allotopotype, 9 .

Paratopotype, 2 9 's, May 6-25, 1920; paratypcs, 8 cf^ 9 , Yuri-
maguas, April 6-22, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Geranomyia xanthoplaca sp. n.

Head dusky black; a narrow yellowish gray stripe extending
from the front to the occiput; flagellar segments with long verticils;
mesonotal praescutum orange-rufus, the lateral margins narrowly
greenish; femora pale brown, the tips broadly pale yellow; a broad
subterminal dark brown ring; wings faintly yellow; five conspicuous
brown spots along the costal region, the third covering the origin
of Rs and the tip of Sc, the latter short, extending but a short dis-
tance beyond the origin of Rs.

Male. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 4.8 mm.; wing 6 mm.;
rostrum alone about 2.8 mm.

Female. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 4.6 mm.; wing 5.5
mm.; rostrum alone about 2.7-2.8 mm.

Rostrum black, comparatively short but slender. Antennae with
the scapal segments black, the flagellum paler, dark brown; flagellar
segments cylindrical or elongate-oval with long verticils in both
sexes. ' Head with a conspicuous yello^\'ish gray stripe extending
from the front to the occiput, subequal in width to the space between
the eyes at their narrowest point; remainder of the vertex and occi-
put dusky black. Mesonotal praescutum intense orange-rufous,
without apparent darker stripes, the lateral margin narrowly green-
ish, the sublateral regions paler than the median stripe; remainder
of the mesonotum yellowish testaceous, the posterior half of the
postnotum darkened. In the female the scutal lobes are slightly
darkened. Pleura yellow with greenish tints. Halteres pale, the
knobs greenish brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters green-
ish testaceous; femora pale brown, paler basally, the tips broadly
(0.65 mm.) pale yellow; a broad subterminal dark brown annulus,
this about equal in extent to the pale tip; the femora basad of this
brown ring are narrowly and indistinctly yellowish ; tibiae and tarsi
greenish brown, the tips of the tibiae and distal tarsal segments
darker; third and fourth tarsal segments with a series of fine comb-
like bristles; claws with the basal shoulder indistinctly toothed.
Wings with a faint yellowish tinge, the costal and subcostal cells
brighter yellow; five conspicuous brown spots along the costal mar-
gin, arranged as follows: at arculus; at the supernumerary cross-
vein in cell Sc; the third at the origin of Rs and tip of Sc2; the fourth
at the stigma, large and elongate; the last mark at the tip of Ro+z]
large gray clouds at the ends of the anal veins; comparatively nar-
row gray seams along the cord and outer end of cell 1st M-^; veins
yellow, brown in the infuscated areas. Venation: >Sc short, Sci

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

extending but a short distance beyond the origin of Rs, Sco close
to the tip of Sci,- Rs long, slightly angulated at origin; r more than
its own length from the tip of Ru cell 1st M-2 long and narrow, longer
than any of the veins issuing from it; basal deflection of Cu: before
to immediately beyond the fork of M. Abdominal tergites light
brown, the sternites a little paler.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d", Iquitos, May 6, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Allotype, 9 , Yurimaguas, April 22, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Geranomyia bicincta sp. n.

Head dusky black; a narrow silvery gray stripe extending from
the front to the occiput; flagellar segments with very long verticils;
mesonotal praescutum orange, the lateral margins broadly pale
brown, margined internally by a delicate gray line; femora obscure
yellow, brightened at the end of the segment, the tip and a narrow
subterminal ring dark brown; penultimate tarsal segment with a
comb of about eight spines on the distal half; wings faintly yellow-
ish with four small brown spots along the costa, the one at the
origin of Rs separated from the one at the tip of Sc, the latter vein
long, extending to beyond midlength of Rs.

Male. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 4.5 mm.; wing 5.8 mm.,
rostrum alone about 2.8 mm.

Female. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 6.8 mm.; wing 6.7
mm.; rostrum alone about 3.8 mm.

Rostrum moderately long and slender, brownish black. Anten-
nae black, the distal flagellar segments a little paler; flagellar seg-
ments with unusually long verticils. Head with the vertex between
the eyes narrow, silvery gray, this color continued caudad to the
occiput; remainder of the vertex dusky black. Mesonotal prae-
scutum orange, the lateral margins broadly pale brown; viewed
from above these lateral margins appear much darker l^rown and
there is a narrow silvery gray line between them and the orange
disk; remainder of the mesonotum obscure yellowish. Pleura yel-
lowish testaceous, the dorsal sclerites diffusely plumbeous. Halteres
pale, the knobs brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters testa-
ceous; femora obscure yellow, the end of the segment brighter than
the base, the extreme apex narrowly dark brown; a short distance
from the tip is a narrow dark brown ring, this about equal in extent
to the yellow subterminal ring; tibiae and tarsi brown; the pen-
ultimate and antepenultimate tarsal segments each bear a comb of
spines on the inner face but that on the penultimate segment is here
confined to the distal half of the segment and is composed of only
about eight spines; terminal tarsal segment comparatively short
and without a distinct comb, claws slender, the outermost of the
teeth at the base of the claws produced into a long, hairlike point.
Wings with a faint yellowish tinge, brighter in the costal and sub-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHL\. 45

costal cells; four small brown spots along the costa, the first at the
supernumerary crossvein in cell Sc; the second at the origin of Rs;
the third at the tip of Sc; the last at the stigma; narrow and indis-
tinct seams along the cord and outer end of cell 1st M^; veins yellow,
darker in the infuscated areas. Venation: .Sc long, Sci extending
to about opposite two-thirds the length of the long Rs, Sd at the
tip of Sci; Rs long, slightly angulated at origin; cell 1st M2 moder-
ately long, about equal to vein il/1 + 2 beyond it; basal deflection
of Cui at the fork of M, subequal to Cui. Abdomen light brown;
the sternites paler, brownish yellow.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d', Iquitos, May 10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Paratopotype, cf .

Geranomyia bicincta angusticincta subsp. n.

Male. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 5 mm.; wing 6.4 mm.;
rostrum alone 3.5 mm.

Female. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 6.4 mm.; wing 6.1-
6.3 mm.

In general resembling typical hicinda. Size sHghtly larger.
Mesonotal praescutum, viewed from above, with indications of a
pale brown median stripe. Femora without the darkened apices;
terminal three segments of tarsi with a comb of spinous bristles,
those on the penultimate segment including the entire length with
the exception of a narrow space at base; ultimate segment with a
comb on the distal half.

Habitat.' — Peru.

Holotype, cf, Yurimaguas, April 10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Allotopotype, 9 .

Paratopotypes, 4 cT" 9 , April 10-16, 1920; paratype, 9 , Iquitos,
Peru, May 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Geranomyia pilipes Walker.

1S56. Geranomyia pilipes Walker, Insecta Saundersiana, vol. 1, Dipt.,
p. 440.

This species was described from the Amazonian Region. Mr.
Edwards wTites me that the type is not to be found in the British
Museum collection. The species is notable by its unusual size
(length 10 mm.; wdng expanse 20 mm.).

Geranomyia separata sp. n.

Head dark brown, the pale line on the anterior part of the vertex
not reaching the occiput; mesonotum reddish yellow, the prae-
scutum W'ith three narrow dark brown stripes; femora brownish
yellow, the tips broadly light yellow with a narrow subterminal
brown ring; wings grayish subhyaline, spotted with brown, the

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

spots at the origin of Rs and the tip of Sc separate, Sc rather long,
extending to about one-third the length of Rs.

Male. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 6.4 mm.; wing 6.4 mm.
Female. — Length (excluding rostrum) 7.6 mm.; wing 8 mm.; ros-
trum alone 2.6 mm.

Rostrum black, in the male type broken, in the females rela-
tively short. Antennae brownish black. Head dark brown, the
vertex between the eyes more grayish, this color extending back-
ward but not attaining the occiput. Mesonotal praescutum reddish
yellow with three distinct narrow dark brown stripes; lateral mar-
gins of the praescutum infuscated; scutal lobes with the proximal
margins dark brown, the median area and the scutellum whitish;
postnotum dark brown, somewhat plumbeous. Pleura obscure yel-
low; the dorso-pleural region darker. Halteres pale brown, the
knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters light
yellow; femora pale brown, yellowish basally, darkening to beyond
midlength, thence suddenly light yellow, at about midlength of
this yellow tip with a narrow brownish black annulus; tibiae light
brown, the tips blackened; tarsi light brown, passing into black at
the tips. Wings grayish subhyaline, cells C and Sc more yellowish;
a rather heavy brown pattern arranged as follows: Base of cell Sc;
a broad seam on the supernumerary crossvein in cell Sc; a seam
at the origin of Rs, continued some distance down the vein; an
entirely separate seam at the tip of Sc; stigma large, subtriangular ;
cord and outer end of cell 1st Mi seamed with brown; a cloud along
vein 2nd A near its outer end. Venation: Sc rather long, Sci ex-
tending some distance beyond the origin of Rs, about opposite
one-third the length of Rs; Rs long, slightly angulated near origin;
r-m short; cell 1st Mz a little shorter than Mi +2 beyond it; basal
deflection of Cui just before the fork of M. Abdomen dark brown,
the sternites paler.

Habitat. — Brazil, Peru.

Holotype, cf , Yurimaguas, April 16, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Allotopotype, 9 , April 12, 1920.

Paratype, 9 , Teffe, Brazil, January 9, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

The paratype from Teffe is larger and brighter colored than the
allotype but undoubtedly pertains to this species. Geranomyia
separata resembles G. insignis Loew and related species, but is
readily told by the longer subcosta with the dark marking at the
origin of Rs separate from that at the end of Sc.

Geranomyia cinereinota Alexander.

1913. Geranomyia cinereinota Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 24, p. 407.

Teffe, Brazil, December 7, 1919, to February 4, 1920 (H. S.
Parish) .

1921] NATUR\L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

Yurimaguas, Peru, April 5, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 6-16, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus DICRANOMYIA Stephens.
1829. Dicranomyia Stephens, Cat. Brit. Ins., vol. 2, p. 243.

In the territory of the BraziUan Amazons, species of the genus
Dicranomyia appear to be verj- uncommon both as regards species
and individuals. In Peruvian territory, however, they become
more numerous.

Dicranomyia capnora sp. n.

Antennae dark brown, the first scapal segment white; front and
anterior part of the vertex silvery-white pubescent; vertex with a
conspicuous conical tubercle; mesonotum yellowish orange, the
lateral margins darkening into clove-brown; legs pale testaceous
yellow, the tarsi and tips of the tibiae white; wings deep smoky,
the costal and apical regions more intense; a narrow dark pattern
along the cord, outer end of cell 1st Mz and origin of Rs; Sc long.

Male. — Length 5.5-6.5 mm. ; wing 7.7-8.3 mm.
Female.- — Length 6.6 mm. ; wing 7.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae with the first
segment .of the scape silverj^-white ; remainder of the antennae dark
brown; the flagellar segments in the male are long-cylindrical, each
with a short basal pedicel that is paler than the rest of the segment.
Head moderately broad; front and anterior part of the vertex pure
silvery- white; remainder of the head dark brown; vertex produced
into a conspicuous conical elevation that is directed dorsad and
slightly caudacl. Mesonotal praescutum with the broad median
area conspicuous yellowish orange, gradually darkening into clove-
brown on the lateral margins of the sclerite; median area of the
scutum and the scutellum yellowish orange, the lateral areas darker;
postnotum pale brown. Pleura testaceous yellow. Halteres dark
brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters light yellow; femora
and tibiae pale testaceous yellow, the apex of the tibiae and the
tarsi excepting the terminal segment white; last tarsal segment and
the claws blackish. Wings with a strong smoky tinge, more intense
along the costal and apical regions; the basal, posterior and anal
cells sometimes with paler centers; a sparse darker brown pattern,
these spots arranged as follows: at origin of Rs; tip of Sc; r; along
the cord and outer end of cell 1st AIn; veins dark brown. Venation:
Sc long, extending to beyond midlength of the long Rs, Sc-i at the
tip of Sci; Rs strongly angulated to slightly spurred at origin; de-
flection of Ri + i about equal to the basal deflection of Cui; cell
1st Mo closed, comparatively short; basal deflection of Cui close
to the fork of M but slightly variable in position, longer than Cui.
Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites and hypopygium
more yellowish brown. Male hypopygium with the dorsal pleural

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

appendage a rather stout, almost straight, flattened hook with the
tip sHghtly curved; ventral pleural appendage an oval flattened
lobe, the inner face produced proximad into a flattened glabrous
lobe, the tip with a few delicate setae. Gonapophyses appearing
as broad flattened plates with the outer proximal angle narrowed
into a point. Ovipositor with the valves very short, the tergal
valves slender, acicular, strongly curved; sternal valves compressed,
the tips subacute.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d", Napo River, June 12, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Allotopotype, 9 , June 16, 1920.

Paratopotypes, 6 cf's, June 12-14, 1920; paratype, 9, Yuri-
maguas, March 31, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Dicranomyia capnora is a striking species that finds its closest
relative in D. lutzi Alexander (British Guiana) from which it differs
in the details of coloration of the body, wings and legs.

Dicranomyia optabilis sp. n.

Antennae dark brown ; head yellowish gray ; mesonotal prae-
scutum reddish with a broad black median stripe; postnotum, scutel-
lum and lobes of the scutum dark brown; pleura yellow and dark
brown; halteres yellow; fore coxae dark brown; hind coxae yellow;
femora brownish yellow with a very broad black subterminal ring;
wings yellowish, the basal quarter and a conspicuous seam along
the cord brownish; vein Sc long; abdominal segments dark brown,
the distal half of each segment yellowish.

Female. — Length 6.6 mm.; wing 7.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae dark brown, the
flagellar segments cylindrical, each with a short pedicel. Head
dark, yellowish gray pruinose. Mesonotal praescutum shiny red-
dish castaneous with a broad black median stripe; lateral stripes
short, confluent with the posterior ends of the median stripe; a
large circular brown spot on the posterior margin of the sclerite;
scutal lobes shiny brownish black, the median area paler; post-
notum and the median area of the scutellum black, the lateral por-
tions pale. Pleura with the propleura, mesosternum, mesepisternum
and the lateral sclerites of the postnotum shiny dark brown; re-
mainder of the pleura yellowish. Halteres yellow, the outer por-
tion of the stem a little darkened. Legs with the fore coxae dark
brown; middle coxae slightly infuscated, hind coxae yellowish; tro-
chanters obscure yellow; femora brownish yellow, before the tips
passing into a broad black subterminal ring, the extreme apices
very narrowly obscure yellow; remainder of the legs black, the
bases of the tibiae a little paler. Wings with a yellowish tinge,
variegated with brown; stigma ova), dark brown; a broad basal
crossband, slightly paler brown than the stigma, occupies more
than the basal quarter of the wing; a broad brown seam along the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

cord, tip of Sc and origin of Es, broader and more diffuse posteriorly;
wing-tip and a faint seam along the outer end of cell 1st Mi faintly
darkened; veins yellow, brown on the infuscated areas. Venation:
Sc long, Sci extending to about opposite two-thirds the length of
Rs, Sc2 at the tip of Sci; Rs rather short, angulated and slightly
spurred at origin, inner end of cell 1st Mi and m slightly arcuated;
basal deflection of Cui just beyond the fork of M. Abdominal
segments with the basal half of each dark brown, the apical half
yellowish. Ovipositor with the tergal valves slender, strongly up-
curved, the tips acute; sternal valves long, terete, tapering gradually
to the subacute apices.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, 9 , Napo River, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Dicranomyia eiseni (Alexander)

1912. Furcomyia eiseni Alexander, Can. Ent., vol. 44, pp. 33S, 339.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, July 14, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Manaos, Brazil, November 4, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Dicranomyia amazonica Alexander.

1920. Dicranomyia amazonica Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. 2S,
pp. 2, 3.

Igarape Assii, Brazil, July 16, 1919 (H. S. Parish) ; Type.
Obidos", Brazil, September 10, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Dicranomyia egae sp. n. Plate IV, fig. 10.

Antennae brownish black, flagellar segments cylindrical, short-
petiolate; mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow with a very broad
shiny black stripe; legs dark brown, the bases of the femora yellow-
ish; wdngs brownish gray; Sc long; abdomen dark brown; male
hypopygium highly complicated in structure.

Male. — Length 6.4 mm.; wdng 6 mm.
Female. — Length 6.8 mm.; wing 6.4 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brow^nish black. Antennae bro-uiiish black
throughout; flagellar segments oval to cylindrical, each with a short
basal petiole. Head dark brown. Pronotum yellowish, black medi-
ally. Mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow with a single, very
broad shiny black stripe that widens out strongly behind, suffusing
the scutal lobes; extreme lateral margin of the praescutun with a
brownish spot; median area of the scutum yelloAvish; scutellum
dark brown, narrow'ly margined caudally with pale; postnotum
dark brown. Pleura obscure yellow, the mesepisternum largely dark
brown. Mesosternum brownish. Halteres yellow, the knobs dark
brow^n. Legs with the coxae and trochanters light yellow; remainder
of the legs dark brown, the femoral bases yellowish, narrowest on
the fore legs, broadest on the posterior legs; claws slender with no
teeth except at the base. Wings brownish gray, the costal region
and the apex indistinctly darkened; stigma slightly darker brown.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

ill-defined; veins brown. Venation: Sc long, ending just before
the fork of the long sector, Sci at the tip of Sci; Rs long, almost
straight; r at the tip of Ri; basal deflection of ^^4 + 5 about twice
r-7n; cell 1st M2 pentagonally rectangular, a little longer than vein
Cui beyond it; basal deflection of Cui just before the fork of M,
longer than Cu2 alone. Abdomen dark brown, the ninth segment
paler; hypopygium with the pleurites dark reddish brown, the ap-
pendages blackened. Male hypopygium (Plate IV, fig. 10) large
and highly complicated in structure; pleurites cylindrical with two
pleural appendages; the outer of these is a small, brown, clavata
lobe that is provided with a few long bristles; the inner or apical
pleural appendage is large, roughly triangular, the cephalic angle
produced into a conspicuous claw-hke hook; along the caudal mar-
gin there is a comb of about 30 slender teeth; proximal face of this
lobe produced into a short, blunt, blackened lobe. On the proximal
face of the pleurite near the base is a short cylindrical lobe capped
by a brush of very long yellowish bristles, the inner (cephalic) ones
shortest, the outer ones very long and conspicuous; basad of the
pleurite is a larger but somewhat similar lobe, the apical tuft of
hairs very dense but short, not exceeding the lobe in length.

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, d^, Teffe, December 20, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Allotopotype, 9 •

Paratopotypes, 2 cf 's.

Dicranomyia napoensis sp. n. Plate IV, fig. 11.

Male. — Length about 5 mm. ; wing 5 mm.

Generally similar to D. egae sp. n., differing as follows: Size
smaller. Praescutal stripes confluent as in egae. Wings a little
broader, more grayish than brown, with the stigma more clearly
defined, oval, brown; Sc shorter, cell 1st Mi longer and narrower.
Male hypopygium (Plate IV, fig. 11) with the setigerous lobes on
the proximal face of the pleurites different in form; the basal lobe
is elongate-cylindrical, darkened, bearing a rather short tuft of
bristles at the apex; immediately caudad of this is a smaller lobe,
paler, with the bristles of proportionately equal length. Near mid-
length of the proximal face of the pleurite is a small cylindrical
lobe bearing two very powerful flattened bristles or fascicles of
bristles ; at the base of this lobe is a larger one with a powerful bristle
at its tip, the apex with abundant smaller bristles. The pleural
appendage has the comb-like teeth very irregular in size and dis-
tribution, not evenly spaced as in egae. Gonapophyses flattened,
the apices appearing as slender, erect, slightly curved pale blades.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf , Napo River, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Dicranomyia rapax sp. n. Plate IV, flg. 12.

Head dark grayish pruinose; mesonotum reddish yellow, un-
marked with darker; wings with Sc long; male hypopygium ^v-ith

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

the pleural appendage powerful, shaped somewhat like the head
and neck of a bird of prey.

Male. — Length about 5 mm. , wing 6 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennal scape dark brownish
black, flagellum broken. Head dark, gray pruinose. Mesonotum
light reddish yellow, the praescutum and scutum unmarked with
darker as in the three other species of this group described at this
time. Pleura yellowish testaceous, the dorsal sclerites a little darker.
Halteres brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters pale testa-
ceous, remainder of the legs brown, the femora paler basally. Wings
with a brownish tinge; stigma oval, darker brown; veins dark brown.
Venation: Sc long, Sci ending far beyond midlength of Rs, Sd
near the tip of Sci; basal deflection of Cui some distance before
the fork of M, this distance slightly variable. Abdomen dark
brown, the sternites paler. Male hypopygium (Plate IV, fig. 12)
very distinct from the other species of the group; pleurites very
short and stout, on the proximal face near the base with a very
stout lobe that is slightly enlarged and bifid at its outer end and
here provided with several powerful bristles. Pleural appendage
very large and powerful, shaped somewhat like the head of a bird
of prey, the short curved apex being the beak, the neck region pro-
vided with dense acute spines. Gonapophyses appearing as flat-
tened blades, the lateral angles produced laterad into a conspicuous
cylindrical lobe, the apex blackened.

Habitat.— Pern.

Holotype, cf , Yurimaguas, April 6, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Paratopotype, d", March 31, 1920.

Dicranomyia acuminata sp. n. Plate IV, fig. 9.

Antennae black, the flagellar segments provided with an apical
pedicel; head dark, yellowish gray pruinose; mesonotal praescutum
reddish yellow with three dark brown stripes that are not conflu-
ent; wings with Sc long; male hypopygium with the pleural append-
age produced proximad into a long, tapering point.

Male. — Length 5 mm.; wing 6.1 mm.
Female. — Length 6.2 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae rather long for a
member of this genus, black; each flagellar segment with a moder-
ately long apical pedicel; flagellar segments covered with a con-
spicuous white pubescence, the pedicels glabrous. In the female,
the antennae are shorter, the flagellar segments without the apical
pedicels. Head dark, yellowish gray pruinose. Pronotum reddish
yellow, dark brown medially. Mesonotal praescutum reddish yellow
with three conspicuous dark brown stripes, the median one becoming
obliterated far before the suture; scutum obscure reddish, the lobes
dark brown; remainder of the mesonotum dark brown. Pleura
obscure reddish brown, sometimes a little darker. Halteres dark

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellowish testaceous;
remainder of the legs brownish black, the femoral bases paler.
Wings with a distinct brownish tinge; stigma small, subcircular,
slightly darker brown; veins dark brown. Venation: Sc long, Sci
extending to some distance beyond midlength of Rs, Sd close to the
tip of Sci,- Rs rather long, gently arcuated; r at the tip of R,; basal
deflection of i?4 + 5 about equal to or longer than the basal deflection
of Cui; cell 1st Mi closed, shorter than the veins beyond it; basal
deflection of Cui just beyond the fork of M. In the allotype, cell
1st Mo is a httle longer; basal deflection of Cih just before the fork
of M. Abdominal tergites dark brown; sternites pale obscure
yellow; hypopygium yellowish. Male hypopygium (Plate IV, fig. 9)
with the pleurites rather stout, provided with rather sparse long
bristles; near the inner distal angle with about four shorter but
powerful bristles in alignment; pleural appendage with the proximal
end drawn out into a long acuminate point that is strongly curved
near the outer end; this point is provided with a few delicate setae;
closely applied to this pleural appendage but possibly representing
a second appendage is a small blackened beak with four or five
points, the whole suggesting a cock's-comb. Gonapophyses appear-
ing as flattened blades, the tips slightly blackened and curved
laterad.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d", Yurimaguas, April 10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Allotype, 9 , Iquitos, May 12, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Paratopotype, cf , April 16, 1920; paratype, cf , Iquitos, May 19,
1920.

Dicranomyia fmnosa (Alexander)

1912. ? Furcomyia fumosa Alexander, Can. Ent., vol. 44, p. 364.

Napo River, Peru, June 12, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus RHIFIDIA Meigen.
1818. Rhipidia Meigen, Syst. Beschr., vol. 1, p. 153.
Four species of this genus have been taken within the Amazonian
Region but there are doubtless many others yet to be discovered.

Rhipidia ( Rhipidia i perarmata sp. n.

Antennae of the male long, bipectinate, bicolorous; head dark;
mesonotal praescutum reddish brown with a darker median stripe;
pleura dark brown ; femora brown with a narrow darker subterminal
ring; wings brownish gray, sparseh^ variegated with darker brown
and subhyaline; Sc long; abdomen annulated reddish brown and
dark brown; male hypopygium comphcated in structure.

Male. — Length about 5.6 mm. ; wing 6.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae of the male elongate,
bipectinate; flagellum badly injured by insect pests; pectinations

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

very long and slender, much longer than the segments that bear
them; between the bases of the pectinations a small hairy tubercle;
the first flagellar segment apparently bears pectinations but this is
uncertain, as this part of the organ is badly injured by pests; scapal
segments dark brown, flagellar segments with the basal swelling
and pectinations dark l:)rown, the elongate terminal pedicel of each
segment conspicuously ivory-white to produce a bicolorous appear-
ance. Head dark grayish brown, the eyes practically contiguous
on the vertex. IVIesonotal praescutum dull reddish brown with a
broad darker brown median stripe and very indistinct and abbrevi-
ated lateral stripes; remainder of the mesonotum dark brownish
testaceous. Pleura dark brown, sparsely pruinose; sternites beneath
obscure yellow. Halteres light yellow, the knobs broken. Legs
with the coxae dark brown on the basal half of the outer face, the
apical half suddenly pale yellow; trochanters yellow; femora brown,
paler basally, the tips broadly and indistinctly paler and including
a narrow brown subterminal ring; tibiae and tarsi dark brown.
Wings with a strong brownish gray tinge, sparsely variegated with
dark brown and subhyaline ; cell Sc yellowish ; the dark brown areas
appear as clouds at the origin of Rs, tip of Sc, along the cord, outer
end of cell 1st M2 and at the stigma; wing-apex darkened; the sub-
hyaline areas occupy the radial cells before the origin of Rs, most
of cell 1st Ri, cell 2nd Ri beyond the stigma; in cell Rs one before and
one beyond the level of r; veins dark brown. Venation: Sc long,
Sci extending to about opposite two-thirds the long Rs, Sco near
the extreme tip of Sci; Rs long, strongly arcuated at origin; r at
the tip of /?,; r-m about one-half the basal deflection of M, + i; cell
1st Mi long and narrow, rectangular, about equal to vein Ms beyond
it; basal deflection of Cui just beyond the fork of M. Abdomen
reddish brown, the apical two-fifths of each segment dark brown.
Male hypopygium very large and comphcated in structure; pleurites
small, about as large as the ventral pleural appendages, the proximal
face produced inward into a cylindrical dark brown arm that is
fringed with bristles along the cephalic face; the caudal face bears
near midlength a tubercle tipped with two long bristles. Ventral
pleural appendage fleshy, the proximal face produced inward as a
yellow, slightly curved arm that bears two slender spines beyond
midlength on the caudal face, these spines with the tips squarely
truncated. Dorsal pleural appendage a long,- cylindrical, slightly
curved arm with the tip suddenly narrowed and acute. Gona-
pophyses flattened pale blades, the pfoximal angles produced caudad
into narrow knife-like blades that are blackened at their tips. What
appears to be the anal tube is very large, blackened, narrow basally,
expanded into a conical structure apically, the margin crenulated.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf , Ym-imaguas, April 1, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Rhipidia perarmata is related to R. calverti Alexander (Costa
Rica) and R. bipectinata Williston (Lesser Antilles) but differs strik-

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

ingly in the coloration and very peculiar structure of the male hy-
popygium.

Rbipidia (Conorhipidia) punctipennis Alexander.

1914. Rhipidia (Conorhipidia) punctipennis Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent.
Soc, vol. 22, pp. 117, 118.

A large female which may represent a new race of this species

was taken at Iquitos, Peru, May 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish). The

typical form has not been found outside of Costa Rica.

Rhipidia (Arhipidia) annulicomis Enderlein.

1912. Rhipidia annulicomis Enderlein, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vol. 32, pp.
80, 81.

Sex? Napo River, Peru, June 8, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Rhipidia (Arhipidia) domestica amazonensis Alexander.

1912. Rhipidia domestica amazonensis Alexander, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc,
vol. 8, p. 17.

Teffe, Brazil, December 25, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 9-15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Rhipidia (Arhipidia) domestica angustifrons Alexander.

1912. Rhipidia domestica angustifrons Alexander, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc,
vol. 8, pp. 16, 17.

Napo River, Peru, June 9-12, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
The pectinations on the male antennae are distinctly longer than
in typical domestica.

Genus RHAMPHIDIA Melgen.
1830. Rhamphidia Meigen, Syst. Beschr., vol. 6, p. 281.

Rhamphidia miranda sp. ti.

General coloration reddish yellow; wings grayish subhyaline with
a conspicuous brown band along the cord; cell Rx long and narrow;
cell 1st Mi rectangular, the basal deflection of Cui beyond the fork
of M; male hypopygium with the shortest pleural appendage pro-
duced into a simple curved hook.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm.; wing 5.2-5.6 mm.
Female. — Length 6.7 mm.; wing 5.4 mm.

Rostrum about as long as the remainder of the head, pale brown-
ish yellow; palpi short, dark brown. Antennae short, light brown;
flagellar segments elongate-cylindrical with very long verticils.
Head light gray. Mesonotum reddish yellow without markings.
Pleura slightly darker. Halteres pale, the knobs brown. Legs
with the coxae and trochanters reddish yellow; remainder of the
legs pale testaceous, the terminal tarsal segments slightly darker.
Wings grayish subhyaline, cells C and *Sc more yellowish; stigma
oval, brown, occupying the middle portion of cell Rx and the distal
end of cell *Sc,; from the stigma a broad but ill-defined band con-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

tinues across the wing following the cord to the fork of Cu; wing-
base and wing-tip very slightly darker than the ground-color; veins
pale brown, more yellowish in the costal region, darker in the infus-
cated areas. Venation: Sci ending a short distance beyond the
fork of Rs, Sci at the tip of Sci; Rs straight, in alignment with the
basal deflection of Ri + o', cell Ri very long, the sides parallel; r-m
distinct, about one-half of 711; cell 1st M2 rectangular, a little longer
than vein Cih beyond it; basal deflection of Cui about one-half to
its full length beyond the fork of M. Abdomen reddish brown,
with a black subterminal ring on segments seven and eight. Male
hypopygium with the shortest pleural appendage with the tip black-
ened, produced into a simple curved hook; in R. 7nirabilis the ex-
treme tip is bifid.

Habitat. — Brazil, Peru.

Holotype, cf , Teffe, Brazil, February 3, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Allotype, 9, Yurimaguas, Peru, April 6, 1920 (H. S. Parish);
condition fragmentary.

Paratopotypes, 2 cT's, mounted in balsam; paratypes, 2 9 's,
with the allotype, April 5 and 6, 1920; badly injured by insect pests;
cf , with the allotype, April 23, 1920.

Rhamphidia miranda bears a strong superficial resemblance to
R. mirabilis Alexander but differs in the coloration and venation
of the wings and in the details of structure of the male hypopyg-
ium.

Rhamphidia mirabilis Alexander.

1914. Rhamphidia mirabilis Alexander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 40,
pp. 230, 231.

Prat a, Brazil, July 5, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Igarape Assu, Brazil, July 15, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Ym-imaguas, Peru, April 6, 15, 17, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 16, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Rhamphidia sanguinolenta sp. n.

General coloration light reddish yellow; head gray; mesonotal
postnotum and a dorsal longitudinal pleural stripe dark brown;
legs yellow, the femora narrowly tipped with dark brown; wings
pale yellow; stigma oval, dark brown; two pale brown crossbands;
wing-tip indistinctly darkened; basal section of ilf, + 2 long, obhque,
the inner end of cell 1st Mi being strongly arcuated; abdominal
tergites annulated dark brown and obscm-e yellow.

Male. — Length 4.8 mm.; wing 4.5 mm.
Female. — Length 5 mm.; wing 4.6 mm.

Rostrum about as long as the head, light yellow; palpi pale brown.
Antennae short; scapal segments yellow; flagellum pale brown.
Head gray. Mesonotal praescutum light reddish yellow, the post-

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

notum dark brown. Pleura pale testaceous yellow, the dorsal
pleurites with a brown longitudinal stripe, extended caudad to the
postnotal region. Halteres light yellow. Legs with the coxae and
trochanters pale yellow, the margins of the latter narrowly dark
brown ; femora yellow, the tips narrowly but distinctly dark brown ;
tibiae and tarsi pale yellow. Wings with a pale yellowish tinge;
stigma oval, dark brown, conspicuous; much paler brown crossbands
arranged as follows: Just beyond the base of the wing, beginning
in cell M, continued to the anal margin at the end of vein 2nd A;
an ill-defined band along the cord; outer end of cell ^.s^ Mo seamed
with darker; wing-apex in cells Rs, Ri and 3nd Mi indistinctly dark-
ened; veins yellow, more brownish in the infuscated areas. Vena-
tion: Sci ending at about opposite four-fifths Rs, Sci a short distance
from its tip; i^s short, gently sinuous to almost straight; /?2 + 3 rela-
tively short, about equal to or approximately a fifth longer than
Rs, gently bisinuous; r-m a little longer than the deflection of Ri + i',
cell 1st M? large, the proximal margin arcuated, oblique; basal
section of ilf 1 + . longer than the second section, r-m being near mid-
length of the cell 1st M2; m a httle shorter than the outer deflection
of M,; basal deflection of Cui at or close to the fork of M. Basal
abdominal tergites annulated dark brown and obscure brownish
yellow, the basal two-fifths of each segment being dark brown,
the apical three-fifths brownish yellow; sternites yellow.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf , Iquitos, March 2, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Allotopotype, 9 , March 5, 1920.

Paratopotypes, 2 cf' s, March 4, 1920.

Rhamphidia uniformis Alexander.

1914. Rhamphidia uniformis Alexander, Trans. Am. Ent. Hoc, vol. 40,
p. 230.

Prata, Brazil, June 30, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Teffe, Brazil, January 28, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 4-15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Rhamphidia albitarsis Osten Sacken.

1887. Rhamphidia albitarsis Osten Sacken, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. 31,
p. 184.

Yurimaguas, Peru, March 31-April 22, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

A variety of R. albitarsis with the white of the fore and middle
tarsi very narrowly restricted was taken at Iquitos, Peru, May 6,
1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus ORIMARGA Osten Sacken.
1S59. Orimarga Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., part 4, p. 120.

Orimarga pallidibasis sp. n.

General coloration brown, grayish pruinose; pleura with a dark
brown longitudinal stripe; legs with the tibiae and tarsi white, the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

femora and tibiae broadly tipped with black; wings faintly grayish,
the costal region slightly infuscated; wing-base conspicuously pale;
distal section of Ri longer than Rs.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm. ; wing 5.7 mm.
Female. — Length about 7 mm.; Aving 6.4 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark l^roAvn. Antennal scape dark brown,
the flagellum broken. Head gray, clearer and lighter gray adjoin-
ing the inner margins of the eyes. Mesonotum gray pruinose,
the median area broadly brownish, the extreme lateral margins
narrowly whitish; remainder of the mesonotum brown, sparsely
dusted with grey. Pleura brown, darker dorsally; sternum dark
brown, paler medially beneath. Halteres pale. Legs with the
coxae brownish testaceous; trochanters similar, the margin with a
black spot; anterior femora whitish, the tips broadly and conspicu-
ously blackened and with an indistinct whitish subterminal ring;
posterior femora brown, gradually darkening to the black tips;
tibiae white, the tips broadly and abruptly black ; tarsi white. Wings
with a faint greyish tinge, more brownish in the costal region ; wing-
base before the arculus conspicuously whitish; veins pale brown.
Venation: Sc moderately long, Sci ending opposite about three-
fourths the length of Rs, Sco rather indistinct, at the tip of Scu
Rs long, strongly arcuated at origin; r about mid-distance between
Se2 and the tip of Ri, the distal section of Ri being a little longer
than Rs; r-m shorter than the basal deflection of Mi + 2; petiole
of cell Mi longer than vein Ma," basal deflection of Cui about its
own length before the fork of M. Abdominal tergites dark brown,
the sternites a little paler.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, o^, Yurimaguas, April 8, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Allotopotype, 9 , April 1, 1920.

Paratopotype, Sex ?, April 5, 1920.

Orimarga pallidibasis is readily told from the other known spe-
cies of the genus by the position of the radial cross vein, vein Ri
beyond it being a little longer than the sector; in most species of the
genus, r lies close to the tip of Ri.

Genus DIOTREPHA Osten Sacken.

1878. Diotrepha Osten Sacken, Cat. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 219.
1888. Thambeta Williston, Synopsis N. Am. Dipt., p. 32.

Diotrepha atribasis Alexander.

1914. Diotrepha atribasis Alexander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 40, p. 240.

Flores, Brazil, November 18, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Teffe, Brazil, December 22-24, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Iquitos, Peru, June 7, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Diotrepha fumicosta sp. n.

General coloration dark brown, legs pale yellow, wings brown,
the costal margin broadly seamed with darker brown, basal deflec-
tion of Cui about one-half the length of the sector before the origin
of the latter.

Female. — Length 6.5 mm., wing 5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae pale brown. Head
brown. Mesonotum and pleura dark brown. Mesosternum slightly
paler than the pleura. Halteres dark brown, the base of the stem
paler. Legs with the coxae dark brown, trochanters obscure yellow;
remainder of the legs pale yellow, only the terminal tarsal segments
a little darkened. Wings with a strong brownish tinge, the costal
region, continued to the Aving-apex, broadly darker brown, this color
paler on the basal third of the wing; a brownish cloud in the base
of cell 1st A; veins brown. Venation: Sc moderately long, Sci
ending opposite midlength of Rs, Sd near the tip of Sci; Rs long,
gently arcuated; ?• on -R2+3 and on Ri, the distal section of R^ being
a little longer than the strongly arcuated basal deflection of R4 + i',
basal deflection of Cui before the level of the origin of Rs, the dis-
tance about one-half of Rs. In the paratype, Rs is considerably
longer than R2+S. Abdomen dark brown, the stout valves of the
ovipositor horn-colored. Tergal valves of the ovipositor much
smaller and shorter than the powerful, blade -like sternal valves.

Habitat. — Brazil, Venezuela.

Holotype, 9, Prata, Para, Brazil, June 30, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Paratopotypes, 2 9 's, one in the collection of the British Museum
of Natural History.

Paratype, 9 , Boqueron, Yaracuy, Venezuela, March 17, 1920
(J. H. and E. B. Wilhamson and W. H. Ditzler).

The only described species with which the present form agrees
at all is D. concinna Wilhston. Mr. F. W. Edwards, of the British
Museum, has compared a paratype of the present species with
Williston's types of D. concinna and reports the differences as follows:

"D. concinna: Thorax light brown. Wings clear (legs missing).
Palpi longer. Wings narrower, especially cell Sc. Crossvein sc
(Sc^) beyond the tip of Sc, in one specimen another crossvein in
cell Sc beyond the first. Rs half as long again as R2+3, hence all
apical cells very short. Cui a (basal deflection of Cui) nearer base
of wing, at a distance about equal to R2+3 before base of Rs.

"D. fumicosta: Thorax darker brown. Wings with broad brown
margin on apical part of costa. Palpi shorter. Wings rather
broader. Crossvein sc just before tip of Sc. Rs a Httle shorter
than Ri + 3, apical cells longer than in above. Distance of Cui a
from base of Rs equal to less than half of i?2+3."— F. W. Edwards.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

Although the remaining specimens of the type-series of D. fumi-
costa do not agree in all particulars with the specimen described by-
Mr. Edwards, yet they are in so close agreement that practically
all of the distinctions indicated hold throughout the series.

Genus ATARBA Osten Sacken.
1869. Atarba Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., part 4, pp. 127, 128.

Atarha is a rather small genus of crane-flies that reaches its great-
est specific development in the tropics of the New World. The
genus has been referred to the old tribe Antochini but the presence
of tibial spurs in the typical forms would indicate that the present
reference is more nearly correct despite the reduced venation.

Atarba megaphallus sp. n.

Antennae of the male elongate; flagellum dark brown, both ends of
each segment narrowly pale; wings grayish yellow; Rs short, cell
1st M2 small; male hypopygium with the penis-guard greatly en-
larged, the apex widened into a hood-shaped structure.

Male. — Length 5-5.5 mm.; wing 5-5.8 mm.
Female. — Length 6.5 mm.; wing 6.2 mm.

Rostrum brownish yellow. Antennae of the male elongated,
longer than ^one-half the body; scapal segments brownish yellow;
first flagellar segment pale brown, passing into dark brown before
the tip, the extreme apex pale; remaining flagellar segments dark
brown, the extreme base and apex of each segment pale to produce
a narrowly annulated appearance; flagellar segments elongate-
cylindrical, clothed with an abundant erect white pubescence and
provided with a few verticils arranged unilaterally. Head pale
brow^nish yellow. Mesonotum pale brownish yellow, the prae-
scutum without markings. Pleura brown, fading into yellow on the
sternum. Halteres pale brown, the knobs dark brown. Legs with
the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; femora obscure yellow-
ish, the extreme tips indistinctly darker; remainder of the legs
brownish yellow, only the terminal tarsal segments darker brown.
Wings with a strong grayish yellow tinge, the stigmal region indis-
tinctly darker; veins pale brownish yellow. Venation: Sc short,
Sci ending just beyond the origin of Rs; 8cn some distance from
the tip of Scx, the latter alone being nearly equal to the short sector;
Rs short, but little longer than the deflection of i?4 + 5; i?2+3 almost
straight, running rather close to R-,; cell Ri much narrower than
Rz at the wing-margin; cell 1st M2 very small, pentagonal; basal
deflection of Cui beyond the fork of M. Abdominal tergites obscure
yellowish brown; sternites clearer yellow; in the male a conspicuous
sub terminal blackish ring on segments five and six, hypopygium
obscure yellow. Male hypopygium with the pleurites and append-
ages about as in the other species of the genus; penis-guard greatly
enlarged, the apex widened and concave above, hood-like.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, d", Teffe, December 22, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Allotopotype, 9 , December 25, 1919.
Paratopotypes, 2 cf 's, with the type.

Genus ELEPHANTOMYIA Osten Sacken.
1859. Elephantomyia Osten Sacken, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 220.

The genus Elephantomyia has long been referred to the tribe

Antochini and later to the Eriopterini. The presence of distinct

tibial spm-s would indicate that this genus, hke Atarha, is an aberrant

hexatomine form.

Elephantomyia supemvuneraria sp. n.

General coloration dark brown; thoracic pleura gray pruinose
with two narrow dark brown longitudinal stripes; legs black; wings
subhyahne with a heavy l)rown pattern; a supernumerary cross-
vein near the outer end of cell R2.

Male.— Length, (excluding rostrum) about 5.4 mm.; wing 5.8 mm.;
rostrum about 3.9 mm.

Rostrum long and slender, dark brown. Antennae dark brown;
verticils elongate. Head gray. Mesonotum dark brown. Pleura
pale brown, sparsely pruinose, with two narrow dark .brown longi-
tudinal stripes, the dorsal stripe beginning at the cervical sclerites,
extending beneath the wing-root; the ventral stripe begins on the
mesosternum before the middle coxa, passing beneath the halter to
the base of the abdomen. Halteres yellow, the knobs infuscated.
Legs with the fore and middle coxae infuscated; posterior coxae
less darkened; trochanters obscure yellow, the margin with a brown
spot; remainder of the legs black, the bases of the femora narrowly
pale; the joint between the femur and tibia is narrowly and indis-
tinctly pale. Wings subhyaline with a heavy and conspicuous
brown pattern, distributed as follows: At arculus; a large area at
the origin of Rs, extending caudad to vein M; a small spot at the tip
of *Sci; a conspicuous seam at the stigma, continued along the cord
to the fork of M; rounded spots at the tips of veins Ri and R2, the
latter extending onto the supernumerary crossvein in cell R-; wing-
tip infumed; brownish seams along the outer end of cell 1st M2 and
the ])asal deflection of Cui; veins light brown, slightly darker in the
infuscated areas. Venation: »Sc long, *Sci extending to about oppo-
site four-fifths the long Rs; Rs strongly arcuated at origin; Ri
very short, a little less than m; a supernumerary crossvein in cell Ri
near its outer end, the tip of vein Ri beyond it pale and without
rnacrotrichiae; cell 1st Mi large, rectangular, about as long as as a
little shorter than vein il/1 + 2 beyond it; basal deflection of Cui at
or beyond midlength of cell 1st M2, a little longer than Cu2. Abdo-
men dark brown, the base of the hypopygium a little brighter.
Male hypopygium with the two pleural appendages subequal in

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

length, the outer appendage more slender, at the tip split into two
short, subequal points.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d", Napo River, June 8, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Paratopotype, c^.

Elephantomyia supernumeraria is distinguished from all the de-
scribed American species of the genus by the heavily patterned wings
and from all known species of the genus hy the presence of a super-
numerary cross vein in cell Rz of the wings.

CTENOLIMNOPHILA gen. n.

Antennae with sixteen segments, the flagellar segments short-
cylindrical. Tibiae provided with spurs. Wings with Sc^ at the
tip of Scx; a supernumerary crossvein in cell R^; cell 1st ilf 2 very
long and narrow, irregular in outline, approximately twice as long
as the cells beyond it; cell Mi lacking. Male hypopygium with
the outer pleural appendage provided Avith very long, appressed
teeth on the outer face before the tip.

Genotype.- — Ctenolimnophila hivena, sp. n. (Amazonian Region).

The general appearance of the two species now known to belong
to this genus is much more like a Gnophomyia than a Limnophiline
form. Gnophomyia decisa Alexander, described from imperfect ma-
terial, is now known to be a member of this genus. The tibial spurs
in C. decisa are much shorter and stouter than in C. hivena. The
type of hypopygium is strongly suggestive of Ephelia and Atarba.

Ctenolimnophila bivena sp. n.

Male.- — Length 4.5 mm.; wing 4.8-5.3 mm.

Generally similar to C. decisa but differing in several important
details. The general coloration is dark brown, the legs conspicu-
ously light yellow. The hairs of the legs are longer and more out-
spreading than in decisa. The principal chfferences between the
two forms are found in the wings, as follows:

Wings with a supernumerary crossvein in cell Rz in addition to
the one in cell /?;, the former lying a short distance proximad of
the latter. Wings more uniformly darkened, the radial cells uni-
formly dark brown, the cubital and anal cells grayish brown; narrow^
seams and spots at the origin of Rs, along the cord, outer end of
cell 1st Mi and the supernumerary crossveins darker brown; no in-
dications of the three pale spots along the costal margin as in decisa;
the only pale areas on the wing are the centers of cells 1st Mi, 2nd
Mi, Ms and a faint wash before the cord in the end of cell R.

Habitat. — Peru, Brazil.

Holotype, d", Napo River, Peru, June 22, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Paratopotype, d^ ; paratype, sex?, Teffe, Brazil, December 24,
1919 (H. S. Parish).

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Ctenolimnophila decisa (Alexander)

1914. Gnophomyia decisa Alexander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 40, pp.
245, 246.

Prata, Brazil, June 30, 1919 (H. S. Parish). This specimen

differs in a few minor points from typical decisa but with the scanty

material available it is impossible to separate the species.

Genus LIMNOPHILA Macquart.
1834. Limnophila Macquart, Suites a Buffon, Tome 1, Hist. Nat. Ins.,
Dipt., p. 95.

Limnophila (Limnophilella) epiphragmoides Alexander.

1913. Limnophila epiphragmoides Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44,
pp. 543, 544.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 30, 1912 (H. S. Parish) ; Type.

Limnophila diversipes sp. n.

General coloration brownish yellow; legs brown, the tips of the
tibiae, bases and tips of the metatarsi and the remaining tarsal
segments white; wings petiolate, the anal angle practically lacking;
membrane hyahne, the tip slightly infuscated; petiole of cell Mi
very short; 2nd Anal cell long and narrow.

Sexf — Wing 9 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brown. Antennae broken. Head reddish
brown, more yellowish caudally and on the genae. Mesonotum
small, pale brownish yellow, unmarked. Pleura yellowish. Hal-
teres broken. Legs with the coxae testaceous yellow; trochanters
with a decided greenish tinge; femora brown; tibiae dark brown,
the tips broadly (2.4 mm.) and abruptly snowy white; metatarsi
brownish black, the extreme bases and the apical third to fifth
snowy white, this color most extensive on the posterior legs; re-
mainder of the tarsi white, the terminal segments tinged with green-
ish. Wings elongate, petiolate; anal angle practically lacking; mem-
brane hyaline, the apex beyond cell 1st Mi distinctly but faintly
infuscated; stigma very small, oval, brown; veins dark brown. All
the longitudinal veins beyond the cord with long, conspicuous macro-
trichiae; Rs, M, Cu and the Anal veins likewise with macrotrichiae,
smaller and more scattered toward the base of the wing. Venation:
Sc long, Sci extending to slightly beyond midlength of R2+3, Sc2
at the tip of Sci; Rs long, strongly angulated at origin; i?2+3 almost
in ahgnment with Rs, a little shorter than the distal section of R2;
r on 7^2 at about three-fifths its length and on i?i a little more than
its length from the tip; basal deflection of Ri + 5 short, strongly ar-
cuated, a little longer than the basal deflection of Cui; cell 1st Mi
long and narrow, rectangular; petiole of cell Mi very short, less
than m, cell Mx consequently very deep; basal deflection of Cui
about one-third its length beyond the fork of M; Cui approximately
four times the basal deflection of Cui; 2nd Anal vein long, running
close to and parallel with the anal margin of the wing so that cell

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 6>?

2nd A is very long and narrow, widened distally; the two Anal
veins run parallel for the greater part of the length of the 2nd. Ab-
domen broken.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, Sex?, Yurimaguas, April 6, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus EPIPHRAGMA Osten Sacken.
1859. Epiphragma Osten Sacken, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 23S.

Epiphragma fabricii Alexander.

1913. Epiphragma fabricii Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44,
p. 536.

Iquitos, Peru, March 9 to May 6, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, April 10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Epiphragma vaiia (Wiedemann)

1828. Limnobia varia Wiedemann, Aussereur. zweifl. Ins., Thl. 1, p. 573.

Teffe, Brazil, January 28, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, March 31, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 16, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus PSARONIUS Enderlein.
1912. Psaronius Enderlein, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., Bd. 32, H. 1, p. 50

Psaronius obscums (Fabricius)

1805. Tipula obscura Fabricius, Syst. Antl., p. 27.

Igarape Assii, Brazil, January 29, 1912, to February 4, 1912
(H. S. Parish).

Psaronius pallipes Alexander.

1920. Psaronius pallipes Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 73.

Known only from the types, taken at Prat a, Brazil, June 30 and
July 5, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Psaronius pygmaeus Alexander.

1914. Psaronius pygmaeus Alexander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 40, pp.
249, 250.

Obidos, Brazil, September 6, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, April 1, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Psaronius trianguliferus sp. n.

General coloration yellowish brown, the mesonotal praescutum
with three darker stripes, the lateral ones incurved to the median
stripe at their anterior ends, femora with a narrow, dark brown
subterminal ring, wings brownish yellow, the veins broadly seamed
with grayish; cell 2nd Ri elongate-triangular, veins Ri and R2 being
subcontiguous at their distal ends.

Female. — Length about 16 mm.; wing 11.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae with the scapal seg-
ments obscure yellow, the basal segments of the flagellum brownish

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

yellow, passing into dark brown before the tip of the organ. Head
obscure yellow with a delicate brown median hne. Mesonotal prae-
scutum yellowish brown with three darker brown stripes; median
stripe pale anteriorly but becoming better defined toward the su-
ture; lateral margins and a capillary median vitta darker brown;
lateral stripes brown, their cephalic ends directed proximad, indis-
tinctly confluent with the median stripe, isolating two pale sub-
median areas immediately before the suture; scutum brown, each
lobe with a brownish yellow circle, enclosing a dark center; scutellum
and postnotum brown. Pleura obscure yellow with a relatively
narrow dorsal brown stripe; mesosternuni also brown, these two
dark areas enclosing between them an ill-defined longitudinal pale
stripe. Halteres with the stem yellow^, the knobs dark brown.
Legs wdth the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow ; femora yellow-
ish, before the tips with a narrow, subterminal brown ring; tibiae
yellow, the extreme bases narrowly infuscated, the tips narrowly
dark brownish black; tarsi obscure yellow^, the terminal segments
slightly darker. Wings with a strong brownish yellow tinge, the
costal cell more brownish, the subcostal cell clear yellow; darker
brown clouds at the base of cell R; at origin of Es; fork of Rs and
at the stigma; all the veins are very broadly seamed with greyish,
these seams restricting the ground-color to narrow longitudinal
streaks; basal third of cell Ro yellow, the distal two-thirds greyish;
veins brown. Venation: Sci ending immediately beyond r; Rs
long, strongly angulated at origin, a httle longer than Ri+3; R2
subcontiguous with Ri at costa so that cell 2nd Ri has an elongate-
triangular shape; petiole of cell Mi a little shorter than the basal
deflection of ^4 + 5; m about one-half the outer deflection of M3;
Cui shorter than the basal deflection of Cwi. Abdominal tergites
brown, each segment slightly paler basally; sternites yellow.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, 9 , Yurimaguas, April 6, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

By means of the author's key to the species of the genus Psoronius
(Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, vol. 40, p. 250. 1914), P. triangiilifenis
runs out to couplet 3, both of the included species having the meso-
notum practically unicolorous. From the more recently described
P. pallipes Alexander (Brazil), the present species differs in the
venation and the coloration of the tarsi.

Psaronius mancus sp. n.

Mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow with three darker brown
stripes, the median stripe with a capillary darker brown line that
continues back to the base of the abdomen; femora wdth a narrow
subterminal brownish black ring; tibiae light brown, the base and
tip blackened; wings brownish yellow, the veins conspicuously
seamed with brown; vein R2 entirely lacking; cell Mi shorter than
its petiole.

Female.— Length 21-22 mm.; wing 14.2-15 mm.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae short, the scape and
first flagellar segment brownish yellow; remainder of the fiagellum
dark brown. Head brownish yellow, the dorso-median area of the
vertex darker brown. Mesonotal praescutmii brownish yellow with
three darker brown stripes; median stripe with the lateral margins
and a capillary median line still darker brown ; pseudosutm'al f oveae
conspicuous; scutum dark brown, the median area with a capillary
dark line; scutellum pale brownish testaceous with a narrow brown
median line; postnotum pale brown, the median line darker. Pleura
light brown, variegated with darker brown. Sternum light yellow-
ish brown. Halteres dark brown, the base of the stem paler. Legs
with the coxae light brown, dark brown basally; trochanters brown-
ish yellow; femora brownish yellow, a narrow (0.6 mm.) brownish
black subterminal ring, preceded by a broad but ill-defined yellow-
ish ring, the apex narrowly pale; tibiae light brown, the tip and
the slightly narrower base black; metatarsi light brown, the tips
dark brown; remainder of the tarsi dark brown. Wings with a
strong brownish yellow tinge; cell C brown, cell Sc yellowish; very
broad brown clouds at the base of cell R, origin and fork of Rs and
as conspicuous seams along the longitudinal veins, in cells M, 1st A
and 2nd A suffusing most of the cells; veins dark brown, darkest
in the clouded areas. Venation: vein Rn entirely lacking as in
P. ahnormis Alexander and P. hrevitihia Alexander; i?2+3 consider-
ably longer than the deflection of i?4-t-5; r-m longer than the basal
deflection of Mi+;; cell Mi considerably shorter than its petiole;
fusion of Cui and Mz slight; vein Cui longer than the basal deflec-
tion of 71/1+2; 2nd Anal vein rather long, ending a trifle before the
origin of Rs. Abdomen dark brown. Ovipositor with the valves
comparatively short, blackened basally; tergal valves gently up-
curved, their apices pale.

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, 9 , Teffe, December 20, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Paratopotype, 9 , December 12, 1919.

Psaronius mancus is readily told from all described species of the
genus by the diagnostic characters given above. Its only close
relative is P. hrevitihia Alexander, likewise from the Amazonian
Region.

Psaronius brevitibia Alexander.

1920. Psaronius brevitibia Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 74.

Still known only from the type specimen, taken at Obidos, Brazil,
August 28, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Genus POLYMERA Wiedemann.
1821. Polymera Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., p. 40.

Polymera includes nearly a score of species that are confined to
tropical and subtropical America. The genus is abundantly rep-

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

resented in the Amazonian region, where it must be considered as
being one of the most characteristic Tipulid genera,

Polymera conjuncta Alexander.

1913. Polymera conjuncta Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44,
p. 529.

The types were taken at Igarape Assii, Brazil, February 4, 1912

by H. S. Parish.

Polymera conjunctoides Alexander.

1920. Polymera conjunctoides Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 31, pp. 74, 75.

Itacoatiara, Brazil, October 16, 1919 (H. S. Parish); Type.
Manaos, Brazil, October 31, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 9-15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Polymera parish! Alexander.

1920. Polymera parishi Alexander, Can. Ent., vol. 52, pp. 143, 144.

Manaos, Brazil, October 31-November 4, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
The above three species belong to the subgenus Polijmerodes
Alexander, in which the tibial spurs are quite lacking.

Polymera pleuralis Alexander.

1913. Polymera pleuralis Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44, pp.
528, 529.

Igarape Assii, Brazil, January 19-February 7, 1912 (H. S. Par-
ish) ; Types.
Yurimaguas, Peru, April 1, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Polymera obscm'a Macquart.

1S3S. Polymera obscura Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Tome 1, pt. 1, p. 65.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 19-February 4, 1912 (H. S. Parish).
Itacoatiara, Brazil, October 12-22, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Teffe, Brazil, December 4-27, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Iquitos, Peru, May 18, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, April 17, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Polymera thoracica Alexander.

1913. Polymera thoracica Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44, pp.
533, 534.

Known only from the type locality, Igarape Assu, Brazil, Feb-
ruary 7, 1912 (H. S. Parish).

Polymera hirticornis (Fabricius)

1805. Chironomus hirticornis Fabricius, Syst. Antliat., p. 46.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 23, 1912 (H. S. Parish).
Obidos, Brazil, September 10, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

Polymera superba Alexander.

1913. PoUjmera superba Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44, pp.
530, 531.

Igarape Assii, Brazil, January 24, 1912 (H. S. Parish).
Teffe, Brazil, December 24-26, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Polymera niveitarsis Alexander.

1913. Polymera niveitarsis Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44,
pp. 532, 533.

Igarape Assii, Brazil, January 29, 1912 (H. S. Parish).

Prata, Brazil, June 30, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Iquitos, Peru, May 11-15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Yurimaguas, Peru, April 7-10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Pol3rmera crystalloptera sp. n.

Close to P. niveitarsis Alexander; wings crystaUine hyaline; r
close to the tip of R^.; r-m before the fork of Rs.

Male. — Length 7.5-8.5 mm.; wing 6.5-7.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi orange-yellow. Antennae of the male elon-
gate, approximately as long as the body; scapal segments tumid,
brownish orange; flagellar segments black, in structure quite as in
P. niveitarsis, elongate-cylindrical, not constricted, provided with
abundant. erect black hairs. Head dark brown. Mesonotal prae-
scutum reddish yellow with a broad reddish brown median stripe
that is sometimes obliterated; scutum and scutellum reddish brown,
the postnotum slightly paler. Pleura obscure reddish yellow. Hal-
teres brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow;
femora dark brown, paler basally; tibiae and tarsi dark brown,
posterior metatarsi with the apical half snowy white; remaining
tarsal segments similar, only the terminal segment infuscated.
Wings crystalline hyaline, highly iridescent; veins very conspicuous,
brownish black. Venation: Arculus interrupted; r far out near
the tip of Ri, the distal section of the latter vein from one to two
times r; r-m connecting Rs immediately before the fork; basal de-
flection of Cui before the fork of M, the distance about equal to r;
cell Ml small, vein Mi being about equal to or shorter than the
basal deflection of Cui; petiole of cell M^ about two-thirds to three-
fourths the cell. Abdominal tergites dark brown; basal sternites
yellowish, becoming more obscure toward the tip of the organ;
hypopygium pale brown, the appendages black.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf, Yurimaguas, April 2, 1920 (H. S. Parish),

Paratopotype, cf , April 8, 1920.

Genus PENTHOPTERA Schiner.
1863. Penthoptera Schiner, Wien. Ent. Monatsch., vol. 220.

Penthoptera batesi sp. n.

Antennae of the male rather short; general coloration reddish
yellow, the pleura testaceous yellow; tarsi white, this color including

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

all but the basal fifth of the posterior metatarsus; wings subhyahne,
the wing-tip a little darker; cell Mi lacking; basal deflection of
7^4+ 6 distinct.

Male. — Length 9.2 mm.; wing 8.3 mm.

Rostrum obscure brownish yellow; palpi dark brown. Antennae
of the male rather short, if bent backward extending about to the
wing-root; scapal segments obscure yellow, the flagellum dark brown.
Head brown, more grayish adjoining the margin of the eyes. Meso-
notum reddish yellow without apparent darker stripes. Pleura
testaceous yellow. Halteres brown. Legs with the coxae and tro-
chanters testaceous yellow; remainder of the legs dark brown, the
femoral bases paler; terminal tarsal segments snowy -white, on the
fore legs including the apical fifth of the metatarsus; on the middle
legs, the white includes a little less than the apical half; on the
posterior legs, the white includes the apical four-fifths, the basal
fifth being darkened. Wings subhyaline, cell Sc faintly darker;
stigma very indistinct to practically lacking; apex of the wing be-
yond the level of r and the outer end of cell 1st Mo darkened. Vena-
tion: Sc long, Sci ending a little beyond the level of r-7n; Rs long,
arcuated at origin; i?2-l-3 about two-fifths of Rs, in ahgnment with
Ri; r on R2 about the length of r-m beyond the fork of R2+3, the
distal section of Ri being about twice r; basal deflection of Rt+i
longer than r; cell 1st M2 elongate-rectangular, about as long as
vein ilf 1+2 beyond it; cell Mi lacking; basal deflection of Cui a little
less than half its length beyond the fork of M; basal deflection of
Cui about equal to Cui. Abdomen dark brown; sternites obscure
yellow. Male hypopygium with the pleural appendages very long
and slender.

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, cf , TefTe, January 28, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Penthoytera hatesi is dedicated to the memory of the great natur-
alist, Henry W. Bates, who spent more than four years at Teffe'

Cicnus ERIOCERA Macquart.
1838. Eriocera Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Tome 1, p. 74.

Eriocera macrocera Alexander.

1914. Eriocera macrocera Alexander, Psyche, vol. 21, p. 40.

This interesting crane-fly is still known only from the unique
type, taken at Igarape Assii, Brazil, January 30, 1912 (H. S. Parish).

Eriocera amazonicola Alexander.

1920. Eriocera amazonicola Alexander, Can. Ent., vol. 52, p. 144.

Manaos, Brazil, November 4, 1919 (H. S. Parish); Type.
Flores, Brazil, November 12, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

Genus ERIOPTERA Mcigcn.
1803. Erioptera Meigen, Illiger's Mag., Bd. 2, p. 262.

Species of the genus Erioptera are relatively abundant in the
Amazonian Region. IVIany of these species belong to the subgenus
Mesocyphona which reaches its greatest specific development in the
Tropics of the New World. A few other forms belong to the typical
subgenus Erioptera, although the species of the annulipes group
must be considered as being somewhat aberrant.

Erioptera (Erioptera) micromyia Alexander. Plate IV, fig. 8.

1920. Erioptera {Erioptera) micromyia Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc,
vol. 28, p. 8.

The type female was from Prata, Brazil, June 30, 1919 (H. S.
Parish). A male specimen was taken by Parish at Yurimaguas,
Peru, April 17, 1920, and is herewith described as the allotype.

Allotype. — Male, length about 2.5 mm.; wing 2.5 mm.

Similar to the type female. Male hypopygium (Plate IV, fig. 8)
with the pleurites comparatively large and stout ; two pleural append-
ages, the outer one deeply bifid, the outer branch a slender chitinized
spine, the inner branch shorter, stout, the apex a little enlarged
and covered with minute spinules; inner pleural appendage a flat-
tened arm whose apex is obtusely rounded and provided with a
few tiny setae. Gonapophyses very large and powerful, about as
long as the pleurites themselves, each apophyse appearing as a
blackened blade directed caudad, the acute tips curved proximad
and subcontiguous with one another at the midline of the body;
before the tip on the proximal face, each apophyse is dilated into
a thin, flaring blade whose margin is weakly serrate.

Erioptera (Erioptera) cladophora Alexander.

1920. Erioptera {Mesocyphona) cladophora Alexander, Can. Ent., vol. 52,
p. 142.

The types are from Manaos, Brazil, October 31 to November 4,

1919 (H. S. Parish); Itacoatiara, Brazil, October 22, 1919 (H. S.
Parish). Additional specimens were taken at Iquitos, Peru, March
10 to May 12, 1920 (H. S. Parish); Yurimaguas, Peru, April 17,

1920 (H. S. Parish).

Erioptera (Erioptera) annulipes Williston.

1896. Erioptera annulipes Williston, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 294.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 19, 1912 (H. S. Parish).

Yurimaguas, Peru, April 7, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Amazonian material was sent to Mr. Edwards, of the British
Museum, for comparison with Williston's types (females). Mr.
Edwards reports the following differences: basal section of Rt
shorter than crossvein, less than half as long as R2+3; white pleural

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

stripe less conspicuous; white rings on legs rather narrower, the
seven black and white rings on hind tibiae all equal in length. Mr.
Edwards thinks that the two forms are probably specifically the
same, an opinion in which the writer concurs.

Erioptera (Erioptera) apicialba sp. n.

Sex?— Wing 2.8 mm.

The type is badly eaten by ants. The species is related to E-
annulipes Williston, differing as follows: General coloration much
darker. Mesonotal praescutum dark gray with a broad brownish
median stripe that is narrowly divided by a pale line, the tuber-
culate pits lying one on either margin of this pale line; a small ob-
scure yellow area before the pseudosutural foveae; margin of the
praescutum narrowly whitish. Pleura dark brown; a narrow, but
conspicuous, ventral silvery white longitudinal stripe extending
from behind the fore coxae to the base of the abdomen; above the
hind coxae a much abbreviated similar stripe lying parallel with the
first; sternum heavily gray pruinose; dorso-pleural membranes sul-
phur yellow. Legs with the trochanters brown; tibiae with three
black bands, on the middle legs these being much broader than the
pale interspaces, on the posterior legs as wide as or narrower than
the interspaces. Wings with a uniform gray tinge; an indistinct
whitish suffusion across the disk in the region of the cord ; the costal
margin, including cells C and Sc, white, interrupted by three small
dark brown spots, one each at the tips of Sci, Ri and R2, these dark
areas being smaller than the interspaces; the entire wing-apex is
broadly white excepting a narrow seam along vein 7?4+5 which
continues almost to the margin; rounded white spots in the ends of
cells 2nd R^, Ms, Cui and Cu; veins dark brown, paler in the hya-
line areas, the veins that traverse the wing-apex being snowy-white,
including their macrotrichiae; narrow brown seams at S>C2 and along
the cord. Venation: cell 1st Mn open by the atrophy of m as in this
group of species; vein 2nd A gently arcuated near its tip.

Habitat . — Brazil.

Holotype, Sex?, Teffe, December 29, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Erioptera (Mesocyphonat parva brasiliensis Alexander.

1913. Erioptera parva brasiliensis Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,vol. 44,
p. 514.

The types were from Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 19-Febru-
ary 7, 1912 (H. S. Parish). Other material is available as follows:
Prata, June 30, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Manaos, Brazil, November 1, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Teffe, Brazil, January 16, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Iquitos, Peru, March 20, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, March 25-April 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

1921"! NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

Erioptera (Mesocyphona) bicinctipes Alexander.

1913. Eriopkra bicinctipes Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44,
pp. 519, 520.

The types were from Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 25 to Febru-
ary 7, 1912 (H. S. Parish). The following additional records are
now available:

Prata, June 30, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Itacoatiara, Brazil, October 24, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Flores, Brazil, November 19, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Teffe, Brazil, December 22, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Iquitos, Peru, March, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Yurimaguas, Peru, April 7, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Napo River, Peru, June 6, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Erioptera (Mesocsrphonat diffusa sp. n.

Related to E. eiseni Alexander; coloration of the mesonotum
yellowish, without markings; wings pale brown with large, ill-
defined whitish subhyahne spots; tip of vein Mz lying free in the
membrane.

Female. — Length 3.2 mm.; wing 2.9 mm.

Head badly eaten by ants. Mesonotum yellow without darker
markings. Pleura light yellow with two narrow, rather ill-defined
brownish longitudinal stripes. Halteres broken. Legs with the
coxae and trochanters light yellow; femora pale brownish j-ellow,
the tips conspicuously golden yellow; a broad but ill-defined brown
subapical ring; sometimes there is a second dark ring near mid-
length of the segment; remainder of the legs yellow\ Wings broad,
the costal region brown, the remainder of the membrane rather
pale yellowish brown, with about sixteen whitish subhyaline spots
arranged as follows: at arculus, at origin of Rs, at Sc^, along the
cord and about ten at the apices of the cells between the ends of
the longitudinal veins; veins pale yellow. Venation: tip of vein
Mi lying free in the membrane, its basal connection with M1+2
lost by atrophy; tip of vein 2nd A curved strongly toward the wing-
tip. Abdomen brownish yellow, the sternites paler. Ovipositor
with the valves long and slender, the tergal valves acute at their
tips.

Habitat . — Brazil.

Holotype, 9 , Teffe, December 23, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Erioptera (Mesocyphona) invariegata sp. n.

General coloration uniformly dark brown, this color including
the legs; wings uniformly brownish gray.

Female. — Length about 2.5 mm.; wing 2.9 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae dark brown, the
flageUar segments cylindrical. Head dark brown. Thorax dark

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

brown, the pleura faintly dusted with gray. Halteres pale brown,
the knobs darker brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters
dark brown; remainder of the legs uniformly brown. Wings uni-
formly brownish gray; veins pale brown. Venation: Sc long, aSci
ending about opposite one-third the length of Ro+z] r on Es a little
more than its own length beyond the fork of R2+3; cell 1st M2 open
by the atrophy of the outer deflection of M^; basal deflection of
Cui immediately before the fork of M; 2nd Anal vein weakly bisinu-
ous. Abdomen dark brown; valves of the ovipositor long and
slender, acute; in the type, the tips of the tergal valves are decurved.

Habitat.- — Peru.

Holotype, 9 , Yurimaguas, March 23, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Erioptera invariegata differs from the other species of Mesocyphona
with unmarked wings in the uniformly dark brown legs.

Genus MOLOPHILUS Curtis
1833. Molophilus Curtis, Brit. Ent., p. 444.

EUMOLOPHILUS subgen. n.

Generally similar to Molophilus, differing as follows: The tibiae
and metatarsi of the hind legs in both sexes are adorned with con-
spicuous erect fringes of long, dark hairs that give to the legs a
fan-like appearance, Male hypopygium with a conspicuous lyri-
form plate.

Type of the subgenus. — Molophilus (Eumolophilus) thaumastojiodus
Alexander (Brazil).

This subgeneric group is proposed for two species of Amazonian
crane-flies that present a remarkable appearance, due to the con-
spicuous trichiation of the legs, especially the posterior tibiae and
metatarsi. The general appearance of the flies is not unlike that of
certain species of the Culicid genus Sahethes inhabiting this same
region. Although the general appearance of the two species referred
to this subgenus is very unlike typical Molophilus, the structural
details show the two groups to be closely allied. Besides the type
of the subgenus, the new species M. {E.) pennipes belongs to this
group.

Molophilus (Eiunolophilus) pennipes sp. n.

Male. — Length about 5 mm.; wing 4.5 mm.; hind leg, femur, 4.9
mm.; tibia 3.9 mm.

Female. — Length about 5 mm., wing 4.8 mm.; hind leg, femur,
5.1 mm.; tibia 4.1 mm.

Generally similar to M. (E.) thaumastopodus Alexander, differing
as follows: size much larger as shown by the measurements. An-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

tennae of the male elonsjate, bicolorous, the base and apex of each
flagellar segment pale, the middle portion of each segment provided
with long, conspicuous, outspreading hairs, very much as in males
of the genus Polymera. The oar-like brushes on the posterior legs
with conspicuous violaceous reflexions. Male hypopygium with the
lyriform plate small, the two arms powerful, divergent, the tips
incurved, a little more than the apical third of each arm is pro-
vided on the inner face with conspicuous erect spines, those toward
the tip more appressed; among these spines, at about two-thirds
the length of the arm is an extensive cushion of short, erect, bristle-
like spines. In M. thaumastopodus, the arms of the lyriform plate
are slender, directed caudad and laterad, with only the tips directed
a little proximad ; these arms are" entirely smooth with the exception
of four or five appressed spines at the very tip on the inner face;
there is no evidence of a cushion of shorter bristles.

Habitat. — Brazil, Peru.

Holotype, d" , Santa Felipe, Brazil, June 26, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Allotype, 9 , Iquitos, Peru, May 25, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Molophilus (Eumolophilus) thaumastopodus Alexander.

1913. Molophilus thaumastopodus Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 44, pp. 510, 511.

The types were from Para and Igarape Assii, Brazil. Other ma-
terial is from Flores, Brazil, November 10, 1919; Manaos, Brazil,
November 1, 1919 (H. S. Parish); and Teffe, Brazil (H. S. Parish).

Genus CRYPTOLABTS Osten Sacken.
1859. Crypiolabis Osten Sacken, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 224.
Cryptolabis (Cryptolabis) tenuicincta sp. n.

General coloration whitish testaceous, thoracic pleura with a
conspicuous brown longitudinal stripe; wings subhyaline with a
brown spot at the arculus and a narrow brown crossband at the
cord; cell M3 very deep, extending basad almost to the fork of M,
an apparent m-cu crossvein being formed.

Sexf—Wing, 4.2 mm.

Head lacking in the unique type. Mesonotum pale whitish testa"
ceous, unmarked with darker. Pleura concolorous with the dor"
sum, the dorsal sclerites with a broad, dark brown, longitudinal
stripe extending from the cervical sclerites to beneath the roo*^
of the halteres. Halteres pale, the knobs broken. Legs with the
coxae and trochanters whitish testaceous; femora and tibiae pale;
tarsi broken; femora and tibiae with conspicuous, erect, pale hairs.
Wings subhyaline; a brownish spot at the arculus; a narrow and
indistinct brownish seam along the cord, beginning as a faint double
marking on Rs and R2+3, continued caudad across the wing to the
posterior margin; veins pale, darker in the infuscated areas. Sparse
macrotrichiae in the distal ends of cells Slid Ri, R2, Ri, Ri,, M2, M3

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE- ACADEMY OF [Part I

and Cui. Venation: Rs short, straight or feebly convex as in the
genus, cell 1st Ri consequently subtriangular as in C. paradoxa and
allies; Ro+z a little more than one-half Rs; basal deflection of Ri
perpendicular to R0+3, in alignment with r; basal deflection of
J?4+6 punctiform, almost in alignment with Rs; r-m long, about two-
thirds of Rs; cell Mz very deep, vein Mz originating basad of the
deflection of Cui, in all other species of the genus, vein Mz arises
distad of the deflection of Cui and cell Mz is consequently petiolate;
in the present species, cell Mz is entirely sessile; there thus aq)pears
to be a long m-cu crossvein preserved that is about half as long as
the deflection of Cui. Abdomen lacking.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, Sex?, Yurimaguas, April 10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Although the type specimen of this interesting new species of
Cryptolahis is badly eaten by Psocids, it is described in order to
present a new venational peculiarity in the tribe, the apparent re-
tention of the 7n-cu crossvein. The discovery of this fly lends sup-
port to Tillyard's theory of a four-branched media in the gener-
alized Diptera. By adopting this theory in the present instance,
the apparent 7n-cu crossvein becomes the basal section of M4 and
this would seem to be a far more logical interpretation than to
consider the element as being m-cu, since this is lacking in almost
every known Limnobiine crane-fly.

Geniis GNOPHOMYIA Osten Sacken.
1859. Gnophornyia Osten Sacken, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 223.

Species of Gnophornyia are rather numerous in the Amazonian
Region. Additional species will very probably be discovered, es-
pecially in Peruvian territory.

Gnophornyia rubicundula sp. n.

General coloration black, the mesonotum and dorsal thoracic
pleurites reddish orange; w^ngs with a brownish tinge; no macro-
trichiae in the cells of the wing; Sc long, ending opposite r; Rs rela-
tively short and straight; veins R. and Rz long and parallel; basal
deflection of R^+i very short, in alignment with Rs.

Male. — Length about 7.8 mm.; wing 7.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, moderately elong-
ated; flagellar segments cylindrical. Head black. Pronotum black,
the lateral margins of the scutellum yellowish. Mesonotum reddish
orange, unmarked. Propleura and ventral portions of the meso-
pleura and metapleura blackish; dorsal pleurites reddish orange.
Sternites black. Halteres black, the base of the stem obscure
orange. Legs with the coxae and trochanters black; remainder
of the legs black, the extreme bases of the fore femora a little bright-
ened. Wings with a brownish tinge; costal and subcostal cells and

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

the anal angle a little darker; stigma very narrow and indistinctly
brownish; veins brownish black. Venation: Sc long, Sci extending
to just beyond r, Sc2 some distance from the tip of Sci, the latter
alone being longer than the basal deflection of Cui; Rs relatively
short and almost straight; R1+3 about one-third longer than the
basal deflection of Cui and more than one-half of Rs; r on R2 a little
more than its own length beyond the fork of R2+3; veins R2 and
Rs long, running parallel to one another; basal deflection of R^+s
very short, almost in alignment with Rs and the distal section of
Ri+i,; cell 1st M2 long and narrow, widened distally, m and the
outer deflection of M, subequal; basal deflection of Cui at about
one-third the length of cell 1st Mn; vein 2ml A straight. Abdomen
black.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf , Yurimaguas, April 1, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Gnophomyia axillaris sp. n.

General coloration black; wings subhyaline, the costal and sub-
costal cells, the stigma and the wing-axil brown.

MaZe.— Length about 6 mm. , wing 6.3 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black. Head black. Tho-
rax deep black, including the legs and halteres. Wings subhyaline;
costal and subcostal cells, the stigma and the wing-axil brown;
faint brown seams along Cu and at the wing-apex; veins dark brown.
Venation: Sc long, Sci extending to beyond two-thirds the length
of Rs; Sci some distance from the tip of Sci, the latter alone being
nearly equal to i?2 s', Rs straight, in alignment with Rt + s, the
deflection of the latter obhterated; R2+3 straight; r faint, on R^
at about its own length beyond the fork of Rz+i', cell 1st Mi long
and narrow, widened distally; basal deflection of Cui at just before
one-third its length. Abdomen black. ]Male hypopygium with the
longest pleural appendage acicular, tapering to the subacute tip.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d", Iquitos, May 24, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Gnophomyia nigrina (Wiedemann)

Igarape Assu, Brazil, July 16, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Prata, Brazil, July 1-4, 1919 (H. S. Parish). ■
Teffe, Brazil, December 25, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, March 21-April 20, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Gnophomyia subhyalina Alexander.

1913. Gnophomyia subhyalina Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44,
p. 523.

Igarape Assii, Brazil, 1912 (H. S. Parish).
Prata, Brazil, July 4, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

riores, Brazil, November 14, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Teffe, Brazil, December 22, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Gnophomyia bisecta Alexander.

1920. Gnophomyia hisecta Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 31, pp. 72, 73.

The type was from Parintins, Brazil, October 3, 1919 (H. S.
Parish). Other specimens were taken at Manaos, Brazil, October 31,
1919, and at Teffe, Brazil, December 16-23, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Gnophomyia osten-sackeni Skuse.

1887. Gnophomyia fascipennis Osten Sacken, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., Bd. 31,

pt. 2, pp. 199, 200 (preoccupied).
1889. Gnophomyia osten-sackeni Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,

ser 2, vol. 4, p. 825.

The type was collected along the Amazon River by Bates.

Gnophomyia leucoplaca sp. n.

General coloration black; mesonotal scutmn, scutellmn and post-
notum and the dorsal sclerites of the pleura orange; wings dark
brown with a broad whitish crossband near midlength; cells of the
wing beyond the cord with abundant macrotrichiae.

Female. — Length 7.7 mm. ; wing 7 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, rather long for this
sex, the segments oval. Head black. Pronotum black. Meso-
notal praescutum black, the lateral margins obscure orange; re-
mainder of the mesonotum orange. Pleura with the ventral sclerites
black, the dorsal region abruptly orange; a brownish spot beneath
the wing-root. Halteres brownish black, the extreme base of the
stem indistinctly paler. Legs black. Wings dark brown with a
broad whitish crossband near midlength; costal and subcostal cells
uniformly dark; base of the wing darkened to slightly beyond the
level of the origin of Rs, paler brown in the anal cells, this color
continued indistinctly along vein Cu to the wing-margin; wing-
apex dark brown, this including all of cells 3nd Ri, Ro, Rs, Rs, 2nd
Mi, the outer end of 1st Ri; the cephalic half of 1st M^; all but the
base of Ms and the outer cephalic end of Cui; the white crossband
includes all but the base and tip of cell 1st Ri; ends of cells R, M
and Cu; bases of cells 1st Mi, Ms and Cui. Conspicuous macro-
trichiae in cells 2nd Ri, R-,, Rs, Ri, 1st M2, 2nd M2, Ms and Cui,
thus occupying practically all the wing-disk beyond the cord. Vena-
tion: Sc moderately long, Sci extending to just before the end of
Rs, SCi rather close to the tip of Sci, the latter being a little shorter
than m; Rs long, gently arcuated; Ro+i shorter than the basal de-
flection of Cui; r on R^+s immediately before the fork; basal de-
flection of i?4+6 weakly angulated; cell 1st Mi small, subquadrate;
m and outer deflection of Ms subequal; basal deflection of Cui shortly
beyond the fork of M; vein 2nd A sinuous. Abdomen black. Ovi-
positor with the tergal valves slender, strongly upcurved.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, 9 , Teffe, January 12, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus GONOMYIA Meigen.
1818. Gonomyia Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Bd. 1, p. 146.

The genus Gonomyia is one of the characteristic TipuHd genera
throughout the tropics of the New World. Species of the sub-
genus Leiponeura Skuse are especially abundant in the Amazonian
Region.

Gonomyia (Progonomyia) parsensis Alexander.

1920. Gonomijia {Gonoinijdla) paroensis Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc,
vol. 28, pp. 7, 8.

The types were taken at Prata, Brazil, June 30, 1919 (H. S.
Parish).

The name Progonomyia is a re-naming of Gonomyella Alexander.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) pleuralis (AVilliston)

1896. Atarha ■pleuralis Williston, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 289.

Manaos, Brazil, October 31-November 4, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Flores, Brazil, November 10, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) amazona Alexander.

1912. . Gonomyia {Leiponeura) amazona Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 23,
pp. 418-420.

Napo River, Peru, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

The male hypopygium was described and figured by the writer
at the time of the original characterization of the species. The
details of the pleurites and appendages are not clearly indicated
there and may be further discussed as follows :

Outer lateral angle of the pleurite produced into a large, fleshy
cyhndrical lobe; two pleural appendages, the ventral appendage
small, chitinized, appearing as a small blackened cylinder with the
tip narrowly split, at the base with an acute blackened spine; dorsal
pleural appendage fleshy, much larger than the chitinized append-
age, before the tip with a small acute spine, at the tip with two
powerful bristles; proximal face with about a dozen additional
bristles.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) acuminata sp. n. Plate IV, fig. l.

Belongs to the cinerea group; antennal flagellum orange-yellow
on the basal half; head yellow with a brown vertical mark; thoracic
pleura with a conspicuous longitudinal yellow stripe; wings with
Sc short ; male hypopygium with four pleural appendages, the longest
acuminate, bearing a long, acute spine a short distance beyond
the base.

Male. — Length about 3.8 mm.; wing 3.7 mm.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part 1

Female. — Length about 4.6 mm.; wing 4.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae with the scape dark
brown; flagellar segments orange-yellow, on the outer half of the
organ passing into brown; flagellar segments provided with very-
long verticils in the male. Head light yellow, the vertex with a
large median dark brown mark. Pronotum yellow, dark brown
medially, the scutelluiii light sulphur yellow. Mesonotum dark
brown, the scutellum narrowly margined posteriorly with obscure
yellow. Pleura deep purphsh brown, sparsely pruinose; dorsal
sclerites obscure brownish yellow; a very conspicuous, moderately
broad yellow longitudinal stripe extending from the posterior face
of the fore coxae, passing above the mid and hind coxae to the
base of the abdomen. Halteres yellow, the base darker; knobs
broken. Legs with the fore coxae purplish brown with a yellow
spot on the posterior face; mid-coxae purplish brown; posterior
coxae obscure yellow, only slightly darkened basally; trochanters
obscure yellow; femora pale yellow with a narrow brown subter-
minal ring; the fore legs are broken but the femora are probably
dark brown as in this group of species; tibiae and metatarsi yellow,
the tips narrowly infuscated; remainder of the tarsi dark brown.
Wings with a strong grayish tinge; cells C, Sc and most of 7?i china-
white; stigma oval, brownish gray; veins pale brown, the costa
china-white. Venation: Sci ending far before the origin of Rs,
this distance being greater than the length of Rs; Rs short, strongly
arcuated at origin; cell 1st M2 open by the atrophy of the outer
deflection of M3; basal deflection of Cui at the fork of M. Abdomen
dark brown, the tergites narrowly margined posteriorly with obscure
yellow, broader on the posterior segments; sternites more uniformly
brown. Male hypopygium (Plate IV, Fig. 1) with the pleurites
rather short and stout, shorter than the longest pleural appendage;
pleural appendages four in number ; the longest or ventral appendage
is a slender, slightly curved, chitinized arm that tapers gradually
to the rather blunt apex, near the base on the inner face with a
prominent, acute spine that is about two-fifths as long as the apical
point; the second appendage is an apical, elongate needle-like rod
directed proximad, tapering to the acute blackened point; third
appendage elongate-triangular, the apex a slightly curved black
spine; the fourth or dorsal appendage is a pale fleshy lobe, roughly
triangular in form, the apex produced into a cylindrical arm, this
arm and the proximal face of the appendage set with about seventeen
mostly powerful bristles. The penis-guard is a small, feebly chitin-
ized structure that is subtended by the much longer gonapophyses,
these appearing as two dehcate setigerous cushions.

Habitat. — Peru, Argentina.

Holotype, c^, Iquitos, Peru, May 18, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Allotopotype, 9 , May 11, 1920.

Paratype, c^, Famailla, Tucuman, Argentina, October 12, 1920
(V. Weiser).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) falcifer sp. n. Plate IV, fig. 2.

Belongs to the cinerea group; male hypopygium with three pleural
appendages, the ventral appendage elongate, falcate, on its proximal
face near the base with two erect spines; dorsal appendage a small,
pale, setigerous lobe; penis-guard and gonapophyses without con-
spicuous chitinized parts.

Male. — Length about 3.5 mm.; wing 3.8 mm.

Generally similar to G. (L.) acuminata sp. n., differing as follows:
Posterior lateral margins of the mesonotal scutum more distinctly
yellowish. Fore legs present in the type; femora dark brown with
only the bases narrowly paler. Wings with Rs a little straighter.
Male hypopygium (Plate IV, Fig. 2) conspicuously different from
any described species. The pleurites are a little longer than in
acuminata; pleural appendages only three in number; the longest
or ventral of these is broad basally and here produced on the prox-
imal face into two short, subacute spines that are directed caudad,
one of these blackened and with the margin weakly serrulate, the
other spine a little longer, pale, only the acute tip a little darkened;
the outer or lateral face of this appendage runs caudad into a long,
moderately slender curved point that is approximately as long
as the pleurite itself, the tip obtusely and indistinctly recurved,
the inner margin weakly serrulate; the intermediate pleural append-
age is a small, flattened blade, pale at the base, the tip produced
into two conspicuous blackened spines; the third or dorsal appendage
is a small, roughly subglobular lobe, pale, provided with about
ten conspicuous setae. Penis-guard and gonapophyses pale with
few evident chitinized parts; the gonapophyses appear as two pale
cushions that are microscopically setigerous.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d", Yurimaguas, April 13, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) machaeria sp. n.

Closely related to G. helophila Alexander; male hypopygium with
the ventral pleural appendage sword-like, the basal half dilated;
dorsal appendage entirely fleshy with a small, oval, glabrous lobe
at its base; no intermediate appendage.

Male. — Length about 3.2 mm.; wing 3 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennal scape orange; flagel-
lum broken. Head brown, paler behind. Pronotum light yellow.
Mesonotal praescutum gray with four narrow, brown, longitudinal
stripes, the intermediate pair longer and almost confluent; scutal
lobes brown; scutellum and postnotum light gray pruinose. Pleura
dark brown, with a broad white longitudinal stripe, beginning im-
mediately behind the fore coxae, passing ventrad of the halteres
to the base of the abdomen ; dorsad of this conspicuous white stripe
is a very narrow and less distinct silvery-gray stripe that branches

80 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

out ventrad of the wing-root, passing dorsad of the halteres; the
dark brown hne that separates these two pale stripes is about as
wide as the narrow dorsal stripe. Halteres light brown, the knobs
broken. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; fore femora
dark brown; other femora brownish yellow, with a narrow apical or
subapical darker brown ring; tibiae and tarsi dark brown. Wings
with a faint grayish tinge; stigma indistinctly brownish; veins pale
brown, the costal margin whitish; veins comprising the cord darker
brown. Venation: Sc short, Sci ending a short distance before
the origin of Rs, the distance being about equal to r-m or a little
less; Sc2 a short distance from the tip of Sci; Rs short, subangulate
at origin; cell 1st Mi open by the atrophy of the outer deflection of
Mi; basal deflection of Cui immediately before the fork of M. Ab-
dominal tergites dark brown, the sternites more obscure brown.
Male hypopygium with the ventral appendage somewhat sword-
like in appearance, heavily chitinized, before midlength dilated into
a flattened wing; apex of this appendage subcylindrical, the tip
suddenly narrowed; dorsal pleural appendage entirely fleshy as in
G. helophila, at the base with a small, oval, glabrous lobe; the en-
larged apex of the appendage with numerous setae; no intermediate
pleural appendage as in G. helophila.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf , Iquitos, March 5, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) phoroctenia sp. n. Plate IV, fig. 7.

Rostrum reddish orange; antennae dark brownish black; meso-
notum brown, the scutum with the anterior median area yellow;
scutellum broadly margined caudally with yellowish; pleura dark,
blue-gray pruinose, the dorso-pleural membrane and a broad, longi-
tudinal stripe yellowish; halteres with the knobs yellow; wings
strongly tinged with brow^n; male hypopygium with a single pleural
appendage; penis-guard and gonapophyses complex and asymmet-
rical; region of the ninth tergite with two combs of small spines.

Male. — Length about 4 mm.; wing 3.8 mm.

Rostrum reddish orange; palpi dark brown. Antennae dark
brownish black, the second scapal segment enlarged, suboval; flagel-
lum with very long verticils in the male. Head dark, the vertex
behind yellowish pollinose. Pronotal scutellum light sulphur yellow.
Mesonotal praescutum brown, the lateral margins caudad of the
level of the pseudosutural foveae more bluish; scutum dark with a
brownish bloom, the anterior median area dull yellow; scutellum
broadly dull yellow behind; postnotum light gray pruinose. Pleura
with the dorso-pleural membranes dull yellow; remainder of the
pleura dark, blue-gray pruinose, with a broad but ill-defined yellow-
ish white longitudinal stripe that extends from behind the fore coxae
past the root of the halteres to the abdomen. Halteres pale, the
knobs yellow. Legs with the coxae blue-gray; trochanters dusky;
remainder of the legs dark brown. Wings relatively broad, with a

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

strong brownish tinge; cord and outer end of cell 1st Mi seamed
with slightly darker brown; stigmal region barely darkened; veins
brown. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sci ending immediately be-
fore the origin of Rs, Sd a short distance from the tip of Sci, Sci
alone being a little longer than the outer deflection of Ms; Rs slightly
sinuous; R2+3 nearly straight; cell Ri nearly parallel-sided. Ab-
dominal tergites brown, the sternites a little paler. Male hypo-
pygium (Plate IV, Fig. 7) with the pleurites long and slender, clothed
with erect bristles of which two or three on the outer distal end
are very long; a single pleural appendage, this roughly subcircular
in outline, entirely pale, the inner face produced proximad into
a large, pale, compressed bristle or fascicle of bristles; surrounding
this powerful bristle are about five smaller setae. The penis-guard
and gonapophyses form a powerful cylindrical mass that occupies
about all of the genital chamber; the penis-guard is long and slender,
sinuous, as in the manca group of the subgenus. Of the gona-
pophyses the two longest are unequal in size, both blackened apic-
ally, elongate, flattened, with one margin serrulate; at the base of
these appendages is a- small, powerful black tooth with numerous
plush-like hairs at its base. What appears to be projections of the
ninth tergite are cylindrical arms tipped with a palmate cluster of
about eight powerful spines, the more lateral of these shorter, gradu-
ally lengthening proximad, the innermost being replaced by abun-
dant long bristles.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d", Iquitos, May 18, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Gonojnyia phoroctenia, together with two other species described
at this time, G. ctenophora and G. crepuscula, form a group of three
very closely related species with the general body coloration very
similar but the details of structure of the male hypopygium strik-
ingly different. To these there should probably be added G. hi-
spinosa sp. n., although in this form there are two pleural append-
ages and the comb on the ninth tergite is reduced to a pad of deli-
cate appressed setae.

Gonomjria (Leiponeura) ctenophora sp. n. Plate IV, fig. 6.

Male. — Length about 3.8 mm.; wing 3.5 mm.

Generally similar to G. (L.) phoroctenia sp. n., differing as follows:
Size slightly smaller. Scutellum even more brownish yellow behind.
Dorso-pleural membranes and pleural stripe brighter yellow. Wings
a little narrower and paler. Male hypopygium (Plate IV, Fig. 6)
with the pleurites long and slender, clothed with long bristles that
become longer toward the apex of the sclerite on the outer face;
a single pleural appendage, this roughly cylindrical in form with a
conspicuous blackened spine on the outer margin near midlength;
the narrowed cylindrical tip produced into a bristle or fascicle of
bristles; a few additional setae are grouped on this narrowed apex.
The penis-guard and gonapophyses are not as large or complicated

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

in structure as in phorodenia, there being two elongate, blade-like
structures that are blackened at their tips. The penis-guard itself
is flattened, the margin produced into an acicular spine; at the base
of the penis-guard is a small bottle-shaped appendage with the
neck heavily blackened. On the ninth tergite are two cylindrical
arms as in phoroctenia, these bearing a comb of six powerful curved
teeth, shortest proximally, gradually lengthening toward the out-
side; the outer lateral angles are replaced by long yellowish hairs.
In the slide mounts of phorodenia these arms are directed cephalad
and the teeth are on the lateral side but this condition may be due
to torsion in mounting. The figures show the hypopygia as they
appear on the slides.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf, Iquitos, May 17, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Paratopotype, d", May 15, 1920.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) crepuscula sp. n. Plate IV, figs. 5, 5A.

Male. — Length about 3.7 mm.; wing 3.8 mm.

Generally similar to G. (L.) phorpdenia, sp. n., differing as follows:
Sci ending a short distance before the origin of Rs; basal deflection
of Cui a short distance before the fork of M. Male hypopygium
(Plate IV, Figs. 5, 5A) with the pleurites long and slender, clothed
with bristles as in phorodenia. A single pleural appendage, this
appearing as a short curved chitinized horn, the tips acute. Gona-
pophyses and penis-guard forming a complicated mass as in phoroc-
tenia, there being two elongate organs, one slightly bent at the
apex and heavily blackened, the second, which is presumably the
penis-guard, pale, narrowed to the acute tip. Besides these there
is a blackened flattened plate surrounding the penis-guard. The
general arrangement of teeth on the ninth tergite is here approxi-
mately as in phoroctenia and ctenophora but the number of teeth is
greatly reduced, there being but three or four of these, the outer-
most being very much more powerful than any of the others, the
inner angle clothed with delicate appressed hairs.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cT, Napo River, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) bispinosa sp. n. Plate IV, figs. 4, 4A.

Rostrum obscure reddish orange; antennae dark brown; pleura
pale yellow, heavily pruinose with snowy white, the longitudinal
stripe being very broad and ill-defined; knobs of the halteres yellow;
male hypopygium with the pleural appendages two in number,
similar to one another in shape, cylindrical, curved, each tipped
with a powerful curved spine; penis-guard relativelj^ long and slender.

Male. — Length about 3 mm.; wing 3.3 mm.

Rostrum obscure reddish orange. Antennae with the second
scapal segment enlarged, subglobular, dark brown, the lower sm-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

face more reddish; flagellum dark brown. The thoracic pleura is
largely pale yellow, snowy-white pollinose, this appearing as an
ill-defined, very broad, longitudinal stripe. Halteres brown, the
base pale, the knobs yellow. Legs with the coxae brown; trochanters
more testaceous; remainder of the legs brown. Wings grayish sub-
hyaline; veins pale brown. Venation: Sc rather short, ending
some distance before the origin of Rs; R2+3 nearly straight, at the
outer end curved suddenly cephalad; basal deflection of Cui just
before the fork of M. Abdomen dark brown, the sternites paler.
Male hypopygium (Plate IV, Fig. 4, 4A) with the pleurites rela-
tively short and stout; two pleural appendages borne at the extreme
apices of the pleurites; these appendages are very similar to one
another in general shape but the outer one is slightly larger than
the inner one. They appear as pale, cylindrical, gently curved
appendages, the tips suddenly narrowed into powerful blackened
spines; before the blackened tips with three or four small setae.
The penis-guard is relatively long and slender, tapering gradually
to the apex. The two patches of spines borne by G. phoroctenia
and allies are here represented by two pads of delicate appressed
setae, no spines being evident.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d^, Iquitos, May 25, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) spicata sp. n. Plate IV, flg. 3.

Rostrum brownish black; antennal scape yellowish, flagellum
black; thoracic pleura brown with a broad, conspicuous, yellowish
white longitudinal stripe; knobs of the halteres yellow, male hypo-
pygium with two pleural appendages, the ventral appendage being
a powerful, chitinized spike with the tip prolonged into an acute
point; the dorsal appendage is very small and fleshy; gonapophyses
and penis-guard arranged in pairs.

Male. — ^Length about 3 mm.; wing 3.2-3.3 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae with the scapa-
segments yellow, the flagellum black, the segments with conspicuous
verticils. Head yellow, the vertex marked with dark brown. Mesol
notum brown, narrowly yellowish laterally; median area of the
scutum broadly yellow; scutellum broadly obscure yellow behind;
postnotum obscure yellow anteriorly, passing into brown on the
caudal half. Pleura brown, the dorso-pleural membranes and the
posterior sclerites light yellow; a broad, conspicuous yellowish white
longitudinal stripe extending from the fore coxae to the base of
the abdomen, passing immediately beneath the base of the halteres.
Halteres light brown, the knobs yellow. Legs with the fore coxae
yellowish on the outer face; middle and hind coxae with the outer
faces infuscated basally, sparsely pruinose; trochanters light brown;
remainder of the legs brown. Wings with a strong brownish tinge,
the costal and subcostal cells paler; veins pale brown. Venation:
Sci ending opposite the origin of Rs, Sd rather close to the tip,

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Sci alone being about equal to m; Rs slightly angulated at origin;
basal deflection of Cui immediately beyond the fork of M. Ab-
dominal tergites light brown, more yellowish laterally; sternites
paler. Male hypopygium (Plate IV, fig. 3) with the pleurites mod-
erately stout, the outer lateral angle extended into a pale fleshy
lobe; two pleural appendages, the ventral appendage a powerful
chitinized spike, the base cylindrical, soon bent strongly proximad,
slightly enlarged, gradually narrowed to the acute, needle-like point;
in the paratype figured, there is a small, acute spine on the cephahc
side opposite the bend; dorsal pleural appendage a relatively small,
pale, fleshy lobe, the truncated apex provided with about a dozen
setae of which one is much more powerful than the others. Gona-
pophyses and penis-guard arranged in pairs, there being three sets
of structures; the ventral pair arise from an enlarged base, slender,
the obtuse tips a little dilated and directed slightly ventrad; the
middle pair which are presumably the guards of the penis are longer,
the obtuse apices a little dilated; the third or dorsal pair consist
of two parallel, cylindrical lobes that bear two or three bristles
along the outer margin and two others at the apex of each.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, (f , Napo River, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Paratype, cf, Yurimaguas, April 17, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

' Genus PARATROPESA Schiner.
1866. Paratropesa Schiner, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 932.

The only species of Paratropeza known from the Amazons is
P. collaris Osten Sacken.

Paratropesa collaris Osten Sacken.

1887. Paratropesa collaris Osten Sacken, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., Bd. 31,
pt. 2, p. 190.

The type was collected by Bates along the Upper Amazon River,
possibly at Teffe.

Genus TETJCHOLABIS Osten Sacken.
1859. Teucholabis Osten Sacken, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 222.

Teucholahis is one of the dominant crane-fly genera in the Tropics
of the New World.

Teucholabis pulchella Alexander.

1913. Teucholabis pulchella Alexander, Psyche, vol. 20, p. 44.

The type is from Igarape Assii, Brazil, January 30, 1912 (H. S.
Parish) .

Teucholabis decora Alexander.

1920. Teucholahis decora Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 31, pp. 71, 72.

The type is from Igarape Assu, Brazil, June 25, 1919 (H. S. Par-
ish).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

Teucholabis melanocephala (Fabricius)

Flores, Brazil, November 10, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Teffe, Brazil, January 9, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, April 1-17, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, July 10, 1920 (Native Collector).

Teucholabis mendax .Alexander.

1920. Teucholabis mendax Alexander. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. 28,
pp. 5, 6. ,

The type was from Prata, Brazil, June 30, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Additional records are as follows:

Iquitos, Peru, March 16, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Yurimaguas, Peru, April 9-10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Napo River, Peru, June 14, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Teucholabis lugubris Alexander.

1914. Teucholabis lugubris Alexander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 40,
p. 234.

This interesting species had hitherto been known only from British
Guiana.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, July 15, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Teucholabis anthracina sp. n.

General coloration shiny coal-black; wings subhyaline with a
broad brown crossband at the cord; wing-apex broadly darkened
but the apical cells with pale centers; no distinct basal band.

Male. — Length 4.6 mm. ; wing 5.2 mm.

Rostrum slender, nearly as long as the remainder of the head,
black; palpi black. Antennae black. Head black. Pronotum and
mesonotum shiny coal-black. Pleura black, sparsely gray pruinose.
Halteres black. Legs black, the extreme bases of the femora very
slightly paler. Wings subhyaline; a broad brown crossband at the
cord, wing-tip brown, this coloration continued basad along the
veins as broad seams that extend almost to the level of the outer
end of cell 1st Mi, the centers of the cells being pale, the band along
the cord begins at the large oval stigma, continuing caudad but
becoming narrow and indistinct at the fork of Cu; the centers of
the cells in the wing-tip that are pale include cells Rz, Rs,, 2nd Mi
and Ms; there is no distinct basal band as in T. rostrata Enderlein,
merely a faint cloud in the base of cell Cu; veins dark brown. Vena-
tion: Sc long, Sci extending to just beyond midlength of Rs, Sci
alone being a little shorter than r; Rs long, arcuated; r on Ri+z
about half its length beyond the fork of Rs; Ri beyond r a little
longer than r; cell 1st M2 long and narrow, widened distally; basal
deflection of Cui beyond the fork of M, the distance about equal to
r-m. Abdomen coal-black. IVIale hypopygium with the pleural
appendages complex, consisting of three appendages; the outermost

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

one is an elongate cylindrical rod that terminates in a curved chitin-
ized hook, the inner face before the hook fringed with erect yellow
hairs; the intermediate appendage is a little longer, bearing a sharp
spine on the inner face beyond midlength, the surface of this append-
age with scattered coarse bristles; the proximal appendage is smaller,
irregularly bifid, complicated in structure.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf , Napo River, June 14, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Teucholabis jocosa Alexander.

1913. Teucholabis jocosa Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 24, pp. 440, 441.

Teffe, Brazil, December 27, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, March 28, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Teucholabis omissinervis sp. n.

General coloration yellow, the anterior median area of the meso-
notal praescutum slightly darkened; legs yellow, only the terminal
tarsal segments darkened; wings yellow, unmarked; cell 1st Mi
open by the atrophy of the outer deflection of Ms.

Male. — Wing 4.4 mm.
Female. — Wing about 4.2 mm.

Head lacking. Pronotum yellow. Mesonotum clear reddish yel-
low, the anterior median area of the praescutum in some specimens
a little darkened. Pleura whitish yellow, a little darker dorsally
to produce an indistinct longitudinal stripe. Halteres pale, the
knobs a little darker. Legs yellow, the terminal tarsal segments
infuscated. Wings with a yellowish tinge, more saturated in the
costal region; stigma rather indistinct, yellowish; veins yellow.
Membrane with the microtrichiae larger than usual in the genus.
Venation: Sc of moderate length, 5c i ending just before midlength
of Rs; Rs long, gently arcuated; r on R^+s less than its length beyond
the fork of Rs; cell 1st Mi open by the atrophy of the outer deflec-
tion of Mz; petiole of cell 2nd Mi about equal to the cell; basal de-
flection of Cui at or a short distance beyond the fork of M. Abdo-
men brownish yelloAv. Male hypopygium with the pleural append-
ages moderately complicated, a long, digitiform hairy lobe and
two chitinized blades, the outer of which is acicular, the inner one
flattened, shaped somewhat like a pruning knife, the apex black-
ened.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf, Yurimaguas, April 7, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Allotopotype, 9 , April 7, 1920.
Paratopotypes, 3 9 's, April 7-10, 1920.

Teucholabis omissinervis is readily told from all described species
of the genus by the open cell 1st Mi.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

Teucholabis parish! Alexander.

1913. Teucholabis parishi Alexander, Psyche, vol. 20, pp. 46, 47.

The unique type of this species was taken at Igarape Assu, Brazil,
January 30, 1912 (H. S. Parish).

Teucholabis persimiUs Alexander.

1920. Teucholabis persimiUs Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. 28,
pp. 6, 7.

The unique tj^pe of T. persimiUs was taken at Igarape Assii,
Brazil, July 15, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Genus TRENTEPOHLIA Bigot.

Trentepohlia is well represented in tropical America, almost all
the species belonging to the subgenus Paramoyigoma Brunetti.

TrentepohUa (Paramongoma) extensa (Alexander)

1913. Mongoma extensa Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44, pp.
501, 502.

Obidos, Brazil, August 27-September 20, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Parintins, Brazil, October 10, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Itacoatiara, Brazil, October 17, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Specimens of this species and T. longifusa were sent to Mr. Ed-
wards for comparison with Williston's types. He points out the
following differences between the present species and Trentepohlia
manca (Williston).

"T. manca (Wilhston). Thorax bright ochreous, almost orange.
Legs light brown. Wings with a suggestion of clouding along the
veins towards the apex and on the cross veins. R2 longer and more
oblique, cell R2 distinctly stalked; branches of Cu diverging at an
angle of about 150°; 3nd A longer, ending distinctly beyond the
anal angle; cell 2nd A broader.

"T. extensa (Alexander). Thorax dull brown. Legs darker
brown. Wings clear except for stigma. R2 shorter; cell Ri sessile;
angle of Cu at most 120°; 2nd A shorter, ending at the barely per-
ceptible anal angle.

"I should consider the two species distinct. Williston had three
cf , one 9 ." — F. W. Edwards.

Trentepohlia (Paramongoma) longifusa (Alexander)

1913. Mongoma longifusa Alexander, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44, p. 502.

The type locality is Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 19, 1912 (H. S.
Parish). One other specimen was taken at Prata, June 30, 1919
(H. S. Parish). This latter specimen was sent to Mr. F. W. Ed-
wards, of the British Museum, who very kindly compared it with
the type of T. pallida (Williston). Mr. Edwards writes as follows:

"T. longifusa differs from T. pallida Will, as you have indicated,
and also in the much darker legs and wing veins. It is also rather

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

smaller, but no other differences are obvious. Nevertheless, I
should say quite distinct." — F. W. Edwards.

Trentepohlia (Paramongoma) geniculata (Alexander)

1914. Mongoma geniculata Alexander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 40, p. 247.

One female from Prata, Brazil, July 4, 1919 (H. S. Parish). The
species had been known only from British Guiana.

Trentepohlia (Paramongoma) pallipes (Alexander)

1914. Mongoma pallipes Alexander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 40, pp.
247, 248.

Teffe, Brazil, December 16, 1919 (H. S. Parish). Like the last,

T. pallipes had previously been known only from British Guiana.

Trentepohlia (Paramongoma) fuscipes sp. n.

Wings with the costal and apical cells strongly infumed; legs
entirely dark brown; abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites
paler.

Male. — Length 7.8 mm.; wing 7.7 mm.

Rostrum and palpi yellowish. Antennae with the scapal seg-
ments brownish yellow; flagellum dark brown. Front pale brown,
whitish pruinose; vertex dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum red-
dish brown, with two indistinct narrow brown lines; scutum obscure
yellow, the lobes dark brown; scutellum and postnotum dark brown.
Pleura brownish yellow. Halteres pale brown, the knobs darker.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellowish testaceous ; remainder
of the legs uniformly dark brown, the tarsi insensibly paler. Wings
subhyaUne; stigma small, subcircular, dark brown; cells C and Sc
brown; cells 2nd Ri, Rt, Ri and the outer two-thirds of R^ strongly
infumed; a broad brown seam along Rs; basal half of cell M brown-
ish, this color continued distad along vein Cu; cord and outer end
of cell 1st Mz narrowly and indistinctly seamed with brown; veins
dark brown. Venation: almost exactly as in T. pallipes (Alex-
ander). Abdomen with the tergites dark brown: hypopygium and
sternites brownish yellow.

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, cf , Teffe, December 19, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Trentepohlia fuscipes belongs to the hromeliadicola group of the
genus despite its uniformly darkened legs. The wing-pattern and
venation agree closely with T. pallipes (Alexander).

Trentepohha (Paramongoma) femorata sp. n.

Wings subhyahne, the sector and vein Cu broadly seamed with
brown; wing apex indistinctly darkened; legs dark brown, the
femoral tips narrowly but distinctly brownish yellow; abdomen
dark brown, segments two to four with the apical half broadly
obscure yellowish.

Female. — Length 12.5 mm.; wing 9 mm.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

Rostrum and palpi brown. Antennae dark brown, the basal
scapal segment sparsely pruinose. Head pale brownish yellow.
Mesonotal praescutum reddish brown, with three rather ill-defined
darker brown stripes, confluent behind; scutum and scutellum dark
brown, the latter narrowly margined with pale; postnotum dark
brown, sparsely gray pruinose. Pleura reddish brown, the mes-
episternum darker brown. Halteres brown, the base of the stem
more yellowish. Legs with the coxae yellowish testaceous; troch-
anters brownish yellow, the posterior pair darker, the margins of
the trochanters narrowly chitinized; femora dark brown, only the
apices narrowly (0.7 mm.) brownish yellow; remainder of the legs
dark brown. Wings subhyahne; stigma subcircular, dark brown;
cell C yellowish; Sc yellow basally, thence passing into dark brown;
broad brown seams along Rs, Cu, the cord and outer end of cell
1st M2; a very faint brown tinge over the wing-apex, continued
basad in cell R^; veins dark brown. Venation: Sci longer than
r; Rs slightly angulated before midlength; r connecting with R2+3
and Ri, the tip of the latter a little greater than that section of
R2+3 beyond r; cell 1st Mi pentagonal, moderately long; vein Mz
beyond cell 1st M2 much longer than this cell; basal deflection of
Cui just before the fork of M; distance on wing -margin between
veins Cws and 1st A a httle more than one-half m. Abdomen dark
brown, the apical half of segments two to four broadly obscure red-
dish; ovipositor pale at the base; tergal valves rather short, deep
wine-brown in color, slightly upcurved, the tips acute.

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, 9 , Teffe, December 24, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Trentepohlia femorata is readily told from all described American
species of the genus by the coloration of the legs.

Trentepohlia (Paramongoma) flavella sp. n.

Sex? — Wing 3.4 mm.

Related to T. (P.) pallida (Williston) but readily distinguished
by the following characters: Size very small, by far the smallest
American species of the genus as yet made known. Legs pale
throughout. Wings with a very strong grayish yellow tinge, the
costal region brighter yellow; veins conspicuous yellow; stigma in-
distinct, only slightly darker than the surrounding membrane;
macrotrichiae on the veins very sparse — a series on costa for its
entire length; a few on the end of Ri, others on M1+2 and others
scattered on various veins. Venation: Sc long, ending just before
the fork of Rs; Sci rather indistinct, slightly removed from the
tip of Sci; r near the tip of Ri, connecting with R2+3 beyond two-
thirds its length; cell 1st M2 large, longer than vein Ms beyond it;
m about one-half the outer deflection of M^; basal deflection of Cui
a short distance before the fork of M: Cui widely separated from
1st A at the wing-margin, this distance being approximately as
long as Cu2 alone; some of the veins are very faint and evidently in

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

process of atrophy, such being all the veins beyond cell 1st Mi except
/?4+5; most of the veins distad of the cord are very weak and entirely
without macrotrichiae.

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, Sex", Teffe, December 26, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Genus TOXORHINA Loew.
1851. Toxorhina Loew, Linnaea Entomol., Bd. 5, p. 400.

Toxorhina is a very characteristic genus in the Amazonian fauna.
There has been some attempt made to restrict the name Toxorhina
Loew to the species of the genus that we call Elephajitomyia Osten
Sacken. The basis for this reference consists in a preliminary paper
(Bernst. und Bernst.-fauna, 1850) by Loew in which the genus
Toxorhina is briefly characterized and keyed and three species be-
longing to it are mentioned but not described. There are at least
three genera to which Loew's diagnosis would apply and his genus
would be unrecognizable were it not for a more detailed account
with figures that appeared in 1851, as cited above. In this paper,
in addition to the three amber species which are briefly discussed
and figured, there appears in this paper a full description, with many
figures, of the recent T. fragilis Loew of Porto Rico, which species
Cpquillett selected as type of Toxorhina in 1910. In the opinion of
the writer, the 1850 name Toxorhina has no more status than the
famous 1800 names of Meigen, since it must depend entirely on the
1851 paper for its accurate diagnosis and recognition. If this latter
fact is admitted then there can be no valid objection against select-
ing any of the species included in this paper as type as was done
by Coquillett. Unless further and more convincing arguments are
brought forth, the writer will follow the generic concepts as advo-
cated by Osten Sacken and other later students of the Tipulidae.

It has long been held that Elephantomyia and Toxorhina are
closely alHed. The former genus possesses small but distinct tibial
spurs which appear to be quite lacking in the species of Toxorhina.
For the time being, at least, the writer is referring Toxorhina to the
Eriopterini. The discovery of the immature stages is very de-
sirable.

Toxorhina brasiliensis (West wood)

1835. Li)n.)tobiorhynchus brasiliensis Westwood, Ann. Soc. Ent. Franco,
Tome 4, p. 683.

Itacoatiara, Brazil, October 16-21, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Teffe, Brazil, December 22-27, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

Toxorhina centralis (Alexander)

1913. Toxorrhina centralis Alexander, Psyche, vol. 20, pp. 52, 53.

Igarape Assu, Brazil (H. S. Parish).

Teffe, Brazil, January 20, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Toxorhina meridionalis (Alexander)

1913. Toxorrhina meridionalis Alexander, Psyche, vol. 20, pp. 51, 52.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 26-February 4, 1912 (H. S. Parish).
Flores, Brazil, November 14-19, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Toxorhina flavida (Alexander)

1913. Toxorrhina flavida Alexander, Psyche, vol 20, p. 51.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, February 1-7, 1912 (H. S. Parish).
Napo River, Peru, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus CERATOCHEILUS Wesche.
1910. Ceratocheilus Wesche, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., vol. 30, p. 358.

Ceratocheilus americanum Alexander.

1913. Ceratocheilus americanum Alexander, Psyche, vol. 20, pp. 49, 50.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 30, 1912 (H. S. Parish).

Genus SIGMATOMERA Osten Sacken.
1869. Sigmatomera Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., pt. 4, p. 137.

Sigmatomera amazonica Westwood.

1881. Sigmatomera Amazonica Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., pt. 3,
• pp. 366, 367.

The type of this beautiful crane-fly was taken in Amazonia by
Bates. The allotype female was described bj^ the writer (Can.
Ent., vol. 52, pp. 142, 143, 1920) from material taken at Flores,
Brazil, November 12, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Cienus LECTERIA Osten Sacken.
1887. Lecteria Osten Sacken, Bed. Ent. Zeitsch., Bd. 31, pt. 2, p. 206.

Lecteria armillaris (Fabricius)

1805. Tipula armillaris Fabricius, Syst. Antl., p. 26.

Igarape Assu, Brazil, January 29-30, 1912 (H. S. Parish).
Manaos, Brazil, October 31-November 4, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Flores, Brazil, November 12-19, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Iquitos, Peru, March 17-May 4 to 21, 1920 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, April 1-22, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus BRACHYPREMNA Osten Sacken.
1886. Brachypremna Osten Sacken, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., Bd. 30, p. 161.

Brachypremna Candida Alexander.

1912. Brachypremna Candida Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. 20,
p. 234.

Manaos, Brazil (Miss Merrill).

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Teffe, Brazil, December 22-26, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Iquitos, Peru, May 25- June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Yurimaguas, Peru, March 31, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Napo River, Peru, June 14-15, 1920 (H. S. Parish); August 3,
1920 (Native Collector).

A few additional details concerning the leg pattern may be given :
The black of the tibiae is very extensive on the fore and middle
legs, only the narrow bases and slightly broader apices being yellow-
ish white. On the posterior tibiae, however, the apical one-half
or more is whitish, the dark area being a comparatively narrow
ring (5 to 6 mm.) wide, ending before midlength of the sclerite.

Brachypremna breviventris (Wiedemann) ^

1821. Tipula breviventris Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., Bd. 1, p. 43.

Igarape Assii, Brazil (H. S. Parish).

Teffe, Brazil, December 25, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Yurimaguas, Peru, April 5-6, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Brachypremna williamsoni Alexander.

1912. BracJiypreiana ivilliamsoni Alexander, Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc,
vol. 20, pp. 231, 232.

Prata, Brazil, July 2, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Parintins, Brazil, October 2, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Manaos, Brazil (Miss Merrill) ; paratype.

Flores, Brazil, November 6-12, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Teffe, Brazil, December 12, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Santo Antonio, Brazil, February 16, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Iquitos, Peru, May 25, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Brachypremna dispellens (Walker)

1860. Tipula dispellens Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., n. ser., vol. 5,
p. 334.

Igarape Assii, Brazil, 1912 (H. S. Parish).
Pratca, Brazil, July 9, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Brachypremna uniformis Alexander.

1920. Brachypretnna uniformis Alexander, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 75.

Parintins, Brazil, October 8, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Manaos, Brazil, November 1, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Flores, Brazil, November 15, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Iquitos, Peru, May 17, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Brachypremna basihca sp. n.

Similar to B. Candida Alexander but very much larger (wing of
male over 20 mm.); palpi yellow, the terminal segment abruptly
dark brown with the extreme tip orange; tarsi light yellow, the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADEPHIA. 93

tibial tips concolorous, broadest on the posterior legs, wings with a
brownish tinge, the stigma with a pale center.

MaZe.— Length 17.5-18 mm.; wing 22-24.5 mm.

Fore leg, femm*, 13.6 mm.; tibia, 17.7 mm.; middle leg, femur,
16.3 mm.; tibia, 17.8 mm.; hind leg, femur, 16.4 mm., tibia, 18.6
mm. Frontal prolongation of the head light yellow above, includ-
ing the nasus; dark brown laterally; mouthparts dark brown, palpi
with the three basal segments light yellow, the terminal segment
abruptly dark brown with the extreme tip dull orange. Antennae
short, the scape yellow; flagellar segments bicolorous, the base of
each segment dark brown, the apex broadly yellow; terminal flagel-
lar segments more unicolorous. Head brown, more yellowish an-
teriorly, Mesonotal praescutum brown with four very indistinct
darker brown stripes, the intermediate pair very indistinctly sep-
arated from one another; an obscure yellow lateral spot on the sides
of the sclerite before the suture; scutal lobes dark brown, the median
area paler; scutellum and postnotum dark brown. Pleura light
brown, spotted with darker brown. Halteres brown, the knobs
darker. Legs w4th the coxae yellowish testaceous, the outer face
variegated with darker; trochanters yellow; femora dark brown,
the bases paler, the tips rather broadly (1.3 mm.) whitish yellow;
tibiae dark brown, the bases whitish yellow, co-extensive with the
pale femoral tips, the tips fading into dull yellow, narrowest (3.5
mm.) ori the fore legs, broadest (9 mm.) on the hind legs; tarsi dull
yellow. Wings with a strong brownish tinge, most intense in cells
C and Sc; stigma ocelliform, dark brown, the center pale, occupying
the end of cell 1st Ri; veins conspicuously seamed with brown;
veins dark brown. Venation: tip of Ri perpendicular to the re-
mainder of the vein; Sci long, extending almost to the tip of Ri;
Rs strongly arcuated at origin; deflection of 7?4+5 distinct; petiole
of cell Ml shorter than m; vein Syid A very short. Abdominal ter-
gites brown, the bases of each segment narrowly pale; sternites
obscure yellow, each sclerite with a linear black mark occupying
about the distal half of each segment.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, d^, Yurimaguas, March 31, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Paratopotype, cf .

Brachypremna basilica is one of the largest and most conspicuous
species of the genus yet described. In the pattern of the legs, it
closely parallels B. Candida Alexander, but in other respects the
two insects have little in common.

Genus TANYPREMNA Osten Sacken.
1886. Tanypremna Osten Sacken, Biol. Cent. Am., Diiot., vol. 1, p. 19.

Tanypremna longipes (Fabricius)

1805. Tipula longipes Fabricius, Syst. Antl., p. 25.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part 1

Manaos, Brazil (W. M. Mann).

Yurimaguas, Peru, March 29-April 20, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus MEGISTOCERA Wiedemann.
1828. Megistocera Wiedemann, Aussereur. zweifl. Ins., Bel. 1, p. 55.

Megistocera longipennis (Macquart)

1838. Tipiila longipennis Macquart, Dipt, exot., Tome 1, pt. 1 p. 57.

Obidos, Brazil, September 23, 1919 (H. S. Parish).
Yurimaguas, Peru, April 8, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus OZODICERA Macquart.
1834. OzocUcera Macquart, Suites a Buffon, Tome 1, Hist. Nat. Ins.,
Dipt., p. 92.

Ozodicera (Dihexaclonus) triguttata sp. n.

Flagellar segments two to seven pale yellowish brown, each with
two short, pale pectinations; mesonotum light brown, the prae-
scutum with four slightly darker stripes; femora broadly tipped
with brownish black; wings reddish brown with three dark brown
spots, situated at the origin of Rs and along the cord; abdomen
reddish brown, the lateral margins of the tergites darker; apices
of the ninth sterno-pleurite of the male hypopygium produced into
slender spatulate blades.

Male. — Length 26.5 mm.; wing 22 mm.; abdomen alone, 18.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head brown; palpi dark brown. An-
tennae with the scape and pectinated flagellar segments pale yellow-
ish brown, the terminal flagellar segments dark brown, flagellar
pectinations pale, a very little longer than the segments that bear
them. Head reddish brown; vertex between the eyes very narrow,
as in the genus. Mesonotum light brown, the praescutum with four
very slightly darker, indistinct stripes; median area of the scutum,
scutellum and postnotum dark brown. Pleura light brown, sparselj^
pruinose. Halteres dark brown. Legs with the coxae pale brown-
ish yellow; trochanters light yellow; femora brownish yellow, the
tips broadly and conspicuously brownish black; tibiae brownish
yellow, the tips narrowly dark brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings
with a very strong reddish brown tinge, more saturated in the
costal and subcostal cells; base of the wing, in the anal cells, pale,
three dark brown spots arranged as follows: a small one at the
origin of Rs; a large blotch along the cord, extending from the fork
of Rs to the fork of M; the third spot is slightly smaller than the
last, at the fusion of Cui and Mz; stigma pale brownish yellow;
veins brownish yellow. Venation as in the genus ; tip of Ri atrophied ;
tip of Ro semiatrophied, pale; fusion of Cui and Ms about equal
to r-m. Abdomen dark reddish brown, the lateral margins of the
tergites broadly darker brown, narrowly interrupted at the caudal
margins of the segments; sternites brownish yellow. Male hypo-
pygium with the sterno-pleurite produced caudad into slender spatu-
late blades that are subequal in length to the outer pleural append-
age.

1921] N-ATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, d", Teffe, January 1, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Ozodicera triguttata is distinguislied from the other members of
the subgenus by its large size and comparatively heavily spotted
wings. It is closest to 0. (D.) fwmipennis Loew, likewise from
Brazil, in which the male measures between 17 and 18 mm. in length,
the antennal fiagellum is almost black, the wings dark yellowish
brown with only a smoky black cloud at r-m and with the body
coloration different.

Ozodicera (Ozodicera) noctivagans Alexander.

191-i. Ozodicera nodiragans Alexander, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. vol. 40,
pp. 253. 254.

9 , Para, Brazil, June 7, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

c^ 9 , Flores, Brazil, November 10-19, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

The female sex has not been described and one of the present
specimens is made the allotype.

Allotype, 9 , length 15 mm.; wing 11.8 mm.

Generally similar to the male, differing as follows: Flagellar
pectinations a little shorter than in the male, the longest being
about as long as the segments that bear them. Abdominal tergites
brownish yellow with a narrow median line and narrow lateral
margins dark brown. Ninth tergite dark brow^n. Sternites uni-
formly yellow. Ovipositor with the tergal valves long and slender;
sternal valves shorter, compressed.

Allotype. — 9 , Flores, Brazil, November 19, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Ozodicera (Ozodicera) extensa sp. n.

Antennal pectinations long, each strongly bent at about one-
third its length, at the angle with a short spur that bears a bristle;
mesonotal praescutum brown, the stripes very indistinct; wings
strongly brownish, the costal and subcostal cells darker; a dark
brown cloud at the fork of Rs; male hypopygium with the lobes
of the tergite provided with brushes of long yellow hairs; each
sterno-pleurite produced caudad into a long, slender, chitinized
rod that is dilated into a spinulose apex, at the extreme tip bearing
a spine.

Male. — Length 15.5 mm.; wing 13.6 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head brown; palpi dark brown. An-
tennae uni-pectinate, scapal segments obscure yellow, flagellar seg-
ments brown, the pectinations dark brown; flagellar pectinations
elongate, each strongly bent at about one-third the length, at the
angle with a slight spur that is tipped with a small bristle. Head
brown. Mesonotal praescutum brown, the stripes very indistinct;
scutellum and postnotum gray pruinose. Pleura pale brown, gray

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

pruinose; dorso-pleural region dark brown. Halteres brown. Legs
with the coxae and trochanters testaceous; femora obscure yellow,
the tips broadly dark brown; tibiae similar, the tips narrowly dark
brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong brownish tinge,
the costal and subcostal cells dark brown; stigma oval, dark brown;
a dark brown cloud at the fork of Rs and along the cord to the fork
of M. Venation: Rs strongly arcuated at origin, a httle longer
than Rii-s', basal deflection of M1 + 2 a little shorter than that of
Mi+i] m about three times the deflection of M2. Abdomen dark
brown, the basal sternites obscure yellow; hypopygium brownish
yellow. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite having a deep,
V-shaped notch, each lobe with a dense brush of long light yellow
bristles. Each sterno-pleurite produced caudad into a long, chitin-
ized blackened rod, the apex slightly dilated, spinulose, the extreme
apex with a large and conspicuous conical spine; pleural appendage
a simple curved arm, slightly dilated at the base, gradually nar-
rowed to the apex.

Habitat. — Brazil,

Holotype, c^, Teffe, January 9, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Ozodicera (Ozodicera) attenuata Alexander.

1920. Ozodicera attenuata Alexander, Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. 28,
pp. 8, 9.

Prata, Brazil, July 5, 1919 (H. S. Parish) ; type.
Flores, Brazil, November 15, 1919 (H. S. Parish).

Ozodicera (Ozodicera) bispinifer sp. n.

Antennal pectinations short, the longest about equal to the seg-
ments that bear them; mesonotum brown, the four narrow stripes
more reddish brown; pleura buffy brown, sparsely pruinose; legs
brown, the tips of the. segments not distinctly darkened; wings
brown, the costal and subcostal cells more yellowish; male hypo-
pygium with the inner pleural appendage very complex, the lateral
portions produced into two conspicuous parallel reddish spines;
proximal portion of the appendage a slender blade that juts toward
the notch of the ninth tergite.

Male. — Length 22 mm. ; wing 18 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head brown, darker laterally; nasus
stout; palpi dark brown. Antennal scape obscure yellow; flagellum
dark brown, the first segment paler basally; flagellar segments two
to seven unipectinate, the longest branches about equal to the
segments that bear them. Head brown. Mesonotal praescutum
brown with four narrow reddish brown stripes, the intermediate
pair narrowly separated from one another, each gradually narrowed
behind, ending before the suture; remainder of the mesonotum
brown, sparsely pruinose. Pleura light buff-brown, sparsely gray
pruinose. Halteres dark brown, the base of the stem a little paler.
Legs with the coxae concolorous with the thoracic pleura; trochanters

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

obscure yellow ; remainder of the legs brown, the tarsi darker. Wings
with a strong brownish tinge, the costal and subcostal cells more
yellowish; stigma oval, brown; veins brown. Venation: Rs longer
than R2+3; r-m about one-half the deflection of Ri+5; deflection of
M2 a little longer than r-m; basal deflection of M3+4 about one-half
longer than the deflection of M1+2. Abdomen Hght brown, the
basal tergite gray pruinose, eighth segment darker brown; tergites
with an indistinct sublateral stripe. Male hypopygium having the
ninth tergite ^^^th a very large U-shaped median notch, the lateral
lobes but feebly provided with bristles. Outer pleural appendage
slender at the base, at the apex dilated into a flattened blade; inner
pleural appendage complex, the lateral portion produced into two
long, parallel, reddish spines, the caudal margin of the posterior
spine with a single row of setigerous tubercles, each tubercle bearing
a long yellow bristle, the outermost tubercle enlarged into a slender
tooth; proximal portion of the appendage produced into a slender,
arm-like blade that juts towards the notch of the ninth tergite.

Habitat. — Brazil.

Holotype, cT, Teffe, February 3, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Genus MICRO TIPULA Alexander.
1912. Microtipula Alexander, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 5, pp. 360, 361.

Microtipula amazonica Alexander.

1912. Microtipula amazomca Alexander, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 5,
pp. 361, 362.

The types were collected at Igarape Assii, Brazil, January 27-29
1912 (H. S. Parish).

Genus TIPULA Linnaeus.
1758. Tipula Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., edit. 10, p. 585.

Tipula parish! Alexander.

1912. Tipula parishi Alexander, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 5, pp. 355,
356.

The type was taken at Igarape Assii, Brazil, January 26, 1912
(H. S. Parish).

Tipula diacanthos sp. n.

Belongs to the monilifera group; antennal flagellum uniformly
brownish black; general coloration shiny yellow, the abdomen with
a subterminal black ring; wings yellowish gray, the costal and sub-
costal cells brighter; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite tri-
dentate; eighth sternite very large, terminating in two conspicuous
spines that are directed caudad and dorsad.

Male. — Length 15.5 mm.; wing 14.2 mm.; ant^na 11 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head very stout, comparatively short,
yellow, the dorsal surface with erect black hairs that terminate in
a tuft at the apex of the stout nasus; palpi elongate, pale brownish

98 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

yellow, the tip of the terminal segment dark brown. Antennae of
the male elongate; scape and first flagellar segment obscure yellow;
flagellar segments dark brown, the extreme tips of the segments a
little paler; basal enlargements of the segments conspicuously globu-
lar as in the monilifera group. Head brownish yellow. Mesonotal
praescutum shiny testaceous yellow with three indistinct reddish
stripes; remainder of the mesonotum testaceous yellow. Pleura
shiny yellow. Halteres yellow, the knobs a little darker. Legs
with the coxae shiny yellow; trochanters yellow; femora brownish
yellow, the extreme tips narrowly and indistinctly darkened; tibiae
yellowish brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings with a yellowish gray
suffusion, cells C, Sc and the wing-base more saturated yellow;
stigma oval, pale brown; veins dark brown. Venation: Sc2 extend-
ing to just before midlength of Rs; Rs very gently arcuated to nearly
straight, about equal to R2+3; cell R2 comparatively small, Ri+z
in ahgnment with Rz; cell 1st M2 elongate-pentagonal; petiole of
cell Ml about one-half longer than m; m-cu distinct. Abdomen
obscure brownish yellow, the basal tergites and the sternites brighter;
eighth sternite and bases of eighth tergite and ninth sternite black;
hypopygium reddish yellow. Male hypopygium with the caudal
margin of the ninth tergite tridentate, the median lobe more acute
than the subequal lateral lobes; apex of the median lobe directed
slightly dorsad, of the lateral lobes slightly ventrad. Ninth sterno-
pleurite very reduced, not at all conspicuous. Eighth sternite very
extensive, jutting caudad of the level of the other elements of the
hypopygium, broad, the caudal lateral angles produced caudad into
two very conspicuous spines that are directed caudad and dorsad;
immediately cephalad of each of these lobes is a smaller conical
tooth.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf, Yurimaguas, March 31, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Tipula armatipennis napoensis subsp. n.

Allied to T. armatipennis; head pale yellow, the vertex with a
narrow brown median line; general coloration fulvous yellow; wings
yellowish gray, the costal and subcostal cells more saturated; ^2
subperpendicular to the tip of R2+3] valves of the ovipositor sub-
fleshy.

Female. — Length 18 mm. ; wing 14.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head obscure yellow; palpi elongate,
especially the terminal segment, pale yellow. Antennae bicolorous;
scape and first flagellar segment obscure yellow: remaining flagellar
segments with the basal swelling black, the remainder of each seg-
ment brownish yellow, on the terminal segments darkening to
yellowish brown. tHead pale yellowish, the vertex with a narrow
brown median line. Mesonotum light yellow, without darker mark-
ings of any kind. Pleura light yellow. Halteres brownish yellow,
the knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters light

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

yellow; femora brownish yellow, a little darkened apically; tibiae
light brown, the tips narrowly darkened; tarsi brown. Wings with
a strong yellowish gray tinge, darkest in the cells beyond the cord;
cells C, Sc and the wing-base more saturated yellow; stigma sub-
circular, brown; veins brown. Venation: Sco extending to about
opposite two-thirds Rs, the latter short, almost straight, feebly
angulated near one-fourth its length; R2+3 a Uttle shorter than Rs;
Ri short, straight, at a strong angle (65°) to R^+z', r practically
eliminated by atrophy; R3 very long, nearly three times 7^2+3; cell
1st M2 rather small, pentagonal; petiole of cell Mi about two-fifths
cell Ml, nearly three times m; m-cu barely evident. An obliterative
streak before the stigma, extending across the base of cell 1st Mi,
from Ri into the base of M4. Abdominal tergites brownish yellow,
the dorso-median area broadly, the lateral margins very narrowly,
darker ; sternites yellow. Ovipositor moderately elongate, very much
smaller than the preceding segments; tergal valves stout, compressed,
slightly narrowed before the obtusely rounded tips; sternal valves
flattened, the tips obliquely truncated.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, 9 , Napo River, June 15, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Based on the structure of the female, the present insect must
be considered as being a race of armatipennis Alexander (Chapada,
Brazil) but the discovery of the male might result in giving the
form full specific rank. In typical armatipennis the flagellar seg-
ments are a little longer, there is no dark line on the vertex, the
thoracic coloration is more fulvous and the structm'e of the ovi-
positor is slightly different.

Tipula bezziana sp. n.

Frontal prolongation of the head very short, stout, nasus lacking;
head yellow, the inner margins of the eyes broadly margined with
black; mesonotum obscure brownish yellow, the praescutum with a
broad black median stripe; wings hyaline, cells C, Sc and the stigma
dark brown; wing-tip darkened; Rs short, strongly arcuated; cell
1st Mi large, subquadrate; fusion of Cui and M3 extensive; abdomen
of female elongate.

Female. — Length 15-18 mm.; wing 10.2-10.3 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head very short, entirely without a
nasus, yellow, more brownish dorsally and here provided with con-
spicuous black bristles; palpi brown. Antennae short, scapal seg-
ments yellowish testaceous; flagellar segments dark brown with
long verticils. Head yellow, the vertex adjoining the inner margins
of the eyes broadly black, restricting the ground-color to a com-
paratively narrow median stripe on the vertex, broadening on the
occiput.. Pronotum yellow. Mesonotal praescutum obscure brown-
ish yellow with a broad dark brown median stripe, the lateral stripes
indistinct; pseudosutural foveae distinct; scutal lobes brownish

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

black; scutellum brown; postnotum brownish yellow, the median
area broadly black. Pleura testaceous yellow. Halteres yellowish
brown, the knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxae concolorous
with the thoracic pleura; trochanters with a faint greenish tinge;
femora brown, testaceous basally, passing into dark brown at their
tips; remainder of the legs dark brownish black; claws simple.
Wings hyaline, the costal cell brown, the subcostal cell dark brown;
stigma dark brown; wing-apex broadly darkened; veins beyond the
cord broadly seamed with brown; veins brownish black; veins, with
the exception of C and R, destitute of macrotrichiae. Venation:
Sc ending opposite or sHghtly beyond the fork of Rs, Sci indistinct,
Rs very short, arcuated, less than R2+3, tip of R2 preserved but
weak; R3 more than twice R2+3; r-m short to very short; cell 1st Mi
very large, roughly quadrate; petiole of cell Mi shorter than m;
fusion of Cui with Mz extensive, about equal to the petiole of cell
Ml', 2nd Anal vein straight, not close to the axillary margin. Ab-
domen elongate in the female; basal tergites dark brown, each
segment with a narrow yellowish transverse band shortly before
midlength of the segment; sternites obscure yellow, terminal seg-
ments uniformly dark brownish black. Ovipositor with the valves
chitinized; tergal valves straight, considerably exceeding the sternal
valves.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, 9 , Yurimaguas, April 10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Paratopotype, 9 , March 23, 1920.

Tipula hezziana is a strikingly beautiful fly that is probably not
a true Tipula but there is no genus known to the writer that can
receive it. The very short frontal prolongation of the head, with-
out a nasus, is very like Nephrotoma, whereas the venation is some-
what suggestive of Brachypremna. The discovery of the male sex
will be of exceptional interest. It is with great pleasure that this
interesting species is dedicated to my friend, the distinguished
Dipterologist, Dr. Mario Bezzi.

Tipula effeta sp. n.

General coloration grayish brown, the pleura testaceous; antennae
of the male elongated, flagellum black; wings with a brownish tinge,
the costal region and the stigma darker; inner pleural appendage
of the male hypopygium terminating in two stout spines.

Male. — Length 12 mm., wing 11.5 mm.

Female.— hength 12 mm., wing 12.4 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head short, obscure yellow, darker
brown dorsally; palpi dark brown. Antennae of the male elongated,
if bent backward extending to beyond midlength of the second
abdominal segment; scapal segments testaceous, flagellum black,
the segments elongate, covered with a delicate white pubescence

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

and provided with a few long bristles. Head dark brown, narrowly-
paler adjoining the inner margin of the eyes. Mesonotum uni-
formly grayish brown, the postnotum more plumbeous. Pleura
testaceous. Halteres dark brown. Legs with the coxae yellowish
testaceous, trochanters obscure yellow; femora brown, paler basally;
tibiae and tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong brownish tinge,
especially in the cells beyond the cord; cells C, Sc and the stigma
darker brown; veins dark brown: a pale area immediately before
the stigma; wings petiolate. Venation: Sc2 ending opposite two-
thirds Rs; Rs long, arcuated near its extreme origin, slightly more
than one-half longer than ^^2+3; cell 1st M^ elongate pentagonal;
petiole of cell Mi nearly twice m; vein Snd A close to the posterior
margin, cell 2nd A being very narrow. A.bdominal tergites dark
brown; sternites and hypopygium obscure brownish yellow. Male
hypopygium of simple structure, the ninth tergite ending in a median
conical lobe that is heavily blackened; inner pleural appendage
terminating in two acute stout spines, in addition to an apical,
very slender, curved spine.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, cf , Yurimaguas, April 1, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Allotopotype, 9 , April 23, 1920.

Paratopotype, 3 9 's, March 29-April 13, 1920.

Tipula effeta, together with the species next described, T. plurnhei-
thorax, is not a typical member of the genus Tipula but will prob-
ably be found to represent a new genus or subgenus when more and
better preserved specimens are available.

Tipula plumbeithorax sp. n.

General coloration dark plumbeous, the pleura light gray pruinose:
wings faintly grayish, the stigma dark brown; 2nd Anal cell long
and narrow.

Female. — Length 15 mm.; wing 12 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head comparatively short, dark brown
above, more yellowish laterally and beneath ; nasus short and blunt,
bearing several long, black bristles; palpi dark brown. Antennal
scape reddish brown, the flagellar segments brownish black, ver-
ticillate, one bristle on each segment being longer than the others.
Head plumbeous, light gray pruinose. Mesonotum uniformly dark
plumbeous, the scutellum and postnotum light gray pruinose.
Pleura with a light, blue-gray pruinosity. Halteres dark brown,
the base of the stem a little paler. Legs with the fore and middle
coxae gray, the posterior coxae reddish testaceous, very sparsely
pruinose; trochanters brownish yellow; femora brown, paler basally;
remainder of the legs brownish black. Wings with a grayish tinge;
stigma conspicuous, dark brown; cell Sc light brown; obliterative
areas before the stigma, crossing cell 1st M2 into the base of cell
M4; veins black, wings petiolate at base. Venation: Sc moder-

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

ately long, Sco extending to just beyond midlength of Rs, Sci lacking,
Rs long, arcuated at origin; Rs about one-half longer than R2+3',
cell 1st Mi elongate, pentagonal; petiole of cell Mi short, about one-
half m; m-cu short but distinct; Snd Anal vein straight, cell 3nd A
being very long and narrow. Abdominal tergites black, sternites
more testaceous brown. Ovipositor with the tergal valves rather
stout, compressed, the tips broadly and obtusely rounded; sternal
valves very short, flattened, the tips obliquely truncated.

Habitat. — Peru.

Holotype, 9 , Iquitos, March 10, 1920 (H. S. Parish).

Tipula plumheithorax, like T. effeta, is an aberrant member of the
genus Tipula but the material is insufficient upon which to base
a new group. The general appearance of the flies suggests Tany-
premna but the claws are simple.

Bibliography.

Alexander, Charles P.

On the tropical American Rhipidiae (Tipulidae, Dipt.)- Bull. Brookl3'n Ent.
Soc, vol. 8, pp. 6-17; 1912.

A new tropical Gonomyia (Tipulidae, Dipt.). Ent. News, vol. 23, pp. 418-
420; 1912.

A revision of the genus Brachvpremna Osten Sacken (Tipulidae, Diptera).
Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. 20, pp. 225-236; 1912.

New Neotropical Tipulinae (Tipulidae, Dipt.). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 5,
pp. 343-362; 1912.

New Neotropical Antochini (Tipulidae, Diptera). Psyche, vol. 20, pp. 40-
'54; 1913.

A s^Tiopsis of part of the Neotropical crane-flies of the subfamily Limnobiinae.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44, pp. 481-549; 1913.

New or little-known Neotropical Hexatomini (Tipulidae, Diptera). Psyche,
vol. 21, pp. 33-45; 1914.

A revision of the American species of Tanypremna Osten Sacken and Megis-
tocera Wiedemann (Tipulidae, Diptera). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. 22,
pp. 205-218; 1914.

New or little-kno\\Ti crane-flies from tropical America (Tipulidae, Diptera).
Can. Ent., vol. 52, pp. 141-144; 1920.

Undescribed Tipulidae collected by Mr. H. S. Parish in Brazil (Dipt.). Ent.
News, vol. 31, pp. 70-75; 1920.

Records and descriptions of Neotropical crane-flies (Tipulidae, Diptera) — II.
Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. 28, pp. 1-13; 1920.
Osten Sacken, C. R. R.

Studies on Tipulidae — Part 1. Review of the published genera of the Tipu-
lidae longipalpi. Berl. Entomol. Zeitsch., Bd. 30, pp. 153-188; 1886.

Studies on Tipulidae — Part 2. Review of the published genera of the Tipu-
lidae brevipalpi. Berl. Entomol. Zeitsch., Bd. 31, pp. 163-242; 1887.
Walker, Francis

Insecta Saundersiana, vol. 1. Diptera, pp. 1-474; 1850-56.
Westwood, J. O.

Notae Dipterologicae — No. 5. Descriptions of new species of Exotic Tipu-
lidae, with an annotated summary of species belonging to the same family,
previously described. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1881, part 3, pp. 363-385.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

Explanation of Plate IV.

Male hypopygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) acuminata sp. n.
Male hj'popygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) falcifer sp. n.
Male hypopygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) spicata sp. n.
Male hypopygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) bispinosa sp. n.

Pleural appendages of the same; enlarged.
Male hypopygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) crepuscula sp. n.

Penis-guard and gonapophyse of the same.
Male hypopygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) ctenophora sp. n.
Male hypopygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) phoroctenia sp. n.
Male hypopygium of Erioptera (Erioptera) micromyia Alexander.
Male hypopygium of Dicranomyia acuminata sp. n.
Male hypopygium of Dicranomyia egae sp. n.
Male hypopygium of Dicranomyia napoensis sp. n.
Male hypopygium of Dicranomyia rapax sp. n.
Ventral pleural appendage; D = Dorsal pleural appendage; PI = Pleurite;
Pgd = Penis-guard; Gon = Gonapophyse.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

4A.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

5A.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Fig.

12.

V =

Vent

STUDIES ON SOME FLAGELLATA.
BY E. PENARD.

While studying Infusoria, in the neighborhood of Geneva,
Switzerland, during the years 1914 to 1918, I often happened to
meet with particularly interesting Flagellata, and sometimes inter-
rupted my ordinary work to study some of these organisms. The
results of these investigations appear of sufficient interest for pub-
hcation, and it is a particular pleasure for me to make them known
here. The species to be discussed are: Pteridomonas scherffeli
Lemm., Dimorpha tetramastix sp. n., Dimoryha monomastix sp. n.
Bicoeca exilis sp. n., Histiona campanula sp. n., Salpingoeca poly-
gonatum sp. n., Salpingoeca lepidula sp. n., Ckrysamoeba radians
Klebs, Chrysopyxis bipes Stein, Hyalobryon ramosum Lauterborn,
Cryptomonas ovata Ehrenberg, Astasia mohilis (Rehberg) Alexieeff,
Euglena pseudomermis sp. n., Trentonia flagellata Stokes.
Pteridomonas scherffeli Lemm Plate V, figs. 1-3.

Though the description of the genus Pteridomonas dates back as
far as 1890 (Penard, 28), the first concise diagnosis which we possess
is due to Lemmermann (24), and I can do no better than to repro-
duce it here, at least in its most important points:

Pterdomonas Petard. Cells naked, mostly stalked; 1 flagellum,
and rarely, besides, 2 slowly vibrating accessory flagella. At the
base of the flagellum, a crown of fine radiating pseudopodia. One
or two contractile vacuoles. Nucles with distrinct caryosom.
Multiplication unknown. Food taken by the pseudomopodia, or
by means of special food-vacuoles. Movement freely rotating,
swinging, or by sudden leaps backward, due to the contraction of
the stalk. '

As for Pteridomojias scherffeli, which was found by Scherffel in
Hungary, then by Lemmermann at Bremen, Germany, its specific
characters are indicated as follows: ''Cells generally longer than
broad, in optical longitudinal section rounded with 5-6 angles.
Stalk long and fine. Nucleus near the base of the flagellum. Be-
sides the anterior crown of pseudopodia, some lateral radiating
pseudopodia."

This Pteridomonas scherffeli was found in great quantities in
the month of September last (1918), among the decaying leaves
that filled the bottom of a pond, at the Ariana Park, near Geneva.

(105)

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

I was then enabled to study this very interesting organism at some
length, and should like to discuss here some of the most important
points of its structure.

Regarding the identity of my specimens: Lemmermann speaks
of "cells longer than broad, in optical longitudinal section rounded
with 5-6 angles," while in the Ariana specimens the breadth of
the body was normally at least equal, and very often superior, to
the length; and at the same time the anterior part was broader
than the posterior (Plate V, fig. 1); in optical longitudinal section
the form, rather than "rounded with 5-6 angles," was that of a
top with a truncated point. In short, this Ariana form was but
in a very general manner in accordance with Lemmermann's de-
scription; but as this very small organism is difficult to study, and
is perhaps subject to great variation in its shape, it seems best
at present to consider the two forms as representing the same or-
ganism.

Pteridomonas in form, as we just said, is more or less that of a
top; the size is about S-O^jl, often rather less, and rarely more. In
the anterior part of the body we find, right and left, two small con-
tractile vesicles, and also, in the posterior part, two other vaculoes,
but of a special nature; the body, in fact, seems to be hollowed out
to form two small depressions, one at the left and the other at the
right, with a clear space or vacuole in the center; they hardly look
like contractile vesicles, especially since these depressions are some-
times wanting, yet sometimes I have seen the vacuoles suddenly
collapsing, as contractile vesicles generally do. The flagellum, whose
length is equal to three or four times that of the body, is relatively
strong, and easily seen. From the middle of the anterior part of
the body, which is itself somewhat flattened or even excavated,
this flagellum points directly upwards during the first part of its course,
then curves right or left, and when vibrating becomes hardly visible.
At its point of fixation it is provided with a basal granule, very
small and mostly quite invisible, Ijut which I could detect once on
a gradually and strongly compressed specimen.

In Lemmermann's diagnosis we noted the following lines: "One
flagellum, and rarely besides, two slowly vibrating accessory fla-
gella. At the base of the flagellum, a crown of fine radiating pseu-
dopodia." We must treat at some length of these rather important
organs.

The central flagellum is normally surrounded by a crown of very
fine threads, perhaps about one dozen in number, quite rigid and
motionless, which point straight into the surrounding liquid, at an
angle of about 45° from the central flagellum. These threads,
which have generally been described as pseudopodia, and indeed

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

certainly appear to be such; very often seem to start, not from a middle
region quite near the flagellum, but further away from the middle,
even from near the extreme border of the body, like an anterior
crown above the equatorial girdle of setae which we shall soon
speak of. But it only appears so, and in fact one can easily see,
on specimens favorablj^ oriented for such observations, that all the
threads of the crown have their origin in the immediate vicinity
of the central fiagellum. Sometimes, left and right of the flagellum
are seen two much smaller flagella, slowly undulating, and quite
independent from the big central one. These two small accessory
flagella, whose meaning has not yet been understood, seem to have
been a great puzzle for those few observers who noticed them; but
more protracted observations, with adequate material, would have
allowed of more certain conclusions. In fact, there are not always
two accessory flagella, but sometimes one or two, or more; or, on
a specimen where none was at first detected, suddenly there may
be seen to appear a crown of small flagella, which begin vibrat-
ing, and after a very short time slowly retract, getting thicker
the more they shorten — as if an axial thread were retracting into
the body while the enveloping protoplasm accumulated outside —
and finally collapsing each of them into a small roundish pearl.
But after a time, each of these little pearls rapidly lengthens again
into a long, fine thread, that becomes mixed among the other threads
or "pseudopodia" which had remained expanded and rigid.

These observations, which have been repeated several times,
seem to justify the following statement: The threads which compose
the anterior crown are not pseudopodia, but flagella, which are
capable of changing rapidly in their appearance and function;
straight and rigid as a rule, they may for a time appear as flagella,
with slow, flexuous undulations. However, these accessory flagella
widely differ in their nature from the central one, which is a true
flagellum. They are also completely independent from each other,
one of them, for instance, is seen to vibrate while its next
neighbor remains stiff; or some developing into a vibrating crown
of flagella, while others persist in the shape of a rigid external crown
of pseudopodia (Plate V, fig. 2).

As to the function of these special elements, for which we might
use the term "flagellopodia," in their rigid, pseudopodian state,
they must be considered as prehensile organs, stopping on their
way very small organisms or food particles and bringing them to-
wards the body; on two different occasions, for instance, I have seen
a small green particle caught by one of the rigid filaments, and the
thread curving over it, then slowly retracting and finally depositing
it on the surface of the body. This process is, however, not the

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

only one possible, and much more frequently the small food particle,
without coming into contact with the extended threads, directly
gets to the surface of the body, where a big vacuole is immediately
formed around it; but it remains certain that these rigid filaments,
twice or three times as long as the body, form together some-
thing like a net, and as such are of very evident importance. But
besides these functions as prehensile organs, such as are observed
in the pseudopodial state, could not we imagine functions of a differ-
ent nature, due to the flagelliform state of these particular threads?
When describing for the first time, in 1890, the genus Pteridomonas,
I felt confident I had seen the small pearls at the base of the central
flagellum suddenly unroll and fling the little animal backward;
the flagellopodia, in fact, were to be compared to the frond of a
fern and not to a compact shapeless body. But Scherffel, in 1901,
proposed another explanation; — he looks upon the threads as true
pseudopodia, quite incapable of passing into another condition; the
two smaller flagella, which are at times seen left and right of the
central flagellum, "are in no way two pseudopodia which have
taken to an undulating condition, as Penard thinks. Their func-
tion is unknown"; and a little further on he adds: "The jumps are
due to the energetic and sudden contractions of the fixed stalk."
Much later, in 1904, after observing some specimens of Pterido-
monas from the Lake of Geneva, I had myself abandoned my former
explanation to adopt the Scherffel theory, and today, after a much
more thorough examination, I feel confident the rolling and unroll-
ing explanation was a mistake; but is the sudden jerk backward
due really to a contraction of the pedicle?

In Pteridomonas, the body is protracted behind into a thread, of
extraordinary thinness, like the thread of a spider; and this
thread or pedicle, four, six, or as much as eight times as long as
the body, firmly holds the animalcule to the substratum. In
such an attached condition, the little organism is generally seen
fishing, with its central flagellum actively swinging, and the threads
of the anterior crown rigid, unmoved, and expanded at their full
length, but from time to time the animalcule suddenly disappears
from sight, and rapidly comes back, a jerk has thrown him to one side
but the fixed pedicle prevented any definitive removal. This pos-
terior thread is thus very important in enabling, for instance, the
animalcule to escape the contact of an enemy and yet remain in
the same region; but it is hardly to be expected that the pedicle
might do more than attach the body, and be comparable to the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

retractile pedicle of a Vorticella. Its whole appearance is that of
a very thin, thread-Uke secretion, where no structure is to be found;
and indeed, facts may be cited which go against the retractile ex-
planation :

Looking at a fixed Pieridomonas for a sufficient time, a moment
at last comes when the pedicle suddenly loses its hold, the crown
of pseudopodia retracts, and the little animal swims rapidly away,
while the detached posterior thread or pedicle trails behind. In
such a state of rapid locomotion, with pedicle trailing or sometimes
with no pedicle at all (owning to its having been ruptured or having
collapsed), when coming into contact with some Infusorian or any
other obstacle in its way, the animalcule may suddenly jerk back-
ward, just as it did when attached.

Under these conditions it seems hardly possible that the stalk
might be the cause of the sudden jerk; and we must look for another
explanation.

The most evident distinctive character between Pter. scherffeli
and Pter. pidex is the possession, by the first of these species, of
lateral filiform appendages, which are wanting in the second. Lem-
mermami speaks of ^ these appendages as follows: "Besides the
anterior crown of pseudopodia, lateral radiating pseudopodia are
found." Neither Scherffel nor Lemmermann speak of these ''pseu-
dopodia" as being regularly distributed, and the first of these ob-
servers speaks of both anterior crown and lateral appendages in
the following terms: "The fine setose cilia, which radiate mostly
from the anterior part of the body, around the flagellum, but some-
times also start, in a smaller number, from the sides of the body, are
true pseudopodia." Both these authors, in fact, seem to consider
these lateral appendages as identical with those of the anterior
crown, and at the same time as irregularly located on the sides
of the body. But the reality is, that these particular threads, six
in number (or perhaps eight ?), are inserted in a single equatorial
Hne, or girdle, w^hich itself is, in most of the individuals, indicated
by a slight groove that divides the body into two parts, superior
and inferior. These threads are extraordinarily thin, are straight
and rigid, and are twice or even three times as long as the body;
they never are converted into flagella, and never retract into sep-
arate pearls, and are in no way comparable to the constituent
parts of the anterior crown — they rather seem to be identical with
those setae with which some Infusoria {e, g., Mesodinium pulex)
are provided. Now in these Infusoria the setae always work as a

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

jumping organ; and why should their function not be the same in
Pteridomonasf There is a fact, indeed, which seems to contradict
such a theory, — Pteridomonas pulex, which has no such setae, jumps
just as well as Pt. scherffeli which possesses setae, but . . . it is
not quite certain that Pter-. pulex is unprovided with setae. None
have been seen, it is true, but they are so extremely indistinct, in
Pter. scherffeli, that during the first days of my observations I had
no idea it was not Pter. pulex I had to do with, and only later on
the mistake was found.^

It is, then, to that aequatorial girdle of setae that I should be
disposed today to attribute the jerks of Pteridomonas, but the ques-
tion yet remains in doubt.

When speaking of the anterior crown, we saw that each of its
"flagellopodia" is liable to collapse into a small globular body,
and that all of these small pearls constitute then a sessile ring around
the central flagellum. Now it is rather interesting to notice that
this very sort of ring sometimes is found also at the posterior ex-
tremity (Plate V, fig. 1). In that particular locality, the Ariana
Park, wdiich furnished practically all my material, this posterior
crown existed in one out of five individuals, being sometimes well
developed, more often more or less reduced in the number of the
"pearls", but none of these pearls ever could be seen to develop
into a thread; they were always in the retracted state, and very
likely were unable to change in any way.

As to the meaning of that posterior crown of pearls, at first sight
it seems that it would indicate the anterior part of a new individual,
to be formed by an act of division which must then prove trans-
verse. In spite of the fact that a transverse division would be
very exceptional in a Flagellate, I was inclined to consider it as
very probable here, till meeting one particular specimen which
certainly was dividing (Plate V, fig. 3). It was much broader than
long, with two flagella, a nucleus elongated transversally to the ver-
tical axis of the body, and two posterior threads, each with some
pearls around its base. This specimen showed the beginning of a
longitudinal division. We must then conclude that the meaning
of the posterior crown is not yet understood.

1 The first description of Pter. pulex is dated 1890. At that time I had at my
disposal only a small, student's microscope, and practically the aequatorial setae
must have been invisible. Besides, Pter. pulex hardly ever seems to have been
studied afterwards. Scherflfel and Lemmermann had Pter. scherffeli under ob-
servation, and though some other observers cite Pter. pulex, I do not know of
any who studied it.

1921 J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill

Such are the observations which I could make on Pteridomonas,
a very small and delicate organism, but one whose structure proves
very particularly interesting; and in my opinion the principal in-
terest attaches to the special threads or "flagellopodia," whose
functions are double, now pseudopodia, now flagella. Scherffelie,
1911, whilst treating of Chrysopyxis hipes and its pseudopodia, ob-
serves that the existence of food-capturing flagella has never been
proved in any of the Protozoa; but in Pteridomonas we find some-
thing quite exceptional: the food is caught by pseudopodia, the
undulating movements are due to flagella, but these very flagella
were pseudopodia some minutes before, and next moment will be
so again.

Dimorpha tetramastix sp. n. Plate V, flgs. 4-6.

''Cells with distinct periplast, free-swimming. Pseudopodia nu-
merous, with axial threads that radiate from a central granule
situated inside the body. Two flagella, originating in the neighbor-
hood of the central granule. Nuculus with distinct caryosome.
One to several contractile vesicles. . . ."

Such is the diagnosis given by Lemmermann (in Pascher's ' 'SiJss-
wasser-Flora," p. 51) of the genus Dimorpha, which Gruber (14)
created in 1881 for a small Protozoan whose characters are at the
same time those of a Heliozoon and a Flagellate.

Dimorpha mutans is the only species that has been described;
however, one other has been at least indicated. Blochmann (3), in
1894, after treating of Dimorpha mutans, concludes in the following
terms: "I myself found, in the summer of 1885 in a pond of the
Schwetzinger Garden, another form, of which I unhappily took
only a few incomplete sketches. It differed from D. mutans in
the possession of four flagella, and also in the fact that it always
swam about with fulty expanded pseudopodia."

In the month of Juh^ last, and later in August and September, I
found in the same pond of the Ariana Park a species of Dimorpha
provided with four flagella. Is it the same as that mentioned by
Blochmann? Possibly so, but, as we shall see later, it is not cer-
tain. Is it even a Dimorphaf According to the first diagnosis of
the genus, which mentions two flagella, it is not; but, like Bloch-
mann, I should rather insist on the fact of the resemblance with
an Heliozoon than on the possession of one, two or more flagella.

Dimorpha is indeed now a HeUozoon, and now a Flagellate. Let
us first consider our Dim. tetramastix in the Heliozoon, that is, in
the resting state (Plate V, fig. 4) :

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

The spherical body, 30 to ZS[i. in diameter (much larger than
Dim. mutans) is naked, but not smooth, owing to the presence of
numerous granules of a relatively large size, some of which project
a little outside the surface. Two layers, in fact, may be distin-
guished in the plasma, the ectoplasm with the above-mentioned
granular bodies, and the clearer endoplasm; but the difference be-
tween the two layers is here much less distinct than in typical Heli-
ozoa, those for instance which constitute the group of the Chalaro-
thoraca. Around the body, and radiating in every direction, but
less numerous anteriorly, are the pseudopodia, straight and very
fine, whose length attains to IJ^to 2 times the diameter of the body.
Just as in Heliozoa, they are covered with small granulations, but
are even smaller here; and besides, they have sometimes a peculiar
appearance, which does not seem to have been observed in Heliozoa
as a rule : as long as they have not attained to their entire develop-
ment, their tip is blunt, truncated at a right angle to the longitudinal
axis; but when fully extended, they are pointed; one might suppose
that in the first case the layer of viscous plasma which covers the
axial thread did not extend further than the axial thread itself,
and in the second case it had gone farther, lengthening to a point.
Axial filaments exist here indeed, as in typical Heliozoa, and in
favorable conditions they may be seen to penetrate the plasma and
converge towards a central granule, which itself is easily distin-
guishable, and with carmine stains quickly. But this "central
granule" is in fact never quite central but lies at a greater or less
distance from the center toward the anterior extremity.

This central granule is itself surrounded by the special apparatus
which Gruber (14), Blochmann (3), Schouteden (31) have already
described in Dimorpha mutans, but which is here of a rather differ-
ent nature, consisting of very small, yellow, spherical grains, which
are set around the central granule like numerous radiating chap-
lets, owing, very likely, to their being attached to the axial fila-
ments which converge towards the centre. x\ll together, they build
up a kind of spherical cage, quite characteristic of Dimorpha
tetramastix and allowing one easily to distinguish this species from
any Heliozoon in the vicinity.

Food is caught by the pseudopodia, and in a very characteristic
manner. On four or five different occasions I observed the cap-
ture, and always it was the same small Infusorian, Balanitozoon
agile, which suddenly came into contact with one or several of the
pseudopodia; these then tightened around their captive, and at
the same time a very thin film or velum came creeping over the
pseudopodia, lengthened into a cup, and finally closed behind the
Infusorian. This latter, which had been suddenly killed as by some
special poison, became more and more elongated, then was cut into

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

two parts, the first of which entered the body of the Dimorpha;
the second fragment then divided again, and finally each of the
separated portions got into the Dimorpha and quickly rounded
itself into a small pellet. Our Dimorpha seemed in fact to feed
exclusively on this little Infusorian, and proved excessively glutton-
ous. Three minutes are sufficient for the conversion of a living
Bolanitozoon into a number of pellets inside the Dimorpha, and this
latter, which measured at first say about 30[x in diameter, increases
to 40[JL in diameter after the capture.

We must now consider the flagella somewhat at length. In a
Dimorpha favorably oriented for good observation, one can dis-
tinguish in the body an anterior part, sKghtly flattened, and even
sometimes depressed to form a shallow median cup, and from that
cup arise four very fine threads, hardly visible, about twice the
length of the body; they appear and suddenly disappear, and when
lost are very difficult to trace again, owing to their extraordinary
tenuity. Two of them are often seen to cross each other at a short
distance from their base, which fact is due to their being in pairs,
one of the pairs originating left and the other right of a central
point of fixation (Plate V, fig. 4) .

Gruber could not ascertain the presence of a nucleus, at least
in the hving animalcule, but says he easily demonstrated it with
reagents. Blochmann, however, and afterwards Schouteden (31),
each gave a rather complete description of what they considers a
the nuclear apparatus, and it is interesting to quote what the latter
of these observers ^vi-ites upon the subject: "The nucleus is already
visible in the living animal, more or less distinctly according to
the individuals. But it is easy to make it appear by kilhng the
organism with a solution of picric acid, which colors the nucleus
yellow. One sees then that chormatin is united in a thick mass
which in optical section appears like a crescent with more or less
rounded or obtuse points; really this mass constitutes something
like a hemisphere (or segmont of a sphere, smaller or sometimes
larger,) hollow but with a thick wall.

''Inside that peculiar mass, in the cavity which it surrounds,
one sees the axial threads of the pseudopodia, which pass through
the body, to converge toward the same point, namely to a shining,
very distinct granule, which is indeed already visible, with some
attention, in the living animal. In this same place, besides, is the
insertion of the flagella, which diverge from the common point
inside the plasma and come out of the body in two distinctly sepa-
rated regions .... Blochmann was rather puzzled by the fact that the
axial threads of the pseudopodia thus converge through the nucleus

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

toward a common point. He does not think probable that there
could be there a continuous axis which would pierce through the
nuclear substance. And yet, according to my observations, the
compHcated apparatus of Dimorpha must indeed be thus explained.
The axial threads which are seen converging run completely through
the chromatic mass, pierce it in fact, and nevertheless they are
absolutely continuous and homogeneous."

These observations are interesting, in so far as they show the
flagella to be inserted quite near the central granule; but both
Blochmann and Schouteden are certainly wrong when they consider
as a nucleus that particular apparatus which we have seen in Di-
morpha tetramastix consists in radiating lines of pearls. In reality,
the true nucleus, generally concealed by the accumulation of gran-
ules and food -particles, easily comes to view by means of a slight
compression of the animal. It quite conforms in character to an
ordinary Heliozoan nucleus, being rather large, homogeneous, vari-
able in its shape, and always somewhat excentric in position.^ There
are several contractile vesicles, variable in number, but so obscured
by the mass of granules and food-particles that fill the external
layers of the body, that one hardly sees them.

Such is the Heliozoan form of Dimorpha tetramastix; but if we
keep the animalcule under observation for a while, after five, ten,
twenty minutes or more, we can see its transformation into the
flagellate state. Suddenly, and without any apparent motive, the
pseudopodia are seen to retract, at the same time as the body length-
ens, and the central granule with the surrounding chaplets of pearls
moves forward; and after a single second of time, or at most two,
the Heliozoan has disappeared, and instead we have a true Fla-
gellate (Plate V, fig. 5), more or less lengthene, with an anterior
depression from which arise the two pairs of flagella. Something,
however, is frequently left of the pseudopodia, in the form of lateral
or, more often, posterior appendages, more or less covered with
granules (Plate V, fig. 6); and some of the axial threads are still
visible, trailing inside the body, behind the central granule
which is now quite near the anterior extremity.

It is possible only under particularly favorable conditions to
get a clear view of the phenomenon of the mechanism of that sud-
den transformation, but I was able to observe it several times and

2 Blochmann, in his figure of D. ynutans in the Heliozoan state, has in fact
xepresented the nucleus, but as a "particle of food."

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

with sufficient clearness to be able to explain the facts. The pseu-
dopodia, at the same time that they retract and shorten, move
backward while the central granule is brought forward; this dis-
placement of the pseudopodia is, in fact, to be compared to the
shutting of an umbrella, whose ribs are brought down and collapse
together. As for the cause of the shutting, it must very likely
be sought in internal movements inside the plasma, which result
in an accumulation of clear pure ectoplasm at the anterior extremity,
if we can imagine a current coming from behind and pushing the
central granule forward along the longitudinal axis of the body,
and at the same time lateral backward currents pushing the axial
rods downward, we can get an idea of the transformation.

As it is, the Flagellate, which now measm-es about 37[x in length,
i. e., l\i more than in the Heliozoan shape, immediately takes to
swimming, rapidly drawn forward by its flagella. As already noted,
some of the pseudopodia, or rather some of the axial threads with
their covering of granulations, are very often seen traihng laterally
or behind, but I never could see, as Blochmann said of his unidenti-
fied Dimorpha, the animalcule swimming with completely and nor-
mally expanded pseudopodia.

Swimming never lasts very long; the most trifling cause is suffi-
cient to instigate reversion to the Heliozoan type; the animalcule
is seen to stop, and suddenly the pseudopodia make their appear-
ance, lengthening at the same tune as they are brought forward,
while the central granule moves downward toward the center of
the body The same kind of phenomenon has taken place, which
we compared to the shutting of an umbrella, but it is now the open-
ing, and it has been even more rapid.' This transformation from
the Flagellate state to the Heliozoan type is brought about by any-
thing that might be supposed to indicate trouble or danger — a
small Infusorian in the vicinity, a current of water, etc.- — while
the inverse, the transformation from the Heliozoan into a Flagel-
late, is much more difficult to produce; a strong light, however,
which provokes the displacement of the animalcule toward a cooler
region, is often successful. Very probably, the Heliozoan form is
the form of defense, the pseudopodia firmly affixing the body to
resist currents, and at the same time it is the fishing-form, allowing
small organisms to be caught by the pseudopodia.

3 This reversion is still more shortened by the action of a chemical reagent;
in one particular case, for instance, I have seen the transformation entirely
effected in the half of a second, under the influence of a verj^ weak current of
glycerin and carmine.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

Must we consider Dimorpha as a Heliozoon or as a Flagellate?
As a Flagellate, of course, since it is an understood fact that all
organisms are to be considered as such, which possess flagella in
the adult state; but the affinities with Heliozoa are so great that,
in fact, we might look upon this organism as a Heliozoon also. In
some of the representatives of this latter group, for instance, Clath-
rulina, an embryonic stage is known, where the little being is in
possession of flagella; and one might be entitled to ask if Dimorpha
could not be a member of the sarcie group, in which the flagella
persist up to the adult state?

In this connection I should like to relate a rather curious coin-
cidence: in the same locality there was living, in still much greater
abundance, a genuine Heliozoon, of a yet undetermined type, and
whose likeness to Dimorpha tetramastix was such that only the
possession of the characteristic pearl apparatus and the non-
existence of a flagellated state allowed an easy distinction. At the
same time, there were occasions when I never could detect any
trace of flagella in otherwise typical Dimorphas, and sometimes
also the pearl apparatus was hardly to be seen. Dimorpha might
be supposed to lose finally its flagella, as well as the pearl apparatus
which in some unknown way might be in relation with them? But,
leaving that supposition aside, what more beautiful example of
mimicry could we imagine?

Dimorpha monomastix sp. n. Plate V, figs. 7. 8.

The preceding species was characterized by the presence of four

flagella; now we find only one. Dimorpha monomastix was found

in the same locality, and in a much greater abundance, but its small

size makes it rather more difficult to study.

The little organism is about 10[jl in diameter, transparent and
colorless; in a superficial region are seen dispersed all sorts of gran-
ules and food-particles, surrounding an indistinctly delimited clearer
central region or endoplasm, which contains the nucleus. This
latter is spherical, with a distinct nuclear membrane and a large
central caryosome. Very likely this endoplasmic region also con-
tains a central granule, which, however, I did not see. There are
several contractile vesicles, all very small, except one that might
be considered as the principal one, the others being accessory. All
around the body are the pseudopodia, of the typical Heliozoan
type, but relatively short, measuring about \]/2 times the diameter
of the body. The flagellum, always single, is of a moderate length
also, about the same as that of the pseudopodia, but strong and
thick, much thicker, in fact, than in Dimorpha tetramastix. How-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

ever, it is extremely transparent, and there is some difficulty in
distinguishing it; a moderate enlargement, indeed, which allows of
a very small diaphragm, is better for its detection than very strong
magnificalion.

During the Heliozoan state of rest, the flagellum remains quiet,
and nearly always with a peculiar shape, somewhat Hke a figure 8
(Plate V, fig. 7) ; from time to time, however, it is seen slowly to
unroll, and to perform one or two slight movements, soon coming
at rest again.

This Heliozoan tyi^e is the less frequent form, and the animal-
cule never keeps it for a very long time. After a few minutes of
observation, the swinging of the flagellum grows quicker and more
frequent, and suddenly the whole body seems to be subjected to a
disturbance, a rupture of its internal equilibrium. It collapses, in
fact, and one might take it to be disorganized and dead; but after
hardly one or two seconds have passed, the whole mass, as by en-
chantment, lengthens into a fusiform body, having anteriorly a
quickly-moving flagellmn.

The Httle flagellated being (Plate V, fig. 8), which from 10^ in
the Heliozoan state has now increased to ISjjl in length, and even
sometimes more, has the appearance of a fish, broader at the an-
terior part, and drawn posteriorly into an often very thin and long
extremity, which seems to result from the fact that the axial threads
have joined together and trail behind. The nucleus, very distinct,
has come forward, very near the anterior extremity, and is seen
surrounded by very small, hyaline granulations. The flagellum
comes straight from a slight excavation in the middle of the anterior,
rounded extremity. Several small contractile vesicles are visible,
one of them larger, near the posterior end of the body.

The animalcule goes straight forward in a rapid course and swims
for a very long time, for hours probably; then suddenly it stops,
the flagellum becomes quiet and takes the characteristic figure 8
shape; again a commotion, which shakes the whole body, and rays
are seen to protrude from every part of the surface. In two sec-
onds, the Flagellate has turned into a Heliozoon.

The transformation is effected here in the same way as we saw
it in Dimorpha tetramastix, but is much less evident to the eye.

Bicoeca exilis sp. n. Plate V, figs, 9-13.

This elegant little Flagellate was found, in February, 1918, rather
abundant in one of the aquaria of the Zoological Laboratory of

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

the University. Most generally it was attached to the threads of
a small Nostoc, either solitary or with one or two companions, but
never in big colonies.

The Httle capsule (Plate V, fig. 9), very thin and colorless, is 8[x
in length; ovoid or somewhat fusiform in shape, pointed behind and
opened anteriorly in a large aperture, at right angle to the longi-
tudinal axis. This opening, however, is rather variable in breadth,
according not only to the individuals, but also to the orientation
of the animal; the capsule, in fact, is a little compressed, more so
at the opening than anywhere else, and at the same time proves
somewhat elastic; when the animalcule protrudes for half its length
out of the shell, it presses against the sides and makes the opening
rounder, and when suddenly retracting the edges of the aperture
contract. The capsule is affixed to the substratum by means of
a very thin pedicle, a simple colorless filament, whose length is
exceedingly variable, and is commonly twice or three times as great
as that of the capsule, sometimes even more. Frequently it is
seen to terminate at the point of fixation in a small bluish knob
or cushion, and from the fact that the volume of the knob is in
inverse proportion to the length of the pedicle, one can infer that
it furnishes the material for the lengthening of this thread. This
growth of the pedicle, however, must be very quick, and reaches its limit
a very few moments after the fixation of the animalcule; such is, at
any rate, the inference that might be drawn from the fact that speci-
mens with very short stalks (Plate V, figs. 9, 12), kept under ob-
servation for ten, twelve and twenty-four hours, never showed
during that time any lengthening of their stems. Very likely the
length of the pedicle is in some relation with the conditions of the
medium; for instance, in some material which had been kept a long
time since it was collected, I once found all the individuals short-
stalked (Plate V, fig. 12). The animalcule hardly fills half of the
capsule. In its perfectly expanded state, it is pear-shaped. At the
anterior extremity and on one side is seen projecting a protoplasmic
appendage which looks at first sight like a very short pseudopodium ;
but in reality the ectoplasmic layer developed here in a collar-like
expansion, hardly conspicuous on one side but very extended on
the other, and whose function is to hold fast the small particles of
food that the flagellum has thrown down. The flagellum, which
starts from the anterior depression, is strong and very distinct,
and of very remarkable length, attaining five or even six times the
length of the body. When the animalcule is quietly fishing, with
its body half protruded from the shell (Plate V, fig. 9) , the flagellum
is seen pointing directly upwards, and hardly seems to move, but
sometimes is only distinguishable up to the half of its length, the
tip only vibrating. The animalcule does not, as a rule, remain
very long in the extended state; it suddenly retracts inside the shell
and becomes ovoid in shape, but for a very short time only, soon ex-
panding again. The behavior of the flagellum is then very inter-
esting to follow: when the animalcule retracts, the flagellum coils

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 119

in a perfectly regular manner, so as to simulate a coil of rope with
four or five turns, which stands upright over the retracted body (Plate
V, fig. 11); then as soon as the animalcule begins expanding (Plate V,
fig. 12), the coils rapidly unroll and are flung far out like a lasso
thrown by an invisible arm. The retraction of the body down to
the bottom of the cell is effected by means of a thread, which is
seen affixed to the very tip of the inside wall, and looks — but only
looks — like a continuation of the pedicle inside the envelope; from
this basal point the thread passes up along the body and comes to
an upper fixation quite near the base of the anterior flagellum ; in
fact, this posterior thread is nothing but a flagellum, which has
temporarily lost its normal functions to acquire those of a retractile
organ. The nucleus is spherical, and situated posteriorly, near
one side of the body; it is rather pale, not very distinct, and shows
a large central caryosome. The contractile vesicle is at the pos-
terior extremity, behind the nucleus; sometimes a second one is
to be seen, but though being able to empty and fill again from time
to time like an ordinary contractile vesicle, it can hardly be con-
sidered as such, but is rather an accessory vacuole, whose function
is to refill the true vesicle when empty.

I was not able to study the division inside the envelope, but on
the 16th and 17th of February, I found, among a great number of
empty cases, a good many small Flagellata which were rapidly
swimming about, and whose appearance was that of individuals
belonging to this species after leaving their shell; all characteristics
were the same, except for the form of the body, that of a true, naked
Flagellate, with two flagella, one of which was traihng behind (Plate
V, fig. 13) ; it was certainly the retractile thread, which in this new
flagellated state had recovered its true nature. It would have
been interesting to notice the fixation of these small Flagellates
and the construction of the shell, but my attempts in that direc-
tion were not successful.

The rather numerous species which make up the genus Bicoeca
are all of very small size, and the distinctive characters are some-
times very hard to recognize; the form of the capsule, however, is
very constant, and the length of the fiagellum, and the position
and number of the contractile vesicles, also furnish important facts.
The taxonomy of the genus is however, anything but clear. Bicoeca
and the construction of the shell, but my attempts in that direc-
lacustris J. Clark, for instance, as indicated by Lemmermann (27),
is considerably different from the same species as figured and
described by S. Kent (this latter observer speaks also of a second
very small anterior flagellum, which character would refer to
Stokesiella) , and at the same time both forms are not very far from

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

our Bicoeca exilis; but the special shape of the capsule, as also the
very exceptional length of the flagellum, seem to point to a special
organism, which has not yet been described.

Histiona campanula sp. n. Plate VI, figs. 14-19.

During the autumn of 1917, I found in a pond at Pinchat, a small
Flagellate which seems to belong to Histiona, a genus itself very
little known. It was most generally found fixed on the threads of
a certain Zygnema, very often forming long colonies of indi-
viduals, standing next to each other along the mucilaginous sheath
of the alga.

The protoplasmic body, very clear and delicate, occupies less
than half of the capsule (Plate VI, fig. 14), which latter is itself
so thin and transparent that its structure is not determined without
some difficulty. It may be compared to an inverted bell, broadly
open upwards, and whose closed end would be stretched on one
side, so as to make a horn-like prolongation; and owing to this
special form the little case, which rests with its posterior point just
on the surface of the mucilaginous sheath, appears bent down like a
small flower {Campanula) on its stalk, the concave side of the cap-
sule being towards the Zygnema (Plate VI, fig. 14). The little
capsule is at the same time laterally compressed, and seen from
behind looks somewhat hke a sugar-loaf (Plate VI, fig. 15). The
capsule is provided with a pedicle, thin and colorless, which goes
right through the jelly and joins the surface of the cellulose mem-
brane of the Zygnema, where it is most generally seen to attach by
means of a shining little cushion. The pedicle, we must observe,
is not a true pedicle in fact, but is rather a protoplasmic thread
more solidly affixing the cell to the substratum; the jelly alone
. would not allow of a sufficient hold; and, by the way, we must add
that the mucilaginous layer being generally perfectly invisible, the
capsule seems to be provided with a stalk, as for the length of this
stalk, it is of course equal to the thickness of the mucilaginous layer,
about 13[JL or sometimes a little more or less. The protoplasmic
body, which appears as if suspended inside the capsule without
anything to keep it in place, is also very individual in its appear-
ance: rounded behind, cup-shaped anteriorly, it is drawn up on
one of its borders (always the same, that which is in contact with
the convex face of the shell) into a long trunk-like appendage, which
passes beyond the capsule and protrudes into the surrounding
liquid. From the tip of that peculiar appendage stretch right and
left two thin and broad protoplasmic curtains, which, passing over
the intervening space join at last the opposite border of the cell.
In fact, these curtains, or veils, may be considered as representing
the extreme borders of the cup-shaped body, which have grown
very thin and transparent. One of these veils, moreover, is much
more developed than the other, and about the middle of its course

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

is drawn up in an angular lobe, to be affixed there to the inside of
the wall of the capsule, and this in a very curious way, by means of
a "nail," a very small bluish spot, which is never wanting. Very
likely this very fixation of one of these curtains to the border of
the cell is a result of the necessity for the cup (or anterior part of
the body) to remain open, for the veil, if it passed straight over to
join the border at the opposite side, would prevent small food-
particles falling into the cup.^ The flagella are perhaps more curi-
ous than any other element in this already somewhat para-
doxal being. There are two : the first one, which we might call the
principal flagellum, starts (or rather seems to start?) from
one of the borders of the cup, which we may consider as the right
one, and very soon bends to the left, describing thus the figure of
an arc, and finally terminates freely somewhat to the left of that
appendage wiiich we called the trunk. This flagellum nearly al-
ways proves perfectly quiet, like a bow stretched over the cell
as if for aprotection against the intrusion of any enemy. It is a
genuine flagellum, however, and from time to time begins vibrating,
but becomes quiet again after a moment. The second flagellum
is perhaps even more curious: upon looking attentively at the left
border of the cup, and more especially at the tip of the '' trunk," we find
there (Plate VI, fig. 16) two very small bluish granules, one behind
the other, and from the upper granule is seen to start a rigid, straight
thread, whose length nearly equals that of the body, the structure
of the thread, which diminishes in breadth from the base to the
summit, seems to be that of an axial filament covered with a thin
layer of hyaline plasma. This thread immediately turns some-
what to the left, and there remains quiet, like a tactile organ or
seta, from time to time, however, it is seen to move right or left,
like the hand of a watch, or, very rarely, to swing in a few longi-
tudinal undulations, but only to come quickly to rest again. Indeed
it hardly looks, like a flagellum, but is such in fact, only it
temporarily departs from its normal functions to acquire a new
importance. If we look very attentively at the anterior small
corpuscle of which we were just speaking, and not above but be-
hind it, we can just distinguish a very fine median line or thread,
which passes the posterior granule, then continues its way down
towards the bottom of the cup-shaped body.

In short, Histiona campanula is in possession of two flagella,
but both seem to have been considerably modified in either struc-
ture or function.^

* I never could see the second of these two "curtains" affixed to the
capsule, and this second curtain is in fact so much smaller than the first that it
might be considered simply the normal border of the cup.

* These statements about the flagella are the result of a good many observa-
tions, but the animalcule is exceedingly small and delicate, and more than one
doubt is left in my mind about some points of its structure. I have seen, for
instance, on two different occasions a very short flagellum beating at the floor
of the cup; was it a normal structure, or perhaps the basal part of the right
flagellum, torn off from the affixing blue grannule?

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

It is not likely that these modified elements should be considered
as the principal agents in the capture of food. Rather must we
think that the large surface displayed by the cup with its velum-
like borders has the function of a net; I have very often observed
small nutritive particles to be thrown, or rather to get caught on
the surface of the expanded cup; and suddenly, when it hardly
touches the net, a vacuole is formed, inside which the microbe
(most frequently microbes were the normal food) violently struggles
for a time, then suddenly collapses, as if killed by some poisonous
substance. The food-vacuole then glides along the velum and
finally disappears inside the body.

The nucleus, spherical and with a big central caryosome, is very
distinctly seen, in the hind-part of the body. There is only one
contractile vesicle, not far from the nucleus; some other vacuoles,
however, are at times visible, either containing food-particles or
not.

Phenomena were not observed concerning the division of the
body, but I have frequently met with individuals in the naked
state, which either resulted from an act of division, or, in a ma-
jority of the cases at least, had left their envelope to take to a swim-
ming existence. Their appearance is quite characteristic (Plate VI,
figs. 17, 18), nearly that of a mandolin, whose handle would be
represented by that peculiar "trunk" we have spoken of; but then,
from this very extremity where the small blue granule is still to
be seen, starts now, not a rigid thread, but a true flagellum, which,
beating normally, draws the animalcule forward in a rapid course;
the functions, indeed, of the thread have changed, and have be-
come those of a normal flagellum.

As for the other flagellum, which we looked on formerly as the
principal one, it is now seen to start from the posterior, slightly
pointed extremity of the body, and immediately curves upward,
describing an arc whose tip becomes lost behind the body, near the
base of the trunk; this bow-like curvature seems at first sight to
dehneate the very contour of the body (Plate VI, fig. 1"), which
fact gives the little being a very peculiar appearance.

After swimming for a time, the little Flagellate comes to rest,
it sets itself down on the surface of a Zygnema-thread, and firmly im-
plants itself there by its posterior pointed extremity; and hardly
is the contact effected when a small root begins piercing the jelly
(Plate VI, fig. 19), growing longer and longer, till after a few min-
utes it reaches the solid wall.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

I could not ascertain how the animalcule constructs the new
envelope. It seems likely that the naked individual, when already
fixed, can remain a very long time unprovided with any covering;
I found once a colony where all the animalcules, about six in number,
were naked, and three days afterwards, though living and ap-
parently in good health, only one of them was provided with a
capsule. It is interesting to note that the animalcule, as seen en-
closed in the shell, does not occupy the same position as he did
when free; the posterior point, from which arises the arcuated fla-
gellum, must have become displaced upwards and to the right,
at the same time that the body became free from the pedicle and
climbed up towards the opening of the shell.

Salpingoeca polygonatmn sp. n. Plate VI, figs. 20-28.

This small organism was found in the same locality as the last
one, at Pinchat, on the long filaments of Zygnema pectinatum, and
as a rule the threads were either abundantly provided with the
little Flagellate, or had none at all.

The capsule (Plate VI, fig. 20-28) is about I7[i in length with a
breadth qf 43^2 to 5^;- only; it is nearly cylindrical for most of its length,
but is somewhat broadened at the aperture, and is rather abruptly
narrower behind, "^ terminating in a point which itself rests on a
thin, very short stalk; but note that, as in Histiona campanula,
the stalk is not a true pedicle, rather a root, which pierces the muci-
laginous sheath of the Zygnema and becomes attached to the cellu-
lose wall below. It may be observed at the same time that His-
tiona and Salpingoeca chose two different Zygnamas as a sub-
stratum, and that in the former of those animalcules the jelly coat-
ing was thicker than in the second; hence the longer stalk in His-
tiona. The protoplasmic body (Plate VI, fig. 20), cyhndrical in
shape, and about 10[l in length, looks as if hanging down inside
the cell, its upper end reaching as far as the aperture, while the
lower, rounded end is at some distance from the bottom. It re-
mains entirely quiescent, as a rule, but from time to time the httle
organism shakes weakly from head to foot, or suddenly retracts
to the very bottom of the shell. The nucleus, spherical with a big
central caryosome, is in the anterior part of the body, normally
between two layers of very small hyaline granules. The contractile
vesicle, rather large, has its place in the posterior portion of the
body. When the animalcule is seen somewhat retracted in the
shell, but still with its cylindrical shape, it proves to be deprived
temporarily of that special protoplasmic collar which is known

^ The form is nearly that of the flower in the genus Polygonatvm, hence the
specific name.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

in Craspedomonads, but instead, there is a thick layer of deUcate
purely ectoplasmic substance, which constitutes, in fact, the ma-
terial for the building up of the collar. After a moment's observa-
tion, one notices the protoplasmic layer growing upwards, becoming
cup-shaped and more and more lengthened, and at last it has grown
into a funnel, whose length nearly equals that of the animalcule
itself, but it is so thin and delicate that only the two borders, right
and left, can be seen, and as for the anterior rim it remains (as in
most of the Craspedomonadina) entirely invisible.

In Salpingoeca -polygonatum, as well as in several other rep-
resentatives of the group, one might easily believe in the presence
of two concentric protoplasmic collars; but it would be a mistake,
and I can only agree with the conclusions of Lemmermann (24:
p. 564) relative to Diplosigopsis frequentissima: "As there is, in
fact, in that species but one plasmatic collar, it must pass to the
genns Salpingoeca." But when the same observer continues- "How
it is with the other Craspedomonads where two plasmatic collars
have been mentioned, remains to be investigated," I should go
further yet and should not be astonished if both the genera Diplosiga
and Diplosigopsis had to be abandoned.

The flagellum, about IJ^ times as long as the animalecule, is rather
thick and distinct, and points straight upward, swinging with longi-
tudinal undulations that sometimes affect the whole length of the
flagellum, and at other times only concern the tip.

I very often had the opportunity to observe the reproductive
phenomena, which are very interesting here. In Craspedomonads,
transverse division, quite an exceptional fact among Flagellata, has
been several times mentioned, and S. Kent, for instance, figures it
in Salpingoeca gracilis, on Plate VI of his great classical work.
Within the capsule are seen the two products of the division, still
united to each other by a very thin tubular film, which soon will
cut in the middle and form the two new collars. My own observa-
tions quite confirm the facts; first the body retracts, then loses its
shape and appears an ovoid mass, and finally this mass becomes
transversally sectioned ; the upper of the two animalcules thus formed
then rapidly rises towards the aperture of the shell, drawing out
at the same time an axial, varicose filament or future flagellum,
which gets thinner and thinner, and forming also around the cir-
cumference a thin tubular protoplasmic film, which unites the two
new individuals (Plate VI, fig. 21). Each of these then lengthens.,
and the upper one becomes somewhat curved, leans with its con-
cave side against the border of the capsule, and disengages its fla-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

gellum (either by a simple cutting, or perhaps, as it sometimes
seemed to be, by separation of two flagella, which existed before
but were glued together); at the same moment, the plasmatic tube
divides and soon retracts on each of the new individuals. As soon
as the separation is achieved, the upper individual oscillates on the
rim of the shell, turns slowly down, and its flagellum is then seen
pointing forwards. The little organism contracts somewhat, and
remains quiet for some time, then suddenly darts forward, carrying
in front of it a very long flagellum, longer, it seems, that it will be
afterwards (Plate VI, fig. 22). It swims very rapidly, describing
large circles, then suddenly stops, rests for a time, starts and swims
again, rests, and so on for probably a long time, but I could not
determine the period. The length of the animalcule is 7[i. One
sees easily the anteriorly placed nucleus, and behind a large con-
tractile vesicle, sometimes with an accessory one; a short proto-
plasmic collar is also present. The entire process, from the moment
when both individuals are distinctly separated but yet quite near
. each other, to the darting away of the little flagellated animalcule,
has lasted but six or seven minutes. As for the lower individual,
which remained in the cell, it expanded in a few minutes also.

But things are often quite different: the young animalcule, which
has just disengaged from the cell, instead of darting forward, re-
mains quiet for a time, as if hesitating, then, with a few very weak
downward beatings of the flagellum, slips along the exterior wall of
the shell it has just left, and soon settles quite near, lying along the
mucilaginous covering of the Zygnema (Plate VI, fig. 24, a). How-
ever, it very soon stands up straight on the jelly (Plate VI, fig. 24, 6),
and ten minutes after the first contact with the substratum it is
already seen to have produced a very short root (c), which soon
will reach the cellulose wall {d, e, /). But during that time also,
the first rudiments of the new envelope are deposited, a thin film
around the body, along which the animalcule soon rises, leaving
the empty posterior end of the capsule behind. In fig. 23, which
is an enlargement of/ in fig. 24, the body is seen to swell out later-
ally, so as to press everywhere on the anterior part of the cell and
enlarge it, somewhat like a potter wdio moulds his clay, but in-
stead of a finger, the whole body is here employed. A little later
(Plate VI, fig. 24, g), the body has retracted a little, the widened
borders of the capsule are free, and are even too much expanded
but will soon contract a little. The animalcule, however, moves
more and more upward, and finally shapes up the aperture of the

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT J

cell, very likely in the same manner as will be described in the next
species; but I could not follow the events to the end, owing to the
animalcule being lost by accident.

But such a division into equal parts is not the only one that can
be observed. I happened twice to meet with quite another process.
Instead of an equal transverse division of the individual, a very
small portion only was seen to detach; first a Httle bud (Plate VI,
fig. 25, a) at the anterior end of the body, then (Plate VI, fig. 25, h),
after complete separation, a spherical little being was formed, hardly
5[i in diameter, with a long flagellum and a normal contractile vesicle ;
then it lengthened into a little flagellate, whose small size was the
only character to distinguish it from the normal individuals. I
could not, however, follow the little swimming organisms very
far, and cannot suggest any explanation of the phenomena. Per-
haps the cases were purely pathological.

Encystment was often observed.^ The body becomes a yellow-
ish olivet green, then a golden yellow, and finally brown; a mem-
brane has gradually been secreted, which grows finally very thick;
at first it is transparent enough to allow of the contractile vesicle
to be distinctly seen, but finally it looks quite opaque. A very
curious fact which remains to be noted (Plate VI, fig. 26) is that
up to the completion of the construction of the cyst, the anterior
part is open, and from the opening are seen still protruding either
the collar or both the collar and the flagellum. Only when the
construction is entirely finished, these plasmatic appendages
begin to retreat, disappearing in the cyst itself; this latter, then,
is seen to be cylindrical, or somewhat swollen in the middle (Plate
VI, fig. 27), and may be compared to a cannon shell, provided
anteriorly with a circular opening, which also, however, will soon
be shut. Old cysts, in fact, generally have no opening, yet some-
times an anterior aperture is visible, but in empty cysts only,
whose contents have very likely been liberated.

The encystment takes place inside the capsule, yet sometimes
cysts are met with which are completely free from any surrounding
envelope, and, besides, are provided with a short yellowish stem
attaching them to the jelly. The fact might perhaps be explained

^ Lemmermann (27), in his diagnosis of the genus Salpingoeca, speaks of the
cysts in the following terms: "Cysts inside the capsule spherical or oval, with
a thin membrane or naked." My observations on Salpmgoeca polygonatum
are such as to furnish us with new or different data.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

by the encystment of swimming naked specimens, which hardly
arriving into contact with the Zygnema, encysted directly, rather than
building their normal envelope. Plate VI, fig. 28, which also rep-
resents a cyst of Salpingoeca polygonatvm, such as I have seen several
times, formed during the night from specimens which had been seen
expanded the evening before, shows yet another kind of cyst. The
animalcules in these cases contract into a perfect spherule, yellowish
and shining, and besides a thin shell has been constructed also, but
balloon-like and without any opening at all.

A few words might be added here, about the taxonomy. In
Salpingoeca, a very large genus and one which soon will become
much larger still, the form of the capsule is very constant, and fur-
nishes a very good — perhaps the only good — diagnostic character.
Now I could find nowhere such a description as might apply to the
species just described. It is very near to Salp. gracilis J. Clark,
but the capsule in that species is not cylindrical, being rather drawn
out into a long narrow point, which appearance I never could detect
in Salp. polygonatum.

Salpingoeca lepidula sp. n. Plate VI, figs. 29-33; Plate VII, figs. 34-40.

As stated in the preceding chapter, it is sometimes very difficult
to come to a precise determination of the species in the genus Sal-
pingoeca; and only after much hesitation have I come to the con-
clusion that the present form ought to be described as new. It is,
in fact, very nearly related to Salp. huetschlii Lemmermann, butin
this latter, the larger size as well as the more rounded and swollen
contour, and, more than all, the very considerable enlargement of
the cup -like opening, do not allow identification with the present
species. The affinity would be more evident with Salp. ampho-
ridiuni S. Clark, and also Salp. vaginicola Stein, at least as Burck (6)
figures them in his 1909 work,* but in these the form of the capsule
is not the same, being more like S. huetschlii in general appearance,
and having a narrow pedicle which is not present in Salp. lepidula;
this latter, also, always possesses two contractile vacuoles.

However it may be, the species which we are now going to con-
sider was found covering in great quantities the threads of a Nos-
toccacean, itself abundant in one of the aquaria of the Zoological
Laboratory at Geneva.

^ In Pascher's "Siisswasser-Flora" (27), these two species are figured on p. 82,
but with quite a different form from that given by Burck. It is quite possible,
indeed, that Burck had studied new forms, which it would have been advantge-
ous to give as such.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT 1

The capsule (Plate VI, fig. 29), about 14[x in height, has the shape
of an urn, elegantly lengthened, resting by a broad, truncated base
on a very distinct flattened cushion, which itself is applied to the
substratum. From that flattened base, the lateral curve first some-
what contracts, but very soon dilates regularly, up to a distance
a little above the middle of the height of the shell; then contracts
again, to finally dilate in an expanded border. The protoplasmic
body, rounded behind and itself elegantly urn-shaped, fills only
half of the shell; the nucleus is very distinct, as a bluish spherule
about the anterior third of the body; two contractile vesicles are
found, one right and the other left, one posterior and the other
inferior, and they regularly alternate in their function, emptying
about each third minute; one of them, somewhat larger, seems to
be the principal one, the other being accessory. The f lagellum, about
1}/^ times as long as the body, is most of the time visible only up to
the middle of its length, on account of the rapid vibration of its
anterior portion. The protoplasmic collar, which is particularly
interesting, is mostly found with the appearance normal in Cras-
pedomonadina, being like a funnel, whose height may be equal to
that of the animalcule itself; but this protoplasmic funnel is sub-
ject to extraordinary deformations. The peculiar accumulation of
very pure ectoplasm which generally fills the funnel all around
the flagellum is seen, for instance, to move up along the funnel
itself (Plate VII, fig. 40), or the very thin film of hyaline plasma
which surrounds the plasmatic neck — perhaps the "Schleimhiille"
or mucilaginous layer Burck speaks of — expands and covers the
exterior surface; and the collar itself, now persisting, now collapsing
or getting mixed with the invading ectoplasm, takes on the most
diverse appearances. Plate VII, fig. 37, for instance, shows a short-
ened, thickened collar, w^hose border has especially thickened; in
fig. 38, the same structures are represented, one minute later than
in fig. 37; in fig. 39, at the same time that the ectoplasm expands
on the inside of the wall of the collar, it climbs up along the fla-
gellum; in fig. 40, the ectoplasmic film it seen left and right climb-
ing upwards, many more figures might have been drawn, showing
the most varied structure, for instance a film of plasma moving up
on one side only and leaving the other free, or a big plasmatic spher-
ule filling the entire opening of the capsule. Plate VII, fig. 36
gives an idea of a very peculiar process, which I was able once to
follow quite at length: a big mass of ectoplasmic matter protruded
from the mouth of the capsule, and became rounded, uniting with
the material of the now retracted collar, and after a few minutes,
from that protoplasmic spherule started lobes and thread-like pro-
tuberances, some of which got very thin and long, and at last reached
down to the supporting alga and there became affixed. After a
time, however, all the lobes and threads began retracting back-
wards. Atllh., 10 min., the appearance was that shown by fig. 36,
Plate VII; at llh., 30 min., everything was beginning to re-enter
the shell; at llh., 35 min., the rudiments of a new funnel were seen

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

to be expanding upwards ; at 1 1 h . , 45 min. , the collar was normal again,
and the flagellum, which had for a time disappeared from sight,
extended freely in the axis of the funnel.

The overflowings of plasmatic matter, which are frequently met
in this particular species, are very little known; in some forms
similar facts have been mentioned, and Burck, who, however, did
not happen to meet with any such cases, speaks of the subject in
the following words: "I have not found in normal individuals such
formation of pseudopodia as Sav. Kent says he sometimes met
with. According to this observer, Choanoflagellata may even pass
through amoeboid stages. Zacharias assigns some importance to
the pseudopodia in the capture of food, and does not hesitate to
call them organs of prehension. France also observed Lobopodia
in several places on the body. In my opinion such structures occur
only in wounded individuals, which are not far from death."

I do not think such occurrences must necessarily be associated
with a state of disease, but could not help sometimes observing a
certain coincidence between the development of these pseudopodia
and the abundance of food, the animalcules capturing then with
increased quickness very small special organisms (sulfureous algae?)
which were extremely abundant all around. But this way of cap-
turing food is certainly exceptional; the nutritive elements are
mostly thrown down straight upon the plasmatic funnel, either on
its outer surface or more often on the inner surface. When the
prey are very small, they seem to be digested inside the wall of the
collar itself; a small shining globule, for instance, such as was mostly
the case, was seen to lose by and by the sharpness of its outline,
then to swell up, turn pale, and at last disappear, without having
moved at any time from the place it occupied. But when the prey
are caught quite near the bottom of the funnel, a vacuole immedi-
ately foi-ms around them, and they are quickly seen to disappear
downwards. In one particular case, I saw a small shining particle
fall on the naked neck of an animalcule that had not yet constructed
more than half its shell; it was immediately caught in a vacuole,
and slowly slipped down along the surface of the body, to stop after
five minutes quite near the posterior extremity (Plate VI, fig. 33).
The downward course seemed to have been effected in a spiral line,
but I no more than Burck could detect the least sign of a fine spiral
tracing, itself representing, as France will have it, the border of a
spirally coiled funnel.

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

Burck (6: page 183) discusses in a few lines the evacuation of
foecal material: "As regards defecation, my opinion is the same as
that of Clark and Biitschli, who observed the elimination of digested
food to take place very near the base of the flagellum inside the
plasmatic collar." And further on he adds: "An evacuation of
ingesta at any point of the body surface, as Fisch supposes it to
occur, is certainly not correct." Though agreeing with these
statements in general, I should propose a slight restriction concern-
ing the last of these conclusions: if it must be considered certain
that the evacuation of foeces is not possible at all points of the
body indiscriminately, an exception ought to be made at least for
the plasmatic funnel; I have often seen captured granules (which
very likely were not to the taste of the animalcule) slowly glide
upwards, and when near the very border of the funnel, be suddenly
hurled away (as if by a sharp undulation of the border?), and curi-
ously enough, these very small granules or microbes, which were
probably provided with invisible fiagella, after having proved quite
inert and unmoved as long as they were included in the vacuole,
when cast out at once began to toss about in a rapid dance, soon
disappearing.

On the 9th and 10th of February, I met with a considerable num-
ber of small naked Flagellates (Plate VII, fig. 34), which could be
referred without any hesitation to this same species; the size, the
two contractile vesicles, nucleus, flagellum, protoplasmic collar,
everything, in fact, indicated specimens which had left the shell
and had adopted a free life. They swam quickly about, in small
circles, without ever getting very far away; or they went straight
forwards, for a distance hardly more than five or six times their own
length, then stopped for a second or two, darted forwards again,
and so on for a long time, proceeding by sudden intermittent ad-
vances. Perhaps some correlation might be supposed to exist be-
tween this sort of progression and a very curious fact, other exam-
ples of which are hardly to be expected in the whole series of the
Flagellata, but which could easily be ascertained in each of the
specimens observed, namely, that the flagellum, instead of drawing
the body, was pushing it from behind; the flagellum, in fact, is pos-
terior. But the small animalcule has itself changed in shape, it
has shortened, and at the same time has taken the form of a top,
pointed in front (in front when swimming, in reality it is the hind
part of the body), and as for the plasmatic collar, it is seen reduced
to one-quarter of its former length, but is rather thick and very

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 131

distinct and still. The most interesting fact about that change in
shape is perhaps the pointed extremity which never exists in the
resting stage, and certainly seems an adaptation for swimming.

Plate VI, fig. 30 illustrates a case of division, nearly completed,
such as I met with on the 8th of February. Very likely the process
had been the same as that described in the previous chapter, for
Salpingoeca polygonatunu The new Flagellate, ovoid in shape, is
seen about to draw its flagellum from the shell it has just left, and
beginning to glide down towards the supporting Alga. It is seen
about ^ of a minute later, nearly touching the ground but with
its flagellum still attached to the border of the cup (Plate VI, fig. 31) ;
one minute more, and the flagellum was free, pointing straight up-
wards, the protoplasmic collar had begun to develop, and the in-
ferior extremity had become pointed. Very likely the rudiments
of a new capsule were already beginning to appear; but at that
very moment, the supporting Nostoc passed into some rubbish and
was lost to sight. Other specimens, however, were found that
same day and the next, at the stage just described (Plate VI, fig, 32),
and they allowed of further observations :*

Immediately after fixation, the little body takes the form of a
long top, with a distinct plasmatic collar, in which food particles
are already caught; but the characteristic posterior point immedi-
ately changes into a very fine thread, and as the body gets higher
and higher, leaving the ground behind, the thread gets longer, being
just sufficient to prevent the escape of the Flagellate, but certainly
unable to keep it upright. The body, in fact, is kept upright by
a very thin envelope, which has already formed, the appearance
being that of an egg in its cup (in Fig. 33, Plate VI, dotted lines
indicate the rudiments of the shell). The new envelope is so thin,
that one hardly can detect it, like two fine fines left and right of
the point of fixation, and which diverge more and more to meet
the body in its most swollen portion. The animalcule, in fact,
rose while propping itself against the very borders of the partly
constructed cell; but after a normal height has been reached the
body ceases to get higher, the posterior thread disappears, the ani-
malcule swells and moulds its body into the very form the shell
will invest afterwards, and deposits all over its own surface a very
thin pellicula, then retracts when the pellicula has become hard.

'Several of these specimens seemed from their particularly large size to rep-
resent adults, which had left their shell without previously dividing.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

The capsule is now nearly complete, and its walls soon will grow
thicker; but one thing is wanting, namely the neck, or rather its
widened border; and now- — if two observations, both agreeing,
suffice for the statement — the difficulty is removed in a very in-
genious way. The animalcule lengthens somewhat, then bends
first to one side (Plate VII, fig. 35), then to another side, leaving
some material behind, acting in fact like the finger of a potter
about to broaden the aperture of a cup, but here the displacements
are exceedingly slow, very likely because, before leaving the con-
tact portion of the border, the animalcule must wait till the de-
posited film is hardened.

From my observations, the construction of the capsule takes a
long time, from morning to evening; but it is quite possible that
in nature things go much quicker, owing to more favorable con-
ditions.

Chrysamoeba radians Klebs. Plate VII, figs. 41-44.

Chrysamoeha radians, which Klebs described in 1892 (21), is not
rare, and yet remains Uttle-known; every observer has seen it, but
very few have gone to the trouble of studying it at length. This
study, it must be said, is little encouraging in itself, doubts and
uncertainties are met with on many points, contractile vesicle,
chromatophore, flagellum, division, capture of food, even the very
existence of this Flagellate as a distinct species has been doubted,
and so many little organisms are met with, whose study looks more
profitable, that this particular one is easily neglected.

Scherffel, in 1901 (29), treats in a few pages of this little organ-
ism, and says in regard to the flagellum: "Besides the pseudopodia
a swinging flagellum is sometimes seen, probably only when the
amoeba is about to change to the Flagellate state, but as a rule there
is none." A little further on, he says concerning animal feeding:
"Klebs was not able to observe the capture of foreign bodies, and
Senn says, in 1900, holozoic nutrition has not yet been observed.
Yet in 1890 I had observed in a vacuole a little rod with the appear-
ance of a Bacterium. This year in the spring I was able to verify
the direct capture of green Algae and the evacuation of brown
undigested remnants of food." Later on, in 1911 (30) the same
observer, in his chapter under the title "Chrysamoeha and Chromu-
lina nehulosa," seems to doubt his former observations about a
flagellate stage, thinking the observed Flagellates might not have
belonged to Chrysamoeha. "1 consider more and more as probable

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

the opinion that the genus Chrysamoeba is in fact a purely amoeba-
like form, with never any flagella, comparable to those of organisms
like Chromulina or even Ochromonas, but owing to this very absence
of flagella, these forms are so characteristic in themselves that it
seems advisable to retain Chrysamoeba as representing an inde-
pendent genus."

Pascher, in the fascicle of his " Slisswasser-Flora" (27), which
treats of the Chrysomonadina and is dated 1913, does not even
mention the name Chrysamoeba in his list of accepted genera but
only devotes a few lines to the subject, in a foot-note on page 13:
"Klebs has created the name Chrysamoeba for Chromulina-Wke
Chrysomonadina with two large chromatophores and an anterior
contractile vesicle, which may turn into Rhizopods and develop
pseudopodia after losing their flagella." In the same work, on
page 90, Pascher comes again to the subject, and considers this
same organism as belonging to the genus Rhizochrysis, "an arti-
ficially created genus that includes several Chrysomonadina of differ-
ent origin, whose Flagellate-stage has been lost or in which, if pres-
ent, it is not yet known." Chrysamoeba^ such as Scherffel under-
stood it, has now become Rhizochrysis scherffeUi Pascher.^"

During these last four years, while looking for Infusoria,
I have often met with Chrysamoeba, in several localities and in all
seasons of the year, and at the end of 1914 and the beginning of
1915, I devoted some time to its study (perhaps it is not quite use-
less to state that most of my collections of material were made
after breaking a thick layer of ice), and was able to come to some
interesting conclusions. The Uttle organism I had to do with was,
I must say, at the same time, Chrysamoeba radians Klebs, Rhizo-
chrysis scherffeUi Pascher, and also the Chrysamoeba-like Chj-omu-
lina Scherffel speaks of. In my opinion, one single organism i?
here concerned, Chrysamoeba radians Klebs, a verj^ distinct and
characteristic species and genus.

Let us first insist on the fact that Chrysamoeba is a colonial or-
ganism. Scherffel, in 1908, sometimes found "large colonies of
Chrysamoeba-\\kQ amoebae, where more than a hundred typical
and well-developed specimens, all without any flagellum, were in-
cluded in an amorphous, free-swimming jelly." At Pinchat, these
colonies were very abundant, sometimes very much reduced and

1° According to Pascher, the Chrysamoeba which Scherffel observed is not the
same as that described by Klebs.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

with only a few individuals, sometimes with 50 or more, and even
100; in one particular case, one of the colonies seemed to contain
about 200 little amoebae; there are no limits, in fact, to the size
of the colony, and as for the isolated specimens, which, it must be
said, are always met with in greater numbers, they may very well
be supposed to have been detached from the colony.

If we now look at one of these little Chrysamoehae (Plate VII,
fig. 41), we shall recognize a small amoeba, 15 or IS^jl in diameter,
star-shaped or made more or less irregular by thin clear pseudo-
podia, finely granulated superficially, sometimes bifurcate or rarely
branching, and whose length can be double the diameter of the
body. These amoebae very slowly change in shape, and hardly in
position, and the pseudopodia are seen to change also, retracting
or reappearing, but without seemingly playing an important part
in the locomotion of the animal.

The plasma, very clear, and often with many small vacuoles,
contains a pale nucleus, whose structure is rather exceptional; most
generally, a central caryosom is to be seen, around which is a nar-
row annular ring of light liquid substance, then an exterior ring of
more comoact matter; sometimes, however, only small vacuoles
are seen in a homogenous grey nuclear substance. The nucleus
is generally indistinct, hidden from view by the more evident
chromatophore. This latter is in the form of a large golden-brown
lamina, crescent-curved; it very often looks double, being first
lengthened, then bent in its middle so as to acquire the form of
the letter V. The contractile vesicle, very small and in an eccen-
tric position, often can hardly be distinguished; its activity is seen
to be very slow, and some patience is needed to become sure of its
periodic emptying and filling, but I could ascertain that it func-
tions normally, though its reappearance after closing is very slow.
Here and there are seen scattered in the clear plasma more or less
numerous small shining granules, and sometimes a large rounded
mass of leucosine is found, of a very pure bluish grey. There is no
stigma, and as for a flagellum, only in very rare instances is one to
be seen, extremely thin and very slowly undulating; and its occur-
rence is always a sign that the amoeba is beginning to prepare for
its swimming Flagellate form.

It is rather curious that the question of the capture of food should
have been so long obscure, and still is so. Klebs could not ascer-
tain its reality, nor did Senn observe more about it. Scherffel, how-
ever, as we said before, proved the fact, leaving no doubt at all.
For my part, I observed in many instances the capture of small
green particles, and more especially certain large (sulfureous?) two-
segmented bacteria, which happened to come into contact with

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

the amoeba and immediately were enclosed in a vacuole, soon dis-
appearing inside the body, sometimes the pseudopodia were the
means of capture, and the bacteria were seen to glide along them
towards the central plasma. On two special occasions, diatoms
were met with, nearly as long as the Chrysamoeba itself, and in
course of digestion.

Such is the amoeba form of Chrysamoeba radians; but there is
another form, that of a typical Flagellate, which Klebs had already
seen and Scherffel afterwards described, only to doubt later his own
observation and believe in a confusion with another organism.
My observations, however, are such as to leave no obscurity. Chrys-
amoeba really passes through a flagellate state, or rather, one might
say, voluntarily abandons one state for another. I have made,
between December 29 and January 3, several experiments on the
subject, which all gave the same results, five colonies of Chrysamoeba,
nine, thirteen, twenty-four and fifty specimens in number respec-
tively, were isolated on five excavated slides in clear pure water,
and the amoebae were seen one after another to leave the jelly,
which after two, three and four days was quite free of any tenant,
while small Flagellata were swimming about. As an example, I
may give here a textual copy of the brief notes taken for the small-
est of these colonies:

Dec. 29. 12 o'clock. Nine fine specimens in their jelly; not one of them
showing any flagellum; all are expanded as small star-like amoebae,
15 to 18^ in diameter.
4:30 o'clock. The same.
Dec. 30. 8:30 o'clock. Only four are left, a single one of them still in the
star form; the others are rounded, and two of them quivering; on one ot
them I can distinguish the slowly undulating flagellum.
9 o'clock. The undulations are more rapid.

1 o'clock. Nothing is left in the jelly, and a small flagellated individual is
swimming about.

On three or four different occasions, I was able to follow in one
single animalcule, from beginning to end, the passage to the fla-
gellated state. The amoeba slowly retracts its pseudopodia, then
becomes spherical, and begins quivering from time to time, but
without the flagellum, still too deUcate, being yet visible; but it
soon becomes distinct, and ten minutes after the first quivering
of the spherule, it is seen rapidly to vibrate at the anterior pole
of the now ovoid or pyriform animalcule; this latter then moves,
leaves the jelly, and goes in a straight course, revolving on its long
axis and swinging in a pendulum-like movement.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

This C/in/samoe6a -Flagellate (Plate VII, fig. 43), 18 to 20[x in
length, is ovate, with the broader extremity either anterior or poste-
rior according to the individuals , sometimes it is somewhat stretched
behind. It contains a distinct, curved chromatophore, a small con-
tractile vesicle near the anterior extremity, very small shining gran-
ules, and often a large spherule of pure leucosine; the nucleus gen-
erally remains indistinct, hidden in the curve of the golden-green
chromatophore; the flagellum, very thin, hardly longer than the
body, takes its origin from a very small notch, above which the
anterior extremity rises in a small prominence.

After swimming about for a time whose duration I could not
make sure of,^^ the Flagellate again comes to the amoeba stage, and
contracts into a spherule (Plate VII, fig. 42), the surface of which
soon begins showing small projecting denticulations, then each of
these protuberances develops into a very thin pseudopod, which
soon thickens, at the same time the flagellum gets more indistinct,
it is thin, flabby, and remains for a long time at rest; now and then,
however, it seems to come to life again, and oscillates for a brief
moment; and finally it disappears, either collapsed, or rather — if
a single observation entitles to ajudgment — resolves into a chaplet
of tiny pearls, which are lost by and by.

Division has rarely been observed. As far as I know, Klebs and
Scherffel alone have mentioned a few cases, and one cannot but be
somewhat surprised at the rarity of the occurrence, when thinking
of these big colonies whose constituent members might be sup-
posed to arise from a single primary individual. As it is, I was
able to verify a few cases of division, but only one of these could
be studied at length. The animalcule was found already somewhat
stretched in length (Plate VII, fig. 44, a), and was provided with
two chromatophores, still united, which together had the shape
of a W; to the left, a big mass of leucosine ; to the right, a very large
vacuole. Two minutes after that first observation, the chroma-
tophores were separated, the vacuole had grown bigger still, and
the leucosine globule had elongated (Plate VII, fig. 44, h); a Httle
later, the 8 -form of the body was much more apparent (Plate VII,
fig. 44, c), the leucosine body was still more elongated; the big vacu-

" The resting or amoeba state, whose duration is not difficult to notice, can
last for days, but this duration may also be much reduced, and 1 have seen for
instance a flagellated individual transform into an amoeba and develop pseu-
dopods; but two hours later the little organism had disappeared again as if
not satisfied with the new condition.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 137

ole, after having acquired an immense size, ])urst and disappeared
(Plate VII, fig. 44, d); the leucosine globule became divided into
two parts, one of which passed to each of the new individuals just
when the bridge between them was breaking (Plate VII, fig. 44, e) ;
and the two new amoebae slowly went their way (Plate VII, fig. 44,
/). The whole process, from a to/, had lasted twenty minutes. At no
time had it been possible to detect the least indication of a flagel-
lum. Scherffel, in the first case he studied, observed (1911, p. 315)
that one of the new individuals, long before the separation, already
possessed a slowly oscillating flagellum, but later on, when he again
had the opportunity to observe a second case of division, he found
that neither of the new individuals ever developed any. For my
part, I consider it quite possible that in both cases Scherffel had
seen rightly: in the first one, the amoeba immediately prepared for
the flagellate stage, in the second it remained an amoeba.

But if this case of division is the only one I could study at length,
there is another which I should like to mention, which though not
proving successful at last, is indeed hardly less interesting. The
amoeba, when found, was already narrowed in the middle, and in
possession of two distinct chromatophores, each of them in a F form,
but united together by their adjacent extremities, like a W; so firmly
united, in fact, that when but a narrow bridge alone separated the
two new individuals, one of the chromatophores, which should have
entered the new individual, had not been able to follow the move-
ment, and remained in what we might call the "old" individual,
while the "new" animalcule, quite deprived of any green matter,
was just going away. A very narrow^ bridge, however, a mere
protoplasmic thread, was still uniting the two amoebae; but danger
was coming, an air-bubble approaching more and more, and to get
rid of it I added some water to the side of the cover. The bubble
retracted, but, as a consequence of a violent temporary shaking,
the couple seemed to give up dividing, the bridge got wider, and
by and by the new pale individual slowly "re-entered" the old one,
after a moment a single amoeba was seen, with two chromatophores
instead of one. But without that disastrous commotion, certainly
an entire separation was quite near, and the new amoeba would
have been colorless, just like the specimen which Scherffel once
found, and figures on Plate VI of his 1901 work.

To conclude with Chrysamoeba, I ought perhaps to speak of the
encystment. Some observations have been made which allowed
curious conclusions, so curious, indeed, that ... it would be

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

better not to mention them, as possibly they relate to some other
organism.

Chrysopyxis bipes Stein. Plate VIll, figs. 45-49.

"Chrysopyxis bipes has often been discussed in the literature,
and yet seems to me not to be at all well understood in its organi-
zation." Such are the words with which, in 1911 (30), Scherffel
begins his chapter about Chrysopyxis, and though the following
pages of the work threw a good deal of light on the most in-
teresting points, it will not be quite useless to report some further
observations here. But before relating my own experiences, I
should like to reproduce the lines with which Scherffel introduces
the subject:

"According to the existing descriptions, Chrysopyxis is a fla-
gellated Chrysomonad, provided with a shell. According to Stein,
the animalcule is in possession of two flagella. Other observers,
like Lemmermann, and Pascher, are of the opinion that there is
only one flagellum. Iwanoff (1899) tried to explain these different
statements by the fact that normally a single flagellum exists, but
that this under special circumstances appears ravelled out in
threads, so as to look branched. The two flagella of Stein would
thus be reduced to a single branched one. Pascher (1909) accepts
Iwanoff's opinion, and gives in his Plate XI, fig. 26, a hypothetical
drawing of a specimen in which the individual threads of the
branched flagellum are wound up together at the base, and so ex-
plain the simple, thick, basal part of the flagellum. I had myself
a good many occasions to observe Chrysopyxis in life, but I never
succeeded in distinguishing an undulating flagellum, nor that
"ravelling into threads" (Zerfaserung) which Iwanoff and Pascher
speak of, and the existence of which I must confess to being very
skeptical about."

Chrysopyxis is often met with, but my observations upon that

interesting little Chrysomonad nearly all refer to a single station,

that same shallow marsh at Pinchat where so many Protozoa have

been found, and where in the spring of 1916 it was seen to cover

in great numbers the long threads of Zygnema.

The capsule (Plate VII, fig. 45), about 13[jl in length, is ovoid in
shape, and at the same time pyriform, its anterior extremity being
drawn into a very short tube, which, however, is hardly distinct
enough to deserve the name. This little case stands upright on
the vegetal filament, posteriorly drawn to one side in a very thin
thread which turns down around the Zygnema, and describes a

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

complete circle to rejoin the base of the cell on the opposite side."
In most of the specimens, the capsule is quite colorless, but with
age it grows yellow; it is mainly of a cellulose nature, as is easily
shoAvn by the chloride of zinc reaction. Iwanoff (19), however,
speaks of the violet coloration as only in the shell, the annular ring
remaining colorless. Yet I have seen that very ring distinctly
colored, and probably Iwanoff's negative results were due to a
defective quality of the reagent.

The protoplast itself, which hardly fills one-half of the capsule,
contains a large olive-green or olive-golden chromatophore, in the form
of a curved transverse lamina; then very small pure and shining
globules, often a large spherule of leucosine, and, in the anterior
part, a large vacuole, or sometimes two. Does this vacuole, or
one of them, represent here a contractile vesicle? Iwanoff indicated
it as such; but in one of the observed individuals I happened to
see, at the posterior extremity, a very distinct vacuole suddenly
collapsing, just like a normal contractile vesicle, and it may be
asked if its true position would not be there, the anterior vacuole
being concerned with the capture of food? A nucleus was not
seen, being hidden, very likely, in the concavity of the green lamina.
Iwanoff, however, mentions the existence of "a small nucleus, some-
what above the middle." As to the pseudopodia, which we mast
consider somewhat more at length, the spherical protoplast does
not reach with its upper extremity so far as the aperture of the
shell; it appears, in fact, suspended inside the cavity, and held in
place by means of a plasmatic stalk, which arising from the median
upper point of the body, goes straight to the mouth of the shell.
But there, at the very opening, this stalk abruptly divides into
four, five, six, and up to eight lateral threads, which diverge in all di-
rections ; they are very thin, smooth and rigid, genuine pseudopodia, in
fact, and they behave as such; tiny microbes are caught, slowly ghde
towards the mouth of the shell, then reach the central stalk, along
which they are seen to descend with a ten-fold rapidity. It often
happens, when the fishing district proves rich, that the captured
microbes come down in too great numbers, and are then obliged
to accumulate, waiting for their turn; it is, indeed, a very interesting
sight to notice them swallowed one after another down the main
trunk (Plate VII, fig. 49).

I have never been able, among these rigid pseudopodia, to detect
any appearance of a flagellum, nor any transformation of a rigid
thread into a swinging one, and my own observations entirely con-
firm those of Scherffel (30), when he says: "Then also with Chry-
sopyxis animal-like ingestion of food occurs!" and when he adds:

"^According to Iwanoff (19), the construction of this ring is effected in a very
curious manner: the animalcule, in the state of a naked zoospore, turns several
times around the Zygnema thread, depositing behind itself a fine train of muci-
laginous matter, which soon will harden into a complete ring.

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

"The protoplasmic body does not possess any flagellum, any more
than does the amoeba stage of Chrysamoeha."
"The protoplasmic body does not possess any flagellum, no more
than does the amoeba stage of Chrysamoeba."

But here also, as in Chrysamoeha, a flagellated state may appear,
not only after an act of division,i^ but as the result of a total trans-
formation, a process hitherto unknown in Chryso'pyxis, but which
I happened to verify on several occasions : the body becomes spheri-
cal, the pseudopodiar etract, and the little spherule begins quivering
in its cell, a flagellum, in fact, is there already; then the spherule
lengthens, reaches the aperture, becomes swollen anteriorly, so as
to press on the tubular opening and force the exit (Plate VII, fig. 47),
and finally leaves the cell. It looks now almost like a small fla-
gellated Chrysamoeba, yet relatively broader and more rounded,
with an anterior rapidly swinging flagellum, a normal chromato-
phore, small granules and often a leucosine body (Plate VII, fig. 48).

Both figs. 46 and 49, Plate VII, and especially the latter figure,
represent cells which are entirely without the normal tubular ex-
tremity. A good many such specimens were met with, generally
smaller than the type, about 11 or 12^"- in length as well as in
breadth. Were they young individuals? or was it a different
species, perhaps Lauterborn's Chrysopyxis stenostoma (Siisserwas-
ser-Flora," p. 28, fig. 43), which, however, is described as possess-
ing two chromatophores. At any rate, it is well to reproduce here
the words accompanying Pascher's diagnosis of Chrysopyxis:
"a, genus too httle studied, and whose several forms are relatively
little known."

Hyalobryon ramosiun Lauterborn. Plate VIII, flgs. 50-54.

In that same marsh at Pinchat was often found, in every season
and often in great abundance, the Flagellate for which Lauterborn
(23) created the name Hyalohryon. "The present genus of Chryso-
monadina," says the German observer, "deserves its name rightly
to this extent, that it is positively difficult to distinguish clearly

^' Plate VII, fig. 46 shows such a case of division, which is well known today,
whose process Pascher summarizes in the following words ("Siisswasser-Flora,"
p. 28): "Multiplication by longitudinal division of the protoplast, after which
one of the parts leaves the shell in the form of a zoospore with a single flagellum."
In this fig. 46, it is to be noted that, in spite of the process being already very
far advanced towards its end, one pseudopod was still to be seen, relatively
thick, and pointing straight up; microbes were still caught, and slowly glided
along towards the body.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

even the outlines of the colonies; as a rule one sees only the numerous
golden-brown Flagellates, placed next to each other, without its
being possible to decide how they are arranged."

" Hyalohryon constitutes, like the well-known Dinobryon, tree-
like or brush-like colonies, but which, different from the latter
genus, do not swim freely about, but are fixed on water-plants or
any other substratum. The number of the individuals united into
a colony is very variable and sometimes goes to a hundred. Like
Dmohryon the Flagellates inhabit special capsules, which here are
of a tubular form and often are more or less, even strongly, bent;
the basal extremity terminates in a short cone. Towards the an-
terior end, the tubes become somewhat narrower, and at their bor-
der look finely toothed. This apparent denticulation is due to
the fact that the Flagellates, which always stand near the aperture
of their capsule, periodically leave here a deposit in the shape of
new rings of growth, on the inside of the somewhat enlarged border.
As the process is often repeated, the tubes lengthen more and
more; and many of them are seen, whose anterior part is formed
of ten and more rings, resting cup-like in each other."

My observations are such as to confirm in a general way those
of Lauterborn, but the accordance is not complete in some of the
details. In the Hyalohryon I had the tubes were never nar-
rowed near the summit; on the contrary, they were perfectly
cylindrical up to very near their distal extremity, where they some-
what expanded (Plate VIII, fig. 50) instead of narrowing. Lauter-
born's "Anwachsringe," or so-called "lines of growth," were mostly
absent; sometimes, however, they were present, either on some of
the members of the colony, or more rarely on nearly all of them,
but they could in no case be considered as rings of growth; they
were tubes, set in each other, each of them of some length (Plate
VIII, fig. 54). There was even no difficulty in ascertaining the
manner in which the construction had been accomplished; little
Flagellates approaching had undoubtedly become attached just
inside an empty tube, very near the opening and on one side only
of the wall, then they grew up, forming first a whistle-like, then a
regular, tube. Plate VIII, figure 54, shows this special arrange-
ment of the new tubes inside the old ones, and at the top is seen,
in the form of a simple sharp scale, the beginning of a tube whose
construction was not continued, the Flagellate having, it must be
supposed, left the place very soon after finding it.

It would then be necessary to modify the terms used by Lauter-

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT 1

born concerning the fixation of these Flagellates: "While in Dino-
bryon the younger cells are set inside the inner border of the old
ones, in Hyalobryon it is the outside wall that is chosen as a point of
fixation, and this point is very far from the aperture." Now there
seems to be here some misunderstanding , Lauterborn is here speaking
of the fixation as quite a different thing from the "lines of growth,"
which latter would in his opinion point to a single individual build-
ing a formal row of rings above each other, while according to my
observations there are no "lines of growth" at all, but the animal-
cules would settle down in two different ways: either inside empty
tubes, as we just described, or outside and generally very far away
from the opening, these latter individuals would enlarge the colony
in size and breadth, the former would only lengthen the existing
tubes.

The second way, by simple juxtaposition, is by far the more fre-
quent of the two (atleastitwasatPinchat), and colonies are formed,
whose appearance is very curious and variable, now it is a branching
thicket, now the tubes seem to start from a single point (Plate VIII,
figs. 51, 52), now they are parallel to each other, now straight or
very often in a contorted bundle (Plate VIII, fig. 52).

The small inhabitant of the tube is indeed of a very timid nature,
and leaves its tube at the first appearance of danger, the very trans-
portation of a colony from the general collection to an excavated
slide for purpose of better observation is enough to cause more
than half its members to escape during the journey, and those which
still are left also very soon take to flight. It is quite probable that
the animalcules are just as ready to settle down as they are to leave,
and empty bundles of tubes may very well get the preference, they
then affix themselves either against or inside the tubes, but in this
latter case quite near the opening, and according to the conditions
the changes may be of such frequency that after a time a formal set
of rings are seen one behind the other.

As for the tubes themselves, whose length may reach as much as
150[JL (Lauterborn speaks of 55[j.) for only 5 or &\i. in breadth, they
are perfectly colorless, and "for an exact study it is necessary to
have recourse to staining, which does not present any difficulty,
as they very quickly absorb aniline colors" (Lauterborn). I may
add that Dahlia tincture instantly colors the tubes a very fine peach-
blossom tint, but this lasts only for a moment.

The Flagellate, 18[ji, in length and 3 or 4 in breadth, is spindle-
shaped, with at its anterior extremity a short beak-like prolonga-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ]43

tion, and, behind, it is drawn out into a point, itself continued in
a very thin thread, whose length may be nearly double that of the
fusiform body (Lauterborn calculates it to 12[jl; but I have seen
it attain 30[jl and more), and which attaches by its extremity far
away on some point of the inner surface of the tube. This attach-
ing filament is highly retractile, and from time to time draws the
animalcule very far inside the tube. Its normal position is at some
little distance from the opening. In the anterior part of the body
is seen the chromatophore, a golden-brown lamina, but which only
appears distinct on one of its sides, where it is seen double becauses
of its recurving there on itself. Sometimes it looks broken in its
middle, and the appearance is that of two rods joining each other
at an angle. At its anterior extremity is a very small, but distinct
stigma. In the same part of the body is a small contractile vesicle
(Lauterborn found two), and behind the chromatophore lies gener-
ally a large, egg-shaped mass' of leucosine; in the very pure and
transparent plasma, tiny shining granules are disseminated; a very
pale globular nucleus, with a small central caryosom, occupies the
middle of the body, being mostly very indistinct on account of the
chromatophore, in the folds of which it is lost. From the slight
notch that is seen at the anterior extremity, two flagella arise; one
of them, the principal one, about as long as the body, swings in
rapid longitudinal vibrations, while the other, the accessory fla-
gellum, only 5 or Q\x in length, remains motionless at an angle of
35" to the former.

A little further consideration is necessary as to the systematic
position of this small organism. Lauterborn did not unhesitatingly
propose this Flagellate as new. As far back as 1890, Imhof (18) had
described, with the name of Dinohryan huetschlii — but in a few
words only, and without any accompanying figure — a small Flagel-
late, very similar indeed to Lauterborn's Hyalobryon, but in this
form the tubes are expressly stated to be set one within another,
and nothing is said of the characteristic "rings of growth. ^^

The form I studied also looks rather different from Lauterborn's
Hyalobryon, and this typical insertion of the tubes, in place of Lauter-
born's "rings of growth," would seem to indicate another species,
perhaps Imhof's Dinohryon buetschlii? But Imhof insists on
the fact that in his Dinohryon "the anterior third part of the tube
grows gradually narrower, down to one -third of the diameter next to
the opening," while nothing of the sort is to be seen in Hyalobryon as
I could verify in hundreds of specimens. Perhaps a third species

"Stokes' Epipyxis socialis (34), which presents some hkeness to Hyalobryon,
seems to me, even more perhaps than to Lauterborn, very different from Hyal.
ramosum.

144 PROCEEDIN'GS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT i

is in question, or a particular variety, but the facts are not clear
enough to allow any definite conclusion.

Cryptomonas ovata Ehrenberg. Plate VIII, figures 55-57.

Pascher, on page 105 of the second fascicle of his "Siisswasser-
Flora," accompanies the diagnosis of the genus Cryptomonas with
the following reflections: "A very widely distributed genus, that
sometimes forms "water-flowers" (Wasserbliiten) and is frequently
associated with Euglenae ; is particularly frecjuent in water rich in
organic substances and in sewer refuse. Nearly all of the forms
are also planktonic. Only few of them are known, and an exact
study would furnish with a swarm of species." In a note at the
foot of the page, Pascher adds: "I hope to give within two years a
detailed monograph of the freshwater Cryptomonadinae." To my
knowledge, the work has not been published yet, and any informa-
tion about this interesting, somewhat paradoxal little group, might
have its importance.

Cryptomonas is indeed found everjrwhere, but most of my
observations, dating from 1916, have been made on specimens from
that same marsh at Pinchat of which mention has so often been
made; later on, in January, 1917, a collection was studied from
another station, Rouelbeau, where individuals were found at rest,
enclosed in a gelatinous envelope, and often in course of division;
and lastly," in December, 1918, a special form from a pond at
Florissant, in the near neighborhood of Geneva, was studied again.
In all these different stations, the species was the same^the same,
at least, after determination by means of the keys in "Siisswasser-
Flora" — namely, Cryptomonas ovata; but such was the difference
between the forms of Pinchat and Rouelbeau on one side and Floris-
sant on the other, that one might ask if it was right indeed to re-
unite finally Ehrenberg's two species ovata and curvata into one
(ovata) . The Pinchat-Rouelbeau type was in fact Crypt, ovata (with
the variety curvata Lemmermann), and the Florissant type was the
genuine Crypt, curvata Ehrenberg.

Ehrenberg, on page 41 of his classical work (''Infusionsthier-
chen"), gives the following diagnosis of Cryptomonas ovata: "Monad
with an oval carapace, with compressed body, oval, large, twice
as long as broad, 2V millimeter in length, color green." Pascher
(Stisswasserflora, p. 105), in his diagnosis of the genus, describes
the general appearance in more precise terms: "Cell typically show-
ing dorso-ventral differentiation, with generally a more flattened
or even somewhat concave ventral side and often a highly convex

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

dorsal side, which at the anterior end is not infrequently drawn
out into a point. Anterior end diagonally truncated. . . ." In
spite of all descriptions, however, it would be very difficult to recog-
nize a Cryptomonas without a few explanatory figures, so much
the more, that the form of the body is exceedingly variable, from
that of an egg to that of a curved spindle. The size also varies
within very Avide limits, most of the specimens measure from 30 to
55[x in length, but some are very much smaller. At the end of
September, for instance, a multitude of very small individuals sud-
denly appeared, which though certainly belonging to this species,
measured only from 12 to 13[x (Plate VIII, fig. 56) , they were nearly
oval in form, but grew nearer and nearer the typical form, in the
same proportion as the size augmented.

Let us now consider in its more intimate structure, such an indi-
vidual as is shown by Plate VIII, fig. 55, which represents fairly
well the typical Cryptomonas ovata. The organism is seen with
its ventral side to the right, the dorsal convex one to the left,
terminating in a point, or beak-like extremity, the posterior part of
the body is rounded, the anterior diagonally truncated, and hollowed
into a depression whose deepest part is nearer the ventral side.

The most exterior part of the body is represented by a colorless
periplast, of a cellulose nature, in the substance of which extremely
fine granulations are dispersed, whose significance, as we shall later
see, is that of trichocysts. Inside the colorless investing layer are
the chromatophores, olive-green as a rule, in the form of two curved
laminae which are applied to nearly the whole inner face of the
external layer, and joining each other by their respective borders
with such precision that one might think of one chromatophore
instead of two. They are, however, not very distinct, except on
their right and left sides, on account of their being seen there through
a greater thickness. The green laminae are paralleled on their
internal face by a continuous sheet of grains of starch, sometimes
so much pressed against each other as to deform into hexagona
facets, but always making only a single layer. These starch grains
must be regarded as a direct product of the chromatophores, and
at the same time as a food-reserve, for they disappear in twenty-
four hours with unfavorable conditions of life. Besides these amy-
laceous grains, others of quite another nature are found ; large shining
bodies, very generally two in number (sometimes one and rarely three)
showing indistinct crystalline forms which might apparently be
referred to the hexagonal system; they are always found in the
same position, not far from the dorsal side, and just dorsal to the
characteristic "cage" that will be spoken of later. These special
bodies, which might be compared to the oxalate crystals of Rhizo-
pods and Infusoria, are nearly always present, an interesting fact

146 proceed'ings of the academy of [Part I

to note, in comparison with Cryptomonas curvata where they never
exist. Very near the anterior extremity, and under the dorsal
prominence, is a very distinct contractile vacuole, which collapses
about every half minute, slowly to fill up again. The nucleus,
lying in the posterior region, is round, very large, very clear, and
has a small central caryosom. Around the nucleus is clear, pure
protoplasm, in which are dispersed shining globules of an extremely
small size, whose appearance is that of leucosine. The two flagella
are seen to start from the base of that beak-like prolongation that
terminates the dorsal side of the body, but they arise nearer the
ventral than the dorsal side, that is to say, on the ventral wall of
that deep cavity which has been erroneously called the pharynx.
When the little organism is swimming, nothing can be seen of the
flagella; at rest, one of them is generally seen rolled into a wide curve,
on the ventral side of the body the other extending backward, on
the dorsal side. In one single instance, and in a very much com-
pressed individual, whose body was spread into a broad layer, I
was able to detect a very small basal granule. The pharynx is a
deep, tubular or, more exactly, fusiform fossa, which plunges into
the body down to the middle of its length, and even sometimes
lower. At its lower end, this cavity is conical; near the upper end it
narrows to a tube, then again somewhat expands, and opens funnel-
like to the exterior. It is now seen to be carpeted, all along its
inner wall, by a continuous sheet of clear granules, in one single
layer and in perfect setting, disposed in such a manner that the eye
can divide the surface either in longitudinal or in diagonal parallel
lines, in two series crossing each other (somewhat like the appear-
ance of the shell in Arcella or, better, Cyphoderia?^ In reality,
these small granules or pearls are disposed along diagonal lines
going from left to right and from above below, and constitute a
kind of ''cage" whose lower end reaches far down into the pit, and
whose anterior end suddenly terminates in a broad truncature.
The number of the diagonal rows may be counted (in big specimens
at least) as sixteen, and each row comprises about the same number
of pearls also, so that we arrive to a total number of 256 pearls.
The cage, however, if my observations are right, is not absolutely
continuous; it seems to be split on one of its sides, the dorsal one,
and from end to end, one of the borders of the longitudinal fissure
being somewhat incurved; the whole cage, in fact, might be com-
pared to an enrolled leaf, whose edges do not completely join. The
layer of pearls, as we said before, carpets the inside of the pit, but
the actual form of the pit is not easy to determine; it is neither a
tube nor a fusiform cavity. Could we suppose, for instance, liquid
plaster to be cast into the fossa and then removed in the hardened

^^Belar (4) gives these grains, in Chilomonas 'paramaeciwn, as forming 8
longitudinal rows, with 10-16 grains for each row. In Cryptomonas ovata,
which dilifers from Chilomonas only in the possession of chromatophores, the
grains are more numerous, and the rows also.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

state, it would perhaps give a figure somewhat in the shape of a
very thick spoon without a handle.

In regard to the significance of this tessellated cage, Belar (4),
in his chapter devoted to Chilomonas pararnaecium, has studied
the subject somewhat at length, and says: ''I should not, as Nagler
does, consider these granules as supporting elements (stiitzende
Gebilde), but rather apply that term to the fibrillae on which they
are set, and whose existence, if not clearly proved, may be inferred
from the regular arrangement of the granules, and which in face-view
could occasionally be seen indicated in Iron-Hematoxiline prepara-
tions. . . . Rather must these granules be considered as rudi-
ments of the jelly-trichocysts (Schleimtrichocysten) of the Crypto-
monads. . . . Kiinstler's and Ulehla's statement, that, after the
crushing of the animalcule, threads come out of the pharynx, which
had not been there before, I can confirm myself, a fact, however,
which can but very rarely be observed."

My own observations are also such as to confirm the existence
of the ejected threads, I have seen them on three different occasions
twice in the living animalcule and once after the action of subhmate,
but they are so very thin, so difficult to observe, that I did not,
at the time, consider my observations as sure, and I should hardly
dare to mention their existence, if my sketches, which date from a
time when neither the works of Belar nor those of Kiinstler or Ulehla
were known to me, were not in accordance with those of the Austrian
observer.

After these considerations upon these special granules, B^lar passes
to a somewhat different subject, which we must also treat of here:
''We might speak now of the superficial "trichocysts" of our Flagel-
late. Biitschli was the first to observe them, after him they were
described by several authors, lastly by Alexieeff; Dangeard and
Nagler do not mention them. They appear as more or less rigid,
fine threads from 10 to SO^jl in length, which cover the whole surface
of the body. They were mostly found after treatment of the ani-
malcules with acetic acid. I have examined living individuals, as
well as others treated by acetic and other acids, but without suc-
ceeding, either with the simple microscope or by dark -ground il-
lumin^ation, in finding anything of the sort. Only after fixation
with osmic acid and coloration by Loffler's method for flagella, could
I distinguish these elements, but then they were found in every one
of the individuals. They do not color intensely, but are sufficiently
visible. Each of the animalcules seems to be surrounded by an

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [PaRT 1

assemblage of fine supple threads. These threads have received
many explanations. Biitsehli considered them as trichocysts, ho-
mologous to those of the Ciliata; Kiinstler as dead pseudopodia;
Lanessan as cilia, which are rendered invisible by interposition of
mucilage. In my opinion the first of these explanations has the
more probability. These thread-like elements, indeed, are only
found on dead animals, for if present in life they would not escape
observation, owing to the obstacle they would profer to locomotion.
We must then look for corpuscles in the body, which would explain
the threads themselves. And indeed, in Iron-hematoxyUn prepa-
rations siderophile granules are to be found in a moderate number,
close under the pellicula, which might eventually be considered as
trichocysts not yet exploded. As for an homology with the tricho-
cysts of Ciliata there can naturally be none. The whole question,
especially that of the significance of these elements, needs further
study."

I have not been able to detect the presence of these special fila-
ments, yet must confirm the presence of the siderophile granules
of which Belar speaks, and with which we shall soon have to deal
more at length. Before going, however, into that particular sub-
ject, I must now consider for a time the second form I spoke of,
and which was found at Florissant, Ehrenberg's Cryptomonas cur-
vata. The diagnosis, as given by this author, is the following:
"Monad with a curved carapace, with a very much compressed
body, large, twice as long as broad, -jV millimeter in length, anteriorly
and posteriorly curved somewhat in the form of the letter S; color
green."

In short, the diagnosis is here nearly exactly the same as that of
Cryptomonas ovata; the only difference is in the slight *S-curve, and
one can easily understand the two forms having been united into
one, so much the more since Cr. ovata, with its special characters
not found in Cr. curvata, is also sometimes in the form of an S. But
there are, really, differentiating characters which we must now
examine. The anterior curvature (towards the ventral side), and
the posterior (towards the dorsal side) are not of great importance,
yet it must be observed that the curvature was present in all the
specimens at Florissant, though it was exceptional in the other
localities. The ectoplasmic colorless pelHcle was thicker, and the
small globular bodies (siderophile granules) were more numerous,
more distinct also, the chromatophores, curved behind, were more
distinctly separated from each other. But there are two more

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

distinguishing characters, of much greater importance: the layer
of starch grains which hes upon the inner surface of the chromato-
phores in Crypiomonas ovata was quite absent in Cr. curvata, and
the same relations obtained in the case of the two big crystalloid
bodies, which never are present in these species; besides, a curious
fact was seen in curvata: if from the bases of the flagella their line
of direction was followed downwards, as far as the middle of the
pharyngeal pit, one invariably found there a special granule, very
distinct after compression of the animalcule, of a pale bluish hue,
and which immediately reddened with borax-carmine, a kineto-
nucleus, very probably, which could not be detected in Cr. ovata.

After these considerations of a systematic nature, I come now
back to phenomena which proved common to both species, and
which, indeed, were the only inducement to my observing Crypto-
monas at some length: I mean those sudden leaps or jumps, which
have long been known in the genus, and those explanation has
never been given, or at any rate has not been proved.

From time to time, without any apparent reason or on account
of some discernible danger, the animalcule suddenly leaps back-
ward, in an amazing jump, five, ten, twenty times its own length,
describing an arc or even a nearly complete circle, and always to-
ward the same side, its ventral or concave side facing towards the
center of the described arc. When danger grows extreme, and the
irritation is at its greatest, the jumps succeed each other without
intermission for a few seconds, and at last the little Flagellate falls
down exhausted, or sometimes bursts altogether, as if some inside
rupture of equilibrium has been produced, which dislocates its
different constituents, leaving the animalcule as a shapeless body,
with nucleus, starch grains, chromatophores, etc., scattered here
and there.

Where are we to find the cause of these sudden jerks, the organ
that might produce them? The flagella are out of the question;
they are too weak, and besides, those individuals that happen to
be deprived of flagella jump just as well as the others. Ehrenberg
looks for the explanation in a contraction of the "lateral trunk"
the beak -like prolongation, if indeed such is the meaning of the only
line he devotes to the subject: "Das rasche Anstossen des seithchen
Riissels veranlasste offenbar das Hiipfen." But neither beak nor
trunk are in the least degree susceptible of any displacement. An-
other explanation has been proposed, to which Pascher ("Siiss-

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

wasserflora," p. 5) refers: "In some particular groups (Crypto-
monadinae), springing movements are effected by sudden contrac
tions."

This explanation, which seems to be commonly accepted today,
but without anybody trying to prove the fact, has in my opinion
hardly any probability. If we take a frog, for instance, and cut
its four legs quite close to the body, how can we imagine it to make
sudden leaps two and three yards distant, by means of a contraction
of its body? Our Cryptomonas, after all, very much resembles a
frog, and even supposing its whole body to be contractile, it would
be difficult to explain in this way even a mere trifling displacement.
Such general contractility in Cryptomonas is, besides, nothing but
a supposition, I don't think any observer ever noticed any contrac-
tions, and for my part, I could find no sign of contractility at all.
But even supposing the contractility to exist, the solution of the
question would not be much advanced, I happened on several occa-
sions to see the animalcule leaping, for one or two seconds at least,
when (under the influence of a current of glycerine) the ectoplasmic
layers of the body were already crumpled, inert and dead. Crypto-
monas, in fact, jumps after death.

In short, the contraction theory remains a mere supposition,
and I may feel entitled to propose another explanation, which, if
not necessarily certain, seems based at least on real phenomena.
But before developing the subject, I must state a fact, which does
not seem to have been mentioned yet: beside these long leaps
backward, other leaps may be seen to occur, even much more fre-
quent, but of much less importance; the body becomes displaced
to right or left, forward or backward, by very slight quiverings,
and the same appearance is noticed as in Infusoria while they are
discharging their trichocysts. Now we have seen that according
to the researches of Belar and others, the very tiny granules that
are found in the periplast of Cryptomonas may be considered as
trichocysts; in fact, one might compare them also to the "slime
trichocysts" which we shall later on speak of in Trentonia flagellata;
and it can hardly be doubted, I think, that the sUght quiverings in
Cryptomonas are due to superficial trichocysts also.

My supposition, then, could be formulated in the following words :
the sudden jumps backward are due to the explosion of big tricho-
cysts, and these are represented by the granules which line the
pharyngeal cavity.

1921] NATUR.\.L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

There are, of course, several objections against this statement.
For instance, after jumping, the animalcule seems not to have
suffered any change in the state of the pharyngeal "cage." But
that objection is not strong, in fact is perhaps in favor of the
theory. After one jump, even two or three, the "cage" looks
complete, but it would be practically impossible to detect the
loss of one or two granules, and one of them, indeed, on account
of its large size compared to one of the small superficial trichocysts,
would suffice to cause a leap, its sudden transformation into a con-
siderable mass of some light matter (fine granules, liquid material,
slime, or gas?), which would find its way out through the nar-
rowed aperture of the fossa, would certainly cause a violent reaction
backward. But though after two or three of these leaps the pharyn-
geal cage is still intact, it appears, indeed, very different when fre-
quent and violent leaps have rapidly succeeded one another ; the cage,
then, is seen to be disrupted, the granules, much diminished in
number, are scattered in a shapeless mass; sometimes a very few
persist, perhaps immature ones, which did not explode. Sometimes,
when the animalcule is subjected to the greatest possible excitation,
as when a chemical reagent, for instance, comes into play, the jumps
rapidly succeed one another without intermission, then the body
collapses, bursts, and in the remaining (more or less homogeneous)
mass, no trace of the cage is left; as if the granules, not finding a
sufficiently wide way of egress, had all exploded inside the body.

A second fact seems to argue for the same theory: the line of
the leap, the figure described in space by the displacement of the
body. It is always, as we said, an arc, or a circle when the com-
motion is particularly violent, and always — if I observed well —
with the same orientation. Now the pharyngeal pit is narrowed
in its anterior part into a tubular passage, somewhat curved towards
the ventral side, and on the supposition of a sudden emission of
matter through this aperture, the backward jumping must describe
a circular figure wdth the concave side of the body facing towards
the center. The very form of Cryptomonas might be supposed to
necessitate that particular direction, but, as we saw before, Cry-pto-
monas may present the most different forms, the smaller individuals
being even oval in shape, and yet the jumps never show any differ-
ence at all.

But I must now point to a fact, which though appearing at first
not to be related to this subject, might on the contrary prove of
the greatest importance. At the end of January, 1917, in my col-

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT 1

lections from Rouelbeau, most of the specimens were found in the
state of rest, enclosed in a thick gelatinous envelope, just like a
larva in its cocoon.^'' Now, as often as I managed to cause a slight
current of carmine-glycerine to come into contact with the cocoon,
I could see the animalcules, violently distressed and yet unable to
jump, revolve on their longitudinal axis, like a top, and at an extra-
ordinary rate, perhaps twenty turns in a second, the whirling lasted
for two or three seconds, and the animalcule collapsed — dead.

The only explanation of these phenomena seems to be, that the
animalcule must have been submitted to a violent whirling current,
in a circular or spiral direction, and the current could only take
its origin from the inside of the cocoon itself, from the discharge,
in fact, of some matter which only the animalcule itself could have
produced. Now the direction of the tubular opening in Crypto-
monas is such, that on the supposition of ejected material, there
must have been produced the exact whirhng current whose effect
we have noticed.

As for the composition of the ejected matter, we remain in com-
plete uncertainty. We shall see later on, that in Trentonia flageUata
the spherules which fill the ectoplasm explode in a finely granu-
lar mucilaginous material, easily demonstrated as a white little
cloud by using India ink. In Cr-yptomonas, the same result might
have been expected, but some experiments with this method have
proved fruitless. I distinctly detected, in some particular cases,
displacements in the dark mass of infinitely small black grains,
and which were certainly not due to oscillations of the flagella (which
give quite a different appearance), but no white cloud was formed.
The granules did not resolve in these cases into mucilage, but per-
haps into very fine granules, mingled with liquid substance, whose
effect in India ink would hardly be conspicuous.

Astasia mobilis (Rehberg) AlexieeflF. Plate VIII, figures 58-61.

Under the name Astasia mobilis, Alexieeff (1) described in 1912
a Flagellate belonging to the group of the Euglenina, and which
he had found in the intestine of a Cyclops. That Flagellate, how-
ever, had already been described by Rehberg in 1880, as Lagenella
mobilis, but a genus Lagenella had been created in 1850 by Schmarda
for another organism, and the name had to be abandoned here.

1^ Some of the animalcules, inside the gelatinous pellet, were seen to divide
longitudinally; but my observations on the subject are very few, and though
confirming in the main those of Belar on the same subject, would not add any
phenomena of importance.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

Alexieeff, besides, pointed out that Astasia iLagenella) niobilis is
very nearly related to de Beauchamp's (2) Astasia captiva, found
in a Rhabdocoele, Catenula lemnae, and perhaps might even be the
same.

I have met at different times, in the intestine of several species
of Cyclops — prasiniis and others much bigger and which were not
identified — an Astasia which easily corresponds to the two forms,
7nobilis and captiva, at least in its general characters, but was
mostly of a much larger size. Alexieeff, and de Beauchamp both
speak of 30-40^^., Rehberg indicates 102-103[j,, but in the form I
studied, while the very young individuals which we shall soon speak
of were within these limits of size, normal adult or old ones, very
likely much enlarged by accumulation of food, reached a much great-
er size, some, which in the spherical state generally shown when
first isolated from the host, reached as much as 8S\x in diameter,
and after a moment, in their full state of elongation, developed to
a length of 300[a.

Let us now examine one of these large individuals (Plate VIII,

fig. 58) :

As in all the other species of the group, the organism continually
changes in form, its progression being effected by means of swellings
and undulations passing from behind forwards. "The metabolic
movement," says de Beauchamp, "is perfectly regular; the flow
moving from behind forwards, like a large drop which glides along
a wire, and there is nearly always a single wave, the posterior end
hardly beginning to enlarge by the time the drop reaches the an-
terior end." These swellings are sometimes so broad, in compari-
son with the narrow interspaces, that the appearance of the animal-
cule becomes most singular, like that, for instance, of a tee-totum.
The limiting periplast is colorless, thin, but very tough; striated
all over with very fine and regular diagonal lines, about 3^[x distant
from each other. The body is nearly always entirely filled with
grains of paramylum, in the shape of rectangles, but rounded at
the ends, 3, 4, and up to 8[jl in length, greenish-opalescent when
examined singly; but when seen as a general mass they have a black-
ish appearance. These grains represent undoubtedly nutritive re-
serves, and diminish in size the longer the animalcule fasts. At
the posterior extremity, these grains suddenly turn much smaller.
In the plasma are also found a considerable number of tiny, shining
granulations, colorless, l[i. in diameter. The nucleus (Plate VIII,
figs. 58, 61), lying about in the middle of the body, is spherical,
and entirely filled with extremely small granules, which are of
variable size according to the individuals. When after compression
the very tough nuclear membrane is suddenly rent, there is seen
flowing out a large clear area of plasma in which all these tiny gran-

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ]PaRT I

ules are dispersed. These instantly become red when treated with
carmine stain. The contractile vacuole is often encircled by a crown
of smaller vesicles, which after the systole will fill up the vacuole
again. It is at the anterior part of he body, and empties into a large
reservoir, which we must consider a little more at length. The fore-
part of the body terminates in a slight prominence, a very small point,
which itself borders the entranceof a very narrow tubular opening, this
tube then plunges straight down, to open into a vast pouch or reser-
voir. But, fromthe bottom of the reservoir, or rather a little higher up
on one of thesides, are seen arising two very short threads, one of which,
the longer, is directed upwards in a diagonal course and reaches
up to near the top of the reservoir, whilst the other, much shorter,
hardly reaches the middle. ^^ These two filaments, which must be
considered as two flagella that never extend any higher, each have
a basal granule, and the two granules, very near each other, some-
times appear enclosed in a common layer of very pure, bluish plasma.
This narrow bluish spot, however, is so indistinct that, doubting
its reality, I should not have mentioned it here, if de Beauchamp,
with whose observations I only became acquainted long after my
own were made, had not said that after the action of reagents he
found a small crescent-like black spot upon the wall of the principal
vacuole.'*

Such is the structure of the body in these big specimens of Astasia.
But it may be added, that very large individuals, 80[j- in diameter
when in the spherical state, and SOO^jl when in full activity, are of
exceptional occurrence; they are mostly so large when only one in-
dividual inhabits the intestine of the Cyclops; more generally there
are two, four, eight or more individuals, in which cases they are smaller,
and it must be considered as probable that they all came from one
specimen, which divided and redivided inside the host. They are, in
fact, commonly of the same size in the same Cyclops and, if we have in
mind the extraordinary differences that are noticed between the
individuals one happens to meet with outside the hosts, we cannot but
recognize in this special uniformity in size the result of origin from
the same parent organism.

^' The existence of rudimentary flagella does not seem to have been observed.
Alexieeff simply says of his Astasia that it presents a flagellum or has none;
and de Beauchamp that "sometimes a flagellum is present, but in most cases
it is impossible to find any trace of one." Neither of these authors, however,
has seen anything inside the reservoir, and de Beauchamp speaks of the flagellum
as taking its origin — when present at all — from the entrance to the buccal tube.

1^ It is not impossible that Pascher considered de Beauchamp's black spot
as a rudimentary stigma, for in the diagnosis of that species he says: "Stigma
rudimentary, on the principal vacuole." But de Beauchamp certainly did not
see it in this light, as he expressly declares he did not find any trace of a stigma.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155

Division is very frequent, and it seems curious that neither Alexi-
eeff nor de Beauchamp were able to observe it ; de Beau champ states
that when outside their host, the animals died in a few hours.
Moroff (25) , successfully cultivated his Euglena quartana, very nearly
related to Astasia, in an organic medium (pea-soup, etc.), and declares
that they thrive in purely inorganic cultures, but that after a very
little while they perish.

For my part, I did not find any difficulty in keeping these organ-
isms in very good health for three to five and even six days, after
isolation in a drop of clear water on an excavated slide and under
protection of a cover.

After creeping for a few hours, one of these big specimens con-
tracts into a perfect spherule, and there lies unchanged, for a vari-
able time, a whole day for instance; but if after having abandoned
the animalcule in the evening we examine our slide early next morn-
ing, we find then not one spherule but two, sometimes already four,
at 10 o'clock in the morning, those four are dividing again, con-
stricted in the middle, at 12 o'clock, eight spherules are present,
at 6 o'clock, sixteen are to be seen. On the following morning, the
number will be 64, and finally in the evening, after the 8th division,
one may count (approximately) as many as 256 small Astasia,
some contracted, some elongated and lanceolate, many of them
creeping or swimming round a lump of mucilaginous material where
most of the individuals are still imbedded. Eight divisions have
then successively taken place, after which the primitive single indi-
vidual has been turned into 256 little Flagellates. This number,
it must be said, must be considered as a maximum, which I never
saw exceeded, but have observed to be reached four times in my
eight experiments. At other times, however, long before attaining
that number the young animalcules begin to detach from the com-
mon mass; we should also note that this mass itself is not always
homogeneous, but may be very irregular in appearance. It is not
a cyst, in fact, just as the little spherules in the mass are not spores;
the jelly is more a fugitive secretion, which is easily destroyed,
and perhaps it is only on account of the absolute quiescence after
isolation on the excavated slide that the common mass remains
compact to the end. But, if we take the mass of jelly and carefully
compress it under the cover, these little spherules, born from di-
vision and destined to divide again, immediately begin to lengthen,
creep about, and change their form, just like adults, and this may be

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

made to occur at any of the phases of division, the second, third,
fourth, etc.

The animalcules of the same generation are all alike, and of the
same size but after the third (or fourth?) division, they differ from
those which came from the first and second (perhaps also the third)
division in an important regard: they have, or they may have, a
flageJlum,

In one of these small Flagellates, such as was born from the eighth
division (Plate VIII, fig. 61), the vermiform body is very clear and
still full of paramylum grains, but these are now very small; just
at the posterior extremity two or three larger globules are seen
(excretion granules), colorless and highly refractive. The hind-
part of the body is itself pointed, sometimes drawn out into a glutin-
ous thread-like tail. The nucleus is central, with the character-
istic granulations. The contractile vesicle and reservoir are quite
as we have already described, and from the bottom of the reservoir
are seen to arise two flagella; but while one of these remains in a
rudimentary state, just as it was in the big individuals, the other
projects through the buccal tube to the outside, rapidly beating,
and trailing the animalcule behind. This flagellum, however, is
very slender, and comes off on the least excuse; many of the speci-
mens do not have it, either having lost it already or never having
possessed it.

According to Moroff (25), in his diagnosis of Euglena quartana,
a very near relative to Astasia, division takes place as follows:
"Division after loss of the flagella, either longitudinally into two
new individuals, or into four parts after acquiring the globular
condition." According to this observer, the second division^* is
at right angles to the first, and seems then to be transverse, the first
being longitudinal; but if we keep in mind that all the indications
of transverse division in Euglenae have been considered by Klebs
and others as very doubtful, we must hesitate in accepting Moroff's
statement. It is quite possible that even in the globular condition,
after a first division, the two segments insensibly move or displace,
and the next division, which is for the observer at right angles to
the first, i. e., transverse, is longitudinal in reality. In all circum-
stances where I could follow the process in its details, the division
proved to be longitudinal; and in some individuals, which though
already creeping about were yet in a state of division, one could

1* Moroff never obtained more than two divisions, that is, four young indi-
viduals.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADEPHIA. 157

foresee that the next division would be longitudinal also, this on
account of the nucleus, which begins lengthening at right angles
to the longitudinal axis of each of the new individuals, even before
the separation of the couole is effected (Plate VIII, fig. 60), and
which then will be divided along a line parallel to the line of the
next division.

In these young Flagellates, just beginning to divide, the anterior
part of the body broadens, and at the same time hollows into a
slight concavity, so as to take the form of a heart; the fissure gets
deeper and deeper (Plate VIII, fig. 60), and in proportion as it
lengthens downward, the lobes of the heart-shaped body become
more and more separated, moving in a respectively right and left
direction, with the result that at the moment the fissure reaches
the end of the body, the lobes, or new individuals, have each of
them turned 90 degrees, and lie with their posterior ends united
only b}^ a narrow bridge, the ultimate phase of the division, cutting
right through the bridge, will then appear to be transverse, while
in reality the division has been longitudinal. But this very narrow
bridge, which at last consists only of the very tough periplast sub-
stance, is not easy to break, the animalcule, or rather now both,
animalcules, struggle right or left, stretch and retract alternately,
and above all, twist and turn on their longitudinal axis as they
lie tail to tail; one of them, sometimes, is seen to twist to the left
while the other twists to the right (in fact each twists toward its
own right side), and at last the separating bridge, very thin and
contorted to the utmost, breaks and liberates the two young Flagel-
lates. The little Astasia is now free, and creeps or swims about
with an activity more remarkable than that observed in the adult
condition, no difference, however, is to be seen between those very
young individuals and the old ones, except, as already said, in the
normal possession of a flagellum.

Speaking of his Euglena quartana, a colorless species also, Moroff
(25, p. 102) writes as follows: "I succeeded in obtaining individuals
which showed with some distinctness a stigma. At the beginning
none of the animals showed any trace of such an organ; but after
a few weeks I was able to obtain some, in which the eye was apparent
as a very small yellow spot, later on it had acquired an orange hue
and looked larger, but later still the eye remained in the same con-
dition, without my obtaining any further results."

Astasia mobilis never shows any stigma, yet I found once, not
in a Cyclops but in a watch-glass where some Cyclops had been

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

isolated, an Astasia (or Euglenaf) seeming identical, at first sight,
with the habitual parasite, but its paramylum grains were of a
more distinctly greenish hue, and besides a small red stigma could
be detected distinctly. On another occasion, I got from the in-
testine of a Cyclops an Astasia in which two small red eyes existed,
one to the right and the other to the left on the anterior part of the
body. This specimen, it must be added, was relatively broad and
short, and perhaps not far from dividing.

That these two individuals belonged to Astasia mohilis is not
certain. Alexieeff observes that in the Euglena group "transitional
forms are found which lead from facultative to definitive para-
sitisms." Must Astasia mohilis be considered as a Euglena whose
evolution terminated in parasitism, and in which individuals may
be found, which retain some ancestral characters?

Euglena pseudomermis sp. n. Plate VIII, flgxires 62, 63.

This elegant little Euglena, which looks at first sight so much like a
Nematode that one sometimes mistakes it for one, was found in
two different localities, Pinchat and Rouelbeau, in every season of
the year but always very rare.

The form is that of a needle (Plate VIII, fig. 62), 2° very straight,
165 to 190[x in length for only 73^ to 8[a in breadth, and it is quite
near the anterior part of the body, on a level with the contractile
vesicle, that the maximal breadth is found; from this region it di-
minishes in width by insensible gradation to the posterior extremity,
whose thinness is quite extraordinary. Owing to a slight lateral
compression, a transverse section of the needle would give a broadly
elliptical figure. Seen along the narrower of the sides, it shows a
characteristic swelling (Plate VIII, fig. 62), coinciding with the
dilatation of the internal reservoir. The periplast looks shining
and smooth, but in reahty proves longitudinally striated, but the
striae are so delicate and thin that only in very favorable conditions
can their reality be ascertained. At the anterior end (Plate VIII,
fig. 63), which is somewhat expanded, and in optical section appears
to be provided with two tips, the periplast curves and invaginates
towards the interior, but for a short distance only, and from this
point is continued as a simply plasmatic film which lines the reser-
voir.

This characteristic pouch or reservoir, very long, broad and
rounded at the base, becomes narrower towards the top, and at
last joins the buccal opening. Into the hind part of the reservoir,
and on one of its sides, empties at regular times the contractile
vacuole, which is sometimes surrounded by very small accessory
vesicles. A short flagellum is seen arising from the buccal funnel,

2° In the figure, the animalcule is represented too broad relatively to its length.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

a little behind the opening; it looks as if held in place by a basal
granule, and at the same time appears to be lengthened posteriorly,
like a hardly visible tracing, until it reaches a very distinct swelling
about level with the middle of the reservoir. This swelling is caused
by the presence, just outside the wall of the reservoir, of a large and
very distinct globule, or kinetonucleus. Opposite the kinetonucleus,
and on the other side of the reservoir, is the stigma, of a dehcate
brick-red tint; its form is that of a saucer, and seen from the side
looks like a crescent whose convexity is turned towards the reser-
voir. Viewed from the dorsal side, it is seen to be a small roundish
spot. In the immediate vicinity are sometimes seen very small
red particles, which later on will join the principal mass. The in-
ternal protoplasm, very clear, and with myriads of extremely fine
granules, is in its major portion occupied by a more or less con-
siderable number of rod-like elements, which look like chromato-
phores, but without color. These are needle-shaped, of a very
pure opalescent hue, generally 25 to 30[jl in length for only 2 or 3;jl
in breadth, and often even much thinner, especially those which
fill the posterior end of the body. They are set longitudinally,
imbricating upon each other, and lie along the whole length of the
body. They seem, in fact, to take the place of absent chromato-
phores, and if we keep in mind the statements of several observers
that green chromatophores are susceptible, under certain influences,^^
of being reduced to the state of leucoplasts, it seems that in our
Euglena pseudomermis also we are entitled to think of the struc-
tures as leucoplasts rather than as paramylum bodies or any other
sort of pyrenoid. We might then consider this species as one of
those very rare green Flagellates, which have lost their colored
constituents, but which still keep the stigma, but only as a vestige
of a preceding state.

Is this species, although deprived of true chromatophores, still
absolutely holophytic, or would it to a certain extent take food
from the outside in the form of microbes or particles of some other
form? I have found in several instances small vegetal particles
in the reservoir, and also inside the body protoplasm some small
vacuoles have been met with, which contained little granules, hke
food-vacuoles in fact, but the explanation might be different, and
the subject remains still obscure.

About in the middle of the body is seen the nucleus, whose appear-
ance is most pecuhar. It is generally found as a spherule, sur-
rounded by a clear halo of lighter material, but this nucleus proper

21 Light would be the more important agent. According to Zumstein (1900)
the chromatophores disappear as such in the dark, but persist as leucoplasts,
and reform into chloroplasts again if brought back into the light. Euglena
'pseudomermis was always collected with a small net dipped into the black mud
of the bottom of the ditch; it is quite possible that it lives in semi-darkness
inside that "organic felt" which is found carpeting the ground.

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

is itself a constituent part of a long, pale, grayish rod-like mass,
which stains red with carmine, but much less easily than does the
spherical nucleus. Sometimes, there are two of these cylindrical
masses, with the nucleus in one of them only, or the cylindrical
mass may contain, not one nucleus in its center (as is most gener-
ally the case, (Plate VIII, fig. 63), but several, regularly disposed,
for instance three at equal distances, or four in two groups which
are separated by a longer interval (Plate VIII, fig. 62).

Euglena pseudomermis slowly progresses forward in a straight
line, then suddenly stops, and takes up its course again, slightly
shaken by the beating of the flagellum. The little moving needle
looks rigid, not deformable, but is not so in fact; from time to time
it is seen to curve feebly, or become deformed by longitudinal un-
dulations, very weak indeed but adding in a remarkable manner
to the resemblance to a small Nematode.

The only two Euglenae which I could find in literature to have
any similarity to Euglena pseudomermis are Eugl. acus Ehrenberg
and Eugl. acutissima Lemmermann. But both are relatively much
less lengthened, fusiform rather than like real needles; and besides,
they have characteristic green chromatophores. I long hesitated
as to the genus to which this little Flagellate might belong. Menoi-
dium differs from Euglena in the complete absence of chromato-
phores. Would it have been better to make a Menoidium of this
species?

Trentonia flagellata Stokes. Plate VIII, flgs. 64-67 a, b.

In the analytical table which concerns the group of the Chloro-
monadinae, as given by Pascher (27, p. 177), the subdivision of the
colored forms is into three genera, which are distinguished from
each other as follows:

I. No highly refractive trichocyst-like corpuscles in the peripheral
plasma layer.

A. Cells changeable in form, more or less pyriform, narrower

at the anterior end. Vacuolaria.

B. Cells less changeable in form; at the anterior end diagonally

truncate, long and narrowed posteriorly. Trentonia.

II. In the peripheral plasma, highly refracting trichocyst-like cor-
puscles. Gonyostomum.

Vacuolaria would then differ from Tj-entonia only in having a
more pronounced change of form, and also by some difference in
shape, the narrower part being anterior whilst in Trentonia it is

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

posterior. As far as I could observe, there is no importance in the
first of these distinctive characters, the changes of form in Tren-
tonia being much greater than is generally thought, and as for the
general shape of the body, if Cienkowsky's Vacuolaria virescens
proves to be in accordance with the above-mentioned diagnosis,
Senn's Vaciiolaria viridis, which according to Pascher is intermediary
between Trentoriia and Vacuolaria, is in fact like Trentonia being
described as inversely pyriform (verkehrt birnformig), rapidly nar-
rowed at the tail-like posterior end, strongly broadened and ex-
cavated anteriorly. On the same page 177, Pascher adds a note:
"We must probably reunite with Vacuolaria Stein's Coelomonas,
which differs from the former only in the possession of a single
flagellum. The second flagellum, which lies very close to the body,
probably escaped Stein's attention."

As for Gonyostomum, or more especially Diesing's Gonyostomum
semen which is synonymous with Ehrenberg's Rhaphidomonas
semen, it is nothing but a Trentonia again, but one in which are found,
under the periplast, small highly refracting rod-like bodies which
at times develop as cilia. Speaking of Rhaphidomonas, S. Kent
(20) writes as follows: "Excepting for the presence of numerous and
variously distributed trichocysts it closely resembles Coelomonas,"
and Stokes (34) says of his Trentonia flagellata: "This is very simi-
lar to Rhaphidomonas semen (Ehrbg.) Stein, with two flagella and
no apparent trichocysts. When first observed it was without hesi-
tation identified with the above-mentioned European form." In
the classical treatise of Engler & Prantl (12), one reads, page 171,
concerning Coelomonas: "Doubtful genus. Like Vacuolaria, but
with only one flagellum. Stein has probably missed the second
flagellum. . . . The genus Coelomonas Stein must also very
likely be abandoned."

Between all these Flagellates, Vacuolaria viridis, Coelomonas
grandis, Trentonia flagellata, and even Goniostomum semen, the
differences are so obscure, the general form of the body, the tri-
angular reservoir, the chromatophores — everything, in fact, is so
identical, that it is difficult to fancy anything but one and the
same organism; in Coelomonas, the second flagellum, which in Tren-
tonia is at the very limit of visibility, might not have been detected ;
in Rhapidomonas, the trichocysts have been exaggerated in their
appearance. However it may be, it is as Trentonia flagellata Stokes
(33), undoubtedly identical with what I have seen myself, that I
shall consider the curious Flagellate we now come to speak of. It

162 PROCEEDINVS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

was found, rather numerous, in two different localities: Pinchat,
where I found it in every season of the year, and Rouelbeau, where
it was seen on one occasion only.

The most striking quality of this Flagellate is perhaps found
in its special coloration, a beautiful bright green, which invests
the whole body, and at once distinguishes it from the many other
colored organisms that are svvimming about. It is the pure green
of chlorophyll, such as is found in the spherical granules of the
higher plants, being without admixture of blue or brown.

The body (Plate VIII, fig. 64), measuring 40, 50, and up to OOfx
and more, is in the form of a fish, two to three times as long as broad,
somewhat compressed laterally, broader at the anterior end, nar-
rower posteriorly, and often terminating in a point. The form
of the whole body is slightly changeable, subject to alteration here
or there, becoming now and then contorted or even excavated,
but coming after a time to its original shape. The little green
organism goes straight on its way, with a single flagellum visible,
which is thin and straight, about as long as the body, and which
hardly seems to move. From time to time, a sudden advance or
leap is noticed, somewhat as in Cryptomonas but to a much shorter
distance, and not always backwards but forwards just as well.
To get an adequate understanding of the intimate structure of
Trentonia, it is necessary to have recourse to compression, gentle,
weak enough not to deform the body to more than a moderate de-
gree, and yet strong enough to stop its movements (Plate VIII,
fig. 65). The result required is, however, easily obtained, as the
periplast is absent (or rather represented by a very thin hardened
pellicula) and nothing prevents the body expanding. The body,
in fact, may be considered as naked, so much so that with a stronger
compression the animalcule is seen to transform into the shape of
an A'moeba, displaying lobes or even extending into pseudopodia.
Inside the very thin surface pellicle is a rather thick layer of very
pure ectoplasm, of a peculiar appearance, opalescent and shining,
and in it are seen dispersed a number of very small light vesicle,
or vacuoles, which seem to be provided with a distinct wall. But
in that external opalescent layer other elements are found, tiny
spherical granules, very clear and brilliant, which often are seen
to protrude over the surface of the pellicula, sometimes even in
the shape of short setae. ^^ They must probabh^ be considered
as trichocysts, the very structures which are represented by Stein
in Rhaphidomonas semen as rod-like in form, but in the present
species globular. Inside this ectoplasmic layer are the chromato-

^^ In an animalcule that had been much compressed, along its longitudinal
axis (Plate VIII, fig. 66), without any addition of a reagent, the whole surface
was seen surroimded by very short radial filaments, which must have resulted
from thn exploding of these tiny bodies.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

phores. They consist entirely of small fusiform bodies, regularly
disposed in two or three superimposed layers, with their long axes
in a line parallel to the surface of the body. They are very delicate,
and when compressed become rounded, showing at the same time
a central lighter region. All together, these fusiform corpuscles
make up a thick envelope, limiting a large clearer endoplasm, color-
less, half-liquid in appearance, which contains the nucleus. This
latter, very pale, consists of a homogeneous grayish plasma, with
here and there a few very small nucleoles. At the anterior end of
this colorless endoplasm, a large triangular space appears, the char-
acteristic reservoir, into which from time to time is seen to empty
the adjacent contractile vesicle; the reservoir itself communicates
with the outside by means of a narrow channel, which opens not
quite at the anterior extremity, but somewhat laterally.

Of the two flagella, only one of them, the locomotor fiagellum,
can usually be detected. Both, however, have their origin in the
small depression where the channel of the reservoir opens, and,
so far as I could observe, start from the same spot, a little
within the opening and on the ventral side of the tube. Stokes
describes the locomotor fiagellum as "apparently originating in the
oval fossa; the other taking its origin on the ventral or lower sur-
face a short distance behind the anterior extremity, and usually
traihng, but I should not be surprised if there was a mistake in
this statement. Further on the American observer continues:
"The trailing fiagellum is ordinarily extremely difficult to see.
When the Infusorian is rendered uncomfortable and sluggish by
prolonged confinement beneath the cover, or partially poisoned by
iodine, then the vibratile fiagellum, which is usually held stiffly
in advance, the tip alone trembling, is flashed into sight as a rapidly
undulating spiral, and the trailing appendage is also momentarily
directed forward. . . . It is scarcely possible to believe that
Stein would have failed to notice so important an appendage."
My own observations entirely confirm Stokes's statements; but as
for a mistake by Stein, I regard it indeed as quite possible. The
traiUng fiagellum is so extraordinarily thin, and its refracting
properties are so much like that of water, that it is only detected
with the utmost difficulty. I studied Trentonia for many days
without noticing any second fiagellum, which, however, was there;
afterwards, I was able to see it on many occasions. Some of my
observations seem to prove that when the animalcule is at rest^
the accessory fiagellum lies stretched behind, and adheres with its
tip to the substratum, keeping the body in place.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

When describing the thick layer of opalescent ectoplasm which
surrounds the body, I mentioned but two kinds of included ele-
ments, the tiny trichocysts and the small round vesicles; but we
must now consider a new sort of inclusions. They are spherules.
2^ in diameter, of a very pale and pure bluish hue, and though
extremely numerous, generally escape any notice, or rather are
ascertained onl}^ after compression of the body; and the greater
the compression the more numerous they are seen to be, they are
in such numbers, in fact, that they seem to make up the whole of
the plasma.

Singly examined (Plate VTII, fig. 67a), they are seen to possess
a distinct membrane, very thin and smooth but suddenly, after a
few seconds of observation, the membrane happens to burst, and
through the opening expands a voluminous mass of mucilaginous
material, mingled with a number of extraordinarily fine dust-like
particles (Plate VIII, fig. 67). These globules, in fact, must be
considered as quite a special form of trichocysts, the "Schleim-
trichocysten" of German authors. But during all the time that
the gradual compression of the anunalcule is continued, there are
seen to take place inside the compressed plasma small commo-
tions, sudden disturbances of equilibrium, explanation of which
is difficult to determine; but if India ink is used, the most external
of the spherules, which are easily examined singly, are seen to eject
a little white cloud when bursting, at the same time that a slight
commotion is noticed in the adjacent lining ectoplasm; all these
successive commotions that we saw occurring inside the animalcule
must then also have their cause in exploding internal trichocysts.

India ink experiments enable us to observe still more curious
phenomena: if the black current is made to touch an animalcule
which is in perfect health, and is moving freely under the cover
glass, the organism is seen to throw out here and there, now back-
wards, now forwards, or on one side, these same wh te little clouds
which we observed before, and at each of these characteristic ex-
plosions, the animalcule leaps backward or forward or to one side.
It is, indeed, a very interesting thing to follow one of these little
animals while swimming at full speed, discharging without inter-
mission its projectiles, like a man-of-war that would bombard the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

enemy. To these successive explosions we must attribute the char-
acteristic leaps in Trentonia.^^

I must mention, before concluding, the existence of gelatinous
cysts, which I found numerous at Pinchat, in the month of May.
They are very similar to those of Cryptomonas ovata, and contain
either one single individual, or very often two, longitudinally applied
to each other, undoubtedly a result of division. Sometimes, in-
stead of two individuals, four are found, or two couples, one to the
right and the other to the left inside the gelatinous cyst, which
w^ould certainly indicate a second division.

Bibliography.

1. Alexieeff, a. Le Parasitisme des Eugleniens et la Phylog nie des Sporozo-

aires. Arch, de Zool. exper. et gen. Notes et revue, Ser. 5, torn. 10. 1912.

2. Beaxjchamp, p. de. Astasia capHva n. sp., Euglenien parasite de Catenula

lemnae. Ibid., Notes et revue, torn. 6. 1911.

3. Blochmann, F. Zur Kenntniss von Dimorpha mutans. Biol. Centralbl.,

Bd. 14. 1894.

4. Belar, K. Protozoenstudien — II. Arch. f. Protistenk., Bd. 36. 1916.

5. Berliner, E. Flagellaten-Studien. Ibid., Bd. 15. 1909.

6. BxjRCK, C. Studien liber einige Choanoflagellaten. Ibid., Bd. 16. 1909.

7. BuTSCHLi, O. Mastigophoren. In Bronn's Thierreich. Bd. 1. 1883.

8. Conrad, W. Contributions a I 'etude des Flagellates. Arch. f. Protistenk.

Bd. 34. 1914.

9. Delage et Herouard. Traite de Zoologie concrete. Tom. 1. La Cellule

et les Protozoaires. 1896.

10. Dunkerly, J. S. Flagellata and Ciliata, Clare Island Survey. In Proceed.

Royal Irish Acad., parts 61-62. 1913.

11. Ehrenberg. Infusionsthierchen als vollkommene Organismen. Berlin,

1838.

12. Engler and Prantl. Natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien. Bd. 2. 1900.

13. Franza, C. La flagellose des Euphorbes. Arch. f. Protistenk. Bd. 34.

1914.

14. Gruber, a. Dimorpha mutans, eine Mischforma von Flagellaten und Helio-

zoon. Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 36. 1881.

15. Hartman and Jollos. Die FlageUatenordnung Binucleata. Arch. f. Pro-

tistenk. Bd. 19. 1910.

16. Hartog, M. The Cambridge Natural History. Vol. 1. Flagellata. 1906.

17. Hofeneder, H. Ueber eine neue Koloniebildende Chrysomonadine. Arch.

f. Protistenk. Bd. 29. 1913.

18. Imhof, O. E. Das Flagellatengenus Dinobryon. Zool. Anzeiger. Bd. 13.

1890.

19. Iwanoff, L. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Morphologie und Systematik der

Chrysomonaden. Bullet, de I'Acad. imp. des Sci. de St. Petersbourg.
Ser. 5, torn. 41. 1899.

20. Kent, S. A Manual of the Infusoria. 1880-82.

21. Klebs, G. Flagellaten-Studien— I, II. Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 55. 1892.

22. Lang, A. Handbuch der Morphologie der wirbellosen Thiere. 3e. Aufl.

1913.

^' When discussing Cryptomonas ovata, we had recourse to the trichocyst
theory for explaining the sudden backward jumps, and the facts here obtained
may be of considerable value as indicating greater probability in the former
suggestion.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

23. Lauterborn, R. Protozoenstudien — IV. Flagellaten aus dem Gebiete des

Oberrheins. Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 65. 1899.

24. Lemmermann, E. Notizen iiber einige Flagellaten. Arch. f. Hydrobiol.

d Planktonkunde. Bd. 8. 1912-13.

25. MoROFF, T. Beitrag zur Kenntniss einiger Flagellaten. Arch. f. Frotistenk.

Bd. 3. 1903.

26. Pascher, a. Rhizopoden und Palmellastadien bei Flagellaten. Ibid. Bd.

25. 1912.

27. Pascher, A. Siisswasserflora Deutschlands, Oesterreichs und der Schweiz.

Jena, 1913-14.

28. Penard, E. Ueber einige neiie oder wenig bekannte Protozoen. Jahrb.

Nassauischer Vereins f. Naturkunde. Bd. 43. 1890.

29. ScHERFFEL, A. Kleiner Beitrag zur Phylogenie einiger Gruppen niederer

Organismen. Botan. Zeitung. 1901.

30. ScHERFFEL, A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Chrysomonadinen. Arch. f. Pro.

tistenk. Bd. 22. 1911.

31. ScHouTEDEN, H. Notes sur quelques Flagellees. Ibid. . Bd. 9. 1907.

32. Stein, F. von. Organismus der Infusionsthiere. 1878.

33. Stokes, A. A preliminary contribution toward a history of the freshwater

Infusoria of the United States. Journ. of the Trenton Nat. Hist. Soc.
Vol. I. 1888.

34. Stokes, A. Notices of new freshwater Infusoria. Proceed, of the Amer.

Philos. Soc. Vol. 28. 1890.

35. VoiGT, M. Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Planktons Pommerscher Seen, Th.

IV. Forschungsber. Plon. Th. 9. 1902.

Explanation of Plates V, VI, VII, VIII.

Plate V. — Figs. 1-3. — Pteridomonas scherffeli.

1. Normal aspect; at the left side, captured food; at the lower end, the
posterior crown of pearls.

2. Another specimen, with some "flagellopodia" vibrating.

3. Another, in course of division.

[Note — The flagella of the above figures have been strengthened
slightly to insure reproduction. — Editor.]

Figs. 4-6.^ — Dimorpha tetramastix.

4. Heliozoan state.

5. Flagellate state.

6. Flagellate state, with some trailing pseudopodia.
Figs. 7-8. — Dimorpha monomastix.

7. Heliozoan state.

8. Flagellate state.
Figs. 9-13. — Bicoeca exilis.

9. Typical appearance.

10. Another individual, seen from the side.

11. Disposition of the flagellum in the enrolled state.

12. An animalcule retracted in the capsule, and about to throw off its
flagellum.

13. Swimming form.

Plate VI. — Figs. 14-19. — Histiona campanula.

14. Typical form.

15. Another specimen, seen from another viewpoint.

16. Extremity of the trunk-like appendage.

17. Swimming form, with anterior flagellum undulating.

18. Another individual, with posterior flagellum vibrating.

19. An animalcule in successive stages of the act of attaching after swim-
ming.

Figs. 20-28. — Salpingoeca polygonatum.

20. Normal aspect.

21. Division, nearly completed.

22. The flagellated animalcule, as it comes from division.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

23. An animalcule swelling up to construct the capsule.

24. a to g, a young individual, resting on the mucilaginous substratum,
then straightening, pushing down a pedicle and beginning the con-
struction of the capsule.

25. a, unequal division; b, the small flagellate which comes from the un-
equal division.

26. Encystment; the cyst is complete, except at the anterior extremity,
where the protoplasmic collar and the flagellum are seen expanded.

27. Another cyst, entirely closed.

28. Another form of encystment, in a balloon-like capsule.

Plate VI. — Figs. 29-33. — Salpiiigoeca lepidula.

29. Typical form.

30. Division; the young animalcule sliding down the old capsule.

31. The same animalcule, J^ minute later; nearly reaching the substratum.

32. A young animalcule attaching.

33. Construction of the capsule; above to the left is shown a large microbe
which fell upon the neck, then slowly glided along the ectoplasm and
stopped opposite the contractile vacuole.

Plate VII. — Figs. 34-40. — Salpingoeca lepidula.

34. Swimming form of the animalcule, after abandoning the capsule.

35. An individual completing the eon.st ruction of the capsule; the primi-
tive fixation thread is still to be seen.

36. An animalcule, whose ectoplasm is expanding in filamentous pseudo-
podia.

37. Thickening of the protoplasmic collar, by means of intruding ecto-
plasmic material.

38. The same, a few minutes later.

39. Another specimen, with ectoplasmic material climbing up along both
the collar and the flagellum.

40. An individual with a sheet of ectoplasm, climbing up along the inner
surface of the collar.

Figs. 41-44.- — Chrysavioeba radians.

41. The Amoeba state.

42. A flagellate, about to revert to the Amoeba state.

43. Flagellate state.

44. Division. In a, the division is as yet but little advanced; the two
V-shaped chromatophores, together forming a TI', are seen in the middle;
to the left, a large mass of leucosine. In b, the body has lengthened;
in c, it begins to be distinctly narrower in the middle; the leucosine
mass has lengthened; the large vacuole is larger still; in c, the leucosine
body is already rod-like in form; in d, the large vacuole has burst.
In c, the separation is nearly effected; half of the leucosine body passes
to each of the new individuals. In /, the new individuals are sepa-
rated.

Figs. 45-49. — Chrysopyxis bipes.

45. Normal appearance.

46. Special form, without tubular opening; the body is in process of di-
vision ; one pseudopod only, down which microbes are gliding.

47. An animalcule about to leave the capsule.

48. The same, swimming about after leaving the capsule.

49. No tubular opening. At the base of the psudopodia, an accumula-
tion of microbes, about to disappear into the common trunk.

Plate VIII. — Figs. 50-54. — Hyalobryon ramosum.

50. Normal aspect of the animalcule, with its caudal adhesive filament
(which is represented too short, as well as the enveloping tube also).

51. A bunch of empty tubes, straight.

52. A bunch of empty tubes, contorted.

53. Tubes in a fascicle, attached to a diatom.

54. Several tubes inserted one within the other.

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT I

Figs. 55-57. — Cryptomonas ovata.

55. Normal appearance, with starch grains lining the chromatophores,
and on the left the characteristic crystalloid bodies.

56. A very young specimen, ovate.

57. The "curvata" iorm, without starch or crystalloid bodies; on the right,
near the pharyngeal fossa, is the kinetonucleus.

Figs. 58-61. — Astasia mob His.

58. One of the large specimens. At the anterior end, the reservoir, with
the two rudimentary flagella, and beside it, the contractile vacuole.

59. Nucleus.

60. Division.

61. A very young, flagellated individual.
Figs. 62, 63. — Evglena ■pseudo7nermis.

62. The animalcule seen from the side (represented too broad, relatively
to the length).

63. Details of the anterior portion. Reservoir and kinetonucleus; to the
right, the stigma; lower down, the contractile vesicle. Inside the
plasma, leucoplasts, and the nucleus with its two cylindrical prolonga-
tions.

Figs. 64-67. — Trentonia flagellata.

64. Normal appearance.

65. Compressed body.

66. An animalcule, which was compressed along the longitudinal axis,
showing radial setae (exploded trichocysts).

67. a. A mucilage-bearing spherule, in a small protoplasmic vesicle.
67, b. Exploded spherule, with a mucilaginous granular cloud.

DESILICATED GRANITIC PEGMATITES^.
BY SAMUEL G. GORDON.

The granitic pegmatites are among the most interesting mineral
assemblages known to the mineralogist, containing as they frequent-
ly do so many rare minerals. The present paper describes an ab-
normal group of granitic pegmatites, composed either of plagioclase,
usually albite, alone (albitite) ; of plagioclase and corundum (plu-
masite); or largely of corundum; all of which occur exclusively in
peridotites or their altered equivalents. The conclusion has been
reached that they owe their peculiarities to the reactions which oc-
curred between the original pegmatitic solutions and the peridotite
or serpentine into which these solutions were intruded. Such an
origin has been demonstrated for the plumasite of South Africa by
Du Toit^; a study of the albitites of Pennsylvania and Mary-
land indicates a similar genetic history ; and the corundum deposits
of Pelham and Chester, Massachusetts, of western North CaroHna,
and of Georgia present analogies which show them to belong in this
group.

Previous Work.

Albitite.

California : The name albitite was given by Turner^ in 1896 to
an albite rock occuring as dikes in serpentine in the Grizzly Hill area,
about Meadow Valley, and near Big Bar Hill, Plumas County,
California. The albitite dikes were composed of large grains of
albite with marked cleavage, and showing occasionally a twin
lamella.

Previous to this, Palache^ had described a soda amphibole (cros-

1 The writer is indebted to Dr. Edgar T. Wherry and Dr. N. L. Bowen for a
critical examination of this paper. The Pennsylvania and Maryland albitite
were studied during the summer of 1920. An account of the minerals of the
district will appear shortly in The American Mineralogist, and a description of
the chromite deposits in a later paper in the Proceedings of this Academy.

2 Trans. Geol. Soc. S. Africa, 21: 53-73, 1919 (see abstract below).

5 Am. Geol. 17: 375-388, 1896; Fourteenth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv., 1892-
93, (1894) 477; U. S. Geol. Surv. Folio 43, 1898.

^Charles Palache, Univ. of Calif. Publ., Dept. Geol., Bull. 1: 181-192,
1894.

(169)

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

site) from a large boulder of white saccharoidal albite which was
found in the bed of a stream at the foot of the Sierras near Berkeley.
The boulder contained also veins of actinolite.

France: In 1900, Lacroix noted the occurrence of albitite dikes
in the peridotites of Bellongue (Ariege), France, consisting essenti-
ally of albite-oligoclase.'^

Ural Mountains: Duparc and Pamfil have described albitite
from Koswinsky, in the northern Ural Mountains, where it forms
aplitic dikes in dunite. ^ As in the case of the California and French
occurrences no data was given as to the relation of the albitite to
the country rock, beyond the fact that it formed intrusives in ser-
pentine or peridotite.

The Russian albitite is associated with a series of related rocks
which have been named granulite, gladkaite and plagiaplite.

The granulite is a rock composed essentially of quartz, andesine,
and biotite, forming veins in the dunite of Koswinsky.

Gladkaite is a fine grained aplite composed of oligoclase and an-
desine, with much quartz, some hornblende and biotite, and secon-
dary muscovite and epidote. It forms dikes in the dunite at Glad-
kai Sopka, and Kamenouchky.

Plagiaplite is an equigranular aphte composed of oligoclase or
andesine, with variable amounts of quartz and hornblende, and
subordinate muscovite or biotite. This rock forms dikes in the
pyroxenites of Koswinsky and Kamenouchky.

This series may represent granitic pegmatites which differ in the
degree of desilication which they have undergone. Analyses of
them are given by Duparc and Pamfil.

The occurrence of albitic dikes in the serpentines of New South
Wales was noted by Benson^ who considered them as being geneti-
cally related to the peridotites.

Plumasite.

California: The name plumasite was given by Lawson to an
oligoclase-corundum rock forming a fifteen foot dike in a serpentin-
ized peridotite on the lower flank of Spanish Peak, Bidwell Bar
quadrangle, Plumas County, California.*

^ Alfred Lacroix, Comptes Rendus du VIII Congres International de Geologic
1900: 806-838, Paris, 1901.

6 Bull. Soc. Franc. Min., 3.3: 347-375, 1910.

'Proe. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 38: 691, 1913; Am. J. Sci., (4) 46: 715,
1918.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 171

The plumasite is a coarse allotriomorphic granular aggregate of
white oHgoclase (AbsAn,) in which are imbedded pale violet blue
idiomorphic crystals of corundum. Scaly films of margarite occur
in fractures in the corundum. One hundred feet northwest of
the corundiferous portion of the dike, the rock consists of coarse
granular plagioclase without corundum, but with occasional nests
of a grayish-green fibrous monoclinic amphibole. Twenty-five
feet southeast of the corundiferous portion, the dike consists of
microcrystahine and porphyritic andesine. An analysis of the oli-
goclase is given below.

Italy: In 1903, Lacroix^ called attention to the occurrence of
plumasite near Mosso Santa Maria, Biella, Italy, from which Gon-
nard'^ had described corundum crystals. An analysis of the oligo-
clase is given below.

New Caledonia: Subsequently, Romeu" noted the occurrence
of plumasite in New Caledonia.

Transvaal: The Transvaal corundum deposits have been des-
cribed by Wagner. 12 South Africa is the leading corundum-pro-
ducing country at present, the greater part coming from the Zout-
spansberg and Pietersburg districts of the Transvaal. Most of the
corundum recovered occurs as alluvial crystals or fragments and
boulders. The source of the material was found to be a plumasite
composed essentially of andesine, (AbsjAn^s), greenish biotite
and corundum. The corundum occurs in crystals up to 6 inches
in length scattered through the plumasite, which, however, may
consist wholly of andesine.

Natal: In 1919, Du Toit^^ described the plumasite of Natal,
with details concerning its relation to the country rock, and mode
of origin.

The Natal plumasite forms dikes in the serpentine bodies of the
Tugela Valley. The area is underlain by hornblende-schists,
granuHtes, and basic gneisses, riddled with dikes and veins of peg-
matite and aplite. In this complex are sills of serpentine., a light
gray to dark green fine grained rock composed almost entirely of
antigorite, with occasional plates of talc and black particles of

8 Univ. of Calif. Piibl., Dept. Geol., Bull. 3: 219-229, 1903.

9 Bull. Soc. Franc. Min., 26: 147-150, 1903.
"Bull. S'^c. Franc. Min., 20: 177-181, 1897.
"Bull. Mus. d'Hist. Nat., 12: 594-596, 1906.
12 Trans. Geol. Soc. S. Africa, 21: 37-42, 1919.
" Trans. Geol. Soc. S. Africa, 21 : 53-73, 1919.

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

magnetite and chromite. Microscopic study indicates that the
original rock was a saxonite composed of predominant enstatite or
bronzite.

The plumasite dikes are very irregular in thickness and direction,
and are composed of white granular oligoclase on the margins; to-
wards the center corundum makes its appearance with silvery white
margarite; in places corundum and margarite may occur to the ex-
clusion of the oligoclase. The composition of the plumasite veins
varies considerably, in some places being entirely feldspathic, and
elsewhere quite rich in corundum. The oligoclase forms granular
aggregates, only one third of which exhibits repeated twinning,
although the bulk of the remainder possesses a higher index of re-
fraction than balsam. The corundum forms dark gray, grayish
green or bluish crystals, which are frequently sheathed by a thin
shell of primary margarite. At times secondary margarite pene-
trates the basal cleavage plates of the corundum, or forms margari-
tized individuals with remnants of corundum.

The most interesting plumasite dike pierced a large sill of serpen-
tine flanked below by granulite which was exposed through a ver-
tical range of 150 feet. In the granuHte the dike was a normal
granitic pegmatite composed of quartz, orthoclase, and subordinate
plagioclase, with hardly any biotite, and no corundum. In the
serpentine above the dike had contracted in width, lost all its
quartz, but now carried corundum.

Du Toit advanced the view that the plumasite owes its genesis
to the desilicating action of the serpentine walls upon the originally
acid magma constituting the dike. Evidence of reaction between
the invading acid magma and its ultrabasic walls is quite evident.
Between the plumasite and the serpentine is a contact zone from
a few feet to 10 feet in width. Adjacent to the plumasite the zone
consists of a belt of brown mica, variable in width, which passes
laterally into a proportionally wider belt of massive or foliated
talc. The mica is brownish, with weak to moderate pleochroism,
and an axial angle of 2° to 20° or 30°, and considered to consist of
both biotite and phlogopite.'^ Irregular or lenticular patches of
the mica occur as xenoliths in the plumasite. Isolated patches of
the talc may occur in the serpentine. In the reaction between
the pegmatitic solutions and the serpentine the serpentine received
an addition of silica, alumina, potash and fluorine to form the

1^ More probably vermiculite.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 173

zones of biotite and talc, resulting in the impoverishment of these
constituents in the dike which crystallized into an aggregate of
oligoclase, corundum, and margarite, with occasional tourmahne.

Table I. Analysis of Oliogclase.

A B

SiO? 61.36 62.76

AI2O3 22.97 21.95

CaO 5.38 2.68

NaoO 8.08 10.31

K2O 1.08

H2O 1.72 0.29

99.51 99.07

Sp.gr 2.633 2.628

A. Oligoclase, Spanish Peak, Plumas County, Calif.; Lawson, loc. cit., analysis
by J. Newfield.

B. Oligoclase, Mosso Santa Maria, Biella, Italy; A. Cossa.^^

PENNSYLVANIA AND MARYLAND ALBITITES.

Albitite has long been quarried for feldspar in the serpentine
area along the Pennsylvania-Maryland line, which includes south-
ern Lancaster and Chester counties, Pennsylvania, and Cecil Coun-
ty, Maryland.

The geology of part of the district has been described by Bas-
com,^^ and the principal quarries by Hopkins'' andBastin.^^

The district is underlain by an igneous complex, to the north of
which lies a mica gneiss thoroughly injected by a fine grained gra-
nite. The igneous rocks form a batholithic mass, in which the
following interesting series is exhibited in passing from the south-
east to the northwestern part of the district: biotite granodiorite,
hornblende granodiorite, quartz-biotite-hornblende gabbro, quartz-
hornblende gabbro, hornblende-norite and quartz-norite, norite,
pyroxenite, and peridotite. All are more or less metamorphosed,
the granodiorites assuming a gneissic structure, while the perido-
tite is usually altered to serpentine.

The more important albitite dikes are limited to the largest ser-
pentine mass which lies along the Pennsylvania-Maryland line

^* A. Cossa. Ricerche chimice e microscopiche su roccie e minerali d'ltalia,
Feldispathe corindonifero della Biellese. Torino, 1881, 65.
'" Maryland Geolog. Survey, Cecil County, 83-148, 1902.
i^Ann. Rep. Penna. State College, 1898-99: 7-20.
i«U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 420: 63-77, 1910.

174

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part I

6 S

1 '

'6-

2

Sx

o

6^

O ^

,

.1-,

o

o

aj

j3

O

t^

T3

O

a

c3

J3

•^

-1-3

o3

o

CI

P-l

a

S

S

«i-^

H-^

PI

3

a

O

-f^

O

a

b

&

0)

;h

-fj

"^

cc

03

a;

^

O

'^

o

fl-C

03

aj

9^

-U

S3

tc

-l-i

o3

a;

O
C

s

ai

hJ

'ci

aj

o

^4

a

o

c

'C

a

^

>,

Si

5

a;

^

-*--

c

^4-t

3

o

i

oi

J3

O

a

a
o

o

«

X2

-2

^

w'

>

2

a

sS

F^

?

ffi

o

a;

tH

aj

JS

o3

Si

■*^

a

o3

o

tc

tc

0)

s

S-i

cc

c3

• SJ

^— '

^

aj

H

a;

>.

to

>

CO

'-13

s

15

^

a;

o

^-H

ra

CO

19211

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA

175

Contour mti'r\-uJ ^'O t> c-l

Fig. 2. — Albitite and plumasite occurrences of the West Chester quadrangle,
Chester County, Penna. B, Brinton's serpentine quarry, containing veins of
albitite; Co. abandoned corundum mines in plumasite near Union ville.

176

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part I

(fig. 1). Small irregular dikes occur also in Brinton's serpentine
quarries, three miles south of West Chester (fig. 2). Extensive
quarries lie west and northwest of Sylmar in Chester County, and
southeast of Rock Springs, and northeast of Pilot, Cecil County.
In two cases, east of Bald Friar, and a mile northeast of Pilot, Ce-
cil County, quarries have produced commercially both albite and
talc. But two quarries are at present worked: Wiant's quarry
three-quarters of a mile northeast of Pilot, and Garrison's quarry,
three-quarters of a mile east of Rock Springs, Cecil County. The
others are abandoned and filled with water, but their size gives
evidence of the great quantity of albite which they formerly pro-
duced.

The albitite dikes range in size from a few inches in width, such
as at Brinton's quarry, south of West Chester (fig. 2), to great
masses four or five hundred feet in length, and more than a hundred
feet in width, such as were quarried at the Rock Springs quarry,
and at the Sparvetta, Keystone, and Brandywine quarries, one
and a half miles west of Sylmar, and at Campbell's quarry, two
miles northwest of Sylmar.

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

One hundred feet

Fig. 3. — Horizontal section of an albitite dike quarried one and a quarter miles
northwest of Sylmar, Chester County, Pennsylvania.

Fig. 4. — Horizontal section of an albitite dike quarried two miles northwest of
Sylmar.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 177

As is characteristic of pegmatites in general, the albitite dikes
are exceedingly irregular, pinching and swelling, and very frequent-
ly bifurcating. Examples of the irregularities are shown in fig. 3
and fig. 4.

The albitites consist almost entirely of granular white, yellowish,
or bluish gray, translucent albite." Most of the albite is un-
twinned, — a peculiarity noted above as being shown by the albite
of the California albitite, and in the oligoclase of the Natal pluma-
site. A yellowish-white untwinned albite from Campbell's quarry,
two miles northwest of Sylmar gave the following indices of refrac-
tion upon immersion, indicating a quite pure albite: a = 1.526,
P= 1.530, 7=1.536, all = 0.0005 A granular grayish white al-
bite from the vicinity of the Line Pit (probably from the present
site of Garrison's quarry, three-quarters of a mile west of Rock
Springs) was analyzed by Brush^o with the following results:

Table 2. Analysis of Albite.

Granular, grayish-white; near the Lancaster County chrome mines. Analysis
by Brush.

SiOj 66.65

AI0O3 20.79

MgO 0.52

CaO 2.05

Na,0 9.36

99.37
Sp. gr 2.619

Quartz is conspicuous by its absence, having been noted at but
one locality, a quarry north of Black Run, one and a half miles
northwest of Sylmar, where it occurs with much muscovite and
anorthoclase (fig. 7). The most frequent accessory minerals are
hornblende and biotite. Hornblende forms minute radiating groups
while biotite occurs in minute crystals, scattered through the al-
bite, at times occuring locally in large amount. Tourmaline is
abundant in the albitite of Brinton's quarry, and molybdenite has
been found in the quarries northwest of Sylmar. Actinolite some-
times occurs in beautiful greenish radiations through the albite,
especially near the margins of the dikes. The albitite of Wiant's
quarry, three-quarters of a mile northeast of Pilot, Cecil County,
is filled with miarolitic cavities which are lined with minute, color-

" Called "leelite" in some of the earlier lists of Pennsylvania minerals.
2" Am. J. Sci. (2), 8: 390, 1849.

178

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part I

Fig. 5

Fig. 6

Fig. 7

Fig. 8

Fig. 5.^ — Albite, Garrison's quarry, west of Rock Springs, Cecil County, Mary-
land. Crossed nicols, x 15.

Fig. 6.-— Albite, showing both albite and pericline twining. One mile southwest
of Nottingham, Chester County. Crossed nicols, x 15.

Fig. 7. — Albite (black), anorthoclase (twinned), and quartz (white), one and a
half miles northwest of Sylmar, Chester County, Penna. Crossed nicols,
xl5.

Fig. 8. — Aggregates of zoisite (gray in center), in serjientine (white groundmasf)
through which are dispersed needles and blades of actinolite (dark). One
and a half miles northwest of Sylmar. Plain light, x 15.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 179

less albite crystals. Minute, transparent, greenish, highly modi-
fied beryl crystals occur rarely implanted on the albite, while not
infrequently the rest of the cavity is filled with matted masses of
dark greenish actinolite needles. Occasionally a peculiar green
and white porphyritic rock occurs near the margin of the dikes,
especially in the Sylmar district. Examination of thin sections of
of this material shows the phenocrysts to be aggregates of zoisite
in a groundmass of serpentine, and actinolite needles, (fig. 8). Such
an association in which the zoisite was pink in color has been briefly
described by Wherry. ^^

Adjacent to the albitite dikes are usually three distinct zones of
minerals formed by the reaction of the pegmatitic solutions with
the serpentine walls. In passing from the albitite to the serpentine
their order is: vermiculite, actinolite with more or less talc, and
talc — beyond which lies the serpentine (fig. 9).

The vermiculite zone consists of brown scaly vermiculite, repre-
senting a weathered biotite. Analyses of the variety jefferisite
from Brinton's quarry, Chester county, are given below. Masses
of vermiculite may occur in the albitite. The actinolite zone,
which is thinner than others, consists of greenish radiating crystals
of actinolite with more or less talc. The talc zone consists of silvery
white to light greenish, massive or foliated talc, in which are us-
ually disseminated many minute octahedral crystals of magnetite.

It will be observed that there is a gradual increase of magnesia
and water in passing from the albitite to the serpentine. From
this it seems probable that the peridotite had been serpentinized
prior to the intrusion of the albitite, which had the effect of par-
tially dehydrating the serpentine in the vicinity of the intruded
mass. In the formation of the biotite (now vermiculite), actinolite,
and talc zones, the pegmatitic solutions were more or less depleted
of silica, alumina, lime, potash, and fluorine. The potash, fluorine,
and alumina went to form the biotite zone, magnesia and perhaps
iron being furnished by the serpentine. Most of the silica was used
in silicating the serpentine to actinolite and talc, the physico-chemi-
cal conditions being such as to cause the formation of hydroxy-
silicates. The result was that the original pegmatitic solutions,
which under normal circumstances would have crystallized into a
rock composed of quartz, microcline, albite or oligoclase, muscovite

^1 Edgar T. Wherry, Some Minerals from Sylmar, Pennsvlvania, Am. Min.,
3: 47, 1918.

180

PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part I

and biotite, lost practically everything but the constituents of al-
bite, and consequently solidified to a rock consisting almost wholly
of this mineral.

Sp

T

A

V

Ab

V

A

T

Sp

Fig. 9. — Generalized diagram of the contact phenomena shown by the Penn-
sylvania and Maryland albitite dikes. Ab = albite; V = vermiculite (alter-
ed biotite); A = actinolite, with more or less talc; T = talc; Sp — serpentine.

Table 3. Analysis of Jefferisite, Brinton's Quarry, Chester

County, Pa,

A. Clarke and Schneider;^^ B. Koenig;^' C.
roneous analysis by Brush is omitted.^*

A

SiOj 34.20

Al,03 16.58

Fe^O, 7.41

FeO 1.13

MgO 20.41

H,0 21.14

100.87

Chatard.^" An

earlier

but er-

B

C

33.35

34.40

17.78

16.63

7.32

8.00

2.11

(2.11)2"

19.26

19.30

19.87

19.03

99.69

99.47

22 Am. J. Sci. (3), 40: 452, 1890.
23Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 13: 392, 1873.

2" Am. J. Sci. (2), 31: 370, 1861. Previous to this the mineral had been known
to collectors under the name of phlogopite.
2* Taken from Koenig's determination.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA

181

Spi^ f

S Kiloau;Ua.*>

CoiUooriiutErvHl 20icet.

Fig. 10. — Albitite and plumasite occurrences of the Chester quadrangle, Delaware
County, Penna. A, Albitite occurrences; Co, abandoned corundum mines in
plumasite.

182 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

PENNSYLVANIA PLUMASITES.^"

Plumasites or corundum-bearing pegmatites occur in Pennsyl-
vania at the following localities: Morgan Station and Black Horse
in Delaware County, (fig. 10), and near Unionville, Chester
County (fig. 2) . All form intrusive masses in serpentine, or at the
contact of serpentine and gneiss.

The geology of the region has been described by Rogers," Frazer
and Hall, 2^ Rand,^^ Bascom'" and others. The area is underlain
by Precambrian gneisses and schists into which have been intruded
bodies of granite, gabbro, peridotite and pyroxenite. The basal or
Baltimore gneiss is a banded quartz-feldspar rock with massive
granitic facies. Overlying this is the Wissahickon mica gneiss, a
schistose quartz-feldspar rock with an excess of biotite or muscovite.
The peridotites and pyroxenites, which are genetically related to
the gabbros, in most cases have been hydrated to serpentine.

Morgan Station (Village Green.) This locality is situated on a
very small patch of serpentine intrusive in Wissahickon gneiss one-
quarter mile south of Morgan Station, Aston township (fig. 10).
Large bronzy brown corundum crystals were found sheathed with
white pearly margarite."

Black Horse, Middletown Township. An old corundum mine
was formerly situated in a large area of serpentine about one-quarter
mile south of Black Horse, on the west side of the road to Elwyn
(fig. 10). Many loose crystals of corundum were found in the soil
in the vicinity of the pit, and elsewhere in the township. One half
mile to the west are exposed granite gneisses. The corundum in
slender bipyramidal crystals, of a white to brown color, often as-
teriated,^^ was found in a granular white albite-oligoclase.

28 As it has been stated that corundum was first found in America in Laurens
County, S. C, in 1819, it is desirable to point out an earlier discovery of this
mineral at Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia: Adam Seybert, Adamantine spar and
basaltes. Medical Repository, 3: 202, 1800; also J. C. Delametherie, J. de Phys.
(53), 9: 404-405, 1801.

2' Henry D. Rogers, Geology of Pennsylvania, 1858.

2* Second Geological Survey of Penna., Reports C4 and C5, 1883 and 1885.

s^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1900: 160-338.

3" Bull. Geol. Soc. America, 16: 289-328, 1905; U. S. Geol. Surv. FoHo 162,
1909.

31 Am. J. Sci. (2), 379-380, 1849.

s^Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 13: 361-406, 1873; Ibid., 20: 381-404, 1882; Joseph
Willcox, Second Geol. Surv Penna., Rep. C4: 346-354, 1883.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 183

Unionville, Chester County.^^ TheUnionville corundum mines,
now abandoned, are situated in Newlin township, respectively one
and a half antl two miles northeast of Unionville (fig. 2), at the con-
tact of serpentine and mica gneiss. Many boulders of corundum
were obtained in the fields by the farmers who systematically
dropped a crow-bar in the soil in the trail of the plow.

At the pits one and a half miles northeast of Unionville the cor-
undum was found in a rock consisting of granular white albite, cor-
undum, black tourmaline, margarite, and euphyllite — a basic so-
dium and potassium mica. The corundum occurred in white or
grayish crystals. Zoisite was abundant, and occasionally black
octahedra of spinel were obtained. Adjacent to the vein the fol-
lowing minerals were noted: talc in white foliated masses and green-
ish actinolite with much dark green chlorite.

At the mine one-half mile north of the preceding one a vein of
corundum and margarite seven feet thick was uncovered, which
was separated from the serpentine by a zone of foliated talc. In
this a vein of fawn-colored cliaspore measuring three by two feet in
length and width, and two inches in thickness was discovered, some
of the crystals of which were two inches long.^^ The corundum
was white, brownish gray, to bluish. Crystals not infrequently
were sheathed with margarite or damourite. Margarite formed
in yellowish or pinkish foliated masses, or secondary aggregates of
scales with cores of corundum. Associated with the margarite
were honey-yellow or fawn colored laminated masses of diaspore,
occasionally in perfect spendent crystals up to two inches in length.
Beautiful translucent bluish or greenish prismatic crystals of tour-
maUne penetrate the diaspore. The association is such as to in-
dicate the order of crystallization: tourmaline, diaspore, margarite.
Jefferisite (vermiculite) is found in large yellowish green plates.

The plagioclase at the Unionville mines varies from white albite
to yellowish striated oligoclase. Analyses of these are given be-
low.

^' H. D. Rogers, Geology of Pennsylvania, I, 1858, 170. Joseph Willcox, Sec.
Geol. Surv. Penna. Rep., C4: 346, 1883. Joseph Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1872: 238-239. Frederick A. Genth, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 13: 361-406,
1873; 20: 381-404, 1882. The statement "about one mile from Unionville on
the Kennett Square road" means from the upper mine, and not the village of
Unionville.

34 Isaac Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 19: 44-45, 1867.

67.72

66.86

59.35

20.54

21.89

24.16

tr.

0.61

0.34

6.48

0.34

0.78

1.78

3.08

10.65

8.78

7.22

0.16

....

3.78

....

0.48

1.96

100.19

100.27

100.50

2.612

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Table 3. Analyses of Albite and Oligoclase, Unionville,

Chester County, Pa.

A. Albite, white; mean of two analyses. J. L. Smith and George J. Brush,
Am. J. Sci. (2), 15:211, 1853.

B. Albite, white, crystalHne. Martin H. Boye, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 2: 150,
1841.

C. Albite, white, crystalline; analysis by Weld. Benjamin Silliman, Jr.,
Am. J. Sci. (2), 8: 377-394, 1849.

D. Oliogoclase, brownish-white; analysis by Thomas M. Chatard. Frederick
A. Genth, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 13: 361-406, 1873.

A B C D

Si02 64.27

AljOa 21.21

FejOa tr.

MgO 0.58

CaO 0.81

NajO 10.94

K5O 1.36

Ignition 1.08

100.25
Sp.gr ' 2.61

LOCALITIES OF PLUMASITE IN OTHER STATES.

Pelham, Massachusetts: The occurrence of corundum and
its associated minerals at Pelham, Mass. has been described by
Emerson. 2^ The locality is an asbestos mine, one mile southwest
of Mount Lincoln, Pelham township, where a great block of black
saxonite is enclosed in Pelham granite gneiss.

The saxonite is a fine granular dark gray rock composed of color-
less enstatite darkened by abundant chromite and magnetite, and
containing porphyritic plates of bronzy enstatite. Between the
Pelham granite gneiss and the saxonite a thick contact ''reaction
rim" has been developed. The granite gneiss is a light gray rock
consisting of a granular mixture of quartz, microcline, streaked
with biotite scales and epidote grains. Near the contact the gra-
nite is more massive, less biotitic and quartzose, and grades into
a layer of snow-white, fine grained anorthite containing some an-
desine crystals, and much disseminated tourmahne, rutile, zircon,
and allanite. This layer passes into an interrupted layer of black
massive tourmaline in many places two feet thick, at times con-
taining some large imperfect crystals of the mineral, with small

="*U. S. Geol. Surv. Monograph, 29: 47-55, 1898; U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull.,
597, 215-216, 1917. See also Earl V. Shannon, Am. Min., 4: 37-39, 1919.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 185

crystals of apatite and zoisite. The last zone is composed of
coarsely matted reddish-brown biotite from four inches to four feet
thick containing many nodules of dark green fibrous actinolite and
large nodules and crystals of corundum. Beyond this lies the sax-
onite which for a distance of three to twelve feet contains a network
of veins of colorless, fibrous anthophylhte, — the asbestos for which
the pit was worked.

The tourmaline, rutile, and allanite are characteristic of peg-
matitic assemblages, and in this case a pegmatitic facies probably
developed at the margin of the Pelham granite gneiss which reacted
with the saxonite to form the interesting series of contact minerals.
Beyond the contact zones siliceous solutions entered the fractured
saxonite and silicated the saxonite minerals to anthophylhte.

Chester, Massachusetts: The Chester emery deposits have
been described by Jackson, ^^ Shepard,^' and Emerson. ^^ The
Chester emery deposits occur as a series of small disconnected len-
ses up to sixteen feet in thickness, but averaging four feet, between
the Chester hornblende schist and serpentine. The hornblende
schist is a dark-green to black foliated or ligniform epidotic quartz-
hornblepde schist considered by Emerson to be of sedimentary
origin. The hornblende schist is bordered at several places with
lenticular intrusive masses of serpentine.

The emery vein consists of a mixture of chlorite and magnetite
containing in abundance bronze colored crystals of corundum, and
a considerable quantity of tourmaline in black crystals or stellated
aggregates. In passing from the hornblende schist to the serpen-
tine the following sequence is noted: hornblende schist, biotite layer,
chloritic band with tourmaline, emery vein with various minerals,
corundophilite zone, talc zone, and finally serpentine. The corun-
dophilite zone may be wholly replaced by a white to reddish, fine
grained saccharoidal oligoclase up to twelve inches in thickness.

One of the most interesting sections is that of the mine at the
base of South Mountain. The serpentine on the east passes into
a zone of pure, light-green, schistose or massive talc, through
which are scattered remnants of serpentine from which the talc was
derived. The width of this zone varied from five to fifteen feet.

»« Am. J. Sci. (2) 39: 87, 1865. _

^^ Charles U. Shepard, A description of the emery mine of Chester, Hampden
County, Mass., London, 1865.

'^U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull., 597: 159-161, 1917.

See also Earl V. Shannon, Am. Min., 4: 69-72, 1919.

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

Beyond this is the corundophihte zone^^ composed of plates of cor-
undophiUte 20 mm. broad, which may be wholly replaced by oligo-
clase. The corundophilite often penetrates the emery vein in
sheets filling fissures, on which may occur in cavities fine foliated
sheets of pearly margarite, and thick masses of interlaced blades
and crystals of violet diaspore, frequently enclosing bright red
needles of rutile, or broad plates of ilmenite.^^ Rarely associated
with these are radiating yellowish green needles of epidote, or brown
crystals of brookite. To a much later period of mineralization be-
long veins of specular hematite in small rosettes, pyrite, chalcopy-
rite, calcite, and aragonite.

It will be seen that the mineralogy of this deposit is quite com-
plex. However, the presence of such minerals as tourmahne, oligo-
clase, rutile, brookite, etc., the evidence of reaction with the serpen-
tine, and the features resembling the plumasites described above,
all indicate that this deposit probably owes its origin largely to the
desilication of a granitic pegmatite intruded along the contact of
the hornblende schist and serpentine.

Georgia: The Georgia corundum deposits have been described
by Francis P. King.-"* All of the deposits occur in ultrabasic rocks
forming intrusive masses in the gneisses and schists. The veins
vary in form, and are from one to twelve feet in width. The fol-
lowing four types were recognized by King: (a) lime-soda feldspar
with quartz and phlogopite or vermiculite, (b) lime-soda feldspar
with actinolite; (c) a coarse-grained aggregate of lime-soda feldspar,
black hornblende, and margarite; (d) a massive vein made up of
light grass-green amphibole ("smaragdite"), hme-soda feldspar,
and a little chromite. All these types have walls of compact, scaly
chlorite, which quite frequently contains corundum. The second
type (b) is rare, and the corundum crystals usually possess a sheath-
ing of secondary margarite. The third type (c) is more common
than (b), but it differs from the first two in its massive, pegmatitic
character. The fourth type (d) is very rare, being known only at
the Bell Creek mine. Towns County, and in Clay County, North
Carolina. The I'ock is made up of a beautiful grass-green bladed
smaragdite, and feldspar, through which are scattered pink and
ruby-red corundum.

At the Hog Ci'eek mine. Town 's County, a boulder of zoisite en-

'^ Known to the old miners as the "fringe rock."

^" Francis P. King, Geological Survey of Georgia, Bull., 2, 1894.

19211

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA

187

cased in finely fibrous actinolite was found. The most important
mine, however, was that at Laurel Creek, Rabun County, which
occurred near the contact of peridotite and gneiss.

North Carolina: The corundum deposits of North CaroHna
have been described in detail by Joseph Hyde Pratt and J. Volney
Lewis. ^1 They occur largely in areas of peridotites and pyroxeni-
tes intrusive in the gneisses and schists in the mountain belt ex-
tending from Georgia through Clay, Macon, Transylvania, Jackson,
Haywood, Buncombe, Madison, Yancey, and Mitchell Counties.
The peridotites are usually dunite or saxonite, but secondary ser-
pentine, talc, chlorite, and amphibole schists occur.

snsi^

imSmm0m

1 li
i I

if

hf^

.1,

'^ — ^:...:^< I ^ \ * ^ ^-S-

- I 1 - 1 -!H^^--

S

!(

-.;,3il 11 *\,1« = 4^'*s°4

|i|l'.

iS

ll'l ll

i 1

'!!*'!!! II III; 111

fii; i' !!i ill,,

Nl'l

ll''

II

I

ilMlMj

i!

II 111

iiiii

''li

'ii

!'i,l,i!;iSi

'mm msm&.

!

I

ii'V'i'i

i< I

Fig. 11. — Ideal section of a border vein of corundum at the Corundum Hill
mine, Macon County, N. C. (Pratt and Lewis) ; (a) gneiss, hornblendic or
micaceous, unaltered: (b) gneiss, decomposed: (c) yellowish vermiculites,
often merging into (d), and sometimes absent; (d) green chlorites of vary-
ing thickness; (e) the corundum vein consisting of chlorite and corundum,
often wdth some vermiculites; (f) green chlorites; (g) enstatite, in places
hard and compact, usually merging into (h) ; (h) talcose rock, usually fibrous;
(i) a seam of yellowish clay often carrying masses of quartz and chalcedony,
sometimes absent; (j) more or less altered dunite; (k) fresh dunite. An im-
portant variation is the development of a zone of corundum-bearing plagio-
clase either in the conmduro-bearing zone of chlorites or vermiculites (e)
or entirely replacing this zone.

Two types of corundum veins were recognized by Pratt and Lew-
is: the peripheral or border veins at the contact of peridotite and
gneiss, and interior veins which occurred wholly within the peri-

" J. Volney Lewis. N. C. Geol. Surv. Bull., 11, 1896. Joseph Hyde Pratt, U.
S. Geol. Surv. Bull, 180, 1901; and 269, 1906. Joseph Hyde Pratt and J. Vol-
ney Lewis, North Carolina Geol. Surv. I, 1905. Am. J. Sci. (4) 8: 227-231, 1899.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part 1

dotite. In all cases interesting series of contact zones are ex-
hibited (figs. 11 to 13).

Important deposits were worked in Clay County near Elf on
Shooting Creek, on Chunk Gal Mountain, and at Buck Creek. At
the Buck Creek or Cullakenee mine, the corundum occurred as
grayish-white, bluish, or pink crystals with a deep green smaragdite,
and a white granular plagioclase, ranging in composition from an-
desine to anorthite. Associated with these were grayish columnar
masses of zoisite, and lamellar crystals of margarite. Analyses
of the plagioclase are given below.

^_^._.. . ^- ^ ='^:Svil^a__

-— / /

N^S^i Jli''* * ^ ^ ^ ^^;.c::^^3^^V'^-\ '

t>'.^- y,.

Fig. 12. — Ideal cross-section of an interior vein of corundum at the Corundum
Hill mine, Macon County, N. C. (Pratt and Lewis); (1 and 11) normal
dunite; (2 and 10) somewhat friable and discolored dunite; (3 and 9) fibrous
talc; (4 and 8) grayish, somewhat fibrous, enstatite; (5 and 7) green chlor-
ites; (6) central corundum-bearing zone consisting of chlorites, corundum,
and spinel. An important variation is the development of a zone of corun-
dum-bearing plagioclase either in zone (6) or entirely replacing it.

At this mine two zeolites, wellsite and chabazite, were found in
veins in the feldspar.

One of the most important mines was the Corundum Hill or
Cullasaja mine, seven miles northeast of Franklin, Macon County.
The veins were of both the border and interior types (figs. 11 and
and 12). An analysis of oligoclase from this locality is given be-
low. In addition, large masses of black tourmahne containing cor-
undum were found, and very rarely margarite, and minute crystals
of diaspore.

At the Cowee Valley, Macon County, small ruby crystals have
been found enclosing rhodolite, a garnet of the composition:
8Mg3 ALXSiO^) 3 :re3 AL(SiO,) a.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA

189

2y.5-

i\- 1 •.* ^ / / i/_\=i

- >

* ~.N-

I -,

' "' '-'-T'.^r-

<^ rye

I >

r^^^-^'

Fig. 13. — Ideal vertical section of corundum in amphibolite at Hunters, Iredell
County, N. C. (Pratt and Lewis); (a) a feldspar vein more or less altered
to kaolin and often bearing corundum; (b) vermiculite zones carrying corun-
dum;, (c) radiating sheaths of actinolite enclosing some amphibolite; (d)
amphibolite often reduced to a mass of ocherous clay containing needles
of hornblende and scales of vermiculite.

Table 5. Analyses of the Plagioclase Feldspars of
THE North Carolina Corundum Veins.

A. Oligoclase, Corundum Hill mine, Macon County, N. C. H. M. Keller,
U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull., 74, p. 55.

B. Andesine. Buck Creek mine, Clay County, N. C. Snow-white to bluish-
white masses, striated. G. A. Koenig, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 13: 375, 1873.

C. Andesine. Buck Creek mine. Clay County, N. C. T. M. Chatard, Proc.
Am. Phil. Soc, 13: 375, 1873.

D. Labradorite. Buck Creek mine, Clay County, N. C. White lustrous
cleavage masses. W. H. Jarden, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., 74, p. 54.

B

C

D

SiOj 63.32

AUO3 35.19

Fe.,03

MgO

CaO 5.01

Na^O 8.02

K2O 0.25

Ignition ....

101.79
Sp.gr

57.29

58.41

55.61

26.52

25.93

26.90

0.21

0.38

....

0.15

0.18

....

7.80

5.82

9.60

6.75

6.45

6.97

0.33

2.10

0.55

1.43

0.93

0.35

100.48

100.20

99.98

2.611

2.610

< > ■ •

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part I

The origin of the North CaroUna deposits has been a much dis-
cussed question. The contact zones were described early by She-
pard/2 Chatard," and others.

Juhen,^^ although regarding the dunite beds as metamorphosed
sediments, believed that the veins originated by the introduction
of deep seated solutions of soda and alumina into fissures during
the period of metamorphism.

Chatard pointed out the progressive increase in magnesia as the
dunite is approached and a gradual decrease in the amount of
alumina. He regarded the corundum veins as the result of altera-
tions along the contact of aluminous-alkaline silicate rocks and
magnesian-silicate rocks, probably effected by surface solutions.

Because of the circumstance that many of the corundum deposits
occurred at the margins of peridotite masses, Pratt and Lewis*^
presented the theory of their origin as magmatic segregations of a
peridotite magma. It was believed that the corundum was held
in solution in the molten peridotite when it was intruded, and that
the corundum was among the first minerals to crystaUize out. This
solidification would take place first at the outer border of the mass
where it cooled first. Convection currents would tend to bring a
new supply of material carrying alumina to this outer zone where
it would crystallize.

Holland'*^, and TealP', presented objections to this theory based
on the rather old experiments of Morozewicz^*, which indicated
that in a magma supersaturated with silica, that is, one in which
the molecular ratio of AI2O3 to the bases CaO, KoO, and Na.O is
more than 1:1, the excess of silica would separate out as corundum
if MgO and FeO were absent and Si02 were not present in an
amount sufficient to form sillimanite. With the presence of MgO
and FeO spinel would form, or if enough silica were present iolite
(cordierite) .

More recently the ternary system MgO-Al203-Si02 was studied
in detail by Rankin and Merwin.^^ The results of their precise

42 Am. J. Sci. (3) 4: 109-114, 175-180, 1872.
"U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull., 42: 45-63, 1888.
« Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 22: 141-149, 1882.
*^ Loc. cit.

« Mem. Geol. Surv. India, 30: 209, 1901.
"Proc. Geol. Assoc, 16: 72, 1899.

«Tschermak's Min. u. Petr. Mitth., 18: 1-90, 105-240, 1899.
*9 Am. J. Sci., (4) 45: 301-325, 1918. See also Olaf Andersen, Ibid., 39: 407-
454, 19^5.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 191

work indicate that corundum would not be expected as an early
phase in the crystallization of a dry magma near peridotite in com-
position. It is clear that evidence of magmatic segregations of cor-
undum in ultrabasic rocks is lacking.

On the other hand the presence of abundant tourmaline, much
plagioclase, with garnet, zoisite, vermicuhte, etc., is indicative of
pegmatitic assemblages, and it is therefore more prol)able that
these corundum veins represent granitic pegmatites which have so
reacted with the wall rocks as to almost lose their identity. The
contact zones are somewhat different from those of the plumasites
described above, but wide variations are to be expected depending
on the composition of the original pegmatitic solutions, and even
more so on the character of the peridotite or pyroxenite, and on
whether these had already been hydrated to serpentine. It may
be noted that much magnesia was assimilated by the pegmatitic
solutions with the formation of much chlorite and biotite (since al-
tered to vermiculite) and some spinel in the corundum veins. The
distinct chloritic zones are evidence of reaction with the wall rock,
whereby alumina was furnished by the pegmatitic solutions, and
magnesia' by the peridotite. The zone of enstatite may be ex-
plained by silication of the olivine, perhaps by the reaction
Mg.Si04"rSiO.=2MgSi03 or the mineral may have been produced
by abstraction of some of the magnesia. Incidently it is rather unus-
ual to find enstatite rather than anthophyllite. The position of the
talc zone between the dunite and the enstatite is anomalous, but it
might be noted that most of the analyses of the North Carolina dun-
ites show the presence of water, and more or less alteration to serp-
entine.

Summary of Mineralogy of Desilicated Granitic

Pegmatites.

The mineralogical composition of this group depends largely on
the composition of the original pegmatitic solutions, that of the
wall rock (peridotite, pyroxenite, serpentine, etc.), and the degree
of desilication or extent of reaction between the two. Variations in
the character of the zones also occur. In some cases different per-
iods of mineralization, some distinctly later than others, may occur.
The minerals, exclusive of those occurring in the contact zone,
which are more properly to be regarded as contact metamorphs of
the peridotites, serpentines, etc., are listed below.

Primary. Trisilicates (feldspars) : albite, oligoclase, andesine,
labradorite, anorthite. Metasilicates (amphiholes) : actinolite,
hornblende (edenite), {miscellaneous) beryl. Orthosilicates (gar-
nets): almandite, rhodolite, (horo-) tourmaline, (oxy-) sillimanite,
(hydroxy-) epidote, zoisite, allanite; (inicas) muscovite, damourite,
euphyllite, biotite, margarite; (chlorites) corundophilite, etc.
Hydrous metasilicates: ehabazite, wellsite. Phosphates: apatite.
Oxides: corundum, spinel, diaspore, rutile, brookite, ilmenite,
quartz (rare). Sulfides: molybdenite, pyrite.

Weathering Products. Hydrous silicates: kaolinite, colerainite,
vermiculite (jefferisite), etc. Carbonates: aragonite. Hydrous
oxides: limonite.

(192)

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE I.

WANNER: FAUNAL REMAINS FROM YORK COUNTY.

PROC ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE II.

V/ANNER: FAUNAL REMAINS FROM YORK COUNTY.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE III,

ft >f.-\^ J^l

^^^^HUHBk^H^Z^^^^^^^^^^H

■fr^ . < i ^^1^

^^SI^K^x. ' ^ "^^Pi^^P^9Bi^^^^^^^^^^^^^l

fc ''j^^tfril^^l

Mmr^n^^MJB^B

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^V

Iw^^i^^^^^^l^B

^■^^^^1

2a

/

WANNER: FAUNAL REMAINS FROM YORK COUNTY.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE IV,

ALEXANDER: NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE V,

PENARD: NOTES ON FLAGELLATA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE VI.

PENARD: NOTES ON FLAGELLATA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE VII.

•moi

i

I

44 Q

•Q

44 If

44 C

44 d

.■*^

46

4-7

49

PENARD : NOTES ON FLAGELLATA.

ROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE VIII.

50

62

^■■^

55

\^

63

WMi

53

66

^ • <" -Aj , .• J <^ .. ,•>>

If

'<-i ih'.", '"/

67

PENARD: NOTES ON FLAGELLATA.

SOUTH AMERICAN BLATTIDAE FROM THE MUSEUM NATIONAL
D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE, PARIS, FRANCE.

BY MORGAN HEBARD.

Having recently reported on the undetermined American Der-
maptera of the Paris Museum, ^ the undetermined American Blat-
tidae were next sent us for study by Monsieur Lucien Berland of
that institution. The North American material does not include
any large collections and will be reported on in several papers based
largely on the Philadelphia collections and now in the course of
preparation.

The South American series, on the other hand, proved to be large
and intensely interesting. As it was almost entirely from three very
distinct regions (French Guiana, southeastern Brazil and northern
Argentina), we have prepared a single report on the collections, divid-
ing it into three sections on a geographic basis and have included
material of our own collections which had not previously been
studied.

The series sent by the Paris Museum has been returned, with the
exception of sets of duplicates, now in the collection of the author,
deposited at The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
We have also been most generously permitted to retain certain
unique individuals of previously known species, of great importance
in our futher studies on the subject. For these, an equivalent in
other material has been sent the Paris Museum.

The 637 specimens recorded represent 49 genera and 99 species,
of which 8 genera and 34 species are described as new.

We wish to thank most heartily. Monsieur Lucien Berland and
Docteur Lucien Chopard, for their kind assistance in affording us
the opportunity to study this material.

Section I. French Guiana.

This series represents the first large collection of Blattidae to be
studied from French Guiana. The series includes 103 specimens,

» Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1920, pp. 337 to 353, (1921).

(193)

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Part II

representing 23 genera and 32 species, of which 3 genera and 9
species are new. Though large, the collection probably includes
only a small percentage of the Blattidae to be found in French
Guiana, one of the richest regions of tropical South America.

Among the new species, most remarkable and interesting are;
Sciablatta poecila, Leuropeltis atopa, Zetohorella gemmicula and
Oulopteryx dascilloides. The large Panchlorid, Schizopilia fissi-
collis, is one of the most interesting species of the region, due to
the extraordinary pronotal specialization. This species appears
to be rare in collections.

ECTOBIINAE.

Anaplecta maronensis new species. Plate IX, figure 3.

This minute insect agrees closely with A. cabimae Hebard in size
and form; differing in the buffy pronotal disk with large prouts
brown suffused area above the head, buckthorn brown and conse-
quently distinctly less tawny tegmina and decidedly longer appen-
dicular field of the wings.

Type : 9 : La Forestiere, Upper Maroni River, French Guiana.
[Paris Museum.]

Size very small, form slender for the genus. Head scarcely longer
than broad ; vertex evenly convex, without distinct ridges over the
antennal sockets; ocellar spots subobsolete. Pronotum approach-
ing oval, the caudal margin showing no more truncation than the
mesal portion of the cephalic margin, very feebly obtuse-angulate
convex; surface weakly convex, with no trace of discal sulci. Teg-
mina extending a brief distance beyond apex of abdomen, narrow;
costal margin very feebly convex to near the apex, where it bends
more sharply to meet the sutural margin, which is almost straight,
apex sharply rounded; costal veins inconspicuous, not numerous
( 8 ), with a few spurious intermediate veins distad; discoidal sectors
two in number. Wings not broad; costal veins simple, subobsolete
in clouded area ( 4 to 5 ), combining with the similar distal veinlets
(4 to 5), which also spring from the discoidal vein as it curves to
meet the median vein at the distal extremity of the medio-discoidal
area; medio-discoidal area, before this point, without transverse
veinlets; appendicular field in length about four-fifths that of re-
maining portion of wing, length appreciably greater than width.
Supra-anal plate roundly produced, showing scarcelyanyangulation.
Subgenital plate of the valvular type characteristic of the genus.
Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora with a single very slender
and elongate proximal spine, succeeded by a row of microscopic,
very short, rather closely set spinulae, terminated distad by two
very slender spines, very elongate in increasing ratio distad. Other

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

femoral margins, piil villi, tarsal claws and arolia as characteristic
of the genus. 2

Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]
Specimen much damaged. Agrees with type in ambisexual char-
acters, differing as follows. Form almost imperceptibly more slen-
der. Genitalia so damaged that the subgenital plate alone can be
seen to bear two simple styles, much of the type found in A. lateralis
Burmeister, the sinistral being the longer and heavier and directed
dextrad.

Head chestnut brown. Pronotum with disk ochraceous-buff,
with a large suffusion of prouts brown in area above the head, lat-
eral portions translucent buffy. Tegmina translucent buckthorn
brown, except in narrow marginal field which is translucent buff.
Wings with appendicular field heavily tinged with mummy brown.
Cerci, underparts and limbs warm buff. Ventral surface of ab-
domen ochraceous-buff, suffused broadly but not heavily both lat-
erad and distad with prouts brown.

Length of body cf 4, 9 4.1; length of pronotum cf 1.2, 9 1.2;
width of pronotum cf 1.7, 9 1.7; length of tegmen cf 3.6, 9 3.9;
width of tegmen cf 1.4, 9 1.4; length of appendicular field of wing
d^ 2.5, 9 2.5 mm.

This strikingly colored species is known from the described pair.

Anaplecta pulchella Relm.

1906. Anaplecta pulchella Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 262.
[ 9 ; Demerara, British Guiana.]

Albina, Maroni River, Dutch Guiana, Icf.

This specimen, the first male of the present species to be studied,
is seen to have the supra-anal plate large, extending as far as the
subgenital plate, with lateral margins converging weakly, then more
strongly and curving into the truncate distal portion. The sub-
genital plate with distal margin between the styles transverse and
moderately hairy, the dextral margin simple, obhque, the sinistral
margin transverse to sinistral style, with surface of plate in that
section broadly channeled, this portion produced into the sinistral
style, which is straight, produced for a brief distance, the margin
at the inner margin of this style suddenly produced for a short dis-
tance, in consequence of which the sinistral style is deeply inset, its
projecting portion equal in size and extending caudad the same
distance as the well-socketed, simple dextral style.

2 Described in Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 4, p. 17, (1920).

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

PSEUDOMOPINAE.
Sciablatta poecila^ new species. Plate IX, figures 12, 13, 14 and 15.

The comparatively thorough color description of Walker 's Blatta
varicornis from Santarem, Brazil/ leaves little doubt but that the
present species is very closely related. From that description,
varicornis appears to differ only in the tegmina; "brown, with whit-
ish veins, and with a broad whitish hyaline costal space which tapers
towards the tip." The structural characters will probably show
much more important differences for that species, though we feel
that it may safely be assigned to Sciablatta.

Compared with the genotype, S. mamatoco Hebard, described
from Santa Marta, Colombia,^ poecila differs in the male sex in the
smaller size, broader form, delicate but more intricate and extensive
markings, proportionately much broader pronotum, proportionately
broader tegmina, with apices more nearly median in position and
discoidal sectors slightly more oblique and subgenital plate, with
the fused styles, much more elongate and slender.

In the specialization of the male subgenital plate and dorsal sur-
face of the abdomen, greatest convergence in the known species of
the Blattellae to the characteristic type found in the Oxyhaloid
genus CJiorisojieura is shown by this species.

The intricate markings of this insect are so delicate, except on
head and antennae, that their real beauty is not realized until a
microscopic examination is made.

Type : cf"; St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana. March. [Paris
Museum.]

Size medium small for the Group Blattellae, form very broad
for the Group. Interocular space moderately broad, three-quarters
as wide as that between the antennal sockets, flattened and show-
ing weak, irregular impressions. Lateral margins of cheeks con-
verging distinctly ventrad. Maxillary palpi very short, third joint
very slightly longer than the enlarged fifth joint, fourth joint two-
thirds as long, enlarged regularly and considerably distad. Tegmen
with discoidal vein an equal distance from the costal and sutural
margins mesad, costal margin rounding toward sutural slightly
more than is usual in the Group, discoidal sectors (13 and 15) de-
cidedly oblique, as oblique as the costal veins. Wings with (8)
proximal costal veins moderately thickened in distal portions,
mediastine vein unbranched, ulnar vein with (8, including two sub-

^From kOCKiXt] = dappled.

4 Cat. Blatt. Br. Mus., p. 216, (1868).

6 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLVII. p.ll5, (1921).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

divisions) complete branches, intercalated triangle ample, nearly
two-thirds as broad as long. Dorsal surface of abdomen with sixth
tergite shallowly concave meso-proximad, this area transverse oval
in outline, its surface carpeted with agglutinated hairs. Seventh
and eighth tergites distinctly narrower, moderately exposed along
their caudal margins. Supra-anal plate triangular with apex
blunted, subchitinous, subemarginate, its length approximately
two-fifths its basal width, showing no slight emargination at the
cereal bases as does that of mamatoco. Cerci much as in that species,
but smaller, the (10) joints similarly well defined. Paired plate
beneath supra-anal plate large and unspecialized. Subgenital
plate with surface very weakly convex, very short, sinistral portion
slightly more produced than dextral, caudal margin nearly trans-
verse, showing very slight production to median fourth, dextrad
very feebly concave, median portion fusing with the large, elongate
and lamellate styles, which are represented by nearly vertical
plates, attingent at their distal extremities, each about two and
one-half tunes as long as its basal width, the disto-dorsal angle very
broadly convex, the disto-ventral angle bluntly, but much more
sharply, convex. These plate-like cerci in the present species give
to the subgenital plate a strongly Chorisoneurine facies. Limb
armament, pulvilli, arolia and tarsal claws as characteristic of the
genus. "^

General coloration buffy, with a faint tinge of buckthorn brown.
Head very pale flesh color, occiput with four irregular, vertical
streaks and flecks of dark prouts brown , a transverse band of prouts
brown between the eyes just above the ocelli, narrow^ laterad but
wider mesad, due to the greater convexity of its dorsal margin, a
very broad transverse band of prouts brown between the antennal
sockets, which contains a very broadly V-shaped transverse buffy
area mesad. Mouthparts and palpi clear clay-color. Antennae
in proximal (24 joints) portions clear clay-color, succeeding ten
joints mummy brown, followed by a striking and broad annulus (in-
cluding 5 joints) of warm buff, the remaining distal joints mummy
brown. Pronotum with disk light ochraceous-buff, broad lateral
portions transparent, the whole faintly tinged with buckthorn
brown, disk thickly tessellate with minute dots and a few lines of
prouts brown, as figured, broad lateral portions and cephalic mar-
gin marked with more scattered and even smaller dots of prouts
brown, the entire immediate margin, from point of greatest width
caudad, of this color. Tegmina transparent, faintly tinged with
buckthorn brown, marginal field with many very minute flecks of
ochraceous-taw^ny, other portions with minute areas between veins,
spurious veins and veinlets ochraceous-tawaiy, these proximad ir-
regularly square or transverse, distad longitudinally linear and all
so fine as to be individually scarcely appreciable to the naked eye.

« Described in Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XL VII, p. 115, (1921).

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Pai't II

Wings transparent, showing a faint tawny tinge, area of costal veins
in proximal portion clouded, in basal portion with bister and in
area of enlarged portions of veins buffy, in distal portion with nar-
row, interrupted suffusions of bister between the veins, this more
weakly continued around the distal margin of the anterior field in
buckthorn brown. Remaining dorsal surface ochraceous-buff,
shading to chestnut brown laterad and on supra-anal plate, the
immediate latero-caudal angles of the tergites and free margin of
the supra-anal plate buffy, these areas, however, not sharply defined.
Cerci clear ochraceous-buff. Limbs clear ochraceous-buff, coxae in
large external portions dark prouts brown, median femora in a
small area and caudal femora in a much larger area flecked ventro-
distad on caudal faces with dark prouts brown, the corresponding
tibiae with several heavy flecks of this color on dorsal and caudal
faces, the cephalic tibiae with fewer and smaller weak brownish
areas. Ventral surfaces of abdomen light ochraceous-buff, with an
irregular fleck and suffusion, as well as dots, of prouts brown laterad
toward the laterad margins.

Length of body 10, length of pronotum 2.6, width of pronotum
4, length of tegmen 11.2, width of tegmen meso-proximad 4, width
of tegmen mesad 3.9, length of wing 10.6, width of wing 6.3, width
of intercalated triangle 1.7, length of caudal femur 3.7 mm.

The type of this extraordinary insect is unique. ^

Neoblattella platystylata new speck;?.

Charvein and St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana.
Described on page 229.

Neoblattella adspersicollis (Stal)

1861. Blatta adspersicollis Stal, Kongl. Svenska Freg. Eugenie's Resa, Ins.,
p. 308. [cf ; Rio de Janeiro, [Brazil]. ]

La Forestiere, Upper Maroni River, French Guiana, 1 cf .
This large species is of particular interest as genotype of Neoblat-
tella, see page 232.

LEUROPELTIS^ new genus.

This genus is erected to include one of the most aberrant forms
of the Group Blattellae known to us. The broad flattened head
and prominent eyes suggest a further development of the type
usually shown by species of the Group Euphyllodromiae. The flat
pronotum and armament of the ventro-cephalic margins of the
cephalic femora afford distinctive characters.

Though agreeing in the flattened form (though this is more decided
in the present insect), character of limb armament, pulvilli, tarsal

' From Xeupoq = flat and xsXttq= a light shield.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

claws and arolia, Leuropeltis differs very strikingly from the Nycti-
borine genus Pseudischnopter-a in the even more decidedly flattened
and shorter head, eyes which are more decidedly developed laterad
and extend ventrad well beyond the antennal sockets, more trans-
verse, oval pronotum with greatest width mesad and lateral portions
not at all deflexed, broader tegmina with longer anal field, spurious
veins absent and discoidal sectors decidedly oblique, broader wings
with area of costal veins much wider and ulnar vein with all branches
complete, unspecialized median segment but specialized sixth
abdominal tergite of male, very distinctive genitalic development
in this sex, ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora with two
heavier terminal spines and both cephalic and caudal ventral mar-
gins of other limbs armed, the caudal margins less heavily than in
Pseudischnoptera .

In linear arrangement, the genus can not be satisfactorily assigned,
due to the fact that many aberrant genera of the Group Blattellae
exist, radiating away from the normal toward other totally different
types. We place Leuropeltis after Liosilpha Stal, from which genus,
however, it is very widely separated.

Genotype. — Leuropeltis atopa new species.

Generic Description. Genus known only from the male sex.
Head flattened, eyes large, widely sepai-ated and prominent,
antennae coarse and well supplied with short hairs. Pronotum
rectangularly oval, moderately transverse, greatest width mesad,
surface flat, the disk showing two pairs of oblique impressions. Teg-
mina long and broad, anal field elongate, discoidal sections strongly
oblique. Wings fully developed, marginal field extending over half
distance to apex, scapular field very broad in distal half, costal
veins thickening but not clubbed distad, ulnar vein with branches
complete, intercalated triangle subobsolete. Abdomen with latero-
caudal angles of five proximal tergites sharp, rectangulate, weakly
produced, tergites decidedly narrower after sixth, sixth tergite
specialized mesad. Cephalic femora with ventro-cephalic margin
unarmed except in distal third, where it is supplied with short, stout
spines, terminating in two heavier elongate distal spines, of which
the more distal is slightly the more elongate ; ventro-caudal margin
unarmed except in distal third, where it is supplied with a few mod-
erately large, elongate spines. Other ventral femoral margins
moderately supplied with similar spines, which, particularly on the
cephalic margins, are not as heavy or as large as those often
developed in the Pseudomopinae. Caudal metatarsus armed
ventrad with two rows of minute spinulae and supplied distad with
a moderately large pul villus, three succeeding tarsal joints supplied
with similar pulvilli, occupying their entire ventral surfaces. Large

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

chitinous arolium present between the bases of the rather stout,
simple, symmetrical tarsal claws.

Leuropeltis atopa new species. Plate X, figures 11, 12 and 13.

This species is so distinctive that a helpful comparison can hardly
be made with any known Blattid. The rich brown of the tegmina
and pronotal disk, pale lateral portions of the pronotum and bicol-
ored antennae, are the more striking features of coloration.

Type: cf; Gourdonville, French Guiana. October. [Paris Mu-
seum.]

We add the following features to those given in the generic diag-
nosis. Interocular space (1.1 mm.) three-quarters as wide as that
between the antennal sockets. Ocellar spots small. Inter-ocular-
ocellar area flattened, very weakly concave. Maxillary palpi with
distal joint equal in length to third, the dorsal margin showing a
very weak concavity, fourth joint three-quarters as long as third,
enlarging evenly and rather strongly distad. Pronotum with mar-
gin above head transverse, showing a very feeble convexity, caudal
margin transverse very broadly and weakly convex, lateral margins
evenly convex; first pair of impressions on disk situated slightly
cephalad of the median line and parallel to the normally placed latero-
caudal sulci. Tegmina with greatest width at apex of anal field,
thence narrowing very feebly to distal portion where the narrowing
is more decided, particularly on the sutural margin, with apex sit-
uated slightly beyond the median point toward the costal margin.
Wings with (12) thickened costal veins; ulnar vein with six branches,
two of which again divide before the margin of the wing. Sixth
tergite subchitinous in median portion, with a small, rounded prom-
inence mesad near the caudal margin of the preceding tergite, the
bases of which prominence latero-cephalad are supplied on each
side with a minute tuft of agglutinated hairs. Supra-anal plate
triangularly produced, with apex curving ventrad and broadly
rounded, length two-fifths distance between cereal bases. Cercus
with ten joints, the tenth moderately elongate oval.* Subgenital
plate moderately asymmetrical, the sinistral margin situated
further caudad than the dextral, straight, transverse to median
section; the dextral margin broadly concave oblique to median
section; median section with two large and roughly triangularly
rounded plates on each side, the sinistral more inset, due to the
position of the sinistral free margin, between these the median por-
tion of the plate is produced in a large, but no more produced, like-
wise roughly triangular plate, the emarginations between this and
the styles (developed into plates in this species) rather broadly V-
shaped. Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora with (6 and 7)
short stout spines distad, ventro-caudal margin with (3) heavier,

* The sinistral cercus is apparently deformed in the present specimen.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

longer spines in homologous portion of margin. Caudal metatarsus
one and one-quarter times as long as combined length of succeeding
joints.

Head and palpi chestnut brown, obscurely vertically streaked
with paler on occiput, ocellar spots buffy. Antennae blackish
chestnut brown in proximal third, thence hazel. Pronotum black-
ish chestnut brown in large truncate-trigonal area, margined very
narrowly laterad with warm buff; lateral portions transparent, very
feebly tinged vdth buff. Tegmina weakly translucent, clear solid
hazel tinged with chestnut brown, particularly at the humeral trunk
and along the costal margin. Wings transparent, anterior field
tinged with saccardos umber, heaviest in area of enlarged portion
of costal veins, very weak between discoidal and ulnar veins except
distad and very weak between unbranched portion of ulnar vein
and anal sulcus; radiate field very weakly tinged with saccardos
umber, the veins of that color. Dorsal surface of mesonotum,
metanotum and abdomen shining and very dark chestnut brown.
Cerci dark chestnut brown. Ventral surface and limbs blackish,
the subgenital plate and limbs beyond the femora paling to very
dark chestnut brown.

Length of body 15, length of antenna 18.8, length of pronotum
4, width of pronotum 5.7, length of tegmen 17.9, width of tegmen
5.9, length of wing 15, greatest width of costal field of wing 2, length
of cercus 2.9, length of caudal tibia 5.7, length of caudal metatarsus
2.1 mm.

The type of this remarkable insect is unique.

Euphyllodromia literata (Biirmeister)

1838. Bl[atta] literata Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 497.
[Surinam [= French Guiana].]

1839. Blaita alternans Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 114. [ 9 , Cayenne
[= French Guiana].]

1903. Pseudophyllodromia pavonacea Rehn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXIX,
p. 262. [ cf ; Bartica, British Guiana.]

Study of the Guianan material now in the Philadelphia collec-
tions and of the literature, furnishes much evidence indicating the
above synonymy. Rehn 's pavonacea was described at a time when
little material was available, and the generic association of the
American Blattidae in chaos. The description of Serville 's alter-
nans was thus apparently overlooked, while nothing could be done
with literata of Burmeister, until much Guianan material could
be secured.

It is unfortunate that Burmeister 's wretched description of
literata, occupying less than two lines, has a year's priority over
Serville 's readily recognizable diagnosis of alternans.

Nouveau Chantier, French Guiana, 1 cf .

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, October, 1 9 .

La Forestiere, upper Maroni River, French Guiana, 2 9 .

Euphyllodromia chopardi ^ new species. Plate XV, figures 1 and 2.

This species is related to E. fasciateUa (Saussure), differing in the
shghtly larger eyes, slightly narrower interocular space, heavier
latero-caudal depressions of pronotal disk, heavier and differently
specialized appendages of the male subgenital plate and longer
caudal metatarsi.

In coloration it differs in having the maxillary palpi not immacu-
late, as the distal joint is suffused with mummy brown in its ventral
marginal portion; the pronotal disk margined with a narrow whitish
suffusion and not immaculate, but having two heavy, extensive
lateral suffusions of dark brown, which fuse caudad, and the teg-
mina with similar translucent and transparent areas, but entirely
lacking pearl gray lines and spots.

Type: cf ; Bartica, British Guiana. December 19, 1912. (H. S.
Parish. ) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Type no. 5369.]

Size rather small, form moderately slender for the genus, delicate
structure normal. Head with interocular space (.6 mm.) about
three-fifths width between antennal sockets. Ocellar spots small
and weakly defined. Maxillary palpi with third joint three-quarters
as long as fourth; fourth very strongly triquetrous, widening evenly
distad so that it becomes fully two and one-half times as wide as
third; fifth joint three-quarters as long as fourth, moderately ex-
panded, greatest width near base, ventral margin sub-convex and
oblique from that point to apex. Pronotum rather decidedly trans-
verse; cephalic margin weakly convex, truncate; lateral margins
rather strongly convex, this greatest caudad; caudal margin trans-
verse, but showing an even and very broad obtuse-angulation, with
angle very broadly convex; discal sulci very broad but well devel-
oped. Tegmen and wings elongate and very delicate. Dorsal
surface of abdomen as described for E. decastigmata Hebard,^" appar-
ently characteristic of the genus, sixth tergite very shallowly con-
cave in mesal portion, there rather thickly supplied with agglutin-
ated hairs. Supra-anal plate strongly transverse, broadly and
weakly triangularly produced between the cereal bases, with rounded
apex obtuse-angulate. Cercus as in decasiigynata , tapering to the
acute apex. Paired plate beneath supra-anal plate large and un-
specialized. Subgenital plate almost symmetrical, the sinistral mar-
gin almost straight, the dextral margin rather strongly concave to
the median portion; median portion with two deeply inset, large

^In honor of the distinguished Orthopterist, Dr. Lucien Chopard.
1° Mem. Am. Ent. Soc. No. 4, p. 84, (1920).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 203

plates, which are attingent distad; the sinistral as long as broad
and nearly triangular, with broad apex rounded; the dextral twice
as long as broad and nearly rectangular, with similar apex; fitting
tightly between the bases of these styles is a triangular plate, with
dextral margin curled slightly caudad and armed with minute,
sharp, straight teeth, which slant slightly proximad. Armament
of limbs, pulvilli, tarsal claws and arolia as characteristic of the
genus. Succeeding tarsal joints only half as long as caudal meta-
tarsus.

Allotype: 9 ; same data as type, but taken February 10, 1913.
[Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

Agrees closely with type in coloration, color-pattern and in
structural features except the following. Interocular space slightly
over half width between antennal sockets. Dorsal surface of abdo-
men unspecialized. Supra-anal plate very strongly transverse, the
free margin very weakly obtuse-angulate convex on each side to
the weakly concave median portion. Subgenital plate with lateral
margins feebly convex and hardly convergent to opposite cereal
bases, thence rounding strongly and oblique, broadly concave to
distal portion, which is strongly V-emarginate, the apices thus
formed broadly rounded, the emargination occupied by a soft
mantle.

Head, underparts and limbs weak ochraceous-tawny, the occiput
slightly deeper than the face, abdomen ochraceous-tawny with
styles largely suffused with chestnut brown. Maxillary palpi light
buff, the half of the distal joint toward the ventral margin heavily
suffused with mummy brown (this showing variation in width in
the series), broader on the caudal than on the cephalic face. An-
tennae with first joint ochraceous-tawny, succeeding joints blackish
mummy brown, the proximal joints sometimes ochraceous-tawny
dorsad. Pronotum in all but discal portion transparent, faintly
tinged with buckthorn brown and with a weakly defined, narrow,
opaque margin of whitish about the disk; disk tawny, with two
large suffusions of mummy brown, which unite caudad and send
a very short stout ray cephalad into the median paler area. In
intensive examples these suffusions almost completely obliterate
the paler median area, leaving only a medio-longitudinal line and
fleck of ochraceous-tawny cephalad. Tegmina with marginal field,
areas between discoidal and median veins and anal sulcus and the
two mesal areas between veins of anal field transparent, very faintly
tinged with buckthorn brown; remaining portions more heavily
tinged with buckthorn brown, becoming cinnamon-brown in proxi-
mal area of costal veins proximad and tapering to a weak mars
brown suffusion in this area distad; the sutural margin, particularly
in the anal field and area between anal sulcus and first vein of anal
field, rather heavily suffused with mars brown; a broad suffusion
of ochraceous-orange sweeping obliquely across the discoidal field,

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

beyond the apex of the anal field. Wings transparent, iridescent,
feebly suffused distad, veins chestnut brown, a median suffusion
of chestnut brown in area of costal veins, beyond which the narrow
marginal area is buffy. Mesonotum ochraceous-tawny, heavily
and extensively suffused with mummy brown in latero-cephalic
portions covered by the pronotum,this showing through that trans-
parent portion of the pronotum and giving it the appearance of
being darkened caudad, with a meso-caudal fleck of warm buff;
metanotum similar except that there is no median fleck, but a
similar fleck of warm buff on each side caudad of the dark suffusions.
Dorsal surface of abdomen ochraceous-orange, the median segment
with a heavy transverse suffusion of mummy brown, which in in-
tensive examples occupies the entire segment and is blackish.

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

Bartica, British Guiana, iypt' 10.3 2.8 3.7 10.3 2.8

Bartica, British Guiana, para-
types (9) 10.-10.9 2.6-2.8- 3.6-3.7 9.6-10.3 2.6-2.8

Gourdonville, French Guiana 9.2 2.6 3.6 9.8 2.6

9

Bartica, British Guiana, aZZo- 10 2.7 3.7 9.8 2.8

type

Bartica, British Guiana, para- 9.2-10.3 2.7-2.7 3.5-3.6 9.8-10 2.5-2.6
types (2)

Demerara, British Guiana, (4) 9.9-10.5 2.7-2.7 3.6-3.7 9.7-9.9 2.7-2.7

Specimens Examined; 20; 12 males and 8 females.
Bartica, British Guiana, December 10 to June 12, 1912 and 1913,
(H. S. Parish), 10c?, 49, type, allotype, paratypes, [A. N. S. P. ].
Demerara, British Guiana, 1901, (R. J. Crew),4 9 ",[Hebard Cln.]
Gourdonville, French Guiana, October, Icf , [Paris Mus.].
Charvein, French Guiana, November, Icf, [Hebard Cln.].

NYCTIBORINAE.

Pseudischnoptera lineata (Olivier) Plate XI. figure 14.

1789. Blatta lineata Olivier, Encycl. Method., Ins., IV, p., 17. [No loc-
ahty given. 1-]

St, Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, 1 cf .

Kourou, French Guiana, April, 1 cf .

This strikingly colored and extraordinary species has been dis-

" Recorded by Rehn as Pseudophyllodromia obscura Saussure, Proc, Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 264, (1906).

12 This species has subsequently been recorded from Cayenne and the Antilles,
the latter very possibly in error.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

cussed at considerable length by Saussure.^^ The following fea-
tures have, however, never been given.

Pronotum very much flattened but with comparatively narrow
pale lateral portions showing some slight deflection, greatest width
at latero-caudal angles. Tegmina with discoidal sectors almost
longitudinal, false longitudinal veins as decided as the veins them-
selves and with supplementary false veinlets between these in dis-
tal portions. Limbs comparatively short and heavy. Ventro-
cephalic margin of cephalic femora armed in distal third with (5
and 8) short but decidedly stout spines, terminating in three heavier
spines, slightly more elongate in shghtly increasing ratio distad,
ventro-caudal margin with (4) heavier, longer spines in distal
third. Large pulvilli present between the rather stout, simple,
nearly symmetrical tarsal claws. Median segment with a large,
transverse, median depression, formed by the fusion of two circular
depressions.^^ Supra-anal plate triangularly produced, with a
large, straight, heavy spine directed caudad at each side of the
broadly rounded apex. Concealed genitalia including at least
three very heavy, shghtly curved spines. Subgenital plate as
figured.

Length of body 17-17.6, width of interocular space .9, length of
pronotum 4.8-4.8, width of pronotum 6.6-6.5, length of tegmen
17.7-18, width of tegmen 5.3-5.7, length of wing 14, width of wing
7.7 mm.

This insect does not belong to the Pseudomopinae, as has been
supposed, but is clearly a member of a distinctive group of the
Nyctiborinae. This is shown by the general structure, character
of tegminal and wdng venation, limb characters and type of male
subgenital plate, which type is found in numerous species of this
subfamily only. The genus does not agree with the majority of the
genera of the Nyctiborinae, showing complete absence of pilosity
and only very slightly asymmetrical tarsal claws.

Nyctibora holosericea Burmeister.

1838. N[yctihora\ holosericea Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I,
p. 502. [Cameta, Brazil. ]

Gourdonville, French Guiana, 1 cf .

Charvien, French Guiana, 1 9 .

The present specimens appear to agree with Burmeister 's two
line description of holosericea better than any we have previously
seen from South America. Comparing the material here recorded
with Central American specimens of N. noctivaga Rehn, the two
species, as here recognized, are seen to be very closely related.

1' Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, p. 66, (1870).

1^ Partially filled with a pale waxy substance, which in drying has become hard,
like shellac.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

In the Guianan material the interocellar area is not dark, being
as pale as, or paler than, the face; in the specimens of noctivaga the
interocular area, to slightly below the ocelli, is very dark, darker
than the face in paler examples, as dark as the face when the face
is very dark. The dorsal surface of the abdomen is comparatively
pale, darkening slightly caudad, without striking markings. In
the males the supra-anal plate differs.

Length of body d" 30, 9 36; length of pronotum cf 8.3, 9 10;
width of pronotum d^ 12.8, 9 14.1; length of tegmen cf 37.5, 9
38.6; width of tegmen cf 13.9, 9 15 mm.

Paratropes elegans (Burmeister)

1838. Ph[oraspis] elegans Brumeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p.
493. [Surinam?]

La Forestiere, upper Maroni River, French Guiana, 1 9 .

EPILAMPRINAE.

Epilampra azteca Saussiare.

1868. Epilampra azecta Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XX, p. 356.
[cf, Mexico.i^]

Nouveau Chantier, French Guiana, 1 cf .

Epilampra grisea (De Geer)

1773. Blalta grisea De Geer, Mem. I'liist. Ins., Ill, p. 540, pi. 44, fig. 9.
[Surinam. ]

Charvein, French Guiana, 1 9 .

Epilampra abdomen-nigrum (De Geer)

1773. Blatta ahdomen-nigrum De Geer, Mem. l.'hist. Ins., Ill, p. 538, pi. 44,
fig. 5. [[cf], Surinam. ]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, Icf, 19.

Epilampra maculicollis (Serville)

1839. Blalta maculicollis Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 92. [ 9 ,
Brazil. ]

La Forestiere, upper Maroni River, French Guiana, 1 9 .

Epilampra conspersa Burmeister

1838. E[pilampra] conspersa Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I,
p. 505. [Para, Brazil.]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, 1 9 .

Nouveau Chantier, French Guiana, 1 9 .

Tollinche, Maroni River, French Guiana, 1 9 .

15 The Cuban material, originally included, represented a distinct species.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

Hyporhicnoda luaronensis new species. Plate XII, figure 5.

This species is very closely related to H. litomorpha Hebard,
from Colombia. Decided similarity is shown by the color and
texture of the dorsal surface in the female sex. It differs in the
more slender form, head with narrower interocular space and slightly
heavier impressed punctae, stronger convexity of the thoracic seg-
ments and in the decidedly greater reduction of the limb armament.

Type: 9 ; La Forestiere, upper Maroni River, French Guiana.
[Paris Museum].

Size medium, form elongate and rather narrowly oval for the
genus, the greatest width being across the abdomen mesad. Head
hidden under pronotum, broad, the reduced eyes widely separated
b}^ a distance (1.8 mm.) slightly greater than that between the
weakly defined ocellar spots; exposed surface coarsely and rather
thickly impresso-punctate, face flattened, very feebly convex, with
two transverse impressions just below and between the ocellar areas
and showing very slight concavity on each side above the labial
suture. Pronotum extending well beyond head, showing a very
feeble subcucullate condition, very strongly convex to the scarcely
reflexed, narrow lateral portions of the cephalic margin; this margin
subcingulate, broadly convex mesad but more strongly so than in
litomorpha, with lateral margins broadly convex to the latero-caudal
angles, which are rounded and weakly produced caudad, forming
an angle of slightly less than ninety degrees ; caudal margin broadly
convex mesad, showing broad and very weak convexity lateracl,
so that it is nearly transverse. Mesonotum and metanotum with
latero-caudal angles produced and sharply rounded. Entire dorsal
surface apparently smooth, somewhat polished, but under high
magnification seen to be supplied with minute flattened rounded
rugae, these slightly more apparent on the caudal margins of the
segments, so that they appear very finely beaded. Tegmina and
wings absent. Supra-anal plate heavily chitinous, over twice as
broad as long, the free margin convex, showing sUght flattening
laterad and a trace of median emargination. Cerci very short
and lamellate, scarcely projecting beyond the body outline. Sub-
genital plate very large. Limbs showing very decided atrophy of
armament. Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora armed with
three heavy spines, succeeded by an irregular row of rather elongate
chaetiform spines, terminated by a heavy distal spine. Other ven-
tral femoral margins, except caudal margins of caudal femora,
which are wholly unarmed, supplied with a single heavy distal spine,
all with widely spaced large spiniform hairs. Tarsi heavy, caudal
metatarsus as long as combined length of succeeding tarsal joints,
with two rows of spines ventrad and more distantly placed spines
on the sides. Four proximal tarsal joints supplied with pulvilh,
these occupying the entire ventral surfaces except that of the meta-

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

tarsus, the pulvillus of which is distal and about twice as long as
wide. Tarsal claws simple, symmetrical, with very heavy bases.
Arolia absent.

Dorsal surface blackish brown, the pronotum with a paired suf-
fusion of sayal brown, extending a brief distance along the cephalic
margin each side of the median point. Head tawny, the face dark-
ened to mars brown. Antennae and palpi ochraceous-tawny. Ven-
tral thoracic surface and limbs buckthorn brown, the latter with
femora tinged with tawny, the tibiae deepening to mars brown in
distal portions, spines mars brown. Ventral surface of abdomen
deep carob brown, paling to rich chestnut meso-proximad.

Length of body 28.8, length of pronotum 9.5, width of pronotum
12.2, greatest body width 15.6, length of caudal femur 7.1, length
of caudal metatarsus 2 mm.

In addition to the type, a single half-grown female, from Ilet la
Mere, French Guiana, is before us. This specimen bears an addi-
tional spine on the median portion of the ventro-cephalic margin of
the median femora, two similarlj^ situated spines on the caudal fem-
ora and four and five proximal spines on the ventro-cephalic margins
of the cephalic femora.

BLATTINAE.

Periplaneta bruimea Burmeister.

1838. P[eriplanela] brunnea Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I,
p. 503. [cf, 9 : Chile; Demerara, [ = British Guiana]. ]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana.

PANCHLORINAE.

Panchlora cubensis Saiissvu-e.

1862. P[anchlora] cubensis Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XIV, p.
230. [ 9 , Cuba. ]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, Icf , 19.

Nouveau Chantier, French Guiana, 1 d^ .

La Forestiere, upper Maroni River, French Guiana, 1 cf .

Ouanary, French Guiana, 1 cT .

Schizopilia fissicoUis (ServiUe) Plate XII, flgiire 6.

1839. Blatfa fissicoUis Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 85. [ 9 , Cayenne.
[ = French Guiana].]

St. Laurent du Maroni, French Guiana, Icf .

La Forestiere, upper Maroni River, French Guiana, Icf, 3 9.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Depth of Length of Width of
body pronotum pronotum pronotal tegmen tegmen

cf fissure

St. Laurent
La Forestiere

9
La Forestiere
La Forestiere
La Forestiere

33.5
39.7

10.7
11.9

18.
20.

3.1
3.9

31.8
34.7

15.2
17.

38.
38.
39.8

11.

11.1

11.7

18.7
19.7
20.

3.6
3.7

3.7

32.7

33.

33.8

16.

16.7

16.9

This very remarkable insect was previously known from the
type and a single specimen, sent Guerin by Poey from Havana, Cuba.
The latter specimen, with certain others recorded by Guerin, ^^ al-
most certainly came from South America and was included in the
Cuban list in error.

Three immature individuals are before us from the same local-
ity and one from Cayenne, taken in April, 1906, which we believe
represent this species. The largest, apparently in the last stage
preceding maturity, like the others., shows no trace of lateral pro-
notal fissation and is in shape strongly flattened patelliform.

Zetobora emarginata Burmeister. Plate XII, figiires ll_and 12.

1838. Z[etobora] emarginata Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I,

p. 511, No. 5. [Para, Brazil.]
1838. Z[etobora] cicalricosa Burmeister, ibid., p. 511, No. 6. [Para, Brazil.]

La Forestiere, upper Maroni River, French Guiana, 1 cf , 1 9 .

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, Icf, 19.

Association of the sexes and comparison with a topotyjie in the
Academy Collection and with the original description, furnish
convincing evidence that Burmeister 's emarginata represents the
male and his cicalricosa the female of the same species. In this
insect the female is slightly larger, with broader pronotum and teg-
mina than the male, the lateral angles of the pronotum subemar-
ginate caudad, not minutely but distinctly emarginate as in the
opposite sex.

Walker's perspicua is an unquestioned synonym, as indicated by
Kirby. That author is, however, incorrect in placing limbata of
Brunner under emarginata and it is by no means clear that he is
justified in placing rudis of Walker in the same synonymy.

^® In Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Ins., (1857).

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of

cf body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

La Forestiere, French Guiana 23 . 2 6 . 10.9 20 . 5 ^ 8.4
St. Jean du Maroni, French

Guiana 21. 6.3 10.8 20. 8.
9

La Forestiere, French Guiana 22.6 6.7 12.3 20.2 9.
St. Jean du Maroni, French

Guiana 23. 7. 12.1 20. 9.7

Para, Brazil 22.6 6.9 11.8 19.6 9.

ZETOBORELLA new genus.

This genus is erected to include the smallest and one of the most
remarkable species of those referable to the genus Zetobora and its
allies.

In addition to the small size, the present genus is distinctive in
the extremely transverse pronotum, with latero-caudal angles bi-
emarginate, the caudal emargination being conspicuous. This
shows a further development of the type found in Zetobora emargin-
ata Burmeister. The pronotum has the cephalic margin very
broadly convex, without being broadly though conspicuously re-
flexed, in the latter respect agreeing with species of Tribonidium.
The pronotal surface is distinctive in being smooth and polished
over its greater portion, the remaining areas impresso-punctate.
The tegmina are suddenly emarginate mesad, when at rest leaving
the lamellate lateral marginal portions of the third to sixth tergites
exposed. The tegmina, though broad, are, as in Tribonidium, much
narrower than in Zetobora.

Genotype. — Zetoborella gemmicula new species.

Generic Description. Size very small for the group, form broad,
but with tegmina much narrower than in Zetobora. Head flat, with
face broadly and shallowly concave, dorsal outline semicircular,
width between the reduced eyes considerable. Ocelli represented
by shallow but moderately large concavities. Distal joints of
maxillary palpi very short, the last broad. Pronotum with cephalic
margin very broadly convex, caudal margin transverse, latero-
caudal angles bi-emarginate ; surface weakly ti'ilobate, showing very
feeble reflection toward the lateral portions of the cephalic margin
and none mesad, surface smooth and shining except latero-caudad
and mesad toward the caudad margin, where it is impresso-punctate.
Mesonotum impresso-punctulate in the exposed scutellar area.
Tegmina and wings well developed, showing very slight reduction
in the female sex. Tegmina with very Inroad and short marginal
field, the scapular field narrowing suddenly and very strongly
proximad, discoidal field with veins and numerous cross-veins mod-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

erately irregular, the former radiating. Wings with costal veins
almost obliterated beyond the elongate mediastine vein. Abdomen
with first to sixth tergites lamellate produced laterad, the first with
latero-caudal angles broadly rounded, the second to sixth with
these angles produced caudad and sharply rounded, seventh tergite
much narrower, eighth with very narrow caudal portion only ex-
posed. Supra-anal plate sub-bilobate. Cerci small and moderately
slender, with (9 or 10) joints strongly differentiated. Subgenital
plate of male of the usual asymmetrical lobiform type, with two
simple styles; of female ample, moderately emarginate at cereal
bases, truncate distad. Limbs completely unarmed, ^^ lacking
genicular or other spines, ventro-caudal margins of median and cau-
dal femora supplied with well spaced hairs. Four proximal tarsal
joints scarcely longer than distal joint, supplied with large pul villi.
Large arolia present between the simple, symmetrical tarsal claws.

Zetoborella gemmicula new species. Plate XI U, flgiu*es 1 and 2.

The shining surface, smooth and very transverse pronotum and
emarginate tegmina, which leave the lateral portions of the dorsum
of the abdomen exposed, give this beautiful little insect a very dis-
tinctive appearance.

Type: cf; St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana. April and May.
[Paris Museum.]

In addition to the features discussed above, we note the following.
Interocular width three times ocular depth. Fourth joint of maxil-
lary palpi half as long as third, fifth joint three-quarters as long as
third, greatly expanding, its greatest width equal to length of fourth
joint. 1* Pronotum extending well beyond head, with cucullation
above head flattened, surface broadly concave before the two latero-
caudal emarginations, the first of these very weak and lateral in
position, the second decided and caudad in position, twice as long
as broad, with angulate-emargination formed sharply rounded at
shghtly less than a right angle. Tegmina extending slightly be-
yond cereal apices.

Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Paris Museum.]

Very similar to male, except as follows. Interocular width three
and one-half times ocular depth. Maxillary palpi with fifth joint
as long as third and wider than length of fourth. Pronotum slightly
less strongly transverse, with latero-caudal emarginations less de-
cided, so that the caudal emarginations have the angulate-emar-

" In the specimens of Tribonidium here recorded the limbs are unarmed except
the ventro-cephahc margin of the cephahc femora, which is supphed in distal
portion with a row of minute, chaetiform spines, terminated by a single stout,
though very small, distal spine. The metatarsus is equal in length to the distal
tarsal joint.

'* Apparently somewhat variable, as in the allotype it is even wider.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

gination formed more broadly rounded at more than a right angle.
Tegmina extending almost to cereal apices.

Head shining blackish brown. Antennae blackish brown, with
a very broad buff annulus (including ten to twelve joints) in distal
portion. Pronotum shining blackish brown in caudal section and
extending cephalad in median convexity above head, remaining
portions transparent, tinged with warm buff, the caudal margins
of this area transverse laterad, with what appears to be a blackish
brown suffusion at the angles, due to the fact that there the blackish
brown area extends slightly farther cephalad on the ventral surface
than on the dorsal face, cephalic margin very finely blackish brown.
Tegmina mummy brown, blackish brown when closed, translucent,
except marginal field which is opaque. Wings transparent, tinged
with mummy brown, this weak in radiate field. Dorsal surface of
abdomen blackish brown, with lamellate lateral sections of second
and third tergites warm buff in the female, this marking in the male
the same for the third tergite, but reduced to a small spot on the
second tergite." Limbs and ventral surface prouts brown, deepen-
ing to blackish brown toward the abdominal periphery, but with
lamellate ventral portions of second and third tergites warm buff.

Length of body cf 14^'- 13, 9 15; length of pronotum cf 3.8-3.7,

9 3.8; width of pronotum d^ 1 .2-1 , 9 6.7; length of tegmen cf 11.8-

12.7, 9 10.8; width of tegmen proximad cf 4.7-4.7, 9 4.4; width of

tegmen distad d^ 4-4, 9 3.7; width of tegminal marginal field (^

1.8-1.95, 9 1.8 mm.

The species is known from the described pair aud a paratypic
male from St. Laurent du Maroni.^i

Phortioeca nimbata (Burmeister) Plate XIII, flgiu-e 3.

1838. Z[etohora] nimbata Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. 1, p.
511. [Pani, Brazil.]

La Forestiere, upper MaroniRiver, French Guiana, 2 cf, 1 9 ,1 juv.
9.

Nouveau Chantier, French Guiana, 2cf.

Pariacabo, French Guiana, 1 juv. cf , 1 juv. 9 .

Charvein, French Guiana, 1 juv. 9 .

This species was placed by Saussure in what he considered the
second division of the genus Zetohora, (Phoriioeca) . It unquestion-
ably belongs to Phortioeca and not to Zetohora (as assigned by Kirby)
This is shown by the type of pronotum, with section above head
more distinctly cucullate, cephalic margin not broadly reflexed

" The greater portion of this conspicuous pale marking is exposed when the
tegmina are at rest, due to the sudden emargination of those organs.

^^ The measurements of the male type are given first.

2' An immature female from Tollinche, Maroni River, French Guiana, repre-
sents this or a related species.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

and greater portion of surface granulate, not everywhere impresso-
punctate. The present material agrees fully with Saussure's ade-
quate description of his synonymous Zetohora {Phortioeca) castanea.
It is of interest to note that the measurements given by Burmeis-
ter of the body length of this and the two preceding species are in
all cases considerably less than that of specimens subsequently,
and apparently correctly, recorded as these species.

Length of body cf 20.7-23, 9 25; length of pronotum c? 6.2-6.8,
9 7.3; width of pronotum cf 9.7-10.3, 9 11.7; length of tegmen
d" 20.2-21, 9 23; width of tegmen d" 7.8-8 7, 9 9.7 mm.

BLABERINAE.

Blabenis giganteus (Linnaeus)

1758. B[laUa] gignntea Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, I, p. 424. [America.]
1802. Blatta colossea lUiger, Mag. Insektenkunde, I, p. 186. [Demerara,
[ = British Guiana]. ]

La Forestiere, upper Maroni River, French Guiana, 1 large juv. cf .

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, 2 cf , 1 9 .

The above synonymy has been recently established by us.^^ In
the present specimens the width of the marginal field of the tegmina
is: cf 7.2, .9 7.9 mm.

Eublaberus biolleyi (Rehn) Plate XIV, figure 3, 4, 5. 6 and 7.

1906. Blaberus biolleyi Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 792,
fig. 1. [ 9 ; Reventazon River, plains of Santa Clara, Costa Rica. ]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, 1 cf , 1 9 , 1 juv.

These specimens, like a female from Trinidad, in the Hebard Col-
lection, differ from the type in having the pronotal markings fused
to different degrees. Such is the individual variability in these
markings that we feel confident that but one species is represented. -^
This species is clearly distinct from E. posticus (Erichson), but the
other described species-^ can not be vouched for, until extensive
series can be secured. The difficulty is that, at present, there is no
means of telling whether the various conditions described, with
pronotum more heavily marked and suffused, represent distinct
species or, in some cases, merely manifestations of decided intensive
coloration in individuals of the same species.

22 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLVII, p. 148, (1921).

23 We figure the pronotum of the specimens before us, to show the individual
variabiUty of these markings.

-^ In chronological order the species are; 1848 posticus (Erichson), 1857 sulzeri
(Guerin), 1869 femaraia (Scudder), 1894 thoracica (Saussure and Zehntner) ( =
posticus), 1894 immacula (Saussure and Zehntner), 1903 distanti (Kirby), 1906
biolleyi (Rehn).

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

The two specimens here recorded show marked size diversity.
Length of body d" 41.5, 9 49; length of pronotum cT 11.3, 9 13.3;
width of pronotum (^ 16, 9 19.1, length of tegmen cT 40, 9 46;
width of tegmen cf 15.7, 9 18 mm.

CORYDIINAE.
OULOPTERYX25 new genus.

This genus of comparatively medium-small species is one of the
most distinctive found in tropical South America.

Ocelli are absent, the pronotum is transversely strongly impressed
just before the cephalic margin, the pronotum and tegmina are
coriaceous and polished, thickly impresso-punctate, except distad
on the tegmina and very weakly to well supplied with hairs, the
wings are exceptionally large for the body bulk and have a large
appendicular field, which is not only folded but curled into a tight
roll when these organs are at rest, the ventral femoral margins are
unarmed except for a single distal spine on the ventro-cephalic mar-
gin of the cephalic femora, while pulvilli and arolia are absent.

The curled tegmina show a further development of the type found
in the Ectobine genus Theganopter^yx. The more than usually
coriaceous tegmina, particularly in one species, gives to the species
a decidedly coleopteroid facies.

Taking all of the characters into consideration the genus appears
to be an aberrant member of the Corydiinae, and we place it in
linear arrangement after Buhohlatta Hebard and before Ceuthobiella,
here described, though showing a development from a very different
stock.

Genotype. — Oulopteryx meliponaruni new species.^^

Generic Description. Size medium small, form elongate elliptical.
Head slightly longer than broad, supplied with a few scattered
hairs, eyes well separated, ocelli absent, maxillary palpi rather short
and heavy. Pronotum shining, coriaceous, with cephalic margin
transverse, caudal margin very broadly and weakly convex, greatest
width meso-cauded; surface heavily impresso-punctate and very
weakly to well supplied with scattered hairs, with a strong trans-
verse impression before the cephalic margin, the discal section ir-
regularly bossed, the narrow lateral portion weakly reflexed. Teg-
mina fully developed in male, showing slight reduction in female,
shining, moderately to decidedly coriaceous, with apex rather sharp-

^^ From ouXo-XTSpu^, in allusion to the curled wings.
^^ Described on page 247.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

ly rounded, surface heavily impresso-punctate, this disappearing
meso-distad, without hairs orwellsuppliedwith hairs, discoidalsectors
longitudinal; veins invisible except in certain lights, except in por-
tion of dextral tegmen concealed when at rest, which is subchitinous.
Wings ver)'' large in porportion to body bulk, costal veins not clubbed,
discoidal and median vein forming an elongate acute ellipse, crossed
by numerous transverse veinlets, an irregular network of veinlets
distad in area between the unbranched ulnar, anal and first branch
of the axillary vein; appendicular field with basal line rounded
obtuse-angulate, length nearly equal to width in males, length
distinctly less than width in females, this area folding and curling
into a tight roll when at rest; radiate field folding fanwise. Dorsal
surface of male abdomen with median segment specialized. Cerci
short, fiattened dorsad, lateral margins complete. Male subgenital
plate symmetrical, with similar, unspecialized styles. Female sub-
genital plate valvular. Limbs with femora unarmed except as
follows: cephalic femora with ventro-cephalic margin supplied dis-
tad with minute, piliform but well separated spines, or lacking these,
with a single elongate heavy distal spine; median and caudal femora
with a similar distal spine on both ventral margins. Tarsi pilose
ventrad, lacking pulvilli, caudal metatarsus as long as combined
length of succeeding joints. Tarsal claws delicate, symmetrical,
unspecialized; arolia absent.

Oulopteryx dascilloides-^ new species. Plate XV, figures 5, 6.

This species, though congeneric, differs in many respects from
0. meliponarum, with which it is compared on page 247.

The blackish brown, usually coriaceous pronotum and tegmina
and general contour strongly resemble certain species of Coleoptera.

Type: cf ; Pariacabo, French Guiana. [Paris Museum.]

In addition to the characters given in the generic description,
we note the following. Size smaller, form not as elongate as in
meliponarum. Head somewhat shorter than in that species, very
slightly longer than broad. Interocular space three-quarters
width between antennal sockets. Maxillary palpi shorter than in
meliponarum. Pronotum smaller, discal boss stronger and giving
the pronotum a decidedly less flattened appearance. Tegmina
extending beyond cereal apices, decidedly coriaceous, sutural and
costal margins rather strongly oblique to rounded apex in distal
third. Wings with rolls of folded appendicular field lying obliquely.
Median segment rather strongly impressed meso-proximad, with
a short transverse ridge mesad on each side, the impressed area in-
vaded by a blunt angulation meso-caudad, with a heavy tuft of
agglutinated hairs springing from the depression in front of that
point, directed cephalad. Supra-anal plate with length approxi-

2' In allusion to the superficial resemblance shown by this species to members
of the coleopterous genus Dascillufi.

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY. OF [Part II

mately equal to one-third basal width, lateral margins weakly con-
cave and convergent to broadly rounded median portion, except
in a very small area mesad where a small rounded production oc-
curs, the surface of this concave, the entire distal margin well sup-
plied with elongate hairs. Concealed genitalia not visible in this
specimen. Subgenital plate nearly symmetrical, the lateral mar-
gins convergent, the sinistral very feebly convex, then as feebly
concave, the dextral as feebly concave to the style sockets, between
these the distal margin is roughly broadly convex, weakly oblique
in proximal portions, mesad truncate but when seen in caudal as-
pect as weakly obtuse-angulate ventrad, the angles formed all
rounded. Styles similar, simple, straight, cylindrical, rounded at
apex, each about two and one-half times as long as its width,
shghtly over one-quarter as long as the distance between the style
bases. Limbs very slightly heavier and shorter than in meliponarum.
Cephalic femora with ventro-cephalic margin supplied distad with
a very few, minute, piliform spines, which are scarcely distinguish-
able, terminated by a single elongate distal spine. Caudal meta-
tarsus equal to combined length of the succeeding tarsal joints.

General coloration shining blackish chestnut brown, paling to
hazel along costal margin. Tegmina, when held against light, chest-
nut brown paling to hazel along costal margin. Wings transparent,
almost colorless, veins buffy, costal veins distad opaque, ochraceous-
buff. Dorsal surface of mesonotum, metanotum and abdomen
buffy, the latter suffused with blackish chestnut brown laterad and
in broad distal portion. Head shining blackish chestnut brown, ^^
mouthparts and limbs mars brown, coxae and abdomen, except
proximo-mesad where it is slightly paler, blackish chestnut brown.

Length of body 7.7, length of pronotum 2.2, width of pronotum
2.9, length of tegmen 7.1, width of tegmen 2.7, length of caudal
tibia 2.4 mm.

The type is unique.

Latindia dohmiana Saussure and Zehntaer.

1894. Latindia dohmiana Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Am., Orth.,
I, p. Ill, pi. V, fig. 7. [ 9 , Guatemala. ]

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, 19.

Previously known from tropical Mexico to Panama, an additional
female from Trinidad is before us.^^ The pronotal proportions of
these two specimens are identical, length 1.8, width 2.05 mm.

Sphecophila polybiarum (Shelford)

1907. Sphecophila polybiarum Shelford, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1906, p.
518. [ cT ; Sainte Marie, Oyapock [River], French Guiana. ]

2* The antennae are missing.

*" Recorded by Bruner as L. castanea Brunner (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XIV, p.
143, (1906).), which name is very possibly a synonym, as Brunner 's pronotal
measurements for the female type from Balthazar, Granada, (length 1.5, width
1.3 mm.), alone disagree and may easily be incorrect.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

Sainte Marie, lower Oyapock River, French Guiana, 1900, (F.
Geay; in nest of wasp, Polyhia pygmaea Fabricius), 1 cT, 4 juv.,
topotypes, taken with type.

It would appear that fifteen specimens in all were secured from
the same nest, eleven of them being adult males.

Holocompsa nitidula (Fabricius)

1781. B[la(ta] nitidula Fabricius, Spec. Ins., I, p. 345, [[9], Surinam.]

Demerara, British Guiana, 1901, (R. J. Crew), 4 cf, 49, [He-
bard Cln.]

St. Georges, Oyapock River, French Guiana, 1 cf .

OXYHALOINAE.

Chorisoneura lata Rehn.

1916. Chorisoneura lata Rehn, Trans. And. Ent. Soc, XLII, p. 253, pi. XV,
figs. 28 to 30. [ cf ; Para, Brazil. ]

Gourdonville, French Guiana, 1 9 .

This specimen is more intensively colored than the type. In this
genus, which includes a multitude of species, often very closely re-
lated, we believe the present association to be correct, though it
is impossible to be certain without males from the same locality.

In the male type of lata, the head coloration is destroyed, traces of
a paler band between the eyes and a pair of dark flecks alone being
discernible. In the female at hand the head coloration is apparent-
ly as it would be in the type, had its coloration been retained.
Head with occiput ochraceous-tawny, terminating in a straight
line between the eyes, upon which are situated two slightly im-
pressed dots of dark brown, below this is a band of buff which widens
slightly laterad, in that portion having a larger impressed dot of
dark brown on each side, below this band the face is pale ochraceous-
tawny.

Compared with C. panamae Hebard, this cephalic marking is seen
to differ principally in having the more widely separated pair of
dots, the larger and the pale areas confined to a transverse band in-
stead of spreading ventrad over the face.

Chorisoneura guianae new species. Plate XIV, figures 11 and 12.

This species is closely related toC. lata Rehn, 3° differing in its

^° Referred to the Pellucida Group by Hebard, Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 4, p.
127, (1920). In addition to the species assigned to that group, C. poststriga
(Walker) also apparently belongs. From the description of that species it may
be distinguished from the present by the dark face and differently colored teg-
mina.

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part II

very slightly smaller size, distinctive and unspotted cephalic mark-
ing, pronotum with disk proportionately smaller when compared
with the ample lateral portions and tegmina with venation broadly
pale in all portions, so that the small remaining darker areas give
these organs a delicately tessellate appearance.

Type:d^; Bartica, British Guiana. April 14, 1913. (H. S. Parish.)
[Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Type no. 537.]

Size rather large for the genus, form depressed, in outline elongate
elliptico-ovoid. Head broad, decidedly depressed; from the dor-
sum practically the entire occiput and cephalic half of the eyes are
seen to be exposed, occipital outline truncate, the eyes almost im-
perceptibly projecting }3eyond the interocular area; interocular
space broad (.6 mm.), one and one-half times occipital ocular
depth, about four-fifths as wide as space between antennal sockets.
Maxillary palpi with third joint elongate and slender; fourth joint
three-quarters as long as third; fifth joint slightly longer than
fourth, moderately enlarged. Pronotum transverse elliptical,
with a marked rectangulate tendency, due to the wide and strongly
transverse cephalic and caudal margins, cephalic margin showing
a trace of convexity only above the head, caudal margin showing a
very feeble convexity, lateral margins broadly convex, rounding
evenly into cephalic and caudal margins; greatest width mesad;
disk with a shallow medio-longitudinal impression and a pair of
brief oblique sulci laterad, very sUghtly but appreciably smaller
in proportion to lateral portions than in lata; lateral portions
weakly declivent cephalad, where the surfaces are very shallowly
concave, weakly bossed over tegmina. Tegmina elongate, extend-
ing briefly beyond cereal bases, greatest width at proximal third,
thence narrowing evenly to near the sharply rounded but acute apex;
marginal field very broad; costal veins (17) with a number of false
veinlets between, discoidal sectors (16) strongly oblique. Wings
with intercalated triangle forming an angle of appreciably less than
ninety degrees. Sixth abdominal tergite with a very shallow
round depression mesad, rather thickly supplied with minute agglu-
tinated hairs. Supra-anal plate damaged in this specimen. Sub-
genital plate with flattened bases of the shallowly inset styles
occupying almost all of free margin; styles very elongate, nearly
three times as long as basal width, broad at base, tapering to the
lamellate and rather sharply rounded apices, unarmed on external
surfaces. Between the styles the median portion of the plate is
produced in a very slender, chitinous shaft, three-quarters as long
as one of the styles, showing a very slight and even curvature cau-
dad throughout its length and tapering to the aciculate apex.
Limbs and their armament, tarsi, claws, pulvilli and arolia as
characteristic of the genus.

Allotype: 9 ; same data as type, except taken December 11, 1912.
[Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

Agrees closely with type. Tegmina slightly shorter. Inter-
ocular space slightly wider. Supra-anal plate triangularly pro-
duced, strongly notched at apex, this rounded emarginate, deeper
than wide, the two sharply rounded portions thus formed with sur-
faces moderately convex, lateral margins feebly concave. Sub-
genital plate ample, narrow distal portion reflexed, longitudinally
cleft mesad.

Head with vertex to point of least width between eyes auburn,
the line of demarcation there sharp, weakly convex dorsad in
male, transverse in female, face whitish buffy shading to ochraceous-
buff ventrad. Antennae in males mummy brown in proximal
fourth, thence much paler, buckthorn brown, in female pale buck-
thorn brown throughout. Pronotum with marginal portions trans-
parent, very faintly tinged with ochraceous-buff ; disk tawny, mesad
with a pair of small, parallel, longitudinal markings of ochraceous-
buff. In the female the disk is russet laterad, the area between and
about these markings alone tawny. Tegmina transparent, marginal
field and along costal margin very faintly tinged with ochraceous-
buff, the veins and veinlets in the other portions (except the hum-
eral trunk for a brief distance proximad, where it is ochraceous-
tawny) all broadly defined in this color, the very small intervening
areas in these portions weakly tinged with ochraceous-tawny, this
giving the tegmina a delicately tessellate appearance. Wings
transparent very faintly tinged with buff, except in proximal por-
tion of costal veins (strongly tinged with prouts brown in this area
in the intensively colored allotype) and about the intercalated
triangle, where they are weakly tinged with ochraceous-tawny, the
enlarged (distal) portions of the costal veins whitish. Limbs och-
raceous-buff. Ventral surface pale orchraceous-buff, showing a
whitish bloom.

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length Length Width Length Width
of of of of of

cf body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

Bartica, British Guiana, type 11. 2.2 3.5 9.8 3.

Cayenne, French Guiana, para^ype 10.7 2.2 3.55 10. 3.15

Bartica, British Guiana, allotype 10. 62. 3 3.6 9.3 3.

In addition to the described pair, a paratypic male from Cayenne,
French Guiana, property of the Paris Museum, has been examined.

Chorisoneura barticae new species. Plate XIV, flgure 13.

This insect may be distinguished from the multitude of related
species by the small size (tegminal length 8 mm. or less), the dis-
tinctively marked head, nearly unicolorous pronotum, which is
obscurely paler mesad, unicolorous tegmina except for the paler mar-
gins and male styles, which are developed as foliaceous plates taper-

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

ing distad to their acute apices and less than twice as long as broad,
between the bases of which the subgenital plate is triangularly
produced and unarmed.

To the known Panamanian species it will be seen that nearest
affinity is with C. cabimae Hebard, that species differing in the mark-
ing of the head, wider interocular space, very much more elongate
fourth joint of maxillary palpi and differently shaped male styles.

Type: cT; Bartica, British Guiana, January 10, 1913. [H. S.
Parish.] [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Type no. 5370.]

Size medium for the small species of the genus; form depressed,
surface glabrous. Head with occiput largely exposed. Interocular
space (.45 mm., in cabimae .55 mm.) two-thirds the width be-
tween the antennal sockets. Maxillary palpi with fifth joint
slightly shorter than fourth, fourth joint approximately four-fifths
as long as third. Pronotum transverse, subelhptical; greatest
width meso-caudad; cephalic and caudal margins transverse,
feebly convex; latero-cephalic angles distinctly more broadly
rounded than latero-caudal angles. Tegmina surpassing apex of
abdomen by about the pronotal length, strongly elongate lanceo-
late, with apex sharply rounded, distinctly more acute than in
cabimae; discoidal vein with numerous branches, the more distal
of which are subobsolete; discoidal sectors (9) oblique. Wings and
venation very delicate; appendicular field nearly as long as broad,
basal outline forming very sHghtly more than a right angle ; costal
veins moderately heavily clubbed distad. Dorsal surface of abdo-
men with sixth segment weakly specialized mesad, as characteristic
of the genus. Supra-anal plate strongly transverse, very weakly
triangularly produced. Subgenital plate with lateral portion of
free margin weakly oblique, nearly transverse, straight to the two
short styles, which are deeply inset, between these the subgenital
plate is minutely triangularly produced and unarmed. Styles
heavy, nearly twice as long as greatest width near base,^i the lat-
eral margins from that point to the small apical portion, which is
formed by a folding over of the style, forming a small triangular
apex, directed dorso-laterad. Limbs and their armament, pulvilli.
tarsal claws and arolia as characteristic of genus. ^^

Allotype: 9 ; same dataastype, except taken on January 30, 1913.
[Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

Agrees closely with male, differing in the following features.
Interocular space broader (.65 mm.). Tegmina shghtly less elon-
gate. Dorsal surface of abdomen not specialized. Supra-anal
plate triangular and rather strongly produced, with lateral margins

^' In the male paratype these styles are distinctly shorter than in the type, with
contour, however, similar.

'■' Fully described, Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 4, p. 135, (1920).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

broadly concave to the narrowly bilobate apex, the area intervening
between these lobes forming an angle as deep as its basal width, with
lateral margins weakly concave. Subgenital plate scoop-shaped,
with marginal convexity greatest latero-caudad, distal portion
sharply reflexed, broad mesad, with a medio-longitudinal cleft,
this reflexed portion narrowing rather strongly to opposite cereal
bases, where it disappears.

Head with vertex to between ocellar areas ochraceous-tawny,
there this area of coloration is terminated by a very fine, transverse
line of mummy brown, below which the face is entirely pale och-
raceous-buff and hkewise opaque, ^^ antennae and mouthparts
weakly tinged with translucent ochraceous-buff. Pronotum with
marginal portions transparent, faintly tinged with ochraceous-buff;
disk ochraceous-tawny, in some examples paling mesad to och-
raceous-buff tinged with ochraceous-tawny, this more extensive
caudad. Tegmina transparent evenly and weakly tinged with
ochraceous-buff. Wings transparent, with a very faint buffy
tinge, this becoming stronger in the area of the costal veins and
showing a very weak tawny suffusion about the intercalated triangle.
Dorsal surface of abdomen ochraceous-buff, faintly tinged with
ochraceous-tawny. Limbs ochraceous-buff. Ventral surface pale
ochraceous-buff, in the best preserved specimens showing the same
opaque whitish condition as found on the face.

Measurements ( in millimeiers ).

Length Length Width Length Width
of of of of of

c? body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

Bartica, British Guiana, type 9.34 1.8 2.8 8.1 2.7

Bartica, British Guiana, parafype 8. 1.8 2.85 8. 2.7

9

Bartica, British Guiana, allotype 8. 1.85 2.9 7.8 2.8

Bartica, British Guiana, paratype 9.34 1.8 2.9 7.8 2.75

Demerara, British Guiana, paratype 34 1.8 2 . 85 7.8 2 . 75

Specimens Examined: 5; 2 males and 3 females.
Bartica, British Guiana, I, 10 to 30, 1913, (H. S. Parish), 2c^, 2 9 ,
type, allotype and paratypes, [A. N. S. P.].

Demerara, British Guiana, 1901, (R. J. Crew,) 1 9 ^^^[Hebard Cln.]

Section II. Southeastern Brazil.

This collection is of particular interest, due to the fact that it is

'' Specimens of the genus, in drying, apparently often lose this whitish pigmen-
tation, these areas in such becoming translucent weakly tinged with ochraceous-
buff. In such specimens, however, the areas originally more strikingly defined
are usually detected with little difficulty.

^^ Abdomen squeezed out, in life probably about 8 mm. in total length.

'^ Recorded by Rehn as Chorisoneura gracilis (Saussure), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1906, p. 271, (1906).

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

in large part from the vicinity of Rio de Ja-neiro, type locality of
many of the older species described from South America.

As a result, the present study has aided greatly in clearing up the
identity of a number of older names. Several of these are of great
importance in that they represent genotypic species. Such are;
Neoblattella adspersicollis, Liosilpha pumicata, Phoraspis picta,
Petasodes mouffeti, Monastria biguttata, Brachycola tuherculata and
Parahormetica bilohata.

The 155 specimens treated, represent 27 genera and 38 species,
of which 3 genera and 9 species are new.

Among the new species described, Dasyblatta thmimasiairomFara,
and Oulopteryx meliponarum from near Passa-Quatro, Minas Geraes,
represent extremely unusual types. The latter species is of addi-
tional interest, in being the first Blattid known to be symbiotic
with bees.

ECTOBIINAE.

Anaplecta bivittata Brimner.

1865. A [naplecta] bivittata Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 63. [ 9 , Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 800 to 900 meters, 1 cf.

Though in a poor state of preservation, the present specimen is
seen to agree closely with a male, previously recorded by Rehn,
from Para, Brazil. The squarely truncate tegminal maculation is
a striking feature of coloration in the species. Slightly darker
transverse suffusions across the face, suggested in these specimens,
may prove to be a more conspicuous feature of coloration in better
preserved material. Length of body 5.6, length of tegmen 5.3 mm.

Anaplecta xanthopeltis new species. Plate IX, figures 1 and 2.

This insect appears to be closely related to A.fusca Shelf ord, des-
cribed from a unique female from Cachabi, Ecuador. The present
male differs from the description of that species in the larger size,
pale head and pronotum and in features of wing venation.

In the present specimen the interval between the discoidal vein
and its branch caudad^^ is wider and is crossed by three transverse
veinlets, this area being very weakly defined distad, the branching

^^ In Shelford's description oifusca termed the "medio-discal'' field, though the
area so termed elsewhere and designated as the medio-discoidal field by us, is
shown by that author's figure oi fusca to be the area caudad of that to which he
has referred.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

of the axillary vein is regular, while the anal vein in the appendic-
ular field curves strongly toward the caudad margin distad.

The male of fusca will probably show other differences of more
diagnostic value than those of the wing venation.

Type: cf ; Rio Itaya, Peru.^- February. [Paris Museum.]

Size small for the genus of very small species, form relatively
moderately slender, coleopteroid. Head distinctly longer than
broad, with no distinct ridge above ocellar areas, ocellar spots
subobsolete ^^ Pronotum almost perfectly oval, surface weakly
convex. Tegmina comparatively narrow, rather strongly chitinous,
venation inconspicuous, costal margin very feebly convex proxi-
mad, thence nearly straight to distal portion, where it is oblique
and more markedly convex to the acute-angulate though bluntly
rounded apex, this apex situated beyond the axis of the tegmen
toward the sutural margin. Wings very elongate and narrow, over
twice as long as greatest width, costal veins (five) straight and
scarcely thickened distad, medio-discoidal area with two transverse
veinlets, the more distal heavy and appearing as a gradual curvature
of the discoidal vein to join the median vein, this veinlet sending
three veinlets distad ; appendicular field in length slightly over two-
fifths that of remaining portion of wing, length equal to width.
Supra-anal plate with free margin broadly convex, about twice as
wide as long; dorsal surface with a dehcate transverse ridge mesad,
which bears mesad on its cephalic face a tuft of microscopic hairs,
cephalad of which it is concave, the caudal margin of the preceding
tergite being roundly emarginate about this concavity. Subgenital
plate simple, bearing two very minute, short, simple, conical styles.
Limbs and their armament, tarsal claws and arolia as character-
istic of genus.

Head light ochraceous-tawny, suffused with mummy brown
laterad above the clypeus, maxillary palpi dresden brown, with dis-
tal joints deepening to mummy brown. Antennae deep dresden
brown. Pronotum with disk immaculate light ochraceous-tawny,
lateral portions transparent, tinged with buff. Tegmina deep
chestnut brown, except the narrow marginal field, which is trans-
parent, tinged with buff. Wings tinged with mummy brown, this
weak proximad, very heavy in distal portion of anterior field and
anterior portion of radiate field. Ventral surface of abdomen
buffy brown mesad, shading to prouts brown laterad. Limbs and
cerci ochraceous-buff, the cephalic tibiae and tarsi weakly suffused
with brown.

Length of body 5, length of pronotum 1.2, width of pronotum
1.6, length of tegmen 3.9, width of tegmen 1.3 mm.

^' We describe this species here, as it is one of the two new species in the Paris
Museum collection from Peru, both of which are indeed representatives of the
fauna of the upper Amazonian drainage.

^^ Possibly due to discoloration.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

The type of this handsome, though plainly bicolored species, is

unique.

DASYBLATTA39 new genus

This genus is erected to include two anomalous species, ihaumasia,
described on page 225, and cho'pardi, described on page 257, appar-
ently referable to the Group Blattellae, but exceptionally distinc-
tive in being clothed with microscopic hairs and in having the in-
tercalated triangle curled and tubuhform when at rest.^"

The insect further shows decided similarity to some of the smaller
species of the genus Ischnoptera, belonging to the Group Ischnop-
terae, in the general contour, and particularly that of the head and
pronotum.

In linear position we place Dasyhlatta after Platylestes and before
Chromatonoius, no close relationship to any previously described
genus, however, being indicated.

Genotype. —Dasyhlatta thaumasia new species.

Generic Description. Based on the male sex. Size small, form
slender, structure not as delicate as is usual in the Group, entire
surface, when tegmina are closed, decidedly hairy. Interocular
space rather broad to decidedly narrow; ocelli distinct, with flat
surfaces of ocellar areas forming a rather sharp angle with the
interocellar space. Eyes extending ventrad nearly to maxillary palpi.
Maxillary palpi comparatively short, with fifth segment longest
of all. Pronotum moderately convex, laterad decidedly so to the
very narrowly concave lateral portions, disk with two broad but
distinct sulcations mesad, which converge caudad; cephalic margin
transverse, much broader caudal margin weakly convex, point of
greatest width meso-caudad. Tegmina and wings fully developed.
Tegmina hirsute, anal field very elongate, discoidal sectors longi-
tudinal." Wing with costal veins not enlarged, discoidal and un-
branched median vein connected by numerous transverse veinlets;
ulnar vein with (1) complete branch, showing numerous transverse
veinlets and very numerous bases of these toward fold of the wing,
intercalated triangle very broad and conspicuous, curling in a tube
when the wings are at rest. Dorsal surface of abdomen unspecial-
ized. Subgenital plate with a process sinistro-proximad, which
lies outside of, and alongside, the cereal base. Limbs heavy for the
group. Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora armed with a

33 From oaa6-|3XczTTa = A hairy cochroach.

^^ In these features only, agreement with the genus Oulopteryx, described in
the present paper and assigned to the Corydiinae, is shown. The ensemble of
characters, however, leads us to believe that the present genus is a member of
the Pseudomopinae.

*^ In the specimen described as D. cho-pardi on page 257, the discoidal sectors of
the dextral tegmen toward the sutural margin are, however, moderately oblique.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

few well-spaced, heavy spines, succeeded by a row of (15-17)
minute chaetiform spines, terminating in three heavy spines, very
elongate, in increasing ratio distad. Ventro-caudal margin of
cephalic femora armed with (1 median, 1 subdistal and 1 distal)
heavy, elongate spines. Other femoral margins well supplied with
heavy elongate spines. Four proximal tarsal joints supplied distad
with minute, simple pulvilli. Tarsal claws simple, symmetrical.
Very small arolia present.

Dasyblatta thaumasia new species. Plate IX, figures 9, 10 and 11.

The many astonishing characters of this insect are discussed in
the generic treatment. The male sex only is known.

Tijpe: &; Para, Para, Brazil. (C. F. Baker.) [Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., Type no. 5377.]

In addition to the characters given in the generic description, the
following are noteworthy. Interocular space slightly over one-
quarter occipital ocular depth, about one-third width between
antennal sockets; impressed punctae, the sockets of hairs, particul-
arly conspicuous in the inter-ocular-ocellar area. Third joint of
maxillary palpi slightly shorter than the large fifth joint, slightly
longer than the fourth joint. The hirsute tegmina have, to the
naked eye, a coriaceous appearance, due to the fact that the hairs
are not visible except under the microscope; area of dextral tegmen,
concealed when at rest, without hairs; discoidal sectors (8 and 9)
longitudinal. Wings with distal portion of anterior margin hirsute.
Metanotum with a minute subchitinous projection mesad on the
caudal margin, which is twice as long as broad; large and very de-
cided rounded ridges diverge from this across the median segment,
terminating before the latero-caudal portions of that segment.
Seven proximal tergites with latero-caudal angles rectangulate
and sharply rounded. Eighth tergite narrowly visible, normal
dextrad but with sinistral folded portion (including the latero-
caudal angle) strongly produced beside the super-anal plate to near
the cereal base. Supra-anal plate two-thirds as long as proximal
width, weakly chitinous in distal portion; lateral margins straight,
parallel, to bases of cerci, straight and strongly oblique to within
these, the remaining portion roundly produced, showing a weak indi-
cation of a symmetrical, trapezoidal contour. Springing from the sin-
istral base of the subgenital plate and from within the production
of the eighth tergite, a straight, cylindrical, chitinous process ex-
tends caudad along the outer margin of the cercus nearly as far as
does the supra-anal plate, this process six times as long as thick,
with apex moderately enlarged and bearing a cluster of elongate,
straight, chaetiform spines. Subgenital plate with all but base
of sinistral portion curled upward to just within and beneath sinis-
tral cercus, bearing on its internal surface a stout conical project-
ion which terminates in several adjacent, very elongate chaetiform
spines, directed mesad, the margin of this portion weakly curved,

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

rounding at its extremity, then decli vent to the not upcurled median
portion of the plate, the median section of the margin undulate,
bearing in its median depression a small, cylindrical process (sinis-
tral style) slightly longer than wide, directed dorsad and armed
with two sharp, slender spines, which curve weakly sinistrad; bear-
ing in its dextral depression a much more elongate process (dextral
style) which is sinuous, directed dorso-mesad and terminating in
a sharp, slender spine; beyond the dextral, portion of the plate is
strongly curled upward and inward, overhanging the dextral style
and folded beneath the cereal base, its margin broadly convex.

Head with occiput to above ocelh auburn, ocelH light buff; re-
maining portions, including proximal antennal joints and palpi,
ochraceous-buff with a tawny tinge, with twin weak suffusions of
auburn between the antennal sockets. Remaining portions of
antennae dresden brown. Pronotum cinnamon brown with a very
faintly paler, subobsolete medio-longitudinal hne and flecks, lateral
portions very narrowly ochraceous-buff with a tinge of buckthorn
brown. Tegmina translucent buckthorn brown, very brief mar-
ginal field ochraceous-buff with a tinge of buckthorn brown, humeral
trunk and between humeral and very brief mediastine vein, cin-
namon-brown for a very short distance. Wings transparent,
faintly tinged with brown, except in area of costal veins, where they
are heavily tinged with dresden brown. Dorsal surface of abdo-
men buckthorn brown, mottled with cinnamon brown. Limbs
pale orange-yellow, ventral surface of abdomen ochraceous-buff
tinged with orange.

Length of body 10.8, length of pronotum 2.7, width of pronotum
3.3, length of tegmen 10.9, width of tegmen 3.3, length of caudal
tibia 4.2, length of caudal metatarsus 1.9 mm.

This diminutive and commonplace looking insect is one of the
most highlj^ specialized and distinctive forms of the Blattidae
known to us. The type is unique.

Supella supellectilium (Serville)

1839. Blatla supellectilium Serville Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 114. [Mauri-
tius.]

Bahia, Brazil, Icf, 19.

Neoblattella janeirae new species. Plate IX, figxires 17, 18 and 19.

Though showing the general structure and color pattern of sev-
eral of the larger groups of this genus, this species differs from all
others known to us in the armament of the cephalic femora. The
ventro-cephalic margin of these members is armed with a row of
heavy spines which decrease suddenly in size and length mesad, those
distad being very minute and closely placed, but too heavy to be
termed piliform. This is seen to agree more closely with the type

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

termed "A," than with type "B," the latter the characteristic
armament for the other species of NeoblatteUa.

We do not feel warranted in considering this species generically
distinct solely on this condition; in numerous other characters
janeirae shows much closer affinity to the Conspersa Group than
to the genotypic Adspersicollis and other Groups of the genus.

The very narrow interocular space and symmetrically highly
specialized male subgenital plate constitute particularly distinctive
features. The proportionately decided amplitude of the organs
of flight is only exceeded in males of N. carrikeri Hebard, of the
species at hand.

Though simply and not strikingly colored, this is one of the most
interesting species of the genus, due to the unusual armament of
the cephalic femora and remarkable specialization of the male
supra-anal plate.

Type: cf ; Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Elevation 500 to 1000
meters. ]May. [Paris Museum.]

Size medium for the genus, form moderately slender. Inter-
ocular space comparatively narrow, one-third that between the
antennal' sockets. Ocellar spots distinct, their surfaces oblique
to, but rounding smoothly into, the flattened inter-ocular-ocellar
area. Maxillary palpi elongate. Pronotum Avith surface very
weakly convex, greatest width distinctly caudad of median point,
caudal margin showing an exceedingly broad and rounded, feeble
obtuse-angulate production. Tegmina delicate and elongate with
(10 sinistral, 11 dextral) longitudinal discoidal sectors; cross-veinlets
distinct, particularly in distal portion, where they are darkened.
Wings with mediastine vein and (7) proximal costal veins showing
elongate thickened distal portions, ulnar vein with (6)*^ complete
branches, intercalated triangle w^ell developed, its width over one-
half its length. Dorsal surface of abdomen without distinct
specialization, but wdth meso-caudal section of sixth tergite sub-
chitinous in an irregularly triangular area, extending over half
the distance to base of the tergite, the sides of which area are con-
cave. Supra-anal plate two-flfths as long as basal width, very
bluntly triangularly produced, with apex broadly sub-bilobate and
lateral margins showing very broad and feeble concavity opposite
the cereal bases. Concealed genitalia hidden. Subgenital plate
ample, symmetrical, very deeply cleft on each side, the lateral por-
tions thus separated, nearly vertical, elongate and very slenderly
triangular plates curling outward to their blunt, rounded apices,
which extend slightly further caudad than the median production

^■- Two of these branches again divide in the type.

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

of the plate; that portion weakly chitinous, roundly produced,
leaving a very deep, narrow cleft on each side between it and the
lateral portions, showing a blunt but decided medio-longitudinal
carina extending to its small apical portion, which portion is sud-
denly directed cephalad, its surface flat, its lateral margins cutting
in at the base so that, with the lateral margins of the basal portion,
very small but moderately deep concavities are formed. From the
bases of the very deep lateral clefts of the subgenital plate spring
similar, simple, elongate, straight and nearly cylindrical styles,
which, lying in these clefts between the median portion and the
lateral portions, extend half the distance to the apices of the lateral
portions of the plate, each about five times as long as its proximal
width. Cephalic femora with ventro-cephalic margin armed with
(4) large, elongate, moderately heavy, well-spaced spines, succeeded
by a row of (18) very minute but moderately stout spinulae, ter-
minated by three^^ large, moderately heavy spines, elongate in in-
creasing ratio distad; ventro-caudal margin armed with (3 and 1
distal) spines. Other femoral margins armed with spines, as
characteristic of the genus. Caudal metatarsus very elongate and
slender, nearly twice as long as the combined length of the succeed-
ing tarsal joints. Pulvilli on four proximal tarsal joints small, acute-
angulate produced. Tarsal claws symmetrical, the moderately
well-developed flange margined with very minute teeth. Arolia
between the tarsal claws moderately-well developed.

General coloration buckthorn brown. Head with occiput
ochi'aceous-buff , with suffused vertical streaks of prouts brown; a
broad band of prouts brown between the eyes ;ocelli and inter-ocular-
ocellar area ochraceous-buff, this extending over face, but weaker
and more embrowned ventrad, a small fleck of prouts brown below
each ocellar spot, four similar flecks below Avhich are placed in a
transverse line showing convexity ventrad, area below antennal
sockets suffused with prouts brown, with a fleck of prouts brown
on each side meso-ventrad. Antennae clay color. Pronotum
transparent, faintly tinged with brown laterad; disk ochraceous-
buff, heavily though finely pictured with lines and dots of prouts
brown. Tegmina transparent, faintly tinged with brown, except
distad and in area of dextral tegmen concealed w^hen at rest where
the tinge is darker, mummy brown, this very heavy and blackish

*^ A correction for this character for NeoblaUella, as given by us in our key, is
necessary, (Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 4, p. 28, (1921).). We find that three
heavier distal spines occur in all of the species of the genus before us excepting
eudromielloides, herlandi and the numerous species of the Impar Group, in which
but two heavier distal spines are shown. In some species virtually an inter-
mediate condition is reached, the first of the three distal spines being sufficiently
reduced so that it would be counted by some and regarded as one of the series of
smaller si:)ines by others. Of the Group Blattellae, NeoblaUelln is much the larg-
est American genus and it is to be expected that much more decided differences
will be found between some of its component groups and species than occur
in any of the related genera.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

in the inner portion of the area concealed when at rest, the distal
veins and veinlets more strongly defined in mummy brown. Wings
transparent, faintly tinged with mummy brown, this heavier distad
and in area of costal veins; clubbed portions of costal veins opaque,
mummy l^rown. Mesonotum and metanotum prouts brown with
a medio-longitudinal line of whitish, which on each segment expands
caudad. Dorsal surface of abdomen clear cinnamon-buff, each seg-
ment very heavily suffused with mummy brown lateral. Underparts
clear cinnamon-buff, suffused with prouts brown laterad; abdomen
with flecks of this color laterad and with a medio-longitudinal suf-
fusion of blackish brown, which expands caudad to include the
entire subgenital plate.

Length of body 13.8, length of pronotum 3.3, width of pronotum
4.8, length of tegmen 16.2, width of tegmen 4.9, length of wing 14.8,
width of wing 8.7, width of intercalated triangle 1.8, length of
tibia 6.2, length of caudal metatarsus 2.9 mm.

The type of this remarkable species is unique.

Neoblattella platystylata new species. Plate IX, flgiu-es 21, 22 and 23; Plate X, figure 1.

Closely related to A"^. conspersa (Brunner), the present species
agrees in general structure, minute and scattered tegminal dots and
general character of specialization of the subgenital plate in both
sexes, (figured for conspersa, plate IX, figure 20).

The stjdes of the male subgenital plate are much heavier, decid-
edly broader than long, while the production of the meso-caudal
portion of that plate is much more sudden and pronounced, form-
ing there a stout projection.

The female subgenital plate is specialized very much as described
for conspersa on page 261; the inner projections, however, usually
produced in but one or two stout spines.

Though the dark marking of the ventral surface of the abdomen
is carried out broadly to the extremity of the subgenital plate in
all of the males, the majority of the females have this marking
narrower and in individuals of extreme recessive coloration it is
greatly reduced, not reaching as far as the base of the subgenital
plate.

As in conspersa, the number and intensity of the dark scattered
tegminal dots is individually variable, as is the usually conspicuous
pale band below the dark interocular band on the head.

Type: d^ ; Igarape-Assu, Para, Brazil. (H. S. Parish.) [Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., Type no. 5376.]

Size medium small for the genus, slightly larger than the average
for conspersa from the same region, form moderately slender. In-

230 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

terocular space wide, slightly narrower than that between the
antennal sockets. Ocellar spots distinct. Maxillary palpi elong-
ate, fourth joint four-fifths as long as third, fifth very shghtly shorter
than fourth. Pronotum with surface very weakly convex, greatest
width slightly caudad of mesal point. Tegmina very delicate,
with (9) longitudinal discoidal sectors, veins with scattered dark
dots, representing the bases of microscopic hairs; cross-veinlets
moderately developed, moderately darkened in distal portions.
Wings with costal veins heavily clubbed distad, ulnar vein with
(3) complete branches, intercalated triangle small. Abdomen with
dorsal surface unspecialized. Supra-anal plate weakly triangularly
produced, about one-third as long as proximal width with apex
broadly rounded. Concealed genitalia including a process ter-
minating in a broad whorl, its surface covered with very closely
placed, minute spines.^'* Subgenital plate convex and curled dorsad
on each side, but broadly and shallowly concave in large median
portion, distal margin approximately transverse, on each side pro-
duced in short, very broad, styles which fuse with the plate at their
bases; between these the plate is produced mesad a nearly equal
distance, the sides of this portion slanting upward and the free mar-
gins concave oblique to the apex; due to the contour of this pro-
duction, its apex appears truncate in ventral aspect, but V-emargin-
ate in caudal aspect. Each of the styles is nearly twice as broad as
its greatest length, the greatest length being on the internal margin,
the roundly truncate, broad apex being in consequence oblique
to the caudal margin of the subgenital plate. The apices of these
styles are moderately thickly supplied with minute but stout spines,
directed caudad and curving ventrad. Limbs, their armament,
pulvilli,arolia and tarsal claws as characteristic of the genus. The
first three of the five or six microscopic teeth on the margin of the
flange of the tarsal claws are relatively decided.

Allotype: 9 ; same date as type. [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

Agrees closely with male in size and development of organs of
flight, differing as follows. Supra-anal plate with free margin more
convex and i-oundly notched at the apex. Subgenital plate short,
scoop-shaped, bearing on each side just within the cerci a small
lamellate projection, with truncate apex armed with (5 to 7 in the
series) closely placed, chitinous spines, resembling the teeth of a
comb; within at the base of this process is another projection*" the

^* The concealed genitalia in the species of this group appear to be very delicate.
In the great majority of specimens before us these parts are mashed, and in none
do they appear to have dried in a normal position.

■** The series shows that these processes are variable in contour, as well as
occasionally having more teeth and in themselves a very weak character to sep-
arate this sex of platystylala from the very similar females of conspersa. An
average lesser number of teeth on the inner processes of females of platystylata
from Pard, has appeared to us to be a guide to distinguish them from females of
conspersa from that locality. It is evident that females of the species of the pre-
sent Group will be found as difficult to separate as those of the Impar Group of
the genus; determination of female material, without males from the same local-
ity, being often out of the question.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

sinistral of these bearing a stout chitinous spine, the dextral armed
with two spines.

General coloration buckthorn brown. Head of this color, a
broad transverse band of cinnamon brown between the eyes,
sharply delimited ventrad by a much narrower transverse band of
cinnamon-buff between and including the ocellar spots, below this
with a narrow marginal suffusion of cinnamon brown, which laterad
runs down beside the antennal sockets, and another transverse
suffusion of the same above the clypeus.'"' Pronotum with disk
weak ochraceous-tawny, with the characteristic fine picturing of
cinnamon brown, this sometimes very weak, occasionally much suf-
fused; lateral portions transparent, very faintly tinged with brown-
ish. Tegmina transparent, very faintly tinged with brownish,
particular^ along costal margin, the veins with minute scattered
dots of prouts brown and with distal cross-veinlets shghtly dark-
ened except in recessive examples, where even the dots are con-
siderably reduced in number. Underparts and limbs buckthorn
browm, with flecks of prouts brown on the latter at bases of spines.
Ventral surface of abdomen w4th a broad medio-longitudinal black-
ish band, broad on subgenital plate of male, narrow or failing to
reach this portion in female.

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
cf body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

Bartica, British 10.7-11.3 2.6-2.8 3.2-3.4 10.7-11.3 3.2-3.3

Guiana (5)
St. Jean du Maroni, 9.2-10.5 2.7-2.8 3.4-3.6 11-11.3 3.2-3.3

French Guiana (2)
Igarape-Assu, Para, 10.7 2.7 3.5 11.3 3.3

Brazil, type
Igarape-Assu, Para, 9.3-11 2.4-2.8 3.3-3.8 10.7-12 3.1-3.7

Brazil, paratypes (9)
9
Bartica, British 10-10.2 2.8-2.8 3.7-3.8 10.9-11 3.2-3.2

Guiana (3)
St. Jean du Maroni, 9.4 2.6 3.4 10.7 3.1

French Guiana
Igarape-Assu, Para, 10. 2.7 3.6 10.9 3.2

Brazil, allotype
Igarape-Assu, Para, 9.6-11 2.7-3 3.3-3.8 10.8-11.7 3.2-3.6

Brazil, paratypes (12)

These individuals are exceedingly delicate in structure, the man-
ner in wdiich the abdomen has dried having a marked effect upon
the body length of the material preserved.

*^ These markings are heavier in intensive examples. As in conspersa, however,
the interocellar pale band is always conspicuous except in discolored specimens.

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Specimens Examined: 37; 18 males, 18 females, 1 immature in-
dividual.

Bartica, British Guiana, XII, 19, 1912 to III, 15, 1913, (H. S.
Parish),5cf^,3 9,[A. N. S. P. ].

St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana, IV and V, 2cf, 1 9 , 1 small
juv.

Charvein, French Guiana, 1 9 .

Igarape-Assu, Para, Brazil, 1, 17 to 11, 6, 1912, (H. S. Parish,)
11 cf, 13 9 . type, allotype and paratypes, [A. N. S. P. ].

Neoblattella adspersicoUis (Stal)

1861. Blatta adspersicoUis (Stal), Kongl. Svenska Freg. Eugenie's Resa, ZooL,
I, p. 308. [ c? ; Rio de Janeiro, [ Brazil ]. ]

Bahia, Brazil, 1 9 .

Tijuca, Rio de Janerio, Brazil, 600 to 900 meters, 1 cf, 1 9 , 1 juv.

The specimens from Rio and Bahia show the dark flecks on the
face, arranged in nearly transverse lines, as described by Stal; the
others have these markings very weak, indicated by fewer and
faint suffusions.

The considerable variation in tegminal length is shown by the
following measurements (in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
cf body pronotum pronotum tegnien tegmen

La Forestiere,French Guiana

Para, Brazil

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

9
Trinidad, British West Indies
Bahia, Brazil
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

15.3
15.3

4.8
4.6
4.7

6.3
6.3
6.1

20.5
18.8
15.7

5.9
5.4
5.1

15.2

13

16

4.4

4.4
4.8

5.9
5.9
6

17.8

16

14.4

5.1

4.7
5

Neoblattella eudromielloides new species. Plate X, figures 2, 3 and 4.

This handsome little insect is closely related to N. herlandi, des-
cribed on page 234, differing in the smaller size, paler head, broader
interocular space, pronotum with medio-longitudinal portion nearly
immaculate, tegmina with proximal portion of anal sulcus as heavily
suffused as costal marginal area toward the discoidal vein and male
subgenital plate which, though similar in type of specialization,
differs strikingly in the deep concavity of the lateral margins and much
smaller cucullate areas protecting the spines which replace the
usual cylindrical styles.

These species, with N. fasciata (Brunner) , from a group which we

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

designate as the Berlandi Group, distinguished by their compara-
tively graceful structure and strikingly bicolored tegmina.^^

The superficial resemblance of this insect to EudromieUa hicolorata
Hebard is striking; closer examination, however, showing the great
differences between these species.

Type: cf ; Passa-Quatro, Rio Las Piedras, MinasGeraes, Brazil.
Elevation 1000 meters. [Paris Museum.]

Size small and form slender for the genus. Eyes large, inter-
ocular space nearly two-thirds that between the antennal sockets.
Ocellar spots not large but distinct, these and the maxillary palpi
much as in berlandi. Pronotum much as in that species, but show^-
ing latero-cephalic as well as weaker latero-caudal shallow depres-
sions. Tegmina and wings fully developed, extending well beyond
cereal apices. Tegmina with (6 and 7) longitudinal discoidal
sectors. Wings with clubbed apices of costal veins elongate and
heavy, ulnar vein with (5) complete branches, intercalated triangle
distinct, width one-half length. Dorsal surface of abdomen un-
specialized, latero-caudal angles very bluntly rounded. Supra-
anal plate transverse, one-third as long as proximal width, feebly
obtuse-angulate produced, but with apex moderately bilobate.
Subgenital plate nearly symmetrical;-- lateral portions briefly
produced, with straight margins, then suddenly emarginate for
an equal distance, forming a projection which is less than rectangul-
ate sinistrad, rectangulate dextrad; from these points the plate
is again produced and shallowly curled upward, the margins
hardly convergent, feebly concave to the broad, transverse apex,
the lateral emarginations thus formed being nearly rectangulate
and feebly rounded. The lateral portions are thickened and more
strongly curled at the latero-caudal angles, thus forming a minute
rounded cone, the open base of which is caudad and from within
which, springing from its base, on each side, project caudad two
minute, strongly curved spines, the apices of which reach the caudal
margin. Limb armament, pulvilli, arolia and tarsal claws as given
for herlandi.

Surface shining. Head clay color, the vertex approaching cin-
namon-buff, with a very broad interocular band of bister, ocelli
buffy, below are three broken bands of bister on the face; the first
two each formed by two transverse suffusions which are connected
laterad along the antennal sockets, the third formed by four suf-
fusions arranged in a line which is strongly convex ventrad. Pro-
notum translucent, tinged with cinnamon-buff laterad, with two
broad blackish prouts brown longitudinal bands which are separ-

" From the description of Phyllodromia minor Brunner, it appears probable
that that species is either a member of the present group, or of the genus Eudromi-
eUa.

^s The dextral emargination is slightly deeper than the sinistral.

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

ated by a brief distance at the cephalic margin, diverging moder-
ately caudad ; median area between these ochraceous-buff with two
microscopic flecks of prouts brown caudad. Tegmina translucent,
tinged with cinnamon-bufi" in proximal portions and just beyond
discoidal vein in entire costal marginal area, from there to dis-
coidal vein suff'used with mummy brown, anal sulcus also broadly
suffused with mummy brown, this narrowing and becoming sub-
obsolete distad, discoidal field weakly tinged with dresden brown
in all but proximal portion. Wings transparent, moderately
heavily tinged with mummy brown; the narrow area of the en-
larged portions of the costal veins, which is broader than in heiiandi,
light ochraceous-buff. Dorsal surface of abdomen ochraceous-
buff, with a weak mottled suffusion of prouts brown. Cerci light
ochraceous-buff, the distal joints flecked with black. Ventral
surface and limbs light ochraceous-buff, the abdomen with weak
brownish suffusions and an impressed fleck of prouts brown laterad
on each of the larger segments. Limbs flecked with prouts brown
at the bases of the spines, these flecks heavy on the tibiae.

Length of body 10.7, length of pronotum 2.3, width of pronotum
3, length of tegmen 11, width of tegmen 3.2 mm.

The type is unique.

Neoblattella berlandi new species. Plate X, figures 5, 6 and 7.

This species, like N. eudromieUoides described on page 232 and
N.fasciata (Brunner) , has the tegmina distinctly bicolored

Nearest relationship is with eudromieUoides, under which species
the two are compared.

Type : d^ ; Upper basin of Amazon River, on frontier between Peru
and Bolivia. ■'^ (From Captain Mailles.) [Paris Museum.]

Size medium small and form slender for the genus. Eyes promi-
nent, interocular space slightly more than half width between
antennal sockets, ocellar spots weakly indicated but flattened sur-
faces of these areas oblique, rounding into the intervening flattened
area; lateral margins of face subparallel to clypeal suture. Max-
illary palpi very slender and elongate, the fourth joint gradually
widening distad, fifth joint three-fifths as long as fourth. Pro-
notum moderately convex to lateral portions, showing a pair of
shallow but distinct latero-caudal depressions, caudal margin
very broadly convex, showing a very feeble tendency toward
an obtuse-angulation. Tegmina and wings fully developed, ex-
tending well beyond cereal apices. Tegmina with (9) longitudi-
nal discoidal sectors. Wings with clubbed distal portions of (13)
costal veins elongate and heavy; discoidal vein with (6) complete
branches; intercalated triangle distinct, width equal to one-half

*^ We describe this species here, as it is one of the two new species in the Paris
Museum collection from Peru, both of which are indeed representatives of the
fauna of the upper Amazon drainage.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

its length. Dorsal surface of abdomen unspecialized, latero-caudal
angles very bluntly rounded. 8upra-anal plate simple, transverse,
curled ventrad, about half as long as width between cerci, free mar-
gin concave about cerci, broadly convex in portion between these.
Subgenital plate symmetrical, lateral margins broadly convex and
forming a weakly defined obtuse-angulation beneath cerci, con-
vergent one-quarter the distance between the cerci on each side,
there sharply but briefly emarginate and at these points curled in-
ward, forming a short cone, the open base of which is caudad and
within which, springing from the extremities of the median sec-
tion of the caudal margin, project caudad on each side, two minute,
slightly curved spines; median section of caudal margin transverse,
subchitinous. Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora armecl
with a row of spines which decrease gradually in size distad, ter-
minating in two elongate spines, of which the more distal is the
longer. Limb armament, pulvilli, tarsal claws and arolia as char-
acteristic of the genus. Teeth of flange on tarsal claws well de-
veloped, the last tooth half as large as the point of the claw.

Surface shining. Head with vertex blackish brown to ocellar
areas, there with a broad transverse band of ochraceous-buff, mar-
gined ventrad by a band of blackish brown which is nearly as broad,
eyes hazel, antennae and remaining portions of face translucent
clay color, the latter with two interrupted bands of blackish brown.
Pronotum translucent, tinged with cinnamon-buff laterad, with
two broad blackish longitudinal bands which fuse at the cephalic
margin and diverge caudad, area between these clay color, with a
longitudinal heavil}^ suffused streak and two lateral dots of blackish
brown and a dot of cinnamon-bufT cephalad. Tegmina translucent,
tinged with cinnamon-buff proximad in anal field and beyond to
first branch of median vein and also from just beyond discoidal
vein in entire costal marginal area, from there to discoidal vein
suffused with mummy brown and in entire discoidal field suffused
with dresden brown as is the anal sulcus. Wings transparent,
rather heavily tinged with mummy brown, the narrow area of the
enlarged portion of the costal veins light ochraceous-buff. Dorsal
surface of abdomen prouts brown, deepening to mummy brown
distad. Cerci dresden brown, tinged with mummy brown proximad.
Ventral surface of abdomen dresden brown, maculate with mummy
brown. Limbs and spines buckthorn brown, cephalic femora suf-
fused dorsad and along ventro-caudal margin with mummy brown,
tibiae with blotches of mummy brown at base of each dorsal spine.

Length of body 11.5, length of pronotum 2.7, width of pronotum
3.3, length of tegmen 12.1, width of tegmen 3.3 mm.

The type is unique.

LIOSILPHA Stal.

1874. Liosilpha StSl, Bihang till K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Band 2,
No. 13, p. 10.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

This genus, erected to include Blatta puviicata St§,l, adspersi-
collis Stal'"' and dilatata Saussure," was restricted to the first species
by Kirby 's genotypic designation in 1904^^ and briefly diagnosed by
Shelf ord in 191 P\

A specimen of the genotype now before us, enables us to place the
genus definitely as an aberrant member of the Group Blattellae,
its broad form and moderately reduced organs of flight giving a
rather close general resemblance to the actually very widely separ-
ated Old World genus Allacta.^*

We find Liosilpha to be a distinctive genus, showing no close re-
lationships, but best placed on linear arrangement after Blattella
Caudell. In heaviness of limb armament, convergence toward
the normal in the Blattinae is shown, but the ensemble of characters
clearly demonstrates the proper assignment to be that indie ated
above.

The following generic characters are shown by the female before
us. Size medium large for the group, form very broad, structure
not as delicate as is usual in the group. Interocular space broad
(slightly narrower than that between the antennal sockets), ocellar
spots ample but weakly defined. Lateral margins of cheeks weakly
convergent ventrad. Maxillary palpi moderately elongate, (fourth
joint intermediate in length between third and fifth, the latter
with greatest width mesad). Pronotum broad, weakly convex,
becoming decidedly convex laterad, caudal margin broadly truncate.
Tegmina showing some reduction (extending nearly to the cereal
apices in the specimen at hand), moderately corneous, except in
area of dextral tegmen concealed when at rest, with veins not dis-
tinguishable unless held up to the light, anal sulcus finely impressed,
delimiting the elongate-pyriform anal field, discoidal sectors (6 to
8) longitudinal." Wings showing moderate reduction, the vena-
tion slightly irregular, (8) costal veins weakly clubbed, median
vein (once or twice) forked, ulnar vein with (2 -'') complete branches,
intercalated triangle very weakly developed. Supra-anal plate
with apex rather deepl}^ V-emarginate. Subgenital plate simple,
short. Cephalic femora with ventro-cephalic margin armed with

^^ Genotype of Neoblatiella.

^' Belonging to the genus Laiiblattella.

^-' Syn. Cat. Orth., I, p. 96.

*»Ent. Mo. Mag., (2), XXII, p. 156.

^^ Our statement in 1907, that we did not beheve this species to be a member
of this group, was due to the fact that, without material for study, the characters
as far as described seemed to indicate other association.

^^ We are at a loss to explain Shelford 's characterization of these veins as
oblique. He apparently had material of pumicata before him, as his comments
on the genus agree in all other respects.

^^ One of these again branches.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 237

a series of decidedly heavy, elongate spines, which gradually de-
crease in length distad, terminating in spines which are elongate
in increasing ratio distad ; ventro-caudal margin in distal half with
(3 and 1 distal) heavy, elongate spines. Other femora with ventral
margins armed with numerous heavy, elongate spines, and with
very elongate genicular spines. Four proximal tarsal joints sup-
plied with large pul villi. Large aroHa present between the simple,
very weakly asymmetrical tarsal claws,

Liosilpha pumicata (Stal) Plate X, figures 9 and 10.

1860. Blatta pundcaia Stal, Kongl. Svenska Freg. Eugenie's Resa, Zool.,
I, p. 309. [ cf ; Rio de Janeiro, [ Brazil ]. ]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

This specimen has the dorsal surface shining, clay color, except
for the lateral portions of the pronotum and marginal fields of the
tegmina, which are transparent, tinged with cinnamon-bufT. The
dorsal surface of the abdomen is suffused with bister laterad and
distad, leaving the lateral margins of the wider tergites cinnamon-
buff. The cerci and limbs are cinnamon-buff, the latter with very
small flecks of brown at the spine bases. The ventral surface of
the abdomen is more narrowly suffused with bister laterad, with a
large pale marginal spot on each sternite, the subgenital plate bis-
ter proximo-laterad and opposite the cerci, these latter suffusions
extending mesad and connecting, but very weak in median portion.

Length of body 12, length of pronotum 4.3, width of pronotum
5.7, length of tegmen 10.8, width of tegmen 4, length of caudal femur
5.2 mm.

LITOBLATTA new genus.

This genus is erected to include the single species, "7sc/xwo/>tera"
hrasiliensis of Brunner.

The males differ from those of Ischnoptera in being of a more de-
licate structure, wings with area between discoidal vein and anterior
margin broader, unspecialized dorsal surface of abdomen, transverse
supra-anal plate and cephalic femora with spines not distinctlj^
biseriate.

Females differ in having lobiform, lateral tegmina, sixth tergite
bluntly triangularly produced over the similarly produced supra-
anal plate and almost completely concealing the latter and cephalic
femora with spines even less appreciably biseriate than in males.

The production caudad of a tergite, which almost entirely con-
ceals the supra-anal plate in the female sex, is a feature unknown
to us for any other species of the American Pseudomopinae.

In linear arrangement we place this genus before Symvloce Hebard,

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

as the first of the known genera of the Ischnopterae having the
cephaUc femoral spine armament of the uniseriate type.

Generic Description. Structure of males very delicate, of females
strongly chitinous. Head elongate, ocelli distinct; flat surfaces of
ocellar areas forming a rather sharp angle with the interocellar space
in males, this area much reduced and less distinctly defined in fe-
males. Pronotum of male moderatly convex, with oblique sulci
present and caudal margin very weakly and broadly convex; of
female more decidedly and evenly convex, with caudal margin
truncate and showing scarcely any convexity. Tegmina of male
fully developed, with discoidal sectors weakly radiating; of female
represented by coriaceous lateral pads. Wings of male with area
between discoidal vein and anterior margin moderately broad;
mediastine vein extending more than half the distance to apex of
wing, from which spring a number of the costal veins, none of the
costal veins enlarged distad; discoidal vein branching, the forks
dividing toward apex of wing; ulnar vein almost straight, with in-
complete and complete branches; intercalated triangle small and
inconspicuous. Wings absent in female. Dorsal surface of male
abdomen unspecialized. Supra-anal plate of male transverse. Fe-
male with sixth tergite (PI. X, fig. 17A) bluntly triangularly pro-
oduced over the similarly produced supra-anal plate (PI. X, fig.
17B) and almost completeley concaling the latter. Cephalic femora
with ventro-cephalic margin armed with heavy elongate spines,
which decrease strongly but irregularly in size distad,^' terminating
in three heavy and elongate spines, elongate in increasing ratio dis-
tad. Very small distal pul villi present on four proximal tarsal joints
in males, absent in females. Small aroha present between the elon-
gate, slender, simple, symmetrical tarsal claws.

Litoblatta brasiliensis (Brunner) Plate X, figures 14, 15, 16 and 17.

1865. I[schnoptcra\ brasiliensis Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 130, pi. Ill,

fig. 12. [c?, Brazil.]
1897. L[oboptera] laurenziana Giglio-Tos, Bull. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp.

Univ. Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 2. [ 9 ; San Lorenzo, Jujuy and Tala.

Salta, Argentina.]

Passa-Quatro, Rio Las Pedras, Minas Geraes, Brazil, 1000 meters,

I c^.

The description shows that Giglio-Tos failed to associate the sexes
of hrasiliensis, erecting the synonymous Loboptera laurenziana,
based on the female sex of the species.

^^ In males of brasiliensis this series may be called uniseriate only because the
transition from the heavy elongate proximal spines to the small, but not piliform,
distal spines is irregular and not abrupt. In some males a number of the more
distal spines, being smallest and of subequal size, might lead one to term the spine
armament of this margin biseriate.

In the females the decrease averages less but shows similar individual varia-
bility.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

The large Argentinian series before us is recorded on page 264
and a table of measurements for the species is suppHed on page 265
of the present paper.

NYCTIBORINAE.

Nyctibora sericea Bm-meister.

1826. Blatta linibata Thunberg, (not of Charpentier, 1825), Mem. Acad.

Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., X., p. 278.
1838. Nyctibora sericea Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 501.

[Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1 juv. cf , 1 juv. 9.

Shelf ord has pointed out that Burmeister 's sericea was the same
as Thunberg 's limhata, but failed to note that the latter author's
Blatta limhata was preoccupied.

EPILAMPRINAE.

Phoraspis flavipes Blanchard.

1837. Phoraspis flavipes Blanchard, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, VI, p. 291, pi.
XI, fig. 2. [Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 500 to 1000 meters, VHI to X,

19, [Hebard Cln.].

Phoraspis brachytaenia ^^ new species. Plate XV, figiire 3.

This insect is very closely related to P. picta (Drury) and may
prove to be a geographic race of that species. It may, however, be
ciuickly recognized by its slightly more slender appearance and
shorter tegminal bands.

Type: cf; State of Santa Catharina, Brazil. [Hebard Collection,
Type no. 753.]

Size smaller and form slightly more slender than in picta. In
other respects agreeing closely with that insect, except that the vin-
aceous-rufous lateral band on each of the tegmina is, both dorsal and
ventrad, much shorter, being abruptly terminated distinctly before
the meclian portion of the tegmen, while in picta it extends consid-
erably caudad of that point and narrows more gradually to its apex.

Allotype: 9 ; Morretes, Parana, Brazil. [Paris Museum.]

Agrees closely with the male sex, except in its somewhat larger
size. In form the sexes are similar, the present female being
slightly more slender than the males of picta at hand.

General coloration shining black. Interocular space broadly
ochraceous-tawny, marbled with buff which shows a tinge of orange.
First three joints of antennae blackish brown, varying to ochraceous -

^8 From ^paxu-Tatv(a, in allusion to the reduced band of the tegmina, which
is much shorter thna in the very closely allied P. picta.

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

tawny. Pronotum with lateral portions of cephalic margin rather
narrowly translucent warm buff, the internal margins of those areas
as broadly convex as the external margins. Tegmina dorsad and
ventrad with a broad proximal band of vinaceous-rufous, terminat-
ing abruptly before the median portion, this band of about equal
width throughout, covering the space from the humeral trunk to
near the costal margin proximad, the mediastine vein running
obliquely through its distal portion. ■''

Measurements {in millimeters).

o oa-c o =3 o -

p. picto ^^ ^S, ^^ h:;^ ^^ K^-S ^S

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, 15.2 5 7.3 14.8 7.3 8.5 1.8

Brazil
Tijuca, Rio de Jnaeiro, 16.3 5.5 8 15 7.4 9.5 1.9

lirazil

P. hrachytaenia
Santa Catharina, 15 4.8 6.6 13 6.6 5.7 1.7

Brazil, tijpe
Morretes, Parand, 13.7 4.9 6.3 12.8 6 4.9 1.1

Brazil, paratype
Morretes, Parana, 14.2 4.8 6.7 13 6 6.2 1.7

Brazil, parali/pe
Morretes, Parana, 14 4.6 6.7 13 6 6.3 1.7

Brazil, paratype
9
Morretes, Parand, 16. 5.8 7.2 14 7 5.9 2

Brazil, allotype

In addition to the type and allotype, three paratypic males, bear-
ing the same data as the allotype, have been examined.

Phoraspis picta (Dniry) Plato XV, figure 4.

1782. [lUaltn] picta Drury, 111. Exot. Ent., Ill, p. 76, ind. (2), pi. 50, fig. 3.
[Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 800 to 1000 meters, 2^^.
These specimens are discussed, measured and compared under
the treatment of th(> preceding closely related insect.

Epilampra verticalis Burmeistcr.

1838. K[pilainpra\ verticalis Burmeistcr, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I,
p. 505. [Brazil.]

Passa-Quatro, Rio Las Pedras, Minas Geraes, Brazil, 1000 meters,
2 9.

Hedaia yersiniana (Saussure) Plate XII, figures 3 and 4.

1864. Epilampra yrrsiniana Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XVI, p.
324. [9, Brazil.]

Curityba, Parand, Brazil, Icf, [Hebard Cln.].

" Though weakly indicated, this is the only vein distinctly discernible on the
heavily and very thickly inipresso-punctate tcgminal surface.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

Tliis is the first specimen of this niagiiificent cockroach, hu'gest
of the known American Epiiamprinae, we have seen.

Length of body 38, length of pronotum 8.3, width of pronotum
12.7, length of tegmen 51.2, width of tegmen 15 mm.

The limb armament, tarsi, pulvilli and tarsal claws are similar
to those of the species of Epilam-pra here recorded, except that the
large spines are so large that their margins can be seen to be strongly,
though microscopically, serrulate, while the three tarsal joints after
the metatarsus all have minute spines bordering the large pulvilli
laterad, these briefly continued proximad in the proximal section
of the second joint, the ventral surface of which is not fully occupied
by the pulvillus.

The form of the pronotum, strongly convex above the head and
flat in the produced meso-caudal portion, is very different from that
of any of the species assigned to Epilampra, while the apices of the
tegmina are on the median line and rather sharply rounded.

BLATTINAE.

Periplaneta americana (Linnaeus)

17.58. , [Blatla] americana Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 424. [America.]
Bahia, Brazil, 1 cf .
Bio de Janeiro, Brazil, 3 cf, 1 juv.

PANCHLORINAE.

Leucophaea maderae (Fabricius)

1781. BUalta] maderae Fabricius, Spec. Ins., I, p. 341. [Madeira.]
Bahia, Brazil, 2 cT, 1 small juv.

Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linnaeus)

1767. [Blatta] surinamensis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, p. 687. [Sur-
inam.]

Bahia, Brazil, 19,1 juv.

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1 9 .

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 800 to 900 meters, 1 9 .

Panchlora cubensis S^iissiu-e.

1862. P[anchlora\ cubensis Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XIV, p..
230. [ 9 , Cuba.]

Bahia, Brazil, 5 cf , 3 9.

Panchlora prasina Burmeister.

1838. P[anchlora\ prasina Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I. p.
507. [Rio [de Janeiro], Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 500 to 900 meters, 1 9 .

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

We agree with Brunner in eo'nsidering Saussure 's P. glaiwa, des-
cribed from Brazil, a synonym of this species.

Of the green and plainly colored species of this genus, prasina
attains the largest size, apparently usually exceeding even the larg-
est individuals of P. exoleta Burmeister. The measurements for
the present specimen are: length of body 25, interocular width .7,
length of pronotum 7.7, width of pronotum 9.5, length of tegmen
27.2, width of tegmen 9.2 mm.

Tribonium conspersum (Guerin and Percheron) Plate XII, figure 7.

1835. B[latia] conspersa Guerin and Percheron, Gen. Ins., 2e Livr., No. 3,
pi. 2. [Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 19,7 juv. cf , 3 juv. 9 .
This species has been synonymized under T. spectrum (Eschscholtz) .
We find that the tegmina and wings scarcely surpass the apex of
the abdomen in the female here recorded, as so splendidly figured
by Guerin and Percheron, and described by Serville.'^'^ In addition,
the reflexed proximal portion of the tegminal marginal field is dis-
tinctly lower than wide, with a w^eak emargination of the costal mar-
gin at its base. As a result, the name conspersum is restored. This
condition may be found to represent a geographic race of spectrum,
but at present insufficient material is at hand to determine whether
or not that is true.

The measurements of the present female are; length of body 22.1,
length of pronotum 4.9, width of pronotum 9.1, length of tegmen 20,
width of tegmen 7.6 mm.

Four instars of the handsome and very differently marked im-
mature condition (shown by the figure here given) are represented.

Tribonidium signaticollis (Bmmeister) Plate XII, flgiue S.

1838. Z[etobora] signaticollis Burmeister, Handb. Ent , II, x\bth. II, Pt. I,
p. 510. [Brazil.]

Curityba, Parana, Brazil, 1 cf , [Hebard Cln.].

At first glance, this specimen would appear to be solidly blackish
chestnut-brown in general coloration, except for the transparent
portion of the pronotum cephalad, which is tinged with warm buff.
On closer examination, however, the pronotum is seen to have
patches of very slightly paler color mesad and latero-caudad, show-
ing a rich deep mahogany red tinge, the marginal and anal fields
of the tegmina very faintly tinged with this color.

^^ Recorded by that author and later by Guerin, from Cuba, almost certainly
in error. The material recorded as this species by Burmeister, Saussure and
Brunner represents instead the closely related spectrum.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

The present specimen is apparently somewhat larger than the
individual originally described; length of body 17, length of prono-
tum 4.6, width of pronotum 6.7, length of tegmen 16, width of teg-
men 5.6 mm.

The genus Trihonidium includes species with pronotum impresso-
punctate and cephalic margin convex, as in Zetobora. The prono-
tum is, however, not broadly though conspicuouslj^-eflexed toward
the cephalic margin, agreeing in this respect with Phortioeca instead.
The species are of small size compared with those of the allied genera
and in the present species the pronotal magnitude is comparatively
very small.

Tribonidium amplum new species. Plate XI], flgiires 9 and 10.

This insect is evidently closelj^ related to T . transversum (Brun-
ner)," differing in the larger size, more ample pronotum and tegmina
and. wings, which in the male sex, show no reduction whatever.

Compared with the male of T. signaiicollis (Burmeister) recorded
above, the present males are seen to differ in the conspicuously
broader pronotum, with impressed punctae smaller and nearlj^ ab-
sent in the cucullate portion, scattered and minute caudad of that
area, entire cucullate and discal portions of pronotum appreciably
flattened and more ample organs of flight.

Type: cf ; Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. [Paris Museum.]

Size large, form moderately broad, for this genus of small and
moderately broad, though graceful, species. Head flat, interocular
space broad, shghtly over half as broad as that between the antennal
sockets, interocellar area shallowly concave; ocelli large, their sur-
faces at a decidedlj^ obtuse angle to the interocellar area. Maxil-
lary palpi very short, third joint subequal in length to the enlarged
fifth joint, fourth joint three-fifths as long, expanding strongly dis-
tad. Pronotum ample; cephalic margin broadly convex to the
rounded lateral angles, weakly reflexed in lateral portions; lateral
angles situated slightly caudad of median point, latero-caudal mar-
gins to shoulders of equal obliquity and convexity to lateral portions
of cephalic margin, caudal margin between humeral shoulders trans-
verse, with median angulation feebly suggested Pronotum cucul-
late above head, this and the area caudad to the shoulders raised

" It appears doubtful from the literature that Saussure's assignment of trans-
versum under his monaslicum is correct. From his description and figure of the
latter species it would appear to differ from transversum in having a pale trans-
verse band on the vertex, the pronotum more ample (5.5 by 8.5 mm.), with caudal
margin more strongly transverse, but with tegminal and wing length apparently
proportionate. Unfortunately Saussure did not give separate measurements
for the sexes. A smaller Brazilian female recorded by that author, having the
head dark and immaculate is apparent!}' referable to transversum.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT U

and flattened, with a few small, weak depressions and minute widely
scattered impressed punctae in caudal portion, which portion laterad
is bounded by low rounded ridges, strongly divergent from base of
hooded portion, then parellel to the shoulders; surface latero-caudad
thickly impresso-punctate, though not as heavily or thickly as in
signaticollis. Tegmina and wings fully developed, showing no re-
duction whatever and extending well beyond apex of abdomen.
Abdomen, including asymmetrical Panchloroid subgenital plate,
with straight, elongate, similar styles; limbs short; cephalic femora
supplied with a few minute chaetiform spines distad, terminating
in a single stout though greatly reduced spine ; other femora unarmed,
lacking even genicular spines; large pul villi and large arolia between
the simple, symmetrical tarsal claws, all as characteristic of the
genus.

Allohjpe: 9 ; State of Minas Geraes, Brazil. [Paris Museum.]

Agrees with the type, except as follows. Size larger, form some-
what broader, tegmina and wings showing some reduction, reach-
ing to base of supra-anal plate. Head broader and more flattened,
interocular space three-fifths that between antennal sockets, ocelli
smaller. Pronotum broader, the lateral angles slightly more caudad
in position, the cucullate and other raised portions minutely and
rather thickly impresso-punctate, though by no means as thickly
as in the male of signaticollis before us. Subgenital plate large,
simple, free margin broadly concave opposite cerci.

General coloration (of males) deep chestnut-brown; the trans-
lucent latero-caudal portions of the pronotum and tegmina, when
held to the light, chestnut brown. Pronotum with cephalic third
dully transparent warm buff, the darker color invading this area in
cucullate portion to near the cephalic margin, the caudal borders
on each side straight, transverse, considerably cephalad of the lat-
eral angles. Ventral surface cinnamon-buff, the abdominal seg-
ments with lateral areas and femora distad paler, buckthorn brown.
Antennae blackish brown, becoming chestnut brown proximad.

The female is similar but darker, more solidly blackish brown,
with cephalic third of pronotum dully transparent antimony yellow.

Length of body cf 18.3«2-18.8, 9 20.7; length of pronotum cf
4.9-5, 9 5.3; width of pronotum c^ 7.-7.8, 9 8.2; length of tegmen
cT 17.3-17.7, 9 15.2; width of tegmen d' 6-6.2, 9 6.1 mm.

In addition to the described pair, a paratypic male and five im-
mature examples, bearing the same data, are at hand.

The immature condition is strongly patelliform, the dorsal sur-
face minutely and thickly tuberculate, these interspersed with more
prominent tubercles.

General coloration verona brown, beautifully and symmetrically
marked with cinnamon-buff. Transparent portion of pronotum ceph-
alad ochraceous-buff, other segments streaked laterad and punct-

62

The measurements of the type are given first.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

ate at caudal margins with cinnamon-buff, a medi-olongitudinal band
of this color on mesonotum and metanotum, the abdomen with
broadly projecting portions of tergites paler, tessellate, and with
a concentric paler tessellate area, this inclosing the median portion
of the median segment and first two tergites, which area is of
the darker ground color, the tergites each with a fleck cinnamon-
buff between the lateral and median areas.

Without much larger series than have ever been assembled, the
separation of many of the species of such genera as the present,
Phoraspis, Paratropes and Tribonium, is a most difficult problem.
The differences shown by the forms recognized by us as Tribonidium
monasticum, transversum and amplum, may indicate full specific
distinction, geographic racial differentiation or, indeed, mere in-
dividual variation in a single exceptionally plastic species. Addi-
tional material with full data would throw much light on this prob-
lem, if not definitely solving it. Color differences such as are
shown and different degrees of structural and tegminal and wing
modification are sometimes unimportant, sometimes of great diag-
nostic value. It is clear that in genera such as the present, where
limb armament is so greatly reduced and the genitalic features may
show generic but not specific differences, we are forced to weigh
the recognizable differences and to form conclusions as to their
value in each individual case, without the degree of assurance poss-
ible when familiar with other groups and working with even unique
individuals of many of the species.

BLABERINAE.

Petasodes monffeti (Kirby) Plate XIII, flgiu-e 4.

1817. B[latta\ mouffeti Kirby in Spence, Introd. Ent., II, p. 329. [Brazil-

1818. B[latta\ moiiffeti Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc, XII, p. 448. [Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 19,2 juv. 9 .

Kirby first proposed this name for a species he recognized as
having large pul villi and no arolia between the tarsal claws, referring
to Mouffet 's figure published in 1634. That figure is extremely un-
satisfactory, though we do not agree with Burmeister in considering
it to resemble more closely Leucophaea maderae (Fabricius) than
the species now assigned to the genus Petasodes. In 1818, Kirby
has given a description of the insect, decidedly more comprehensive
than many of that time, and we follow Burmeister, but not sub-
sequent authors, in recognizing mouffeti as a distinct species.

Compared with females of the other species of the genus before
us, the present female is seen to be decidedly narrower,with prone-

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

tal margin, both cephalad and caudad, pale, the tegmina elongate and
the wings fully developed.

Length of body 36, length of pronotum 11, width of pronotum
19.8, length of tegmen 35, width of tegmen 15.8 mm.

The immature condition of this species is extraordinarily hand-
some. Though moderately supplied with microscopic spines on
the dorsal surface (particularly on the thoracic segments, very spar-
ingly on the median segment and proximal abdominal tergites)
those Ijefore us have few particles of foreign matter adhering and
appear smooth and shining to the naked eye. The general coloration
is warm buff, the lamellate margins weakly transparent and light
buff, the insect beautifully marked with rich blackish brown, shad-
ing to prouts brown as shown by the figure. Adults and immatures
may be readily separated from those of Monastria bigiittata (Thun-
berg) by the femoral spination. In the present species the cephalic
femora have on their ventro-cephalic margin a minute but heavy
distal spine, preceded by a few irregularly placed chaetiform spinu-
lae; the median and caudal femora bear only a minute but heavy
genicular spine.

Monastria biguttata (Thunberg)

1826. Blatta biguttata Thunberg, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., X, p.
276, pi. 14. [9, Brazil.]

Tijuca,Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, I cf , 4 juv.

Adults and immatures may be quickly separated from those of
Petasodes mouffeti (Kirby) by the femora, which entirely lack heavy
spines, the cephalic femora being supplied distad on the ventro-
cephalic margin with minute chaetiform spines and dorsad along the
caudal portion of the distal margin with a few similar spinulae.

All of the juveniles are heavily coated with foreign particles,
w^hich gives them a dingy unattractive appearance. These particles
are seen under the miscroscope to be adhering to a multitude of
closely placed, minute and usually curved spines, which cover the
dorsal surface and marginal portions of the ventral surface. A
color pattern, somewhat resembling that of juveniles of P. mouffeti,
is barely discernible on the dorsal surface of the abdomen through
its dingy coating.

CORYDIINAE.

CEUTHOBIELLA new genus.
1920. Melestora Hebard (not of Stal), Mem .Am. Ent. Soc, No. 4, p. 121.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ' 247

To this genus belong the species described as Melestora minu-
tissima byRehn, fromlgarape-Assu, Para, Brazil, and as Melestora
micra by Hebard from Paraiso, Canal Zone, Panama.

Genotype. — Ceuthobiella minutissima (Rehn) .

The genus is closely related to Ceuthohia, described on page 292,
males agreeing in the comparatively slender form, interocular space
not Avrinkled, pronotum broadest meso-caudad with latero-caudal
oblique sulci moderately well defined but no trace of medio-longitu-
dinal sulcation, sinistral tegmen without a diagonal channel, wings
with radiate field folding fan-wise and dorsal surface of abdomen
with median segment specialized.

It differs in the even smaller size,*^'' darker general coloration,
minute and inconspicuous ocelli, tegmina with discoidal sectors al-
most longitudinal," much narrower wings which are only slightly
over half as broad as long, scarcely appreciable costal veins which
are not clubbed distad, subobsolete intercalated triangle, sub-
genital plate more asymmetrical and showing a different type of
specialization and complete absence of genicular or other spines
on the femora. "^^

It would appear probable that Nothohlatta Bolivar (Mitth. Schweiz.
Ent. Ges., XI, p. 139, (1905).), including the single species, was-
manni Bolivar, belongs to the present group of genera and is nearest
to Ceuthobiella. From the literature, that genus apparently differs
in cephalic, palpal, pronotal, genitalic and tibial features. Un-
fortunately the description is vague concerning some of the most
important characters.

Oulopteiyx meliponanun new species. Plate XV, figures 7, 8, 9 and 10.

This striking species is first Blattid known to inhabit the nests
of bees. The series from which it is described was taken from the
nest of the diminutive, lilack, stingless bee, Melipona nigra Lepele-
tier.

Compared with 0. dascilloides, described on page 215, the pres-
ent insect is seen to differ in the much paler brown coloration,
somewhat less coriaceous and much more hairy pronotum and teg-

^2 The two described species are the smallest of the fully winged American
Blattidae known. Length of body, in normal position, approximately 4. .5 mm.

^* Only the last of these toward the sutural margin is seen to be weakly oblique
to that margin.

^^ The ventro-cephalic margins of the cephalic femora are supplied in distal
portion with a row of hairs, approaching the condition we term piliform spines.
(,from type of A. minutissima).

248 ■ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

mina, more ample and distinctly more flattened pronotum, teg-
mina with costal margin less decidedly oblique in distal portion,
features of the genitalia and somewhat less decidedly atrophied
armament of the cephalic femora.

The annulate antennae afford a striking feature of coloration.

Type: cf ; Fazenda do Sobrado, near Passo-Quatro, Minas Geraes,
Brazil. June. [Paris Museum.]

In addition to the characters given in the generic description on
page 214, we record the following. Eyes extending briefly ventrad
of antennal sockets, convergent lateral margins of cheeks to clypeal
suture brief. Interocular space slightly over half width between
antennal sockets. Maxillary palpi with fifth joint large, slightly
shorter than third, fourth joint two-thirds as long as third joint.
Pronotum with bosses of disk smooth, showing a somewhat lyrate
pattern; other portions, including weak bosses at humeral shoulders,
heavily impresso-punctate. Tegmina moderately coriaceous, ex-
tending distinctly beyond cereal apices, margins converging evenly
distad. Wings with rolls of folded appendicular fields lying ob-
hquely. Median segment as described for dasciUoides. Supra-
anal plate with length equal to about one-fourth proximal width,
suddenly and strongly concave in meso-distal portion, lateral mar-
gins convergent and forming rather broadly convex projections on
each side of this area, moderately supplied with long hairs in these
portions, median section of margin nearly transverse, showing a
very feeble convexity, without hairs. The ventral surface of this
plate is symmetrically specialized, mesad on each side at the base
of the projecting portions it is produced in a transverse and chiti-
nous triangular projection, with apex acute and curved outward
toward each side, these fang-like processes lie on the deeply concave
faces of two large subchitinous, symmetrical plates, which, spring-
ing from near the cereal bases, are transverse and vertical, reaching
to the anal opening. Subgenital plate small and nearly symmetri-
cal, lateral margins equally oblique, the sinistral very feebly convex,
the dextral as feebly concave, rounding into the transverse distal
margin at the style sockets. Styles similar, simple, straight, cylin-
drical, not tapering except at the rounded apex, each about six
times as long as its width, three-quarters as long as the distance
between the style bases. Cephalic femora with ventro-cephalic
margin supplied distad with minute, piliform, well separated spines,
terminated by a single elongate, heavy distal spine.

Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Paris Museum.]

Agrees closely with the male sex, difi"ering in the following fea-
tures. Interocular space wider, nearly as wide as that between the
antennal sockets. Tegmina and wings showing some slight reduc-
tion, extending to cereal apices. Dorsal surface of abdomen un-
specialized. Supra-anal plate slightly over two-fifths as long as
proximal width lateral margins nearly straight, oblique to the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

rather broadly truncate apical portion, the surface of which is
weakly concave. Subgenital plate broad, the meso-distal portion
(approximately one-sixth of the entire surface) moderately pro-
duced, occupied by two rounded-triangular plates, forming nearly
vertical valves and separated proximad from the basal portion of
the plate by a strongly concave margin.

Coloration of sexes similar. Head bright ochraceous-tawny, be-
coming ochraceous-orange on occiput, which portion is marked
with suffused vertical stripes of rich chestnut brown. Proximal
antennal joints, mouthparts and all but distal joint of maxillary
palpi ochraceous-buff, last joint of maxillary palpi cinnamon-brown.
Antennae in remaining portions mummy brown, near distal ex-
tremity with an annulus of light buff (occupying usually three,
rarely as many as five, joints). Pronotum shining russet. Teg-
mina translucent, shining mars brown, paling slightly laterad and
distad to russet ; portion of dextral tegmen, concealed when at rest,
transparent, weakly tinged with tawny. Wings delicate, trans-
parent, very faintly tinged Avith ochraceous-buff, this more decided
in area of costal veins and in radiate field toward its juncture with
the appendicular field. Dorsal surface of mesonotum, metanotum
and abdomen light ochraceous-buff, the latter in all but proximal
portion with a broad marginal suffusion of prouts brown, which
broadens distad to include the supra-anal plate and preceding ter-
gites. Cerci cinnamon brown. Ventral surface ochraceous-tawny,
often pale and tinged with orange, suffused laterad with prouts
brown, this not as broad as dorsad. Limbs ochraceous-buff tinged
with tawny.

In the immature condition the shining dorsal surface is tawny or
russet, deepening to mars brown laterad. The striking antennal
and other markings are as in the adults.

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
cf body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

Type . 10 2.8 3.6 10.6 3.5

Paratypes (5) 9.8-10.8 2.8-2.8 3.4-3.6 10.8-11.1 3.4-3.8

9
Allotype 9.2 3 3.8 9.2 3

Paratypes (3) 9.2-9.4 2.9-3 3.7-3.8 8.6-8.8 3-3

In addition to the type and allotype, a series of five males, three
females, three immature males, five immature females and three
very small immature specimens are before us, bearing the same
data. Of these the adults are designed paratypes. Five different
instars of immaturity are apparently represented.

In the paratypes with wings spread, the following measurements
are shown : length of wing cf 11.7, 9 9; width of wing cf 8.2, 9 6.8;

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

length of appendicular field cf 3.8, 9 3.05; width of appendicular
field cf 4.7, 9 3.4 mm.

MELESTORA Stal.

1858. Melestora Stal, Kongl. Svenska Freg. Eugenie's Resa, Zool., I, p. 311.

We regret to state that, from the material now available, we are
convinced that our recent characterization of the genus'''^ is incor-
rect, applying instead to the genus Ceuthohi a, described on page 292.

The genus Melestora as here defined, includes the South American
species adspersipennis Stal, fuscella Stal and argentina (Rehn).^^

Genotype. — Melestora adspersipennis Stal.^*

This genus shows, in the male sex, nearest relationship to Comp-
sodes, agreeing in the elliptical pronotum with a medio-longitudinal
sulcus^^ and somewhat impressed disk, femora not strikingly en-
larged, sinistral as well as dextral tegmen with a conspicuous diag-
onal channel"" and discoidal sectors oblique, wings with anterior
field over twice the area of the radiate field, with ulnar vein develop-
ing complete arcuate branches and radiate field proximal in position
and not folding, dorsal surface of abdomen with third tergite spec-
ialized mesad'^ and pulvilli absent.

We find that Melestora as properly restricted, ^^^ differs from Comp-
sodes in the male sex in having the interocular area decidedly
wrinkled, the median and caudal femora supplied on their ventro-
cephalic margins with a single distal spine, as well as having the
genicular spine, which is present in both genera.

These genera represent a distinctive group, particularly^ striking
in having the anterior field of the wings very large, in area approxi-

•^6 Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 4, p. 121, (1920).

^" Incorrectly referred by us to the genus Compsodes, at the time that genus
was described. Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 2, p. 209, (1917).

«8 Selected by Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., I, p. 167, (1904).

^^ In the aberrant Compsodes cucullatus (Saussure and Zehntner), the pronotum
is produced over the head, the cephalic margin showing greater angulation, while
the medio-longitudinal sulcus is subobsolete.

^^ This channel is not shown by Stal's figure. That author's description of
the interocular area and pronotum leads us to the present conclusion and the
belief that the diagonal channel was by accident omitted from the figure.

^^ This was not noted by us in our description of Compsodes schirarzi (Caudell),
Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 2. p. 211, (1917). In that species the third tergite is
weakly impressed meso-proximad, with a minute node mesad, surrounded by very
minutely microscopic hairs, the caudal margin of the preceding tergite weakly
raised, thus showing a broad convexity above this.

^'^ Judging from the data given by Stal, material of argentina at hand and a
series representing all of the known species of Compsodes.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

mating that of the tegmen, and radiate field very small and not
folding.

Though very close, we l)elieve that Melestora and Cotwpsodes
represent distinct generic units, occupying the same position in
the biota of the regions where they are found, the former in the
southern portion of tropical South America, the latter in tropical
North America.

Euthyrrhapha pacifica (Coquebert)

1804. Blotta pacifica Coquebert, Illustr. iconogr. Insect., Ill, p. 91, pi. XXI,
fig. I. [Islands of the Pacific Ocean.]

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1 cf.

This species was apparently introduced into Brazil, probably
from Oceania, a very long time ago; it was recorded from Brazil
at an early date and definitely from Rio de Janeiro by Gerstaecker
jn Van der Decken.^^

Hypercompsa cjmipsoides Walker.

1868. HypercoDipsn cynipsoides Walker, Cat. Blatt, Br. Mus., p. 62. [cf;
Tijuca, [Rio de Janeiro], Brazil.]

Curityba, Parana, Brazil, 2 cT.

The present material is assignable without question to Walker's
cynipsoides, which name has been placed in synonymy under H.
fieberi (Brunner) by Kirby. We do not believe Kirby 's action to
be correct, but examination of the type of fieberi alone can verify
this. It would seem probable that Brunner would have described
the large and strikingly pale spot of warm buff, on each side of
the abdomen latero-proximad, had his material shown this feature.
This marking is, as described by Walker, conspicuous, occupying the
lateral portions of the first and second tergites and corresponding
area ventrad, and shows through the fenestrate tegmina when these
are at rest.

Holocompsa nitidula (Fabrichis)

1781. B[latta] nitidula Fabricius, Spec. Ins., I, p. 345. [[ 9 ], Surinam.]
Bahia, Brazil, 1 9 .

OXYHALOINAE.

Chorisoneiira perlucida (Walker)

1868. Blatia perlucida Walker, Cat. Blatt. Br. Mus., p. 99. [ 9 ; Tijuca,
[Rio de Janeiro, Brazil].] ♦

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, May, 2cr.

The sinistral style in males of this species has its base produced

dextrad and somewhat swollen, bearing a small tuft of agglutinated,

"3 Roisen in Ost-Afrika, III, Abth., II, p. 9, (1873).

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

spiniform hairs. The dextral style bears mesad on its external face
a stout chitinous spine, directed proximo-dextrad and curved proxi-
mad. The intervening triangular production between the bases
of the styles has a minute but stout spine at its apex, another much
smaller spine on the dextral margin, the sinistral margin being
broadly subchitinous.

The general structure and very faintly tessellate tegmina indicate
the close affinity of this species to those of the genus recorded below.

Chorisoneiira gracilis (Saussitre)

1862. Bl[aUa} gracilis Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XIV, p. 167.
[[9], Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 3 cf , 1 9 •

The males have the styles longer than in C. perlucida (Walk-
er), the dextro-proximal specialization of the sinistral style and
intervening triangular production between the bases of the styles
in every way similar, the dextral style with a much smaller, minute,
spine mesad on its dorsal margin, directed proximad.

Saussure 's original description would appear to have been taken
from a smaller individual, the material before us agreeing better
with Brunner 's characterization of his Brazilian flavoantennata and
with Saussure and Zehntner's discussion of material from Rio
Grande do Sul, Brazil, at the time those authors placed flavoanten-
nata in the present synonymy.

The tegminal tessellation in these specimens agrees closely with
that of C. perlucida (Walker). It is, however, a trifle more distinct,
while in two individuals the veins proximad are weakly whitish.

Chorisoneura nigrifrons (.Serville)

1839. Blalla nigrifrons Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 109. [cf, 9 ;
Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1 d^ , [Hebard Cln.].

Closely agreeing with the two previous species in size, form and
general coloration, the striking cephalic marking would appear
to be a feature by which this species may be readily recognized.
The genitalia of the present specimen are in a poor state of preser-
vation.

PERISPHAERINAE.

Brachycoli tuberculata (Dalman)

1823. Blaita tuberculata Dalman, Analecta Ent., p. 87. [Brazil.]
Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 3 9,2 small juv.
The very early stage, represented by the immature individuals

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

before us (length 7 mm.), is generally buffy, the antennae dark
with annuli as in the adult, the pronotum with a homologous dark
paired patch which, however, sends a ray of the same color latero-
caudad instead of cephalad on each side, the mesonotum and meta-
notum dark in broad meso-proximal portion. In this stage arolia
are absent.

HORMETICA Burmeister.

1838. Hormeiica Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 511.
1865. Dasyposoma Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 387.

After considerable study of the problem, we are now convinced

that Dasyposoma is a synonym of Hormetica; the genotype and other

species referred to, representing immature individuals of Hormetica

in the later instars, as discussed below.

Hormetica ventxalis Biirmeister.

1838. H[orme(ica] ventralis Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p.

512. [Rio de Janeiro, [Brazil].]
1865. D[asyposoma] nigra Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 388, p.. XIII

figs. 57 A to C [d^, 9 ; Brazil.]

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1 large juv. cf .

This specimen agrees closely with an immature female in the
same ihstar from Puerto Bertoni, Paraguay, recorded by R,ehn
as Dasyposoma nigra and apparently referable to Hormetica atlas
Rehn, which species is very closely allied to the present.

Recent studies of a large series of both sexes, including adults and
immatures, of Hormetica apolinari Hebard, from Colombia, have
shown that in that species the early stages lacked pulvilli, the adults
having well-developed pui villi. Futhermore it was found that
Saussure 's Dasyposovia marmorata was based on the immature
condition of a species of Hormetica closely related to apolinari.

The present material is, we believe, reierahle to Hormetica ventralis,
and it is highly probable that Brunner 's Dasyposoma nigra is
based on the immature condition of this species; certain it is that
the name is referable to this or one of the very closely related species
of Hormetica.'* The two immatures of Brazilian species at hand
also lack arolia though the surface of the tarsal joint between the
tarsal claws is swollen in this instar, apparently the last preceding
maturity.

'^ Of these we have before us adults, representing both sexes, refeiTed to laevi-
gata Burmeister, atlas Rehn and scrobiculata Burmeister, which have been fully
discussed by Rehn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLIII, p, 341, (1917).

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

As nigra has been designated gentoype of Dasyposoma, that genus
inconsequence falls in synonym}^ under Hormetica.

The coloration of the immature here recorded is as follows.
Dorsal surface blackish brown, shining and polished except caudad,
where minute subdenticulations roughen the surface; cingulate mar-
gins of pronotum, mesonotum and metanotum mars brown. Head
mars brown paling to russet on occiput and mouthparts, eyes
ochraceous-tawny, ocellar areas more buffy. Antennae with two
proximal joints ochraceous-tawny, remainder dark mummy brown,
except for a meso-distal annulus of light ochraceous-buff, occupy-
ing five joints. Limbs chestnut brown paling to ochraceous-buff
on trochanters, bases of tibiae and ventral surfaces of tarsi. Ven-
tral surface of abdomen shining and pohshed blackish brown, pal-
ing to ochraceous-tawny meso-proximad.

Length of body 29.4, greatest width of body (meso-caudad) 17,
width of interocular space 3.9, length of caudal tibia 8.7 mm.

Parahormetica tumulosa Brmxner.

1865. P[arahormetica] tumulosa Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 385, pi.
XII, figs. A to c'. [cf , 9 ; Brazil.]

Minas Geraes, Brazil, 100 meters, 1 cf, 1 juv.

Passa-Quatro, Rio las Pedras, Brazil, 1000 meters, 1 cf , 1 9 , 2 juv.

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Exposed length Proximal
body pronotum pronotum of tegmen width of

&

tegmen

Minas Geraes, Brazil
Passa-Quatro, Minas

Geraes, Brazil
9
Passa-Quatro, Minas

Geraes, Brazil
Villa Lutetia, Misiones,

Argentina

28
30.3

10.7
11.6

14

14.4

6.9

7.7

6.7
6.3

28
27.2

9

8.2

12.7
12.8

5 8
5.7

5.6
5

The immatures are very dark brown with limbs slightly paler
and more reddish. Those recorded on page 299 from Argentina are
solidly colored above, those from Minas Geraes having the pronotum
ochraceous-buff in broad meso-caudal portion and mesonotum,
metanotum and proximal abdominal tergites dresden brown in
the same areas.

Parahormetica bilobata Saussure.

1864. Parahormetica bilobata Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de ZooL, (2), XIV, p.
345. [ 9 ; Province of Minas Geraes, Brazil.]

Curityba, Parana, Brazil, 1 d^.

Brazil, 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

The size of the specimens here recorded is much greater than that

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

given by Saussure. With a species subject to as great size variation
as is shown bj^the two specimens, here associated without hesitation,
as representing the same species, we feel that we are justified in re-
ferring this material to Saussure 's hilohata. Saussure has des-
cribed two decided color variations for that species. The two
specimens before us agree closely in coloration.

Length of body cf 41.8, 9 36.7; length of pronotum d^ 16.7, 9
11.7; width of pronotum cf 19.5, 9 16; length of exposed portion
of tegmen cf 11.7, 9 8; width of tegmen cf 9.8, 9 7.7; width of
interval between tegmina cf 7.5, 9 5.5 mm.

Section III. Northern Argentina.

The collection from this region, belonging to the Paris Museum,
is large and to it have been added a considerable series from the
the Hebard Collection, originally the property of Professor Law-
rence Bruner. A total of 370 specimens has been recorded, in-
cluding 22 genera and 37 species, of which 2 genera and 16 species
are new.

As a result we have been able to study a much larger series of
Argentinian Blattidae than has ever previously been assembled.
The species recorded from the subtropical section of northern Ar-
gentina represent we believe, a fairly large proportion of the cock-
roaches which there occur.

Though the Blattidae of Argentina have been by no means ne-
glected in past literature, the fact that over forty-five percent of
the species here treated represent new forms, shows that this
family has previously received scant attention by collectors. The
extremely rich fauna of southern Brazil is continued into tropical
northern Argentina, and it is probable that but a small proportion
of the Blattidae of that region are as yet known.

Of particular interest are the brachypterous species of the genera
Carihlatta and Neohlattella, the large number of species of the genus
Ischnoptera ( of which the species caracana shows extraordinary
male dimorphism), the distinctive PseudiscJuioptera rhabdota,the
species of Epilarnpra in which the sexes show decided to very great
dissimilarity and the five small species of the Corydiinae.

Eudromiella aglaia new sijecies. Plate IX, figures 4 and 5.

Males of the present species agree closely with males of the geno-
type,^, hicolorata Hebard, described from Panama, differing in the
more contrasting coloration, the pronotum with paired longitudinal

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

lines broader and with all but a caudal patch of the intervening
area very dark, as well as in characters of the genitalia, particularly
the distinctive specialization of the sixth tergite.

Type: cf ; Carcarana, Santa Fe, Argentina. [Hebard Collection,
Type no. 680.]

Size small, form graceful, structure delicate as characteristic of
the genus. Interocular space about three-quarters as wide as that
between antennal sockets. Ocellar spots distinct, ocellar areas
rounding into interocellar area. Maxillary palpi moderately elong-
ate, third and fifth joints of equal length, fourth joint slightly
shorter. Lateral margins of face rather strongly convergent to
clypeal suture. Pronotum l)roadly rounded, symmetrically trap-
ezoidal, the greatest width near the caudal margin, that margin
transverse, very broadly convex; surface of pronotum Aveakly con-
vex. Tegmina and wings extending well beyond cereal apices.
Tegmina with numerous, decidedly oblique, discoidal sectors.
Wings with (7) heavily clubbed costal veins, with (6) complete
branches of the ulnar vein, intercalated triangle small but distinct.
Sixth tergite with a large projection meso-caudad, formed by two
rounded ridges which unite cephalad, thus forming a V-shaped prom-
inence, surface strongly concave cephalad . and laterad of this
prominence, supplied cephalad with numerous agglutinated hairs,
directed caudad and reaching as far as the blunt apex of the prom-
inence. Supra-anal plate broadly transverse. Paired plate be-
neath supra-anal plate large and unspecialized. Other concealed
genitaUc processes complex. Subgenital plate asymmetrical; sinis-
trad more produced than dextrad, with dextral portion curled up-
ward and inward; styles inset, the dextral decidedly the more so.
Sinistral style a flattened lobe, about twice as long as broad, ex-
panding slightly to the truncate apex, the angles of which are broadly
rounded. Dextral style somewhat similar but more elongate and
slender and curled strongly dextrad toward apex, the base of which
portion touches that of the sinistral style. Between the rather
irregularly formed styles the median portion of the plate is triangu-
larly produced, nearly filling the interspace between them. Limbs,
armament, pulvilU and arolia as characteristic of genus. ^^

Head with occiput ochraceous-buff tinged with tawny, deepening
ventrad, with inter-ocular-ocellar area auburn and remaining por-
tions of face blackish chestnut, ocellar spots light buff, antennae
snuff brown, the first joint darker proximad. Pronotum with two
broad longitudinal bars of deep chestnut brown, which broaden and
diverge slightly caudad throughout their length, intervening area
mars brown, except in a transverse, rectangulate area caudad which
is ochraceous-buff; latei-al portions of pronotum transparent, feebly
tinged with buff. Tegmina with marginal field and marginal por-

"* Described, Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 4, p. 35, (1920).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

tion of scapular field transparent, feebly tinged with buff, thence
becoming suddenly rich chestnut brown, which gradually becomes
more dilute distad and toward the costal margin and is there weakly
tawny. Wings almost clear hyaline, showing a very faint tawny
tinge toward the free margins of the anterior field and with enlarged
portions of costal veins white. Abdomen with dorsal surface to
sixth tergite blackish brown, narrowly margined laterad with och-
raceous-buff, except that the sixth has a suffusion of blackish brown
on each side. Cerci chestnut brown, shading to prouts brown dis-
tad and narrowly buffy proximad toward the internal margin. Ven-
tral surface of thoracic segments and bases of trochanters chestnut
brown, limbs light ochraceous-buff. Ventral surface of abdomen
with lateral margins ochraceous-buff, proximad and laterad black-
ish brown, this leaving the median portion of the mesal section and
all of the distal portion ochraceous-buff.

Length of body 9.7-9.3,'*^ length of pronotum 2.7-2.7, width of
pronotum 3.7-3.6, length of tegmen 10.3-9.9, width of tegmen 3-3
mm.

In addition to the type, a paratypic male, bearing the same data,
is in the Hebard Collection.

Dasyblatta chopardi" new species. Plate IX, figures 6, 7 and 8.

This interesting species is distinguished from the genotype, D.
thaumasia, described on page 225, both known only from the male
sex, by its smaller size, pale coloration, much wider interocular
space and striking genitalia.

The genitalic specialization in these species is seen to represent
a distinctive type, the two agreeing in general character of develop-
ment.

Type: cf ; Colonia Florencia, Rio Tapenaga, Chaco, Argentina,
[Paris Museum.]

In addition to the characters given in the generic description on
page 224, the following are considered of specific value. Inter-
ocular space slightly over one-half occipital ocular depth, three-
fifths that between antennal sockets; impressed punctae, the sockets
of hairs, particularly conspicuous in the inter-ocular-ocellar area.
Third joint of maxillary palpi four-fifths as long as the large fifth
joint, slightly longer than the fourth joint. Hirsute tegmina sub-
coriaceous in appearance, due to the fact that the hairs are invisible
except under the microscope; area of dextral tegmen, concealed
when at rest, hairless; discoidal sectors (9-10) best termed longi-
tudinal, though toward the sutural margin the last of those in the
sinistral tegmen is weakly oblique to that margin, while toward the
sutural margin several in the dextral tegmen are slightlj^ irregular-

^^ The measurements of the type are given first.
''"' In honor of our friend. Dr. Lucien Chopard.

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

and moderately oblique. Abdominal tergites apparently much as
described for thaumasia on page 225. ^^ Subgenital plate curled
upward and inward sinistro-proximad beside the base of the supra-
anal plate and there with a small rounded node, produced caudad
beside the lateral margin of the supra-anal plate, its apex armed
with two straight chaetiform spines directed caudad. Supra-anal
plate three-fifths as long as its proximal width, weakly chitinous in
distal portion, this area defined from the proximal area by a delicate
but distinct, straight, transverse sulcus, lateral margins feebly con-
cave, not convergent to bases of cerci, straight and strongly oblique
to within these, the remaining portion roundly produced, with median
emargination feebly suggested . Subgenital plate with sinistro-proxi-
mal portion speciahzed as described above, beyond this with surface
moderately convex so that the very broadly and irregularly convex
margin nearly touches the cercus, bearing on its internal surface at
the margin beneath the cercus a stout straight spine, directed dorso-
mesad, this section of the margin terminating at the small simple sin-
istral style, situated just within the sinistral cercus; this style cylin-
drical, about twice as long as broad, directed dorso-mesad; beyond
this point the margin is very deeply and roundly concave to the dex-
tral style, similar but smaller and more tapering, situated slightly sin-
istrad of the median point and directed dextro-caudad, the internal
surface of the plate at the base of this style bearing two stout spines
of equal length curved caudad; remaining large dextral section of
the plate curled inward beneath dextral cercus and supra-anal plate
to slightly beyond this point, the dorsal outhne of the projection
triangular, with apex bluntly rounded. Concealed genitalia com-
plex, the paired plate beneath the supra-anal plate apparently
developed into projections armed with minute teeth."-'

General coloration of entire insect ochraceous-buff. Vertex to
between ocelli suffused with dresden brown. Eyes blackish brown.
Ocelli light buff. Disk of pronotum with a tawny orange tinge.
Tegmina showing an exceedingly faint and even tinge of buckthorn
brown.

Length of body 9.4, length of pronotum 2.4, width of pronotum
3.2, length of tegmen 9.8, width of tegmen 2.9, length of caudal tibia
3.8, length of caudal metatarsus 1.6 mm.

Though even less striking in general appearance than thaumasia,
this unique specimen also represents actually one of the most re-
markably specialized forms of the Blattidae known to us.

Cariblatta mesembrina^" new specie?. Plate IX, flgiire 16.

This species shows the greatest tegminal reduction known in the
genus. In C. lutea minima Hebard, from the United States, the

^* The sinistral portion of the eighth tergite is damaged in this specimen.
'8 Dissection of this unique individual is inadvisable.
««From [J.£aT;[JL^piva= Southern.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

tegmina are reduced sufficiently to leave exposed the distal portion
of the abdomen, Imt in that race these organs narrow to the rather
sharply rounded apices. In mesemhrina the tegmina are truncate
distad, the costal margin rounding very broadly into the transverse
distal margin, so that these organs leave almost the entire dorsal
surface of the abdomen exposed.

Though apparently nearest lutea minima, the present species is
seen to approach that race only in features governed by reduction
in the organs of flight and to be derived from a different phylum,
the development of the pronotal picturing and cephalic marking
being distinctive.

From the pronotal picturing, we believe it best to place the species
in linear arrangement after C. fossicauda Hebard, described from
Trinidad.

The adult male probably shows distinctive genitalic features,
as is indicated by the immature examples of that sex at hand.

Type: 9 ; Carcarafia, Santa Fe, Argentina. [Hebard Collection,
Type No. 681.]

Size small, form moderately robust for the genus of very small and
moderately slender species. Head with interocular space very slight-
ly wider than that between antennal sockets. **i Ocellar spots poor-
ly defined. Pronotum with surface evenly and weakly convex,
greatest width near caudal margin, that margin transverse, show-
ing practically no convexity. Tegmina strongly reduced, over-
lapping but not reaching beyond median segment, costal margin
rounding very broadly into transverse distal margin, sutural margin
straight, rounding suddenly into distal margin a short distance
beyond the anal field, with longitudinal trend of discoidal sectors
discernible. Wings minute aborted pads, reaching to base of
median segment. Supra-anal plate triangularly produced with
immediate apex minutely emarginate, length one-third prox-
imal width. Subgenital plate scoop-shaped, projecting moderately
mesad, the lateral portions raised so that the plate appears broadly
V-shaped mesad when seen from the rear. Ventro-cephalic margin
of cephalic femora armed with a row of spines which decrease rapidly
and irregularly distad, terminated by two elongate spines; ventro-
caudal margin armed with two widely spaced spines meso-distad
and a single distal spine. Other ventral femoral margins moderately
suppUed with spines. Succeeding tarsal joints two-thirds as long
as caudal metatarsus, the four proximal tarsal joints supplied with
moderately well-developed pulvilli. Large arolia present between
the very feebly specialized, symmetrical tarsal claws, these claws

*i This is slightly narrower than in lutea minima and appreciably narrov/er
than normally in the West Indian genotype, C. delicahila (Guerin).

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

having lost an internal flange and with weak serrulations of ventral
margin visible only under very high magnification.^^

Head with occiput ochraceous-buff, a broad band of prouts
brown between the eyes, the ventral margin of which is broadly
concave, succeeded by a slightly broader band of white, in which
laterad are located the ocellar 'spots and the ventral margin of
which is transverse, below this the face is heavily suffused with
prouts brown, the remaining portions ochraceous-buff, with flecks
of prouts brown below the antennae, which send an oblique ray
toward the median portion of the face. Antennae ochraceous-buff,
with slight suffusions of darker on the three proximal segments.
Maxillary palpi ochraceous-buff, the last joint tinged with tawny
and becoming cinnamon brown distad. Pi'onotum with lateral por-
tions transparent, very faintly tinged with buff"; disk ochraceous-
buff, beautifully and heavily pictured with cinnamon brown, as fig-
ured. Tegmina transparent, very faintly tinged with buff. Dor-
sal surface of abdomen blackish brown and cinnamon brown, with
lateral margins irregularly bordered with ochraceous-buff and three
rows of irregular spots of the same color. Cerci ochraceous-buff,
ventral surface and dorsal surface proximad suffused with prouts
brown, the latter with a fleck of prouts brown meso-distad. Limbs
ochraceous-buff, the cephalic femora delicately margined dorsad
and all the dorsal spines of the tibiae with flecks at their bases of
prouts brown. Abdomen with ventral surface bordered narrowly
laterad with light ochraceous-buff, this margined internally with
prouts brown, within which is a fleck of the same color on each seg-
ment, remaining portions ochraceous-buff, ecxept for a broad medio-
longitudinal band of blackish chestnut brown, which expands caudad
on the subgenital plate.

Length of body 7, length of pronotum 2.1, width of pronotum 3,
length of tegmen 2.7, width of tegmen 2.1 mm.

In addition to the type, a large immature male bearing the same
data and a smaller immature individual from Ceres, Santa Fe,
Argentina, are in the Hebard Collection.

Neoblattella conspersa (Brunner) Plate IX, figure 20.

1865. Ph[yllodr omia] conspersa Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 106. [cf,
Brazil.]

Colonia Florencia, Rio Tapenaga, Chaco, Argentina, 1 cf, 1 9 •

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio Misiones, Argentina, 4 9,1 juv.

The species has been once previously recorded from Argentina,

by Rehn from the Misiones. The male genitalia are here figured

^^ The specialization of the tarsal claws was not recognized at the time the
genus Cariblatta was described. It is apparent that in degenerate forms this
specialization is much reduced or obsolete. In delicatula and other long-winged
species, a flange, minutely but conspicuously serrulate, is foimd, but in lutca lutea
and lutea minima this has entirely disappeared, leaving no trace even of ser-
rulation.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

for the first time, showing the contrasting differences between
conspersa and platystylata, described on page 229.

The females of these species are separated with difficulty, as com-
mented upon under platystylata. In the present insect the lateral
margins of the female subgenital plate on each side of the meso-
distal portion are produced dorsad in small plates, the truncate
apices of these armed with a regular series of (usually 7) equal,
chaetiform spines. At the base of these plates, within the anal
chamber on the dorsal surface of the subgenital plate, are situated
projections of similar character, but more reduced and bearing a
lesser number of spines. The size and form of these appendages
is subject to some individual variation. In all but these two species
of the genus Neoblattella known to us, the female subgenital plate
shows no trace of such specialization.

The males at hand have the meso-distal portion of the supra-anal
plate showing some individual variation. In this sex the sub-
genital plate is immaculate, the dark marking of the ventral sur-
face of the abdomen not extending that far caudad; this is true for
the Argentinian females also, but not for the more intensively col-
ored fenif^les from Igarape-Assu, Para, Brazil.

, Measurements {iyi millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
cT body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

Bonito, Pernambuco, Brazil 9.6-10.7 2.6-2.8 3.6-3.7 11.3-11.4 3.3-3.4

(2)
Igarape-Assu, Para, Brazil 10.8 2.7 3.3 11.6 3.2

Contamano, Rio Ucayali, 9.7 2.8 3.3 11.4 3.1

Peru^'
Colonia Florencia, Chaco, 11.8 3.1 4.1 12.3 4

Argentina
Misiones, Argentina 11 3 3.8 12.8 3.8

9
Igarape-Assu, Para, Brazil (5) 9.1-10.3 2.7-2,8 3.4-3.7 10.4-11 3.3-3.4
Sapucav, Paraguays^ 9.8 2.8 3.5 10 3.2

Colonia Florencia, Chaco, 3.2 4.2 12.2 3.8

Argentina
Villa Lutecia, Mi,,iones, 11-12.5 3-3.1 A-A 12.4-12.6 4-4

Argentina (4)

Distinctly greater size is shown by the Argentinian series, appar-
ently a geographic feature.

8^ This specimen, in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, was
taken October to December, 1912.

^* This specimen, belonging to the United States National Museum, was re-
corded as Blattella conspersa by Caudell, the individual being mistaken for a male,
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XII, p. 183, (1904).

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Neoblattella puerilis (Rehn)

1915. CeratinoTptera -puerilis Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p.
273, fig. I. [cf; Misiones, Argentina.]

The type of this species now before us, shows that it agrees in
all valid generic features with the genus Neoblattella. Species of
that genus, however, showing decidedly reduced tegmina, were
previously unrecognized.

The insect is clearly of more recent common ancestry with the
genotype, N. adsyer si colli s (Stal), than many of the species which
we believe to be properly referable to Neoblattella and it would
appear advisable to assign it to the Adspersicollis Group, though
additional evidence may show it and the species described below
to belong to a distinct, though closely related, group.

The broad form; arrangement of dark punctae on face and disk
of pronotum; simple, straight, elongate similar styles; large pulvilli,
and decided serration of the flange of the tarsal claws, are all features
shared by adspersicollis.

The smaller spines of the ventro-cephalic margin of the cephalic
femora are irregularly interspersed with a few (3 and 4) chaetiform
spines, showing some slight divergence from the condition usually
shown by the species of the genus.

Neoblattella tapenagae new species. Plate X, flguie 8.

Close relationship to A^. puerilis (Rehn) is shown. Compared
with the male type of that species, females are readily distinguish-
able by the richer coloration and distinctive markings of head,
pronotum and tegmina, the type "B" armament of the ventro-
cephalic margins of the cephalic femora and even larger pulvilli.

This is the first case in our studies of the Blattellae where, in the
same genus, the armament of the ventro-cephalic margin of the
cephalic femora is found to be of type "A" in most species, but as
clearly of type "B" in one case. Transitional stages are shown in
N. puerilis (Rehn) and A", janeirae, described on page 226. This
difference, we feel we can safely state, may be used as a criterion
for generic separation in most genera of the Blattellae, but the
characterization of Neoblattella, much the largest genus of the group,
must be changed to include both types.

Type: 9 ; Colonia Florencia, Rio Tapenaga, Chaco, Argentina.
[Paris Museum.]

Size large, form very broad for the genus. Interocular space wide,
slightly narrower than that between antennal sockets. Ocellar
spots moderately large, distinct, these areas rounding bi'oadly into

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

the adjacent portions. Lateral margins of cheeks weakly conver-
gent ventrad. Maxillary palpi moderately short for the genus,
fourth joint nearly as long as third, large fifth joint three-quarters
as long as fourth. Tegmina decidedly reduced, covering slightly
less than half the dorsal surface of the abdomen; costal margin very
gently arcuate, broadly rounding distad into the broadly rounded
distal margin, sutural margin nearly straight, rounding much more
suddenly, though broadly, into the distal margin; venation dis-
tinct, the caudal margin cutting the veins abruptly, the discoidal
sectors (3 to 6 in the series) cut off before reaching a truly longitudi-
nal direction, so that the portions shown appear very weakly oblique
to the sutural margim\ Wings vestigal, extending to the caudad
margin of the metanotum. Supra-anal plate two-fifths as long as its
basal width, lateral margins broadly concave-convergent to dis-
tal portion, which is bilobate, due to a moderate meso-distal emar-
gination (which is sharp in the type, rounded in the paratype).
Subgenital plate simple, large, weakly produced, the free margin
weakly concave beneath the cerci and mesad, weakly convex be-
tween these portions. Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora
armed with (4 to 6; in the case of the greater number, with the last
two considerably smaller) heavy, elongate, well-spaced proximal
spines, succeeded by a row of (11 to 15) minute, closely placede
chaetiform spinulae, terminated by three heavy spines, elongats
in increasing ratio distad. Pul villi of four proximal tarsal joint,
unusually large for the genus, occupying the entire ventral surfaces
of the three tarsal joints succeeding the metatarsus, apices acute,
Tarsal claws symmetrical, well-developed flanges with (5) teeth
decided. Moderately well-developed arolia present.

Head with vertex light ochraceous-tawny with an orange tinge,
a large transverse suffusion of chestnut-brown between the ventral
portions of the eyes and dorsal portions of the antennal sockets,
ocellar spots and face ochraceous-buff, the latter with a narrow,
transverse suffusion of chestnut-brown above the clypeus, which
broadens on the cheeks. In one paratype there is an additional
narrower transverse suffusion of the same color between these.
Pronotum in median portion light ochraceous-tawny with an orange
tinge, this bordered on each side by a longitudinal suffusion of
chestnut-brown, which broadens caudad; disk with light flecks of
chestnut brown,'*'' three in an oblique row on each side mesad, two
caudad ; lateral portions transparent, faintly tinged with buffy, mar-
gins themselves buffy with an orange tinge. Tegmina showing a
continuation of the pronotum coloring, the suffusion of the humeral

*" This is not true of puerilis, in which the tegminal reduction is as great, but
the brief portions of the discoidal sectors are plainly longitudinal to the sutural
margin. It would appear that reduction of these organs affects the direction of
the veins more in some species than in others.

^^ In one paratype of more intensive coloration these flecks are supplemented
by small, weak suffusions and lines, giving a more nearly pictured appearance.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

trunk a continuation of the darker pronotal areas, beyond this with
veins paler, dresden brown, but intervening areas chestnut-brown.
Mesonotum and metanotum ochraceous-buff. Abdomen dorsad
shining blackish brown, the broader tergites narrowly margined
laterad with ochraceous-buff and with weak, paired, small buffy
flecks mesad. Cerci blackish brown, becoming buffy disto-dorsad.
Limbs light ochraceous-buff with an orange tinge, very narrowly
marked with prouts brown at bases of spines, tarsal joints each heav-
ily suffused with prouts brown distad. Ventral surface of abdomen
shining blackish brown, narrowly margined laterad with ochraceous-
buff, this including the proximal portion of the subgenital plate.

In a large immature female before us the coloration is much darker.
Dorsal surface, except hyaline lateral portions of thoracic segments,
which are tinged with dresden brown, blackish brown, this slightly
deeper laterad, with slightly paler flecks on the broader abdominal
tergites.

Length of body" 13.1-13.3, length of pronotum 4.1-4.2, width
of pronotum 5.9-5.9, total length of tegmen'* 6.9-6.7, width of teg-
men 4-4.2, length of caudal tibia 5.3-5.5 mm.

In addition to the type, a paratypic female and a large, immature
female, bearing the same data, as well as a paratypic female, with-
out further data than "Gran Chaco, " have been examined.

Blattella germanica (Liauaeus)

1767. [Blatta] germanica Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, p. 668. [Denmark.]

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, March
and April, I 9 .

Rio Parana, IX, 29, 1897, 2 d", 2 9 with oothecae, [Hebard Cln.].

Buenos Aires, Argentina, 1 juv. cf.

Litoblatta brasiliensis (Brunner) Plate X, figures 14, 15, 16 and 17.

1S65 I[schnoptera] hrasiliensis Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 130, pi. Ill
fig. 12. [, 6 Brazil.]

Colonia Florencia, Rio Tapenaga, Chaco, Argentina, Icf.

Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 14 cf , 3 9 •

Las Garzas, Rio Las Garzas, Santa Fe, Argentina, 1 d^.

Cruz del Eje, Cordoba, Argentina, 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina, (F. Schultz), 2 cf, [Hebard Cln.].

San Rafael, Mendoza, Argentina, 680 meters, February, Icf , 19.

The new genus Litoblatta is erected to include this species on page
237. We have there placed Loboptera laurenziana Giglio-Tos in
synonymy as representing the female sex of this species.

8^ The measurements of the type are given first.

8* The exposed length of these organs is slightly over one millimeter less.

16
12.7

3.7
3.2

4.4

4

13.6
13.8

4.4
4.1

11.8

2.9

3.8

11.9

3.3

13.2

2.8

3.8

13

3.7

14

3.9

4.7

16

4.1

17.6

4.3

5.8

19

5.2

18.8

4.3

6.2

18.8

5.2

17

3.8

4.9

19

5.1

14

4.8

6.3

2.7

2.2

IS

5.1

7

3.1

2.8

19

5.7

7.4

3.1

2.7

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

Measurements (in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
cf body pronotum pronotum tegmen*' tegmen

Passa-Quatro, Minas Geraes, 19 4.1 4.8 19.4 5.4

Brazil
Sapucay, Paraguay
Colonia Florencia, Chaco,

Argentina
Icaiio, Santiago del Estero,

Argentina
Icaiio, Santiago del Estero,

Argentina
Icaiio, Santiago del Estero,

Argentina
Icaiio, Santiago del Estero,

Argentina
Icaiio, Santiago del Estero,

Argentina
San Rafael, Mendoza,

Argentina

9
Icaiio, Santiago del Estero.

Argentina
lea no, Santiago del Estero,

Argentina
Icaiio, Santiago del Estero,

Argentina

As indicated above, the series of this species from the vicinity of
Icafio, shows an exceptional amount of individual size variation.

Ischnoptera ignobilis Saussure

1864. Isch[noptera] ignobilis Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XVI, p.

313. [cT, nee 9 f^ Buenos Aires, Argentina.]
1869. I[schnoptera] vilis Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XXI, p. 112.

[[d^], Argentina.]
1897. L[oboptera] bordlii Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. Univ.

Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 3. [ 9 ; Caiza and San Francisco, Bolivia; Tala.

Argentina. ]

Gran Chaco, Argentina, 7 cf , 1 9 .
Colonia Florencia, Chaco, Argentina, 4 cf , 1 juv.
Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 14 cf , 4 9 .
Tucuman, Tucuman, Argentina, 3 9,2 juv.
Las Garzas, Rio Las Garzas, Santa Fe, Agrentina, 3 cf .
Carcarana, Santa Fe, Argentina, 8 cf , 4 9 , 10 juv., 1 ootheca,
IHebard Cln.].

Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires, Argentina, February, 1 juv.
Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina, (F. Schulz), 3 cf , 1 9 .
Montevideo, Uruguay, 3 juv.

8^ The exposed length of the tegmen is given for females.

'" It appears almost certain that a male, possibly with subgenital plate damaged
■or missing, was described by Saussure ; which specimen he recorded as a female.

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

After careful study of the series at hand, the material previously
recorded as /. vilis Saussure from Paraguay and the Argentine, and
the literature, we are convinced that a single variable species is
represented. In coloration, a series of males from Sapucay, Para-
guay, agree with the male type of vilis, desribed from Corrientes,
Argentina, in having the lateral portions of the pronotum slightly
paler and more reddish than the dark brown remaining portions.
Three Paraguayan males, however, are at hand with pronotum
solidly colored. In the Argentinian material all of the males have
the pronotum solidly colored, varying from dark brown to rather
light reddish brown. In all specimens showing the bicolored prono-
tal condition before us, the femora are very dark brown the remain-
ing portions very contrastingly colored ; this limb coloration appears
in the Argentinian material, but shows slightly less decided con-
trast, varying to a condition in which the limbs are uniform light
brown. This latter condition is shown by the majority of the Ar-
gentinian males, as well as by two of the three Paraguayan males
with unicolorous pronotum. The vertex is individually dark or
pale.

In the concealed genitalia we find the paired plate beneath the
supra-anal plate to be very large, the dextral plate much the larger,
with periphery rounded, bearing along its ventral margin numerous
spiniform hairs and near the distal portion of this margin with a
small, irregular, chitinous area, flanked byachitinous spine directed
distad. In the entire Paraguayan series this spine, though variable
in heaviness and length, is free and averages heavier than in the
Argentinian material showing that condition. In other Argentinian
specimens the spine is indicated only as a sharp, slender, chitinous
projection along the external margin of thesubchitinous area, which
is not free. It would appear to be true that the Paraguayan ma-
terial shows incipient racial differentiation, but this has not, in our
opinion, yet reached either sufficient degree or stability to war-
rant nominal recognition.

Comparison of the females before us, with Giglio-Tos' description
of Lohoptera borelUi, shows that name to be based on material re-
presenting that sex of the present species.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of

cf body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

Sapucay, Paraguay (10) 16-17 4-4.2 5.. 5-5. 9 16.7-17.3 5-5.5

Carcarana, Argentina (9) 12-15 3.2-3.8 4.4-5 14-16.7 4.1-5.3

9

Tucuman, Argentina (3) 17-17.2 5-5.3 7.3-7 5-5.1 3 . 3-3.4

Carcarana, Argentina (4) 14-15.6 4.3-4.5 5.9-6.2 3.6-4.7 2.8-3

Cordoba, Argentina 14.3 4.3 6 3.9 2.9

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

The elongate triangular, pad-like, lateral tegmina of females of
the present species show a differentiation in this sex somewhat simi-
lar to that developed in /. deropeltijormis (Brunner) . These species,
however, do not belong to the same species group, as stated by us
in 1917.-'^ One striking feature of difference between the females
of these species is that in those of ignobilis vestigial wings are present
as minute pads beneath the apices of the tegmina,their very apices
alone sometimes projecting and scarcely extending beyond the
caudal margin of the metanotum.

The Gran Chaco specimens average large for the species, all but
one having the pronotum solidly blackish brown. A single speci-
men has the pronotum dull mahogany red, becoming bay caudad;
the tegmina, as in the others, chestnut tinged with bay proximad.

The individuals in the Icano series average smaller, all having the
pronotum solidly colored, blackish brown to chestnut brown, the
tegmina agreeing with the pronotum in coloration except in two,
which have the pronotum very dark but these organs deep chestnut.

Ischnoptera carcarana new species. Plate XI, figures l, 2 and 3.

This is a small species, showing, however, closer relationship to
the mu(^h larger /. ignohilis Saussure than to the numerous other
small species of the genus.

The general coloration is darker than in ignohilis ; the limbs strik-
ingly bicolored, as is sometimes the case in that species. The con-
cealed male genitalia are distinctive, while in the brachypterous
males and the females the triangular lateral tegminal pads are
smaller than in females of ignohilis and wing pads are not present.

A feature which we have never hitherto met with in studying the
Blattidae is the complete and non-intergrading dimorphism de-
veloped in the male sex of this species. Two males before us have
fully developed tegmina and wings. Three males show the general
contour, tegmina represented by minute lateral pads and complete
absence of wings, such as is true for the two females at hand.

Though certain species are known to develop all degrees of teg-
minal and wing reduction, from a fully developed to a much re-
duced type, it would appear unlikely that intermediate conditions
occur in males of carcarana, so extreme and clear cut are the mac-
ropterous and brachypterous conditions shown. The brachypter-
ous type, in fact, shows for both sexes a retention in the adult con-

31 Mem. Am. Ent. Soc, No. 2, p. 62.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

dition of many features of the early stages. The macropterous
males show the usual differentiation from the early stages developed
by adults of the normal macropterous species of Ischno'ptera.

The close agreement of the brachypterous males and females
offers ample evidence that they represent a single species. The
macropterous males are assigned to the same species through their
close similarity in genitalic characters, limb armament and color-
ation, the differences shown being wholly attributable to the fac-
tors discussed above.

Type: cT ; Carcarana, Santa Fe, Argentina. [Hebard Collect-
ion Type no. 704.]

Size small, form rather slender for the genus. Interocular space
broad, as wide as that between the antennal sockets. Ocellar spots
moderately large, though small and poorly defined for the genus,
the area which they occupj^ not sharply delimited from the inter-
ocular-ocellar and rounding into it. Maxillary palpi with fourth
joint three-quarters as long as third, third joint three-quarters as
long as the elongate fifth joint. Latero-caudal sulci of pronotal
disk deep and strongly defined. Tegmina and wings extending
well beyond the cereal apices. Wings with a small intercalated
triangle, ulnar vein with (3) incomplete and (1) complete branches.
Dorsal surface of abdomen specialized as characteristic of genus.
Supra-anal plate symmetrical, trapezoidal with angles rounded,
width between cerci about twice length, surface weakly concave
except above cereal bases and meso-distad on each side where it is
weakly convex, distal margin transverse, showing weak lateral
convexity and very broad and weak median emargination, so that
a sub-bilobate condition is developed; ventral surface with a very
delicate transverse ridge between cereal bases and supplied distad
with elongate hairs. Paired plate beneath supra-anal plate de-
veloped into very large, flattened lobes; the sinistral formijig an
unarmed transverse ridge toward its dorsal margin, the dextral
with a heavier transverse ridge mesad, this ridge, as well as the por-
tion of the plate ventrad, armed with a number of minute but stout
spines. Titillator elongate and very slender, widening slightly be-
fore the aciculate apex but unspeciahzed. Subgenital plate with
surface strongly convex, 'except in produced area where it is
weakly concave; sinistral margin oblique and rather strongly con-
cave to median portion, dextral margin oblique and more broadly
concave a greater distance, the portion of the margin between being
short, straight, transverse. Sinistral style situated on sinistral mar-
gin mesad of the cercus, simple, cylindrical, weakly tapering to the
sharply rounded apex, with shaft weakly decurved, covered with
coarse hairs as is the subgenital plate. Dextral stjde situated me-
sad on the short, transverse distal margin, very similar but slightly
shorter, with decurvature slightly greater and apex slightly blunter

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

and armed with minute spines. Armament of limbs as character-
istic of the genus. Four proximal tarsal joints supplied distad
with small but readily observed pul villi. Moderately well devel-
oped arolia present between the slender, simple, symmetrical tarsal
claws.

Allotype: 9 ; Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires, Argentina. [Paris
Museum.]

Agrees with macropterous male type except in the following
characters. Size larger, form broader. Interocular space dis-
tinctly wider than that between antennal sockets. Ocellar spots
smaller, ocellar areas not differentiated. Pronotum with latero-
caudal sulci of disk obsolete; greatest width at latero-caudal angles;
caudal margin truncate, very broadly convex, transverse. Teg-
mina minute, rounded triangular, broad, lateral pads, extending
only slightly beyond caudal margin of mesonotum, but wdth ven-
ation distinct. Wings absent. Supra-anal plate sUghtly less than
half as long as its basal width, triangularly produced with apex
sharply rounded. Subgenital plate convex, with free margin
broadly convex. Limbs slightly heavier.

Three brachj^pterous males, which we have discussed above,
agree in all but genitalic features with the allotype, except that
the interocular space is only slightly wider than that between the
antennal sockets.

Head shining blackish, ocellar spots buffy, palpi blackish chest-
nut brown, mouth -parts cinnamon brown. Pronotum solidly black-
ish. Tegmina of male blackish and opaque proximad, weakening
mesad, becoming translucent tinged with prouts brown, and trans-
parent distad, very weakly tinged with prouts brown, as is the area
of the dexti-al tegmen wdiich is concealed when at rest. Tegmina
of female blackish and opaque. Body, cerci, coxae and femora
blackish chestnut brown. Tibiae and tarsi tawny.

Measurements (iyi millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
cf body pronotum pronotum tegmen teginen

Carcarana, type 10 2.9 3.7 10.3 3

Carcarana, paratype 2.7 3.9 2.1 1.8

Rosario, paratype 11.3 2.9 3.8 10.3 3.1

Buenos Aires, paratype 9.6 2.8 4 1.9 1.9

Buenos Aires, paratype 10.4 3 4.2 2.1 1.85

9

Buenos Aires, allotype 12.8 3.6 4.9 2.3 2

Buenos Aires, paratype 11.3 3.3 4.4 2 1.7

Specimens Examined: 13; 5 males, 2 females and 6 immature in-
dividuals.^^

^2 Two immature individuals from Montevideo, Uruguay, are before us, which
represent this or a very closely related species. They differ from the Carcarana
juveniles in having the limbs almost unicolorus, the tibiae distad and the tarsi
being only slightly less dark than the other portions, which are black.

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Carcarana, Santa Fe, Argentina, 2 cf, type and paratype, 4 juv.
d", 2 juv. 9, [Hebard Cln.].

Rosario, Santa Fe, Argentina, (H. Stempelmann,) 1 d^, paratype,
fHebard Cln.].

Vicinity of Buenos Aires, Buenos, Argentina, February, 2 cf,
2 9 , allotype and paratype, [Paris Museum].

Ischnoptera argentina new specie?. Plate XI, figures 4, 5 and 6.

This species is very closely related to/, rufa (De Geer), differing
in important features of the male genitalia, the distinctly less red-
dish general coloration of the males and differently shaped female
supra-anal plate. ^^

It is probable that it was the present, or a related undescribed
speces, which Giglio-Tos has recorded as rufa from San Lorenzo,
Argeintina and San Francisco and Caiza, Bolivia. ^^

Rehn's records of 7'ufa from Mieiones, Argentina, are based on
very light specimens of I. ignohilis Saussure.""

Type: cf ; San Nicolas, Buenos Aires, Argentina. November 5,
1897. [Hebard Collection Type no. 671.]

Size medium large, form moderately stout. Head with inter-
ocular space appreciably narrower than that between the ocelli,
(varying in male paratypes to nearly that width). Ocelli distinct,
flattened surfaces of ocellar areas slanting rather strongly mesad,
very slightly more so than in rufa. Maxillary palpi rather short.
Pronotum with discal sulci decided. Tegmina and wings elongate,
more so than in rufa, much as in /. angustifrons Hebard. Supra-
anal plate produced; lateral margins weakly convergent, distal mar-
gin transverse, three-quarters length of plate; surface subchitinous
in a large transverse oval, just proximad of distal margin; ventral
surface with very short, stout bristles, near sinistral margin and on
a moderately prominent convex area adjacent to the dextral margin
of the subchitinous area. Paired plate beneath supra-anal plate spe-
ciaUzed: at base of sinistral style produced mesad in a chitinous re-
curved spine, the dorso-proximal portion of which is subchitinous;
at base of dextral style produced mesad in a heavy shafted, chitinous
spine, over twice as long, directed caudad and then curving broadly
inward to its aciculate apex. Titillator with apex similarly special-

^' Though the female supra-anal plate varies in having the lateral margins
straight convergent to rather broadly concave convergent in rufa (upon which
apparent difference was based Saussure's consobrina, a synonym of rufa occi-
dentalis Saussure), the lateral emargination of this plate shown by females of
argentina is of a different quality and much more decided than is shown by any
of the large series of the females of the races of rufa before us.

M Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. Univ. Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 5, (1897).

ssproc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 270, (1913); ibid., 1915, p. 272, (1915).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

ized to that of rufo, but shorter and proportionately broader. Sub-
genital plate strongly asymmetrical as characteristic of genus, much
as in 7'ufa except that the larger style is slightly heavier, less than
three times as broad as long and not twice as long (varying in the
series to nearly twice as long) as the unarmed sinistral style.
Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]
Similar to male in ambisexual characters except those of color-
ation. Size larger, form appreciably broader with pronotum more
ample. Head with intcrocular space slightly narrower, (varying
in the series to slightly wider) than that between the ocelli. Pro-
notum with discal sulci weak. Tegmina and wings broader than
in male, surpassing the cereal apices (to different degrees in the
series but never by as much as in the opposite sex). Supra-anal
plate with lateral portions of free margin very strongly convergent
and broadly convex to median produced portion, this portion with
margin convex, nearly forming a semicircle (one paratype shows
slightly greater convexity at the apex than elsewhere in the margin
of the produced portion). Subgenital plate convex, free margin
broadly convex, except below cerci, where it is broadly concave.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
cT body pronotum pronotum legmen tegmen

Paraguay'

San Nicolas, Argentina, type 14.3

San Nicolas, Argentina, para- 13-15

types (3)
Carcarana, Argentina
Cordoba, Argentina

9

San Nicolas, Argentina, allo-
type

San Nicolas, Argentina, para-
types (10)

Carcaraiia, Argentina (2)

Icano, Argentina

Coloration. Male. Head with vertex and inter-ocular-ocellar
area auburn, ocelli warm buff, other portions cinnamon-buff show-
ing a very faint tawny tinge. Antennae with proximal joints
cinnamon-buff, remaining portions bister. Pronotum light och-
raceous-tawny. Tegmina ochraceous-buff, tinged with tawny ex-
cept in marginal fields. Dorsal surface of abdomen blackish chest-
nut brown. Ventral surfaces of thoracic segments and all of limbs
cinnamon-buff showing a very faint tawny tinge, spines tawny.
Ventral surface of abdomen cinnamon brown, gradually deepening
to blackish chestnut brown laterad and distad.

Female similarly colored except that the pronotum is tawny, the
tegmina tawny, except in marginal field, which is ochraceous-tawny.
The series of females at hand shows, a considerable amount of in-
tensification and recession of color, all, however, being more tawny

13

14.3
■13-15

3.7
3.7
3.6-4.

1

4.6

4.8
4.7-5.7

16.2
15.9
15.8-16

4.8
7.4
4.6-5

12.5
12.5

3.4
3.2

4.7
4.6

15.7
15

4.7
4.6

18

4.7

6

17.8

5.2

15-18.7

4-5

5-6.2

15.5-16.

8

4.4-5.2

14.8-16.7
16.3

3.8-4,

4.7

.3

5.1-5.4
6.1

15.7-17.
17.3

2

4.7-5.2
5.2

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

than the more uniformly colored males. As a result, there is a color
contrast between the sexes, a condition which does not occur in
rufa. In the maximum intensive female (Carcarana) the vertex
to below the ocelli is rich deep chestnut brown. The pronotum is
similarly colored, becoming almost black in the mesal portion. The
tegmina are ochraceous -tawny, weakly suffused with chestnut brown
proximad, with marginal field buckthorn brown showing a weak
tawny tinge.

Specimens Examined 19; 7 males and 12 females.

Paraguay, 1 cf, [Hebard Cln.].

Colonia Florencia, Rio Tapenaga, Chaco, Argentina, 1 cf , [Paris
Museum].

San Nicolas, Buenos Aires, Argentina, November 5, 1897, 4 cf ,
11 9 , type, allotype, paratypes, [Hebard Cln.].

Carcarana, Santa Fe, Argentina, 1 cf, 2 9, (1 with ootheca),
[Hebard Cln.].

Icano, Santiago del Estero, 1 9 , jParis Museum].

Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina, (F. Schulz), 1 d^, [Hebard Cln.].

Ischnoptera bilunata Saussure.

1869. I[schnoptera] bilunata Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XXI, p.
111. id"; Chiquitos, [Bolivia].]

Sapucay, Paraguay, February 10, 1901, (W. T. Foster), 1 cf ,°^
[U. S. N. M. ].

Gran Chaco, Argentina, 2 9 , [Paris Museum].

Colonia Florencia, Rio Tapenaga, Chaco Argentina, 1 d^ , 1 9 >
[Paris Museum.].

La Palisa del Bracho, Laguna Mamaita, Santiago del Estero,
1 (^, 19, [Paris Museum].

Troncal, Santiago del Estero, 1 9 , [Paris Museum].

Icano, Santiago del Estero, 1 d^, 1 9,1 juv. cf , [Paris Museum].

Las Garzas, Rio Las Garzas, Santa Fe, Argentina, 2 9 , [Paris
Museum].

Carcarana, Santa Fe, Argentina, 4 cf, 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

Comparison has been made with a specimen from Santa Cruz,
Bolivia, in the Academy collection.

ischnoptera litostylata new species. Plate XI, figures 7 and 8.

This diminutive species would appear to be a paler and smaller
type, related to I. saussurei and /. icano here described. Closer ex-
amination shows, however, that it belongs to a distinct phylum of

9^ Bearing label ^'Blattella germanica, 9 " and so recorded by Caudell, Jour,
N. Y. Ent. Soc. , XII, p. 183, (1904).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

the small species of the genus, particularly distinctive in havinjs; the
styles of the male subgenital plate simple, straight, cylindrical and
virtually unarmed.

As we have elsewhere noted, a great number of small species of
the genus exist, divisible by color features and pattern into only
a few very large groups. The specialization of the male genitalia
is distinctive in these species, often showing an astonishingly in-
tricate development. Females are , however, exceedingly difficult
ot separate and should never be recorded as this or that species
without the aid of some definite sex correlation.

Type: d^ ; Las Garzas,^^ Rio Las Garzas, Santa Fe, Argentina.
[Paris Museum.]

Size sm ill, smaller than in saussurei or icano, form moderately
slender. Interocular space very broad, slightly wider than that
between the large ocelli, four-fifths as wide as that between the
antennal sockets. Ocellar areas, maxillary palpi, few microscopic
hairs of pronotum and tegmina, tegmina, wings and specialization
of dorsal surface of abdomen as described for icano on page 276.
Eighth tergite with caudal margin not as decidedly concave as in
that species. Supra-anal plate nearly symmetrical, length approxi-
mately half basal width, surface very weakly convex in all but small
latero-proximal portions, lateral margins straight and moderately
convergent in brief portions to beyond cereal bases, thence less
strongly convergent and feebly convex to distal portions, this polr-
tion broadly and weakly bilobate, the dextral slightly broader than
the sinistral lobe, the median emargination thus formed broadly
obtuse-angulate and rounded. Ventral surface of supra-anal plate
with a small but heavy conical projection, slightly mesad of the
base of the sinistral cercus; with a large, heavy tuft of agglutinated,
chaetiform spines, which curve sinistrad, situated a brief distance
before the base of the distal emargination, and with the dextral
margin somewhat thickened ventro-proximad and armed with
chaetiform spines. Paired plate beneath supra-anal plate large. ^^
Subgenital plate rather decidedly convex laterad; sinistral margin
nearly transverse to median production, a brief distance before
that supplied with an elongate, slender, straight, cylindrical style,
over four times as long as broad; dextral margin moderately oblique
produced, broadly convex to median production, that area very
small, about twice as broad as long, with margin broadly convex
sinistrad to the rectangular, sharply rounded dextral angle, before
which is situated the dextral style, slightly inset, but in every other
way similar to the sinistral style. "« These styles are virtually un-

3^ Twenty five kilometers west of Ocampo.
^^ In greater part hidden in the specimens at hand.

^^ In the paratype these styles average even longer, fully five times as long as
board. *

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

armed, though one or two minute spines may be discerned dorad
near their apices. Armament of hmbs as characteristic of genus.
Pulvilli, tarsal claws and arolia as described for icano on page 276.

Head auburn, shading ventrad to buffy, ocelli light buff. Ant-
ennae buffy proximad, shading rapidly to dresden brown. Palpi
warm buff, with distal joint slightly darkened. Pronotum och-
raceous-buff, weakly translucent cephalad and laterad, disk very
faintl}^ tinged with ochraceous -tawny except latero-caudad, where
this becomes slightly heavier. Tegmina strongly translucent,
ochraceous-buff, very faintly tinged with ochraceous-tawny, except
in marginal field; veins not darkened. Wings transparent, even
more weakly tinged with the same coloration, area of costal veins
not darkened. Dorsal surface of abdomen buffy proximad, marbled
with cinnamon-brown meso-distad, solidly cinnamon-brown distad.
Cerci cinnamon-brown, becoming slightly paler distad. Limbs
ochraceous-buff, the spines ochraceous-tawny. Ventral surface
of abdomen cinnamon-brown.

The Paraguayan male is slightly darker, the pronotal suffusion
slightly heavier and the proximal portions of the tegmina more
strongly tinged with ochraceous-tawny.

Length of bodyi°° 9.3-9.5, length of pronotum 2.4-2.4, width of
pronotum 3-3.1, length of tegmen 9-9.2, width of tegmen 2.9-3 mm.

In addition to the type, a paratypic male from Sapucay, Paraguay,
collected in October, by W. T. Foster and belonging to the United
States National Museum, has been studied. i"!

Ischnoptera saussurei'" new species. Plate XI, figures 9 and 10.

It is certain that Saussure's Blatta fusca, described in 1869,^°^
represents this or a closely related species. That name is preoccup-
ied by Blatta fusca Thunberg, 1784. As a result we here describe
saussurei in full, the insect requiring a new name if not actually re-
presenting a new species. ^"^ The importance of the male genitalic
development was not recognized at the time Saussure described
fusca and it will, as a result, be necessary to examine the type be-
fore that name can be definitely placed.

The present species agrees closely with I. icano here described on

1°" The measurements of the type are given first.

"1 This specimen was recorded as Blattella germanica by Caudell, Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc. XII, p. 183. (1904).

^"•2 In honor of that ilhistrious Orthopterist, Henri de Saussure.

"'Rev. et Mag. de ZooL, (2) ,XXI, p. 110. Described from Argentina, later
given as Corrientes, Argentina.

"^ Rehn suggested that fusca might prove to be a synonym of /. marginata
(Brunner) before the now large series of this section of the genus in the unstudied
collections had been assembled. At that time it was supposed that the number
of species, included in this section of the genus Ischnoptera, was much smaller
than we now know to exist. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p. 272, footnote 4.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

page 276, differing signally only in the male genitalic specialization.

Type: cf ; Carcarana, Santa Fe, Argentina. (Hebard Collection,
Type no. 752.]

Size small, form moderately slender. Interocular space, ocellar
areas, maxillary palpi, intercalated triangle of wings, dorsal surface
of abdomen, titillator, armament of limbs, pulvilli, tarsal claws and
arolia as described for icano. Latero-caudal sulci of pronotal disk
moderately decided. Tegmina and wings fully developed, extend-
ing considerably beyond the cereal apices. Supra-anal plate sym-
metrical, two-fifths as long as basal width, brief lateral margins
nearly straight and almost transverse to within cereal bases, the
remaining produced portion symmetrically trapezoidal with angles
broadly rounded, its surface broadlj^ convex, weakly chitinous meso-
distad, the latero-caudal angles thickened and well-supplied on
their ventral surfaces with spiniform hairs directed cephalad, the
dextral margin of this production mesad produced ventrad in a
large, rounded lobe, its caudal margin also supplied with spiniform
hairs directed meso-caudad. Within the anal chamber the socket
of the sinistral cercus is produced mesad in a minute conical pro-
jection; adjacent to the dextral cercus the corresponding section
is produced in a slender finger, which is directed mesad and then
curves, with considerable angulation, ventrad, its apex armed with
a few very minute spines. Paired plates beneath supra-anal plate
developed into large lobes, the sinistral plate extending two-thirds
the distance to the dextral cercus but more irregular and not as
strongly or evenly swollen as in icano. Subgenital plate with sur-
face supplied rather heavily with microscopic hairs, strongly convex,
free margin thickened sinistro-proximad and lying just outside the
sinistral cereal base, briefly inbent dextro-proximad beneath the
dextral cercus, sinistral margin very broadly concave and showing
very weak obliquity to the dextral style, which is situated a brief
distance mesad of the cercus, dextral margin broadly convex to
dextral style, where it forms an acute angulation, being very briefly-
directed caudad to base of the style. Dextral style heavy, curving
sinistrad from its thickened base, two and one-half times as long as
its basal width, tapering to its blunt apex, with entire dorsal sur-
face thickly supplied with minute spines. Sinistral style on sinistral
margin a distance equal to its basal width from dextral style, taper-
ing and curved weakly dextrad beyond its slightly thickened base,
only slightly shorter but decidedly less heavy than dextral style
and unarmed. ^"^

Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]

Agrees closely with male in all ambisexual characters, differing
in the following respects. Head slightly broader, the interocular

^°* Compared with icano, the marginal contour of the subgenital plate at the
styles and their general structure is found to be verj' similar. In saussurei the
styles are appreciably heavier.

276 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

space four-fifths as wide as that between the sHghtly less prominent
ocelli, but fully two-thirds that between the antennal sockets.
Supra-anal plate half as long as distance between cereal bases, pro-
duced and nearly semicircular between these, subchitinous in dis-
tal portions. Subgenital plate short, rather decidedly convex, free
margin broadly and nearly evenly convex.

Coloration as described for icano. The male type has the medio-
longitudinal paler streak of the pronotum even more suffused,
while the allotype has this marking nearly obliterated. In the male
type the coxae are less darkened and the tegmina are more evenly
suffused, while in the female allotype the coloration is darker.
These features are due to intensification and recession in coloration
and it would appear that in color features saussurei and icano are
similar.

Length of body d" 10.2, 9 lli°«-10.7; length of pronotum d" 2.7,
9 3.1-2.9; width of pronotum d" 3.6, 9 4-3.8; length of tegmen cf
12, 9 12.3-11.8; width of tegmen cT 3.7, 9 3.9-3.7 mm.

In addition to the type and allotype, a paratypic female, bear-
ing the same data, is before us.

Ischnoptera icano new species. Plate XI, figures 11, 12 and 13.

This species is very closely related to /. saussurei here described,
showing, however, distinctive features in the male genitalia.

Of the small brown species of the genus, with pronotum margined
laterad and cephalad with buffy, five distinct species are before us
from the Argentine and Paraguay. Recent studies have shown
that an enormous number of forms belonging to this section of the
genus occur in tropical and subtropical America, frequently separ-
able on male genitalic characters alone, these parts, however, often
showing an intricacy of specialization of astounding degree.

Type: d^ ; Border of Rio Salado, near Icano, Santiago del Estero,
Argentina. [Paris Museum.]

Size small, form moderately slender. Interocular space moderate-
ly broad, four-fifths as wide as that between the large ocelli, nearly
half that between the antennal sockets. Flattened surfaces of
ocellar areas forming a rather blunt angle with the interocellar area.
Maxillary palpi short, fifth joint very slightly longer than third, the
fourth two-thirds as long as the third joint. Latero-caudal sulci
of pronotal disk very decided. Microscopic hairs scattered over
lateral portions of pronotum and proximal portions of tegmina.
Tegmina and wings fully developed, extending a short distance be-
yond apices of cerci. Wings with a moderately well-developed
intercalated triangle. Dorsal surface of abdomen specialized as
is characteristic of the genus, eighth tergite with caudal margin

1°^ The measurements of the allotype are here given first.

1921] NATURA.L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

rather strongly concave. Supra-anal plate nearly symmetrical,
slightly over half as long as basal width, brief lateral margins weakly
convex and almost transverse to median produced portion; this
portion strongly convex, the convexity extending to the base of the
plate, the free lateral margins consequently curled downward, round-
ing distad into the transverse, subchitinous distal margin, this por-
tion as long as its basal width, tapering evenly and gentl}^ distad
where it is supplied with a few, elongate, scattered hairs; ventral
surface unspecialized but furnished thickly at the disto-lateral
rounded angles of the produced j^ortion with minute spiniform
hairs, these slightly the heavier on the dextral side and there ex-
tending to the Imse of the produced portion. Within the anal cham-
ber, adjacent to the sinistral cercus, the socket is developed in a
minute rounded lip without production, adjacent to the dextral
cercus the corresponding section is produced in a triangular pro-
jection, twice as long as its basal width, the caudal surface of which
is very deeply concave. Paired plates beneath supra-anal plate
developed into large lobes, apparently unarmed; the sinistral plate
expanding mesad into a very large rounded lobe, which extends
two-thirds the distance to the dextral cercus. Titillator with apex
simple, aciculate. Subgenital plate strongly convex, with surface
supplied rather heavily with microscopic hairs, lateral margins con-
sequently dorsal in position, straight produced, then curving broadly
ventrad, so that the margin beyond in dorsal aspect is transverse;
internal surface toward free margins and styles as hairy as external
surface. Sinistral style a stout, straight, cylindrical process, tap-
ering, slightly shorter than dextral style. Dextral style heavier,
springing from a minute offset of the margin, curved weakly sinis-
trad with a weak median angulation, proximal half stout and
slightly tapering, distal half more strongly tapering to the apex,
which, like the dorsal portion of the distal half, is armed with min-
ute spines. Armament of limbs as characteristic of the genus.
Four proximal tarsal joints supplied ventro-distad with small but
readily observed pulvilli. Moderately well developed arolia pre-
sent between the bases of the slender, simple, symmetrical tarsal
claws.

Head auburn, shading to buffy on mouthparts; ocelli warm buff.
Antennae buffy proximad, shading rapidly to dresden brown. Dis-
tal joint of palpi prouts brown. Pronotum shining, auburn, with
a medio-longitudinal suffused tawny line and cephalic and lateral
margins narrowly translucent buffy, caudal margin tawny, these
paler marginal portion not sharply defined. Tegmina translucent,
light chestnut brown with costal field dark chestnut brown in inner
half and warm buff in half toward costal margin, costal veins dis-
tinctly darker than intervening areas. Wings very weakly suffused
with brown, area of costal veins darker, particularly the veins them-
selves. Dorsal surface of abdomen buffy proximad, the greater
portion laterad and distad chestnut In-own. Cerci chestnut brown.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Cephalic coxae proximad and proximal half of median and caudal
coxae blackish chestnut brown, remaining portions of limbs buffy
with spines tawny. Ventral surface of abdomen chestnut brown,
shading to ochraceous-tawny meso-proximad.

It is to be noted that the coloration of /. panamae Hebard, I.
tolteca Saussure and I. nana Saussure and Zehntner, shows close
agreement to that of this species.

Length of body 11.2, length of pronotum 2.7, width of pronotum
3.4, length of tegmen 11.1, width of tegmen 3.3, length of cercus 2.2,
length of caudal femur 3.8, length of caudal metatarsus 1.9, length
of succeeding caudal tarsal joints 1.8 mm.

In addition to the type, two paratypic males are before us from
La Palisa del Bracho, Laguna Mamaita, Santiago del Estero,
Argentina.

Pseudomops neglecta Shelford.

1906. P[seudomops] neglecta Shelford, Trans, Ent. Soc. London, 1906, p. 256.
[ 9 ; Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.)

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, 1 cf .

Gran Chaco, Argentina, 1 cf.

Icano, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 1 cf , 2 9 .

Averias, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 1 9 .

Las Garzas, Rio Las Garzas, Santa Fe, Argentina, 1 cf , 3 9 .

NYCTIBORINAE.
Pseudischnoptera rhabdota^**^ new species. Plate XI, figui-es 15, 16 and 17.

This handsome insect is structurally very similar to P. lineata
(Olivier) ; differing only in the narrower interocular space, the very
broadly and weakly convex pronotal disk, which is flat in that spec-
ies, and specialization of the meso-distal portion of the male supra-
anal plate. The coloration and color-pattern of tegmina and wings
is very distinctive in this insect, however, and very different from
the striking type shown by lineata.

Type: cf ; Border of Rio Salado, near Icano, Santiago del Estero,
Argentina. [Paris Museum.]

Size small, form relatively slender for the subfamily. Head elong-
ate, flattened; eyes not extending ventrad of the antennal sockets
laterad; inter-ocular space moderately broad, two-fifths as wide as
that between the antennal sockets; ocellar spots small but distinct.
Maxillary palpi short, third joint as long as the decidedly expanded
fifth joint; fourth very slightly over half as long, expanding strongly
distad, with dorsal surface suddenly minutely impressed at the dis-

"' From pai3Soj'i:Y] = streaked.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

tal margin. Pronotum Avith disk broadly and very weakly convex,
the comparatively narrow lateral portions weakly declivent; pro-
notum triangular in shape with angles broadly rounded; the lateral
margins diverging from the head to the latero-caudal angles, these
and the transverse caudal margin nearly straight, very feebly con-
vex; greatest width at latero-caudal angles. Tegmina and wings
fully developed, extending well beyond cereal apices, narrower but
showing similar venation to those of the species of Nyctihora. Dor-
sal surface of abdomen with median segment showing transverse
median depression, formed by the fusion of two circular tlepressions,
this depression partially filled with a pale substance which, in drying,
has become hard, like shellac. Fourth, sixth, and eighth tergites, with
latero-caudal angles alone produced and rounded. Supra-anal
plate bluntly triangularly produced, median portion depressed,
this area forming a distal longitudinal subchitinous area terminated
distad as the broadly convex apex of the plate, the chitinous portion
on each side terminating in a large, stout, straight, elongate spine,
directed caudad.^"* Subgenital plate deplanate, with lateral por-
tions narrowly bent dorsad as far as insertion of styles, the lateral
portions straight in ventral aspect and moderatelj^ convergent to
the broad and very weakly convex apex; sinistral style proximad,
springing from a point beneath base of sinistral cercus, straight,
cylindrical, tapering to its rounded apex and slightly over three
times as long as its basal width, lying along margin of plate; dextral
style springing from dextro-distal angle, similar, but only half as
large and only slightly over twice as long as its basal width, like-
wise lying along margin of plate. Cephalic femora armed in dis-
tal third of cephalic margin with (five to ten in the series) small,
stout spines, terminating in three large spines, more elongate in in-
creasing ratio distad ; ventro-caudal margin armed in corresponding
portion with (three or four) heavy, elongate spines. Ventro-
cephalic margins of other femora armed only distad with (one to
five in the series) small, stout, irregular spines; ventro-caudal mar-
gins well-supplied with stout and elongate spines. Caudal metatar-
sus unarmed; four proximal tarsal joints supplied with large pul-
villi. Large chitinous arolia present between the nearly symmetri-
cal, simple tarsal claws. Important features of coloration given
below.

Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Paris Museum.]
Agrees closely with male except in the following characters.
Eyes smaller, but with interocular space no wider. Pronotum
broader, with lateral margins slightly more convex. Tegmina and
wings reduced, reaching meso-distal portion of abdomen. Abdo-
men with dorsal surface unspecialized. Supra-anal plate hairy,
half as long as width between cerci, produced between these, the

^"^ These spines similar to those found in lineata, but with depressed and sub-
chitinous intervening area distinctive.

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

margins there broadly convex-convergent to a small distal emargina-
tion. Subgenital plate large, convex; margins below cerci concave,
broadly convex between these points.

Coloration of sexes similar. Entire insect shining blackish brown,
except as follows. Eyes tawny olive, ocellar spots buffy. Ant-
ennae and limbs paling to chestnut brown distad. Pronotum mar-
gined cephalad and laterad with a band of warm buff, this band
narrowest cephalad, the immediate lateral margins narrowly black-
ish brown. Tegmina translucent except in darker portions; mar-
ginal field warm buff, the cingulate margin blackish brown paling
to ochraceous-tawny distad; humeral trunk suffused with blackish
brown in proximal two-thirds, remaining portions ochraceous-
tawny with interval l^etween costal veins and veins of anal and
proximal portion of discoidal field buffy. Frequent individuals are
more strongly ferruginous in area between the humeral trunk and
sutural margin of the tegmina. Wings transparent, anterior field
tinged with ochraceous-tawny, the veins and entire area of costal
veins of this color; radiate field weakly tinged with ochraceous-
tawny.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of

c? body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen

Icano, Argentina, <;/?^e 20.5 4.9 6.7 19 6

Icano, Argentina, paraiypes (4) 19.3-22 4.3-4.8 6.2-6.8 18-19.6 6-6.3

Barrancas, Argentina 17.8 4.8 6..6 18.7 6.2

9

Icano, Xrgentma,, allotype 19.2 5 6.8 122 5.1

Icaiio, Argentina, 7Jara<7//>e 17 4.8 6.7 11.8 5.7

Barrancas, Argentina (3) 19.8-20 4.7-5.3 6.5-7 12.7-13.1 5.1-5.8

Troncal, Argentina 18.8 4.8 6.8 12.2 5.2

It is of interest to note that, though the adults of this species do
not show the microscopic prostrate hairy covering usual in Nycti-
borids, that condition is shown, though not strongly, in the im-
mature stage. The immature individual before us has the prono-
tum marked as in the adults, the mesonotum and metanotum.
bordered laterad more broadly with buffy, each of these areas
crossed by a band of blackish brown, the four larger abdominal
tergites with an elongate, narrow, longitudinal marking on each
side of buffy, the immediate lateral margins being dark.

Specimens Examined: 14; 7 males, 6 females and 1 immature in-
dividual.

Border of Rio Salado, near Icafio, Santiago del Estero, Argentina,
2 cT, 2 9, type, allotype, paratypes,! juv.

Guarda Escolta, near Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 4 cf.

Barrancas, Banados del Rio Dulce, Santiago del Estero, Ar-
gentina, 1 cf, 3 9 .

Troncal, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 1 9 .

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 281

Nyctibora sericea Biirmeister.

ISoS. Ni/ctibora sericea Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 501 .
[Brazil.]

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, 1 9 .
The confusion which has existed, concerning the proper name to
be used for this species, is pointed out on page 239.

Nyctibora glabra Giglio-Tos.

1897. Niydibora] glabra Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. Univ.
Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 9. [cf , 9 ; San Francisco and Caiza, Ecuador.]

Gran Chaco, Argentina, 1 cf , 1 juv.

Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 1 cT, 2 9 .

Rio Salado, near Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 2 9 .

Guarda Escolta, near Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 13
cf , 3 9, 11 juv.

Barrancas, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 2 9 .

Cruz del Eje, Cordoba, Argentina, 3 juv., [Hebard Cln, ].

The size variation, shown by the males from Guarda Escolta, is
as follows; length of body 22-27.5, length of pronotum 5.3-6.4, width
of pronotum 7.7-9, length of tegmen 23.8-29, width of tegmen 7.8-
9 mm.

EPILAMPRINAE.

Epilampra cinerascens Briuiner

1865. Elpilampra] cinerascens Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 173. [cf
Brazil.]

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, 1 9, [Heb-
ard Cln]

The wing coloration is a distinctive feature in the present species.
The anterior field is rather strongly suffused with ochraceous-tawny,
slightly darkened in proximal two-thirds and particularly' in area
of costal veins and with a few dark points on the margin distad;
the radiate field is weakly suffused with mummy brown, except
for a border around the peripheral margin which is weakly suffus-
ed with ochraceous-tawny, this border widening toward the ante-
rior field.

Length of body 21, length of pronotum 5.1, width of pronotum 6.7,
length of tegmen 17.9, width of tegmen 5.9, len i ii of caudal femur
6.9 mm.

Epilampra heusseriana Saiissure.

1864. Epil[a))ipi-a] heusseriana Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2), XVI.
V, p. 321. [[9], Uruguay.]

Montevieo, Uruguay, Icf , 19, [Hebard Cln. j.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

This species has been assigned to the genera Calolampra and
Audreia, due mainly to the fact that the type female had short
truncate tegmina. Though this is true for the female sex, the male
before us is seen to have fully developed organs of flight, and shows
no characters which would warrant its being placed other than in
the genus Epilampra. The sexual diversity here shown is seen to
be in a way intermediate between that found in E. jorgenseni
(Rehn)i°^and the usual condition in the genus in which the sexes agree
closely.

The female before us agrees closely with Saussure's figure,"" ex-
cept in being more reddish, the ground coloration of pronotum and
tegmina being ochraceous-buff, tinged with ochraceous-tawny.

The male shows the correctness of the sex association particularly
in many of the delicate features of color-pattern. As it had not
been previously recognized, we give the following data as to the
coloration of this sex.

Head light ochraceous-buff, occiput with four irregular, vertical,
linear suffusions of blackish brown, below these a patch as long as
wide, of blackish brown. "^ Antennae ochi'aceous-buff". Pronotum
light ochraceous-buff, with very many microscopic dots of proiits
brown, numerous larger though minute dots and a delicate, inter-
rupted lyrate discal pattern of blackish brown. Tegmina trans-
parent light ochraceous-buff, with numerous minute dots (which
become smaller distad) and a few flecks of blackish brown, humeral
trunk blackish brown to nearly opposite apex of anal field. Limbs
light ochraceous-buff; femora margined dorsad with blackish brown,
a narrow medio-longitudinal weak suffusion on the cephalic face,
both faces with a heavy blackish brown suffusion disto-ventrad ;
tibiae dark brown in entire ventral half; distal portions of tarsal
joints suffused with dark brown.

In the female the abdomen has the caudal margins of the tergites
regularly marked with small longitudinal patches of blackish brown,
which do not project."'^

Length of body d" 20, 9 21.7; length of pronotum cf 5.7, 9 6.1;
length of tegmen cf 24, 9 7.1"*; width of tegmen cf 6, 9 5.5;

"9 See page 283, footnote 115.

"» Mem. I'Hist. Nat. Mex., Ill, pi. II, fig. 24.

"^ In the female this patch is more extensive, fusing with the occipital lines
dorsad.

"^ Saussure describes these as "saiUies", this may be in error, as our specimens
agrees with the description very closely in all other respects. Many species of the
genus have longitudinal projections in place of the markings shown by the ex-
ample before us.

"^ Exposed length, 6 mm.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

length of caudal femur cf 7.8, 9 6.8; length of caudal metatarsus
c^ 3.2, 9 3 mm.

The female recorded by Rehn from Para, Brazil, as this insect,
represents a distinct species, having in that sex transversely truncate
tegmina and immaculate tibiae.

Epilampra berlandi"^ new species. Plate XII, flgiu-es 1 and 2.

This handsome little insect is one of the smaller species of the
genus, showing in the male sex affinity to the larger, but in general
similarly colored, males of E. jorgenseni (Rehn)."^ Compared with
the male of that species, the present males are found to differ in the
decidedly smaller size, wider interocular space, less produced caudal
portion of pronotum, less diaphanous tegmina, with much more
numerous and smaller maculations and darker wings, with area of
costal veins opaque and very dark. Considering the affinity to
jorgenseni, we believe that the female of this species will also be
found to differ very greatly from the male.

The size, rather depressed form, grayish coloration and shape
and marking of the tegmina give the species a much closer super-
ficial resemblance to certain North American species of the Poly-
phagid genus Arenivaga than is shown by any of the other known
species of Epilampra.

Type: cf ; Icano, Saiitiago del Estero, Argentina. December.
[Paris Museum.]

Size rather small, form depressed for the genus. Head very
slightly projecting bej^ond the pronotum, considerably depressed;
interocular space nearly twice the occipital ocular depth; ocelli very
large. Pronotum of the type characteristic for the genus, the sur-
face more flattened and production caudad weaker than is usual,
agreeing closely with that of jorgenseni except in these respects.
Tegmina extending beyond apex of abdomen slightly more than
pronotal length, moderately broad, the median half subequal in

^" Named in honor of Monsieur Lucieii Berland, of the Paris Museum, through
whose kind cooperation the present collections have been put in our hands for
study.

11^ A detailed comparison of the type of Rhicnoda jorgenseni Rehn, a female,
(described from the Misiones, Argentina, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p.
277, fig. 1) and males, including the type of Epilampra stigmatiphora Rehn,
(described from the Misiones, Argentina, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p.
279, fig. 2) convinces us that but a single species is represented, of which the
sexes are widely dissimilar. The males show no features which would warrant
generic separation from the other species of Epilampra. The female, however, is
a patelliform type, evidently retaining in the adult numerous features character-
istic of the early stages and having tegmina alone represented by small, lateral,
triangular pads. As a result the species is recognized as Epilampra jorgenseni
(Rehn J, the first species of the genus known to show wide dissimilarity in the sexes.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

width; distal margin arcuate oblique from sutural margin to the
well rounded apex, which is situated nearer the costal margin; anal
field very elongate pyriform. Wings ample; area of costal veins
rather broad, opaque; ulnar vein with (seven) incomplete and (two)
complete branches. Abdomen strongly depressed. Supra-anal
plate bilobate, with apices rather sharply rounded, length two-thirds
distance between cerci. Cerci small, tapering distad, with apical
portion very slender. Subgenital plate as characteristic of genus;
moderately asymmetrical, lobate; styles very small, straight, simple.
Armament of limbs (except that, as in jorgenseni, the ventro-
cephalic margin of the cephalic femora is armed with one, instead
of the usual two, heavy distal spines), pulvilli and arolia as charact-
eristic of Epilampra.

Head cream color, the occiput obscurely striate vertically with
buffy, with a broad interocular band of blackish mummy brown,
which sends a ray ventrad along the ventral margin of each ocellus.
Eyes mummy brown. Underparts warm buff, limbs light och-
raceous-buff. Pronotum cream color, rather thickly and very
minutely dotted with mummy brown, these dots enlarging slightly
mesad and forming minute longitudinal maculae on the margin of
the caudal production, the disk further marked with minute flecks
of prouts brown. All of the pronotal markings are so small that
it appears merely more strongly suffused mesad, without noticeable
picturing, the sublyrate median pattern being even more obscure
than in jorgenseni. Tegmina with marginal field opaque, cream
color, with very few punctae of mummy brown; other portions trans-
lucent, tinged with saccardos umber and thickly flecked with
mummy brown, with a few larger flecks meso-distad; humeral trunk
to near end of marginal field heavily suffused with mummy brown.
Area of dextral tegmen, concealed when at rest, bister, flecked only
in its inner portion. Wings with area of costal veins opaque, bister
with immediate margin slightly paler, beyond thiswith a few mar-
ginal flecks of bister; other portions transparent, tinged with bistre,
the veins bister. Dorsal surface of abdomen clay color, shading
to bister distad.

Length of body"^ 15.7-15.7, length of pronotum 4.3-4.4, width
of pronotum 5.6-5.8, length of tegmen 15.9-16, width of tegmen
5.6-5.6 mm.

In addition to the type, a single paratypic male bearing the same
data, two immature males and one immature female from Cruz
del Eje, Cordoba, Argentina, in the Hebard Collection, are before
us.

'^^ The type measurements are given first.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

BLATTIXAE.

Blatta orientalis Linnaeus.

1758. [Blatla] orientalis Linuaevis, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, I, p. 424. [America;
the East; Russia; Stockholm, Sweden; Finland.]

Tucuman, Tucuman, Argentina, 1 cf , [Hebard Cln.].
• Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires, Argentina, 2 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

Periplaneta bmniiea Burmeister.

1838. P[eriplanetn] brunnea Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p.
503. [cf, 9 ; Chile; Demerara (= British Guiana).]

Las Garzas, Rio Las Garzas, Santa Fe, Argentina, 1 9 .

PANCHLORINAE

Panchlora thalassina Saiissure and Zehntner.

1893. Panchlora thalassina Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Am., Orth.,
I, p. 93. [cf , 9 ; Guatemala; Santa Catharina, Brazil; La Plata, Argen-

tina.ii^]

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, January to
April, 1 c^ , 2 9 .

Bella Vista, Rio Parana, Corrientes, Argentina, 1 9 •

Colonia Florencia, Rio Tapenaga, Chaco, Argentina, 1 cf.

Barrancas, Banados del Rio Dulce, Santiago del Estero, Argen-
tina, 19.

Troncal, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 19,1 juv. 9 .

Las Garzas, Rio Las Garzas, Santa Fe, Argentina, 1 9 .

Tribonium guttulosum (Walker)

1868. Nauphoela guttulosa Walker, Cat. Blatt, Br. Mus., p. 184. [cf.
Brazil.]

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, 1 9 .

This species appears to be extremely close to T. conspurcatum
(Burmeister) . From Brunner 's detailed description of that species,
it would appear to differ in the unicolorous black antennae, and in
pronotum, the proportions of which are given as 4 by 5.6 millimeters.

Length of body 19, length of pronotum 4, width of pronotum 7.1,
length of tegmen 15, width of tegmen 5.6 mm.

Tribonium spectnun (Eschscholtz)

1822. Blatta spectrum Eschscholtz, Entomographien, p. 85. [Santa Cath-
arina, Brazil.]

• 1" We here select La Plata, Argentina, as the tjrpe locahty of this species. It is
closely related to P. cubensis Saussure and, in the very large series of the genus be-
fore us, is recognizable only from material from Paraguay and northern Argentina.
The Santa Catharina record may, therefore, represent the same species, but we
are confident that that from Guatemala is based on either a misidentification or
material incorrectly labelled.

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, 1 cf .
On page 242 of the present paper we have compared T. conspersum
(Guerin and Percheron) with the present species.

BLABERINAE.
Blaptica interior new species. Plate XIV, figure 1.

This species is very closely related to B. duhia (Serville), differing
in the male sex in the more slender form, in the strikingly smaller
pronotum, with lateral portions of cephalic margins not weakly
reflexed and lateral margins broadly rounded, showing hardly a
trace of the angulation distinctly developed (though to varying
degrees) in duhia, and in the narrower interocular space. In ad-
dition the ventral surface is paler, that surface with subgneital plate
and sometimes the preceding segment alone solidly dark, while the
dark marking of the pronotal disk is truncate cephalad, ceasing
abruptly before the convex section above the head.

Females of these species are very similar, those of interior being
less robust, with interval between the tegmina decidedly less.

Type: cf ; Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina. [Hebard Collection,
Type no. 672.]

Size rather small for the genus, very small for the Blaberinae;
form slender for the genus. Interocular space narrower than in
duhia, one-third (varying in the series to two-fifths) as wide as the
interocellar space. Ocelli large and prominent, each with a cir-
cular and similarly subchitinous spot of about half the size immedi-
ately ventrad. Maxillary palpi with distal joint very sUghtly
longer than fourth. Pronotum with impressed lyrate pattern of
disk and convex area above head as in duhia, but differing decidedly
in the almost perfectly oval outline, without lateral angles and
weakly cingulate, but not moderately reflexed, lateral portions of
the cephalic margin. Tegmina elongate and narrow, with margins
parallel for a considerable distance; anal field ample and elongate,
as in duhia. Supra-anal plate broadly truncate, bilobate. Sub-
genital plate forming an asymmetrical lobe, with two very small,
simple styles. Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora supplied
with a row of closely placed, moderately elongate, spiniform hairs,
terminating in a single large distal spine. "^ Other ventral femoral
margins (excepting in many paratj^pes the entirely unarmed ventro-
caudal of the caudal femora, and in this the normal condition in the
species) armed with a single large distal spine, the ventro-caudal

"8 This condition is also found in duhia, but in that species frequent specimens
have one or more short, heavy, proximal spines and two heavy spines distad on
the ventro-cephalic margin of the cephalic femur. Variation in that species is
decided, as will possibly be found to be true for interior also.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

margins of the median and caudal femora supplied with elongate
hairs. Four proximal tarsal joints with large pulvilli,"^ that of the
metatarsus linear in large portion, running to the base; last (fifth)
joint with ventral surface subchitinous in a longitudinal, linear
area. Tarsal claw^s heavy, symmetrical, simple; arolium suggested
by a very minute chitinous convexity between their bases.

Allotype: 9 ; Cruz del Eje, Cordoba, Argentina. [Hebard Col-
lection.]

Very different in general appearance from male. Size larger,
form broader. Interocular space narrower than in dubia, though
much broader than in male, slightly narrower than that between
the somewhat less prominent ocelli. Pronotum larger, rather
strongly convex to the cingulate lateral margins, which meso-
cephalad are weakly and narrowly reflexed; margin nearly semi-
circular to the truncate caudal margin, the latter showing a sub-
obsolete convexity between the shoulders; latero-caudal angles
rectangulate and sharply rounded. Tegmina greatly reduced, ex-
tending caudad as far as (vaiying in the series to slightly beyond)
caudal margin of median segment, oblique truncate from bluntly
rounded apex to near base of sutural margin (often with section in
anal field less oblique and showing some convexity) ; unlike females
oiduhia, separated by a very brief interval (varying to attingent in
the series). Abdomen much larger and heavier in structure. Cerci
moniliform, very small, projecting only slightly beyond the abdo-
minal outline. Limbs and their armament and specialization simi-
lar to male, except that they aresomewhat shorter and heavier.

Coloration of male. Head blackish liver brown, the ocelli
and subocellar areas, proximal antennal joint, palpi and mouth-
parts ochraceous-buff . Pronotum translucent ochraceous-buff ; disk
blackish prouts brown \\\i\x flecks of ochraceous-buff mesad,''^° this
dark area spreading and including the shoulders and intervening
area caudad, becoming deep cinnamon-brown latero-caudad. Teg-
mina ochraceous-bufT in proximal portion of anal field, all of mar-
ginal field and more narrowdy distad on costal margin, humeral
trunk heavily suffused with blackish chestnut brown, this spread-
ing over all portions of the tegmina except those mentioned above,
but becoming dilute toward the sutural margin and distad. In one
paratype the entire anal field is pale, while in another the dark suf-
fusion is very weak everywhere except toward the humeral trunk.
Wings transparent, tinged with dresclen brown in anterior field,
but opaque, buffy, in area of costal veins, faintly tinged with brown

"^ This and the following features we believe to be of generic rather than specific
value.

^° In the series of paratypes there are individuals with disk lacking pale flecks
or showing one or two lateral linear flecks and a single mesal or meso-caudal fleck.
In the type there is an additional fleck mesad, while in other paratypes there is a
distinct lyrate area of this paler coloration. Intensification and recession of
color pattern account for these differences.

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

in radiate field, veins prouts brown. Dorsal surface of abdomen
weakly mottled tawny olive, laterad rather broadly margined on
each side with pinkish buff. Underparts and limbs ochraceous-buff,
spines blackish becoming russet proximad. Ventral surface of
abdomen with each segment flecked laterad with blackish prouts
brown, the subgenital plate and meso-caudal portion of preceding
sternite entirely of this color, the preceding sternites washed weakly
laterad and in an obscure transverse median band with prouts brown.

In the females the coloration is generally similar, the exposed dor-
sal surface of the abdomen ochraceous-buff, often tinged with
tawny, each segment heavily marked with blackish brown except
laterad and caudad, frequently with patches mesad on each side
and along the median line of the paler coloration, so that in such ex-
amples the abdomen shows five distinct longitudinal, pale, inter-
rupted bands.

For purposes of comparison the measurements, in millimeters,
for interior and duhia are given in the following table.

Length of

Length of

Width of

Length of

Width of

c^

body

pronotum

pronotum

tegmen

tegmen

Blaptica interior

Gran Chaco, Ar-

gentina

30

8.1

11.6

32.8

10

Averias, Argentina

29.8

7.7

10.1

30.7

9.8

Icaiio, Argentina

31

8

11.2

34.3

9.7

Icafio, Argentina

30.2

8

11.2

31.7

10

Icano, Argentina

28

8

11.7

29.7

9.8

Guarda Escolta,

Argentina

28.4

8

11.1

30.8

9.8

Cruz del Eje, Ar-

gentina, paraiype

30

8.2

11.4

32.3

10.3

Cruz del Eje, Ar-

gentina, paratype

33.5

8.2

11.3

32.2

9.8

Cordoba, Argen-

tina, type

30

8

11.6

33.5

10.9

Blaptica duhia

Rosario, Argentina

32.3

9

13

32.5

10.9

Carcarana, Argen-

tina

32.7

9.9

13.1

33

11.6

San Nicolas, Ar-

gentina

28.5

9

11.81-1

32.5

11.2

San Nicolas, Ar-

gentina

34

9.4

13.1

34.2

10.9

San Nicolas, Ar-

gentina

31

9.6

13

33.9

11.2

Buenos Aires, Ar-

gentina

31

9.1

12.1

33

11.8

Buenos Aires, Ar-

gentina

30

9.9

13.5

34.5

11.5

Cordoba, Argentina

35.5

9.1

12.9

32

11

Cordoba, Argentina

34.8

9.7

12.8

32

12

1^1 The pronotum is strongly asymmetricalin this specimen, one side being im-
perfectly developed.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of Width of
body pronotum pronotum tegmeii tegmen interval

between

Blaptica interior

tegmina

Icano, Argentina

32.3

9.7

13.8

8.7

8.9

.8

Troncal, Argentina

32.7

9.7

13.8

8.7

8.7

.3

Guarda Escolta,

Argentina

26.2

8.7

12.7

7.1

7.3

.8

Guarda Escolta,

Argentina

30.8

9.2

13.2

7.4

8

.9

Guarda Escolta,

Argentina

30.8

9.4

13.7

8.2

8.9

0

Cruz del Eje, Ar-

gentina, paratype

29.6

9

13.6

8.3

8

1.3

Cruz del Eje, Ar-

gentina, paratype

30

9.4

13.4

8.9

9

0

Cruz del Eje, Ar-

gentina, allotype

33.4

10

13.7

9

8.8

.8

Blaptica dubia

Montevideo, Uru-

guay

33

10.3

14.9

9.2

7.7

4.2

Montevideo, Uru-

guay

35.4

10.7

15.8

8.7

7.4

5.5

Carcaraiia, Argen-

tina

33 .")

9.6

14.3

9

7.4

4

Buenos Aires, Ar-

gentina

31.9

9.8

14.2

8.2

7

3.7

Buenos Aires, Ar-

gentina .

31

10.3

15.2

9

7.9

3.9

Specimens Examined: 55; 15 males, 35 females and 5 immatm-e
individuals.

Gran Chaco, Argentina, 1 cf.

Chaco Santa Festino, Argentina, August to October, 1911, (W.
H. Schladitz), 1 9 . [Hebard Cln. ].

Icano, Eio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 4 cf, 3 9 .

Averias, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, December,

1 cf, 1 juv. d".

Paso de Don Jose, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina,

29.

Troncal, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 19,1 juv. cf .

La Palisa del Bracho, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina,
December, 4 cf , 1 9 .

Guarda Escolta, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 1
cf, 14 9.1 juv. 9.

Cruz del Eje, Cordoba, Argentina, 2 cf , 13 9 , allotype, paratijpes,

2 juv., 3 oothecae, [Hebard Cln., A. N. S. P., and U. S. N. M.].
Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina, 1 cf, type.

Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires, Argentina, 1911, (Dr. C. C. Craft;
on ship), 1 cf , [U. S. N. M. ].

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Blaptica dubia (Sen^ille) Plate XIV, figui-e 2.

1839. Blabera dubia Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth., p. 78. [ 6 , Brazil ; Buenos
Aires, Argentina.]

Montevideo, Uruguay, 2 9

Rosario, Santa Fe, Argentina, 2cf , 1 ootheca, [A. N. S. P. and He-
bard Cln.].

Carcaraiia, Santa Fe, Argentina, 1 c?", 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

San Nicolas, Buenos Aires, Argentina, 3 cf, [Hebard Cln.].

Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires, Argentina, 2 cf , 1 9 , 2 juv., [Paris
Museum, A. N. S. P. and Hebard Cln.].

Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina, 2 cf, [Hebard Cln.].

The series shows no very decided intensification or recession of
color pattern. The paler individuals, however, do not have the
pronotal maculation sohdly dark; in some, paired buffy flecks occur,
in occasional females the face-like marking, developed in certain
species of Blaberus is shown, while in some males a blurred lyrate
pattern is developed.

Blaberus fraternus Saussiire.

1864. Blabera fraterna Saussure Mem. I'Hist. Nat. Mex., Ill, p. 241. [d";
South America, (The Antilles, Cuba?).]

Gran Chaco, Argentina, 2 cf.

Colonia Florencia, Rio Tapenaga, Chaco, Argentina, 1 cf , 1 9 .

Chaco Austral, north of Icafio, Santiago del Estero, Argentina,
2 c^.

Icafio, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 4 cf , 3 9 .

Rio Salado, near Icaiio, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, 2 cf , 1 9 .

La Palisa del Bracho, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina..
December, 1 cf.

The species has previously been recorded from Argentina only
from Jujuy, in the province of the same name.

Considerable color variation is shown by the series. In one male
and the three females , the dark pronotal marking spreads caudad,
covering the shoulders ; in but one of these specimens do pale points
show mesad in this dark area. In the males the most recessive
specimen shows a short medio-longitudinal pale streak and latero-
caudad of it two large oblique flecks of the same color in this area.
In one male with perfectly shield-shaped pronotal marking, this
area is solidly dark. In all, the dark pronotal area is terminated
by the caudal margin of the pronotum.

Eublaberus argentinus new species. Plate XIV, flgm-e 8.

This species appears to be nearest E. immacula (Saussure and
Zehntner), described from a female from Pernambuco, Brazil.

1921J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

The female at hand differs from the description of that species
in the somewhat smaller size, with pronotum solidly suffused, leav-
ing only the lateral marginal portions pale and buffy, not rufescent.

We have found that the species of £'^tb?a6erws are separable almost
entirely on features of coloration and color pattern. We know that
coloration is, as a rule, though by no means invariably, unsafe for
diagnostic purposes, while color pattern is often subject to decided
variation, particularly when marked individual recession or intensi-
fication occurs. Thus, mE. posticus (Erichson) and E .hi olleyi (Rehn),
the color pattern is decidedly affected by the latter factor, the gen-
eral type remaining the same.

In argentinus we have a form showing the maximum extension
of the pronotal dark marking. Recessive examples will probably
show reduction of this marking, but we feel satisfied that the mate-
rial before us does not represent merely an intensive condition of
some other described species and we are of the opinion that the
pattern shown by less heavily marked individuals of argentinus will
exhibit distinctive features.

Type: 9 ; Mistol Passo, near Icafio, Santiago del Estero, Argen-
tina. January and February. [Paris Museum.]

Size and form, average for the genus. Head with interocular
space slightly narrower than that between the moderately large
ocelli, three-fifths as wide as that between the antennal sockets.
Antennae incrassate, moderately pilose. Pronotum with a distinct,
rounded angulation at point of greatest width meso-cephalad. Teg-
mina and wings fully developed, extending beyond the apex of the
abdomen a distance approximating the pronotal length. Supra-
anal plate delicate, bilobate. Subgenital plate simple, large and
chitinous. Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora with (3 to
4) proximal and (1 or 2) distal heavy spines, between which is a
fringe of elongate hairs. Ventro-cephalic margin of median and
caudal femora armed with a single heavy distal spine. Ventro-
caudal margin of cephalic and median femora armed Avith two
heavy, closely placed distal spines. Ventro-caudal margin of med-
ian and caudal femora fringed with elongate hairs. Ventral margins
of caudal femora unarmed. Median and caudal femora with a
heavy, elongate genicular spine. Caudal metatarsus unarmed
ventrad, with a large pulvillus, rounded distad, linear and running
to near base of this joint; three succeeding tarsal joints with large
pulvilli. Tarsal claws simple, symmetrical. Aroha absent.

Head and antennae chestnut brown, eyes prouts brown, ocelli
and mouth-parts ochraceous-buff. Pronotum almost solidly black-
ish chestnut brown, the moderately broad lateral marginal portions
apricot yellow. In the less intensively colored paratype the pro-

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

notum is chestnut brown, deepening to blackish along caudal mar-
gin, with flecks of the same latero-cephalad and slightly paler, ap-
proaching tawny, in large median portion of this dark area, which
runs to the cephalic margin above the head, leaving only the moder-
ately broad lateral marginal portions ochraceous-bufl". Tegmina
transparent, light ochraceous-bufi', humeral trunk chestnut brown
to slightly beyond forking of mediastine vein, the humeral vein dark-
ened a brief distance beyond, other veins very weak ochraceous-
tawny. Dorsal surface of abdomen buckthorn brown shading to dres-
den brown distad on each tergite, broadly margined laterad and all
but meso-proximal portion of supra-anal plate ochraceous-buff tinged
with buckthorn brown. Ventral surface chestnut brown and buffy,
ochraceous-tawnj^ with buffy maculations in paratype, ventral sur-
face of abdomen apricot yellow and broadly bordered with chestnut
brown, this including all but a median fleck on the subgenital plate,
the other sternites very narrowly margined laterad with buffy, in
the paratype ochraceous- tawny, the darker lateral markings more
suffused and breaking laterad into buffy areas on the proximal ster-
nites. Limbs brussels brown, margins brown in paratype; the
spines darker and more reddish.

The measurements for the two females are as follows, those of
the type being given first. Length of body 34.7-36.3, width of
interocular space 2.3-2.1, length of pronotum 10.2-10.7, width of
pronotum 15.3-14.8, length of tegmen 38.3-38.8, width of tegmen
15.2-14 mm.

In addition to the type, a female paratype is before us, taken at
La Palisa del Bracho, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina,
in December.

CORYDIINAE.
CEUTHOBIA'-- new genus.

This genus is erected to include the Argentinian species Melestora
fulvella Rehn and lepta, here described. With it, the closely allied
genus Ceuthohiella is compared on page 247.

Genotype. — Ceuthobia lepta new species.

The male sex only is known for the species included.

Generic Description. Size minute, form elongate elliptical, slen-
der when compared with the allied genera. Exposed surface very
weakly to moderately supplied with minute erect hairs. Head with
interocular area not rugose^ distinctly wider than interval between
antennal sockets. Pronotum with greatest width meso-caudad and
caudal margin very broadly convex; latero-caudal oblique sulci
moderately well defined, no trace of medio-longitudinal sulcation.
Tegmina with first discoidal sectors longitudinal, but those toward
the sutural margin oblique, veins connected by well-defined cross-

^"^ From K2j6o!;and ^I'ow, in allusion to the secretive habits of the species.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

veinlets. Wings with width much greater than half their length;
costal veins clubbed distad, ulnar vein unbranched, intercalated
triangle moderately large, radiate field folding fan-wise. Dorsal
surface of abdomen with median segment specialized mesad. Sub-
genital plate asymmetrical, but not as strongly so as in CeuthobieUa
and of a distinct general type. Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic
femora armed with (1 or 2) moderately heavy, elongate spines^'"
succeeded by a row of minute spiniform hairs, terminated by two
slender, elongate spines, elongate in increasing ratio distad ; ventro-
caudal margin unarmed. Median and caudal femora with a few hairs
on the ventral margins, the more distal of which are replaced by spines
in lepta, but not in fulveUa. Pulvilli absent. Moderately well-de-
veloped arolia present between the simple, symmetrical tarsal claws,

Ceuthobia lepta>-< new species. Plate XIII, figures 5 and 6.

Males of the present species are recognizable by their slender form,
weak pilosity of head, pronotum and tegmina, elongate tegmina
with numerous costal veins, armed caudal femora and specialization
of the subgenital plate.

The general type of the latter feature is much as in C. fulvella
(Rehn), though distinctive specific difference is shown. The color-
ation of these two species is similar.

Type: cf ; Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina. (E. Schulz.) [Hebard
Collection, Type no. 674.]

Size very small, form very slender, surface polished and very
Aveakly supplied with minute, erect hairs. Head projecting, sur-
face smooth and polished, supplied with scattered, minute, erect
hairs; space between antennal sockets three-quarters as wide as
interocular space, the latter slightly over twice the occipital depth
of the large eyes. Ocellar areas large, their flattened surfaces form-
ing a sharp angle with the intervening area. Distal joint of maxil-
lary palpi as long as combined length of second and third joints,
expanding evenly to beyond median point, thence with ventral mar-
gin oblique to the acute apex; third joint very slightly longer than
fourth. Pronotum rounded symmetrically trapezoidal in form,
surface weakly convex, latero-caudal sulci of disk represented by
broad and weakly concave areas diverging cephalad much as in
fulveUa, surface supplied with a few minute, erect, scattered hairs.
Tegmina delicate, very elongate, with pilosity subobsolete, apex
broadly rounded; costal veins numerons (13 to 14) and weakly
oblique as in fulveUa, anal field elongate pyriform, anal sulcus dis-
tinct; discoidal sectors (6) broken beyond apex of anal field, con-
nected by moderately well developed cross-veinlets which form

1^' In fulvella decided reduction is shown, these proximal spines being absent
and but one distal spine being developed.
^^* From Xzz'ZT, = slender.

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

rectangular interspaces, the majority regular in form. Wings fully-
developed, (7) costal veins heavily clubbed distad, interval between
median and discoidal veins not as wide as greatest width between
median and ulnar veins, supplied with transverse veinlets, ulnar
vein unbranched, intercalated triangle well-developed. Median
segment mesad with a V-shaped rounded ridge, the apex cephalad
and supplied with agglutinated hairs, opposite this toward the ce-
phalic margin of the segment is a small tuft of agglutinated hairs
directed caudad. Supra-anal plate transverse, free margin broadly
convex, showing a slight angulation. Subgenital plate asymmetri-
cal, sinistral margin weakly convex an^ moderatey oblique to
slightly beyond median point, dextral margin weakly convex and
scarcely more strongly oblique. Sinistral style springing from a
slight emargination proximad on sinistral margin beneath cercus,
simple, cylindrical, very slender and nearly five times as long as wide.
Dextral style situated at apex of plate, simple and unarmed, very
similar to sinistral style except that it is slightly bent sinistro-caudad
at end of proximal third, thence tapering to the acute apex.
Ventro-cephalic margin of cephalic femora supplied with (1 or 2)
heavy proximal spines (in the latter case with spiniform hairs be-
ween) succeeded by a row of minute spiniform hairs, terminated by
two slender, elongate spines, of which the more distal is the longer;
ventro-caudal margin unarmed. Median femora with ventral mar-
gins supplied with hairs and distad with one, but no distal, slender,
chaetiform spine. Caudal femora with ventro-cephalic margin armed
distad with three, but no distal, well-developed though slender spines,
ventro-caudal margin armed distad with two similar spines. Geni-
cular spines of median and caudal femora small and very slender.
Caudal metatarsus slightly longer than combined length of succeeding
joints, pilose, with hairs of ventral surface almost spiniform, pulvilli
obsolete. Arolia small, but extending slightly over half distance to
apices of claws.

Head buffy suffused with ochraceous-tawny, ocelli light buff,
eyes blackish mummy brown. Pronotum with disk dull ochraceous-
tawny, other portions transparent, weakly tinged with ochraceous-
buff as are the tegmina. Wings transparent very faintly tinged
with prouts brown, except between mediastine vein and costal mar-
gin where they are paler. Abdomen ochraceous-buff, slightly suf-
fused distad. Cerci ochraceous-tawny. Ventral surface and limbs
ochraceous-buff with a slight tawny tinge, except abdomen distad,
which is weakly suffused with einnamon-brown.

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of

cf body pronotvnn pronotum tegmen tegmen

Averias, Argentina, paratype 7.2 1.8 1.95 7.3 2.2

Icaiio, Argentina, paratype 7.2 1.7 6.7 2

Cordoba, Argentina, type 8.5^-5 1.7 1.95 7.8 2.3

^^* Abdomen considerably distended.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCEft OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

In addition to the type, two paratypic males are at hand, dne
from Averias, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, taken in
April, the other from Icano, Rio Salado, Santiago del Estero,
Argentina.

Ceuthobia fulvella (Rehu)

1913. Melestora fulvella Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 283,
fig. 3. [c?; Misiones, Argentina.]

Carcarana, Santa Fe, Argentina, 5 cT, [Hebard Cln. ].

The present specimens are so much smaller than the type that
we at first believed a distinct species to be represented. Careful
examination shows, however, that no feature of sufficient impor-
tance occurs to warrant separation.

The specialization of the median segment of the male abdomen
is the same as described for C. lepta on page 294. The male sub-
genital plate was not originally described. It is asymmetrical,
with sinistral margin weakly oblique and feebly concave to beyond
the mesal point, supplied at end of proximal third with a minute,
simple, straight style, set in a socket; dextral margin almost straight,
produced, showing slight convexity distad and there terminating at
apex of plate in a large socket, in which is set the dextral style;
this style rounded, with a slender, elongate spine dextrad which
curves sinistrad and at its base sinistro-caudad another similar spine
of about half the length. The material here recorded agrees with
the type in this and all other features, except size and a very slightly
gi'eater interocular width.

Length of body 5.5-6, length of pronotum 1.3-1.3, wddth of
pronotum 1.8-1.8, length of tegmen 5.9-6.2, width of tegmen 1.85-
1.9 mm.

LANTA new genus.

This genus includes two previously unknown Argentinian species.
Nearest relationship is with Ceuthobia, males agreeing in the small
size, moderately wide and not wrinkled interocular area, compara-
tively large ocellar areas, general form and contour of pronotum,
sinistral tegmen without a diagonal channel, generally longitudinal
character of discoidal sectors, wings of similar general proportions
with radiate field folding fan-wise, absence of pulvilli and presence
of well developed arolia.

It differs in the more regular tegminal venation with discoidal
sectors all parallel to each other but weakly oblique to the sutural
margin, wings wdth more numerous costal veins which are thickened
(not clubbed) distad, smaller intercalated triangle, unspeciafized

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

dorsal surface of male abdomen, different character of specialization
of subgenital plate and more distinct limb spination.^"^

Genotype. — Lanta scotia new species.

Generic Description. Size minute, form moderately broad, ellip-
tical; weakly convex surface polished, regularly but not thickly
clothed with silky, erect, pile. Head with occiput slightly roughened
and interocular area regularly and minutely pitted (from which
spring the minute hairs), but not decidedly and irregularly rugose
as in Melestora ; interocular space wider than that between antennal
sockets. Ocelli comparatively large, flat surfaces of ocellar areas
forming a decided angle with plane of interocellar area. Pronotum
elliptical, showing very slight flattening of the curvature of the
latero-cephalic portions; surface convex, the lateral portions show-
ing marked deflection; latero-caudal sulci of disk represented by
broad and well defined concave areas, which diverge cephalad, the
intervening section evenly and weakly convex. Tegmina coriace-
ous, bluntly elongate elliptical, but shorter and broader than in
the related genera, width nearly subequal through mesal half, apex
broadly rounded; numerous costal veins very strongly oblique; anal
field elongate pyriform, anal sulcus distinct; discoidal sectors longi-
tudinal or nearly so, connected by moderately well-developed cross-
veinlets, which form regularly rectangulate interspaces. Wings
fully developed, exceedingly delicate; costal veins thickened except
near base; interval between median and discoidal veins broad, with
transverse veinlets; ulnar vein bifurcate; intercalated triangle small
but distinct ; radiate field folding fan-wise. Dorsal surface of abdo-
men unspecialized.

Cephalic femora with ventro-cephalic margin armed with a
single elongate spine, succeeded by a row of minute spiniform hairs,
terminated by one or two elongate spines. Other ventral femoral
margins, except the wholly unarmed ventro-caudal margin of the
cephalic femora, supplied with minute hairs but unarmed except
for a single elongate distal spine; median and caudal femora with
an elongate genicular spine. Caudal tarsus about three-quarters
as long as caudal tibia, succeeding joints three-quarters as long as
metatarsus, pilose but with ventral surfaces unspined. Pulvilli
absent. Arolia moderately large, extending to near apices of simple,
symmetrical tarsal claws.

Lanta scotia'-' new species. Plate XIII, figures 7 and S.

This species and L. peniculiger, described on page 298, are quite
similar in general appearance. Known only from the male sex,
the diminutive individuals are of a solidly dark brown coloration-,

^^^ This is due to the fact that in the present genus the few heavier spines are
stout and the ventral femoral margins are not suppHed with hairs which increase
n size to become slender spines distad, as is true for C. lepta here described.

^-' From GKOTca = dark.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

with tegmina comparatively broad and short, broadly rounded dis-
tad, with venation more regular than in the forms of nearest affinity.

Compared with peniculiger, the present species differs in the
larger size, slightly less delicate character of wings and portion of
dextral tegmen concealed when at rest, dorsal surface of abdomen
without hairs and distinctive type of genitalic specialization.

Type: cf ; Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina. (F. Schulz.) [Hebard
Collection, Type no. 673.]

In addition to the features given in the generic description, we
would note the following characters which appear to be of specific
value. Interocular space slightly wider than that between antennal
sockets and wider than the occipital depth of the large eyes by
about one-fourth. Distal joint of maxillarj^ palpi as long as com-
bined length of second and third joints, expanding evenly to beyond
median point, thence with ventral margin oblique to the acute apex;
third joint very shghtly longer than fourth. Costal veins of teg-
mina numerous (16 to 19, including mediastine vein and its branches)
discoidal sectors (5 to 7 in series) longitudinal, except in area be-
yond apex of anal field where three or four are weakly oblique.
Dorsal surface of abdomen without hairs. Supra-anal plate trans-
verse, free margin broadly and evenly convex. Paired plate be-
neath siipra-anal plate with dextral portion developed ventrad
from beneath cercus in a slender, straight finger, directed meso-
dorsad and twice as long as the sinistral style, back of which is a
large plate, subchitinous in all but peripheral portion; sinistral
portion developed into a smaller though large chitinous lobe, which
tapers and curves dorsad to its acute apex. Subgenital plate asym-
metrical, sinistral margin weakly sinuous and very weakly Oblique
to slightly beyond median point, with sinistral style mesad on this
margin, springing from a socket on the dorsal edge; dextral margin
more strongly oblique to just l^efore median point, from the socketed
apex of the w^eak triangular production formed by these margins
springs the dextral style. Styles small, simple ; the sinistral straight
two and one-half times as long as its basal width, tapering slightly
to the rounded apex; the dextral style heavier, blunter and shorter,
scarcely twice as long as its basal width, showing a slight curvature
ventrad and with dorsal surface thickly armecl with very minute
spines.

General coloration deep bister. Head blackish chestnut brown;
ocelli light buff, (type with ocelli discolored, dark) ; antennae, palpi
and mouthparts snuff brown. Pronotum deep bister. Tegmina
weakly transparent, heavily and evenly suffused with dresden
l)rown, except in portion of dextral tegmen, concealed when at rest,
which is transparent and very weakly suffused. Wings transparent,
colorless except in area of costal veins and distad in anterior field
where they are suft'used with dresden brown. Dorsal surface of

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

abdomen cinnamon-buff, deepening to warm sepia distad, the supra-
anal plate of this color, the cerci snuff brown. Limbs and ventral
surface clay color, deepening to prouts brown distad on abdomen .
In some of the paratypes before us the limbs and ventral surface are
snuff brown, the latter becoming blackish toward the margins.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Length of Length of Width of Length of Width of
cf body pronotum pronotum tegmen tegmen
Icaiio, Argentina, paraiype 6.3 1.8 2.4 6.4 2.4
Icano, Argentina, paratype 6.8 1.95 2.5 6.7 2.6
La Palisa del Bracho, Argen-
tina, para«?/pe 6.8 1.95 2.6 6.4 2.4
Cordoba, Argentina, <?/pe 6.3 1.8 2.3 5.9 2.1

In addition to the type, three paratypic males from Icano,
Santiago del Estero, Argentina, and one paratypic male from La
Palisa del Bracho, Santiago del Estero, Argentina, taken in De-
cember, have been examined.

Lajita peniculiger'-^ new species. Plate XIII, figures 9 and 10.

The species is related toL. scotia, under which species a compari-
son is made on page 297.

Type: cf ; Las Garzas, Rio Las Garzas, Santa Fe, Argentina.
[Paris Museum.]

We give the following characters, supplementing those described
in the generic treatment. Size smaller, structure more delicate
than in scotia. Space between antennal sockets three-quarters as
wide as interocular space, the latter wider than the occipital depth
of the large eyes by slightly over one-fourth. Maxillary palpi as
described for scotia. Tegmina with numerous (15 and 16) costal
veins, discoidal sectors (4 and 5) longitudinal. Dorsal surface of
abdomen unspecialized, but with median segment supplied with a
number of very fine microscopic hairs in median portion, succeeding
tergites with fewer similar hairs mesad. Supra-anal plate trans-
verse, free margin laterad straight, oblique, mesad straight, trans-
verse in broad section, the angles thus formed rounded. Paired
plate beneath supra-anal plate with dextral portion developed into
a large plate extending to median line, subchitinous mesad, with a
minute projection mesad on its ventral margin; sinistral portion
as in scotia, developed into a smaller though large chitinous lobe,
which tapers and curves dorsad to its acute apex. Subgenital plate
asymmetrical, sinistral margin weakly convex and weakly oblique
to median point, with sinistral style just before that point; dextral
margin more strongly convex and oblique to median point, where
by a sudden small offset the juncture of these margins is formed,
the specialized dextral style projecting from this angulation, the

^28 The brush carrier, in alhision to the brush- hke dextral style.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

margins of which are subchitinous. Sinistral style simple, straight,
cylindrical, about four times as long as basal width, tapering to the
rounded apex; dextral style represented by a brush of agglutinated
spiniform hairs, nearly as wide as the length of the sinistral style,
the median length of these hairs slightly shorter than the width of
the brush, this brush springing from the dorsal surface of the plate
just within the free margin.

General coloration deep bister. Head blackish chestnut brown;
ocelli light buff; proximal antennal joints, palpi and mouthparts
prouts brown, remaining portions of antennae buckthorn brown
tinged with tawny. Pronotum deep bister. Tegmina weakly
transparent, heavily and evenly suffused with saccardos umber,
except in portion of dextral tegmen concealed when at rest, which
is hyaline, transparent, the wing beneath showing whitish. Wings
transparent, almost colorless, except area of costal veins and dis-
tal margin of anterior field, where they are strongly suffused with
saccardos umber. Abdomen, underparts and limbs dresden brown,
the abdomen deepening to prouts brown distad.

Length of body 6, length of pronotum 1.7, width of pronotum 2,
length of tegmen 5.9, width of tegmen 2.3, length of wing 5.5, width
of wing 3.7 mm.

The type is unique.

Melestora argentina (Relm) Plate XIV, figures 9 and 10.

1915. Latindia argentina Kehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p. 276,
figs. 2 and 3. [cf ; Misiones, Argsntina.]

Falls of the Rio Iguazu, Misiones, Argentina, 1 cf.

The present insect would appear to be extremely close to M.
fuscella Stal. Examination of the type, or material from Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil, is necessary before the validity of argentina, or its
synonymy, can be established. We have discussed the genus
Melestora on page 250 of the present paper.

PERISPHAERINAE.

Parahormetica tumulosa Bninner

1865. P[arahormetica] tumulosa Brunner, Xouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 385, pi. XII,
figs A to c'. [cf , 9 ; Brazil.]

Villa Lutecia, near San Ignacio, Misiones, Argentina, January
to April, 19,4 juv.

In this adult, as well as in those recorded on page 254, the teg-
mina are immaculate. The present material is there further dis-
cussed.

The following list shows the linear arrangement of the species
treated in this paper. It is furnished as an aid to the student,
particularly in finding the position of the new genera and species

300

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

described, since the paper itself is divided into three sections on a
geographic basis. The names of the new species, described in this
study, are preceded by an asterisk.

Page.

Anaplecta hivillata 222

*Anaplecta xanthopeltis 222

Anaplecta pulchella 195

* Anaplecta maronensis 194

*Eudromiella aglaia 255

*Dasyblatta chopardi 257

*Dasyhlatta thaumasia 225

*Sciablatta poecila . . . • 196

Supella supellectilium 226

*Cariblaita mesembrina 258

Neoblattella conspersa .... 198 and 260

*Neoblattella platystylala 229

*Neoblattella janeirae 226

Neoblattella adspersicollis . 198 and 232

N eoblaitdla puerilis 262

^Neoblattella tapenagae 262

*NeoblatteUa eudromielloides 232

*Neoblattella bcrlandi 234

Blattella germanica 264

Liosilpha puinicala 237

*Leuropeltis atopa 200

Ischnoptera igiiobilis 265

*Ischnoptera carcarana 267

*Ischnoptera argentina 270

Ischnoptera bilunata 272

* Ischnoptera litostylata 272

* Ischnoptera saussurei 274

*Ischnoptera icano 276

Litoblaita brasiliensis. . . .238 and 264
Euphyllodromia literata 201

*Euphyllodrom.ia chopardi 202

Pseudoinops neglecta 278

*Pseudischn.optera rhabdota 278

Pseiulischnoptera lineata 204

Nyctibora holosericea 205

Nyctibora sericea 239 and 281

Nyctibora glabra 281

Paratropes elegans 206

Phoraspis flavipes 239

*Phoraspis brachytaenia 239

Phoraspis picta 240

Epilampra azteca 206

Epilampra grisea 206

Epilampra abdomen-nigrum 206

Epilampra, maculicollis 206

Epilampra cinerascens 281

Epilampra heusseriana 281

*Epilampra berlandi 283

Epilampra vcrticalis 240

Epilampra conspersa 206

Page.

Hedaia yersiniana 240

*IIyporhicnoda maronensis 207

Blatta orientalis 285

Periplaneta americana 241

Periplaneta brunnea 208 and 285

Leucophaea maderae 241

Pycnoscelus surinamensis 241

Panchlora cubensis 208 and 241

Panchlora thalassina 285

Panchlora prasina 241

Schizopilia fissicollis 208

Tribonium guttulosum 285

Tribonium conspersum 242

Tribonium spectrum 285

Tribonidium signaticollis 242

*Tribonidium amplum 243

Zetobora emurginata 209

*Zetoborella gemmicula 211

Phoriioeca nimbata 212

Petasodes mouffeti 245

Monastria bigidtata 246

*Blaptica interior 286

Blaptica dubia 290

Blaberus giganteus 213

Blaberus fraternus 290

Eublaberus biolleyi 213

*Eublaberus argentinu^ 290

Ccuthobiella minutissima 247

*CeiUhobia lepta 293

Ceuihobia fulvella 295

*Lanta scotia 296

*Lanta peniculiger 298

*Oulopteryx dascilloides 215

*Oulopteryx meliponarum 247

Latindia dohrniana 216

Melestora argentina 250 and 299

Specophila polybiarum 216

Euthyrrhapha pacifica 251

Hypercompsa cynipsoides 251

Holocompsa nitidida 217 and 251

Chorisoneura lata 217

*Chorisoneura guianae 217

Chorisoneura perlucida 251

Chorisoneura gracilis 252

Chorisoneura nigrifrons 252

*Chorisoneura barticae 219

Brachycola tuberculata 252

Hormetica ventralis 253

Parahoi-metica tumulosa. .254 and 299
Parahormetica bilobata 254

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

Explanation of Plates IX to XV.

Plate IX. — Fig. 1. Anaplecla xanthopeltis new species, cf , type. Rio Itaya,

Peru. Dorsal view of wing. (X5).
Fig. 2. Anapleda xanthcpellis new species, cf, type. Rio Itaya, Peru.

Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.)
Fig. 3. ^?ia/?Zec/a maro«CTi,si"s new species. 9, type. La Forestiere, French

Guiana. Dorsal view of pronotum. (Xl5).
Fig. 4. EudromieUa aglaia new species, d', type. Carcarana, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Dorsal view. (X4).
Fig. 5. EudromieUa aglaia new species. cT, type. Carcarana, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 6. Dasyhlatta chopardi new species, cf, type. Colonia Florencia,

Chacc, Argentina. Dorsal view of distal portion of abdomen. (Much en-
larged).
Fig. 7. Dasyhlatta chopardi new species, cf, type. Colonia Florencia,

Chaco, Argentina. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Same scale as

figure 6).
Fig. 8. Dasyhlatta chopardi new species, cf, type. Colonia Florencia,

Chaco, Argentina. Caudal view of subgenital plate. (Same scale as

figure 6).
Fig. 9. Dasyhlatta thaumasia new species, cf, type. Para, Para, Brazil.

Dorsal view of distal portion of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 6).
Fig. 10. Dasyhlatta thaiitnasia new species, cf, type. Para, Para, Brazil.

Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Same sca^e as figure 6).
Fig. 11. Dasyhlatta thaumasia new species, cf , type. Pani, Para, Brazil.

Caudal view of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 6).
Fig. 12. Sciablaita poecila new species, cf, type. St Jean du Maroni,

French Guiana. Dorsal view. (X4).
Fig. 13. Sciablatta poecila new species, cf, type. St. Jean du Maroni,

French Guiana. Cephalic view of head. ( X8).
Fig. 14. Sciablat'a poecila new species, cf, type. St. Jean du Maroni,

French Guiana. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 15. Sciablaita poecila new species, cf, type. St. Jean du Maroni,

French Guiana. I>ateral outline of style. (Greatly enlarged).
Fig. 16. Carihlada inesemhrina new species. 9 , type. Carcarana, Santa

Fe, Argentina. Dorsal view. (X5).
Fig. 17. Neohlatlellajaneirae new species. d',type. Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro,

Brazil. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X4).
Fig. 18. Neoblattella janeirae new species, cf, type. Tijuca, Rio de

Janeiro, Brazil. Caudal view of apex of subgenital plate. (Greatly en-
larged).
Fig. 19. Neoblattella janeirae new species, cf, type. Tijuca, Rio de

Janeiro, Brazil. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 20. Neoblattella conspersa (Brunner). cf . Contamano, Rio Ucayali,

Peru. Ventral \iew of subgenital plate (Much enlarged).
Fig. 21. Neoblattella plaiystylata new species, cf, type. Igarape-Assu,

Para, Brazil. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 20).
Fig. 22. Neoblattella plaiystylata new species. 9 , paratype. Igarape-Assu,

Para, Brazil. Dorsal view of distal portion of subgenital plate, showing

armament. (Greatly enlarged).
Fig. 23. Neoblattella platystylata new species. 9 , paratype. Igarape-Assu,

Para, Brazil. Caudal view of distal portion of subgenital plate, showing

armament. (Same scale as figure 22).

Plate X.^Fig. 1. NeohlalteUa plaiystylata new species. 9 , paratype. Igarape-
Assu, Para, Brazil. Cephalic view of head. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 2. Neohlatiella eudromielloides new species, cf , type. Passa-Quatro,

Minas Geraes, Brazil. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X6).
Fig. 3. Neoblattella eudromielloides new species, cf , type. Passa-Quatro,

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Minas Geraes, Brazil. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 4. Neoblaliella eudromielloides new .species, cf , type. Passa-Qiiatro,

Minas Geraes, Brazil. Caudal view of subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged) .
Fig. 5. NeoblatteUa berlandi new species, cf , type. Upper Amazon Basin,

between Peru and Bolivia. Dorsal view. (X4).
Fig. 6. NeoblatteUa berlandi new species. d^,type. Upper Amazon Basin,

between Peru and Bolivia. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Same scale

as figure 3).
Fig. 7. NeoblatteUa berlandi new species. c^,type. Upper Amazon Basin,

between Peru and Bolivia. Caudal view of subgenital plate. (Same scale

as figure 3).
Fig. 8. NeoblatteUa tapenagae new species. 9 , type. Colonia Florencia,

Chaco, Argentina. Dorsal view. (X3).
Fig. 9. Liosilpha pmnicata (Stal). 9. Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Cephalic outline of cephalic femur. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 10. Liosilpha pumicata (Stal). 9 . Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Distal outline of tarsal claws and arolium. (Greatly enlarged).
Fig. 11. Leuropeltis atopa new species, cf, type. Gourdonville, French

Guiana. Dorsal view. (X3).
Fig. 12. Leuropeliis atopa new species, cf, type. Gourdonville, French

Guiana. Cephalic outline of cephalic femur. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 13. Leuropeliis atopa new species, cf , type. Gourdonville, French

Guiana. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 14. Litoblalla hrasiliensis (Brunner). cf. Cordoba, Cordoba,

Argentina. Dorsal view (X3).
Fig. 15. Litoblatta brasiliensis (Brunner). cf • Cordoba, Cordoba, Argen-
tina. Ventral view of subgenital j)late. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 16. Litoblatta brasiliensis (Brunner). 9 • San Rafael, Mendoza,

Argentina. Dorsal outline. (X3).
Fig. 17. Litoblatta brasiliensis (Brunner). 9 ■ San Rafael, Mendoza,

Argentina. Dorsal-caudal view of distal portion of abdomen, showing the

manner in which the sixth tergite (A) is produced over the supra-anal

plate (B).i-'9

Plate XI. — Fig. 1. Ischnoptera carcarana new species, cf, type. Carearana,

Santa Fe, Argentina. Dorsal outline. (X4).
Fig. 2. Ischnoptera carcarana new species, cf, paratype. Carcaraiia,

Santa Fe, Argentina. Dorsal outline of head, pronotum and tegmina,

showing the brachypterous form. (X4).
Fig. 3. I schnoptera carcarana new species, cf , type. Carcarana, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 4. Ischnoptera argentina new species. cT, type. San Nicolas, Buenos

Aires, Argentina. Ventral view of supra-anal plate, showing appendages

at bases of cerci. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 5. Ischnoptera argetdina new species, cf, paratype. San Nicolas,

Buenos Aires, Argentina. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much en-
larged).
Fig. 6. Ischnoptera argentina new species. 9 , allotype. San Nicolas,

Buenos Aires, Argentina. Dorsal view of supra-anal plate. (Much enlarged)
Fig. 7. I schnoptera litostylata new species. d',type. Las Garzas, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Dorsal view of supra-anal plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 8. Ischnoptera litostylata new species. d',type. Las Garzas, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 9. Ischnoptera saussurei new species. c^,type. Carcarana, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Dorsal view of supra-anal plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 10. Ischnoptera saussurei new species, d'jtype. Carcaraiia, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).

^^^ In direct dorsal aspect, a very narrow caudal marginal portion ol the sub-
genital plate is alone visible.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

Fig. 11. Tschiioptera icano new species, cf, type. Border of Rio Salado,

near Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina. Dorsal view of pronotum.

(X7).
Fig. 12. Ischnoptera icano new species, d', type. Border of Rio Salado,

near Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina. Dorsal view of supra-anal

plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 13. Ischnoptera icano new species, cf , type. Border of Rio Salado,

near Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina. Ventral view of subgenital

plate. (IVIuch enlarged).
Fig. 14. Pseudischnoptera lineata (Olivier), d^. St. Jean du Maroni,

French Guiana. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 15. Pseudischnoptera rhabdota new species, cf , type. Border of Rio

Salado, near Icano, Satiago del Estero, Argentina. Dorsal view. (X3)
Fig. 16. Pseudischnoptera rhabdota new species, c?, type. Border of Rio

Salado, near Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina. Ventral view of

subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 17. Pseudischnoptera rhabdota new species. 9 , paratype. Border of

Rio Salado, near Icano, Santiago del Estero, Argentina. Dorsal outline.

(X3).

Plate XII. — Fig. 1. Epilampra berlandi new species, d', type. Icano, San-
tiago del Estero, x\rgentina. Dorsal view. (X4).
Fig. 2. Epilampra berlandi new species., cf, type. Icano, Santiago del

Estero, Argentina. Cephalic view of head. (X9).
Fig. 3. Hedaia yersiniana (Saussure). cf. Curityba, Parana, Brazil.

Dorsal viewi^". (X1J4).
Fig. 4. Hedaia yersiniana (Saussure). c^ . Curityba, Parana, Brazil.

Dorsal outline of pronotum. (X1J4)-
Fig. 5. Hyporhicnoii rnironensis new species. La Forestiere, French

Guiana. Dorsal view. (X2).
Fig. 6. Schizopilia fissicollis (Serville). cf. St. Laurent du Maroni,

French Guiana. Dorsal outline of pronotum. (XlH).
Fig. 7. Triboniiun conspersum (Guerin and Percheron). Immature 6 .

Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Dorsal view. {2}/^).
Fig. 8. Tribonidium signaticollis (Burmeister). cf. Curityba, Parana,

Brazil. Dorsal view. (X3).
Fig. 9. Tribonidiuni ampluni new species. (J'ftype. Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro,

Brazil. Dorsal view. (X3).
Fig. 10. Tribonidiuni ampluni new species. 9 , allotype. Tijuca, Rio de

Janeiro, Brazil. Dor.sal outline. (X3).
Fig. 11. Zetobora emarginata Burmeister. cf. La Forestiere, French

Guiana. Dorsal outline of pronotum. (X3).
Fig. 12. Zetobora emarginata Burmeister. 9 . La Forestiere, French

Guiana, Dorsal outline of pronotum. (X3).

Plate XIII. — Fig. 1. Zetoborella gemmicula new species, cf , type. St. Jean du
Maroni, French Guiana. Dorsal view. (X3).

Fig. 2. Zetoborella gemmicula new species. 9 , allotype. St. Jean du
Maroni, French Guiana. Dorsal view of pronotum. ( X3).

Fig. 3. P/io?-/iO('ca Aw'mba/o Burmeister. cf. La Forestiere, French Guiana.
Dorsal view. (X23.^).

Fig. 4. P etasodes mouffeti (Kirhy). Immature 9. Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil. Dorsal view. (XlH).

Fig. 5. Ceuthobia lepta new species, cf , type. Cordoba, Cordoba, Argen-
tina. Dorsal view. (X6).

Fig. 6. Ceuthobia lepta new species, cf , type. Cordoba, Cordoba, Argen-
tina. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).

^'^ Due to the decided declivity cephalad of the pronotum, this dorsal view of
the entire insect actually gives a dorsal-caudal view of the pronotum. We have
herefore given a directly dorsal outline of the pronotum itself in figure 4.

Fig. 7. Lanto sco/ia new species, d'jlype. Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina.

Dorsal view. (X6).
Fig. 8. Lanta scotia new species, cf , type. Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina.

Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 9. Lanta peniculiger new species, cf, type. Las Garzas, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 10. Lanta peniculiger new species, cf, type. Las Garzas, Santa Fe,

Argentina. Dorsal view of the simple sinistral and remarkably specialized

dextral style. (Greatly enlarged).

Plate XIV. — Fig. 1. Blaptica interior new species, d^, type. Cordoba,

Cordoba, Argentina. Dorsal view. (Xl^).
Fig. 2. Blaptica dubia (Serville). d'. Cordoba, Cordoba, Argentina.

Dorsal view. (XlM)-
Fig. 3. Eublaberus biolleyi (Rehn). 9, type. Plains of Santa Clara,

Reventazon River, Costa Rica. Dorsal view of pronotum. ( X 13^).
Fig. 4. Eublaberus biolleyi (Rehn). 9. Cabima, Panama. Dorsal view

of pronotum. (X134)-
Fig. 5. Eublaberus biolleyi (Rehn). d'. St. Jean du Maroni, French

Guiana. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X13^).
Fig. 6. Eublaberus biolleyi (Rehn). 9. Caparo, Trinidad. Dorsal view

of pronotum. (XlJ^).
Fig. 7. Eublaberus biolleyi (Rehn). St. Jean du Maroni, French Guiana.

Dorsal view of pronotum. (XlH).
Fig. 8. Eublaberus argentinus new species. 9 , type. Mistol Passo,

Santiago del Estero, Argentina. Dorsal view of pronotum ( X IH).
Fig. 9. Melestoraargentina (Jiehn). d- Falls of the Rio Iguazu, Misiones,

Argentina. Dorsal outline of sinistral tegmen. (X53^^).
Fig. 10. Melestoraargentina (Kehn). cf. Falls of the Rio Igazu, Misiones,

Argentina. Dorsal outline of wing. (X53/2).
Fig. 11. Chorisoneura guianae new species, cf, type. Bartica, British

Guiana. Dorsal view of the tegmen. (X5).
Fig. 12. Chorisoneura guianae new species, cf, type. Bartica, British

Guiana. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 13. Chorisoneura barticae new species, cf, type. Bartica, British

Guiana. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).

Pltate XV. — Fig. 1. E uphyllodromia chopardi new species, cf , type. Bartica

British Guiana. Dorsal view. (X4).
Fig. 2. Euphyllodromia chopardi new species, cf , type. Bartica, British

Guiana. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 3. Phoraspis brachytaenia new species, d, type. State of Santa

Catharina, Brazil. Dorsal view of sinistral tegmen. (X2J^).
Fig. 4. Phoraspis picta (Drury). cf, topotype. Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro,

Brazil. Dorsal view of sinistral tegmen. ( X23^).
Fig. 5. Oulopteryx dascilloides new species, cf , type. Pariacabo, French

Guiana. Dorsal view. (X5).
Fig. 6. Oulopteryx dascilloides new species, cf , type. Pariacabo, French

Guiana. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged).
Fig. 7. Oulopteryx meliponaruni new species, cf, type. Fazenda do

Sobrado, Minas Geraes, Brazil. Dorsal view. (X5).
Fig. 8. Oulopteryx meliponarum new species, d, type. Fazenda do

Sobrado, Minas Geraes, Brazil. Caudal view of supra-anal plate and

fang-like proccssesbeneath it, within the anal chamber. (Greatly enlarged) .

Fig. 9. Oulopteryx meliponarum new species, cf, type. Fazenda do

Sobrado, Minas Geraes, Brazil. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Same

scale as figure 6).
Fig. 10. Oulopteryx meliponarum new species. 9 , paratype. Fazenda do

Sobrado, Minas Geraes, Brazil. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Same

scale as figure 6).

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. i921.

PLATE IX.

HEBARD: SOUTH AMERICAN BLATTIDAE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE X.

HEBARD: SOUTH AMERICAN BLATTIDAE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XI.

vf

• f il'; \"

1 1 ' ,^

8

15

HEBARD: SOUTH AMERICAN BLATTIDAE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XII.

HEBARD: SOUTH AMERICAN BLATTIDAE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XIII.

9

HEBARD: SOUTH AMERICAN BLATTIDAE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XIV.

HEBARD: SOUTH AMERICAN BLATTIDAE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XV.

10

HEBARD: SOUTH AMERICAN BLATTIDAE.

REVISION OF W. M. GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSCA
OF SANTO DOMINGO.

By Henry A. Pilsbry.

The Tertiary beds of northern Santo Domingo were first brought
to scientific notice by the receipt in London of a collection of fossils
made by Mr. T. S.Heneken/ and described by J. Carriker Moore
and G. B. Sowerby.^ Subsequently Mr. Heneken reported on the
geology and Mr. Moore on another sending of fossils.^ The Hene-
ken collection also served as the basis of a paper by Mr. R. J. L.
Guppy,^ describing further species, and for numerous notes in other
publications by the same author.

William More Gabb, in the course of a geological reconnaissance
of Santo Domingo in the years 1869-1871, collected extensively
in and about the region covered by Mr Heneken 's work. His ob-
servations on the geology and descriptions of the fossils were pub-
lished by the American Philosophical Society,^ and the fossils were
presented to The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Unfortunately, Gabb was not able to figure his species. The de-
scriptions are not always sufficiently full to insure their recognition
when encountered in other beds except by reference to the original
specimens. The progress of tropical American paleontology has
undoubtedly been impeded by the uncertainty attaching to many
of Gabb's Santo Domingan species.

A certain number of fossils of Santo Domingo and Haiti have
been described or discussed by Dr. W. H. Dall, in his great work on
the Tertiary fauna of Florida and in the Proceedings of the U., S.
National Museum. Others have been published by Dr. A. P.
Brown and the writer in papers on fossils of the Canal Zone, Col-
ombia, and Haiti.

^ Mr. Heneken 's name was spelled Heniker in the original publication.

"^ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. vi, 1849.

' Same Journal, vol. ix, 1853.

■* Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. 32, 1876, pp. .516-532.

* Notes on the Topography and Geology of Santo Domingo. Trans. American
Philosophical Society, XV, pp. 49-259. Separate copies with special title-page
dated 1873. The exact date of pubUcation remains uncertain. Dr. I. Minis
Hays, Secretary of the Society, informs me that the records of the Publication
Committee were not preserved; but a proof of Gabb's map was exhibited at the
meeting of October 2, 1873. The paper was reviewed in the American Journal of
Science for March, 1874. It may be inferred that the work was not actually dis-
tributed until late in 1873 or early in 1874. In the absence of proof to the con-
trary, the date of the title-page may be accepted.

Gabb described the new genera and illustrated their type species in : Description
of some new genera of Mollusca. Proc. A. N. S. Phila. for 1872, pp. 270-274, pi.
9-11, published Feb. 11, 1873.

(305)

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Some years ago Mr. Charles W. Johnson and the writer under-
took to supplement Gabb's work by the preparation of figures of
his type specimens with notes on these and other specimens con-
tained in his collection. The work was interrupted by Mr. John-
son's removal to Boston, and its completion, devolving upon the
senior author alone, was delayed by the pressure of other duties.
The paper was finally submitted to the Academy for publication
February 27, 1917,« Under existing conditions prompt publication
could not then be made, so that an extract containing descriptions
of new species was pubHshed.'' Meantime, Miss C. J. Maury had
issued the text of a report on the geology and paleontology of Santo
Domingo,^ anticipating the appearance of our paper by a few days.
Having access to a partial set of Gabb's specimens, Miss Maury,
with great enterprise, anticipated our revision by renaming certain
of the Gabb species having invalid names, and described others
from his collection. In now publishing our notes and figures, such
synonymy as was obvious in looking over Miss Maury's work has
been noted, and some paragraphs which now appear superfluous
have been deleted; otherwise the paper is left as originally written.^
When a critical comparison of the Gabb and Maury specimens can
be made doubtless some further cases of identity will be apparent;
but it is clear that each collection contains many species not in the
other. It is an evidence of the remarkable richness of the faunas.

Gabb had selected a type series of his fossils. In a few cases
which we have noted below, his trays contained more than one
form, but practically all of the species described by us as new were
shells which Gabb had determined incorrectly, others which he had
set aside as duplicates; or they were selected from packages which,
from their condition and the dates of newspapers used as wrappings,
apparently had not been opened since they were packed in Santo
Domingo.

« Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 82.

^ New Mollusca of the Santo Domingan Oligocene, by H. A. Pilsbry and C. W.
Johnson. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, pp. 150-202. The separate copies were
dated May 4, but on the reverse of title-page of the Proceedings the date is given
as May 5, 1917.

* Santo Domingo Type Sections and Fossils. Bull. American Paleontology, v, pp.
1 -120 March 31, 1917, pp. 121 - 2.51, April 20,1917. The plates appeared May
29, 1917.

^ Certain recent changes in generic nomenclature might have been adopted,
but it seemed better to leave the latter uniform with our paper of 1917. The
valuable papers of C. W. Cooke, 1919, and B. Hubbard, 1920, were received
since this paper was completed.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

With two exceptions^" the species enumerated in Gabb's paper
are furnished with labels (names only) in his hand, under card labels
written bj'' Professor Heilprin;all of the small species were in vials,
the large ones loose in the trays. We found no cases of trans-
position of specimens, and with two exceptions" every species or
specimen mentioned by Gabb has been found, together with its
proper label.

With two or three exceptions, none of the labels bore any indi-
cations of locality or horizon further than "Santo Domingo."
What little information exists of more definite character is contained
in Gabb 's paper, or sometimes may be inferred from his specific
names. The zonal relations of many of the species have been deter-
mined by Miss Maury.

In a few cases the gangue indicates that certain species are from
the Orthaulax zone, which is apparently synchronous with the Tampa
Silex beds, while the remainder so far as we can judge is later, having
much in common wdth the Gatun and Bowden beds, now generally
considered Miocene. This was also Gabb's opinion.

Gabb's descriptions give evidence of haste and the use of a lens
of low power only. Dimensions of the shells were often omitted,
and when given are almost invariably inexact, as though estimated
rather than actually measured. There are many typographical
errors, due to the circumstance that the paper was printed after his
departure for Costa Rica. He did not see the proofs. We note
these things merely to account for occasional discrepancies between
the original descriptions and the supplementary descriptive notes
to be found in this revision.

Certain species not Santo Domingan have been named incident-
ally in the course of this work, as follows:

Conus maculospira n.n. for ■planilirahis Sowerby. Recent.

Conus consohrinus ultimus Pils. & Johns. Pliocene, Costa Rica.

Conus pseudomarginatus, n. n. for C. marginatus Cossm., not
Sowb. Martinique.

Xancus textilis jamaicensis. Bowden, Jamaica Miocene.

Bursa crassa bowdenensis. Bowden, Miocene.

Cyprcea raymondrobertsi bowdenensis. Bowden, Miocene.

Pyramidella insularum, n. n. for P. canaliculata Sowb. Recent.

1° " The specimens of Tellina alter nata and T. punicea (?) in the collection have
lost their labels; it is not certain that they are Gabb's examples, or that the former
is from Santo Domingo.

308

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

Area idiodon. Wilmington, N. C.

Pecte?i uselmce Pils. & Johns. Bowclen, Miocene.

PTEROPODA.

LIMACINIDAE.

Limacina inflata (Orbigny) Text-flg. 1.

Planorhella imitans Gabb, Trans Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 201 ; Proc. A.

N. S. Phila. 1872, p. 270, pi. 11, fig. 2 (1873).
Atlanta mflataOrhigny, Voy. dansl'Amer. Merid. v,p. 174, pi. 12, figs. 16-19.
Limacina inflata (d'Orb.), Pelseneer, Challenger Reports, Zoologj^, xxiii, p.

17.

Gabb 's figure of this species is poor, giving the idea of a bilater-

Fig. 1. Planorhella imitans Gabb, upper, profile and basal views of the type
{= Limacina inflata).

ally symmetrical discoidal spiral,
whereas the spire is very little sunken,
and the umbilicus is deep. The type is
somewhat broken and not quite ma-
ture, 1 mm. in diameter. We do not
hesitate to refer it to the recent L.
inflata, for which there are many At-
lantic and Antillean records.

Besides the type of Planorhella im-
itans, no. 2895 A. N. S. P., there are
two smaller examples and some frag-
ments.

The term Planorhella Gabb (not
Haldeman) maybe added to the syno-
nymy of Lmacma. It is identical with
Embolus, which includes openly um-

Fig" 2. Vaganella undulata (Gabb) .^^^/^^^^ Limacinas with slightly sunken
two views of the type. spire, and more or less of a median

projection of the lip in the adult stage.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

309

Vaganella undulata (Gabb) Text-flg. 2.

Balantiuiii undulatum Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. 8oc, xv, 1873, p. 200.

The curved shell, with three low
waves on the concave side, is char-
acteristic. Length 6.5, greatest di-
ameter 1.8 mm.

Type no. 2892 A. N. S. P. One
specimen.

Styliola sulcifera Gabb. Text-flg. 3.

<S. sulcifera Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philo.s.
Soc. XV, 1873, p. 200.

This is a rather rapidly tapering
species, with the sulcus slightly
spiral. The section is not quite cir-
cular. The larger end is broken as
shown in the figure.

Length 3.9, diameter at larger end
0.9, at smaller 0.3 mm.

Type is no. 2893 A. N. S. P.

I:

I

Fig. 3. Styliola sulcifera Gabb,
lateral view and outline of oral end.

Diacria bisulbata Gabb. Text-fig. 4.

Diacria bisulcala Gabb, Trans.' Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 200.

The broader, smooth, mesial convexity will distinguish this species

Fig. 4. Diacria bisulcala, Gabb, type.

from the recent D. trispinosa. The type, no. 2894 A. N. S. P.,
measures, length 4.3, width 4.2, thickness 1.4 mm.

310

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

GASTROPODA.

TECHTIBRANCHIATA.
ACTEONIDAE.
Acteon subtornatilis Pils. and Johns. Plate XXIII, fig. 15.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1817, p. 150.

Acteon punctostriatus (C. B. Ad.)

Actoeon cubensis Orb., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 245.
Actaeon riomaensis Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. V, p. 11.

Somewhat abundant. Another decidedly more slender species
is represented by one imperfect shell.

Rictaxis oryza (Gabb) Plate XXIII. fig. 12.

Actoeonidea oryza Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 245; Proc. A. N. S.
Phila. 1872, p. 273, pi. 11, figs. 8, 8a (Feb. 11, 1873).

This species is type of Actceonidea Gabb. The sole specimen,
no. 3181 A. N. S. P., measm-es, length 6.7, diam. 2.5 mm.

ACTEOCINIDAE.

Tornatinidae of authors.
Acteocina canaliculata (Say)

Acteocina wetherilli (Lea)

Tornatina wetherilli Lea. Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, p. 15.
Tornntina coixlacryma Guppy, Geol. Mag. iv, p. 500.

Acteocina recta (Orb;

Tornatina recta Orb., Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 246.

Acteocina candei (Orbigny)

All of these species were taken in some abundance.

Fig. 5. Acteocina subbullala P. and J.
Acteocina subbullata Pils. and Johns. Text-fig 5.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 150.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

311

Retusa biforis Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 8.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 151.

Fig. 6.

Cylichnella bidentata (Orb.)
(recent)

Fig. 7.
Cylichnella ovum-
lacerti (Guppy).

Fig. 8.
Retusa biforis P. & J.

Retusa sulcata fossilis n. siibsp.

Cf. Bulla sulcata Orb., Moll. Cuba i, p. 129, pi. ibis, figs. 9-12.
Cylichna sulcata d'Orb. Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 245.

The fossils agree in sculpture with R. sulcata but they are larger

and relatively narrower, three of the largest measuring:

Length 2.8, diam. 1.15 mm.

Length 2.8 diam. 1.35 mm.

Length 2.9, diam. 1.25 mm.

The last two are conspicuously swollen near the base.

Type no. 3186 A. N. S. P.

Cylichnella ovumlacerti (Guppy) Text-flg. 7.

Cylichnella bidentata d'Orb., Gabb, Trans Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 246;

Proc. A. X. S. Phila. 1872, p. 273. Not Bulla bidentata d'Orbigny.
Tornatina {Cylichnella) ovum-lacerti Guppy, Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.

XVIII, p. 27.

The Santo Domingan shells are cyHndric-oblong, obtusely rounded
below, narrowly truncate at summit ; glossy, encircled by many im-
pressed spiral lines in the lower half. The vertex is concave, sur-
rounded by a rather sharp keel. Aperture somewhat racket -shaped.
Columella having a strong, upper spiral plait which continues to the
outer edge of the columellar callus, and a small, subvertical, sig-
moid fold below. Outer lip very thick, bevelled to the edge.

Length 4, diam. 2.4 mm.

312

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

This species is far more solid than C. bidetitata (Orb.), and con-
stantly broader in a considerable series of both examined. For
comparison a figure is given of a specimen of C. bidentata measuring
length 3.7, diam. 1.9 mm., from Albatross Station 2275, off North
Carolina (Text-fig. 6).

The only published figure of C. ovumlacerti is so inadequate that
one of Gabb's specimens is illustrated in text-fig. 7.

Cydichna (?) aff. Cylichnella. bidentata d'Orb., of Toula, Jahrb. K.
K. Geol. Reichsanst., Bd. 61, 1911 p. 510, pi. 31, fig. 25, may be
the young of this species.

The genus Cylichnella has been subordinated to Cylichna by some
authors, to Tomalina by others; but it appears to us gen-
erically distinct from both, being distinguished from Cylichna by
characters of the columella and from Tornatina by the wholly
buried spire.

Volvula oxytata B\ish

Volvula cyliudrica Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 246. (Not
of Carpenter, 1865, or of E. A. Smith, 1871.)

This species was taken rather abundantly. It appears to be
quite identical with the recent form.

The type lot of V. cijlindrica is no. 3179 A. N. S. P.

P'ig. 9. Volvula cylichnoides P. and J. Fig. 10, Atys cinctorii P. and J. Fig.
II, Volvula paralella P.& J. Fig. 12, Atys sulculorum P. and J. Fig. 13, Volvula
ornata P. and J.

Volvula ornata Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 13.

Proe. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 151.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

Volvula parallela Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 11.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 151.

Volvula cylichnoides Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 151.

Cf. Retusa yaqiiennis Maury, which, however, has spiral sculp-
ture.

SCAPHANDRIDAE.

Atys cinctorii Pils and Johns. Text-flg. 10.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 152.

Atys sulculorum Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 12.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 152.

Atys (Aliculastrum) caribaea (Orb.)

A. caribaea Orb., Pilsbry, Man. Conch, xv, p. 274, pi. 48, fig. 12.
lA. riiseana Morch, Malak. Bl. xxii. p. 173.

A few specimens agree with recent shells which the writer has

referred to d'Orbigny's species. Cf. also Atys gracilis Da 11, from

the Chipola horizon.

AKERIDAE.

Haminoea granosa (Sowerby)

Bulla granosa Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. iv, 1849, p. 51, pi. 10, fig. 10.

This species is unusually solid for the genus, and more strongly

sculptured than the recent forms.

BULLARIIDAE.

Bullaria solida (Gmel.)

Bulla solida Gmel., Pilsbry, Man. Conch, xv, p. 335.

Several specimens, the largest 40.5 mm. long, 30.5 wide, appear

to be referable to this recent species. It has been described as

Bullaria sarahberlinerce Maury.

Bullaria paupercula (.Sowerby)

Bulla paupercula Sowb., Gabb. Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 246.

Gabb has identified a series of specimens very similar to the re-
cent B. amygdalus Dillw., with the imperfectly defined species of
Sowerby. Without access to Sowerby 's type, the question of
specific identity cannot profitably be taken up.

RINGICULIDAE.

Ringicula semilimata Dall.

Ringicula semilipiaia Dall, Proc. IT. S. N. Mus. xviii. 1895, p. 24; Trans.
Wagner Inst. Sci. iii, pt. 6, pi. 60, fig. 24.

314

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

Ringicula semistriata? Orb., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 225.
Ringicula dominicana Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. v, p. 21.

Minute Ringiculas, from 1.3 to 1.'9 mm. long, are abundant in
the Santo Domingo material. In shape and sculpture they show
a good deal of diversity — forms like R. semilimata, R. guppyi, and
others; there maybe three or four species, as species go in this genus.
Without more extended study than we have .time for, exact identi-
fications cannot be made. R. hypograpta Brn. & Pils., from the
Gatun formation, is another similar, but slightly larger, form.

NUCLEOBRANCHIATA.

ATLANTIDAE.

Atlanta rotundata Gabb. Text-fig. 15.

Atlanta rotundata Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 201.

The shell is rather extensively broken. It consists of 5| whorls
the first 4 rather closely wound, with sculpture of four spiral threads
on the visible part of the penult whorl. The last whorl shows very
minute spiral striation under strong magnification, and there is an
inconspicuous groove on each side of the periphery, which shows no
trace of a keel. If present it must have been membranous. The
diameter, as broken, is 2.5 2nm.

Fig. 14. Atlanta cordiformis Gabb. Fig. 15. Atlanta rotundata Gabb.

The rounded whorl, without peripheral keel, is similar to that
of Oxy gyrus, but the embryonic shell is that of Atlanta. It may
form a subgenus oi Atlanta to be called Atlantidea. Atlanta souleyeti
Smith appears to belong to the same group. It differs from rotun-
data by the moi'e prominent spire. In the figure of the ventral face
(fig. 15, above) the spire is concealed behind the lip.

Type no. 2891 A. N. S. P.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

Atlanta cordiformis Gabb. Text-fi?. 14.

Atlanta cordiformis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 201.

A very minute species, composed of 4| whorls, the last carinate
and bearing the usual peripheral lamina, which is mainly broken
away. The aperture is cordiform, its inner edge in contact with
the preceding whorl, not supported on the peripheral lamina. This
may be a feature of immaturity. It is a much smaller shell than
A. peronii having the same number of whorls.

Diameter 1.5, greatest width of aperture 0.55 mm.

Type and tAvo other specimens are no. 2896 A. N S. P.

Atlanta peronii Leseuer.

Two small specimens, the largest 3.7 mm. in diameter. It is evi-
dently adult, somewhat over half a whorl being in contact with the
peripheral lamina only. On account of its small size, the reference
to A. peronii is made wdth some doubt, yet in other characters we
find no material difference.

PROSOBRANCHIATA.

TEREBRIDAE.

The larger Terebras of Santo Domingo are in some confusion,
owing chiefly to the absense of figures of the types of three species
described by Sowerby. Guppy" figured " T". sulcifera Sowerby, "
from the Heneken collection, but as he united sulcifera, inequalis
and hipartita of Sowerby, we do not know definitely which was fig-
ured, nor whether his shell was from the original or the second
Heneken collection. The T. hipartita of Dall ^^ appears to us to be
a difi^erent species from that of Sowerby.

Gabb 's identifications were apparently erroneous. His T. inae-
qualis is T. haitensis of Dall,i^ and his hipartita is the form we refer
to inaequalis Sowerby, T. rohusta Hinds, of Gabb, is T. gabbiDaW,

13 Quarterly .Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. 32. pi. 29, fig.8.

" Terebra (Acus) hipartita Sowerby, Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xviii, p. 38,
with vars. spinifera, oligomitra, and cirrus, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, pi. 59, figs. 13,
28, 29.

15 Terebra (Hastula) haitensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xviii, p. 35. Terebra
(Oxytneris) hipartita, etc., Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, pi. 59, fig. 30; Potrero,
Rio Anima, Santo Domingo.

" Terebra gabhi Dall, Proc. U. S. N. M. xviii, p. 34; Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, pi. 59,
fig. 31; Portrero, Rio Anima. T. rohusta Hinds, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos.
Soc. XV, p. 224.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

a form which needs comparison with T". sulcifera Sowb. There is a
considerable amount of material in the collection, but as Gabb
described no new species in this group, we will not enter into the
subject further. No revision of any value can be made until
Sowerby's types are figured and more fully described.

In addition to the species named above, Terebra aniitra Dall^^has
been described from the Potrero, Rio Amina.

A very large species of Terebra, distinct from all of the above, is
represented by one broken and much worn specimen no. 2972. It
has slightly over 4 whorls, with a length of 85.5, diam. 26 mm.
There are two raised bands around the posterior part of the whorls.

Terebra gatunensis Toula.

Terebra (Oxymeria) gatunensis Toula, Jahrb. K.-K. Geol. Reichsanst., vol.

58, 1909, p. 705, pi. 25, fig. 14.
Terebra galuncnsis Toula, Brown and Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1911,

p. 339, pi. 22, fig. 2.

An abundant species in the Santo Domingo beds. Gabb referred
the specimens to T. dislocata. About half of them have spiral lines
upon the superior band, as in T. wolfgangi Toula, but there are more
spiral cords below the band than in typical wolfgangi.

Terebra dislocata Say.

The series referred to this recent species is highly variable, and
a further revision may eventually be made.

There is also a series of small specimens possibly related specific-
ally to T. protexta Conr.

Terebra baculiformis Pils. and Johns. Plate XXII. flgs. 5. 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 152.

Terebra hitia Pils. and. Johns. Plate XXII, fig. 1, 2.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 152.

TURRITIDAE.

Turris albida (Perry)

Pleurotoma albida Perry, Conchology, 1811, pi. 32, fig. 4.
Pleurotoma hailensis Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 50,
Pleurotoma barretti Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, 1866, p. 290, pi. 17, fig. 6.
Turris (Surcula) virgo Lam. Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 206.
Turris albida Perry, Dall, Bull. 90, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 38.

This well-known species is abundant in the Santo Domingan
collection no. 2942.

" Terebra (Acus) amilra Dall, Proc. U. S. N. Mus. xviii, p. 39. Terebra (Oxy-
meris) amitra Dall. Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, pi. 59, fig. 19.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

Turns rara Gabb. Plate XVII. fig. I.

Turns {Surcula) rara Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 207.

This is represented by one imperfect specimen. The whorls are
flat, sculptured with spiral raised lines, about fifteen between su-
tures on the penult whorl. There are crowded, sharp and irregular,
axial striae. The upper whorls have a slight median angle. The
slit-fasciole is not distinctly differentiated on the last two to two-
and-a-half whorls, but above that it is slightly prominent and weakly
nodose.

Length (broken at both ends) 42.5, diam. 16 mm

Type no. 2941 A. N. S. P.

Surcula jacquensis (Sowerby) Plate XXII, flg. 21, 22.

Pleurotoma jacquensis Sowerby. Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 51.

Considered by Gabb to be a synonym of Drillia henekeni, but it is
a distinct species of Surcula. The last whorl has nine or ten large
axial ribs which are crossed on the whorls of the spire by six spiral
cords, the upper one sometimes accompanied by one or two threads.
On the last whorl these cords and threads number about twenty-five,
and in many specimens alternate in size, especially towards the
anterior end. There is a spiral raised line just below the suture,
and the anal fasciole has weak growth-fines or is smooth.

Length 67.3, diam. 26 mm.

Type no. 2939 A. N. S. P.

Surcula longicaudata (Gabb) Plate XVII, flg. 2.

Turris (Surcula) longicaudaia Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 208.

This species I'esembles Drillia consors somewhat in form and sculp-
ture, but has the generic characters of Surcula. The two apical
whorls are smooth, remaining whorls of the spire with large, rounded
slightly protractive ribs, which are crossed by six acute, spiral
threads, which are a little widened where they cross the ribs. Be-
low the suture, and extending to the angle of the anal fasciole, there
is a series of short, slightly retractive riblets. The last whorl is
evenly reticulated with axial and spiral ridges, tubercular at their
intersections. The interstices are minutely papillose.

Length 26, diam. 7.3 mm.; whorls 10.

Type no. 2938 A. N. S. P.

Surcula humerosa (Gabb) Plate XVII, figs. 4. 5,.

Turris (Sui'cula) humerosa Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv. 1873, p. 208.

A variable species represented by three specimens, fig. 4 represent-
ing the intermediate form. One extreme approaches very close

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

to Pleurotoma servata Conr., from the Vicksburg Oligocene. The
chief difference is the greater sinuosity of the growth lines of the
body whorl, which run backward both above and below the convex
portion of the whorl to near the suture; also in having a more pro-
minent angle at the periphery.

Length of specimen figured 20.5 mm.; a larger specimen, fig. 5, in
which the spire is broken, measures 24.5 mm. Another example
has the nodes partially obsolete on the last whorl.

Type no. 2940 A. N. S. P. (fig. 4),

Drillia fusiformis (Gabb) Plate XVII, fig. 8.

Defrancia fusiformis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 209.

Two apical whorls are smooth, the rest having large, rounded, ax-
ial ribs crossed by four keel-like ridges on the whorls of the spire,
and about twenty on the last whorl, the intervals densely striated
spirally. The sinus is deep and strongly contracted in front when
the lip is perfect.

Length 36, diam. 11.5 mm.; 12 whorls.

The shell is variable in the length of the anterior canal, but the
extremes are connected in the series before us.

Type no. 2937 A. N. S. P.

Drillia henekeni (Sowerby) Plate XVI] , fig. 3.

Pleurotoma henikeri Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 50, pi. 10, fig. 6.
Turris (Surcula) henekeni Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 207.
Not Drillia henekeni (Sowerby), Cossmann, Journ. de Conchyl., \:<i, 1913, pi.
3, figs. 10, 11.

This shell is well shown in Sowerby 's figure. There are many

specimens in the Gabb collection, the largest 69 mm. long, 18 wide.

No. 2936.

Drillia sororcula Pils. and Johns. Plate XVII, fig. 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 153.

Drillia subgibbosa Pils. and Johns. Plate XVI, fig. 14

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 153.

Drillia elocata Pils. and Johns. Plate XVI, fig. 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 153.

Drillia winchesterae n. sp. Plate XVI, figs. 7, 8.

Very similar to D. elocata, but it is more slender with a longer
anterior canal and a deeper posterior sinus, the anal fasciole and
the spaces between the spiral ridges being distinctly striate spirally,
in each interval about 6 striae. There are seven broad, rounded
axial folds on the penult whorl and on the last, weakening on the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

anal fasciole. On the face of the last whorl there are 18 narrow,
high sph-al ridges, a smaller cord above the upper one and a strong,
acute cord below the suture. The outer lip is smooth within; inner
lip a little raised. The anal sinus is deep, rounded posteriorly, con-
tracted a little anteriorly.

Length (the early whorls lost) 26.5, diam. 8.3 mm.; 6^ whorls
remaining.

Type no. 3980 A. N. S. P.

This species was at first considered a slender form of D. elocata,
but it is clearly distinct. Named for Miss Helen Winchester, who
has illustrated this paper.

DriUia consors (Sowerby) Plate, XVI, fig. 3.

Turris (Drillia) militaris Hinds, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873,p.207,

(not of Hinds, Proc. Zool Soc. 1843; Reeve, Conch. Icon, No. 53.).
Pleurotoma consors Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 50; Guppj\ Q. J.
Geol. Soc. 1876, p. 527, pi. 28, fig.7.

It seems strange that in the absence of specimens oi D. militaris,
Gabb referred D. consors to that recent species.

A specimen of D. consors, 41.6 mm. long, 12 wide, has 23 axial ribs
on the last whorl, and about 18 spiral cords. A strong presutural
keel revolves above the anal fasciole.

It is an abundant shell. No. 2935.

Drillia macUenta rectaxis n. subsp. Plate XVI, flgs. l, 2.

Cf. Drillia alesidota Dall, var. macilenta Dall, Rep. Blake Gastrop., in Bull. Mus .
Comp. Zool. xviii, 1889, p. 85, pi. 36, fig. 1.

Judging by the description and figure, this is very near D. ales-
idota macilenta Dall, but it differs by the columellar lip, which is
straight to the base, and by the narrower aperture.

Length 44, diam. 10.5 mm.

Type no. 2934 A. N. S. P.; 17 other specimens.

Drillia gatunensis alia n. subsp. Plate XVII, flg. 7.

Closely related to D. gatunensis Toula, but it differs by having the
spiral grooves simple throughout, not occupied by minor spirals on
the base; the vertical ribs do not retract strongly above the shoulder
as they do in D. gatunensis, in which the growth hues are much more
deeply sinuated at the anal fasciole.

Length 31, diam. 10.5 mm.

Length 41 mm.

Type no. 2919 A. N. S. P.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Drillia venusta (Sowerby) Plate XVII, fig. 14.

Pleiirotoma venusta Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 50, pi. 10, fig. 6.

This species has been well figured by Sowerby and is represented

by many examples in the Gabb collection (no. 2931). It has no

direct relationship with D. jamaicensis Guppy, which has been

united with it (Proc. U. S. N. Mus. vol. 19, 1896, p. 305). They

are conspicuously diverse in sculpture, form and size, in large series

of both we have examined. D. venusta attains a length of over 45

mm., while 19 mm. is about the maximum size oi jamaicensis.

Drillia jamaicensis (Gxippy)

Pleurotoma jamaicensis Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc. xxii, 1S66, p. 290, pi. 16, fig. 6.
Drillia ebenina Dall, Trans. Wagn. Free Inst. Sci. iii, pt. 1, 1890, p. 33, pi.
2, fig. 8.

Dr. Dall says of his D. ebenina, "Miocene of Santo Domingo
(Gabb) ; Pliocene of the Caloosahatchie beds. Recent on the shores
of the Gulf of Mexico from Florida to Vera Cruz." And after the
description, "This fine species was first found living in shallow water
on the Florida Keys by H. Hemphill. I find specimens of it to-
gether with several other species confused together under the name
of jamaicense Guppy in the Gabb collection at Philadelphia."
Some error is involved in these statements, as there is no such shell
in the Gabb collection, and Gabb makes no reference to ^^jamai-
censis " in his work. There are specimens of Pleurotoma jamaicense
Guppy, from Jamaica, in the collection of the Academy, obtained
from Mr. Vendryes and from other sources. These agree well
with Dr. Dall's description and figure of D. ebenina, and with speci-
mens from the Caloosahatchie Pliocene.

While this species may occur in Santo Domingo, we have at
present no evidence that it does.

Drillia squamosa (Gabb) Plate XVI, figs. 4, 5.

T. {Drillia) squamosa Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 208.
Pleurotoma squamosa Gabb, Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc. 1876, p. 527, pi. 29, fig. 7.

The whorls bear stout oblong, peripheral nodes, about 9 on the
penult, each over-ridden by an acute protractive raised line which
is a former free lip-edge. There is a strong varix a short distance
behind the lip. The whole surface has a fine sculpture of irregular,
interrupted, crimped spiral threads, the intervals densely and much
more minutely crossed by raised growth striae. The outer lip is
broken in all of the specimen.

Length 56.5, diam. 23 mm., with 8 whorls remaining, the early
ones lost.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

Length 59. diam. 22. .3 mm., with 9^ whorls remaining (type).

Type no. 2922 A. N. S. P.

A paratype is figured, since the type, while larger, has the aper-
ture more broken. The dimensions given by Gabb were merely
approximate. He seems rarely to have actually measured his speci-
mens.

Drills callistura PiL. and Johns. Plate XVI, flg. 12.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 154.

Drillia ischnatracta Pils. and Johns. Plate XVI, flg. 15.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 154.

Drillia scala Pils. and Johns. Plate XVI, flgs 16, 17.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 155.

Drillia hexapleura Pils. and Johns. Plate XVIII, flg. l,
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 155.

Drillia mimula Pils and Johns. Plate XVI, flg. 13.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 155.

Drillia esculenta Pils. and Johns. Plate XVI, flg. 18.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 156.

Diillia orthopleura Pils. and Johns. Plate XVI, flg. 19.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 156.

Drillia callistopleura Pils. and Johns. Plate XVI, flg. 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 157.

Drillia lissotropis dorsuosa Pils. and Johns. Plate XVIII, flg. 5.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 157.
Type no. 2959 A. N. S. P.

Drillia foveolata Pils. and Johns. Plate XVI. flg. 20.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 157.

Drillia parkeri (Gabb) Plate XVI, fig. 21.

T. {Drillia) parkeri Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 207.

A much lengthened, fusiform shell, with plain, subacute axial ribs^
and protractive growth-lines, which are strongly arcuate at the pos-
terior part. Eleven ribs are on the penult whorl. 2\ apical whorls are
smooth and convex. There is no spiral striation except towards the
end of the anterior part. The aperture is broken in both examples.

Length 26.8, greatest diam. 7 mm., 11^ whorls.

Type and another specimen are no. 2924 A. N. S. P.

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Mangilia dominicensis (Gabb) Plate XXXV, flg.l.

T. (Bela) dominicensis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. x\', 1873, p. 208.

The type specimen has about 13 axial ribs on the last whorl.
Under sufficient magnification it shows close spiral hues of granules,
every fourth line slightly larger. On the spire the whorls are strong-
ly angular in the middle, but this angle weakens a good deal on the
last whorl.

Length 5.5, diam. 1.75 mm., with 8| whorls, having lost one or
two.

A young specimen in the lot shows 2f convex whorls forming the
conic embryonic shell; these seem to be microscopically punctate.
They are followed by f of a whorl (nepionic) which is closely sculp-
tured with protractive riblets.

Cythara heptagona (Gabb) Plate XV] I, fig. 9.

Mangelia heptagona Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 211,
Cythara terminula Dall, Trans. Wagner P'ree Inst. Sci.III, pt. 1, 1889 p. 38,
Pi. 2, fig. 5.

After 1 J rounded apical whorls, there is a half whorl having num-
erous ribs. On subsequent whorls there are seven narrow, acute
axial ribs, continuous from whorl to whorl. Fine, but clearly en-
graved spiral lines run over ribs and the broad concave valleys.
The outer lip has a longitudinal callus inside beloAV the posterior
sinus.

Length 15, diam. 6.5 mm., 8 whorls.

The type and another specimen are no. 2915 A. N. S. P.

Specimens from the Pliocene of the Caloosahatchie River and
Shell Creek seem to be specifically identical. They have 7, 8 or 9
longitudinal ribs.

Cythara polygona (Gabb) Plate XVII, fig. 10.

Mangelia polygona Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 211.

The first 2 whorls are convex and smooth, the following half whorl
multicostate. Following whorls are subangular below the middle,
the angulation decreasing gradually to the penult, which is rounded.
Last whorl has 15 narrow axial ribs. Spiral striation is fine and close.

Length 11, diam. 4.4 mm., 7| whorls (type, no. 2916 A. N. S. P.).

Other specimens of the type lot show varying numbers of ribs,
from 1 1 to 18 on the last whorl. When numerous, the ribs are not
continuous from whorl to whorl throughout. Another specimen
is labelled Cibao Valley.

C. gibba Guppy, from the Oligocene of Jamaica (Proc. U. S. Nat.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

Mus., XIX, 1896, p. 306, pi. 27, fig. 9.), seems to resemble closely the
young of this species.

Cythara elongata (Gabb) Plate XVIII, fig. 6.

Mangelia elongala Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 211; Journ. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. 2 Ser., viii, 1881, p. 351, pi. 46, fig. 31,

This species has 6 ribs, continuous from whorl to whorl. There
is a group of faint spiral striae in the region of the anal fasciole, but
none elsewhere on the last whorl. Gabb's figure is bad, the last
whorl being represented as far too convex.

Length 7, diam. 2.3 mm.

The single specimen is no. 2917 A. N. S. P.

Cythara elevata (Gabb) Plate XVIII, fig. 3.

Mangdia elevata Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 211.

This small species has 6| whorls, of which the first 3 comprise the
embryonic shell. These whorls are smooth and convex until the
last half -whorl, which has close, fine backwardly arched riblets.
Subsequent whorls have slightly protractive rounded ribs, eleven
on the penult whorl, rather high, and compressed below the sutures;
in the lower half of each whorl crossed by three spiral threads, in
the intervals of which there are about three very low spirals. On
the last whorl there are about 20 major spirals; they are closer anter-
iorly, where there are fewer of the low minor spirals, there being
four in the upper intervals, down to one in the lower. The aperture
is of nearly the same width throughout. Anal sinus rounded.

Length 6.3, diam. 2.5 mm. ; 7 whorls.

Type is no. 3224 A. N. S. P. A single specimen.

Clathurella paupercula (Gabb) Plate XVIII, flg. 4.

Defrancia paupercula Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 209.

The sculpture is of close, small vertical folds which curve back-
ward close below the suture, crossed by numerous spiral cords, 7
on the penult whorl below the fasciole, one cord above it. The
anal sinus is oblique and moderately deep. Lip arches forward,
and is strengthened by a rather strong, rounded varix.

Length 8.5, diam. 3.3 mm., about 4| whorls remain.

Type no. 2918 A. N.S. P.

Clathurella gracilis (Gabb) Plate XVI, flg. 10, 11.

Defrancia gracilis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 209.

On the penult whorl there are sixteen axial ribs, crossed by five
or six narrow spiral cords ; on the last whorl about eighteen narrow,
spiral cords, which are slightly enlarged where they cross the ribs

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

and widely spaced in the peripheral region and above. Between
them are many minute spirals and rather sharp axial striae (Plate
XVI, fig. 11).

Length 28.5, diam. 7.5 mm., aperture 12.5 mm. long; 10 whorls
(not 11 as stated by Gabb).

The type is no. 2914 A. N. S. P.

Clathurella arnica Pils. and Johns. Plate XVII, fig. 13.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 158.

Glyphostoma dentiferum (Gabb) Plate XVII, flg. 15.

Glyphosloma dcntifera Gabb, Proc. A., N. Sci. 1872, p. 971 [=271], pi. 11

fig. 4. (Feb. 11, 1873). Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 210.
Clathurella (Glyphostoma) denlifera (Hinds), Cossmann, Journ. de Conchyl.
xi, 1913, p. 31, pi. 2, figs. 15-17, with var. martinicensis Cossm., figs 18-20.

Gabb's figure is not very good. The whorls of the spire have
stout, short ribs or npdes at the periphery. On the penult whorl
they become smaller and bifurcate below the shoulder, and the
last whorl has numerous narrow ribs, part of them uniting by pairs
at the shoulder. In the series of 9 individuals, there is very great
variation in size and shape. It is possible that with further large
series, an assortment into several species would be practicable,
though this seems unlikely. The smallest one having a complete
adult aperture is 14.5 mm. long, of 9 whorls. Others measure:

Length 32.4, diam. 13 mm.; 9| whorls (type).

Length 31 (estimated), diam. 10 mm.

Length 26.4, diam. 10 mm.; 10| whorls.

This is type of the genus Glyphostonia. It is certainly distinct
from the recent Clavatula dentifera Hinds, but if that species is a
Glyphostoma, as seems likely, the name dentiferum Gabb will have
to be changed. Perhaps martinicensis Cossmann will be available;
but the figures are imperfect and I am not sure that the forms are
specifically identical.

Clavatula labiata Gabb. Plate XVII, figs. 11, 12.

Clavatula labiata Gabb, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xv. 1873, p. 209. Guppy,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1876, p. 527, pi. 28, fig. 3.

This species has a mamillar embryonic shell of If whorls, the
first rounded and very bulbous, though small, the last third of the
last embryonic whorl becoming angular in the middle. After that
the neanic sculpture appears abruptly, strong, protractive peripheral
nodes crossed by fine, sharp, spiral threads. On the last whorl the
spirals are hardly noticeable except near the base. The crenula-
tions within the outer lip are short and sharp.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

Length 20.5, diam. 9.9 mm.

The type is the largest of six specimens catalogued under no. 2928

A. N. S. P.

Scobinella magnifica (Gabb) Plate XVII, fig. 16.

Cordiera magnifica Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 210.

This beautiful species is much larger and more slender than S.
caelata Conrad, of the Vicksburg Oligocene, which it resembles in
sculpture. The columella has four plaits, which diminish downward
frorti the upper one, as in Mitra.

Length 70.5, diam. 16.4, length of aperture 34.7 mm.; 12 whorls,
those of the embryonic shell being lost.

Type is no. 2926 A. N. S. P.

A Scohinella has been described from Mindi, Canal Zone, under
the name Euchilodon morierei Laville MS., by M. Cossmann.^* It
has a shorter anterior canal than either of the Santo Domingan
species, and differs in some details of sculpture, but it evidently
stands close to S. tristis. These species cannot belong to the genus
Eucheilodo?i, which, differs conspicuously by having a numerous series
of ten or twelve short subequal transverse folds on the collumella,
somewhat as in some Columbellas. In Scohinella the structure is
like Mitra.

Scobinella tristis Pils. & Johns. PI. XVII. flis. 17, 18.
Proc. A. X. S. Phila. 1917, p. 158.

Borsonia (Paraborsonia) varicosa (Sowerby) Plate XVI], flgs. 19, 20, 21.
Mitra varicosa Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 46.
Cordiera varicosa Sby., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv. p. 210.

A handsome, very elaborately sculptured species. The anal

fasciole forms a strongly elevated band at the shoulder. This band

is bilirate, the two cords tuberculate, the tuberles being connected

across the interval. Below the shoulder there is a close sculpture

of larger alternatiiiir with smaller spiral cords and threads crossed

by close but very much interrupted axial threads, the intersections

graniferous. Near the anterior end the axial sculpture disappears.

Above the shoulder there are crowded, granose spirals. The rather

small anal sinus is continued inward as a furrow. Below it are

many sharp lirae within the lip. The columella has two strong

plaits, the upper one larger and fiat-topped. The lower plait is

about midway between the ends of the inner margin. In half-

groAvn individuals there is a third distinct plait, and in one the weak

'« Joiirn. de Conchyl., LXI, 1913, p. 34, pi. 3, figs. 6, 7.

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

trace of a fourth may be seen. A complete shell should have about
9 whorls.

The embryonic shell consists of 1| smooth convex whorls, the
summit a little obtuse.

Length 24, cliam. 9.1, length of aperture 13 mm.

This species differs from Borsonia, as defined byM. Cossmann,
by the large upper plait high on the columella, and the sinus at the
shoulder, terminating an elevated anal fasciole; the sculpture other-
wise much as in Scohinella. We propose for it the new subgenus
Paraborsonia.

Rouaultia has the sinus in the same situation, but it differs widely
in other characters.

Borsonia recurvirostris Gabb. Plate XVIII, fig. 2.

Borsonia recurvirostris Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 210.

There are fourteen nodes on the periphery of the last whorl, below
which are numerous, strongly unequal spiral cords and threads. On
the whorls of the spire only three spirals are visible, the upper one
being peripheral. Between the concave anal fasciole and the suture
there is a prominent spiral ridge. The single columellar plait is
strong and but little oblique.

Length 9.6, diam. 3.9 mm.; 85 whorls.

It probably belongs to the subgenus Borsonella Dall, though the
sculpture is rather diverse.

The type is no. 2912 A. N. S. P.

CONIDAE.

Conus haytensis Sowerby. Plate XIX, fig. 1.

Conus haytensis Sowb., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vi. 1849, p. 44.

Conus haitensis Sowb., Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv,1872,p. 231 (in part).

The largest species of the genus in the Santo Domingan formation *
The spire is conspicuously striated spirally; also the anterior part
of the last whorl. These striae are not granulous. The base is
less contracted than in C. domingensis.

Length 107, diam. 65 mm. (Fig. 1).

Length 91, diam. 55 mm.

Length 85, diam. 58 mm.

In some specimens the spire is very low or almost flat except for
a central mucro.

Length 61.5, diam. 44 mm.

Length 54, diam. 32.5 mm.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

Conus haytensis politispira n. subsp. Plate XIX, flg. 5.

Spiral striae on the spire are very faint or wanting, the surface
being somewhat poHshed. It does not attain so large a size as the
typical form.

Length 66, diam. 35 mm.

Type no. 2565 A. N. S. P.

Conus domingensis Sowerby. Plate XIX, fig. 7.

Conus domingensis Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 45.

This was included by Gabb in C. haytensis, but it maybe distin-
guished by the pyriform contour, distinctly contracted near the
anterior end, and the usually more acute spire. Four or five of the
upper whorls are conspicuously nodose. The spirals of the anterior
half are more or less granulous. On comparing a good series of dif-
ferent ages with C. synimetricus we consider them quite distinct spe-
cies.

Length 89.5, diam. 49 mm.

While abundant, it was not taken in such copious quantity as C.
haytensis.

Conus recognitus Guppy. Plate XIX, flg. 2.

CoiDis solidus Sowerby, Quart. .Jovirn. Geol. Soc. xv, 1849, p. 45. Guppy, Q. J.

Geol. Soc. xxii, 1866, pi. 16, fig. 1. Not C. solidus Sowb., Thes. Conch.

1841, p. 580.
Conus pyriformis Reeve, Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv. 1872, p. 229. Not

of Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 70.
Conus recognitus Guppy, Proc. Sci. Asso. Trinidad, 1867, p. 171; Geol. Mag.

1874, p. 409; Q. J. Geol. Soc. 1876, p. 527.

This species is undoubtedly close to the recent C. pyriformis Reeve
from the west coast of Central America, which is probably a des-
cendant. C. recognitusis quite readily distinguished by the small
nodes on the spiral whorls being obsolete, or present only on three
or four of the upper whorls, while in C. pyriformis they are promi-
nent on at least seven. It is also less pyriform.

Length 70, diam. 41 mm.

Conus imitator Brown and Pilsbry.

Conus imitator B. and P., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1911, p. 342, pi. 23, fig. 2, 3.

The largest specimen of a series collected by Gabb is 67 mm. long.
The shoulder of the last whorl is acutely angular in the adult stage,
and the spire is lower than in C. catenatus. It is related to C.
planiliratus, but is larger and smoother, and not contracted near
the anterior end.

Conus stenostoma Sowerby. Plate XXI, fig. 1.

Conus stenostoma Sowb., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Soc. xv, 1849, p. 44.
Conus stenostoma Sowb., Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxii, pi. 16, fig. 2.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Mr. Guppy's otherwise good figure does not show the marked
retraction of the lines of growth at the shoulder, which is one of the
important characters of C. stenostoma.

Length 74, diam. 40 mm. ; a larger, imperfect shell has a diameter
of 4.3 mm. ,

Conus furvoides Gabb. Plate XX, flg.l.

Conus furi'oides Gabb. Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 187.3, p. 232.

A narrow species, having a prominent ridge projecting above the
suture of the last 4 whorls. Spiral striae on the spire are wanting
or very faint. There are a few weak spirals towards the base.

Length 5L.5, diam. 24.5 mm.

Length 44.5, diam. 22.7 mm. Fig. 1. Type.

The type and eleven other specimens are included in no. 3576
A. N. S. P.

Conus furvoides brachys Pils. and Johns. Plate XX. fig. 3.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 158.

Conus catenatus Sowerby. Plate XXII, figs. 3, 4.

Conus catenatus Sby., Q. .1. Soc. xv, 1849, p. 45, pi. 9. fig. 2.

Conus inierstinctus Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc. xxii, 1866, p. 288, pi. 16, fig. 3.

This was originally described and figured from a very young ex-
ample. It attains the size and has the form of C. consohrinus, but
differs by lacking tubercles on the spire. The upper whorls have
a smooth, sharp carina projecting above the sutures, becoming
blunt on the last 2 or 3 whorls in adults. Above the angle there
are very fine spiral striae. Lower half or more of the last whorl is
spirally striate, some of the spirals bearing granules. Young shells
have more granulose spirals, as usual in this genus.

Length 65, diam. 29. mm. Fig. 3.

Length 48, diam. 23.5 mm.

Length 28, diam. 13 mm. Young. Fig. 4.

Conus xenicus Pils. and Johns. Plate XX, figs. 11, lla.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917. p. 159.

Conus symmetricus Sowerby. Plate XX, figs. 2, 2a, 2b.

Conus symmetricus Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc. VI., 1849, p. 44, pi. 9, fig. 1.

The spire is striate, as in C. haytensis but the early whorls are
not nodose above the suture. The granulation occupies from one-
third to the whole of the last whorl. Ordinarily there are several
nearly smooth, smaller spiral threads between the beaded spirals,
but in some examples these secondary threads are as large as the

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

primaries, and nearly all are beaded. The very large series also
comprises specimens transitional in sculpture.

It is much smaller than C. hay tensis, the maximum size seen hsiving
a length of 48.5, diam. 28.5 mm.

There is a different Conus symmetriciis of Deshayes, Descr. Anim.
s. Vert. Bassin Paris iii, 1866, p. 426, pi. 100, figs. 27, 28.

C. s. var. setniohsoletus Maury is not separable from synmietriciis,
being merely the mature stage. This is demonstrated by the very
large series in the Gabb collection.

Conus aratus Gabb. Plate XX, fig. 4.

Conus araius Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 232,.
Conus ornalus Gabb, Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. v, p. 41.

This species resembles C. haytensis somewhat in form, but differs
by having conspicuous, widely spaced spiral grooves on the lower
two-thirds of the last whorl. These grooves are very sharply cut
in half-grown shells; in the largest example some of them are a little
less deeply cut. There are about 12 widely spaced grooves and an
equal number of close ones near the anterior end. The spire has
close and rather deep spiral striae, 4 or 5 on each whorl. The inner
whorls are inconspicuously tuberculate above the suture. The
growth-lines retract strongly at the shoulder, as in C. stenostoma,
which is allied.

Length 63, diam. 34 mm. Type.

Length 38, diam. 23.5 mm. Immature.

Type and 7 others are no. 2572 A. N. S. P.

C. ornatus Gabb of Maury is the half grown stage of C. aratus.

Conus planiliratus Sowerby. Plate XX, figs. 6, 9,

Conus -planiliratus Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 44. Guppy, Q. .J.

Geol. Soc, xxii, 1866, p. 287, pi. 16, fig. 7.
Conus regularis Sby., Gabb. Journ. A. N. S. Phila., viii, p. 359, pi. 46, figs.

45-48. Not of "Sowerby.

Gabb misunderstood this species. What he called C. planiliratus
is an undescribed species which will be called C. perlepidus.

C. planiliratus is an extremely variable shell in sculpture of the
last whorl, but the shape and the sculpture of the spire are quite
constant. In large specimens the spirals are weak on the upper
half of the last whorl (fig. 9),

Length 42, diam. 21 mm. or smaller.

We agree with Guppy 's determination of this species. He has
figured a Jamaican specimen.

For Co7ius planiliratus G. B. Sowerby, Jr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

1870, p. 255, pi. 22, fig. 1, we propose the name Conus maculospira
Pils. & Johns.

Conus perlepidus Pils and Johns. Plate XX, fig. 5.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 159.

Conus consobrinus Sowerby . Plate XX, figs. 7, 7a, 7b.

Conus consobrinus Sowb. Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 4.5.

The high, straightly conic spire with coronated whorls is distinct-
ive. In large specimens from one to two or rarely three latest
whorls are without nodes. Spiral sculpture of the last whori is
variable and in adults generally restricted to the lower half. In
some young specimens the last whorl is covered with spiral threads,
partly granose. The posterior sinus of the aperture is very deep.

Length 56, diam. 25 mm.

Length 50, diam. 22.5 mm.

There is a large series of various ages in the Gabb collection.
Also found in the Bowden formation, and in a modified form it ex-
isted into the Pliocene.

Conus consobrinus ultimus Pils. and Johns. Plate XX, fig. 8.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 160.
Pliocene of Costa Rica.

Conus gaza Johnson and Pilsbry.

Conus marginatus G. B. Sowerby, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 44.

Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxxii, 1876, p. .528, pi. 29, fig. 5. Gabb,

Tr. Amer. Philo.s. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 230. Not Conus marginatus J. de C.

Sowerby, 1837.
Conus gaza J. and P. in Brown and Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1911, p. 342,

pi. 23, figs. 2, 3.

The figured type and 8 other specimens are no. 2554 A. N. S. P.

Conus marginatus Sowerby, of Cossmann, Journal de Conchy-
liologie 1913, p. 44, pi. 3, figs 14, 15, is evidently another species.
It may be called Conus pseudomarginatus.

Conus trisculptus Pils. and Johns. Plate XIX, fig. 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917 p. 160.

Conus longitudinalis Pils. and Johns. Plate XIX, fig. 4.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 160.

Conus strombiformis Gabb. Plate XXI, fig. 2.

Conus strombiformis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 232.

The upper part of the spire is regular, but the penultimate whorl,

at its last third, begins to descend more rapidly, this continuing in

the last whorl. The earliest whorls are worn, but the intermediate

ones have low and obtuse but strong nodes, and no spiral striation.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

The nodes become weaker on the penult whorl and almost disappear
on the last. The last two whorls have the periphery unusually
rounded for a Conus. There are about 9 coarse spiral cords near
the anterior end.

Length 63, diam. 35.5 mm. Probably a])out 12 whorls.

Type no. 2571 A. N. S. P. A single example.

This shell has a rather abnormal appearance, but the sculpture
of the spire is unlike other known cones of the same beds.

Conus yaquensis Gabb. Plate XXI, fig. 6.

Conus yaquensis Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 233,.

This cone resembles C. proteiis closely in shape except that the
the spire is lower, with much less concave outlines, the apical angle
much wider. The spiral furrow below the suture is deeper. In
color it is a "negative" of C. proteus, the spots being white, the in-
tervals ferrugineous. This color affects the texture of the shell,
the white spots resisting erosion. In one worn specimen there are
spiral series of pits along the colored bands. The anterior third
of the last whorl has a few narrow raised spirals.

Length 49, diam. 30 mm. Type.

Length 40, diam. 23 mm. Paratype.

The two specimens are no. 2547 A. N. S. P.

Conus mus Hwass.

Conus mus Hwass, Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 230.

Two specimens are catalogued under no. 2562 A. N. S. P.

Conus bonaczyi Ciabb. Plate XIX. flg. 3.

Conus bonaczyi Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 233.

This small species has the whorls of the spire flattened, very
slightly concave, and marked with arcuate radial striae only.
Shoulder rounded; lateral outline convex except near the base,
where it is contracted. There are 18 spiral riblets, much wider than
the intervening grooves in the upper part, about equal to them in
the lower. The riblets are slightly concave on top. The grooves
have fine, close, sharp axial striae.

Length 21.5, diam. 12 mm.

Type no. 2551 A. N. S. P.

A specimen 15.3 mm. long has 20 spiral riblets. which are narrower
than in the type.

Conus proteus Hwass.

The specimens agree well with recent shells in form and markings.

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Conus proteus humerosus n. subsp. Plate XXI, flg. 4.

Some specimens in the lot of proteus have fewer spots, as noted
by Gabb. In the one figured there are 6 spiral rows of spots on
narrower continuous bands. In another there seem to be 7 such
spotted bands, but the color is nearly obliterated. Both of these
shells are very broad-shouldered; otherwise they agree with C.
proteus.

Length 65 (apical whorls lost), diam. 45 mm. (Type, no. 2548).

Length 64, diam. 40.5 mm.

This cone agrees with C. williamgabhi Maury in general shape
and dimensions, but the whorls of the spire are concave, without
spiral threads, and there are no spirals in the lower part of the shell.

Conus simplicissimus Pils. and Johns. Plate XXI, flg. 3, 5.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 161.

Conus cercadensis Maury (porcellus Pils. and Johns.). Plate XX, flg. 10.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 161.

This is apparently synonymous with C. cercadensis Maurj'.

Conus pernodosus Pil?. and Johns. Plate XXI, fig. 7.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 162.

Conus gabbi Pils. and Johns. Plate XXI, fig. 8, 9.
Conus gabbi Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1917, p. 162.
Comus gracilissimus Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. v, p. 40.

In Bowden specimens of Conus qracilissimus the spiral cords are

flattened and slightly wider than their intervals. In C. gabbi they

are much narrower than the intervals and not at all flattened. This

is not a matter of age. We have not seen the Bowden species from

Santo Domingo. ^

Conus larvatus Pils. and Johns. Plate XXI, fig. 10.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 163.

CANCELLARIIDAE.

Cancellaria barretti CUippy.

Cancellaria reticulata Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 236. Not of Linne.
Cancellaria barretti Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxii, 1866, p. 289, pi. 17,
fig. 11.

While this species doubtless was the ancestral form of the recent
C. reticulata (L.), it differs in several minor characters. The shell
is thinner and the whorls of the spire are slightly more convex, giv-
ing the spire a less attenuated appearance; the reticulations are

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

much finer and more regular, while the varices are more prominent;
the columellar plaits are smaller, the large upper one is thin and
acute, showing no trace of bifurcation.

Cancellaria guppyi Gabb. Plate XXII, flg. 7.

Cancdlaria guppyi Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 236.

Similar to C. harretti in sculpture, but smaller and much thicker,
the whorls more ventricose, the suture deep, narrowly channeled;
plaits of the columella prominent, the large upper one bluntly bifid.

Length of the type figured 28, diam. 18.4 mm.

The type and seven other specimens are no. 2990 A . N. S. P.

Cancellaria rowelli Dall.

Cancellaria rowelli Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, 1896, p. 307, pi. 29, fig. 1.

Many specimens of this species were found associated with C.
barretti." It is perhaps most nearly related to C. urceolata Hinds,
found living on the west coast of Middle America".

Cossmann's figures, Journ. de Conch. LXI, 1913, p. 53, pi. 4, fig.
5, 6, are probably not this species.

Cancellaria epistomifera Guppy. Plate XXII, flg. 13.

Cancellaria moorei Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 236. Not of Guppy.
Can ceUaria epistomifera Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, xxxii, 1876, p. 520,
pi. 28, fig. 9.

Gabb erroneously referred this to C. moorei Guppy, a common
species in the Bowden beds. A specimen is figured for comparison
with C gabbicma.

Cancellaria laevescens Guppy.

Cancellaria laevescens Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxii, 1866, p. 289, pi.
17, fig. 12.

This species resembles somewhat the recent C. obesa Sowb., from
the west coast of Central America. The Santo Domingo specimens
are a small, finely sculptured form of the species, length 28, d am.
17.8 mm.

Cancellaria ellipsis n. sp. Plate XXII, figs. 8. 9.

Cancellaria tessellata Sowerby, Gabb, Ti'ans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p-
236. Not of Sowerby.

The shell is small, oblong, with conic spire of nearly 6 whorls, of
which the apparently smooth embryonic si ell comprises 1|. Sub-
sequent whorls have an even cancellate sculpture of equally prom-
inent axial riblets which are distinctty narrower than their in-
tervals, and spiral cords equal to their interstices, the intersections
raised. On the last whorl there are 24 spirals. The aperture is

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

somewhat oblique, narrow; outer lip obtuse, evenly arcuate, with
marginal erenulations corresponding to external spirals, and a
much smaller number of lirae (12) extending further within. The
columella has two sti'ong plaits and further out there are several
oblong tubercles on its face. A thin callus spreads a short dis-
tance forward over the ventral face.

Length 12, diam. 6.7 mm.

Type and a second specimen no. 2909 A. N. S. P. Both are
figured.

C. tessellata Sowerby, besides being a much larger shell, differs
by the copious callous deposit which spreads over most of the ven-
tral face of the last whorl, and the embryonic shell is larger. A
specimen 27.3 m. long has nearly 7 whorls, of which about 2| be-
long to the embryonic stage.

Possibly this is a younger stage of C. islacolonis Maury, which
has a more developed lip and a widely spreading callus in front.
The two examples however appear to be adult.

Cancellaria gabbiana Pils. and Johns. Plate XXIT, fig. 12.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 163.

The last whorl is shorter and the aperture broader than in C.
epistomifera. There is a trace of the characteristic spout of the lip,
but much less marked than in that abundant species. The axial
ribs are fewer, more widely and less regularly spaced in gabbiana.

Cancellaria (Trigonostoma) insularis Pils. and Johns. Plate XXII, fig. 11.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 163.

After the 1| smooth embryonic whorls the sculpture begins ab-
ruptly; there are about 14 retractive ribs on the first neanic whorl,
crossed by about 7 very much finer, spiral threads. The last whorl
has two somewhat enlarged ribs or varices next behind the lip, and
one but slightly prominent on the left side of the ventral face.
There are no varices on the earlier whorls. The spiral sculpture
of the last whorl is far less coarse than in C. gurabis Maury. There
are no spirals in the sutural excavation.

While evidently related to C. gurabis, this differs in so many de-
tails that with present materials it appears to be distinct.

OLIVIDAE.
Oliva reticularis Lam.

The specimens which we refer to typical 0. reticularis are read-
ily separated from 0. cylindrica, in the large series at hand.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

Oliva cylindrica Sowerby. Plate XXIII, figs. 2, 3.

Olii-a ciiUndricn Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 45.

Oliva giraudi Cossmann, Journ. de Conchj-l., \si, 1913, p. 56, pi. 5, figs. 1, 6-8
(Martinique), figs. 4, 5, (Saint-Domingue.)

This abundant Olive is distinguishable from 0. reticularis by the
wider, more cylindric form, the lower spire composed of flat (not
concave) whorls. The shape is much more like Oliva splendidula
Sowb., of the west coast of Central America.

There is the usual variation in height of the spire and degree of
concavity of its outlines, such as occurs in most species of Oliva.

Length 52, diam.25mm. (PL XXIII, fig. 2). The largest specimen
of a very long series is 60.5 mm. long.

M. Cossmann has figured a quite small specimen from Santo
Domingo, under the name Oliva giraudi, but which appears to us
indistinguishable from 0. cylindrica except by its smaller size. The
length he gives for the species, 93 mm. is probably an error for 33
mm.

Oliva proavia Pils. and Johns. Plate XXIIl, fig. 1.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 164.

This fine Olive requires comparison with 0. cristohalcoloni Maury,
which may prove to be an immature specimen of the same species.
It is relatively broader, with a differently shaped spire and more
fully developed plaits on the inner lip.

Oliva brevispira Ciabb. Plate XXIII, flg. 4.

Oliva hrevispira Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 215.

This species resembles 0. reticularis in form, but is distinguished
from other Tertiary and recent species of the region by its very
short spire. The greatest width is above the middle. About 30
small plaits are on the inner lip. These are somewhat unequal and
unevenly spaced, some being spaced by pairs. The siphonal fas-
ciole is strongly obhque, its upper ledge entering above the middle
of the inner lip.

Length 34.5, diam. 14 mm., length of aperture, measured to the
suture, 30 mm.

The type, no. 2997 A. N. S. P., is somewhat worn, and none of
the six examples is quite perfect. By the shape of the columella it
has some resemblance to 0. nehulosa Lam. 0. brevispira of Maury
is a different species.

Oliva gradata Gabb. Plate XXIII, figs. 10, 11.

Oliva gradata Gabb, Tr. Am. Piiilos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 215.

The special character of this species is that there is a sharp though

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

slight off-set or ledge encircling the last whorl a short distance
(nearly 3 mm.) below the suture. On the whoils of the spire this
is concealed by a smooth callus deposit over the inter-sutural space.
The spire is straightly conic up to the nipple-like 2 or 3 apical whorls.
The inner lip has about 15 strong, evenly spaced plaits.

Length 28.5, diam, 12 mm.; aperture, measured to suture, 20 mm.

The type, with two slightly smaller specimens, is no. 2998 A. N.
S. P

Oliva dimidiata Pils. and Johns. Plate XXIII, fig. S.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 165.

Olivella muticoides (Gabb) Plate XXIII, flgs. 5, 6, 7.

Oliva mulicoides Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 187.3, p. 215.
Oliva canaliculata Gabb, torn. cit. p. 215. Not of H. C. Lea.

Gabb's two descriptions apply to the high- and low-spired ex-
tremes of a single species. The large series before us contains com-
pletely transitional examples.

A thick labial callus extends from the basal fasciole to the suture,
its abrupt edge straight and parallel with the lip.

Length 19.8, diam. 8 mm., length of aperture 13 mm. (type of
multicoides) .

Length 18, diam. 8.5 mm., length of aperture 13.3 mm. (type of
canaliculata) .

Of the three specimens figured, fig. 7 represents the type of muti-
coides fig. 6 a transitional example, and fig. 5 the type of canalic-
ulata.

The type and two other specimens of 0. muticoides are no. 2805
A. N. S. P.; the type of 0. canaliculata is no. 2806 A. N. S. P.; nu-
merous other specimens.

Olivella fioralia (Duclos)

Olivella oryza Lam., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 215.

Olivella indivisa Guppy, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xlx, 1896, p. 308, pi. 30, fig. 10.

We can find no character to distinguish this from the recent spe-
cies of the same region.

Olivella mutica (Say)

Oliva mutica Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, 1822, p. 22.

Valuta nitidula Dillwyn, in part, and of authors; not of Deshayes, 1837.

Several specimens agree in every way with the recent form. Va-
luta nitidula Dillwyn was a composite species, including mutica
Say and 0. pusilla Marratt. If the name is used at all, we suggest
that it be taken for 0. pusilla.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

Olivella nivea (Gmelin).

One specimen is reforal)le to this recent species.
OliveJla rosalina (Duclos).

Two specimens having entirely the form of this recent species.

HARPIDAE.

Harpa americana n. sp. Plate XXIII, fig. 13.

H. rosea Lam., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 214.

The shell is ovate, of about 6 whorls, of which three smooth ones
form the nipple-shaped embryonic shell, the last whorl of which,
together with part of the first sculptured whorl, are very narrow.
The last whorl has about eleven low and narrow axial ribs w^hich
rise into small spines where they pass over the angle bounding a
narrow flattening below the suture. The whole surface below this
angle is spirally striate, the striation strongest in the concavity of
the sides below. The aperture is narrow for this genus. A thin
callus spreads forward over the ventral convexity.

Length 33.3, diam. 28.6 mm.

This form is very similar to the recent Harpa rosea Lam. (H.
doris Bolt.), but specimens of that species of the same size have
more ribs and a wider aperture.

Type no. 4061 A. N. S. P.

MARGINELLIDAE.

Marginella sowerbyi Gabb. Plate XXIII, jBg. 14.

Marginella sowerbyi Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. x\, 1873, p. 221.

A markedly biconic species. The second and third columellar
plaits have flattened and slightly furrowed summits, the fourth
being flattened.

Length 14.5, diam. 8.1, length of aperture 10.5 mm.

A much smaller example, length 8.2 mm., with the type, shows
traces of coloration. There are 5 spiral zones, the upper, middle
and lower vertically lineolate with white, the other two having spot-
ted borders and uniform median bands.

Type no. 2498 A. N. S. P.

Marginella nugax Pils. and Johns. Plate XXIV, fig. 14.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 165.

Marginalia coniformis Soweiby.

Marginella coniformis Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 4,5. Guppv, I. c.
xxii, 1866, p. 288, pi. 17, fig. 2. Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, 1896, p.
309.

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Several specimens. Guppy's figure is very poor, even for a Ja-
maica specimen. As a rule these are somewhat narrower than shells
from Santo Domingo. It seems very close to, if not identical with,
M. aurora Dall, from the Oligocene bed of the Chipola River; but
we have not been able to compare specimens of the latter.

Mar^nella domingoensis Dall.

Margindla domingoensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, 310, 1896.

Four specimens we refer to this species. Dr. Dall writes: "This

species is close to M. aurora Dall, from the Chipola marl, but has

the tip of the spire less conspicuous and the aperture quite flexuous

instead of nearly straight. " Length 24 mm., greatest diam. 14 mm.

Marginella cercadensis Maury.

Margindla chrysomelina Gabb, Tr. Ani. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 221.

Four specimens, no. 3269. On two, traces of the spiral color lines

may be seen.

Marginella latissima Dall.

Marginella laUssima Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, 1896, p. 308, pi. 29,
fig. 11.

The specimens of this species from Santo Domingo represent
a great range of variation, but with many before us it seems im-
possible to assort them except by sizes. Gabb referred these doubt-
fully to M. apicina on the label, but he did not mention the species
in his work.

Marginella amina Dall.

Margindla amina Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, 1896, p. 309, pi. 29, fig. 15.

Two specimens are labeled in Gabb's handwriting "M. antiqua

Redfield", but they are not mentioned in his work.

VOLUTIDAE.

Lyria pulchella (Sowerby)

Voluta pulchella Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 46, pi. 9, fig. 4.

Lyria pulchella Sby., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv. p. 219.

Lyria pulchella Sby., Dall, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 90, p. 58, pi. 10, fig. 11.

Sowerby has given a good figure of this species. In some speci-
mens the axial ribs become obsolete on the last whorl.

Lyria mississippiensis (Conr.) of the Vicksburg Oligocene is a
closely related form. Dr. Dall has recorded L. pulchella from the
silex beds at Ballast Point, Florida.

Lyria soror (Sowerby) Plate XXIV, flgs 11, 12.

Voluta soror Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 46.

The axial ribs are somewhat fiexuous and much more delicate

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

thsLii in L. puIcheU a; the anterior spirals are stronger; finally the
apical whorls differ. In L. pulchclla there are 1^ smooth whorls,
the first one globose and bulging, the second narrower. In L. soror
the summit is smaller, the whorls increasing regularly, and there
are If smooth ones. These differences certainly indicate specific
divergence.

Aurinia striata (Gabb) Plate XXIII, flg. 9.

Scapha striata Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 219.

Scaphclla {Aurinia) striata Gabb, Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, 1890, p. 88.

The rounded summit (f of a whorl) is worn; after that all of the
whorls are closely striate spirally. The first 2f whorls have a sub-
cjdindric shape; then small nodules appear above the middle, which
becomes subangular. The last whorl has a prominent rounded ridge
at the shoulder, closely set with about 22 compressed nodes. Two
columellar plaits remain on the type, which is broken anteriorly.
In a very young one there are three.

Length as broken 25, diam. 11.5 mm. Nearly 5 whorls.

Gabb's type, no. 3274 A. N. S. P., is a young shell; another
13 mm. long was taken. The consideration of the species by Dall
referred to above, should be consulted.

MITRIDAE.

Mitra henekeni Sowerby.

Mitra henikeri Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, p. 46, 1849, pi. 9, fig. 5.

Adult specimens have but two columellar plaits, with sometimes
the very weak trace of a third; in young specimens the third plait
is more distinct. Sowerby 's illustration is good, though the speci-
men was incomplete.

M. henekeni resembles the following species, but it is less slender,
the whorls are more convex, and are acutely carinate below the chan-
nelled suture.

Length 58, diam. 15 mm. Broken specimens indicate that it
reaches a length of about 65 mm.

Mitra longa Gabb. Plate XXIV, flg. 3.

Mitra longa Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 219. Brown and Pilsbry,
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1911, p. 346, pi. 24, fig. 11.

A very slender shell with three well-developed columellar plaits
and traces of two more. The acute spiral cords alternate with
smaller ones, the intervals having some spiral threads, more num-
erous near the base. The intervals are crossed by even, fine axial
threads.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Length 61.3, diam. 13.6 mm. The largest one is somewhat
broken, but evidently had a length of about 75 mm.
Type and 12 other specimens are no. 3263 A. N. S. P.

Mitra titan Gabb. Plate XXIV, flgs 1, 2.

Mitm. titan Gabb, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xv. 1873, p. 220.
Mitra symmetrica Gabb, I. c.

This large species reminds one of M. inUlingtoni Conr., from the
Jacksonian Eocene, but has finer revolving and more prominent
longitudinal lines, it is also somewhat wider in proportion to its
length.

The adult stage is represented by one specimen, broken at both
ends (PL XXIV, fig. 2), in its mutilated condition measuring, length
106.3, diam 43 mm. The spire shows fine spirals, every fourth one
deeper; tapering base densely striate spirally, the peripheral region
of the last whorl being smooth. In the young stage, represented
by Gabb's Mitra symmetrica (PI. XXIV, fig. 1), the whole surface is
closely sculptured with spiral cords, on the upper part of the last
whorl alternating with smaller threads; the intervals being beauti-
fully sculptured with very fine axial threads as in M. longa. Length
of M. symmetrica 51.2, diam. 13.8 mm. The types of both M. titan
and M. symmetrica show four columellar plaits, the lower one small
and hardly visible in a front view.

Five specimens around 50 to 80 mm. long, afford the stages con-
necting symmetrica and titan.

Type of M. titan no. 3261 A. N. S. P. 5 smaller specimens are
contained in no. 3267.

Type of M. stjmmetrica no. 3260 A. N. S. P.

Mitra rudis Gabb. Plate XXIV, flgs. 4, 5.

Mitra rudis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 220.
Mitra quemadica Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. v, p. 75.

The last whorl has about nineteen low, rounded, spiral cords,
five of which are visible on the whorls of the spire. These are
crossed and made subgranular by very irregular, subobsolete, axial
wrinkles or growth lines. In the adolescent shell there are raised
threads across the intervals, which appear pitted. Between the
upper spiral cord and the next, there is a wider interval.

Length (summit broken) 31.3, diam. 13.8 mm.

Type is no. 3262 A. N. S. P., with 5 smaller examples.

Mitra granulosa Lamarck.

We refer a young specimen 18 mm. long to this recent species.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

Mitra barbadensis (Gmelin)

The single .specimen is rather worn, but agrees well with recent
specimens.

Mitra mesolia Pils. and Johns. Plate XXIV, fig. 10.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 166.

Vexillum tortuosellum (Pils. and Johns.) Plate XXIV. fig. 9.

Mitra torluosella Pils. and Johns., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 165.

Vexillum tortuosellum frater (Pils. and Johns.) Plate XXIV, fig. 13.

Mitra tortuosclln frater Pils. and Johns., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 166.

Vexillum tortuosum (Gabb) Plate XXIV. fig. S.

Mitra tortuGsa Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 220.

There are about fifteen sharp, axial ribs on the last, eleven or
twelve on the penult whorl. Between them are many impressed
spiral lines, eleven or twelve on the penult whorl, parted by convex
intervals which become spiral cords towards the anterior end of the
shell, the axial ribs disappearing there. There are four columellar
plaits, and the outer lip is closely lirate within.

Length 32.3, diam. 11.5 mm.

Type and 4 other specimens are no. 3284 A. N. S. P.

Plochelsea crassilabrum Gabb. Plate XXIV, fig. 6.

PluchchFi crussilabra Gabb, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1872, p. 272, pi. 11, fig. 5

(Feb. 11, 1878 )
Plochekea crasailabrum Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 216.

The shell is smooth, oblong, widest above the middle, soUd; spire
straightly conic; suture scarcely impressed, ascending in front.
Last whorl swollen above, the anterior two-thirds slowlj^ tapering:
terminating in a massive but low and rounded varix. The aperture
is sinuous, the upper half narrow, lower half dilated; lip thick, blunt,
the outer margin inflected, widest in the middle, dilated near the
base. Anterior canal deep. Columella crossed by an emerging
callus which is thickened in the lower half; bearing five low, round-
ed, parallel and contiguous entering plaits, the third one slightly
the strongest.

Length 44.2, diam. 19.8 mm. Length of aperture measured
from base to the end of the suture, 35.4 mm.

The type, represented by Gabb's figure and ours, is no. 3289
A. N. S. P. The eroded seat of an Hippofiix scars the spire. Inhis
later specific description, Gabb confused this species with the fol-
lowing one; his measurement and the phrase relating to the columellar
plaits relating to the latter.

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

The spire is somewhat worn above, so that the number of whorls
is uncertain.

The genus Plochelcea Gabb belongs, no doubt, to the Mitridae.
It stands close to, if not to be united with, the genus Mutyca H. & A.
Adams, 1853, type M. ancillides Swains., with which Mitroidea Pease
1865, (typeM. multi'plicata Pse.), and Mownfm H.Adams, 1869, type
M. harclayi H. Ad., are to be united as synonyms or sections.
Dihaphus Philippi (1847), is another allied genus. With a knowl-
edge of the above mentioned genera it seems strange that Gabb re-
ferred Plochelcea to the Olividae.

The type of Plochelcea is P. crassilabrum Gabb.

Plochelaea gabbi Pils. and Johns. Plate. XXIV, flg. 7.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 166.

XANCIDAE.

Turbinellidae of authors.

The replacement of the name Turbinella by Xancus is one of the
outrages against scientific nomenclature consequent upon the
adoption of Bolten's Museum as a source of generic and specific
names. The disappearance of the name Turbinella necessitates
alteration of the family name.

This family is remarkably well developed in the Santo Domingo
beds.

Xancus rex Pils. and Johns. Plate XXVI, figs. 5, 8.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 167.

The spire is longer than usual in X. scolymus, not shorter as stated
in the original description. The inner lip often has the callus de-
tached at the edge. The size of adults varies a good deal.

It is an abundant species, mistaken for A', validus by Gabb,
Maury and others.

Xancus validus (Sowerby) Plate XXV, flg. 3.

Turbinellus validus Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 50. Not of Gabb or
Maury.

This species has been misunderstood by Gabb and Maury, owing
to Sowerby 's qualified comparison with Turbinella scolymus.
The original description, however, is good, and the comparison not
strained when one remembers that in 1849 Turbinella comprised
also Vasum, Latirus and other genera.

The shell is obesely fusiform, ponderous. The embryonic stage
is unknown, but the early and middle neanic whorls have thick,

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

rounded axial folds, weak below the suture, 6 or 7 on a whorl, and
fine axial costulation, over which about 8 rather acute, narrow
spiral threads run. On the last 2 or 3 whorls the axial folds are
replaced by small, rounded tubercles disposed along a slight shoul-
der angle; the spirals become weak and sparse except towards the
base. The suture is rather narrowly, deeply channelled. At rest-
ing stages and the final lip the suture rises very little. There are
three strong plaits, the anterior one lowest and thickest. The largest
shell measures 176 mm. long, 80 wide. This species differs from
X. rex "in its tubercles, which are small and rounded, "and the less
emphatic sculpture generally.

X. validuff differs from Turhinella ovoidea Kiener l)y the channelled
suture and the more prominent axial folds of the spire. T. regina
Heilpr. is more elongate than X. validus at all stages of growth.
T. scolymoides Dall has more elaborate sculpture, the axial folds
persisting longer, and the columellar plaits are smaller. T. ivilsoni
Conr. is more shouldered, with larger nodes. T. polygonata Heilpr.
seems to resemble T. wilsoivi rather closely, but no good adult speci-
mens have been found.

Fasciolaria textilis Guppyi'* is less excavated below the periphery
than the present species, but a form of the Bowden bed which we
had provisionally called Xancus texlUisjamaicensis (PI XXV, figs. 5, 6)
is rather closely related. It has conspicuous axial wrinkles above
the shoulder, which is more developed and has larger nodes than
X. validus. The first whorl following the embryonic stage has
about twice as many axial folds as the succeeding whorls, and the
suture is not in the least channelled.

A variety of X. validus with somewhat larger nodes at the shoul-
der was taken by Mr. L. B. Smith west of Azua, Haiti..

Xancus praeovoideus Mamy.

Turbindla ovoidea Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 218; not T. ovoidea

Kiener, 1840.
Xancus procevoideus Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. v, p. 83.
Xancus prceovoideus Maury, op. cit. p. 241.

This fine shell, which Gabb collected in considerable quantity,
differs from the recent X. ovoideus by the strong sculpture of the
neanic whorls, as Miss Maury has pointed out. It reaches a length
of 175 to about 200 mm. The suture usually rises abruptly at rest-
ing stages and behind the final peristome.

It differs from X. validus by the smoother later whorls. In a

» Geol. Mag. 1874, p. 140, pi. 16, fig. 5.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

few specimens weak traces of the shoulder tubercles can be seen,
suggesting a transition to X. validus, which has exactly the same
early sculpture; but no evidence of an actual intergradation is at
hand.

Vasum dominicense Gabb Plate XXVII, figs. 4, 5.

Vasum dominicensis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 218.

Closely related to the recent V. capitellum (L.), but the shoulder
is less developed. There are eight obtuse, massive folds on the
last whorl, the intervals clathrate. The outer lip is rather weakly
lirate within and the columella has three rather small plaits.

Length 60, diam. 37.5 mm. Type, fig. 5.

Length 32, diam. 19 mm. Fig. 4.

Type and a smaller shell are no. 2623 A. N. S. P.

Vasum haitense (Sowerby)

Turbinclla hnitensis Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, p. 50. Guppv, Q- J. Geol.

Soc. xxxii, 1876, p. 523, pi. 29, fig. 3.
Vasum haitense Sowb., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 218.

Twelve specimens. It becomes very large and ponderous.

Vasum tuberculatum Gabb. Plate XXVII, figs. 2, 3.

Vasum tuberculatum Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv. 1873, p. 218.

This species is very distinct from V. haitense, and in fact from
all others known to us. The spire is much higher than in haitense.
Seven very large tubercles on the shoulder of the last whorl are bifid
at their summits, a swelling being superposed below the crest. The
inferior tubercular ridge is somewhat smaller than in haitense, and
there are slightly tubercular, very much smaller ridges above and
below it. Five weak columellar plaits.

Length 112, greatest diam. 87 mm.

Type is no. 2624 A. N. S. P.

Vasum edificatum (Guppy)

Turbindlas cdificatus Guppy, Q. J. Gecl. Soc, xxxii, 1876, p. 523, pi. 28, fig. 5-
Vasum subcapitellum Heilprin. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., i, 188, p. 109)

pi. 15, fig. 44. Dull, same Trans., iii, 1890, p. 99, pi. 4, fig. 12.
? Vasum domitdcense Gabb, var. gurabicum Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. v, p. 84.

Vasum subcapitellum, from the Oligocene of Ballast Point, differs
only in being somewhat smaller than Santo Domingo specimens.

The neanic stage is rather profusely spinose. Guppy 's figure
shows the much less spinose adult stage.

Vasum pugnus Pils. and John.s. Plate XXVII, flg. 1.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 167.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

FASCIOLARIIDAE.

Leucozonia rhomboidea (Gabb) Plate XXVI, fig. 9.

Lugina rhoinbuidea Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 218.

The first whorl is globose with a depressed tip; 1^ smooth whorls
form the embryonic shell. The following whorl has axial folds and
spiral threads, the folds weakening and finally disappearing on the
succeeding whorls, but persisting as low, rounded peripheral nodes
on part of the last whorl. The narrow furrow encircling the base
has raised edges in the latter part. Outer lip is lirate within.
There are three small columellar plaits.

Length 13.6, diam. 8 mm.; 6| whorls.

It is probably ancestral to the recent L. cingulifera.

Type and a smaller specimen are no. 2947 A. N. S. P.

Latirus infundibulum (fimel.)

Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 27.

Four specimens. The secondary spirals are a little more de
veloped than in recent shells.

Latirus brevicaudatus santodomingensis n. subsp. Plate XXV, flg. 4.

Differs from recent L. brevicaudatus by the smaller, more nu-
merous primary spiral cords. On the convexity of the later whorls
secondary spiral threads occupy the intervals, and on the last part
of the last whorl there are some threads of the third order.

Length 57, diam. 24.5 mm.

Type is no. 2952 A. N. S. P.

Latirus fusiformis Gabb. Plate XXVI, figs. 2, 3.

Latirus f us if or mis Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv. p. 217.

Smaller and more slender than L. infuhdibulum, with narrower
and more numerous axial folds, rather abruptly terminated above,
nine on the last whorl. The spiral cords are also smaller. There
are some rather Avidely spaced, unequally grouped and irregular
axial lamellae below the suture.

Length 31.5, diam. 12 mm.

Type no. 2954 A. N. S. P.

Latirus elongatus Gabb. Plate XXVI, fig. 4.
Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 217.

This species is distinguished by its unually long anterior canal.

The penult whorl has ten, last whorl nine axial folds. Spiral cords

are small above, larger and more spaced on the canal. Only the

last two whorls of the type are preserved. As broken the specimen

measures :

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Length 49.5, diam. 17.5 mm.
Type no. 2955 A. N. S. P.

Latirus angustatus Gabb. Plate XXVI, flg. 1.

Latirus angustaius Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 217.

The single specimen, in poor preservation, differs from L. elongotus
by the greater number of axial folds, 11 on the last whorl. There
are some very weak lirae within the outer lip, the lower ones broken
into granules, as in L. elongatus. We suspect that augustatus is
merely a young elongatus.

Length 27 mm (spire and canal broken), diam. 11 mm.

Type no. 2950 A. N. S. P.

Latirofusus exilis (Gabb) Plate XXV, fig. 1.

Latirus exilis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 217.

The last whorl has five broad, rounded axial folds, which extend
upon the narrow anterior part. Whorls of the spire with four spiral
cords, the lower partly concealed in the suture. There are four
acute lirae within the outer lip, and two small, subhorizontal plaits
on the columella.

Length 31.4, diam. 9.3 mm.

This is a typical species of Latirofusus Cossmann. The genus
is represented in the American Oligocene (Vicksburg) by L. per-
exilis {Cordieria perexilis Conrad), and in the Eocene (Lower Clai-
borne) by L. harrisi Johns., (which proves to be a synonym of L. per-
exilis), and L. ohtusa Johns. ; in the Jackson bed by L. leaensis Harris.

Type no. 2948 A. N. S. P.

Fasciolaria kempi IVIaury.

Fasciolaria intermedia Sby., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 217.

In some specimens the last whorl has a rounded shoulder, with-
out tubercles. In others the tubercles extend to the lip. Up to 12
cm. long.

Fasciolaria semistriata Sowerby.

Fasciolaria semistriata Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 49.

Fasciolaria semistriata Sowb., Guppy Q. J. Geol. Soc. xxii, 1866, p. 288, pi. 16,

fig. 12.
Fasciolaria semistriata Sowb., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 216.
Fasciolaria intermedia Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 49.

The great convexity of the whorls and the concavity below the
suture are characteristic. It seems to have had dark spiral lines,
like F. distans, with sculpture more hke F. tulipa. Anterior canal
is very long and slender. The early neanic whorls have low axial
folds and spiral striae. Length 104 mm.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

Fusinus haitensis (Sowerby)

Fusus haitensis Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi. 1849, p. 47.
Fusus henekeni var. haitensis Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, pp. 524, 532, pi.
28, fig. 2.

One broken specimen and two young ones with subangular whorls

are referred to this species. Without more material we cannot say

whether it is distinct from F. henekeni or a variety thereof.

Fusinus henekeni (Sowerby) Plate XXVI, figs. 6, 7.

Fusus henikeri Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 49.

Fusus henekeni Sowb., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 204.

Fusus henekeni Guppy, Q. J. Geol Soc. xxxii, 1876, p. 524, pi. 28, fig. 6.

The figure given by Guppy is poor; the whorls should be more
convex, and the spiral ridges larger and less numerous, there being
only six or seven visible an the whorls of the spire. Many of the
specimens show alternating spiral ridges on the larger whorls.
Sowerby does not mention this character, but as Guppy 's figure
shows it indistinctly, we would consider the form with alternating
sculpture to be typical.

It probably represents the ancestral form of F. eucosmius Dall,
now living in 27-73 fathoms in the Gulf of Mexico and West Indies.

Length of the form with subequal spirals 71, diam. 22 mm. A
specimen with prominent alternating spirals on the two large whorls
(obsolete on the next earlier) measures length 89, diam. 26 mm.

It appears to be an abundant species.

Melongena (?). antillarum (Gabb) Plate XXVIII, figs. 10, 17.

Heniifusus antillarum Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 204.

The largest cotype (fig. 17) has lost all of the spire, the last whorl
measuring, length 79, diam. 49.5 mm., aperture 63 mm. There is
a small ridge in the position of the inferior spine-series of the recent
Gulf species of Melongena. The strongly lirate interior is a prom-
inent feature. The smaller cotype (fig. 10) is a j'^oung shell 43.6
mm. long.

A fragment of the canal indicates a size somewhat exceeding the
larger specimen. Two cotypes, with an additional fragment, no.
2797 A. N. S. P.

Melongena censors (Sowerby)

Pyrula consot'S Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 49.
Melongena melongena L., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 205.

Very closely related to M. melongena, but differing by having

strong spiral striation in the adult stage. It is also more ponderous.

The height of the spire varies a good deal. The variations in the

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

spines are the same as in M. melongena. The la^'gest in the series is
about 15 cm. long.

The early neanic stage is unarmed as in M. melongena, and some-
times it is lirate within the aperture.

A single specimen with all the appearance of an adult is only 36
mm. long (no. 2798 A. N. S. P.). It is probably a dwarf, compar-
able to the well known dwarf form of M. corona, inhabiting inlets
probably deficient in salinity. (PI. XXXI, fig. 5)

Melongena orthacantha Pils. and Johns. Plate XXVIII, figs. 13-16.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 168.

Nassaria corrugata (Gabb) Plate XXII, fig. 15 (N. brevis).

Muricidea corrugata Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 203.
Nassaria brevis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 213.

The characters of the types of these species are the same except
that brevis is larger. The latter has a rather bulbous embryonic
shell of 1^ smooth whorls. The following | whorl has num-erous
narrow axial ribs, after which there are strong, evenly spaced axial
folds, 9 on the last whorl. These are traversed by acute spiral cords,
of which there are six on the penult whorl, with minor threads in
two or three of the intervals. The two cords above the suture are
small, following two at periphery larger. The mouth is strongly
lirate within, and the columella has four short, somewhat ascending
plaits. There is also an entering cord near the posterior angle of
the mouth.

Length 20, diam. 13 mm.; 7| whorls.

The type of M. corrugata has 8 folds on the last ;horl. It meas-
ures: length 15, diam. 9.4 mm. 6 3^ whorls. As it has been broken
and repaired, and there is no question of the absolute identity with
N. brevis, the latter only has been figured.

Type of M. corrugata is no. 3247 A. N. S. P. ; of N. brevis, no. 3246
A. N. S. P.

BUCCINIDAE.

Phos semicostatus C;abb. Plate XXII, figs. 23. 24. 25..

Phos semicostatus Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 212.

A variable species. Typically the coarse folds of the spire give
place to fine axial folds on the last whorl, with one to three variceal
folds, but sometimes the stronger folds are somewhat numerous,
a few examples having seven or eight on the last whorl.

Length 34, diam. 16.6 mm. Type no 3241 A. N. S. P.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

Length 34, diam. 18 mm.
Length 33.3, diam. 15.6 mm.

Phos metuloides Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xix, p. 310, pi. 28,
fig. 15, from Ponton, Santo Domingo, was not obtained by Gabb,

Phos gabbi Dall.

Fhos vcrnguensis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 212. (Not

Hinds.).
Phos gabbi Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, 310, pi. 29. fig. 4. 1896.

Though undoubtedly distinct, this species is closely related to
P. moorei Guppy, from the beds at Bowden, Jamaica.

Phos elegans CUippy.

Phos elegans Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxii, 1866, p. 290. pi. 16, fig. 11.

Numerous specimens referable to this species were found asso-
ciated with the specimens labeled veraguensU by Gabb.

Phos guppyi Gabb. Plate XXII, figs. 16, 17, 18.

Phos guppyi Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 212.

The few longitudinal costae and numerous fine revolving raised
Hues distinguish this species.- The sculpture of the neanic stage
is sometimes continued in the adult, as in fig. 18.

Length 38, diam. 17.4 mm. (Type fig. 17).

Length 33.4, diam. 15 mm. (Fig. 16).

Type no. 3243 A. N. S. P.

Phos (Strongyloceraj costatus Gabb. Plate XXII, figs. 10, 14.

Phos costatus Gabb, Trans. Amer, Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 212.

Phos fasciolatus Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, 311, pi. 28, fig. 12, 1896.

The number of longitudinal folds on the last whorl varies from
8-12. Dall 's P. fasciolatus from the Oligocene at Potrero, Rio Amina,
Santo Domingo, is a form or variety of costatus characterized by
having 14 somewhat narrower ribs, but entirely similar in other re-
spects.

Length 31 mm., greatest diam. 17 mm.

Type no. 3242 A. N. S. P.

Metula cancellata Gabb. Plate XXII, flgs. 19, 20.

Metula cancellata Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv., 1873, p. 205.

There are two specimens of this exquisite species, the larger one
(type) measuring, length 24.5, diam. 8 mm., aperture 13.3 mm. It
has lost the embryonic whorls.

Type no. 3244 A. N. S. P.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

COLUMBELLIDAE.

Columbella inflata (Gabb) Plate XVIII, flg. 14.

Strombina inflata Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 221.

This species is distinguished by its inflated form, the last four
whorls being subangular near the suture. There is a very broad,
low varix occupying the last fifth of the last whorl, giving it a gib-
bous appearance, then contracting to the lip.

Length 25.6, diam. 13.4 mm.

The type is no. 3287 A. N. S. P. One specimen only.

Anachis exilis (Gabb) Plate XVIII, flg. 13.

Strombina exilis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 222.
Anachis exilis Gabb, Dall, Tr. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., iii, p. 139.

The whorls have about 15 straight axial ribs, the last one with
spiral cords on the anterior third. Over a small area behind the lip-
varix the axial ribs are effaced except near the suture.

Length 4.3, diam. 2 mm.

Type no. 2807 A. N. S. P. Twelve other specimens.

Anachis gracilicostata Pils. and Johns. Plate XVIII, flg. 17.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 168.

Anachis (?) quadrata (Gabb) Plate XVIII, flg. 8. Te.xt-flg. 16.

Fusus quadratus Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 204.

The smooth embryonic shell has 2| whorls.
First post-nuclear whorl has 10 rounded ribs,
after which the ribs rapidly become more widely
spaced, until on the last whorl there are five, and
in a basal view (text fig. 16) the shell has a square
outline. There is no bend in the delicate growth-
lines to indicate a posterior sinus, though the aper-
Basal outline ^ure otherwise has a Drillia-\ike appearance. In
oi A. quadrata. ^he concavity below the periphery there are fine
spiral striae. The columella is broad with rounded face.
Length 8.7, diam. 4 mm.; 8 whorls.
Type no. 3234 A. N. S. P.
The generic place of this strongly marked little shell is uncertain.

Strombina caribaea Gabb. Plate XVIII, flg. 9.

Strombina caribaea Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 221.

This species has a slender, acuminate spire. The surface is

smooth except on the narrow anterior part, which has about 12

spiral cords. The lip has a very heavy varix, and six large and sev-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1351

eral small teeth within, below the middle. There is a very heavy
callus on the parietal wall, and about 6 teeth on the columella.

Length 10.2, diam. 5.2 mm.; length of aperture 5.8 mm. 8^
whorls.

Type and two other adult and three young specimens are no. 3996
A. N. S. P.

It is well distinguished from S. haitensis by the slender, smooth
spire.

S. caribaea micra n. var. Plate XVIII, flgs. 10, 11.

Smaller and narrower than the preceding, with 8 basal cords,
three teeth within the outer lip and none on the columella.

Length 5.8, diam. 2.7 mm.; 7| whorls.

The two figures represent the same specimen, fig. 11 being the
same scale as fig. 9.

Type no. 2800 A. N. S. P.

Strombina haitensis (Sowerby)

Columbella haitensis Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 46.
Stro'mbina haitensis Sby., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 221.

Distinguished by the straight axial ribs of the spire, and small

ridge revolving immediately below- the suture. Length 8.5 mm.

strombina politissima Pils. and Johns. Plate XVIII, flg, 15.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917,p. 168.

S. mira Dall, from Gatun, has a small prominence below the su-
ture, wanting in politissima, and the last whorl is striate from the
periphery down. Otherwise our species appears very close to it.

strombina prisma Pilsbry and Johnson.

Stroinbitia prisma P. and J., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1911, p. 352, footnote, pi.

25, figs. 9, 10.
Strombina gradata Guppy, in part, Gabb, Tr. Am. Piiilos. Soc. xv, 1873, p.

221. Not of Guppy.

The type and six other specimens are no. 3292 A. N. S. P.

Strombina cyphonotus Pilsbry and Johnson.

Strombina cyphonotus P. and J., Proc. A. N. S. Pliila. 1911, p. 353, footnote.

pi. 25, figs. 6, 7.
Strombina gradata Guppy, in part, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873,

p. 221. Not of Guppy.

The type and eight other specimens are no. 3893 A. N. S. P.

StrombineUa acuformis Dali.

Strombinella acuformis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, p. 312, pi. 29, fig. 6.

Potrero, Rio Amina, Dall; Santo Domingo, Gabb, no. 2960, four
specimens.

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Metulellavenusta (Sowerby)

Columbdla venustajiowh., Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 46, pi. 9, fig. 6.
Metulella venusta Sowb., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 206.

This species reaches a length of 30 mm. It is the type of the genus

Metulella.

Nassaria isthmica Bose var. elongata Toula. Jahrb., k. k. Geol.

Reichsanst 1911, pi. 29, fig. 8, appears to be a related Metulella.

Metulella fusiformis Gabb. Plate XVI] 1, fig. 16.

Metulella fusif or mis Gabb, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1872, p. 270, pi. 11, fig. 3
(Feb. 11, 1873); Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 206.

The embryonic shell is like that of the following species. Subse-
quent whorls have many narrow, rounded vertical ribs crossed by
somewhat flattened but prominent spiral cords, of which there are
five between sutures. There is a low swelling behind the outer lip.
Suture is somewhat channeled.

Length 18.6, diam. 6 mm.; 9-2- whorls.

Type no. 3216 A. N. S. P.; 5 other specimens.

Metulella dominicensis Pil.s. and .lohns. Plate XVII J, fig. 18.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 169.

Perhaps not distinct from M. williamgabhi Maury, but that is de-
scribed as having "spiral striae faint, obsolescent" which is not the
case with our two specimens, in which the spirals are strongly de-
veloped.

MURICIDAE.

Murex (Chicoreus) brevifrons Lamarck.

Murex brevifrons Lam., An. sans Vert, vii, 1822, p. 161.

Murex (Chicoreus) megacer us Sby. Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1876, p.

202. (Not of Sowerby).
Murex cornurectus Guppy, Q. J. Geol Soc. xxxii, 1876, p. 521, pi. 28, fig. 4.

There appears to be no character distinguishing the Miocene

specimens from the recent. Ten specimens, no. 3256.

Murex rufus compactus Gabb. Plate XXVIII, fig. l.

Murex {Pleronotus) compactus Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 202.

This differs from the recent M. rufus in being much thicker, the
frondose structure of the varices is more compact, forming almost
solid varices squamose in front. Only one tubercle is present be-
tween the varices on the last two whorls, two on the preceding whorl.
The greater number of recent specimens have two intervariceal
tubercles.

Length 56.4, diam. 32.3 mm.

Type and four other specimens are no. 3258 A. N. S. P.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

Murex (Pteropurpura ) textilis Gabb. Plate XXVIII, fig. 4.

Murex (Pteronotus) IrxtilisGahh, Tr. Am.Philos. Soc.,xv, p. 202. Dall, Trans.

Wagner Free Inst., iii, p. 142, pi. 9, fig. 4.
Murex (Pteropurpura) textilis Dall, t.c. pt. 2, 1892, p. 243.

This beautiful species is also found in the Pliocene of the Cal-

oosahatchie River, Florida. It has been well figured by Dr. Dall.

Length 31, diam. 17 mm.

Type no. 3257 A. N. S. P.

Murex recurvirostris Brod.

Murex recurvirostris Brod., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 201.
Murex messorius Sowb., Reeve, Conch. Icon., Murex, fig. 90.

This is an extremely variable species. In the large series before
us from both the West Indies and the west coast of Central Amer-
ica and Mexico, we can find no invariable character by which to
separate them aside from their geographic distribution. This
does not seem ground for specific distinction, for the two have ap-
parently existed unchanged since the Oligocene, when the Alantic
and the Pacific Oceans were still connected.

Murex domingensis Sowerby.

Murex domingensis Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 49, pi. 10, fig. 5.
This differs from M. recurvirostris in usually having a noticeably
higher spire, less spinose and shghtly more elevated varices, with
usually four intervariceal folds that are more evenly nodose (not
tuberculate) ; the fine spiral lines alternating with the nodose spirals
are more prominent, and the anterior canal is apparently shorter.

Murex yaquensis Maury.

Murex antillarum Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 202. Not of Hinds.

While resembling somewhat the extreme form of M. domingensis,
this is no doubt specifically distinct. It is a more slender shell, with
rounded, convex whorls, narrowly horizontal below the suture, var-
ices smaller but more spinose; with six intervariceal costae that are
crossed by alternating spiral cords, the larger of which where they
pass over the costae form compressed nodes, about twelve to each
rib. The smooth embryonic shell consists of two trochoidal whorls
that are but slightly convex, and much less oblique than in AI. dom-
ingensis.

Length 42, diam. 23 mm.

Length 36, diam. 18.4 mm. (Type of M. antillarum Gabb.)

There was an error in Gabb 's measurements.

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Trophon dominicensis Gabb. Plate XXVIII, figs. 2, 3.

Trophon dominicensis Gabb. Trans. Amer. Philos. iSoc. XV, 1873 p. 202.
Murt'X dominicensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, 1896, p. 313.

Whorls seven, strongly angular, the axial ribs armed on the shoul-
der with a hollow spine; above the shoulder they are inflated and
elevated above the suture. Above, and a short distance below the
carina, the surface is smooth, except for a few very fine lines that are
visible under the lens. Below there are conspicuous spiral cords.

Length 17.5, diam. 11 mm. including spines).

Type no. 3252 A. N. S. P.

Probably Murex {Trophon) werneri Toula, Jahrb. k. k. geol. Reich-
sanstalt Ixi, 1911, p. 479, pi. 29, figs. 9a, b, should be added to the
synonymy of T. dominicensis.

Muricidea striata Gabb. Plate XXVIIl, flg. 7.

Muricidea striata Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 203.

Resembles M . spinulosa Heilprin (M. heilprini Cossmann) from
the Oligocene of Ballast Point, in general appearance, but is much
smaller and less elongate; the spire and anterior canal are shorter,
the latter being more recurved; also less spinose.

Length 12.3, diam. 7.2 mm.

Type no. 3249 A. N. S. P.

Typhis alatus Sowerby.

Typhis alatus Sowb., Q. .1. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 48, pi. 10, fig. 4.

Represented by only one immature specimen, no. 3250.

Typhis obesus Gabb. Plate XXVI II, figs. .5, G.

Typhis obesus Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 203. Dall, Proc. U.

S. N. jNI. xix, p. 313.
Typhis alatus var. obesus Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst, iii, p. 151.

The type, a single perfect specimen, no. 3251, measures: length

24.8, diam. 18 mm. Whether it is to be considered a variety of T.

alatus depends upon the finding of specimens of intermediate form.

The Bowden (Jamaica) series seems to fall into a longer and a shorter

race, both smaller than those of Santo Domingo, but of similar shape.

Coralliophila abbreviata (Lam.)

Muricidea lata Gabb, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 203.

Gabb's two specimens seem to be identical with this well known
recent West Indian species. The type of M. Iota is no. 3248 A. N.
8. P. •

Thais santodomingensis Pils. and Johns. Plate 28, figs. 8, 9.
Proc. A. X. S. Phila., 1917, p. 169.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

Cymia henekeni Maury.

L'luna tectum Kiener, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 214.
Cymia woodii (Gabb), in part, Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., iii, p. 154.
Cymia woodii Gabb, Maury, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (2), xv, p. 82.
Cymia henekeni Maury, Bull Amer. Pal. v, p. 104.

This is a variable species, as the figures given show, but careful
comparisons of the series of over 100 specimens with the type of
Cymia woodii (Gabb), from the Shiloh Miocene, convince us that the
Santo Domingo species is distinct. The Miocene species has more
even spiral sculpture, a rounded periphery, and none of the peri-
pheral tubercles, which are present on some part of every specimen
of henekeni.

In addition to the generic synonyms of Cymia given by Dall (Tr.
Wagn. Free Inst. Sci. iii, 154), we may mention Cumopsis Rovereto,
Atti Soc. Ligust. Sc. Nat. e Geogr., X, 1899, p. 105. C. tectum may
be taken as type.

Cymia woodii is probably a derivative from C. henekeni, being the
last member of the genus in Atlantic waters.

Cymia henekeni tectiformis n. subsp. Plate XXVIIl, figs. 11, 12.
Cuma tectum Gabb, I. c. in part.

The shell' is similar to C. henekeni as far as the middle of the pen-
ult whorl, where larger tubercles appear at the peripheral angle.
On the last whorl there are about 8 such tubercles, those on the back
being very prominent and w^idely spaced. Above the periphery
there are many spirals, and below it the spiral striation is under-laid by
about six low spiral ridges. Dense growth-striae as in C. henekeni.

Alt. 46, diam. 30 mm. Type; PI. XXVIIl, figs. 11, 12, no. 2794.

Alt. 45, diam. 32.5 mm.

A very large specimen, length 54.4 mm., has but six large tubercles
on the last whorl. As the tubercles become progressively more
widely spaced, the addition of a half whorl to the usual size de-
creases the number.

While the adult stage is conspicuously different, the half grown
and young specimens are not distinguishable from C . henekeni. The
two forms were mingled in Gabb's collection.

This form is supei'ficially like C. teciwr/i; but that recent Panamic
species differs from all of the fossils by having comparatively few,
flat spirals, parted by narrow, deeply engraved grooves. The col-
umellar plait also, is heavier and more prominent.

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

CYMATIIDAE.

Cymatium pileare (Lamarck)

Tritonium (Lmnpusia) lineatum Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873,
p. 211.

The two shells are identical with recent specimens.

Cymatium domingense (Gabb) Plate XXIX, flg. 2.

Tritonium (Ranularia) domingense Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873,
p. 212.

This species approaches C. vespaceum. (Lam.) in many respects,
but the more convex whorls, the prominent varices on the whorls of
the spire, where there are also more numerous vertical ribs, are
differential characters. Moreover, the embryonic shell is more de-
pressed, the post-embryonic whorls enlarge more rapidly, forming
a far thicker spire. The anterior canal is noticeably shorter.

Length 28.7, diam. 16 mm.

The type and a smaller specimen are no. 3226 A. N. S. P.

Cymatium prsefemorale Maury.

Tritonium femorale Linn., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 213.

Five specimens, the largest 10 cm. long.

Distorsio constrictus simillimus (Sowerby)

Triton simillimus Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 48.

Distwtia simillimus Sby., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 212,.

Distortio simillimus Sby., Gabb, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, p. 353.

The Santo Domingan form, which was named Triton simillimus
by Sowerby, equals the recent D. constrictus in form and size (length
60 to 65 mm), but differs by having the spiral threads and striae
between the spiral cords more conspicuous. The length of the an-
terior canal varies a good deal; when short it is often more reflexed.
Except in the detail of sculpture mentioned, this form is identical
with the recent D. constrictus.

Bowden specimens are smaller, with fewer minute spirals. The
form reported by Gabb from the Pliocene of Costa Rica is entirely
like the Santo Domingan examples.

D. gatunensis Toula, from the Gatun formation, has fewer and
smaller spiral threads among the striae of the intervals, but is other-
wise identical with the Santo Domingo race in adult sculpture; but
it differs specifically by the larger embryonic shell, as stated by
Brown and Pilsbry^o.

The genus Distorsio seems to have had its inception in the early

20 Proc A. N. S. Phila. 1911, p. 356.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

Eocene of the Gulf or mid-American littoral. The D. septetnden-
tatus of Gabb, a Lower Claibornian species of Texas, corresponds
perfectly with what, on theoretical grounds, the earliest form of the
genus should be.

It w^ould seem that the groups Ranularia, Lampusia, and Dis-
torsio, diverged about this time from a common stock. D. septem-
dentatum is but slightlj^ distorted. The irregular bulging of the
whorls, correllated with the rise and fall of the sutures and conse-
quent alternate widening and contraction of the body chamber,
has just begun, and is yet far less strongly developed than in any
later species. The spreading callus, which masks the front in re-
cent forms, has not appeared. Theteeth are small, and the mouth
not contracted in a grimace. The sculptural features of Distorsio
are present, but the earlier whorls retain those of other small Eo-
cene Tritons.

Acceleration along the lines foreshadowed in D. septemdentatus
rapidly ensued, typical Distorsios appearing in the Vicksburg Oli-
gocene. We may suppose that the group spread westward through
the open strait between the Americas, and the swimming Sinusigera-
like larvae, caught in the Equatorial current, were carried to the
West Indies. In southern Europe the genus appeared in the middle
Miocene, but whether derived from America or the eastern seas is
doubtful.

Of the recent species, D. anus (L.),the type of Distorsio, has
strongly defined characters, everywhere recognized. The others
have suffered great vicissitudes in nomenclature, and in order to
determine the status of the Oligocene forms a revision of the specific
nomenclature was undertaken. The following names and probably
some others, have been proposed in the group:

1807 Distortrix reticulata Link, Beschr. Rostock Samml, 122.

1809 Murex cancellinus Lam., Ann. du Mus. ii, p. 225.

1811 Distorla acuta Perry, Conchology, pi. 10, fig. 1.

1817 Murex mulus Dillwyn, Catal. ii, p. 704.

1821 Murex lortuosus Borson, Mem. Reale Accad. Sci. Torino, xxvi, p. 306,
pi. 1. fig.4.

1822 Triton clathratus Lam., Anim. s. Vert, ix, p. 186.

1829 Triton personatum M. de Serres, Geogn. Terr. Tert., p. 118, pi. 3, fig.

11, 12.

1833 Triton constrictus Broderip, P. Z. S., p. 5.

1844 Triton ridens Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 46.

1844 Triton decipiens Reeve, 1. c. fig. 102.

1848 Triton crassidens Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. I. 118, pi. 11, fig. 40.

1849 Triton simillimus Sowerby, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, vi, 48.
18.52 Triton subclathratum d'Ofbigny, Prodr. Pal. Fr., Ill, 77, 175.
1860 Distorsio pusilla Pease, P. Z. S. p. 397.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

1860 Dislorsio septemdentata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., iv, p. 380, pi.

67, fig. 21.
1873 Triton grasi (Bellardi), in d'Anconi, Malac. Plioc. Ital. 11, p. 70, pi.

16, fig. 1.
1909 Distorsio gatunensis Tuola, Jahrb. K,-K. Geol. Reichsanst. Iviii, 1908,

p. 700, pl. 25, fig. 10.

Recent monographers have lumped all the hving forms under one
or other of the above names, but there seem to be three or four
valid species among them. The principal synonomy of the recent
forms is given below; that of the European Miocene species has
been duly set forth by Bellardi. -^^

Distorsio reticidata Link. Includes acuta Perry, cancellinus
Lam. (?), rmdus Dillw., pusilla Pse., cancellinus Reeve.

This species is the common Indo-Pacific form. Its chief, and so
far as we know, invariable character is the presence of a prominent
and somewhat gibbous bilirate ridge or keel at the shoulder, on the back
of the shell.

The strong entering fold on the upper part of the parietal wall
is more distant from the oblong tubercle above it than in the
Antillean species, and the typical form has a wider sinus on the
columella, and less prominent third tooth within the outer lip.
Reeve's figure of cancellinus (Conch. Icon. pl. 12, fig. 45) well re-
presents the face of the shell.

The Murex cancellinus, attributed to Roissy by various authors,
was originally described by Lamarck, the account in Sonnini's
Buff on being merely a repetition. Lamarck described the shell as
a Grignon fossil, but there cannot be much doubt that it was either
a stray bleached example of one of the recent species or the European
Miocene D. tortuosum. As he refers to Martini's figures, those
who used the name for the recent D. reticulata are not without
justification; but in view of the uncertainty attending it, and its
later date than Link's name, it had better be placed in the syn-
onymy. No later author has recorded M. cancellinus, or any
Distorsio, from the Parisian Eocene.

D. decipiens (Rve.) is a smaller form with reddish apertural
callus and a series of four short folds on the parietal wall above, in
place of the two large ones of typical reticulata. The third tooth
of the lip is prominent; the back angular as in reticulata. While it
may turn out to be a subspecies of D. reticulata, the differential
characters are constant in the small series examined.

2'- 1 Moll. Ter. Terz. Piemonte e della Liguria, I, 231.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

Distorsio clathrata (Lamarck). This is the ordinary Antillean
species, and has no synonyms except the several misappUcations
of names really pertaining to the Eastern species, unless Triton
ridens of Reeve belongs here, which we are unable to determine in
the absence of information on its sculpture.

It differs from the Oriental species (reticulata) in the evenly
rounded back of the last whorl, sculptured with regularly spaced
spirals. It is not keeled at the shoulder and the lirae are not con-
tiguous there. The two folds on the parietal wall posteriorly are
much more nearly contiguous than in reticulata: the third tooth
within the outer lip is prominent, and the columellar sinus is deep
and narrow. Kiener's figures of a specimen from Lamarck's col-
lection are characteristic. (Icon. Coq. Viv., Triton, pi. 14, fig. 1.)

So far as we know this species does not occur in the Miocene of
Santo Domingo; but in the doubtless somewhat later Bowden
Miocene a small, but otherwise practically typical race occurs,
which has been figured by Guppy as " Persojia simillima Sowb.','
(Quarterly Jour. Geol. Soc. XXII, 288, pi. 17, f. 13.)

Distorsia constricta (Broderip), (Triton constrictus Brocl., P. Z. S.
1833, p.- 5), is similar to D. reticulata in the angular back, this form
is more like D. clathrata in the aperture. At the peripheral angle
there are two contiguous spiral cords; below these are about ten spi-
rals, and above them only one. The intervals between spiral cords
have fine spiral striae.

The third tooth of the outer lip is enlarged; the two posterioi-
folds of the parietal wall are rather near together, as in Distorsio
clathrata.

The recent form belongs to the Panamic fauna. It was doubtless
derived from the Antillean tertiary fauna where the stock is now
extinct.

The first recognized member of the series is D. crassidens Con-
rad,^^ of the Vicksburg Oligocene. This is small, and differs from
the recent forms by having many unequal spiral threads and
striae in the intervals betw^een the spiral cords. Its genetic rela-
tion to the later Miocene D. c. simillima and the recent D. con-

^^Triton crassidens Conr., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. I, 1848, p. 118, pi. 11,
fig. 40.
Distortrix crassidens Conr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, 1854, p. 31.
Distoriio crassidens Conr., Amer. Journ. Conch. I, 1865, p. 20.

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

strida might perhaps be expressed best by a trinomial name, D.
constricta crassidens.

Bursa bufoniopsis Maury.

Bursa amphitrites Maury.

See: Bull. Amer. Pal. v, pp. 108, 109.

Tritonium commutatum Dkr., Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 211.

These two forms of the B. affinis group were not differentiated
in the Gabb collection, though both are present.

Bursa crassa proavus n. sutasp. Plate XXIX, figs. 4, 5.

Bursa crassa Desh., Gabb., Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 212.

The shell differs from B. crassa (Dillw.) by the broader form and
more strongly developed granulation ; the anal sinus is more obHque and
shorter, its end is not so high as the summit of the varix behind it.
The smooth embryonic shell is Naticoid, while that of B. crassa has
a more elevated and conic spire.

Length 25, diam. 19 mm.; 3^ embryonic and 3| later whorls.

Type no. 3227 A. N. S. P.

The Bowden form of B. crassa"-^ is that which approaches the
present form most closely, having similar coarse granulation; but
it differs by the more conic embryonic stage, and at all stages of
growth the anal canal is longer and more direct. It may be called
Bursa crassa bowdenensisn.subsp., PI. XXIX, fig. 8. Type no. 3747
A. N. S. P.

In the recent form the granulation is perceptibly finer, or often
subobsolete on the last whorl, and another character has come in;
in the most progressive examples the peripheral tubercles disappear
and one or two intervariceal nodules take their place.

CASSIDIDAE.

Cassis sulcifera Sowerby.

Cassis sulcifera Sowb., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vi, 47, pi. 10, fig. 7, 1849.
Gabb, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, xv, 222.

An ancestral form of C. tuberosa L., from which it differs chiefly
by the smaller size and the stronger axial riblets, which almost
disappear, however, in the largest adults. Sowerby 's figure was
from a young specimen. Old ones become triangular, in an apical
view, by the predominance of a dorsal tubercle. The largest ex-
ample measures:

Length 90, diam. 80 mm.

2' Ranella crassa Dillw., Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, p. 288, pi. 18, fig. 9.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

In three peculiar specimens with hypertrophic ventral callus
the width exceeds the length. They occurred in a series of 25 normal
adult shells.

Cassis (Cypraecassis) testiculus (L).

Cypraecua.sis k'uliculu.'i Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 222.
Three rather small specimens 33 to 35. 5 mm. long. In one the
spiral grooves appear only around the base, the axial folds being
smooth.

Cassis inflata monilifera Guppy.

Cassidea granulosa Gabb, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, xv, 222, 1873.
Cassis monilifera Guppy, Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc, xxii, 287, pi. 17, fig. 8.

This form is almost exactly intermediate between C. inflata
granulosa of the Antillean fauna and C. ahbreviata of the Panamic
region, and may well have been their common progenitor. It has
the somewhat coronated whorls of ahbreviata, there being two
prominent granose spirals at the shoulder. The rest of the body-
whorl, in the Santo Domingo shells, is granose at the intersect-
ions of narrow vertical folds with the spirals, in small examples, vary-
ing to nearly free from longitudinal sculpture in some large ones; and
irregularly plicate but not granose in others. The smooth embryonic
shell is perhaps a little smaller and shorter than in the Pacific C.
ahbreviata, similar to that of C. granulosa.

Sconsia laevigata (Sowerby)

Cassidaria Icevigata Sowb., Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, vi. 47, pi. 10, fig. 2. 1849.
Cassidaria laevigata Sowb., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 222.

The Santo Domingo form is closely related to S. lintea, a local
lateral branch which left no descendants. It differs from S. lintea of
the Vicksburg beds only in being free from spiral sculpture in the
middle, in the absence of a coronal series of slight pointed tubercles
or folds, usually developed in S. lintea, and in attaining a more
ponderous growth. The young shells, being striate throughout, are
indistinguishable. The Pliocene and Recent S. striata is more coarse-
ly sculptured than any laevigata, and does not become so broad.

The Jamaican S. subloevigata is intermediate between lintea and
striata in character, but nearer the latter, of which it may fairly be
reckoned a subspecies.

The genus Sconsia Gray has an interesting history in the
American tertiaries, wherein both its origin and development are
revealed. The series begins in the Claibornian Eocene with S.

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

nupera (Conrad), ^^ which varies so markedly toward Cassis (Pho-
lium) hrevicostatus Conr., that it is evident the two are but shghtly
divergent mutations of a common ancestor. In S. nupera the den-
ticulation of the hp and columella is but weakly developed; varices
are present but not strong; the columellar callus is adnate, the si-
phon as much recurved as in some Eocene species of Phalium, and
the siphonal fasciole moderately prominent. The initial whorl
is smaller than in later forms, but the whole embryonic shell is
more globose. A direct descendant of S. nupera appears to be S.
hodgei Conr., in the Miocene of Duplin Co., North Carolina, which
is modified chiefly by the loss of a convex siphonal fasciole.

A lateral branch from S. nupera leads to S. liniea Conr., of the
Vicksburg Oligocene, which differs from the parent stock mainly in
the more slender embryonic shell. From S. liniea probably arose
S. laevigata Sowb.,of the Santo Domingo beds, and S. suhlaevigata
Guppy, of the still later Bowden bed. The latter leads directly to
the recent Antillean S. striata through the intermediate Pliocene
form of Costa Rica.

Sconsia therefore branched from the Phalium stock of Cassididae
in the early Eocene, and its progress has been marked by the re-
duction of the columellar callus, shortening of the anterior siphon
and loss of a convex siphonal fasciole. It is not allied to Morio, as
Fischer held.

The mutation series may be graphically represented thus :
Recent, Antillean Province S. striata. . . .C. inflata & var. granulosa

Pliocene, Costa Rican S. striata suhlaevigata C. inflata granulosa

Miocene, S. hodgei i C. caelata

I Bowden .

1 Santo Domingan.

Oligocene, Vicksburgian .

<S. striata suhlaevigata
S. I. laevigata

S. lintea.

C. inflata monilif era
. C. inflata monilif era

. . .C. caelatura

Eocene, Claibornian. .»S. nupera -\-hrevicosiata. .C. taitii

\ / I

Subgenus Sconsia — Subgenus Phalium

On the right side, the ancestry of the modern Cassis (Phalium)
inflata is indicated, but with no attempt to arrange the other species,

^^ Cassis miperus Conr., Fossil Shells of the Tertiary Formations of North Am-
erica. Vol. I, no. 4, p. 46, October 1833. Buccinum sowerbyi Lea, Cont. to Geol.
p. 164, PI. F) f. 169, Dec. 1833. Sernicassis nuperus Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch.
Vol. I, p. 26, 186.5.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

which are not known to be represented in the Santo Domingo beds.
Phaliinn, in a sHghtly generahzed form, was ah-eady well developed
at the dawn of the American marine Eocene as now known ; and the
differentiation of the main groups of Cassididae apparently took
place earlier.

Morum domingense (Sowerby)

Oniscia domingensis Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 47, pi. 10, fig. 3.
Morum domingensis Sowb., tiabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 223.

This species is closely related to Morum harpula (Conr.), of the
Vicksburg Oligocene, but it differs by having the expanded callus
of the ventral side much less coarsely granulose, and only the peri-
pheral row of sharp tubercles appears upon the whorls of the spire.
In M. harpula two such rows are visible.

Length 36, diam. 22.3 mm.

DOLIIDAE.

Malea camura Guppy.

Malea camura Guppy, Quart. .Journ. Geol. Soc, xxii 1866, p. 287, pi. 17, fig. 9.
Malea ringens Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 223.

This is apparently distinct specifically from M. ringens, now liv-
ing on the Pacific coast of Central America and Mexico; but camura
undoubtedly is ancestral to the living form. The difference is more
noticeable in the younger than in the adult individuals. In M.
camura the lip is less expanded and flattened, and has a uniform
slope toward the interior. The callous projection on the parietal
wall is always bilobed, not trilobed as in ringens; the columellar
prominence consists of a large bifurcate tooth with a smaller one
below it, the latter usually destinctly separated from the former.

Guppy 's type is a young shell, but all of the Jamaica specimens
seem to be much smaller than the larger ones of Santo Domingo
and Gatun. Santo Domingo examples measure:

Length 71, diam. 55 mm., 4^ post-embryonic whorls.

Length 27.5, diam. 20.5 mm.,2f post-embryonic whorls.

In specimens of all sizes, the furrows are nearly or quite as wide
as the spiral ridges, thus differing from the two forms following.
62 examples in the Gabb collection.

Malea elliptica Pil«. and Johns. Plate, XXIX, flg. 3.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 169.
Malea goliath Pils. and Johns. PL 29, figs. 1, 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 170.

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Probably Malea sp. indet. Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal., V, p. 113.
The figures are much reduced in size

Pyrula pilsbryi B. Smith.

Ficus papyralia Say, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 22.3.
Pyrula pilsbryi Smith, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1907, p. 213.

Dr Smith has indicated the differential characters of this species.

Psrrula carbasea Guppy.

Ficus niississippiensis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv. Not of Conrad.
Pyrula carbasea Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, 1876, p. 580, pi. 26, fig. 7.

Although Guppy (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. xxxiii, 525) subsequent-
ly considered his species a synonym of Pyrula mississippiensis, he
probably did not actually compare specimens. The two species
agree closely in sculpture, the prominent revolving carinae being
slightly wider apart in P. carbasea than in P. mississippiensis. The
chief difference however is in the apical whorls. P. carbasea has only
one smooth, blunt uptilted embryonic whorl, while P. mississippien-
sis shows 2| or 3 regular smooth whorls. Dr. Burnett Smith has
illustrated the embryonic whorls of P. viississippiensis in Proc. A.
N. S. Phila., 1907, pi. XVII, fig. 5.

One specimen in the Gabb collection, somewhat broken, measures:

Length 29, diam. 13 mm.

CYPRAEIDAE.

Cypraea dominicensis Ciabb. Plate XXX, figs. 7, 8.

Cypraca dominicensis Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 235.

The type has the form of C. liirida, being a little produced at both

ends. There are 36 teeth on the outer lip, 29 on the inner.

Length 39.5, lateral diam. 23.2, dorso-ventral diam. 19 mm.

Type is no. 3003 A. N. S. P.

Cypraea cinerea Gmelin.

We refer one of the specimens included by Gabb in C. dominicen-
sis to this recent species.

Cypraea Isabella Linne (patrespatrise Maiiry)

Cypraea isabella L., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 235.

Two specimens, which present no characters differing from the re-
cent shells. The larger one closely resembles a recent C. isabella
mexicana Stearns which we compared.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

Cypraea henekeni Sowerby.

Cypraca hcnikeri Sowerbj^ Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1S49, p. 45, pi. 9, fig. 3.
Cypraea henekeni Sby., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 235.
Cypraea henikeni Sowb., var., Brown and Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1911,
p. 356, pi. 26, figs. 9, 10.

This species resembles the recent C. mus, and has parallel var-
iations, both having smooth and bicornute or bituberculate forms.
In C. henekeni the tuberculate form predominates, and the tubercles
are larger, being thus more specialized than the modern race of the
same stock. It has been well figured by Sowerby. A variety occurs
in the Gatun bed.

Length 38 to 66 mm.

Cypraea spiircoides Gabb. Plate XXX, figs. 4, 5.

Cypraea spurcoides Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 235.

Gabb has compared it with C. spurca, but of recent species it
seems to us closest to large examples of C. annulus in shape.
Length 32.8, diam. 20.3 mm. Type no. 2999 A. N. S. P.
Length 24, diam. 15.7 mm.

Cypraea raymondrobertsi a. sp. Plate XXX, figs. 1, 2, 3.

The shell is subovate in basal outline, solid, with the sides heavily
calloused, laterally angular, the callus rising high, especially on the
left side, and covering the spire, which is marked by a shallow irregu-
lar pit. Ends but little produced. The outer lip has 19 strong teeth,
narrower than their intervals. Inner lip with 17 teeth. The base
is rather strongly convex.

Length 27, lateral diam 19.2, dorso-ventral diam. 14.9 mm.

Somewhat like C. arahicula Lam. by its angular sides, the aper-
ture as in C. albugmosa Mawe.

Type no. 3995 A. N. S. P.

In the Bowden bed there is a form similar in having angular lat-
eral calluses, but differing by having fewer teeth, 16 and 13 on the
outer and inner lips respectively. They extend further upon the
base, which is less convex. Length 25.5, width 17.3 mm. This form
may be called Cyprcea raymondrobertsi howdenensis (PI, XXX, fig. 6).

Type no. 11146 A. N. S. P.

Cypraea spurca Linne.

A series of six. We find no character to differentiate them from
recent shells.

Cypraea campbeUiana n. sp. Plate XXX, figs. 9, 10.

The shell is oblong-oval, but slightly produced at the ends, mod-

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

erately calloused laterally, the callouses dappled with rather small
dark spots; dorsal outline evenly arched, spire concealed. Outer
lip having 24 teeth. Inner lip with 20 short teeth, not running in-
ward as in C. cinerea. In the lower part of the columella an inner
series of 5 short teeth may be seen.

Length 30.3, lateral diameter 18.7, dorso-ventral diam. 15 mm.

It is less convex than C. cinerea, the posterior slope of the dorsal
outline less abrupt. Moreover, the markings of the lateral cal-
louses seem to be of a different character. The teeth are far less
numerous than in C. dominicensis. Named for Mr. John Campbell,
an enthusiastic student of the Cypraeidse.

The type and three other specimens are no. 3000 A. N. S. P.

Pustularia gabbiana (Guppy)

Pustularia nucleus Linn., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 236. Not

Cypraea nucleus L.
Cypraea gabbiana Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxxii, 1876, p. 528, pi. 29, fig. 10.

While this species has a general resemblance to P. nucleus L., it
differs by the following characters: the raised transverse lines
which net the tubercles together are more numerous and conspic-
uous; the tubercles along the lateral margins are larger; the trans-
verse ridges of the base alternate in size, but the smaller ones ter-
minate at the margin of the aperture in teeth equal to those ter-
minating the larger ridges; the teeth of the columellar side do not
extend entirely within the aperture, but end on a sort of projecting
ledge, inward from which a latticed-granulose sculpture is seen.
Finally, the aperture curves more to the left at the upper end.

Length 15.4 to 20.2 mm.

STROMBIDAE.

Strombus haitensis Sower by.

Strombus haitensis Sowerby, Q. J- Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 48, pi. 9, fig. 7.
Strombus bituberculatus Lam. in part, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 233.

While this may be an ancestor of S. bituberculatus, there are con-
siderable differenceb. The spire is much higher, and the spiral
striation differs.

strombus galliformis Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXI, figs, 1, 2.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 170.

Compare S. maoe^isis Maury, which may be the same. It has a
shorter spire, and the lip appears to be unknown.

strombus dominator Pils. & Johns. PI. XXXII, figs. 1, 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 171.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

A very large Stromb, approaching S. gigas in size.

Strombus ambiguus Sowerby,

Strombus ambiguus Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vi, 1849, p. 48.

Strongly sculptured spirally, narrower than proximus with less
developed spines. There are several strong wrinkles on the col-
umellar lip posteriorly.

Strombus ambiguus form bifrons Sowerby

Strombus bifrons Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 48, pi. 9, fig. 9.

This form or incipient race, becomes somewhat larger than typ-
ical ambiguus; the tubercles of the penult whorl are larger and
less numerous. It is therefore a more advanced form, in the accele-
ration of this sculptural feature forming a transition to S proximus.
It has not the posterior wrinkles of the columellar lip of typical S.
ambiguus, and the outer lip is smooth or nearly so within. The
external spiral sculpture is strongly developed.

Length 66, diam. 42. mm.

strombus proximus Sowerby.

Strombus proximus Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi. 1849, p. 48, pi. 9, fig. 8.
Strombus pugilis L., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 233.

In this extremely abundant form, the penult whorl bears fewer

and larger tubercles or spines than in S. a. bifrons. In the prevalent

form of the race they are larger than on the last whorl. There is

almost invariably an inferior series of tubercles on the left side or

very rarely continuing to the hp. Typically the surface is spirally

striate; but there are transitions to the form having spirals at the

base only. The lip is either rugose or almost plain within. The

presence of wide, rounded variceal swellings on the antepenult whorl

appears to be variable. The maximum length is about 75 mm., but

55 to 60 mm. is more usual.

strombus proximus pugiloides Guppy.

Strombus fragilis Moore, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xix, p. .511.
Strombus pugiloides Guppy, Geol. Mag. 1874, p. 433.

The earliest form of this race appeared in the Santo Domingan for-
mation in a form smaller than most proximus. The spines have
disappeared from the last whorl or half-wJiorl, and spiral striae are
only at the base. The interior of the lip is either smooth or rugose.
There are sometimes traces of tubercles of an inferior series. These
specimens are transitional between proximus and pugiloides.

The typical form of pugiloides is that of Bowden. It often shows
rufous chevrons on the back, and has invariably a smooth lip. An

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

inferior series of tubercles is never developed. It is also somewhat
larger than most Santo Domingan examples.

S. p. pugiloides may be the ancestor of S. pugilis, or perhaps it is
not in the direct line. S. pugilis appears in its typical form in the
Pliocene of Florida and Costa Rica

Strombi of the proximus-group are abundant shells in the Santo
Domingan beds. There are about 150 specimens in the Gabb col-
lection.

As a whole, the series differs from S. pugilis and its varieties by
having the peripheral series of spines (or when spines are wanting,
the rounded shoulder) situated lower on the back of the last whorl,
the slope above it longer relative to that below it. This differen-
tial character is invariable. Also by the tendency to have an in-
ferior series of tubercles. These may be much reduced, or, in some
individuals wanting, yet there is never any trace of them in S. pugi-
lis. It appears to us that the evolutionary changes of the stock are
lost sight of if the forms amhiguus, bifrons, proximus and pugiloides
are submerged as synonyms of S. pugilis. Nothing with the char-
acters of the recent S. pugilis has been found in the Santo Domingan
or Bowden beds.

Orthaulax inornatus Gabb. Plate XXX, figs. 13, 14. 15,

Orthaidax inornatus Gabb, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1872, p. 273, pi. 9, fig. 3, 4,
(Feb. 11, 1873). Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 234. Guppy, Q. J. Geol.
Soc, 1876, p. 520, pi. 28, fig. 8. Dall, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 90, p. 86,
pi. 11, fig. 4. Proc. U. S. N. Mus. LI, 1916, p. 509, pi. 88, fig. 9.

Gabb selected a specimen of medium size for type (his fig. 3,
our PI. XXX, fig. 15). The callus envelopes the spire but does not
cover the apex. There is a low longitudinal callous swelling in
front of the posterior end of aperture and extending up the spire,
and a somewhat more distinct one opposite this on the left side,
becoming dorsal on the spire. The shell is thus somewhat com-
pressed dorso-ventrally. Anteriorly there are rather weak spirals.

Length 55, diam. 27, dorso-ventral diam. 21.7 mm.

The largest specimen (PI. XXX, fig. 14) is injured at the apex and
shows no calluses, the outline seen from above being regular, not it
flattened dorso-ventrally.

Length 91.3, diam. 41.7 mm.

In a young example (Gabb 's fig. 4, our PI. XXX, fig. 13) the su-
ture has begun to rise at the beginning of the tenth whorl. The
ninth has callous swellings on each side, and is therefore a little flat-
tened between face and back. The cavity is also somewhat narrow-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

ed within the last swelling. The whorls of the spire show low, round-
ed varices, two or three on each after the first three or four. This
specimen is 30.2 mm. long with 9 whorls and a small part of the
tenth above.

Dall's figure of a fragment of the spire shows a somewhat greater
apical angle than either of Gabb's specimens.

Orthaulax inornatus altilis n. subsp. PI. XXX, figs. 16, 17, 18.

Four of Gabb's specimens differ from the above by the shorter
spire. Possibty they intergrade with the typical form, as this is
not a character of much constancy in Strombidae ; but in the ab-
sence of evidence on this point it may be well to notice this form.
PI. XXX, figs. 17, 18 represent the largest example. The apex is
wholly covered. There is a longitudinal callous hump on the left
side opposite the aperture; but as the lip is broken back the hump
appears to be dorsal. There are faint traces of a few spirals towards
the base.

Length 52, diam., 28 mm., antero-posterior diam. 29.5 mm.

A young example of 9 whorls, 27.5 mm. long. (Plate XXX, fig.
16), is similar to the young shell described under 0. inornatus ex-
cept that the spire is shorter, with fewer varices on the whorls. The
last whorl is wider and has not begun to ascend, The lower half
of the last whorl has numerous (about 17) spiral grooves defining
rather flattened cords.

Type no. 4065 A. N. S. P.

TRIPHORIDAE.

Triphora mgrocincta C. B. Adams. (?).

Triphoris nigrocinctus? Adams, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 239.

We can add nothing to Gabb 's note on the single young specimen
of this form. It at least indicates a species of the perversa group and
is probably identical with Triforis calypsonis Maury.

CERITHIIDAE.

Cerithium microlineatum Gabb. Plate XXXII, figs. 2, 3.

C. microlineatum Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 236.

The upper whorls show small irregular axial folds. The later ones
have a series of low nodes below the suture and fine unequal spirals,
part thread-like, part wider, the principal ones granulose. The
last whorl has one low, broad varix, the earlier ones rather numerous
varices at irregular intervals.

370 PROCEEDIlsrGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Length 50, diam 18.5 mm. (Type).

It seems to have reached a length of about 60 mm. or more. Re-
sembles somewhat the figure of C. caloosaense var. heilprini Dall,
of the Floridian Pliocene.

Type and nine other specimens no. 2597 A. N. S. P.

Cerithium turriculum Gabb. Plate XXXIII, flgs. 1, 2, 8..

C. turriculum Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 238.

Sculpture of strong axial folds, angular at the shoulder, on the
median whorls; earlier whorls have lower folds, not angular, and
the last whorl has very short folds next the suture. Spiral striation
of unequal threads. The broken type specimen figured is 24 mm.
long, and has twelve folds on the last whorl.

The sculpture varies a good deal among the 23 examples.

This is probably an ancestral form of the more robust C. moenensis
Gabb, from the Pliocene of Costa Rica.

Type no. 4067; 22 other specimens no. 4068 A. N. S. P.

Cerithium dominicense Gabb. Plate XXXIII, flgs. 3, 4.

Cerithium dominicense Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873. p. 328.

The last 2| whorls have prominent rounded tubercles below the
suture, about 9 on a whorl. Below these there are about 6 tuber-
culiferous cords on the last whorl, with finer, unequal threads in
their intervals. The earlier whorls have axial folds crossed by 4 or
5 principal spiral cords; at first every third fold is somewhat larger,
then every fourth ; but on the last three whorls such variceal folds
do not appear. None of the specimens has a perfect aperture.

Length 25.7, diam. about 11 mm.

Type and three other specimens no. 2594 A. N. S P.

Cerithium uniseriale Sowerby. Plate XXXIII, flgs. 16, 20.

Cerithium uniseriale Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 51. Not of Guppy.

One specimen, broken at the aperture, has the characters called
for by Sowerby 's diagnosis. It is related to C. ohesum Gabb, but
there is a band of low tubercles below the suture, separated from the
principal series by a depression, and the spiral striation is coarser,
uneven, with some weakly granose spirals.

We beheve that Gabb's identification of this species is correct.
Guppy 's interpretation (Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxxii, pi. 29, fig. 4) is
not in accord with Sowerby 's diagnosis. It is C. ohesum ventricos-
ior. C. ohesum of Guppy, tab. cit. f. 9, may be a young C. simplex
Gabb, though this is not certain.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

C. imiseriale is an obesely conic shell. There is an infra-siitural
series of rather short axial folds, interrupted by a spiral depression
or concavity, the folds stronger below it. On the last whorl the
folds are smaller than on the penult. About every fourth or fifth
fold is stronger on the penult whorl. The surface is rather finely
striate spiralh', and on the last whorl there are several low cords
which are weakly tuberculate, and there is a variceal swelling op-
posite the aperture. The last half whorl is broken away. There is
a strong callous ridge at the posterior part of the inner lip, as in C.
obesum. As broken the single specimen (no. 2595) measures, length
23, diam. 11 mm.

This form stands near C. obesum, but differs by the impression
below the suture and the coarser spirals of the last whorl.

Cerithium obesum Gabb. Plate XXXIIl. flgs. 5. 6.

Ci:rithium obesum Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 237.

Gabb's description is somewhat elastic, drawn to cover several
forms which he included under obesum, but several phrases apply
to onl}' one specimen of the type lot: "Outer lip effuse, internally
thickened.. Length 1 inch, diameter .5 inch" ''expanded lip".
These phrases must have had in view the specimen shown in our
plate XXXIIl, figs. 5, 6, since this is the only one in the lot which
retains any part of the outer lip, and agrees in size. It measures
24 mm. long, 12.5 wide, aperture 11.8 mm. long. The last whorl
rises conspicuously in its last third. The last three whorls have
rounded tubercles below the suture, very small and weak on the
antepenult. The whole surface is covered with a fine, nearly even
spiral striation. Eight whorls are present, the apex being sHghtly
worn. The basal part of the lip is broken.

Type no. 2596 A. N. S. P. ; some 13 immature or broken examples-
varying in tuberculation, are no. 2596 a.

Cerithium obesum ventricosior n. var. Plate XXXIIl, figs. 9, 10, 11. 12,
Cerithiu.in uniseriale Guppy, not Sowerby.
The shell differs from C. obesum by the wider angle of the spire
and relatively large last whorl. This obese form is represented by
numerous examples, all having the last third or half of the last whorl
broken away. It seems to be what Guppy has figured as C. uniser-
iale Sowb."'

" Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. xxxii, pi. 29, fig. 4. Maury, Bull. Am. Pal., 29, p.
124, pi. 21, figs. 14, 15.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

The infrasutural tubercles are seen on two to four whorls, but
they are very weak except in the last whorl, or sometimes the last
two. They may disappear for a half whorl, to reappear later. In
some examples there are only weak traces of tubercles, and these
appear to form a transition to C. gurabense Maury. In all there is a
minute but distinct spiral striation, either nearly even, or sometimes
about every eighth thread is slightly larger.

Length as broken 27, diam. 13 mm. Type no. 4074, figs. 10-12.

Length as broken 26, diam. 11.5 mm. Fig. 9.

The loss of the last half whorl makes the diameter much less
than in a perfect shell.

A peculiar specimen, no. 4075, in which the last whorl is rather
short and rounded, and the subsutural tubercles very small, is photo-
graphed in Plate XXXIII, figs. 18, 19. It is a young shell, perhaps
referable to C. o. ventricosior .

Length 25, diam. 13 mm.; 8 whorls.

Cerithium obesum harrisi n. var. Plate xxxiii, figs. 14, 15.

A variety which may be called harrisi, was found among unas-
sorted shells. It seems to be a degenerate form, perhaps from an
unfavorable station. It is smaller, narrower, covered with slightly
unequal spiral striae; there are about 6 tubercles on the back of the
last whorl. The suture rises steeply towards the aperture.

Length 22, greatest diam. 9.4, antero-postei'ior diam. 7.6 mm. ;
10| whorls.

Type no. 4073 A. N. S. P.

Cerithium (obesum?) giu-abense Maury. Plate xxxiii, figs. 13, 17.

In another form the size is about the same as the last, but alter-
nate threads are granose. On the last whorl there are infrasutural
tubercles, on those preceding, two series of enlarged granules. This
appears to be C. gurabense Maury.

Length as broken 20 mm.; diam. 7.5 mm.

Cerithium simplex Gabb. Plate xxxiir, fig. 7.

Cerithium simplex Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 238.
? Cerithium obesmn Gabb, Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxxii, 1876, p. 519, pi. 29,
fig. 9. Not of Gabb.

A species of simple, conic form, without varices on the later whorls,

though some very low, inconspicuous ones may be seen on the upper.

It is spirally grooved, the intervals slightly convex and very unequal,

not in the least granose.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

The aperture is broken. Columella concave, truncate at base.
iVo callus on the inner lip above. An isolated species.
Length 26, diam. 12.7 mm.; 8h whorls remaining.
Type and five others, no. 2604 A. N. S. P.

Cerithium (?) venustum Gabb. Plate XXXII, flg. 4.

? Cerithium venustum Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 238.

Sculpture of numerous axial folds, tuberculate at the intersections
of three low, equal spiral cords, and a narrower one close below the
suture. There are some spiral threads between the cords. There
are low, rounded varices on the last six whorls, all being on one side
of the shell, one varix on a whorl.

The type, no. 2598 A. N. S. P., is broken at both ends. No other
specimen was found.

Length 29, diam. 7 mm.; 10^ whorls remaining.

Gabb questioned the genus. It is perhaps impossible without
the aperture to define its relations.

Clava plebeia (Sowerby)

Cerithium plebeium Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 51, Guppy, xxii,
1866, p. 290, pi. 16, fig. 9 (not good).

An abundant species, perhaps ancestral to the West American
C. gemynata (Hinds).

Clava has been placed between Drillia and Mangilia in Bull. Amer.
Pal. V, p. 57.

Potamides haitensis (Dall)

Pyrazisinus ? haitensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, p. 319, pi. 29, fig. 8.
A single mutilated specimen. No. 3197 A. N. S. P.

Potamides prismaticus (Gabb). Plate XXIX, fig. 12.

Cerithium prismaticum Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 236.

Represented by one imperfect shell, no. 2601 A. N. S. P., measur-
ing, length 57.3, diam. 28 mm. It is well distinguished by the
short, heavy ribs or nodes and the deep, "square-cut groove below
the suture". Length of the broken specimen 57.3 mm.

Potamides suprasulcatus (Gabb) Plate xxix, figs. 10, 11.

Cerithium suprasulcatum Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv. 1873, p. 236.
Potamides ormei Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. v, p. 126.

The early whorls have three spiral ridges cut into granules by

longitudinal sulcations (fig. 10). The space between the upper and

the second spiral ridge is deeper than the other spaces, and on the

later whorls it becomes a deep, square-cut furrow, defining the su-

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

tural cingulus. It is this stage which Miss Maury described as P.
ormei. The longitudinal sulcations disappear on the last two or
three whorls, which are not granose. The base has several shallow
spiral grooves.

Length 29.5, diam. 17.3 mm.; 5 whorls remaining.

Type and 13 others no. 2600 A. N. S. P.

All of the 14 specimens have been more or less rolled and worn,
probably indicating that we have to do with an estuarine snail wdiich
had been washed out into the beds of marine deposition.

Potamides roumaini Pils. (Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1910, p. 487, from
between Las Caobas and Hinche, Haiti, W. W. Webster and Ed-
mond Roumain) is a smaller and narrower species than P. supra-
sulcatus, with stronger spiral sculpture. Length 24, diam. 13 mm.
Type no. 1314 A.N. S. P.

Potamides caobasensis Pilsbry.

Potamides caobasensis Pils. Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1910, p. 488.
The shell is smooth, the whorls prominent below the suture. Length
(broken) 23 mm. Type no. 2603 A. N. S. P. Not collected by Gabb.

Potamides dentilabris (Gabb) Plate XXIX, figs. 6, 7.

Cerithiurn dentilabre Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 237.

This shell resembles the East Indian P. -palusti'is (L.). There are
four spiral cords about equal to their intervals running over small
axial folds and an occasional rounded varix about double the size
of the folds. Coincident with the varices, two lip-teeth are formed
internally, and there is also a callous fold on the parietal wall. Col-
umella has a strong oblique plait. Probably none of this armature
would be visible in an entire adult shell, but it is exposed in the
fossils, most of which are broken back to the last varix. All have
been rolled, and probably were washed out of a lagoon or estuary.

Length 49.5, diam. 21 mm.; 8 whorls remaining.

Type and six other specimens no. 2502 A. N. S. P.

Potamides gastrodon Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXI J, figs. 5, 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 171.

This species differs from P. transecta Dall, of the Tampa Silex bed,
in details of sculpture, having three instead of four main spirals on
each whorl, nodules at the intersections of the axial riblets, and a
very prominent varix on the left of the last whorl. The type has
a weak thread dividing the spiral interstices on the last whorl. In
other specimens of the lot these secondary spirals are well developed.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

Bittium yaquense (Gabb) Plate XXXV, fig. 12.

Cerithium yaquensis Gabb, Trans Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 238.

There are about two varices on a whorl. On the sph-e there are
vertical rounded ribs between the varices, but these disappear on
the last one or two whorls. The whole shell is spirally striate. In-
side there are short spiral lirae within the varices.

Length 10, diam. 3.8 mm.; 9 whorls remaining.

Length 9, diam. 3.1 mm.; 11 whorls.

Type no. 2619 A. N. S. P.

The type figure is from a shell not quite mature. Most of the
specimens are either immature or somewhat broken.

Bittium asperoides Gabb. Plate XXXV. fig. 4,

Bittium asperoides Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv. 1873, p. 239.

There are four spiral threads on each whorl, with another visible
in the suture, and on the last two whorls traces of one or two faint
ones between the major threads. Base with six equal spiral threads.
On the penult whorl there are 15 axial ribs, counting the two varices.

Length 4.1, di?m. 1.4 mm.; aperture 0.85 mm.; 11 whorls.

Type no. 2616 A. N. S. P. It is an abundant species.

In a fofm which we take to be a variety (var. asperandum) there
are more spiral threads, 8 between sutures, and slenderer, more num-
erous and more arcuate ribs, about 19 on the penult whorl. Length
2.8, diam. 0.95, aperture 7 mm.; 11 whorls.

Type no. 3100 A. N. S. P.

Alabina canaliculata (Gabb) Plate XXXV, fig. 2.

Bittium canaliculatum Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 239.

Shell imperforate, rather thin, turrited. The sculpture consists
of even, rounded, backwardly arched ribs which scarcely pass over
the periphery of the last whorl, the base being sculptured with about
seven spiral cords, the lower ones very weak. The suture is very
deeply impressed, the channel mentioned by Gabb being extremely
narrow. In the type specimen there is a low varix at the beginning
of the last whorl. Columellar margin reflected above.

Length 3.3, diam. 1.25 mm.; aperture 0.85 mm.; 10 whorls.

Length 4.6, diam. 1.6 mm.; 10^ whorls. (Type).

Type no. 2618 A. N. S. P.

Bittium (Styliferina) cerithidoides Dall, differs from this species
by its carinate upper whorls.

In some of the specimens one or two weak spiral cords may be

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

seen below the suture, or even very faintly in the intercostal spaces
over the whole last whorl, about 6 above the periphery. In the
type and most others the ribbed portion shows no spirals.

Alabina angustior n. sp. Plate XXXV, flg. 3.

The shell is decidedly narrower, with fewer axial ribs, about 14 on
the last whorl. Base with about 6 spiral cords, the lower ones very
weak. Otherwise like A. canaliculata.

Length 3, diam. 1 mm.; 10 whorls.

Type no. 4062 A. N. S. P.

LITIOPIDAE.

Alaba maoensis (Gabb) Plate XXXV. fig. 11.

Cerithium maoensis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 239.

The type has lost the tip of the spire, and the last whorl is broken.
The whorls are strongly convex, with sculpture of grooves separating
low, convex spirals, about 13 grooves on the penult whorl. There
is a broad rounded varix on each whorl.

Length 10, diam. 4.7 mm.; nearly 9 whorls remaining.

Type no. 2617 A. N. S. P.

MODULIDAE.
Modulus sp. undet.

This genus is represented by a young shell 6 mm. in diameter,
and a fragment of the spire of another. They differ from M. catenu-
latus by wanting the low radial plications of that species. It is
evidently close to M. wilcoxi Dall, of the Chipola beds, but there
are some differences, and without adult shells a positive identifica-
tion cannot well be made.

VERMETIDAE.

Serpulorbis papulosus (Guppy)

Vermetus papulosus Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, 1866, p. 292, pi. 17, fig. 3.

Thought by Gabb to be the straight portion of Petaloconchus

domingensis; but some of the specimens show that the early whorls

are very irregularly contorted. The straightened part has three

striae between the rows of pustules, the central one larger. The

largest tube has a diameter of 10.5 mm.

Vermetus (Petaloconchus) laddfranklinse (Maury)

The lower whorls are very irregularly coiled, circular in section.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

No internal septa were seen in these specimens. The erect, nearly
straight portion is cylindric, and has about 12 spiral ridges, and
close, fine circular striae. Diameter 4.5 mm. A larger specimen
with more slowly revolving spirals has a diameter of 5.2 mm. No.
2812 A. N. S. P. It was referred to V. decussatus Gmel., by Gabb
(I. c. p. 240).

Vermetus (Petaloconchus) domingensis Sowb.

Pelaloconchus domingensis Sowb., J. Geol. Soc. Lond., vi, 18, p. 51, pi. 10,

fig. 9.
Pelaloconchus sculpturatus H. C. Lea, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 240.

This is the most abundant species of the family in Gabb's col-
lection. We think it a subspecies of V. sculpturatus Lea.

TURRITELLIDAE.

Turritella perattenuata praecellens Pils. and Brn.

Turritella perattenuata praecellens P. and B., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 36.

pi. .5, fig. 12.
Turritella tornata Guppy, in part, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 240

Not of Guppy.

The type (broken) and parts of two other specimens are no. 2608
A. N. S. P.

Turritella tornata Guppy.

Turritella tornata Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, 1866, p. 580, pi. 26, fig. 12
Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 240, (in part).

Seventeen specimens, more or less imperfect, represent this species.

Guppy 's figure is from one of the most distinctly granose examples.

Turritella calostemma Pilsbry and Brown.

Turritella calostemma P. and B., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 36, pi. 5, fig. 15.

Between Las Caobas and Thomonde, Haiti; not yet found in Santo
Domingo.

Type no. 2610 A. N. S. P.; also no. 2609.

Turritella megalobasis Dall.

Turritella exoleta Linn., in part, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 240.
Turritella megalobasis Dall, Pilsbry and Brown, Proc. A. N . S. Phila., 1917
p. 36, pi. 5, fig. 14.

A broken specimen 42.5 mm. long, of somewhat over 4 whorls,

has a basal diameter of 20.4 mm. The last whorl has a peculiar

sculpture, figured by Pilsbry and Brown.

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Turritella domingensis Pilsbry and Brown.

Turritella domingensis P. and B., Proc. A N. S. I^hila. 1917, p. 35, pi. 5,

figs. 7, 7a, 9.
Turritella exoleta Linn., in part, Gabb, I c.

Type and parts of six smaller specimens are 2611 A. N. S. P.

Turritella sulcigyrata Pils. and Johns. Plate XLII, fig. 15.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 171

CAECIDAE.

Caecum (Meioceras) constrictum Gabb. Text-flg 17

Caecum constrictum Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 241.

Fig. 17. Caecum constrictum.

The smooth shell is not much arched, has a prominent, irregular-
ly dome-like plug, and is decidedly contracted at the aperture which
is not very oblique.

Length 2.05, greatest diam. 0.6 mm.

Type no. 3017 A. N. S. P.

This species differs from C. nitidum Stimps. by the far less oblique
aperture. The single specimen is evidently adult.

Caecum anellifer Pils. and Johns. Text- fig. 18.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 172.

Fig. 18. Caecum anellifer P. and J.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

MELANIIDAE.

Hemisinus truncatus (Gabb) Plate XXXIV, flgs. 14, 15, IR.

Ectracheliza truncata Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873. p. 214; Proc.
A. N. S. Phila. 1872, p. 271, pi. 9, fig. 2. (Feb. 11. 1873).

Specimens in good condition show more or less minute, weak
spiral striation, such as may be traced in the smoother recent species.
Traces of color bands, somewhat wider than in the recent Cuban
H. ornatus, can be made out on some examples. As in many of the
melanians, the spire is extensively truncated, often leaving little
more than the last whorl. The shell is larger than any recent An-
tillean Hefnisinus, and further differs by the shorter spire and long
last whorl, characters which may possibly give Ectracheliza stand-
ing as a "section" of Hemisinus; yet it belongs unquestionably
to that genus. The largest example measures, length 36.4, diam.
24 mm. The author has elsewhere alluded to the evidence for Ant-
illean land areas afforded by the'Oligocene (or Miocene) freshwater
shells (Nautilus XXVIII, p. 84).

Type and 8 others, no. 2878 A. N. S. P.

ARCHITECTONICIDAE.

Solariidae of authors.

ArchitectoDica quadriseriata (Sowb.)

Solarium quadriseriatum Sowb, Journ. Geol. Soc, Lond., vi, 1849, p. 51, pi.
10, figs. 8a, b. c.

Sowerby's figures represent a half grown example. It reaches a
diameter of 37 mm.

Torinia rotundata Gabb. Plate XXXIV, flgs. 18, 19, 20.

Torlnia rotundata Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 228.

There are two spiral cinguh at the periphery, with an intermedi-
ate thread, the upper cingulus somewhat wider and prominent.
Above it there are four flat cinguh, the upper one narrowest, with
fewer granules. Several preceding whorls show five spirals. Un-
der the lens delicate spiral striae are seen upon them. On the base
there are five cinguli, the outer one narrowest, with a thread in the
grooves on each side of it. The inner cingulus is toothed around the
umbihcus, within which two cords and one or two threads run on the
last whorl. The whole surface is closely ribbed radially, the riblets
more prominent on the cinguli than in their intervals.

Alt. 9.6, diam. 13.5 mm.; 6 whorls.

The holotype is no. 2816 A. N. S. P.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

RISSOIDAE.

Not many members of this family are in the collection. Gabb
had no luck with his classification of the few obtained, the species
of Rissoina being referred to four genera. The new genus lopsis
was based upon the young stage of a Rissoina.

The Rissoinas of the Santo Domingan Miocene seem to have
changed very little since that time, all of those known being iden-
tical with, or very closely related to, modern species of the same region.

The genus CrepitaceUa Guppy, 1867 (-\-Dolophanes Gabb, 1873)
is closely related to Rissoina, but may be held distinct by the simple
lip, which is sharp, without any trace of the external varix which
strengthens the lip of Rissoina. Otherwise it has essentially the
structure of Rissoina.

CrepitaceUa cepula (Guppy) Plate XXXIV, figs. 12. 13.

Mdanopsis capula Guppy,-'^ Quart. Journ. Geol.Soc.,xxii, 1866, p. 580, pi. 26,

fig. 14. (M ela no psis cepula on p. 590).
CrepitaceUa cepula Guppy, Geol. Mag. iv, 1867, p. 500,; Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc, xxxii, 1876, p. 524.
Dclophanes melanoides Gabb, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1872, (1873), p. 273, pi.

11, fig. 7; Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 235.
Pleurotoma (Mangilia) columbella Dall, Bull. M. C. Z. ix, 1881, p. 60.
Plcurotoma {melanoides var.?j columbella Dall., Rep. ''Blake" Gastrop. 1889.

p. 271.
Dolophanes {melanoides Gabb, var.) gabbi, Dall, Rep. "Blake" Gastrop.

1889, p. 270, pi. 29, fig. 7.

As the affinities of this snail have been variously estimated by
the conchologists who have considered it, some statement of the
changes of opinion may not be out of place. Melanopsis capula
(cepula) was described from a formation thought to be Upper Mio-
cene, at Cumana, Venezuela. Mr Guppy says:

"I do not. know of any form resembling this species, which was
probably not a freshwater shell. It may possibly have been an estu-
arine form. It reminds one of a shortened and widened Eulima, or
even a SiyJifer."

In forming the new genus CrepitaceUa for the species, in 1867,
Mr. Guppy notes:

''The true position of this shell is probably in the neighborhood
of the family Buccinidae, in which I have provisionally placed it. Its
nearest relation known to me is Cyllene puIcheUa Adams."

In 1876, Guppy again referred to CrepitaceUa cepula, placing Dolo-
phanes melanoides Gabb in the synonymy.

"^^ The name capida was no doubt a typographical error, as in all subsequent
references Mr. Guppy called the species cepula (a diminutive of cepa). The syn-
onjTny was worked out by Mr. C. W. Johnson.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

In 1873, Gabb described Dolophanes melanoides as a new genus
and species, with the following note on its systematic position:

"The first impression produced on looking at this little shell is
that it is probably a Melania; but apart from all of its three hundred
associates being marine, which would render such a reference im-
probable, it has a grouping of characters which ally it so closely to
StndhiolarLa, that lam convinced that it is most probably a near
related genus. Its spire is very like that of many species of Strombidae,
and in the details of its mouth it differs from Siruthiolaria in having
a thinly encrusted inner lip, an acute outer lip and an obsolete um-
bicilus, instead of the thickened margins and no umbilicus of that
genus. I have tried to identify this species with the shell de-
scribed by Guppy as Melanopsis capula which it seems to resemble
somewhat in form and size. But that author gives his shell but
seven whorls, and does not describe or figure the flattened tops of
the volutions, which are a marked character of the present species.
There are also other differences which, however, might be explained
by want of care in the artist, but which nevertheless, lead me to
believe that, while there may be a generic relation between the two
shells, they are most probably different species."

In 1881 Dr. W. H. Dall followed the description of Pleurotoma

{Mangilia) colurnbella with the following remarks:

"This is a species, which in the absence of the soft parts, is dif-
ficult to locate. It is possible it should be referred to Bela. It is
not unlike one or two Arctic species."

In the "Blake" Report, 1889, Dr. Dall refers P. colurnbella, with
doubt, to Dolophanes melanoides as a variety; also placing Melanop-
sis capula in the synonymy, with a query. He further notes :

"Two specimens of this form are in the collection. Guppy 's
specimen, from the figure, was evidently deformed. These differ
from it, due allowances being made for deformity, in being narrower
and in the narrow shoulder in front of the suture.

"The specimen originally serving as type of M. colurnbella is the
roundest and the groove behind thesiphonal fasciole is reduced to a
mere chink. In the Havana specimen the chink is considerably
larger and the shoulder more prominent. It seems to stand about
one-third of the way from D. colurnbella to D. gahbi. I cannot be
sure, with so little material, but I suspect this gap might be filled
up by a graduated series of specimens if we had material enough.
Still, as the forms are not yet connected, and have already been
named, it seems best to leave them separate for the present. "

Dr. Dall further writes, under the description of Dolophanes

{melanoides var.?) gabhi, ("Blake" Report, p. 270):

"This genus was referred to the Struthiolariidae by its author, a
reference which has been questioned by all those who have had

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

occasion to refer to it since. The occurrence of a specimen in the
".61ake"dredgings, which, if not identical with Gabb's type is evi-
dently closely related to it, enables nie to state that its proper position
is probably in this family [Trichotropidae] Unhappily, the operculum
and soft parts are wanting so that I cannot confirm my opinion by
reference to the details of its organization. I am inclined to be-
lievethat another form, also represented in the "Blake" dredgings, is a
representative of a shell described as a Melanopsis by Guppy, which
Gabb himself suspects to be closely related to his Dolophanes
■melanioides. All these specimens are fresh, but the slight traces of
epidermis, which they retain, are not of the character of the northern
species of Trichotropis. Their variations are such that I am led to
believe all three may be merely mutations of one specific form. If
this be confirmed, the specific name of capvla, given by Guppy, is
the oldest. Whether the differences are sufficient to constitute for
Dolophanes a rank higher than that of a mere section of the genus
Trichotropis, a more thorough knowledge of its characters is needed
to determine. This pretty and peculiar form is named in honor of
the late Wm. Gabb, to whom the generic name is due. I cannot be
certain without a comparison of specimens whether the present
shell is the same as that described by Prof. Gabb, or not. But the
figure is so much like our shell that I can hardly doubt they are very
closely related if not the same."

After a careful comparison with the groups mentioned above and
others, we are convinced that Crepitacella belongs to the Rissoidae.
According to the principles of the arrangement in Tryon's Manual
of Conchology, Vol. IX, it would be a subgenus of the genus Ris-
soina, close to the Section Morchiella Nevill; but the absence of a
labral varix may make it expedient to treat the group as generic,
though close to Rissoi)ia.

As to the specific synonymy, we are satisfied that the form of the
Bowden bed, Jamaica, and that of Santo Domingo named D. melan-
ioides by Gabb, are specifically identical, though there are some
differences, the Jamaican form being of a somewhat stouter, more
robust shape. The type of D. melanoides measures, alt. 13.7, diam.
7 mm., length of aperture 6.8 mm. (Plate XXXIV, fig. 12). From
the descriptions and figures it does not appear likely that any of
the other forms included in the list given above is specifically dis-
tinct.

The type of D. melanoides is no. 4077 A. N. S. P.

Rissoina (Zebina) laevigata (C. B. Ad.) Plate XXXIV, figs. 3, 4.

Eulima craasilabris Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 227. Not

Rissoa crassilahrum Garrett, 1857, also a Zebina.
Rissoa laevigata C. B. Ad., Contrib. to Conch, 1850, p. 114.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

Rissoina laevigata C. B. Ad., Tryon, Man. Conch., viii, p. 390. Dall, Tr.

Wagner Free Inst. Sci., iii, p. 342.
lopsis fusiformis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 228; Proc. A.

N. S. Phila. 1872, p. 272. (Feb., 1873).

The shell is smooth except for faint growth-lines, the first two
whorls somewhat convex, the rest fiat. The outer lip has a low
external thickening, and no denticles within.

Length 3.85, diam 1.75 mm.; 8| whorls (Type).

Length 3.35 mm.

These notes and the figures of Gabb's type and a smaller para-
type are given to show the exact form he had. The type is slightly
larger than Adams indicates for his laevigata, the other shell about
the same size. They agree well with recent specimens so named.

The type of E. crassilabris and another specimen are
no. 2606 A.N. S. P.

I opsis fusiformis Gabb (Text-fig. 19) is the neanic stage
of this species. There are two specimens in the type lot.
The larger one, text fig. 19, measures 2.2 mm. long, 1.2
diam., having 7 whorls. The outer and basal lip is some-
what broken. The other specimen measures 1.65 by 0.85

mm., with 6 whorls. The outer lip is protractive, thin, f^^- .^^- .

11 lopsisfusi-

and the base has a distinct if short and shallow spout, formis.

These cotypes are no. 2621 A. N. S. P.

Rissoina minuta (Gabb) Plate XXXIV, fig. 1.

Cerithidea minuta Gabb Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 239.

The sculpture consists of many slightly protractive and weakly
sinuous axial riblets, which became very weak at and below the peri-
phery. There are very feeble and fine spiral striae above, becoming
much stronger at the periphery and below it, where they are blunt,
cord-like, and run over the less prominent ribs. Two of the spiral
cords are visible on the penult whorl. There is a strong varix out-
side the sinuous lip. The aperture has a narrow channel above,
and a broad, shallow sinus below. The columellar margin is worn
away in the middle, as though by a hermit crab. Apical whorls
wanting.

Length 4.7, diam. 2.3 mm.

Type is no. 2818 A. N. S. P.

This species is a little stouter than recent specimens labelled R.
7miUicostata (C. B. Ad.). Except for the difference in the spiral
sculpture, it agrees rather well with Schwartz von Mohrenstern 's
figure of R. midticostata (which represents R. krebsi Morch, accord-

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

ing to Tryon). As the exact identity of Adams's species appears
to be in doubt, and the correspondence with Gabb 's shell is not ab-
solutely exact, we leave open the question of possible identity with
a recent species.

Rissoina bryerea (Mont.), variety? Plate XXXIV, fig. 2.

Biltium costatmn Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 239.

The type of B. costatum is an immature shell, lacking a half whorl
perhaps, 3.65 mm. long. It agrees with R. bryerea (Mont.) except
that there are more ribs, which are therefore somewhat smaller,
but not so small as in R. minuta (Gabb), or R. multicostata (C. B.
Ad.) The name used by Gabb had already been given to anoth-
er species by C. B. Adams. If distinct from bryerea it may be call-
ed var. binominis.

The type is no. 2819 A. N. S. P.

Rissoa epulata Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIV, fig. 5.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 172.
Rissoa (Alvania) proavita Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIV. fls. 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 173.

CAPULIDAE.

Capulus inornatus Gabb. Plate XXX, figs. 11, 12.

Capulus inornatus Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 242.

The embryonic shell has 1| whorls, the spire in a plane. It is
very close to the columellar margin of the last whorl. The last
whorl shows faint, fine and close radial sculpture in some places.
The columellar margin is coarsely crenulated, probably due to the
supporting object.

Length, from umbo to opposite margin 14, width 13, convexity
7 mm.

The holotype is no. 2829 A. N. S. P.

HIPPONICIDAE.

Hipponix pilosa Desh.

Scurria milra Esch., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 24.5.

Two somewhat worn examples agree well with this common West
Coast species of the recent fauna. We can find no significant dif-
ferences except those of time and space.

Hipponyx otiosa Pils. and Johns. Plate XXX, figs. 19, 20.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 173.

1921] NATURA.L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 385

CALYPTRAEIDAE.

Crepidula plana Say.

Crypta fornicata Linn., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 242.

There can be no doubt of the identity of the single specimen.

Crucibulum auricula (Gmel.)

Crucibulum spinosiim Sby., in part, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos, Soc, xv, p. 241.
Crucibulum auricula Gmel., Dall, Tr. Wagn. Free Inst. Sci., iii, p. 349.

A large specimen, length 25, alt. 11.7 mm., is seated on the spire

of a Conus. Another 26 mm. long became smooth after attaining

a length of 9 mm.

Crucibulum auricula spinosum Sowerby.

Crucibulum spinosum Sby., in part, Gabb, I. c.

Two rather small examples.

Crucibulium striatum (Say)

A single small specimen, 5.4 mm. long, is identified with some
doubt. The cup is more angular anteriorly than in recent shells. Ex-
terior smooth.

Calyptraea centralis (Conrad)

Trochitd sp. undet., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 242.

The single small specimen agrees with recent shells from St.
Thomas, identified as C. candeana Orb., a name which Dall con-
siders a synonym of centralis (Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, 353).

XENOPHORIDAE.

Xenophora dilecta (Guppy) Plate XXXII, flgs. 7, 8.

Phorus agglutinans Lam., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 241.
Phorus dilectus Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxxii, 1876, p. 529, pi. 28, fig. 10.

This form was described and figured by Mr. Guppy from a young
specimen. The shell is far less profusely loaded with shells and
other objects than the recent X. co7ichyliophora, and shows a much
greater part of the proper surface, which is copiously sculptured
with fine protractive wrinkles. Base as in X. conchyliophora ex-
cept that the umbilical chink is larger. The parietal wall is honey
yellow. Largest example has a diameter of 68 mm.

This Xenophora may perhaps be a local race of X. conchyliophora,
but its characters indicate at least subspecific distinction.

Xenophora imperforata (Gabb) Plate XXXI, flgs. 3, 4.

Onustus imperforatus Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 241.

The upper surface has the usual sculpture of fine, crowded, pro-
tractive wrinkles, which are not granulous. The last 3| whorls

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

show no trace of attached objects, but several preceding whorls have
little pits or facets where bits of shell or pebbles were no doubt at-
tached, as in the recent X. indica (Gm.), though the agglutinating
stage was shorter, not lasting beyond the size of about 8 mm. diam-
eter. The base is nearly smooth, having growth-lines only. The
narrow umbilicus is more than half covered by the dilated colu-
mellar lip. There is no spiral welt near the periphery, as in the recent
X. caribaea (Petit), which also has a wider umbihcus and carries
more load.

Alt. 30, diam. 72 mm.

Type is no. 3221 A. N. S. P.

NATICIDAE.

Natica sulcata (Born)

Naiica sulcata Born, Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 223.

Nearly all of the numerous examples lack the spirals of typical
N. sulcata, being the form called rugosa (Gmel.).

Natica canrena (L.)

Natica canrena Linn., Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 223.

The specimens agree fully with recent shells, but they are without

opercula.

Natica youngi Maury (finilima Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIV, fig. 21).

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 173.

This appears to be identical with the prior A^. youngi Maury.

Polinices mamillaris (Lam.)

Mammilla mamillaris Lam., Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 223.
Natica subclausa Sowerby, Q. Journ. Geol. Soc, vi, p. 51.

This species was taken in abundance.

Amauropsis guppyi (Gabb) Plate XXXIV, figs. 25, 26, 27.

Amaura guppyi Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 224.
? Natica phasianelloides D'Orb., Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, 1866, p. 291,
pi. 17, fig. 1.

This graceful shell varies in length of the spire, as the figures show.
The type measures, length 32.3, diam. 21.5 mm., and has 8 whorls,
the apex not quite perfect, having lost one whorl perhaps. Others
are larger, 37.4 mm. long, with 5^ whorls remaining.

The type and numerous other specimens are no. 2881 A. N. S. P.

Amauropsis ocalana Dall" has been reported from the Rio Anima,

" Proc U. S. Nat. Mus., li, 1916, p. .519, pi. 88, fig. 11.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

Santo Domingo. 2* It resembles P . gup pyi, and the Sa,nto Domingan
specimens should be compared with that species. The specimens
reported from the Canal Zone as Lupia perovata Conr. also need
comparison with .4. guppyi. Mr. Guppy appears to have identified
this species with Natica phasianelloides Orb.,^^ but that is a very
large species, 70 mm. long, and otherwise different in shape.

This species and the next have not the channelled suture of A maitr-
opsis, and perhaps belong to Ampullina or Lupia.

Amauropsis altispira (Gabb) Text-fig. 20.

Eutropia allispira Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 242.

The shell is imperforate, polished, composed of 5^
rounded whorls, which slope below the suture. The
columella is slightly thickened, and is dilated slight-
ly above the axial region. Outer lip is broken.

Length 4.4, diam. 2.75 mm.

In our opinion, this is not a Phasianella {Eutropia) .
It appears to be a rather narrow species of ^/w-
auropsis. The specimen is probably not adult, but
Fig. 20. it is not the young of A . guppyi or of any other

Amauropsis known species of these beds.
altispira. ^

Type no. 2877 A. N. S. P.

Amauropsis burnsii meridionalis n. subsp. Plate XXXIV, figs. 23, 24.

Close to Polynices (Amauropsis) burnsii Dall, of the Chipola bed,
but differing by the shallower, iiat-bottomed channel along the su-
ture, the parapet bounding it being narrower. The aperture is not
so wide as in burnsii. Lip very narrowly reflected.

Length 23.4, diam. 18 mm.; 5 whorls remaining.

Type No. 2876 A. N. S. P.

Sinum excentricum (Guppy) ^^ is not represented in the Gabb col-
lection.

EPITONIIDAE.

The fragmentary specimens which Gabb referred to Scalaria

28Ibid.,xix, p. 329.

2^ Paleontologie of de la Sagra's Cuba; p. 9, pi. 1, fig. 7. It was found near
Havana. Some doubt has been expressed by Doctor Dall as to whether the
Palenntologie was ever properly pubhshed, but I have seen two copies of both
text and plates. The text (French edition) bears date of 1853 on the title page,
and as d 'Orbigny dates the new species 1852, it is likely that the plates were pub-
hshed in that year, or perhaps that was the date of the Spanish edition.

'^^ Sigareius excentricus Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxxii, 1876, p. 519, pi. 29, fig. 11

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

denticulata Sowerby do not seem sufficient for a positive determin-
ation,

Epitonium amplum (Gabb) Plate XXXIV, fig. 22.

Scalaria ampla Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 224

On the last whorl the ribs become wider downwards, until near
the axis they run together. In the intervals two or three low spiral
cords may be seen above the much stronger basal cord. There are
10 ribs on the last whorl.

Length 14, diam. 10.8 mm., 4 whorls remaining.

Type is no. 2823 A. N. S. P. It is from the brown shale east of
Guayubin.

Sthenorytis toroensis Dall, from Limon Bay, has much in common
with this species, but the varices are recurved, and there is no bas-
al cord.

Epitonium minutissimum (Gabb) Plate XXXIV, figs. 10, 11,

Scalaria minutissma Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, XV, 1873, p. 224.

Two of the twelve ribs on the last whorl are distinctly larger, both
higher and thicker. All bear short points near the suture. In the
intervals of the major spirals there are several, usually three, smaller
spirals, and the whole is delicately latticed by axial threads.

Length 6, diam. 2.3 mm., 8| whorls remaining.

Type and 4 other specimens are no. 2824 A. N. S. P.

Epitonium santodominganum n. sp. Plate XXXIV, figs. 8, 9.

The shell is imperforate, slender, with about 3| smooth embryonic
and 5| sculptured whorls. Sculpture of thin ribs on the spire, some-
what thicker on the last whorl, where there are two varices, one near
its beginning, the other on the back. There are about 18 ribs in all
on the last whorl. The intervals have sculpture of narrow low spiral
cords, with several smaller, less distinct threads between them on
the last two whorls. The cords slightly crenulate the posterior edges
of the ribs. Aperture short-ovate.

Length 3.9, diam. 1.5 mm.

Type no. 4064 A. N. S. P.; with Scalaria minutissima Gabb.

Epitonium amosbrowni n. sp. Plate XXXIV, fig. 7.

A minute, imperforate, rather thin species, with about 2 smooth,
convex embryonic whorls followed by 4J very convex whorls with
deep suture. Sculpture of thin, equal ribs each rising in a blunt
point at the shoulder, 16 on the last whorl. The intervals have low
indistinct spiral cords on the lower half of each whorl, but not ex-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

tending to the axis on the last whorl. Aperture ver\^ shortly oval.

Length 3.3, diam. 1.5 mm.

Type and tAvo .young specimens No.4063 A.N.S.P.; with Scalar ia
77iinutissima Gabb and the preceding species.

Aclis (Amblyspira) bartschiana Pils. and John.-. Plate XXXV, fig. 3.

Proc. A. X. S. Phila., 1917, p. 174.

Aclis (Hebetaclis) alta (Gabb) Plate XXVII, flg. 6.

Attrictilina alia Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, XV, 187.3, p. 226.

The surface of this shell is not plain, as stated by Gabb. It is
densely covered with slightly waved spiral striae, several of those
below the suture being larger. The apex is obtuse, the first whorl
being naticoid, glossy and smooth, with nearly level top and the tip
a little turned down; subsequent whorls are convex, separated by a
narrow, very deeply impressed suture. The thin concave columella
passes continuously into the parietal wall.

Length 3.3, diam. 1.1 mm., 5| whorls.

The type, no. 3170, is the largest of five specimens.

The generic position of this graceful and delicate shell is not clear
to me, but it has some resemblance to Aclis. The obtuse summit
and the small number of relatively long whorls have caused its segre-
gation as the type of a new subgenus to be called Hebetaclis. The
aperture recalls that of Bcrthais Melvill, but the apical whorls differ.

PYRAMIDELLIDAE.

Doctor Bartsch's table of classification^^ has proved indispens-
ible in dealing with this group. L^nfortunateh' he has not yet
treated of the Antillean species.

The Santo Domingan Turbonillas all conform pretty closely to
modern types, but part of the Odostomias do not fit readily into the
tables arranged for recent species. This may be due to our frag-
mentary knowledge of the recent Caribbean Odostomias.

In addition to the species enumerated below, there are some
Turbonillas and Odostomias still to be worked out.

Several species of TurboniUasinQl Odostomia have been described
by Miss Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. V, pp. 147-151, but the figures
are so poor that no satisfactory comparisons with our species can
be made from them.

3' A Monograph of West American Pyramidellidae, Bull. 68 U.S.N. Mus., 1909.

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Pyramidella (Longchseus) jamaicensis Dall.

Pyramdella {Longchceus) jamaicensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xix, p. 315;
pi. 29, fig. 10.
Callolongchaeiis jamiicensis Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, p. 1584.

A single young example, length 2.3 mm., was found in the bottle
with P. cnnaliculata.

Pyramidella (Triptychus) nivea (Morch)

Obeli cus niveus Morch, Malak. Blatter, xxii, 1875, p. 159.
Ceiithium hiseriatum Gabb, Journ. A. N. S. Phila. (N. Ser.), \iii, p. 361, pi. 46,
fig. 50.

A single young specimen agrees with Gabb 's type of C biseriatum,

which came from Costa Rica; also with the young of the recent form.

Oscilla indiscreta Guppy is a closely related Bowden species.

Pyramidella canaliculata (Gabb) Plate XXXV. flg. 14.

Obeliscus canaliculatus Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 225.

The shell is straightly conic. The sutural channel is formed by
the excavation of the lower border of each whorl and a narrower
excavation of the upper border, which is minutely crenulated just
below the suture, and when quite perfectly preserved, at the shoulder
angle also, at least on some of the whorls. A little thread just above
the suture divides the sutural channel. There is a not very large
gutter immediately below the peripher5^ The whorls are quite flat
and plain between the channels. There are three columellar plaits,
the upper one wide and subhorizontal. Within the outer lip are
four plicae, the lower one small, the upper very small. Umbilicus
narrow, circular, bounded by a strong, convex fasciole.

The largest entire specimen (type) is 9.5 mm. long, 3.5 wide, Avith
12 whorls, the tip of the spire lost. Another shell was larger, diam.
4.6 mm., the spire and last whorl broken, three strong teeth within
the outer lip.

Type no. 4080 A. N. S. P.

Gabb's description and his vial of specimens were composite.
The latter contained in addition to the form we select as typical
P. canaliculata, specimens of the following species : one Pyramidella
jamaicensis, and several Odostomia pyrgulopsis, which were doubt-
less put in as young P. canaliculata.

Gabb's measurements were evidently estimated from what the
largest examples would measure if the lip and spire were perfect.
We select an immature shell as type, since it accords best with
most of his definition.

There is a Pyramidella canaliculata of Sowerby (Proc. Zool. Soc,

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

London, 1873, p. 720). I am info'-med by F. Martin Duncan, Li-
brarian of the Zoological Society, that the number of the Proceedings
containing this page was published about March, 1874. It was
therefore later than Gabb's species. Sowerby's P. canaliculata
may be called Pyramidella insularum.

Pyramidella fonilata famelica Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXV, fig. 13.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 174.

Type no. 4079 A. N. S. P. This is probably P. olssoni Maury.

Turbonilla (Careliopsis) turritelloides Gabb. Plate XXXVI, fig. 1.

Turhonilla turritelloides Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 226.

The nucleus is helicoid, spire rather low, of about 2| whorls, early
post-nuclear whorls convex, becoming flattened in the lower two-
thirds. There are faint traces of vertical ribs and numerous, un-
equal spiral striations.

Length 6.5, diam. 1.2 mm.; 14 post-nuclear whorls.

Type no. 3029 A. N. S. P. Numerous other specimens.

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) dominicensis Gabb. Plate XXXVI, fig. 3.

Turhonilla dominicensis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 225.

The nucleus is small, helicoid, subsequent whorls sculptured with
strong, straight rounded ribs, which are very slightly protractive on
the upper part, changing to slightly retractive in the last three whorls.
On the penult whorl there are 20 ribs. On the last whorl the ribs
gradually disappear just below the periphery. Spiral sculpture of
weak, unequal striae, not visible on the summits of the ribs; the
base is convex, with more regular spiral striae. The whorls are
somewhat convex throughout. The columella is thin, slightly
sinuous, the edge reflected and appressed above.

Length 6, diam. 1.4 mm., 9^ post-nuclear whorls.

Type no. 3031 A. N. S. P.

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) santodomingensis Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXV], fig. 4.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 175.

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) beatula Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVI, fig. 2.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 174.

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) galeata Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVI, fig. 5.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 175.

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) peraequa Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVI, fig. 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 175.

392

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

Turbonilla (Nisitiirris) angustula Pils.and Johns. Plate XXXVI, fig. 7.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 176.

Turbonilla (Nisiturris) aratibaciUum Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVI, fig. 8.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 176.

Turbonilla (Nisiturris) insititia Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVI, fig. 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 176.

Turbonilla (Nisiturris) undecimcostata Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVl, fig. 10.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 177.

Turbonilla (Nisiturris) pertenuis Gabb. Plate XXXVI, fig. 11.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p 177.

Turbonilla (Nisiturris) contexta Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVI, fig. 12.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 177.

It may be noted here that Turbonilla bartschiana and T. gatunen-
sis Brn. & Pils.^" belong to the subgenus Nisiturris, not to Chemnitzia
as originally stated.

Turbonilla (Tragula) egressa Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVI, fig. 13.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 178.

Fig. 21. Odostomia Fig. 22. O. ingloria Fig. 23. O.santo- Fig. 24. O.viyr-
ingloria. calvata. domingensis. mecoon.

Odostomia (Odostomia) ingloria Pils. and Johns. Text-fig. 21.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 178.

Odostomia santodomingensis Pils. and Johns. Text-fig. 23.

Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1917, p. 179.

Odostomia myrmecoon Pils. and Johns. Text-fig. 24.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 179.

Odostomia (Eulimastoma) pyrgulopsis Pils. and Johns. Text-fig. 25.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 179.
='2Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1912, pp. 509, 510.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

393

Odostomia (Eulimastoma) bathyraphe Pils. and Johns.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 180.

Text-flg. 26.

Fig. 25. Odostomia
pyrgulopsis..

Fig. 26. 0. bathy-
raphe.

Fig. 27. 0. vex-
ator.

Odostomia (Evalea?) vexator Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 27.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917. p. 180.

Odostomia (Goniodostomia) superans Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 28.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 180.

Fig. 28. Odostomia
superans.

Fig. 29. 0. cir-
cumvincta.

Odostomia (Goniodostomia) circumvincta Pils. and Johns. Text-fig. 29.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 181.

Odostomia (Parthenina?) cyclocephala Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXYI, flg. 14

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 181.

Odostomia (Odostomidea) bartschiana Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVI, flg. 15.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 182.

Odostomia (Odostomidea) mogindo n. sp. Plate XXXVI, fig. 16.

The shell resembles 0. bartschiana, but has the whorls swollen
and shouldered below the suture. The first whorl is smooth, strongly
convex above, turned in at the apex, the suture deep from the be-

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

ginning. The second whorl is convex, weakly ribbed; third and
later whorls are swollen and subangular below the suture, then flat-
tened with sculpture of large, well-spaced, axial ribs, the concave
intervals finely striate, with in some places the faintest traces of
spiral striae also. On the last whorl there are eleven ribs, on the
penult ten. On the dorsal part of the last whorl the ribs disappear
towards the base. The small aperture is ovate and oblique, with
continuous peristome and a strong submedian fold on the inner
margin.

Length 2.35, diam. 0.83 mm.; slightly over 6 whorls.

Type no. 3016 A. N. S. P.

Odostomia (Chrysallida) dulcis Pils, and Johns. Plate XVIII, fig. 7.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 182.

MELANELLIDAE. (EuUmidae)

Niso grandis Gabb. Plate XXXIV, flg. 17.

Niso grandis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 227.

This shell is represented by a specimen of 4 whorls, the upper
part and the last half whorl wanting. The remaining whorls a-^e
a trifle more convex and shorter than the corresponding part of
Niso willcoxiana Dall, indicating a distinct though allied species.
The length is 19.3, diam 12.4 mm.

Type no. 3018 A. N. S. P.

Niso minuta Gabb. Text-flg. 30.

Niso minuta Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 227.

A single example, no. 3019. The 6 whorls are just perceptibly
convex. The last three have slender white axial lines, which appear
to be very slightly raised on the pale gray ground. There is a strong
keel about the umbiUcus, but none at the periphery.

Length 1.85, diam. 0.95 mm.

Further specimens are needed to show whether it attains a greater
size.

Melanella astuta Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXV, flg. 7.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 182.

Melanella gabbiana Pils and Johns. Plate XXXV, flg. 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 183.

Strombiformis sarissiformis Pils. & Johns. PI. XXXV, flg. 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 183.

The aperture is wider in the unbroken adult stage than in the

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

395

type, which has lost about one-fourth of a whorl.

Strombiformis prselubrica Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXV, flg. 10.

Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1917, p. 183.

Strombiformis ischnon Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXV, flg. 8.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila.,1917, p. 183.

Fig. 30.

Niso minuta.

Fig. 31.
Strombiformis stim ulus.

Strombiformis stimulus Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 31.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 183.

This minute shell is not a Suhularia, as it lacks the axial keel near
the base and is not noticeably flattened dorso-ventrally.

TURBINIDAE.

Turbo dominicensis Gabta. Plate XLIJ, figs. 16, 17.

Turbo do minicensis Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 242.

Seven specimens are all imperfect, but the species is well char-
acterized. There is a conspicuous, beaded spiral cord below the
suture, followed by five minor beaded spirals, alternately smaller
and larger; then another prominent cord followed by three minor
spirals the middle one larger. At the periphery there is a third
larger cord, and below it about 9 spirals, those on the base subequal,
and all cut into beads by axial grooves. Around the axial region
there is a broad and conspicuous callus. The shell was unusually
thin for a Turbo. The specimen selected as type (fig. 16) consists

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

of little more than two whorls. Another (fig. 17) shows the conic
spire usual in the genus.

Diameter of type 25 mm.

Many opercula of Turho collected probably belong, at least in
part, to this species. Unworn specimens vary remarkably in the
degree of callous filling over the nucleus, the number of spiral fur-
rows and the amount of granulation; the series forming a transition
from the operculum of Senectus to that of Callopoma. It appears
likely that several species of Turbo are involved.

Type no. 2843 A. N. S. P.

Astrsea domingensis Pils. and Johns.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 184.

This is perhaps Astralium suhlongispinuni Maury. It resembles
A. karlsckmidti in shape, but has more numerous spirals above.

PHASIANELLIDAE.

Phasianella affinis C, B. Ad.

Lacuna punctata Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv. 1873, p. 240.

The umbilical groove appears slightly deeper, its bounding angle
shorter than in recent specimens compared; yet the difference is so
small that we have no doubt of the specific identity.

Gabb's type lot, 13 specimens are no. 2820 A. N. S. P.

Eutropia altispira Gabb is a Naticid gastropod.

NERITIDAE.

Smaragdia viiidis (L.)

Nerita viridis L., Syst. Xat., x, 778.

Neritina viridis L., Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 242.

The specimens are all small, up to 3.8 mm. long, and show a trace

of the green ground color, as well as the linear markings. They are

more like European than recent West Indian specimens.

TROCHIDAE.

Tegula viridula (Gmel.)

Omphalius viridulus Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos.
Soc, XV, p. 243.

Calliostoma leve n.n. Text-flg. 32.

Calliostoma conico Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc,
XV, 1873, p. 243. Not Trochus conicus Donovan, also
a Calliostoma.

The shell is imperforate and straightl}^
conical. Each whorl has 6 spiral cords, sep-
arated by narrow grooves, above the peri-
pheral cord. On the upper whorls these ^'^- ^'^- ^"'^^««'«^« ^'''-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

cords are distinctly beaded by retractive grooves, but the beading
is weaker on the last whorl. The flat base has about 12 small
smooth cords.

Alt. 5, diam. 4.6 mm., 6 whorls.

Type is no. 2821 A. N. S. P. One specimen.

Solariella (?) tricarinata (Gabb) Text-flg. 33,

Margarita tricarinata Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 24.3.

This minute shell has three strong coarinae in ^^/C^^XX

the peripheral region and rounded beads be- ^' _..^..

low the suture and on the umbilical angle. (TT.- --^-."^.^■I^^^^-^—^

There are some short radial folds external to xr" f^B^X

the latter. The initial 1| whoHs are smooth ^^ \^^WJ

and rounded. It is obviously a very young . ^ — ^""^

shell and possibly belongs to Liotia. tricarinata. " ^^^^ "

Alt. 1.15, diam. 1.4 mm.; 3 whorls.

Type is no. 2836 A. N. S. P.

CYCLOSTREMATIDAE.

Circulus pentagona (Gabb)

Vitrinella pentagona Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 243; Journ.
Acad. N. S. Phila. viii, p. 368, pi. 47, fig. 68.

This species resembles C. trilix (Bush), but is much smaller. The
unique type measures, alt. 0.9, diam. 1.9 mm.; 3f whorls. The
front part of the last whorl is broken, but shown restored in Gabb 's
figure.

Type no. 2831 A. N. S. P.

Circulus domingensis Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVII, figs. 6, 6a, 7.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 184.

In a smaller, more perfect specimen found among Gabb's du-
plicates, there are more numerous, smaller spirals within the umbilicus
(Plate XXXVII, fig. 7). In the type the ribs are worn on the peri-
phery, hence appear weaker in the figure than in perfect specimens.

Vitrinella (Episcynia) naso (Pils. and Johns.) Plate XXXVII, figs. 5, 5a.
Discopsis (?) naso Pils. and Johns., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 184.

Adeorbis carinata Gabb is thought by Dall to be "probably iden-
tical with Vitrinella (Episcynia) inornata Orb." (Trans. Wagner
Inst. Ill, 420). This note was overlooked at the time we redescribed
the form in 1917. While it is apparently related to that recent spe-
cies (which we know only by Orbigny's account and figures), we con-
sider it specifically distinct.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Vitrinella (Solariorbis) amosbrowni n. sp. Plate XXXVII, figs. 4, 4a.

The shell is perforate, conic, of 4| rather rapidly increasing, mod-
erately convex whorls, the earlier ones smooth, the penult showing
some weak spirals above the suture, the last whorl having about
five weak well-spaced spiral cords in the peripheral region, a few
still weaker ones traceable above them, and about five smaller,
closer spirals below them, occupying all but the central region of
the base. Under the compound microscope the surface between
the spirals appears densely, irregularly pitted or granose. In the
middle part of the base it is finely radially striate and granose. The
aperture is somewhat squarish in front view, oblique; the basal lip
arches forward a little in a basal view. The peristome is thickened
within, the columellar margin strongly so.

Alt. 1, diam. 1.55 mm.

Type no. 4059 A. N. S. P.

Teinostoma angulatum (Gabb) Plate XXXVII, figs, l, la, lb.

Cyclops angidatus Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 214,

The last whorl does not cover the spire completely, as a segment
of the suture is exposed, and the rest is visible through the trans-
parent last whorl. There seem to be about 2^ whorls. In the last
whorl the suture leaves its former course at a right angle and de-
scribes a semicircle to the periphery. The last whorl is angular
peripherally in front, but becomes rounded at the end. The dome-
like upper surface is covered with very fine spiral striae. The axial
callus is large, and formed as in Umhonium or Helicina.

Alt 1.7, diam. 3.7 mm.

Type no. 2837 A. N. S. P.

This species and the next belong to a section of Teinostoma which
may be called Idioraphe, type T. angulatum, characterized by having
the whorls enveloping, the suture at first closely coiled, but in the
last whorl deviating abruptly. T. cryptospira Verrill is an allied
recent species. T. sandomingensis, which we have not seen, is pro-
bably near T. angulatum.

Teinostoma depressum (Gabb) Plate XXXVII, figs. 2, 2a, 2b.
Cyclops dejyressa Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 214.

In this tiny species the tip of the spire is exposed, the periphery
is rounded, and there are no spiral striae.
Alt. 0.65, diam. 1.3 mm.
The single example no. 2830 A. N. S. P., is probably not adult.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

We think that the suture might become curved or tangential with
further groAvth.

Teinostoma vitreum (Gabb^ Plate XXXVII. flgs. 3, 3a, 36.

Utnbonmni vitreum Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873. p. 243.

Parkeria vitrea Gabb, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phlla. viii, p. 368, pi. 47, fig. 69.

This is an Umbo7iiuni-like shell of 3f whorls. Faint, close spiral
striae may be seen on the upper part of the last whorl under strong
magnification. The basal callus is like that of Helicina, its outer
edge rather indistinct. There is a thick parietal callus somewhat
exaggerated in Gabb's figure.

Alt. 1.1, diam. 1.85 mm.

Type no. 2833 A. N. S. P.

This species belongs to the subgenus Pseudorotella. It is type
of Parkeria Gabb, not Parkeria Carpenter & Brady, 1869 (Protozoa).

FISSURELLIDAE.

Diadora alternata henekeni Maury.

Lucapina alternata Say, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 244.
Fissuridea henekeni Maury, Bull. Ainer. Pal. V, p. 157.

The four specimens, no. 3163, differ somewhat from recent F.
alternata; the concentric cords are closer, rising into higher scales
on the radial ribs, and the orifice is relatively a little longer, one-
sixth the total length.

SCAPHOPODA.

As the Scaphopoda have been already described and illustrated
in a special paper, it is not necessary to repeat the matter here.

Dentalium rudis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 244, ap-
pears to be a worm tube. It has been figured in Proc. A. N. S.
Phila., 1897, p. 471, pi. 10, figs. 4, 8.

DENTALIIDAE.

Dentalium cossmannianum Pilsbry and Sharp.

Dentalium cossmannianum Pilsbry & Sharp, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1897, p.
467, pi. 10, fig. 11; pi. 11, figs. 10, 11.

Type no. 2709 A. N. S. P.

Dentalium callioglyptum Pilsbry and Sharp.

Dentalium callioglyptum P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 468, pi. 10,
figs. 11, 12; pi. 11, fig. 21.

Type no. 2713 A. N. S. P.

Dentalium tryoni Pilsbry and Sharp.

Dentalium tryoni P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 468, pi. 10, figs. 5,
9; pi. 11, fig. 22.

Type no. 2710 A. N. S. P.

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Dentalium disslmile Guppy.

Dentalium dissimile Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, xxii, 1866, p. 292, pi.
17, fig. 4. Pilsbry and Sharp, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 469, pi. 11,
figs. 3, 4. 5.

The specimens are no. 2712 A. N. S. P.

Dentalium dissimile ponderosum Gabb.

Dentalium 'ponderosum Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 244.
Dentalium dissimile var. ponderosum Gabb, Pilsbry and Sharp, Proc. A. N. S.
Phila. 1897, p. 470, pi. 10, figs. 1, 2, 3; pi. 11, figs. 15, 16.

Type no. 2708 A. N. S. P.

DentaUum gabbi Pilsbry and Sharp.

Dentalium affine Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 244. Not of

Deshayes.
Dentalium gabbi P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 470, pi. 10, figs. 6, 7,

13;pl. ll,figs. 1,2.

Type no. 2711 A. N. S. P.

Dentalium haytense Gabb.

Dentalium haytensis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 244.
Dentalium haytense Gabb, P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 471, pi. 11,
figs. 8, 9.

Type no. 2715 A. N. S. P.

Dentalium pyrum Pilsbry and Sharp.

Dentalium pyrum P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1873, p. 472, pi. 11, figs. 6, 7.

Type no. 2714 A. N. S. P.

Dentalium praecursor Pilsbry and Sharp.

Dentalium praecursor P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1873, p. 472, pi. 11, figs.
12, 13, 14.

Type no. 2717 A. N. S. P.

Dentalium sagittarii Pils. and Johns. Plate XVIII, flg. 12.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 185.

Dentalium eboreum Conrad (?)

A series of small, very slender Graptacmes, probably none of them
mature, is referred provisionally to this recent species.

No. 2882 A. N. S. P.

SIPHONODENTALIIDAE

Cadulus phenax Pilsbry and Sharp.

Gadus dominguensis d'Orb., Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 472.
Cadulus phenax Pils. and Sharp. Proc A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 472, pi. 11, figs.
23, 24.

Type no. 2883 A. N. S. P.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

Cadulus elegantissimus Pilsbry and Sharp.

Cadulus elegantissimus P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 473, pi. 11,
figs. 28, 29, 30.

Type no. 2885 A. N. S. P.

Cadulus depressicollis PUsbry and Sharp.

Cadulus depressicollis P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 473, pi. 11, figs.
25, 26, 27.

Type no. 2884 A. N. S. P.

Cadulus colobus Pilsbry and Sharp.

Cadulus colobus P. and S., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1897, p. 474, pi. 11, figs. 17-20.

Type no 2886 A. N. S. P.

PELECYPODA.

NUCULIDAE.

Nucula (AcJla) tuberculata Gabb. Plate XXXVIII, fig. 5.

Nucula (Acila) tuberculata Gabb, Trans. Ainer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873 r; 255

The right valve is a trifle larger and its lunule is smaller, that of
the left valve being large. The narrow escutcheon is smooth. Pos-
terior dorsal slopes are obliquely corrugated, the rest of the valve
tuberculate in the middle and upward, the tubercles obsolete in the
lower third, which has sculpture of growth striae and fine, not prom-
inent, radial threads. There are 8 anterior teeth, 16 posterior, in
a specimen 6.5 mm. long.

Length 7, alt. 6.2, diam. 4 mm.

Type and numerous separate valves are no. 2658 A. N. S. P.

Nucula tenuisculpta GJabb. Plate, XXXVm, fig. 6.

Xucula tenuisculpta Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p 255.
?NuculacrenulataX. Ad.,Dall, '"Blake" Pelecypoda, Bull. M.C. Z. xii, no. 6,
p. 247; Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 577.

Dall has identified Gabb's species with the recent N. crenulata,
which appears to be typically much more coarsely sculptured. As
the numerous specimens from Santo Domingo are very uniform in
sculpture it seems possible that they form a recognizable race or
perhaps a species.

N. tenuisculpta is finely wrinkled concentrically^ and radially
closely striate, the striae appearing as gray lines, which so far as we
can tell are little if at all impressed. Internal border finely crenu-
lated. The largest of numerous valves measures, length 3.35, alt.
2.8 mm.

Gabb's type is no. 2656 A. N. S. P.

402

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

Specimens of this species were found in the mud washed out of
Cymatium praefemorale, no. 3222.

LEDIDAE.

Leda extricata Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVIII. figs, l, la.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1917, p. 185.

Yoldia ovalis Gabb. Text-flg. 34.

Yoldia ovalis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 255. '

Externally there are some low concentric wrinkles in the lower
half of the otherwise smooth valve. Length 8 2, alt. 4.5, diam. of
one valve 1.5 mm.

Type no. 3319, a single left valve.

Fig. 34. Yoldia ovalis Gabb, Type.
LIMOPSIDAE.

Limopsis ovalis Gabb. Text-flg. 35.

Limopsis ovalis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 255.

The sculpture consists of many fine thread-like radii and much

Fig. 35. Limopsis ovalis Gabb.

more prominent and coarser, unequal concentric wrinkles,
hinge has 8 teeth on each side of the median hiatus.

Length 9, alt. 9.7, semidiam. 2.5 mm. (Type).

Type is no. 2657 A. N. S. P.

The

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

Two smaller valves are nearly circular in outline. It becomes
oval with age, as Gabb remarked.

ARCIDAE.

Area umbonata Lamarck.

Area itnhricala Briig., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 254.
Area mnbonata Lamarck, Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 620.

Characteristic specimens of this well known species are con-
tained in no. 2647.

Area bonaezyi (Gabb) Plate XXXIX, figs, l, 2.

Barbatia bonaezyi Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 254.

This species stands very close to A. Candida Gmel., and a fuller
series may show that it is not separable. It differs by the narrower
form and very slight byssal sinuosity, which indeed is not visible in
the type valve, though noticeable in a smaller one.

Length 34, alt. 18, diam. of right valve 7 mm.

Type no. 2649 A. N. S. P.

Area inaequilateralis Guppy.

Area inaequilateralis Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, 1866, p. 293, pi. 18, figs.
2a, b.

Two specimens. It appears to be more abundant in the Bowden

bed.

Area (Seapharca) pennelli C^abb. Plate XXXIX, figs. 3, 4.

A. {Anadara) pennelli Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 254.

The type, a left valve, has 36 ribs. They are closely granose ex-
cept at the ends, where granulation is obsolete. The intervals
have sharp, irregular transverse striae. The cardinal area is narrow-
marked with a few waved longitudinal grooves, and defined by a
narrow strong keel. The hinge has a continuous tooth row of 16
and 35 teeth, irregular where the series meet.

Length 36, alt. 27, diam. of left valve 13 mm.

Type is no. 2651 A. N. S. P.

In the right valve of another specimen the ribs are smooth.

Area (Scapharea) sobrina Pils. and Johns.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 186
= Area henekeni Maury.

Area (Seapharca) eopiosa Pils. and Johns.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 186.
^^ .4. margaretoe Maury.

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Area (Scapharca) devexa Pils and Johns. Plate XL], figs. 8, 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 187.

Area (Scapharca) intumulata Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIX, figs. 7, 8, 9.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 187.

Area (Scapharca) proletaria Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIX, figs. 5, 6.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 188.

Area grandis Broderip and Sowerby. Plate XL, fig. 1.

Area grandis B. and S., Zool. Journ. iv, 1829, p. 365. Reeve, Conch. Icon.

ii, pi. 1, fig. 4. Kobelt, Syst. Conch. Cab. p. 41, pL 12, fig. 1. Carpenter,

Rep. B. A. A. S., for 1856, pp. 1, 249, ph 6, figs. 1-4.
Area (Anadara) grandis Brod. and Sby., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv,

p. 253, in part.
Area patrieia Maury. BulL Amer. Pal. v, pi. 27.

There are twelve large valves of this species in the Gabb collec-
tion from Santo Domingo (no. 2720, 2721), two from 20 miles west
of Azua, Haiti, collected by Mr. Lloyd B. Smith (no. 2662), and
nine from near Cartagena, Colombia (no. 2661), also taken by Mr.
Smith. We formerly thought that the fossils of the Caribbean area
were separable from A. grandis of the recent Panamic Province, but
a close study of all the material shows that no separation can be
made.^^

While somewhat related to A. chiriquiensis Gabb, this species
differs in shape and by the smaller number of ribs, 24 to 26; chiri-
quiensis having 28 to 30. They are larger, and remain better de-
veloped on the posterior dorsal slope. The shell is nearly equi-
valve, extremely large, solid and heavy. The posterior lower angle
is produced, anterior end rounded, basal margin nearly straight.
The beaks are extremely large, giving the shell a triangular con-
tour, and projecting far above the hinge. Cardinal area very broad,
in form of a nearly symmetrical triangle, being scarcely or not longer
posteriorly than in front of the beaks ; marked with grooves meeting
at a wide angle (but in adults usually eroded, showing the striation
derived from growth of the teeth). Sculpture of 25 strong radial
ribs, the anterior ones slightly granulated (this is more obvious in
the young) ; the granules, transverse, rather widely and unevenly
spaced. Intercostal spaces show rather sharp growth-striae. The

^^Mr. Gabb reached the same conclusion; but as he included A. chiriqiiiensis,
and thought A. tolepia the young, his decision has not influenced the opinion ex-
pressed above.

It maybe noted that J. C. Moore identified A. grandis, with some doubt, from
Mr. Heneken's second sending of Santo Domingo fossils, in Q. J. Geol. Soc, ix,
1853.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

hinge is heavy, set with thin, very close, vertical teeth, the tooth-row
being curved down a little at the posterior end. Basal margin very
coarsely fluted within.

Length 11 7, alt. 106, diam. of right valve 56 mm.

Area chiriquiensis Gabb. Plate XL, figs 2, 3, (Chiriqui), 4-6 (S. Domingo).

Area chiriquiensis Gabb, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1860, p. 567, (1861).

Area (Seapharca) chiriquiensis Gabb, Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 642.

? Area patricia Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 52.

The figures represent a type (Plate XL, fig. 2) and paratype (Plate
XL, figs. 3) . Plate XLI, figs. 1-3 are other specimens from the black-
ish shale at Chiriqui. It is equivalve, and the valves are alike ex-
cept that two or three more of the ribs are granulose in the left valve
than in the right. The prominent beaks are moderately to widely
separated by a broad, flat cardinal area marked with some angulate
grooves. The valves convex before the middle, flattened or even
very little concave behind it; about 10 posterior ribs in the left valve,
12 in the right, are nearly smooth, the rest being closely, or some-
times somewhat sparsely, granose. The ribs are weak on the pos-
terior slope. Intervening grooves are irregularly marked with
growth striae.

Length 43, alt. 43 mm.; 29 ribs.

Length 40, alt. 34, diam. 36 mm. ; 30 ribs.

Length 73, alt. 70 mm.; 31 ribs (largest).

Gabb subsequently considered A. chiriquiensis a synonym of
A. grandis, but it is not even closely related.

The granulation is best developed in young or half-grown ex-
amples becoming more or less obsolete in old ones. The degree of
separation of the beaks also varies. The lot of about 40 examples
from Chiriqui, collected by Dr. John Evans, shows but little other
variation.

Santo Domingan specimens (Plate XL, figs 4, 5, 6) are less ex-
tensively granose and the beaks are less widely apart than in many
of the type lot, though agreeing with others. The concavity be-
hind the middle is shghtly more marked. All of the specimens are
somewhat worn.

Length 55, alt. 51, diam. of right valve 23 mm.

Length 35, alt. 33, diam. 36 mm.

Besides the above (no. 2722 Gabb Coll., numerous specimens),
some fragments were obtained by Mr. W. W. Webster on a stream
between Las Caobas and Hinche, Haiti.

It appears likely that this species is the lost Area patricia of

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Sowerby, which has also been identified with A. grandis. It agrees
better than any other Santo Domingan species with the brief and
inconclusive diagnosis of that shell. Sowerby states that his species
has "rather more numerous" ribs than A. grandis, and that it "is
much more rounded at the inferior margin", "margine inferiori ro~
tundato". As far as it goes, this applies to A. chiriquiensis; yet as
no definite information on the type specimen is available, the name
given by Gabb is preferred, since there is no doubt about its iden-
tity.

Area chiriquiensis websteri Pilsbry. Plate XLI, fig 4.

Area websteri Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1910, p. 488.

This form is more leiigthened than A. chiriquiensis and more of
the ribs are granose; yet it is probably a form of chiriquiensis. The
type valve is figured.

Length 44, alt. 35, semidiam. 18 mm.

On a stream between Las Caobas and Hinche, Haiti, W.W. Web-
ster.

Type no. 1312 A. N. S. P.

Area dolaticosta Pils. and Johns. Plate XLI, flgs. 5, 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 188.
Chiriqui.

Area (Scapharca) coccopleura Pils. and Johns.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 188.
= A. hispaniolana Maury.

Area (Argina) tolepia (Dp 11.).

Scapharca (Argina) tolepia Dall, Tran&. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 649, pi. 33, figs. 7, 8

This is one of the most abundant arks. By Gabb the specimens
were referred to A . grandis as young. It is somewhat variable. From
the adhering material it is evident that several beds are represent-
ed.

Three forms seem to be distinguishable, additional to the typical
form. Whether these are species, or successive or synchronous mu-
tations of A. tolepia, cannot be determined until their stratigraphic
place is known.

A. arthurpennelli Maury appears to be based upon part of Gabb 's
specimens. It may be distinct from tolepia, described from Rio
Amina.

Area tolepia saxea Pils . and Johns. Plate XXXIX, fig. 10,

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 189.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

Area tolepia scapularis Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIX, flgs. Vi, 14.

Pioc. A. N. 8. Phila. 1917, p. 189.
Area tolepia crassicardinis Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIX, flgs. 11, 12.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 189.

Area cyclica Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIX, flgs. 15. 16.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 189.

Area perfaceta Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXIX, flgs. 17, 18, 19, 20.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 190.

Area pomponiana Pils. and Johns. Plate XLII, flgs. 4, .5, 6.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 190.

Area multilineata Gabb. Plate XLII, flgs. 13, 14.

Area muUlUneala Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 254.

This small, plump shell has triangular rounded contour, the an-
terior end narrowly, the posterior broadly rounded. Sculpture of
many radial ribs crossed by concentric threads over ribs and inter-
vals. In the median fourth the ribs widen towards the basal border
and the intervals remain simple, but over the rest of the valve inter-
stitial riblets arise in the intervals, about midway, and many of them
become as large as the primary ribs near the basal margin. The
cardinal area is narrow and smooth. Tooth row continuous, with
9 and 11 teeth, those of the posterior part strongly obUque, in the
anterior part slightly oblique.

Length 10, alt. 9.5, diam. of right valve 4 mm.

Type and three other right valves are no. 2652 A. N. S. P.

Fig. 36. Area maoica.

Area maoica Maury. Text-flg. 36.

Area cxmeolus Pils. and Johns., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 191.

The figure represents the type of A. cuneolus,, which is apparent-
ly a synonym of A . maoica Maury.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Area idiodon Pils. and Johns. Plate XLII, figs. 3, 10.

Pioc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 191.
Wilmington, N. C.

Glycymeris acuticostatus (Sowerby)

Pectunculus acuticostatus Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 53, pi. 10, fig.

13.
Axincea acuticostaia Sby., Gabb, Tr. Am. Philos Soc. XV, p. 255.

A very abundant shell. No. 2645 A. N. S. P.

Glycymeris approximans (Gabb) Plate XLII, flgs. 7, 11, 1.3.

Axina;a approximans Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 255.

A very thin species having about 42 rather strong, rounded ribs,
crossed by delicate, equally spaced concentric threads. The hinge
is remarkably narrow, but httle curved, having 15 short but rather
high teeth. Margin with the deeply fluted band very narrow.

Length 8.6, alt. 8.6, diam. of type valve 2.4 mm.

Type and a smaller valve are no. 2650 A. N. S. P.

There is another lot containing much larger but badly worn or
broken examples. The largest has an alt. of 21 mm., hinge with
about 18 teeth, the row interrupted mesially.

Glycymeris santodomingensis Pils. and Johns. Plate XLII, figs. 12, 18.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 192.

Glycymeris diffidentise Pils. and Johns. Plate XLII, flgs. 8, 9.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 192.

PINNIDAE.

Atrina sp. undet.

Pinna sp., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 253.

This species has more dorsal ribs than A. chipolana Dall. The
fragment is scarcely sufficient for specific definition.

PTERIIDAE.

Pteria inornata (Gabb.) Plate XLII. figs. 6, 7

Avicula inornata Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 253.

All the specimens are broken. The largest (type) measures 24.7
mm. long, as figured. It is strongly convex. There is also an in-
terval cast no. 2641, which shows the shape much better than the
shells (Plate XLII, fig. 7).

Type and numerous imperfect valves, no. 2748 A. N. S. P.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409

OSTREIDAE.

Ostrea haitensis Sowerby.

Oslrea hailensis Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 53.

Ostrea haytensis Sby., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 257.

It attains a length up to 14^ cm.

Ostrea frons L.

O.frons L., Gabb, Trans. Amei. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 258.

Two valves, no. 2639, do not appear distinguishable from the
recent mangrove oyster.

Ostrea vaughani insularis Pilsbry and Brown.

Ostrea vaughani irtsularis Pils. and Brn., Proc. A. N. S. Phila, 1917, p. 40, pi.

6, figs. 1, la.
Ostrea virginica Gmel., in part, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p.

267.

Type is in no. 2635 A. N. S. P. No. 2634 contains young speci-
mens.

Ostrea cahobasensis Pilsbry and Brown.

Os<reaca/!o6ase7is?'sPils.andBrn.,Proc. A.N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 40, pi. 6, fig. 8.
Ostrea virginica Gmel., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 257.

Numerous large and solid valves apparently belong to this species,
described from Haiti.

Ostrea bolus Pils. and Johns. Plate XLIII, flgs. 2, 3.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 192.

ANOMIIDAE.

Anomia sp. undet.

A subcircular valve of 19 mm. diameter in which the muscle im-
pressions are not visible. Externally there is an excessively minute
and delicate sculpture of radial striae, visible only near the borders.
It is extremely similar to young shells of Anomia lisbonensis Aldrich
of the same size. The sculpture of the recent A . aculeata is far
coarser.

Anomia gabbi PiLs. and .Tolins. Plate XLIII, fig. 1.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 193.

PECTINIDAE.

A single specimen identified by Gabb as Pecten magnificus Sby.
(p. 256) appears to be P. nodosus L., as Dr. Dall has stated (Trans.
Wagn. Inst. III). It retains the color almost as in a living shell.
We are much disposed to think that it may be Pleistocene. The

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

shell \Yas not collected by Gabb personally, and nothing is known of
its stratigraphic position.

Doctor Dall has recorded Pecten cadaceus Dall from "Tertiary
of Santo Domingo, Gabb"; but the species is not represented in
this collection. The same is true of Pecten {Plagioctenium) gabbi
Dall.

Pecten soror (Gab))) Plate XLIV, flgs. 1, 2.

Janira soror Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873., p. 257.

Gabb 's description was from right and left valves of two individ-
uals. His measurement is from the concave valve catalogued under
no. 2862, which may be considered type. It has about 19 rounded
ribs (not counting a few very faint ones on the submargins) parted
by wider intervals, the whole elegantly sculptured with close, reg-
ular and dehcate concentric laminae (fig. 2). Alt. 47 mm.

The convex valve has 23 strong ribs, slightly wider than their in-
tervals, somewhat flattened, and with similar concentric sculpture.

Length 42.5, alt. 40.5, convexity 14.5 mm.

There are also valves of several smaller individuals showing the
same characters.

Pecten thetidis Sowerby. Plate XLIV, flgs. 3, 6.

Pecten thetidis Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 52. Not Pecten. (Aequi-

pecten) thetidis Sowerby, Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, p. 714.
Pecten eugraminaticus Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, p. 712, pi. 34, fig. 2.

The characteristic sculpture of this species has been well though
briefly described by Sowerby, in terms which preclude the identifi-
cation of thetidis with a species of the exasperatus group, by Guppy
and Dall.

The shell is rather convex, slightly inequilateral, with 21 ribs
separated by V-shaped furrows. Except near the ends the ribs are
square-topped, having flat or furrowed summits and more or less
flange-like edges bearing unequal asperities. There is a beautiful
sculpture of fine, nearly regular concentric threads over the furrows
and slopes of the ribs. Submargins nearly or quite ribless. Ears
are small, and have about 5 slender ribs. No ctenolium.

Length and alt. 24 mm.

The species here defined and figured is the only one in the large
series which agrees with the Sowerby diagnosis. Gabb's collec-
tion covered the ground where the Heneken shells were obtained, and
contains practically all of the Heneken species, so that it may fairly
be inferred that the only species fulfilling the requirements of the
original diagnosis is the true thetidis. It is not an uncommon shell,

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

and varies rather widely in the degree of development of the rib-
ornamentation.

In a form of this species which may be called Pecten thetidis pelei
(Plate XLI V, figs. 4, 5 ) the ribs have wider summits, more strongly
developed spinose flanges, and on the slopes of the ribs there are
one or tivo spinose riblets. The submargins and ears have a close
sculpture of spinose riblets. Alt. and length 28, semidiam. 11 mm.

Type no. 2853 A. N. S. P.

Pecten plurinominis Pils. and Johns. Plate XLV, figs. 1, 2.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 193.

Pecten scLssuratus Dall.

Pecten (Aequipecten) scissurahis Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, p. 71.5, pi. 34,
fig. 4. Brown and Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1911, p. 364, pi. 28. figs.
2, 5.

The sculpture is highly developed in this species.

Pecten interlineatus Gabb. Plate XLV, fig. 3.

Pecten interlineatus Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 256.

On the left valve there are 15 or 16 rounded and not very high
major ribs., a riblet running in each interval; close to the base there
are two or three in each interval. Anterior submargin with about six
riblets, posterior ribs and riblets are granose. The anterior ear
has few fine riblets, posterior ear coarse ribs. There is a fine con-
centric sculpture of regular hair-lines, but more or less wholly worn
from the summits of the ribs. The right valve is a trifle less convex
with the same sculpture except that both ears have fine riblets.
Four well-developed teeth in the short ctenolium.

Length 23, alt. 24.7, diam. 7.2 mm.

Type no. 2856 A. N. S. P.

Pecten oxygonum Sowerby. Plate XLV, flgs. 4, 5, 6.

Pecten oxygonum Sowb., Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 52.

A series of 26 valves seems to be referable to Sowerby 's species.
Doctor Dall has shown that neither of the specimens now pre-
served in the typical tray of Sowerby 's collection agree with the
diagnosis.

The 18 or 19 ribs have either distinctly angular or very narrowly
rounded summits. There are fine, thread-like concentric striae. *
Submargins plain. The left valve is more convex than the right.
There is no ctenolium.

Length and alt. 26.3, convexity 7.2 mm. (Left valve figured).

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Peten augusticostatus Gabb, Plate XLV, figs. 7, 8.

Pecten augusHcostatus Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 256.

The sole specimen of this species is a left valve. It has 22 ribs.
These are very high and acute, in section like an inverted V. Their
slopes and intervals have an extremely fine, regular raised concentric
striation. The anterior submargin has several very low ribs, and
there are a few delicate riblets on the adjacent ear.

Length 24.3, alt. 23.8, convexity 8 mm.

Type no. 2866 A. N. S. P.

While this species is closely related to the preceding, it should
be retained distinct until connecting specimens are found. It
differs by the more numerous, far sharper ribs, the low ribs on the
anterior submargin, the greater convexity, and the finer concentric
striation.

There cannot be much doubt that the name as printed is an
error for angusticostatus. Gabb was in Costa Rica when his paper
was printed, and did not see the proofs.

Pecten uselmae Pils. and Johns. Plate XLV, flg. 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 194.

Bowden, Jamaica. Type no. 11124 A. N. S. P.

Pecten inaequalis Sowerby. Plate XLV, fig. 11.

Pecten inaequalis Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. 52. Not P inaequ-
alis of Guppy or of Dall.

This is an abundant Aequipecten in the collection. It is nearly
equilateral, distinctly inequi valve. There are rounded ribs and
concave intervals in both valves, the ribs in the left valve as wide
as the intervals, in the right valve decidedly narrower. The great-
est number of specimens have 19 ribs; many have 20 and the ex-
tremes, represented by a few, are 18 and 22 ribs. A very fine con-
centric sculpture of hair-like threads runs over both ribs and in-
tervals, but is usually a good deal worn.

Length 38.5, alt. 37.3 mm.

The figures represent both valves of one individual. So far as we
know, the species has been found only in Santo Domingo.

Pecten eccentricus Gabb. Plate XLV, flg. 12.

Pecten eccentricus Gabb, Tran.s. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 256.

Pecten {Plagioctenium) excentricus Gabb, Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 717.

This species is distinctly inequilateral. The type has 21 ribs,

separated by wide, rather shallow intervals, and sculptured with

very fine, close concentric threads, mainly lacking anteriorly. The

1921] . NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

narrow tops of the ribs are a little flattened. Ears wanting in the
type.v It is a good deal like the right valve of P. inaequalis except
that it is inequilateral.

Length 32, alt. 30 mm.

Type no. 2854 A. N. S. P.

Pecten (Amusium?) correctus Pils. and John?. Plate XLV, flg. 13.

Pecten opercularis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 256.
Pecten correctus Pils. and Johns. Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 194.

Pecten ischnon Pils. and Jolms. Plate XLIV, flgs. 7, 8 (type). 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 194.

The concentric lineolation appears to be confined to the more
convex valve.

Amusium papyraceum Gabb Plate XLIII, figs. S, 9.

Pleuromctia papyracea Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 257.

Smooth, with unsculptured beaks. The flatter valve is gently
convex in the middle, with a broad, shallow concavity on each side.
The type measures: Alt. 52, length 54 mm.

Type no. 2864 A. N. S. P.

SPONDYLIDAE.

Spondylus bostrychites Guppy.

Spondylus bifrons Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, p. 53. Not of Goldfuss,

1835.
Spondylus bostrychites Guppy, Proc Sci. Soc, Trinidad 1867, p. 176. Gabb,

Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 257. Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 7.58;

Bull. 90, U. S. N. M. p. 124.

Abundant, and in fine preservation.

Spondylus gumanomocon Brown and Pilsbry. Plate XLIII, flg?. 4, 5.

Spondylus americanus Lam., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 257.
Spondylus gumanomocon Brown and Pilsbry, Proc A. N. S. Phila., 1912, p.
514, footnote 4.

Type no. 2869 A. N. S. P.

A ponderous, very large species. The figures are much reduced.

Plica.tula gibbosa Lamarck (variety).

Plicatula cristata Lam., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 257.
The single perfect specimen reported by Gabb appears to be
identical with this common recent species, except that in places
fine radial striation or crinkling may be seen under the lens. No
color markings are preserved.

DIMYACIDAE.

Dimya grandis Dall.

Dimya grandis Dall, Proc U. S. Nat. Mus., xix, p. 328, with var. divaricala;
Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 764, pi. 35, fig. 8.

Three valves of the typical form and two of var. divaricata were
found among unassorted oyster valves.

414

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

MYTILIDAE.

Modiolaria sp. undet.

Modiola sp. Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 252.
Two very small valves (length about 3.25 mm), belong apparently
to the typical section of Modiolaria.

Modiolus sp. undet.

An internal cast, found with the following species.

Lithophaga antillarum Orbigny.

Lithodomus corrugaius Phil., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 253.
These mussels were preserved in their burrows. They appear
typical of the species.

'JJJS)-

Fig. 37. Crenella diuturna. Fig. 38. Crenella rota.

Crenella diuturna Pils. and Johns. Text-fig. 37; Plate XXXVIIl, fig. 7.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 195.

Crenella rota Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 38.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 195.

PANDORIDAE.

Pandora inconspicua Gabb. Plate XXXVIIl, figs. 8, 9.

Pandora inconspicua Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, 1873, p. 248.

Convex (fig. 8) and flat (fig. 9) valves are photographed. The
former is selected as type; length 7, alt. 3.3 mm.

Type and paratypes are no. 2676 A. N. S. P.

CUSPIDARIIDAE.
Cuspidaria ornatior Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVIIl, figs. 11, 12.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 195.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

415

Cuspidaria gabbi Pils. and Johns. Plate XXXVIII, fig. 10.

Pioc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 195.

Very similar to C. islahispaniolce Maury, but the figure of that
shows a longer rostrum.

CRASSATELLITIDAE.

Crassatellites reevei (Gabb).

Crassatella anUllarwn Reeve? (C reevei Gabb), Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos.

Soc, XV, 1873, p. 252.
Crassatellites reevei Gabb, Brown and Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1912, p.

515, pi. 23, fig. 5.

Type is no. 2687 A. N. S. P.

Crassatellites (Crassinella) guppyi radiata n. subsp. Plate XXXVIII, flg. 4.

The shell is similar to C. guppyi Dall in having narrow concentric
ribs (twelve in number in the type), and in having a distinct mi-
croscopic concentric striation over ribs and intervals, but it diffei's
from Bowden guppyi compared by having a fine, even radial stria-
tion, barely visible under a good hand lens, the striae impressed,
cutting the concentric striation and passing over ribs and intervals.

Length 3.55, alt. 3.35, semidiam. 0.9 mm.

Type no. 3994 A. N. S. P.

Crassatellites (CrassineUa) microdelta Pils. and Johns.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 196.

Text-flg. 40.

Crassatellites (Crassinella) dolatus Pils. and Johns.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 196.

Text-flg. 39.

Fig. 39. Crassatellites dolatus. Fig. 40.

Veneiicardia aversa Pils. and Johns. Plate XLV, flg. 10.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 196.

Venericardia santodomingensis Pils. and Johns. Plate XLV, flg. 14.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 197.

C. microdelta.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

CHAMIDAE.

Chama chipolana Dall.

Chama macrophylla Chemn., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p.

251.
Chama chipolana Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1398; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus,

90, p. 135, pi. 25, figs. 9, 11.

One characteristic valve.

Chama tampaensis Dall.

Chama tampaensis Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, 1903, p. 1398, pi. 54, fig. 6;
Bull. 90, U. S. N. M., p. 135, pi. 24, fig. 1.

One specimen, the valves together, agrees with Tampa examples.

Chama involuta Guppy.

Chama involuta Guppy, Geol. Mag. Dec. ii, vol. i, 1874, p. 444, pi. 17, figs. 5a-
c.

Five characteristic valves, like Guppy 's fig. 5c, and agreeing with
Bowclen examples.

This and the two preceding species were labelled Chama macro-
phylla in the Gabb collection. They have been compared care-
fully with numerous specimens from type localities of the respective
species.

Echinochama yaquensis trachyderma Pils. and Johns. Plate XL VI, figs. 1, 2.

Echinochama trachyderma P. andJ., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 197.
Echinochama antiquata Dall, Maury, Bull. Amer. Pal. V, pi. 33, fig. 10.

A smaller form with fewer, less prominent radial ribs has been
named Echinochama antiquata var. yaquensis Maury. A few of
these are in the Gabb collection. The larger form with more ribs
which we named trachyderma should apparently be called C. yaquen-
sis trachyderma.

Type 2786 A. N. S. P.

LUCINIDAE.

Phacoides riocanensis Maury.

Lucina jamaicensis Chemn., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 251.
Three fine specimens (no. 2666), the largest with an altitude of
of 84 mm. Very close to P. hillshoroensis (Heilpr.).

Phacoides perplexus Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 41. Plate XXXVIIl. flg. .3.

Phacoides perplexus Pils. & Johns., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 197.
Lucina antillarum Reeve, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 251.

This species has fewer radial ribs than P. octinus Dall, and their
intervals are quite shallow. The lunule in the left valve is semi-
cordiform, being about half as wide as long.

1921 J

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

417

Phacoides (Parvilucina) pupulus Pils. and Johns. Text-flg. 42; Plate XXXVIII fig. 2.

Phdcoides {Parnliinmt) pupulus P. & J., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 198.
Lucina crenuldtti Con., Gabb, Trans. Araer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 251.
Phacoides (Lucinisca) muricatus (Spengler)

Lucina tigerina Linn., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, x\, p. 251.
Phacoides {Lucinisca) murical us Spengler, Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1373.

Six specimens, no. 3162, appear to us identical with this recent

species.

Phacoides (Parvilucina) yaquensis (Gabb)

Lucina yaquensis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 251.
Phacoides {Parvilucina) yaq^iensisGahhj'DaW, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1382.

The sculpture is of delicate, raised, concentric lines and almost

obsolete radials. Length 3.8, alt. 3.5 diam. of a right valve

1.2 mm. Type no. 2772 A. N. S. P. There are many other valves

in the lot.

Fig. 41. Phacoides perplexus F. and J. Fig. 42. Phacoides pupulus P. and J.

Lucina janus Dall.

Lucina janus Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1353, pi. 51, fig. 9.
A number of specimens show variation in degree of inflation,
but none are so nearly spherical as L. corpulenta Dall. I have had
the advantage of a comparison with the Chipolan type by Doctor
Dall.

Lucina mauryae Pils. and Johns. Plate XLVl, flg. 3.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 198.

The dimensions of the type should be, length 36.3, alt 33 5. diam.
18.5 mm. It becomes a little larger.

Lucina buUa (Gabb) Plate XLVI, flg. 6.

Cardium {Serripes) bulla Gabb. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 251.
The somewhat prosogyrate beaks are a little in front of the middle.
There is an extremely narrow and small lunule. The surface is
somewhat roughened by growth-lines; on the posterior and anterior

418

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

slopes the rugosity is greater. Posteriorly a few minute short
wrinkles run more obhquely towards the basal margin. In suitable
light, very weak traces of radial sculpture are discernible. It
was probably very little alate in front of the beaks, but the shell is
broken away there.

Length 44, alt. 40, diam. 23.7 mm.

Type no. 2763 A. N. S. P.

The type is an excellent specimen except for some breakage of the
anterior margin. The hinge is not visible, but the characters, so
far as shown, are those of a Lucinid shell and not of a Cardium.

There is also a broken and distorted specimen.

Divaricella proletaria Pils. and Johns. Plate XLII, flg. 1, 2.

Divaricella proletaria P. & J., Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 198.
Lucina dentata Wood, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 251.

D. prevaricata Guppy is of the same size, but according to Dall 's
figure of the type (Proc. U. S. N. Mus., XIX, plate XXX, fig. 4) it
has closer divaricating grooves.

DIPLODONTIDAE.

Diplodonta (Phlyctiderma) gabbi Dall. Text-fig. 43.

Mijsia suhquadrata Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 252. Not
Diplodonta suhquadrata Carpenter, P. Z. S., 1855, p. 230.
D. [iplodonta] gabbi Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1183, footnote.
Diplodonta {Phlyctiderma) pundurella Dall, t. c, p. 1183.

Externally this species has an extreme-
ly minute, irregular but dense puncta-
tion, the pits more or less anastomosing,
forming a sort of network where most
perfectly preserved. There is some vari-
ation in contour, some examples having
the anterior end less rounded than that
figured. The largest valve (figured)
measures, length 5.6, alt. 5.4, diam. 1.65
mm.

Type is no. 2693 A. N. S. P.
We have not compared specimens of the Bowden D. punctureUa
Dall, which from the description and figure appears not to differ
from gabbi. Dall had not seen the latter, apparently.

Fig. 43. Diplodonta
gabbi Dall. Type.

Diplodonta dedecoris n. sp. Text-flg. 44d.e.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 198.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

419

Diplodonta (Sphaerella) capuloides (Gabb) Text-fig. 44a, b,c,

Myski cupuloidts Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 252.

The shell is much inflated, with sculpture of very minute, but well
developed concentric striae. Beaks large and prominent. The
right anterior and posterior cardinal teeth are both bifid. The edge
of the valve is noticeably reflected upward above the cardinal teeth.

Length 5.2, alt. 5, semidiam. 2.4 mm.

Type and two paratypes no. 2694 A. N. S. P. All are right valves.
On account of the inflated form and peculiar hinge this species
appears to belong to the subgenus Sphcerella Conrad.

Fig. 44. a, b, c. Diplodonta capuloides Gabb; d, e, D. dedecoris P. and J.

SPORTELLIDAE.

Sportella lioconcha Dall.

Sportella lioconcha Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst., iii, p. 1128, pi. 44, fig. 24 (Oligo-
cene sands of Oak Grove, Florida).

A valve agreeing with this species measures, length 11.5, alt. 8,
semidiam. 2.6 mm.

Neseromya quadrata (Gabb) Text-fig. 4.5a-e.

Neoeromya quadrata Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 247; Proc.

A. N. S. Phila. 1872, p. 274, pi. 10, figs. 4, la, 46.
Neoeromya {=Erycina) quadrata Gabb, Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci.,

iii, pt. 5, p. 1140, 1143.

Besides some fragments, there are in Gabb 's type lot three specimens
showing the hinge. Two of these, the originals of Gabb's figures

420

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part 11

la, 46, are redrawn. The valve shown in fig 45 a, h, c, may be taken
as type of the species and genus. The lateral teeth described and
figured by Gabb do not exist, the surfaces where they would stand
being flat. The hinges of small Leptonid bivalves are hard to make
out, and we attribute Gabb 's mistake to the use of a low-power hand
lens, instead of the compound microscope.

The external surface shows an extremely minute radial rugosity,
or irregular lineolation, under high magnification. Concentric
sculpture is very shght. The prodissoconch has a circular outline,
like that of Sportella (fig. e) .

Length 6.2, alt. 4.2 mm. (Fig. 45 a).

It is plain that the species is not a typical Erycina; the hinge being
more like Pseudopythina or Sportella. Not being expert in the study
of Leptonacea, the species is left under the original generic name.

Fig. 45. Neceromya quadrata Gabb, a, b, interior and dorsal views of right
valve, type; c, enlarged cardinal detail of same;d, e, interior and dorsal
views of a smaller left valve.

Type no. 2787 A. N. S. P.

CARDIIDAE.

We may note in this connection that by a typographical error
Cardium durum was spelled durun in Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1912, p.
516. It was correctly spelled on pp. 501 and 519.

Cardium (Trachycardium) domincanum Dall.

Cardiuin {Trachycardium) dominicanum Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 10827.

pi. 48, fig. 16.
C. {Trachycardium) subelongatum Sby., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv,

p. 250.

1921 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

Cardium (Trachycardium) dominicense Gal)b. Plate XXV, figs. S, 9.

Cardiinn doniiniccnse (labb, Trans. Amcr. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 250; Journ-
A. N. S. Phila. viii, p. 344. Pilsbry and Brown, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1911,
p. 367 (Gatun).

The ribs, except on the posterior slope, are smooth and rounded,
separated by narrow grooves. On the anterior end the ribs show
small erect processes or the scars where they have been. There are
also quite small processes along the posterior sides of the rest of the
ribs, nearly all worn off. On the posterior area each rib is split,
alternate ones of the resulting riblets bearing erect, oblique pro-
cesses. The posterior end is deeply serrate, each primary rib pro-
jecting. There are about 54 primary ribs.

The whole basal margin is broken away, so that the true length
does not show in the figure. The type measures: length 38, alt. 44
(estimated), diam. of one valve 15 mm.

Several young shells are more rounded in outline, and the ribs are
very closely spinose towards the margins. The posterior ribs show
only a trace of splitting. (No. 2769 A. N. S. P.).

Type no. 2764 A. N. S. P.

Cardium Unguatigris Maury appears to resemble this species
rather closely.

Cardium tintinnabularum Maury.
One imperfect valve.

Cardium (Trigoniocardia) haitense Sowerby.

Cardium haitense Sowerby, Q. J. Geol. Soc, vi, 1849, p. .52, pi. 10, fig.ll.

C. (Fraguin) haitense Sby., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 251.
Cardium (Laevicardium) serratum L.

Cardiam {Laevicardium) serratum L., Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. ] 112.
Not recorded by Gabb, who left the specimens without name.
They are rather small, alt. 23 mm., but characteristic.

Cardium (Laevicardium) venustum Gabb. Plate XXV, figs. 2, 7.

C. {Laevicardium) venustum Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 251 .
The shell is longer than high, transversely oval, with very convex,
but somewhat narrow and markedlj^ prosogyrate beaks, which
project far more above the hinge outhne than in C. serratum. The
anterior and posterior areas are smooth, the median portion finely
ribbed, the ribs low, flattened, much wider than the intervals, which
are closely and finely striated transversely. There are about 50 ribs.
The right anterior cardinal tooth is peg-hke, higher than the poste-
rior. Lateral teeth compressed, the posterior, especially, much
thinner than in C. serratum.

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Length 33, alt. 31, diam. of one valve 13 mm.

Type no. 2768 A. N. S. P.

This species has been placed in the synonymy of C. serratum, but
it seems to me distinct by the far larger beaks, of a different shape,
and the differences in the teeth. In C. serratum the beaks are much
wider and lower, even in specimens of far greater size. The sculp-
ture described may possibly be due to disintegration of the outer
layer, though we see no evidence that this is the case.

VENERIDAE.

Macrocallista (Chionella) maculata (L.)

M. (C.) maculata L., Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1256.
Agrees closely with recent specimens externally. As the valves
are together the interior could not be compared.

Macrocallista (Chionella) planivieta (Guppy)

Cyiherea {Callisla) planivieta Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc.,xxii, 1866, p. 292, pi.

18, fig. 3.
Callista planivieta Guppy, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 250.

One typical right valve (no. 2670).

Pitar tryonianus (Gabb) Plate XLVIl, flg. 11.

Callista tryoniana Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 250.

This shell is not unlike the recent P. fulminata Mke. (varians
Hanley), but is thinner, a little plumper, with the beaks turned for-
ward a little more. The sculpture is of very fine, close, even and
smooth concentric threads, which are flattened and wider in the
median part, where unworn; the beaks smooth in the median con-
vexity. The lunule is defined by a weakly impressed line.

Length 28, alt. 23.3, semidiameter 8.4 mm.

Type no. 2757 A. N. S. P.; a left valve.

Cf. Pitaria cercadica Maury, which appears to be the same species.

The emendation of Pitar into Pitaria was an arbitrary proceed-
ing. There are many non-Latin generic and specific names which
might equally well be changed to give them a Latin dress.

Pitar (Hyphantosoma) carbaseus (Guppy)

Cytherea (Circe) carbasca Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, 1866, p. 292, pi. 18,

fig. 13.
Callisla carbasea Guppy, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 250.
Pitaria (Hyphantosoma ) carbasea Guppy, Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p.
1266.

Six specimens contained in trays no. 2664 and 2679.

Pitar (Lamelliconcha) acuticostatus (Gabb) Plate XLVII, flg. 10.

Callista acuticostata Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc xv, 1873, p. 250.
The sculpture consists of close, nearly equal, thin concentric ribs

192l] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423

of which every second one rises lamina-hke at the anterior end. The
liinule is quite small, marked by a rather weak impressed line. The
pallial sinus is horizontal, rounded at the end, and reaches beyond
the middle of the length.

Length 25.5, alt. 22, semidiameter 7.2 mm.

Type is no. 2776 A. N. S. P., a left valve. A series of smaller
valves is contained in no. 2775.

This shell is shorter and more acutely sculptured than P. concin-
nus Sowb.

Cytherea (Antigona) tarquinia (Dall)

Venus magnifica Hanley, Gabb, Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xv, p. 259.

Venus tarquinia Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1194, pi. 38, fig. 2. (Ballast

Point, Florida).
Cytherea tarquinia Dall, t. c. p. 1274.
Antigona tarquinia Dall, U. S. Nat. Mus., 90, p. 147.

Fine specimens, up to a length of 77 mm. It is probably ances-
tral to the recent C. listen, in which the concentric sculpture is much
more strongly developed.

While Cytherea magnifica is related, it differs by the wider, flatter
radial striae.

Chione (Lirophora) paphia (L.)

Chionc pappia Linn., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 249.
? Chibne (Lirophora) hendersonii Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1295.

Five valves, no. 2669. We cannot distinguish them from the re-
cent species. Numerous specimens from Jamaica (no. 11041), which
are apparently referable to C. hendersonii Dall, do not seem to be
specifically distinct.

Chione santodomingensis Pils. and Johns. Plate XLVII, figs, l, 2.
Proc. A. N. 8. Phila. 1917, p. 199.

Chione socia Pils. and Johns. Plate XLVII, figs. 12, 13.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 199.

Chione primigenia Pils. and Johns. Plate XLVII, flgs. 6, 7.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 199.

Chione guppyana Gabb. Plate XLVII, flgs. 3, 4, 5.

Chione guppyana Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 249.

A peculiarity of this species is that the ventral faces of some or all
of the concentric lamellae have about twice as many ribs as there
are in the intervals. This is shown in the detail photographed in
fig. 4. It is a rather plump, rounded shell, related to C. ivoodwardi
Guppy.

Length .31.3, alt. 30 mm. Type no. 2773.
. Length 32.5, alt. 29, diam. 22.3 mm.

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Cytherea (Ventricola) blandiana (Guppy)

Chione circinata Born, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 250.

Venus blandiana Guppy, Geol. Mag. Dec. 11, vol. i, 1874, p. 444, pi. 17, fig. 8.

Cytherea (Ventricola) blandiana Guppy, Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 1277.

This fine species reaches a length of 43 mm. Guppy 's figure is
very inadequate.
Cyclinella cyclica domingensis Pils. and Johns. Plate XLVII, fig. 8. .^

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 200.

Dosinia azuana Pils. and Jolins. Plate XLVII, fig. 9.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 200.

TELLINIDAE.

TeUina sp. undet.

? Tellina pimicea Born, Gabb. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 248.
An imperfect internal cast in a hard rock, no. 2788, resembles this
species in outline but is more convex. It was not labelled, but may
possibly represent Gabb's T. punicea. No specimens were found
under that name in the collection.

Tellina (Eurytellina) n. sp.

A weakly grooved left valve, which has been broken into several
pieces and repaired, apparently belongs to an undescribed. species.
It is no. 3200 A. N. S. P.

Tellina alternata Say.

Tellina alternata Say, Gabb, Ti'ans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 248.
There is a set of T. alternata in the collection labelled ''U. S."
possibly from Santo Domingo or Costa Rica, but without Gabb's
MS. label. We cannot, therefore, confirm or reject Gabb's record.
This and T. punicea are the only species mentioned bj^ Gabb which
we have not been able to trace in the collection.

Tellina minuta Gabb. Text-fig. 46a, b.

Tellina (Peronceoderma) minuta Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873,
p. 249.

The shape is subcircular rather than "suboval". Left valve
without lateral teeth, and a little plumper than the right. Exter-
nally there are very fine, evenly spaced concentric lines with flat
intervals, much as in T. alternata except that the sculpture is very
fiat and superficial. It is quite thin, and the internal impressions
are faint.

Length 5.5, alt. 4.75 mm.

Type no. 2789 A. N. S. P.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

425

Semele deli mata Pils. and Johns. Plate XLVI, flg. 9.
Pioc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 200.

Semele firma Pils. and John.*^. Plate XLVI, flg. 10.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 200.
Tellina (Merisca) eirati Pil.':. and Johns. Plate XLI, flg. 7.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 201.

Tellina (Moerella) simpsonj Dall.

T. {M.) siinpsoni Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, p. 1024, pi. 46, fig. 12;
According to Dall, "this form is what Gabb identified as T.
cuneata d'Orb." but in the vial labelled T. cuneata (no. 2663) we
find only a worn valve of some Erycinid form.

Fig. 46. Tellina minuta Gabb ; inside and exterior of the type valve.

Tellina (Cyclotellina) fausta Donovan.

T. {Arcopagia ) fausta Don., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 249.
The outside of a single almost perfect specimen (no. 2695) does
not differ materially from this recent species. As the valves are
closed, no details of the interior are accessible.

Metis efferta Pils. and Johns.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 201.

Metis chipolana Dall (?). Plate XLVI, flg. 7.

Metis chipolana Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii, 1900, p. 1042, pi. 47, fig. 21.
Tellina (Macoma) constrida Brug., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p.
249.

A single Santo Domingan example (no. 2671) differs from the
type by having the posterior end broader, the radial striation is less
distinct, and the concavity of the right valve more extensive; yet
we do not think it specifically separable. Length 37.3, alt. 32, diam.
15 mm.

426

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part II

Metis postrema Pils. and Johns.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 201.

StrigUIa pisiformis (L.)

Strigilla pisiformis Linn., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. XV, p. 249.
Abundant.

DONACIDAE.

Donax aequalis Gabb. Text-fig. 47.

Donax aequalis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 249.

lAXli

7

J

Fig. 47. Donax cequalis Gabb.

The shell is unusually equilateral for this genus. The type, a
right valve, measures, length 7.8, alt. 5.5, semidiameter 2 mm. No.
2668 A. N. S. P.

SOLENIDAE

Siliqua subaequalis Gabb. Text-fig. 48.

S. subaequalis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 247

Fig. 48. Siliqua subcEqiialis Gabb.

This shell is extremely delicate and fragile. The rather strong
internal rib extends two-thirds of the distance to the lower border.
Length 19, alt. 7, semidiameter 1.5 mm.
Type and four other valves no. 2677 A: N. S. P.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

MACTRIDAE.

Mactra dariensis Dall.

Madrdla alata Spengler, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos., Soc, xv, p. 248.

Two specimens in hard gray rock, one an internal cast, the other
retaining part of the shell, seem to be referable to this species de-
scribed from the Ohgocene of the Canal Zone. The best specimen
has the sharp grooves on both sides of the beaks described by Dall,
and the shape agrees well.

Gabb's identification was evidently hasty, as little resemblance
to M. alata can be traced.

Labiosa (Raeta) gabbi. Pils. and Johns. Plate XLVI, fig. li.

Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1917, p. 202.

CORBULIDAE.

Corbula vieta Guppj'.

Corbula disparilis d'Orb., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 247.
Ccrhula vieta Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, xxii, p. 580, pi. 26, fig. 8.

Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst, iii, p. 849.
Erycina tensa Guppy, Q. J. Geol. Soc, xxii, p. 582, pi. 22, fig. 6, (left valve).

Gabb. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 252.

Gabb considered vieta to be identical with disparilis; the resem-
blance is certainly great, but according to Dr. Dall, the small
differential features are constant.

Corbula sericea Dall.

Corbula lavaleana d'Orb., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 247.
Corbula sericea Dall, Tr. Wagn. Inst., iii, p. 848, pi. 36, fig. 8.

Corbula knoxiana fossilis n. subsp. Plate XLVI, fig. 14.

Corbula contracta Say, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 247.
Not of Say.

The specimens agree well in form with C. knoxiana C. B. Ad.
except that the carina projects decidedly less. The type, a right
valve, measures length 8.7, alt. 6, diam. 3 mm.

Type no. 2689 A. N. S. P.

Corbula dominicensis Gabb. Plate XLVI, flgs. 12, 13.

Corbula dominicensis Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 247.

The right valve is slightly larger. Sculpture of concentric ribs,
abrupt on their upper edges, sloping on the lower. On the posterior
half the number of ribs is nearly doubled, by spHtting. In the left
valve the ribs are simple throughout, not spht posteriorly.

Ridge to the sharp posterior angle is acute.

Length 14.6, alt. 9, diam. 6 mm.

Type is no. 2691 A. N. S. P.

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Corbula (Bothrocorbula) viminea Guppy.

Bothrocai-bula viminea Guppy, Gabb, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 247.
Bothrocorbula viminea Guppy, Gabb, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1872, p. 274, pi.
10, figs. 3, 3a.

The specimens agree well with those of the Bowden bed.

GASTROCHAENIDAE.

Rocellaria sp. undet.

Rocellaria sp.? Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 246.
Two minute valves about 3 mm. long scarcely permit identifica-
tion of species, though showing presence of the genus. No. 2678.

PHOLADIDAE.

Martesia sanctipauli Maury.

Martesia sp. indct. Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, p. 246.
An imperfect valve is apparently referrable to M. sanctipauli.
The length of the specimen as broken is 3.7 mm. No, 2672 A. N.
S. P.

TEREDINIDAE.

Teredo (Kuphus) incrassata (Gabb>

Kuphus incrassatus Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 249; Joum.
A. N. S. Phila., viii, 1881, p. 342, pi. 44, figs. 12 a-c.

Type lot is no. 2785 A. N. S. P.

Teredo sp. undet.

? Teredo sp. undet., Gabb, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, xv, 1873, p. 246.
Two groups of tubes about 10 mm. in diameter^ in hard rock.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429

Explanation of Plates XVI-XLVII.

Drawings, photographs and retouching by Helen Winchester. The line figures
in the text were drawn by the author.

Plate XVI. — Fig. 1, 2. — Drillia maciletUa Dall. Length 37.5 mm. and 44 mm.
Fig. 3. — Drillia consors Sowb. Length 41.5 mm.
Fig. 4, 5. — Drillia squamosa Gabb. Type. Length 56.5 mm.
Fig. 6. — Drillia callistopleura Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 22.4 mm.
Fig. 7, 8. — Drillia, winchesterae n. sp. Type. Length 26.3 mm.
Fig. 9. — Drillia elocata n. sp. Type. Length 25.4 mm.
Fig. 10, 11. — Clathurella gracilis Gabb. Type. Length 28.3 mm.
Fig. 12. — Drillia callistura Gabb. Type. Length 21.7 mm.
Fig. 13. — Drillia mimula Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 16.7 mm.
Fig. 14. — Drillia subgibhosa Pils. & Johns. Cotype. Length 46 mm.
Fig. 15. — Drillia ischnatracta Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 53.4 mm.
Fig. 16, 17. — Drillia scala Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 45.4 mm.
Fig. 18. — Drillia esculenta Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 13.2 mm.
Fig. 19. — Drillia orthopleura Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 13.7 mm
Fig. 20. — Drillia foveolata Pih. & Johns. Type. Length 14.1 mm.
Fig. 21. — Drillia parkeri Gabb. Type. Length. 26.8 mm.

Plate X.YII.—Fig.l.—Turris rara Gabb. Type.
Fig. 2. — Surcula longicaudata (Gabb). Type.
Fig. 3. — Drillia henekeni (Sowb.).

Fig. 4, 5. — Surcula humerosa (Gabb). Type and paratype.
Fig. 6. — Drillia sororcula Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 7. — Drillia gatunensis alia n. subsp. Type.
Fig. 8.. — Drillia fusiformis (Gabb). Type.
Fig. 9. — Cythara hepiagona (Gabb). Type.
Fig. 10. — Cythara polygona (Gabb). Type.
Fig. 11, 12. — Clavatula labiata Gabb. Type and paratype.
Fig. 13. — Clathurella arnica Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 14. — Drillia venusta (Sowb.).
Fig. 15. — Glyphostoma dentiferimi Gabb. Type.
Fig. 16. — Scobinella magnifica (Gabb). Type.

Fig. 17, 18. — Scobinella iristis Pils. & Johns. Back and face of type.
Fig. 19, 20. — Borsonia varicosa Gabb. Views of opposite sides of the sum-
mit of a quite perfect paratype.
Fig. 21. — Borsonia varicosa Gabb. Type.

Plate XVIII. — Fig. 1. — Drillia hexapleura Pils. & Johns. Type. No. 2908.
Fig. 2. — -Borsonia recurvirostris Gabb. Type. Length 9.6 mm.
Fig. S.— Cythara elevata (Gabb). Type. No. 3224.
Fig. 4. — Clathurella paupercula (Gabb). Type.
Fig. 5. — Drillia lissotropis dorsuosa Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 6.— Cythara elongata (Gabh). Type. No. 2917.
Fig. 7. — Odostomia dulcis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 8. — Anachis (?) quadrata (Gabb). Type. Length 8.7 mm.
Fig. 9. — Strombina caribcea Gabb. Type.
Fig. 10,11. — Strombiiia caribcea micraVils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 12. — Dentalium sagittarii Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 13. — Anachis exilis (Gabb). Type.

Fig. 14. — Columbella inflata (Gabb). Type. Length 25.6 mm.
Fig. 15. — Strombina politissima Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 16. — Metulella fusiformis Gabb. Type. Length 18.5 mm.
Fig. 17. — Anachis gracilicostata Pils. & Johns. Type. No. 2803.
Fig. 18. — Metulella dominicensis Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 16.4 mm

430 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Plate XIX. — Fig. 1. — Conus haytensis Sowb. Length 107 mm.

Fig. 2. — Conus recognitus Guppy. Length 69 mm.

Fig. 3. — Conns bonaczyi Gabb. Type. Length 2L5 mm.

Fig. 4. — Conus longitudinalis Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 3.5 mm.

Fig. 5. — Conus haytensis politispira n. subsp. Type. Length 65 mm.

Fig. 6. — Conus trisculptus Pils. & Johns. T3rpe. Length 343^ mm.

Fig. 7. — Conus domingensis Sowb. Length 89 mm.

Plate XX. — Fig. 1. — Conus furvoides Gobh. Type. Length 44.5 mm.
Fig. 2, 2a, 2b, Conus symmetricus Sowb. Lengths 25, 27.5 and 49 mm.
Fig. 3. — Conus furvoides brachys Fils. & Johns. Type. Length 37.5 mm.
Fig. 4. — -Conus aratus Gabb. Type. Length 63 mm.
Fig. 5. — Conus perlepidus Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 44 mm.
Fig. 6. — Conus planiliratus Sowb. Length 32 mm.
Fig. 7, 7a, 7b,. — Conus consobrinus Qowh. Length 27, 30 and 50 mm.
Fig. 8.— Conus consobrinus ullim.us Pils. & Johns. Tyjie. Length 52 mm.
Fig. 9. — Conus planiliratus Sowb. var. Length 42 mm.
Fig. 10. — Conus cercadensis Maury. (porceUus Pils. & Johns. Type).

Length 29 mm.
Fig. 11, 11a. — Conus xenicus Pils. & Johns. Type and paratype. Lengths

28.5 and 27 mm.

Plate XXI. — Fig. 1. — Conus slenostoma Sowb. Length 75 mm.
Fig. 2. — Conus strombiformis Gabb. Type. Length 63 mm.
Fig. 3. — Co7nis simplicissimus Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 63 mm.
Fig. 4. — Conus proteus humerosus n. subsp. Type. Length 65 mm.
Fig. 5. — Conus simplicissimus n. subsp. Length 68 mm.
Fig. 6. — Conus yaquensis Gabb. Type. Length 49 mm.
Fig. 7. — Conus pernodosus Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 23 mm.
Fig. 8, 9. — Conus gabbi Pils. & Johns. Paratype and tj^e. Lengths 33

and 42.5 mm.
Fig. 10. — Conus larvatus Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 33 mm.

Plate XXII. — -Figs. 1, 2.^Terebra hitia Piln. & Johns., with detail of penult whorl.
Figs. 3, 4. — Co7ius caienatus Sowb. Lengths 65 and 28 mm.
Figs. 5, 6. — Terebra baculiformis Pils. & Johns., with detail of penult whorl.
Fig. 7. — Cancellaria guppyi Gabb. Type.

Figs. 8, 9. — Cancellaria ellipsis Pils. & Johns. Type and paratype.
Figs. 10, 14. — Phos costatus Gabb. Type and paratype. Lengths 31 and

30.5 mm.
Fig. 11. — Cancellaria insularis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 12. — Cancellaria gabbiana Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 13. — Cancellaria epistomifera Guppy. Length 37 mm.
Fig. 14. — Phos costatus Gabb.

Fig. 15. — Nassaria brevis Gabb. Type. Length 20 mm.
Fig. 16, 17, 18. — Phos guppyi Gabb. Type and paratypes. Lengths 31.5,

28, 33.5 mm.
Figs. 19, 20. — -Metula cancellata Gabb. Type. Length 24.5 mm.
Figs. 21, 22. — Surcida jacquensis (Gabb). Type and paratype. Lengths 45

and 67.3 mm.
Figs. 23, 24, 25. Phos semicostatus Gabb. Lengths 33.5, and 34. mm.

Fig. 23 is the type.

Plate XXIII. — Fig. 1. — Oliva proavia Pils. & Johns. Type.

Figs. 2, 3. — Oliva cylindrica Sowb. Lengths 35 and 31 mm.

Fig. 4. — Oliva brevispira Gabb. Type.

Fig. 5. — Olivella canaliculata Gahh. Type. i=muticoides vav.).

Fig. 6. — Olivella muticoides Gabb, intermediate form. Length 17. 3 mm.

Fig. 7. — Olivella muticoides Gabb. Type.

Fig. 8. — Oliva diinidiata Pils. & Johns. Type.

Fig. 9. — Aurinia striata Gabb. Type.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

Figs. 10, 11. — Oliva gradata Gabb. Paratype and type.

Fig. 12.— Rictaxis oryza (Gabb). Type. Length 6.7 mm.

Fig. 13. — Harpa americana n. sp. Type.

Fig. 14. — ■Marginella sowerhyi Gabb. Type.

Fig. 15. — -Adeon subtornatilis Pils. & Johns. Type.

Plate XXIV. — Fig. 1. — Mitra symmetrica Gahh. Type {= titan Gabb). Length
51 mm.
Fig. 2. — Mitra titan Gabb. Type. Length 106 mm.
Fig. 3. — Mitra longa Gabb. Type. Length 61.3 mm.
Figs. 4, 5. — Mitra rudis Gabb. Type and a young specimen.
Fig. 6. — Plochelwa crassilahrum Gabb. Type.

Fig. 7 .—Plochelo'.a gabbi Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 27.5 mm.
Fig. 8. — Vexillum tortuosmn (Gabb). Type. Length 32.3 mm.
Fig. 9. — Vexillum tortuosellum (Pils. & Johns.). Type.
Fig. 10. — Mitra mesolia Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 11, 12. — Lyria soror (Sowerby).

Fig. 13. — Vexillum tortuosellum frater (Pils. & Johns.). Type.
Fig. 14. — Marginella nugax Pils. & Johns. Type.

Plate XXV. — ^Fig. 1. — Latirofusus exilis (Gabb). Length 31.4 mm.

Fig. 2. — Cardium venustum Gabb. Type.

Fig. 3. — Xancus validus (Sowb.). Length 178 mm.

Fig. 4. — Lalirus hrevicaudatus santodomingensis P. Length 57 mm.

Fig. 5. — Xancus textilis jamaicensis Pils. & Johns. Length 123 mm.

Fig. 6. — Xancus textilis jamaicensis. Length 42 mm.

Fig. 7. — Cardium uenustum Gabb. Type.

Fig. 8, 9. — Cardium dominicense Gabb. Type.

Plate XXVL' — Fig. \.- Latirus angustatus Gahh. Length 27 mm.
Fig. 2. — Latirus fusifarmis Gabb. Length 31.5 mm.
Fig. 3. — Latirus fusif or mis Gabb. Length 28.7 mm.
Fig. 4. — Latirus elongatus Gabb. Length 49 mm.
Fig. 5. — Xancus rex Pils. & Johns. Length 220 mm.
Figs. 6, 7. — ■Fusinus henekeni (Sowb.). Lengths 71 and 89 mm.
Fig. 8. — Xancus rex Pils. & Johns. Length 156 mm.
Fig. 9. — Leucozonia rhomboidea Gabb. Length 13.6 mm.

Plate XXVII. — Fig. 1. — Vasum pugnus Pils. & Johns. Length 80 mm.
Figs. 2, 3. — Vasum tuberculatum Gabb. Length 112 mm.
Figs. 4, 5. — Vasum dominicense Gabb. Lengths 32 and 60 mm.
Fig. 6. — Aclis alta Gabb. Type.

Plate XXVIII. — -Fig. 1. — Murex rufus fo»i/>aditsGabb. Type. Length 56.4 mm.
Figs. 2, 3. — Trophon dominicensis Gabb. Type. Length 17.5 mm.
Fig. 4. — Murex textilis Gabb. Type. Length 31 mm.
Figs. 5, 6. — Typhis obesris Gabb. Type. Length 24.8 mm.
Fig. 7. — Muricidea striata Gabb. Type Length 12.3 mm.
Figs. 8, 9. — Thais santodomingensis Pils. & Johns. Tjq^e. Length 45 mm.
Fig. 10. — Melongena antillaruni (Gabb). Young paratype. Length 43.7 mm.
Figs. 11, 12. Cymia henekeni tectiformis n. subsp. Type. Length 46 mm.
Figs. 13, 14. — Melongena orthacantha Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 29.6 mm.
Figs. 15, 16. — -Melongena orthacantha Pils. & Johns. Adult paratype. Length

36.4 mm.
Fig. 17. — Melongena antillarum Gabb. Type. Length 79 mm.

Plate XXIX. — -Figs. 1, 9.—Malea goliath Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 129 mm.
Fig. 2. — Cymatiam domingense (Gabb). Type. Length 28.7 mm.
Fig. 3. — Malea elliptica Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 53.5 mm.
Fig. 4, 5. — Bursa crassa proavus Pils. Length 25 mm.
Figs. 6, 7. — Potamides dentilabris (Gabb). Length 49.6 mm.
Fig. 8. — Bursa crassa bowdenensis Pils. Length 48.7 mm.

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Fig. 9. — Malea goliath Pils. & Johns. Back of type.

Figs. 10, 11.— Potamides suprasulcatus (Gabb). Lengths 29.5 and 20.5 mm.

Fig. 12. — Potamides prismaticus (Gabb). Length 57.5 mm.

Plate XXX. — Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Cyprcea raymondrobertsi n. sp. Type. Length 27

mm.
Fig. 4, 5. — Cyprcea spurcoides Gabb. Type. Length 32.5 mm.
Fig. 6. — Cyprcea raymondrobertsi bowdenensis n. subsp. Type. Length

25.5. mm.
Figs. 7, 8. — Cyprcea dominicensis Gabb. Type. Length 39 mm.
Figs. 9, 10. — Cyprma campbelliana Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 30 mm.
Figs. 11, 12. — Capiilus inornatus Gabb. Type. Length 14 mm.
Fig. 13. — Orthaulax inornatus Gabb. Young specimen 30 mm. long.
Fig. 14. — Orthaulax inornatus Gabb. Largest specimen. Length 91.3 mm.
Fig. 15. — Orthaulax inornatus Gabb. Type. Length 55 mm.
Fig. 16. — Orthaulax i. altilis n. subsp. Young specimen 27 mm. long.
Figs. 17, 18. — Orthaulax i. altilis n. subsp. Type. Length 52 mm.
Figs. 19, 20. — Hipponix otiosa Pils. & Johns. Type and a small specimen;

the upper left margin of the peristome broken in the former. Length 9.2

and 5 mm.

Plate XXXL — Figs. 1, 2. — Strombus galliformis Pils. & Johns.
Figs. 3, 4. — Xenophora imperforata Gabb. Type.
Fig. 5. — Melongena consors (Sowb.). Dwarf form.

Plate XXXIL — Fig. 1. — Strombus dominator Pils. & Johns. Type.

Figs. 2, 3. — Cerithium microlineatuin Gabb. Type and paratype. Length

49 and 50 mm.
Fig. 4. — Cerithium venustuni Gabb. Tyi^e. Length 29 mm.
Figs. 5, 6. — Potamides gasfrodon Pils. & Johns. Type. Length 22.5 mm
Figs. 7, 8.— Xenophora dilecta Cruppy. Diam. 51 and 56 mm.
Fig. 9. — Strombus dominator Pils. & Johns. Type.

Plate XXXIII. — Figs. 1, 2. — Cerithium turriculum Gabb. Type.
Figs. 3, 4. — Cerithium dominicense Gabb. Type.
Figs. 5, 6. — Cerithium obesum Gabb. Type.
Fig. 7. — Cerithium simplex Gabb. Type.
Fig. 8. — -Cerithium turriculum Gabb.

Figs. 9-12. — Cerithium obesum. ventricosior n. var. 10-12 are the type.
Figs. 13, 17. — Cerithium obesum gurabense Maury. No. 4076.
Figs. 14, 15. — Cerithium obesum harrisi n. var. Type.
Figs. 16, 20. — Cerithium uniseriale Sowb. No. 2595.
Fig. 17. — Cerithium obesum gurabense Maury.
Figs. 18, 19. — Cerithium obesum ventricosum (?). No. 4075.
Fig. 20. — Cerithium uniseriale Sowb. Enlarged view of No. 2595.

Plate XXXIV. — Fig. 1. — Rissoina minuta (Gabb). Type.

Fig. 2. — Bittium costatum Gabb. Type. = Rissoina bryerca (Mont.), var.

binominis Pils. & Johns.
Figs. 3, 4. — Eulima crassilabris Gabb. Type {= Rissoina laevigata C. B. Ad.).
Fig. 5. — Rissoa epulata Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 6. — Rissoa proavita Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 7. — Epitoniuni amosbrowni n. sp. Type.
Figs. 8, 9. — Epitoniuni santodomingense n. sp. Type.
Figs. 10, 11. — Epitonium minutissimum (Gabb). Type.
Figs. 12, 13. — Dolophanes melanoides Gabb. Type. {=Crepitacella).
Figs. 14 - 16. — Hemisinus truncatus (Gabb). Fig. 14, 36 mm. long.
Fig. 17. — Niso grandis (Gabb). Type.
Figs. 18, 19, 20.— Torinia rotundata Gabb.
Fig. 21. — Natica finitima Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 22. — Epitonium amplum Gabb. Tyi)e. Diam. 13.5 mm.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

488

Figs. 23. 24. — Amauropsis burnsi meridionalis n. subsp. Length 23.3 mm.
Figs. 25-27. — Amauropsis guppyi (Gabb). Lengths 32, 28, 38 mm.

Type.

Plate XXXV
Fig. 2.-
Fig. 3.-
Fig. 4.—
Fig. 5.—
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. ?,.
Fig. 10.
Fig. IL
Fig. 12.—
Fig. 13.
Fig. 14.

— Fig.l. — Mangilia dominicensis (Gabb).
Alabina canaliculata (Gabb). Type.
Alabina angustior n. sp. Type.
Bitlium asperoides (Gabb). Type.
Aclis bartschiana Pils. & Johns. Type.
Melanella gabbiana Pils. & Johns. Type.
Melanella astuta Pils. & Johns. Type.
Strombiformis ischnon Pils. & Johns. Type.
Strombiformis sarissiformis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Strombiformis prwlubrica Pils. & Johns. Type.
Alaba maoensis (Gabb). Type.
Bittium. yaquense (Gabb). Type.
Pyramidella forulata famelica Pils. & Johns. Type.
Pyram,ideUa canaliculata Gabb. Type.

Plate XXXVI.— Fig. 1.-
Fig. 2.~Tiirbonilla
Fig. 3.—Turbonilla
Fig. 4. — Turbonilla
Fig. 5. — Turbonilla
Fig. Q.— Turbonilla
Fig. 7. — Turbonilla
Fig. 8. — Turbonilla
Fig. 9. — Turbonilla
Fig. 10.— Turbonilla
Fig. n.— Turbonilla
Fig. 12.— Turbonilla
Fig. 13.— Turbonilla
Fig. 14. — Odostomia
Fig. 15. — Odostomia
Fig. 16. — Odostomia

Type.

Type.

—Turbonilla turritelloides Gabb.
beatula Pils. & Johns. Type.

dominicensis Gabb. Type.
santodomingensis Pils. & Johns.
galeata Pils. & Johns. Type.
perosqua Pils. & Johns. Type.
angustula Pils. & Johns. Type.
aratibadllum Pils. & Johns. Type.
insititia Pils. & Johns. Type.
undecimcostaia Pils. & Johns. Type.

pertenuis Gabb. Type.
coniexta Pils. & Johns. Type.

egressa Pils. & Johns. Type.
cyclocephala Pils. & Johns. Type.
bartschiana Pils. & Johns. Type.
mogindo n. sp. Type.

Plate XXXVIl. — Figs. 1, la, lb. — Teinostoma angulaium (Gabb). Type.
Figs. 2, 2a, 2b. — Teinostoma depressum (Gabb). Type.
Figs. 3, 3a, 3b. — Teinostoma vitreum (Gabb). Type.
Figs. 4, 4a. — • Vitrinella amosbrowni n. sp. Type.
Figs. 5, 5a. — Vitrinella naso Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 6. 6a. — Circulus domingensis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 7. — Circulus domingensis Pils. & Johns. Base of a more perfect speci-
men.

Plate XXXVIIl. — Fig. 1, la. — Leda extricala Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 2. — Phacoides pupulus Pils. & Johns. Tj'pe.
Fig. 3. — Phacoides perplexus Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 4. — Crassinella guppyi radiata n. subsp. Type.
Fig. 5. — -Nucula tuberculata Gabb. Type.
Fig. 6. — Nucula tenuisculpta Gabb. Type.
Fig. 7. — Crenella diuturna Pils. & Johns. Type.
Figs. 8, 9. Pandora inconspicua Gabb. Type and paratype.
Fig. 10. — -Cuspidaria gabbi Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 11. — Cuspidaria ornatior Pils. & Johns., variety.
Fig. 12. — Cuspidaria ornatior Pils. & Johns. Type.

Plate XXXIX.— Figs. 1, 2.— Area bonaczyi (Gabb). Type.
Figs. 3, 4. — Area pennelli Gabb. Type.
Figs. 5, 6. — Area proletaria Pils. & Johns. Type.
Figs. 7, 8, 9. — Area intumulata Pils. & Johns. Type and paratype.
Fig, 10. — Area tolepia saxea Pils. & Johns. Type.

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT II

Figs. 11, 12. — Area tolepia crassicardinis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Figs. 13, 14. — Area tolepia seapularis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Figs. 15, l&.—Area eycHca Pils. & Johns. Type.

Figs. 17, 18, 19, 20. Area perfaeeta Pils. & Johns. Type and another speci-
men.

Plate XL. — Fig . 1. — Area grandis Brod. Santo Domingo. No. 2720.
Figs. 2, 3. — Area chiriquiensis Gabb. Chiriqui. Type and paratype.
Figs. 4, 5, 6. — Area chiriquiensis Gabb. Santo Domingo. No. 2722.

Plate XLI. — Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Area ehiriquiensis Gabb. Chiriqui. No. 2724.
Fig. 4.— Area e. websteri Pils. Type.
Figs. 5, 6. — Area dolaticosta Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 7. — Tellina errati Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 8, 9. — Area devexa Pils. & Johns. Type.

Plate XLIl. — Figs. 1, 2. — Divarieella proletaria Pils. & Johns. Type.
Figs. 3, 10. — Area idiodon Pils. Type. Wilmington, N. C.
Figs. 4, 5, 6. — Area pomponiana Pils. & Johns. Type and paratype.
Figs. 7, — Glyeymeris approximans Gabb. Type. Alt. 8.6 mm.
Figs. 8, 9. — Glyeymeris diffidentice Pils. & Johns. Tj^e.
Fig. 10. — Area idiodon Pils. Type.

Fig. 11. — Glyeymeris approximans Gabb. Large specimen, alt. 21 mm.
Figs 12, 18. — Glyeymeris santodomingensis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Figs. 13, 14. — Area muliilineata Gabb. Type.
Fig. 15. — Turritella sidcigyrala Pils. & Johns. Type,
^igs. 16, 17. Turbo dominieensis Gabb. Type and paratype.
Fig. 18. — Glyeymeris santodomingensis Pils. & Johns. Type.

Plate XTjIII. — Fig. 1. — Anomia gabbi Pils. & Johns. Type.

Figs. 2, 3. — Ostrea bolus Pils. & Johns. Type and paratype.
Figs 4, 5. — Spondylus gumanomoeon Brown & Pils. Paratype and type.
Fig. 6. — Pteria inornata (Gabb). Type.

Fig. 7. — Pteria inornata {Gahh). No. 2641. An internal cast.
Figs. 8, 9. — Amusium papyraeeum (Gabb). Type and internal cast of an-
other valve.

Plate XlilV. — Figs. 1, 2. — Pecten soror (Gabb). Concave valve and detail o
sculpture Type.

Figs. 3, Q.—Peeten thetidis Sowb. No. 2858.
Figs. 4. 5. — Pecten thetidis pelei Pils. & Johns. Type.
Figs. 7, 8, 9.— Pecten isehnon Pils. & Johns. Type and paratype.

Plate XLV. — p'igs. 1, 2. — Pecten plurinominis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 3. — Pecten interlineatus Gabb. Type.

Figs. 4, 5, 6.^ — Pecten oxygonum Sowb. No. 2867, with detail of basal margin.
Figs. 7, 8. — Pecten augustieostatus Gabb. Type, with detail of basal edge

of same.
Fig. 9. — Pecten iiselmoe Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 10. — Venericardia aversa Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 11 — Pecten inaequalis Sowb. No. 2847.
Fig. 12. — Pecten eccentrieus Gabb. Type.
Fig. 13.— Pecten correctus Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 14. — Venericardia seabrieostata Gabb. Type.

Plate XLVI. — Figs. 1, 2. — ■Echinochama yaquensis trachyderma Pils. & Johns.
Type and paratype.
Fig. 3. — Lueina mauryce Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 4, 5. — Metis efferta Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 6. — Lueina bulla (Gabb). Type.
Fig. 7. — Metis ehipolana Dall. No. 2671.

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435

Fig. 8. — Metis postrema Pils. & Johns. Type.

Fig. 9. — Semele delimata Pils. & Johns. Type.

Fig. 10. — Semele fir ma Pils. & Johns. Type.

Fig. 11. — Labiosa gahbi Pils. & Johns. Type.

Figs. 12, 13. — Corbula dominicensis Gahh. Cotypes.

Fig. 14. — Corbida knoxiana fossilis Pils. & Johns. Type.

Plate XLVII. — Fig. 1, 2. — Chione santodomingensis Pils. & Johns. Type.
Figs. 3, 4, 5. — Chione guppyana Gabb. Type.
Figs. 6, 7. — Chione primigenia Pils. & Johns. Tj^pe.
Fig. 8. — Cyclina cyclica domingensis Pils. & Johns. T3^3e.
Fig. 9. — Dosinia aziiana Pils. & Johns. Type.
Fig. 10. — Pilar acuticostatus (Gabb). Type.
Fig. 11. — Pilar tryonianus (Gabb). Type.
Figs. 12, 13. — Chione socia Pils. & Johns. TjTie.

Figs. S, 9 natural size, the others enlarged.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XVI.

PILSBRY: GABBS TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XVII,

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XVIII.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSOA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XIX.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XX.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXI.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXII.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXIII.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921,

PLATE XXIV.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA, 1921

PLATE XXV.

^

• i».V*>

v.*^*^ 7

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSOA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921

PLATE XXVr.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXVII.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PBOC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXVIIl.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOI.LUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXIX.

^

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXX.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXXI.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOIjLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXXIl.

PILSBRY: G-ABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXXni.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXXIV.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921,

PLATBiXXXV.

A

/

^

\'<^

11

^,^

12

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

^

PLATE XXX VI.

/I

!-t|

!L1

10

14 lb

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXXVII.

la

f m^

2

^»;i^

I

f

2a

lb

f

2b

^i

3b

3a

%

^^v

^J

5a

■!A

^

4a

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXXVin.

^mm^^' '^mm^

A-

V;

la

8

•«>,.

11

'ilh

'V

S

''Hn§m

10

-7^

I

'<1

12

1

PILSBRY: GABBS TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OP SANTO DOMINOO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XXXIX.

■^IS^ViTrH

N ' \

2

I

•ji

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHIL A. 1921.

PLATE XL.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1921

PLATE XLl.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921

PLATE XLII.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XLIII.

q'h r\\}^^

PILSBRY; GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSC A OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XLIV.

y.

,^

^j

/ .?

t

- 'J ■

7

/!'■ '

'<?-^=.-.--

. *<*

4#^ 1

=^^%

j*^

■^'■--..y'"^-

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOJ.LUSOA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XLV.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSOA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XLVI.

PILSBRY: GABB'S TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1921.

PLATE XLVII.

PILSBRY: GABBS TERTIARY MOT.LUSCA OF SANTO DOMINGO.

NOTES ON HEMIBRANCHIATE AND LOPHOBRANCHIATE FISHES.

By Henry W. Fowler.

The fishes belonging to the above-named groups contained in
the collection of the Academy are listed in this paper. Besides
notes on variation, interesting records are given for some species
for the first time, and two species are described as new.

GASTEROSTEIDAE.
Spinachia spinachia (Linne)

British Isles and Sweden.

Pungitius pungitius (Linne)

Europe, Sweden, Rostock in Germany, Magdalen Islands,
Massachusetts, Salem, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New Jersey,
My largest examples show: Head 3f to 4; depth 5f to 6; D.
IX, often X, rarely xi, 9 or 10; A. i, 9, often 10; length 62 to 70 mm.
In the entire series the dorsal shows mostly x, often ix, seldom or
rarely viii or xi. In view of the great variation of these spines,
even as low as ii have been given by some authors, it is not pos-
sible to use them as distinctive characters. The Japanese Pygo-
steus steindachneri Jordan and Snyder and P. undecimalis Jordan
and Starks are nominal forms supposed to be distinguished chiefly
according to their dorsal spines, and may therefore be merged
in the synonymy. Gasterosteus pungitius brachypoda Bean has
been placed as the Greenland representative, on the alleged char-
acter of its short ventral spine, which is a little less than half of
the head. None of my examples shows the ventral spine more than
half of the head, and most of them much less. In the young or
small examples, these spines are quite short or small. It is there-
fore quite likely Pungitius pungitius is entirely circumpolar.

Gasterosteus aculeatus Linne.

Prince Edward Island, Magdalen Islands, Halifax, in Nova Scotia,
Maine, Long Island, New Jersey, Virginia. Many from the Medi-
terranean, Lago Nemi and Italy as var. hrachycentrus. This large
series of all ages shows great variation, individual as well as geo-
graphical. It is impossible to clearly define the latter. All the

(437)

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Mediterranean and Italian specimens are naked or partly armed.
They show usually 4 plates, less frequently 0 to 5. In young ex-
amples from Prince Edward Island the armature is often incomplete,
and the long ventral spines slender, frequently extending even |
beyond the pubic process or even twice length of the dorsal spines.
All my Canadian examples have the armature less complete, or
less in depth than in New Jersey specimens. This may, however,
be due to age, as my largest ones are somewhat less than Long
Island and New Jersey material. The Canadian specimens all
agree with the Virginian examples, all of which are uniformly
small. They have variously long or short spines. All show but
a single ventral ray. The characters given by Jordan and Ever-
mann for the nominal American forms^ are entirely fallacious and
my specimens violate all their alleged distinctions.

Gasterosteus aculeatus cataphractus (Pallas)

G. microcephalus Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 133. Four
Creek, San Joaquin Valley, Cal.

Nos. 14,275 to 14,289, A. N. S. P., cotypes of G. microcephalus

Girard. Others from San Francisco and Oakland, California;

Puget Sound; Alaska. The distinctions given by Jordan and'

Evermann for this nominal form, — its robust form and longer spines,

do not hold. A nearly equal variation is found in my Pacific

specimens as in the Atlantic, and the present form is only admitted

nominally.

Eucalia inconstans (Kirtland)

Gasterosteus micropus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 81. Fort
Riley, Kansas.

Nos. 14,184 and 14,185, A. N. S. P., cotypes of G. micropus Cope.
Others from New York, Pennsylvania, Indiana, Iowa and Minne-
sota. They show D. v, rarely vi, unsually 10, often 9, sometimes
8 and rarely 7 or 11; A. i, 9 or 10, rarely 7, 8 or 11; ventral spine
5 to 1+1; length 24 to 65 mm.

Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill)

Prince Edward Island, Magdalen Islands, Maine, Rhode Island,
Long Island, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Mary-
land. This large series shows a wider range of variation than is
usually credited to the dorsal spines. Seven examples have iii, 152
have IV, 283 have v, and 9 have vi. These spines are all very

1 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.. no. 47. pt. 1. 1896, p. 746.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 439

variable in length, position and projection. In only one case were
2 closely situated spines found at the soft dorsal origin, the rays of
the fin ranging 10 to 12. Only a single oval spine in all the
examples, the rays 7 to 10. A young Delaware example shows un-
usually short or hardly developed innominate bones. The color
pattern is also extremely variable, and in no two examples exactly
alike.

Four examples Cope reported in 1865-, labeled as having been
brought from Sukertoppem, Greenland, by Dr. I. I. Hayes,
are not Eucalia inconstans, with which he sought to identify them.
I subsequently wrongly referred four examples, labeled "Godhavn,
Disco Island, Davis Straits" from Dr. I. I. Hayes^ to Gasterosteus
aculeatus, which suggests they may have changed labels.

AULOSTOMIDAE.
Aulostomus maciilatus Valenciennes.

Two from Santa Cruz, W. I. Eye 2^ to 2f in postorbital.

Aulostomus chinensis (Linne)

Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, Oahu, Pacific Ocean. Eye 2| to
2f in postorbital.

FISTULARIIDAE.
Fistularia tabacaria LinnS.

Manasquan, Ocean City, Beesley's Point, Angelsea, N. J.; Rio
Janeiro, Brazil; Trinidad W. I.; Banda Point, West Africa. This
material shows the variations quite extensively. The characters
pointed out by Jordan and Starks in their distinctions for F.
petimha and F. depressa are in some instances covered by my mate-
rial. However the median ridges on the snout above are slightly
divergent anteriorly. In all cases the skin is smooth.

Fistularia petimba Lacepede.

Hawaiian and Philippine Islands. I have not found any struc-
tural differences for this species, in attempting to distinguish it
from the preceding. "Upper lateral edges of snout with few
serrations or none" as given by Jordan and Evermann for their F.
tabacaria in comparison with "upper lateral edges of snout sharply
serrated" for F. petirnba, are surely worthless. The blue spots for

2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 81.
' L. c. 1914, p. 365.

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Pai't III

F. tahacaria are not found in any of my preserved specimens, either
old or recent, apparently soon fading after death. My examples
of F. petimha are smooth. All show the hind portion of the lateral
line armed with firm plates, only less developed in the young, and
in small examples some apparently affected by formaline. The
same is true of F. tahacaria. The examples of F. petimba all agree
in a slightly less deeply depressed interorbital, with narrower sup-
raorbitals. Even some of the examples of F. tahacaria show a
similar condition, and this is hardly a likely character for distinction.

MACRORHAMPHOSIDAE.
Macrorhamphosus scolopax (Linne)

Head If to 2|; depth 3f to 4^; snout If to 3f in head;
eye 2^ to 4| in snout; D. v or vi — 11 or 12; A. 18 or 19. All show
great variation in the length of the dorsal spine, as in some it does
not depress much beyond the soft dorsal and in others it extends
beyond the caudal tips. Its armature also quite variable, though
usually distinct. In smaller or young examples obsolete or only
few denticles. Young also have shorter snouts, deeper basally.
Length 27 to 158 mm. Twenty-six from Italy.

Jordan and Starks state they have compared their M. sagifue with
two specimens of the present species from the Canaries. They con-
tend M. sagifue differs ''in being a little more slender and in having
a slightly smaller eye and longer snout." All these characters are,
however, covered by my material, as the note above will show;
Though they fail to note the length of their type it appears to
measure according to their figure, about 115 mm. The correct
distinctions therefore remain unknown for the nominal M. sagifue.
None of my specimens appears to represent M. gracilis (Lowe) as
described by Gunther. It is said to have the body depth 2f to 3
in space between opercle and caudal base, which is If to 2| in my
specimens. A further distinction is the alleged weak armature of
the dorsal spine.

Macrorhamphosus scolopax elevatus (Waite)

Head 2^-^; depth 4|, or 2| from gill-opening to caudal base;
dorsal spine well armed, not depressible beyond soft dorsal. Victoria.

Centriscops humerosus (Richardson)

One from Victoria, Australia, 110? mm. (caudal damaged).

192l] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 441

CENTRISCIDAE.
Centriscus scutatus Linne.
One without data.

Centriscus strigatus (Giintlier)

One without data. Aeoliscus Jordan and Starks, based on this
species, would appear only of sub-generic rank.

PEGASIDAE.

Parapegasus natans (Linne)

Padang, Sumatra.

SYNGNATHIDAE.

Entelurus aequoreus (Linne)

Osphyolax pellucidus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1875, p. 450, PI.
25, figs. 1-4. Open Atlantic Ocean.

No. 860, A. N. S. P., type of 0. pellucidus Cope. Duncker has
correctly placed this nominal form as a synonym of Syyignathus
aequoreus Linne* and although the type has been overlooked until
now, its identity is unquestioned. It is, however, still in good
preservation and shows: Rings 29+62?; D. 37, on 8+3 rings; head
4f to vent; vent about opposite last third in dorsal base. Length
283 mm. On the basis of the very general type locahty this species
could hardly be included in the North American ichthyfauna.

Cope gives "thirty-one transverse rows of scuta" though my
count shows the above formula. Also he says '' dorsal radii sixteen, "
his figure showing 18, whereas there are actuallj^ 37. Also he gives
"total length 23 m.," while his specimen is actually 283 mm. long.

Nerophis maculatus Raflnesque.

Rings 21 or 22 +50 to 67; D. 21 to 25, on 2 or 3 +5 rings. Three
from Italy.

Gastrotokeus biaculeatus (Bloch)
Bacon and PhiHppines.

Doryrhamphinanim lineatum (Valenciennes)

Santo Domingo, W. I. Duncker sets aside Doryrhamphinarum
Kaup^. Kaup included Syngnathus heterosoma Bleeker monoty-
pically, and such is here acknowledged as its type. It therefore
supersedes Micro-phis as used by Duncker.

4 Mitteil. Nat. Mus. Hamburg, 32, 1914 (1915), p. 32.
' Cat. Lophobr. Fish, 185, p. 62.

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Doryrhamphinarum brachyurum (Bleeker)

Rings 21 or 22+22 to 25; D. 38 to 43, on 1 or 2+7 or 8 rings.
Eleven from Tahiti.

Corythoichthys fasciatrus (Gray)

C. elerae Evermann and Seale, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fisher., 26, 1906 (1907), p.
67, fig. 2.

No. 33,252, A. N. S. P. , paratype of C. elerae Evermann and Seale.

Corythoichthys conspicillatus (Jenyns)

Rings 16+40; D. 31 to 33, on 6 rings. Twelve from Tahiti.
Corythoichthys albirostris Kaup.

Rings 16+32; D. 28, on 4+5 rings. Marco, Lee County, Florida.
Micrognathus jonesi (Giinther)

Rings 15 or 16 +37 or 38; D. 25, on 1 +3 or 4 rings. Three from
Anclote Bay and tliree from Point Pinellos, west coast of Florida,
both obtained by Prof. Angelo Heilprin in 1886. This species has
not previously been recorded from the coast of the United States.
These examples show fewer body rings and more caudal rings than
the Porto Rican material reported by Evermann and Marsh.

Compared with Syngnathus elucens the present species differs
in the median lateral ridge continuous with the lower caudal ridge,
and the lower lateral trunk ridges end abruptly close before begin-
ning of the lower lateral caudal ridge.

Syngnathus spicifer Rlippell.

PhiHppines. Rings 16+40; D. 26, on 7 body rings. This example
agrees in most every respect with Riippell's figure and description.
It has upper right body and caudal keels continuous, though a httle
deflected below the dorsal base. Along this latter area an auxiliary
short superior parallel keel. As the color has faded the usual dark
abdominal cross-bands are not evident.

Syngnathus mattemi (Fowler)

Corythroichthys maUerni Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1918, p. 11, fig.
5. Philippines.

Type, No. 47,484, A. N. S. P., of C. mattemi Fowler. In the

original account the misleading statement "this species diiffers

from the preceding chiefly in its greatly elongated tail and shorter

snout," refers to the specimen of S. spicijer, its reference having

been deleted from my paper. Abdomen pale brownish, but with

indistinct cross-bars.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 443

Syng^nathus elucens Poey.

Marquesas and Big Pine Keys, Florida. Rings 16 to 18+28 to
33 , D. 28 to 30, in 3 or 4 +4 or 5 rings. Length 55 to 1 17 mm.

Syngnathus schlegelii Kaup.

Yokohama and Otaru, Japan. Rings 19 or 20+40 to 43; D. 34
to 39, on 1+8 to 10 rings. Largest 229 mm.

Syngnathus californiensis Storer.

S. giiseclineatus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1854., p. 14. San Fran-
cisco Bay.

No. 835, A. N. S. P., type of S. griseolineatus Ayres. In
very poor condition. Other examples from Monterey and Cali-
fornia, and Willamette River, Oregon. Rings 19 to 21 +42 to 52;
D. 37 to 44, on 1+8 to 10 rings.

Jordan and Evermann say S. griseoUneatus Ayres differs in a
somewhat shorter snout, number of dorsal rays and rings, more
keeled snout and dorsal covering 0 or 1+9 rings. My material all
appears to be S. californiensis and the type of S. griseolineatus
has at least 18 body rings and not one of the other specimens show
less than 19.

Syngnathus pelagicus Linu§.

Many examples; 5 labeled "Delaware Bay"; N. Lat. 24° 21' West
Long. 34° 32'; N. Lat. 23° 20' West Long. 57° 29'; N. Lat. 23° 59' W.
Long. 37° 59'; Lake George, Florida. Rings 16 or 17+29 to 32;
D. 28 to 33, on 2 to 4+4 to 7 rings. All this material is charac-
terized by the vertical white lines on the trunk, one on each ring
inferiorly.

Jordan and Evermann place this species in their key under the
group with "dorsal covering 4 or 5 body rings" and immediately
below as "on 1+9 rings." In only one example (Lake George)
have I found the dorsal on 4+4 rings. I cannot find Siphostoma
scovelli Evermann and Kendall is distinct, and in fact its alleged
distinctions are covered by the variations in my material.

Syngnathus fuscus (Storer)

Massachusetts, New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland and Virginia.
Also one labeled "Neuse River, North CaroHna." Rings 17 to 20
+36 to 40; D. 32 to 40, on 4 to 6+4 to 6 rings. Largest 240 mm.

Syngnathus mackayi Swain and Meek.

Marquesas and Big Pine Keys, Florida. Rings 17 or 18+31 to
35; D. 29 to 31 on 1 to 3 +5 to 7 rings. Largest 160 mm.

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Syngnathus louisianae (Gunther)

Marquesas and Big Pine Keys, Hailer's Rock, West Palm Beach
and Pensacola, Florida. Rings 20 to 23+35 or 36; D. 33 or 34, on
3 or 4+4 to 6 rings. Largest 283? mm.

Syngnathus acus Linne.

Italy and Sweden. Rings 15 to 20+33 to 43; D. 33 to 39, on 1 to
3+6 to 9 rings. Largest 333 mm. In most upper lateral caudal
keel continuous with median lateral keel of trunk.

Syngnathus pellegrini Fowler.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 56, 1919, p. 265, fig. 11. Gabun, West
Africa.

Nos. 975 to 978, A. N. S. P., type and paratypes.

Typhlinus typhle (Linne)

Italy and Gulf of Spisia.

Stigmatophora argus (Richardson)

One from "Fiji" wrongly identified by me as S. nigra Kaup.
Rings 19 +48? ; D. 42, on 8 +6 rings. Likely this specimen is actually
from Australia.

Leptonotus tristriatus n. sp. Fig. 1.

Head 2| to vent; depth 11; D. 42, on 3+8 rings, P. 12; rings
21+40? (tail damaged); snout about 1^ in head; eye 2f in post-
orbital region.

Body elongated, slender, well compressed, and apparently deepest
midway in trunk, and combined head and trunk at least less than
tail. Upper keels on each side of back extend back to seventh
caudal ring. This replaced by similar parallel keel, beginning on
last trunk ring and entirely continuous posteriorly. Median
lateral keel from pectoral axis, and ends on last keel of trunk.
Median belly keel complete from breast to vent. Lower keel along
each side of body complete.

Head slender, attenuate, compressed, upper profile nearly straight.
Snout greatly longer than rest of head. Eye rounded, small, though
now little left but orbital rim, which at least f of head depth at
that point. Mouth small, terminal. Interorbital flat. Opercle
without horizontal keel and fine striae radiating above and below.

Gill-opening?

Rings firm, and keels without spines. Each ring with numerous
fine striae, vertical on plates.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 445

Dorsal origin well before vent, fin small and rays rather short. Anal
very small. Pectoral half length of postocular region.

Color in alcohol largely faded dull brownish. Back dull brown,
with obscure paler dots or minute rounded spots. Dorsal pale
brown. Brown band along side of snout to eye, and continued back
over opercle and upper side of back, gradually merging in color of
latter before dorsal. Median narrow streak of same color on upper
surface of snout, continued over upper surface of head to predorsal,
and much narrower than lateral head bands, or across interorbital
about one-third its width. All these bands on head with margins
darker or as if bordered with dusky-brown lines.

Length about 136 mm., measured to end of broken tail.

Type, No. 33,136, A. N. S. P. Fiji. Mrs. Agnes F. Kenyon.

TTTm'TTnTnTrri''n-TTiTr'

Fig. 1. — Leptonotus tristriatus n. sp.

This species is related to Leptonotus norae Waite^ in the number of
its rings and length of its snout. It differs, however, markedly in
color-pattern. Originally I wrongly recorded this species as Syng-
nathus semistriatus (Kaup), a species which it appeared to re-
semble in structure, though it also differs strikingly in color-pattern.

{Tri, three; stria, stripe; for the color-pattern chiefly on the head.)

Solenognathus guntheri Duncker.

Rings 25 or 26+56 or 57; D. 40? to 43? Two adults from Victoria,
Australia, and two without data. They all agree with S. hardwickii
Waite^, which has been named S. guntheri by Duncker.

Phyllopteryx foliatus (Shaw)

. Two males and 4 females from Portland, Victoria. Syngnatus

taeniloatus Lacepede* is synchronous with Shaw.

Hippocampus hippocampus (Linne)

Italy and Port Mahon, Minorca. D. 16 to 19, on 3+1 rings;
rings 12+35 or 36. Also a number of dried examples without data.

Hippocampus hudsonius De Kay.

Rhode Island, New Jersey, Delaware. D. 17 to 20, on 3 or 4+1

6 Records Canterbury Mus., I, No. 3, 1911, p. 17-3, PI. 27, fig. 1.
' Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2) 9, 1894, p. 221, PI. 17, figs. 2-4. 7.
8 Ann. Mus. Hist. N'at. Paris, 4, 1804, p. 211, PI. 58. fig. 3.

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

rings; rings 11 to 13+34 to 38. This species is very close to the
preceding, and may not eventually prove to be distinct. The
specimens fail to show any tangible structural characters and the
variations are in most every way conformable. Both have a similar
general style of coloration, even to the dark median ventral keel and
submarginal dark band on the dorsal. The female likewise shows
the vent in a dark area.

Hippocampus punctulatus Guichenot.

Bermuda; Vera Cruz, Mexico; Port of Silam, Yucatan; Bahamas;
Santa Cruz, W. I. ; Key West, Marquesas Keys and Useppa Island,
Florida; Maldonado Bay, Uruguay; Sao Thome, Portuguese Guinea.
The Useppa Island example agrees in most every respect with the
nominal color variety H hrunneus Bean^. Possibly H. stylifer
Jordan and Gilbert is another variation, though none of my examples
shows so few as 16 D. raj^s.

Hippocampus sindonis Jordan and Snyder.

A dried example labeled "coast of Japan," from Dr. W, N.
Whitney, conspicuous for its extremely high bony occipital crest.

Hippocampus ingens Girard.

Two in bad preservation, from Panama.

Hippocampus zosterae Jordan and Gilbert.

Marquesas Keys, Florida.

Hippocampus kuda Bleeker.

H. taeniops Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2) 12, 1904, p. 501, PI.
7 (upper left fig ). Padang, Sumatra.

No. 27,469, A. N. S. P., type of H. taeniops Fowler.

Hippocampus abdominalis Lesson.

H. bleekcri Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 426, fig. 4. Victoria,

Australia.
H. agnesae Fowler, 1. c, 429, fig 5. Victoria.

No. 33,122, A. N. S. P., type of H. hleekeri Fowler.

No. 33,123, A. N. S. P., type of H. agnesae Fowler.

Hippocampus ecuadorensis n. sp. Fig. 2.

Head, measured to gill opening, Ij in trunk; depth of trunk 2
in its length; width of trunk about 4; trunk 2\ in tail; D. 22; A. 5;
P. 16; rings 11+36; depth of head at coronet If in its length;
width of head 3^; snout 2\; eye 6^; dorsal base 2|; interorbi-
tal space 1^ in eye.

» Field Mus. Pub. Zool., 7, July 1906, p. .39, fig. 1. Bennuda.

1921]

NATURA.L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

447

Body long, moderately deep, trunk short and well compressed.
Trunk long, slender, slightly compressed.

Head moderately large, compressed. Snout slightly attenuated,
wide as deep basally. Eye moderate, midway in head length.
Mouth terminal, broad, superior, and closed lower jaw slightly in-

FiG. 2. — Hippocampus ecuadorensis n. sp.

eluded. Nostrils small, cIosb together and close before front rim
of orbit. Interorbital narrow, triangular, concave.

Gill-opening about half of eye, inclined in vertical, laterally superior
on nape.

Coronet moderately elevated, with two lateral ridges and median

posterior ridge. Below and slightly in advance, a strong spine
directed laterally. Slight median ridge above nostrils. Supraocular
spine broad and directed laterally. Very small postorbital tubercle,
close behind eye. Shoulder-girdle with three moderately large
tubercles. Opercle with rather obsolete radiating striae. Body-
rings with edges as ridges, without spines, though at some junc-
tures slight tubercles. Ridges on tail-rings more or less obsolete.

Fins moderate, rays simple. Dorsal base moderate, on 2 body
and 2 caudal rings. Anal long as eye. Pectoral base broad, fin
little longer than eye. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol dull brown. Body marked with numerous small
round obscure spots of dull brown. Also many pale or whitish dots
sprinkled about irregularly, often as short lines or specks. Dorsal
and pectoral, pale, uniform or unmarked.

Length, from tip of coronet to tip of extended tail, 145 mm.

Type, No. 24,198, A. N. S. P. Bahia, Ecuador. September,
1884. Dr. W. H. Jones.

Differs from H. ingens Girard in more dorsal rays, larger eye, blunt
body and tail rings, and the absence of dermal flaps.

(Named for Ecuador.)

(448)

THE CHROMITE DEPOSITS OF THE STATE LINE SERPENTINES.^

By Samuel G. Gordon.

The chromite deposits described below occur in a belt of ser-
pentine situated on the Pennsylvania-Maiyland line, in Lancaster
and Chester counties, Pennsylvania, and Cecil County, Maryland,
In the last century the district was an important producer
of chromite, and during the recent war attempts were made to re-
open the mines, but with little success. Aside from economic
considerations, the deposits are of considerable scientific interest,
as the data regarding chromite deposits are rather meager, beyond
the fact that they appear to be true magmatic segregations without
the aid of ''mineralizers."

General Geology.

The geology of the district has been described by Rogers^,
Chester^, Frazer*, and Bascom^. The serpentines of the belt
represent hydrothermal-metamorphosed peridotites and pyroxen-
ites, part of an igneous complex forming a large batholithic mass
overlain on the north by mica gneisses. The following interesting
petrographic succession is exhibited in passing northwestward
across the batholith-biotite-grandiorite, hornblende-biotite-grano-
diorite, quartz-biotite-hornblende-gabbro, quartz-hornblende-gab-
bro, hornblende-norite and quartz-norite, norite, pyroxenite, and
peridotite. The main types are considered by F. Bascom to re-
present differentiation of the magma before intrusion, while their
gradations are thought to represent subsequent differentiation.

1 The writer is indebted to Dr. Edgar T. Wherry for a critical review
of the manuscript, and to Mr. F. Lynwood Garrison for various courtesies
extended to him during his visit to the district in April and August, 1920. The
albitites were described in a previous article in these proceedings, and an account
of the minerals of the district will appear in The American Mineralogist.

^ Henry D. Rogers, Geology of Pennsylvania, 1858

3 Frederick D. Chester, Ann. Rep. Second Geol. Surv. Penna. 1S87, 93-105,
1889.

* Persifor Frazer, Jr., Second Geol. Surv. Penna. Reports C3 and C4, 1880 and
1883, Geology of Lancaster County and Chester County.

6F. Bascom, Cecil County; Maryland Geol. Surv. 1902, 83-148.

(449)

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Chromite Deposits.

The chromite deposits occur exclusively in the meta-pyroxenite
and meta-periodotite area. The principal mines, now all abandoned,
are hsted below, with their reputed production.^

Line Pit, three-quarters of a mile northwest of Rock Springs
cross-roads, Maryland; 1,000 tons. This chromite body presents
a number of unusual features, and is in some respects the most
remarkable deposit in the district.

The deposit may be described as a rough, irregular cylindrical
mass, with the average diameters of 5 by 8 feet, which has been
worked to a depth of about 250 feet. The chromite body pitches
S 75° E at an angle of about 60°.

This rough cylindrical mass is surrounded by a thick sheathing
of a translucent green, jade-like serpentine known as williamsite,
averaging about a foot in thickness, beyond which lie the ordinary
types of serpentine. Thick tabular masses of williamsite form
partings in the chromite deposit, while veins of it may extend
into the serpentine walls. Fractures in the chromite are filled
with clinochlore or kammererite. Many veins of magnesite,
containing residual masses of green serpentine, were found cutting
the chromite deposit and the serpentine in the lower levels.

Reynolds' Mine, one and a half miles south of Wrightsdale; pro-
duction small.

Wood's Mine, one mile southwest of Lee's Mill; 120,000 tons.
The Wood's Mine chromite deposit formed an enormous, irregular
mass, in a dark green serpentine, which assumes a brown coating on
weathering. The deposit was worked to a depth of 720 feet. The
greatest length along the strike was 300 feet, with a width of 10
to 35 feet, and a pitch of 40° to 60°. The strike was nearly E. and
W. at the outcrop, and N. and S. on the lower levels. Branches of
the chromite body occasionally extended into the serpentine. "

Adjacent to the chromite, the serpentine showed a prismatic
structure, the cracks of which extended normally to the chromite
for a distance of a half inch or more, and were filled with deweylite
or magnesite. This secondary phenomenon occurred during the
serpentinization of the peridotite or pyroxenite, and indicates that

^ For a map see these Proceedings Vol. 73, p. 174.
^Persifor Frazer, Jr., Second Geol. Surv. Penna. Rep. C3, 1880, 192-196.
WilHam Glenn, Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. 25, 481-499, 1896.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451

the chroiiiite deposit was formed prior to the serpentinization. A
similar structure is found in the serpentine adjacent to magnetite
veins in Brinton's Quarry, three miles south of West Chester, Chester
County, Penna.

The following minerals were found associated with the chromite,
clinochlore, kammererite, uvarovite, brucite, hydromagnesite,
genthite, and zaratite.

i^ecZPtY, one-half mile northeast of Line Pit; production unknown.

Jenkin's Pit, three-eighths of a mile northeast of Red Pit; 1,000
tons. This mine has been abandoned for a number of years, and the
writer's observations were limited to the material on the dumps.

In addition to massive chromite much disseminated chrome,
known as "birds -eye ore" was mined. The chromite deposits occurred
in dark brown, light to dark-greenish, or almost black serpentines,
which under the hand lens are seen to consist of greenish translucent
grains. Under the microscope the serpentine shows characteristic
mesh structure with residual grains of olivine (fig. 1). The dissem-
inated chromite occurs as rounded grains in a light greenish ser-
pentine, ■ with residual olivine. Occasional grains of serpentinized
olivine are found entirely enclosed by chromite (fig. 2), and studj^
of thin sections indicates that the chromite crystallized out from
the magma contemporaneously with the olivine.

The clinochlore and kammererite form druses in the chromite,
having been deposited by hydrothermal solutions, perhaps during
the process of serpentinization. The genthite and zaratite are due
to the weathering of minute amounts of an undetermined nickel sul-
fide present in the chromite.

Carter's Mwe, three-eighths of a mile east of Wood's Mine; 400 tons.

Scott's Mine, two miles southwest of Nottingham; 3,000 tons.

Moro Phillips' Mine, one mile south of Nottingham; 250 tons.

In addition a number of smaller pits have produced from 20 to
50 tons, while more than 5,000 tons of sand chrome has been reported
to have been obtained by washing the stream sands of the region.

An abandoned magnetite mine is situated one-and-a-quarter miles
northeast Rock Springs cross-roads, Maryland.

The Serpentines. The serpentines forming the country rock are
largely brownish or greenish rocks, which are seen under the hand
lens to consist of small greenish, translucent grains, separated by
films of magnetite particles. Under the microscope some of the

452

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part III

grains exhibit mesh structure and contain residual olivine, indi-
cating that the parent rocks were largely peridotites of the type

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 1. Serpentinization proceeding along cracks in olivine. Jenkin's Mine.
Ordinary light, x 15. Fig. 2. Chromite, "birdseye ore," in more or less ser-
pentinized olivine. Note rounded form of chromite and serpentinized olivine
crystal in the chromite. Jenkin's Mine. Ordinary light, x 15. Fig. 3. Chro-
mite in fibrous williamsite. Line Pit. Polarized light, x 15. Fig. 4. Chro-
mite in williamsite. Note fractured character of the chromite. Line Pit, ordi-
nary light, X 15.

1921 [ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

saxonite, composed of olivine and enstatite. A pseudo-porphyritic
type is found consisting of a light grayish-green serpentine, with
small patches rich in magnetite, the particles of which are arranged
in definite patterns, indicating a possible derivation from a fer-
riferous pyroxene, probably hypersthene.

The williamsite is a compact, green, translucent, jade-like ser-
pentine, which under the hand lens shows a fibrous structure.
Under polarized light the rock is seen to be composed of aggregates
of fibres polarizing in first order gray and yellow colors (fig. 3).
Rarely minute particles of a silver-white undetermined nickel
sulfide may be found in the williamsite. Mesh structure is absent
and no traces of the parent mineral from which the williamsite is
derived occurs. The writer considers the mineral to have been
derived from enstatite by hydro thermal metamorphism.

Analyses of the williamsite are given below, showing it to be a
pure serpentine.

Analyses of Williamsite

Line Pit, Lancaster County, Penna. Smith and Brush; Am. J. Sci. (2) 15

213, 1853.

A B

SiOj 41.60 42.60

Al.Oa tr. tr.

XiO 0.50 0.40

FeO 3.24 1.62

MgO 39.71 41.11

H2O 12 . 70 12. 70

99.15 99.22

Chromite. The chromite forms granular black masses, and
contains some disseminated williamsite. In very thin sections the
mineral shows a reddish translucency, and evidence of fracturing
during the period of ssrpentinization (fig. 4).

- Origin of the Line Pit deposit. It is at once apparent from the
form and position of the Line Pit deposit that it was formed later
than the surrounding rock. Unfortunately but little is known re-
garding the behavior of chromite in igneous melts, beyond the
fact that its occurrence is limited to the ultrabasic rocks and that it
begins to crystallize early, and the period of its crystallization
may overlap that of the enstatite.

That the chromite deposit had been formed previous to the ser-
pentinization is indicated by the evident fracturing of the chromite
grains (fig. 4) which occurred during this process.

It seems, therefore, that after most of the magma had crys-
talhzed into the peridotite, and the pipe-hke mass of Uquid was in-
jected into the peridotite, where after further differentiation, the
material crystaHized into enstatite and chromite. Hydrothermal
solutions later altered the enstatite to wilhamsite.

The Line Pit, Red Pit, Jenkins' Mine and Reynolds' Mine deposits
all fall on a line on the map. The significance of this is not known.

(454)

A FOSSIL OWL FROM THE BRIDGER EOCENE.
BY ALEXANDER WETMORE.

In 1873, Dr. Joseph Leidy described some fragments of bone,
supposed to be those of a large lizard from the Bridger deposits of
Wyoming as Saniwa major, basing this name on the distal end of a
humerus and two fragmentary vertebrae. The type specimens
preserved -in the collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia were borrowed recently by Mr. C. W. Gilmore, who
had recognized that the type material was probably composite, and
to him and to Dr. Witmer Stone, I am indebted for permission to
study the humerus in question, which proves to be that of a bird.

Though Dr. Leidy considered this humerus as lacertilian, and
compared it with that of a monitor, it is readily seen that it does
not belong in this group as there is no sign of an epiphysis on the
articular end of the bone. The specimen is well fossilized, and is
dark green in color save along the condyles, where it is lighter and
has a somewhat chalky appearance, a circumstance that perhaps
led to its allocation in the Sauria, as it may have been thought that
this lighter area was epiphysial in character.

The two broken vertebrae mentioned must stand as the type of
Saniwa major Leidy and are hereby so designated. The avian hum-
erus, representing an owl of the family Bubonidae, may be known as

Minerva saurodosis sp. nov.

Characters. — Distal end of humerus (figs. 1 and 2) similar in
general form to Bubo virginianus (Gmelin) but smaller, with radial
and ulnar trochleae reduced in size; ulnar trochleae less produced
distally toward outer end; angle at base of ulnar condyle on inner
anterior face sloping gently (not abrupt) ; surface above entepicondy-
lar process broader, less elevated, sloping gradually into brachial
depression; entepicondylar process slighter, lateral margin of bone
above ectepicondylar process relatively less broadened, with more
rounded margins, expanding to support entepicondyle; shaft ex-
panding somewhat to support ectepicondylar process.

Description. — Type, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, no. 9131,
distal end of left humerus, from near "Lodge-Pole Trail Crossing
Dry Creek," about ten miles from Fort Bridger, Wyoming; Eocene

(455)

456

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part III

(Bridger formation), collected by Dr. James Van A. Carter, between
1869 and 1872.

A bird slightly larger than the Barred Owl, Strix varia Barton;
smaller than the Great Horned Owl, Buho virginianus (Gmelin).

Distal end of humerus much expanded as in other owls, the dia-
meter across the condyles nearly twice that of the shaft ; end of ecte-
picondylar process broken away, the shaft sloping out to support
base of process; lateral epicondyle produced, shelf -like, between
base of ectepicondylar process and radial trochlea, confluent in-
wardly with base of shaft, with outer margin below ectepicondylar
process raised so that the shelf appears excavated (concave), changing
outwardly to a shallow groove delimiting the external face of the
radial trochlea and disappearing as it comes to the summit of the
articular surface; radial trochlea short, roundly elevated, slightly
sigmoid in outline, bulging over shelf of lateral epicondyle, sharply
declivous on opposite side, at inner end forming a right angle with
shaft; ulnar trochlea relatively small, not abruptly elevated above
shaft on inner side (articular surface slightly weathered away so
that a slight angular tip was formerly present) , slender toward outer
margin, so that rounded articular head is reduced; intertrochlear
groove narrow, with sharp slope toward radial side
and more gradual one opposite toward ulnar
trochlea; attachment for pronator brevis exten-
sive, roughly elUptical in outUne, relatively more
extensive than in modern owls as it is nearly as
long as globular portion of ulnar trochlea; attach-
ments for pronator longus and flexor carpi ul-
naris roughly rounded, well impressed; outer face
of median epicondyle expanded on both margins,
appearing as a somewhat elliptical expansion at
lower end of shaft, slightly impressed on outer
face above base of entepicondylar process ; depression
for brachiaUs inferior distinct but only slightly impres-
sed, more distinct toward ulnar margin; olecranal
depression fairly deep, abruptly delimited against
median epicondyle, with extent l?ss sharply cut off
by expansion of ulnar trochlea, merging impercepti-
bly into shaft forward; sulcus anconei lateralis nar-
row, shallowly and regularly concave, disappearing
after leaving lateral epicondyle; sulcus anconei
medius broad, divided into two unequal parts by a
slightly raised line passing from upper margin of olecranal fossa ob-
liquely to margin of shaft at point where the lateral epicondyle ta-
pers gradually into straight shaft; bone hollow.

Measurements (in millimeters). — Lateral breadth of shaft above
depression for brachialis inferior 8.5; breadth across distal end 18.7;

Fig. 1.

Minerva sauro-
dosis. Anterior
view of type.

Fig. 2.
Minerva saufo-
dosis. View of
condyles.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 457

extreme length of radial trochlea 7.8; greatest length of attach-
ment for pronator brevis 6.

Range. — From Bridger formation, Eocene, near Fort Bridger,
Wyoming.

Remarks. — The broken humerus described above, here exhumed
from a resting place among its cold-blooded relatives, the lizards,
represents an owl smaller than Bubo virginianus, similar in size to
Pulsatrix perspicillata (Latham), that does not resemble closely any
existing genus of modern North American owls but in a way combines
characters pertaining to several. Minerva saurodosiswas apparently
a bird of moderate flight, as processes for muscle attachment, while
strong, are not rugged as they are in the Great Horned and Snowy
Owls that perform extended migrations. In general outline the
humerus of M. saurodosis suggests that of Bubo but with the
processes and tubercles developed even to a less degree than in the
Barred Owl, Spotted Owl, or Pulsatrix perspicillata. It is judged
that it may have been a resident species.

The generic allocation of this ancient owl is more or less tentative.
In 1913, .Dr. R. W. Shufeldti described as Aquila antiqua the hind
claw of a bird collected August 4, 1905, by W. J. Sinclair in the
Bridger formation at Church Buttes, Wyoming. Later^, Dr.
Shufeldt, after study of further material, decided that this species
should be relegated to the owls and set up the genus Minerva to
receive it. The species, of a size much larger than any exist-
ing North American Owls, was characterized bj^ the great pro-
longation of the dorsal articular surface of the hind claw. This
upper angle projects until the articular facet forms almost half of a
circle. This character, while more pronounced in owls than in other
groups that I have examined (much more than in available Accip-
itriformes) reaches a development in Minerva far beyond that of any
modern owl that I have seen. To allow flexibility in movement it
must have been received in a deeper pit than ordinary on the distal
end of the digital phalanx. Otherwise the hind claw would have had
little power of backward flexion. A structure similar to this type
of articular facet would be formed by ankylosis of the sesamoid
found at the upper end of the claw articulation in many lizards,
with the end of the bone.

1 Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXIl, Aug. 4, 1913, p. 297.

2 Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Vol. 19, Feb., 1915, p. 43.

As Minerva aniiqua represents a specialized type of owl from the
Bridger formation it seems more logical at present to describe the
present species, also a peculiar form from the same deposits, in the
genus Minerva than to erect for it a new genus. With further ma-
terial the two may be found widely and trenchantly separated.
For the present, Minerva saurodosis is to be distinguished from M.
antiqua by its much smaller size. Strangely enough M. saurodosis
as represented by this broken humerus has little resemblance to
Tyto, a possible indication of the archaic origin of the Barn Owl,
while to go farther afield it shows little to suggest any of the Goat-
suckers or the Oil-bird (Steatornis) . In other than generalized group
resemblances there is in fact slight connection evident between it
and any of the other Coraciiform suborders. There are certain
resemblances to the Anisodactylae (Kingfishers, Todies, Motmots,
etc.), as well as to the superfamily Galbuloidae of the Picariae,
containing the Jacamars and Puff-birds, but these similarities are
not close.

(458)

scrophulariaceae of the west gulf states.
By Francis W. Pennell.

This study deals with the plants of the family Scrophulariaceae
occurring in the area west of the Mississippi and east of the Pecos
rivers, in the states of Arkansas, Oklahoma, Louisiana and Texas.
It follows closely the manner of presentation of the account of the
"Scrophulariaceae of the Southeastern United States," which
appeared in these Proceedings^ in 1920, and the introduction to that
paper will in most points apply to this.

To the West Gulf states I have made two collecting-trips, one
in spring and one in early autumn. The latter, the first in point
of time, was in 1913 through central Oklahoma, central and south-
eastern Texas, Louisiana, and Arkansas, and was in search of the
plants herein classed in the tribe Buchnereae. Nearly every species
of these genera was found and descriptions were made of the form
and color of corolla and other evanescent features. This study
was undertaken on behalf of the University of Pennsylvania and
its results still await publication in the "Contributions from the
Botanical Laboratory" of that institution. Unexpectedly there-
fore, a number of new species and geographic varieties will first ap-
pear on these pages.

In late April and May of 1920 I visited all of these states for
early-flowering species, obtaining in chief variety species of the
genera Penstemon and Castilleja. This second journey, made in the
interests of the New York Botanical Garden, took me across
southern Louisiana and Texas to Corpus Christi, inland through
central Texas and up to the Staked Plains of the northwest, across
Oklahoma from west to east, and across the Ozark Mountains
and into the pineland of eastern Arkansas. Neither route need
now be cited in detail, as all localities are given in the lists which,
classified by counties, accompany each species. Suffice it to say
for both trips, the field-descriptions obtained, and the observa-
tions of the limits of variation of each species, have been beyond

iProc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PhUa. 71: 224-291. 1920.

(459)

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

value. In this manner, group by group, should all our vast body
of herbarium-conclusions be checked and re-valued in the field!

The tribe least studied in this area is the Gratioleae. These
are summer-blooming and unfortunately were not included among
the special objects of search of my first journey. However, only
in Gratiola do I feel this loss, and it remains for some future worker
to give us needed information of G. gracilis and G. flava. Most
of the tribe but slightly enter the area from the East Gulf states
and are species well-known eastward. Of other tribes, I par-
ticularly deplore not finding in blossom Leucophyllum, said to be
one of the finest ornamental shrubs of Texas. Species of still
other tribes were missed, but, while it would have been a pleasure
to have seen what must be among the most showy members of their
respective genera, Penstemon tnurrayanus and Castilleja pur-
purea, yet such distinct species are not in need of close analysis.

When the attempt is made to express in terms of natural areas
of distribution the ranges of various species over an area such as
this, one realizes how far ahead is still any comprehensive out-
lining of phytogeographic areas in our country. However, I have
tried to use terms that have some definiteness, physiographic or
geologic. In Louisiana and eastern Texas we have some prelimin-
ary sketches by Roland M. Harper^, in Texas the outlines of
Vernon Bailey^ W. L. Bray^, and R. T. Hill^, and in both Texas
and Oklahoma excellent geological maps. In each state careful
state surveys of plant and animal distribution are needed, and
such tasks should call forth local enthusiasm. Mr. Bailey's study
is the most accurate of those seen, and applies carefully the
system of life-zones evolved by the Biological Survey. Al-
though I am an ardent devotee of this system when applied in
mountainous regions, I can but wonder what value a life-zone
outline can be in such a land as Texas. Life-zones lay stress upon
the one factor of temperature ; in the Rockies and Andes the limits
of bands of temperature-controlled vegetation are distinct enough,
but surely across flat and rolling Texas the student of distribution
must pay more attention to moisture and soil. However, for

* Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 47: 289-317. /. 1-5. 1920.
3N. Am. Fauna 25: 1-222. pi. 1-16, f. 1-24. 1905.

* Bull. Univ. Texas 82: 1-108. pi. 1-14, f- 1-4- 1906.

^ Physical Geography of the Texas Region (Topog. Atlas U, S. A., Folio 3)
1-12. /. 1-66. 1900.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461

species of upland Texas, following Bailey's map, I have given
life-zone — but only to make as definite as possible my statement
of range. Usually I have been content with other terms. Nearly
everywhere through the West Gulf states, I have found collections
so few and remote as to make any statement of range only a skeleton
outline and a study of probabilities.

We have quite insufficient collections from the West Gulf states.
Yet that there are many who have had some interest in this flora
the list of collectors at the close of this article testifies. To all
these collectors I feel my indebtedness; as also I am under obliga-
tions to the curators of the several herbaria, also listed herewith,
who have placed at my disposal the material in their care. The
Missouri Botanical Garden has undertaken a special investi-
gation of the plant-life of the West Gulf states, and Mr. Ernest J.
Palmer's work is giving us our best understanding of their flora.

In the present outline, as in the study of southeastern Scrophula-
riaceae, are given full keys to contrasts noted, but these made to
apply only to species of the area considered. A further modifi-
cation of the phylogeny of this family, one which was introduced
in my study of the " Scrophulariaceae of Colombia," is to consider
Mimulus as a tribe apart from the Gratioleae. Synonomy is now
given, and the apphcation of each name explained; again this
data is only given as it pertains to native species or to species
proposed from this area. Available typic and isotypic material
has been studied, and the Academy's herbarium has proven rich
in the types of Nuttall's and of Leavenworth's Arkansas species.

To show the basis for the summaries of distribution, and to enable
others from other view-points to work with this data, I am citing for
native species all localities from which specimens have been seen.
These are fisted by states, and alphabetically by counties, the name
of the county being followed by a colon. One collection to a county
is cited. The letters in parentheses following the collection-entry
refer to the herbarium in which the specimen may be consulted,
and their application may be found from the list of herbaria given
at the end of this paper.

Corolla with the posterior lobes external in the bud.

(ANTIRRHINOIDEAE.)
Capsule septicidal or locuficidal by a simple slit, the septum
breaking from the capsule-wall or rupturing. Corolla not
spurred nor saccate anteriorly.

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Stigma two-lipped. Inflorescence simply racemose. Leaves
opposite. Herbs.
Capsule septicidal, or secondarily also somewhat loculici-
dal; placentae simple. Sepals distinct or nearly so.
Leaves and capsule somewhat glandular-punctate.

I. Gratioleae,
Capsule locuhcidal (only tardily septicidal, if at all) ; placentae
branched and widely spreading. Sepals united over one
half length. Leaves and capsule not glandular-punctate.

II. MiMULEAE.

Stigma capitate. Capsule septicidal.

Leaves alternate. Plant frequently with stellate hairs.
Corolla slightly zygomorphic. Filaments all with fertile
anthers. Inflorescence simply racemose.
Corolla yellow or white, rotate, its lobes much longer
than the tube. Filaments five. Herbs.

III. Verbasceae.
Corolla rose-pink with orange markings, campanulate,
its lobes shorter than the tube. Filaments four (the
posterior lost). Shrub. IV. Leucophylleae.
Leaves opposite. Plant never with stellate hairs. Corolla
tubular-campanulate, zygomorphic, its lobes shorter than
the tube. Filaments five, the posterior without anther,
the others didynamous. Inflorescence simply racemose,
or of cymose fascicles. Herbs.

V. Cheloneae.
Capsule loculicidal, the septum and adjacent capsule-wall per-
sisting, the remaining wall splitting irregularly. Corolla
saccate or spurred at base of anterior petal. Leaves alternate.
Herbs. VI. Antirrhineae.

Corolla with the anterior lobes external in the bud. Herbs.

(RHINANTHOIDEAE.)
Stamens two, the postero-laterals present, the antero-laterals
completely lost. Antero-lateral lobes of corolla external in bud.
Not parasitic. Sepals four, the posterior lost. Posterior
lobes of corolla completely united. Capsule loculicidal.

VII. Veroniceae.
Stamens four, didynamous, the antero-laterals usually sUghtly
the longer. Usually, perhaps always, parasitic on the
roots of other plants.
Sepals five, alike, more or less united. Corolla-lobes all
somewhat distinct, the two posterior spreading or arched
or flattened; anterior lobe external in the bud. Capsule
loculicidal. VIII. Buchnereae.

Posterior sepal shorter or wanting. Corolla decidedly two-
lipped, the posterior lobes united and arched nearly to apex,
the anterior lobes shorter; anterior or one antero-lateral
lobe external in the bud. Capsule septicidal or loculicidal.

IX. Rhinantheae.

1921] natural sciences of philadelphia. 463

1. Gratioleae.

Leaves entire to serrate. Seeds brown or yellow.

Corolla with the ridges to the antero-lateral sinuses low and
not projecting beyond those points (so anterior fila-
ments simple). Posterior lobes of the corolla httle
shorter than the anterior. Seeds reticulate or lon-
gitudinally striate. Pedicels frequently bibracteolate.
Anther-sacs proximate, no connective arms developed.
Seeds reticulate. Leaves not cordate clasping at base.
Pedicels bibracteolate (or in Gratiola the bractlets
sometimes several, one or wanting). Leaves
pinnately veined (except in Hydrotrida), Styles
united throughout. Sepals five, acute or obtuse.
Pedicels bracted at base (remote from the calyx).
Corolla yellow or white, pubescent within at base
of posterior lobes. Stamens four. Sepals unequal,
and leaves serrate. Plants erect or ascending.

1. Mecardonia.
Pedicels bracted at apex (just beneath calyx).
Fertile filaments two, the anterior being rudim-
entary or wanting. Corolla yellow or white,
its tube much longer than the lobes. Outer-
most sepal never more than twice width of
innermost. Plants erect.
Corolla-tube broad, within densely pubescent
on the posterior side. Sepals of nearly uniform
length. Plants relatively lax or succulent,
the leaves and sepals plane.

2. Gratiola.
Corolla-tube very narrow, within uniformly short-
pubescent on all sides. Sepals very unequal
in length. Plant stiff, the leaves and sepals
re volute. 3. Sophronanthe.

Filaments four, all with anthers. Corolla blue
or white, its tube little longer than the lobes.
Outermost sepal over twice width of inner-
most. Plants repent.
Corolla pubescent within over bases of all lobes,
blue throughout; posterior lobes united to
apex. A circle of bristles surrounding the
base of the ovary. Outer sepal shghtly
cor date, evidently exceeding the linear-
a ttenuate innermost. Capsuje less than one
half as broad as long. Pedicels spreading
in fruit. Leaves clasping, broadest proxi-
mally, crenate, with five to seven longitudinal
nerves. Stem pubescent. Plant lemon-scent-
ed. 4. Hydrotrida.

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Corolla glabrous within, the throat yellow, the
lobes white; posterior lobes distinct. No
hypogynous bristles. Outer sepal ovate,
scarcely exceeding the lanceolate innermost.
Capsule over one half as broad as long. Ped-
icels reflexing in fruit. Leaves cuneate at
base, spatulate-oblong, entire, with one evident
longitudinal nerve. Stem glabrous. Plant
inodorous. 5. Bramia.

Pedicels not bracteolate. Leaves palmately veined.
Styles distinct near apex. Sepals four or five,
very obtuse, unequal in width. Corolla white.
Plants repent; the stems pubescent.
Corolla 7-8 mm. long, five-lobed (because the two
posterior and the three anterior lobes are all
developed and distinct). Stamens four. Sepals
five or four. Leaves entire.

6. Macuillamia.
Corolla 2 mm. long, three-lobed (because the two

posterior lobes have united, and the anterior
petal is lost leaving the anterior lip two-lobed).
Stamens three (only one of the antero -lateral
pair developed). Sepals four. Leaves repand.

7. Hydrathelium.
Anther-sacs separated on short arms of the connective.

Seeds longitudinally striate, the striae tuberculate.
Leaves cordate-clasping at base. Corolla blue. Pedi-
cels bibracteolate. Plants erect or repent; the stems pub-
escent. 8. Stemodia.
Corolla violet-blue or white, with two raised ridges (each
formed by the adherence of a filament) to the antero-
lateral sinuses and which project as knob-Uke pro-
cesses beyond those points (the free portion of the
filament appearing as a lateral outgrowth of the ad-
herent portion.) Posterior lobes of the corolla less
than two thirds the length of the anterior. Seeds with
with fine transverse lines. Pedicels never bracteolate.
Perfect stamens two.

Corolla violet-blue, 6-11 mm. long, the posterior lobes
distinct distally. Postero-lateral stamens perfect, the
antero-lateral filaments without anthers. Style with
an enlarged white base. Sepals five. Capsule two-
celled, oval in outline, 2-5 mm. long. Plants erect or
ascending. 9. Ilysanthes.

Corolla pale-lavender or white, 1.5-2 mm. long, the
posterior lobes united throughout. Postero-lateral sta-
mens lost, the antero-lateral filaments with anthers.
Style filamentous to base. Sepals four (the posterior

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

lost). Capsule one-celled at maturity (by loss of

septum distally, the placentae being short), globose,

1 mm. long. Plant repent. 10. Glohifera.

Leaves bipinnatifid. Seeds pale greenish-yellow, ridged, with

faint transverse lines. Corolla lavender. Pedicel not

bracteolate. Plant erect. 11. Leucospora.

II. MiMULEAE.

12. Mimulus.

III. Verbasceae.

13. Verbascmn.

IV. Leucophylleae.

14. Leucophyllum.
V. Cheloneae.

Seeds angled, maturing many to a cell. Corolla-lobes uni-
formly colored, shorter than the tube which is not pouched
at base posteriorly. Posterior filament a conspicuous pro-
cess. Sepals nearly or quite distinct. Inflorescence com-
pound. Plants perennial, stiff, 3-20 dm. tall.
Corolla 15-.50 mm. long, red, blue, or white, its three ante-
rior lobes projecting or slightly recurving. Sterile filament
• elongate, slender, white. Sepals 3-13 mm. long. Seeds
irregularly polyedral. Inflorescence a thyrsus or relatively
narrow panicle. Cauline leaves sessile, mostly clasping.
Stem terete. 15. Penstemon.

Corolla 6-12 mm. long, red-brown, its antero-lateral lobes
vertically projecting and its anterior lobe deflexecl.
Sterile filament wider than long, two-lobed, yellow or
brown. Sepals 2.5-3 mm. long. Seeds oblong, ridged.
Inflorescence a panicle. Cauline leaves petioled. Stem
quadrangular. 16. Scwphularia.

Seeds rounded, smooth, maturing one to each ceil. Anterior
corolla-lobes blue, the posterior white, all longer than the
tube which is strongly pouched at base posteriorly. Poste-
rior filament a crescentic scarcely raised process. Sepals
united over one third length, enclosing over half the capsule.
Inflorescence racemose, often several flowers to an axil.
Plant annual, lax, 1-3 dm. tall. 17. Collinsia.
VI. Antirrhineae.

Corolla broad (10 mm. wide), blue, with prominent yellow
palate, its tube saccate at base anteriorly. Sepals 8-10 mm.
long. Leaves petioled, the blade triangular, hastate with
broad lobes. Stems elongate, twining.

18. Maurandya.
Corolla narrow, yellow or blue, its tube with a conspicuous
spur at base anteriorly. Sepals 3 mm. long. Leaves
sessile, linear. Stems erect. 19. Linaria.

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

VII. Veroniceae.

Leaves whorled. Corolla white or pinkish, its lobes shorter
than the tube. Capsule acute, longer than wide, not flat-
tened, dehiscing by short apical sUts. Seeds slightly re-
ticulate. Plant 10-20 dm. tall. 20. Veronicastrum.

Leaves opposite or alternate. Corolla blue or white, its
lobes longer than the tube. Capsule truncate to deeply
notched, wider than long, flattened, dehiscing its entire
length. Seeds not reticulate. Plants lower.

2L Veronica.

VIII. BUCHNEREAE.

Corolla yellow or pink, the throat inflated and the orifice
widely open. Stamens all with anthers two-celled.
Filaments and style nearly as long as or longer than the
tube of the corolla. Capsule exserted from the calyx-
tube. Pedicels not bracteolate.
Anther-cells glabrous or with a few bristle-like hairs at apex.
Stigma short, punctiform or capitate. Filaments
dilated-flattened and pubescent. Corolla j^ellow.
Corolla densely pubescent within on all sides, its lobes
all distinct and slightly shorter than the tube. Fil-
aments clearly didynamous, dilated and pubescent
throughout. Anther-sacs each opening by a slit its
entire length. Style short, thick, more or less bilobed,
persistent and reflexed on the capsule. Pedicels 1-2
mm. long. Plant stout, 15-20 dm. tall, the leaves
10-30 cm. long. 22. Dasistoma.

Corolla slightly pubescent within (in a ring about the
base of the filaments and below the posterior sinus),
its lobes longer than the tube, the two posterior united
nearly one half their length. Filaments nearly equal,
dilated and pubescent proximally for not over half
their length. Anther-sacs each opening by a slit not
over half its length. Style long, slender, entire, decid-
uous, straight. Pedicels 3-12 mm. long. Plants more
slender, 2-10 dm. tall, the leaves 1-3 cm. long.

23. AJzelia.
Anther-cslls lanose on the valvular surface. Stigma linear,
consisting of a line down each side of the linguiform
style-apex. Filaments slender, not dilated, more or
less lanate.
Corolla yellow. Capsule acute to acuminate. Leaves
lanceolate to ovate, entire to bipinnatifid, petioled.
Stem stout, over 5 dm. tall. 24. Aureolaria.
Corolla pink, with red spots within on the anterior side.
Capsule rounded, with a mucro. Leaves filiform to
lanceolate, sessile. Stem usually slender.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467

Stem ascending-scabrous to glabrous. Leaves lan-
ceolate to filiform, entire or slightly lobed at base.
Pedicels 1 mm. long or more. Calyx-lobes linear to
subulate, slightly longer than to much shorter than
the tube. Anther-sacs of both pairs of stamens uni-
form. Capsule oblong to globose, 3-11 mm long.
Seeds closely reticulate. 25. Agalinis.

Stem retrorse-hispid. Leaves lanceolate and usually
auricled at base, or bipihnatifid. Pedicels less than
1 mm. long. Calyx-lobes ovate, longer than the
tube. Anther-sacs of posterior stamens shorter. Cap-
sule ovate, 8-13 mm. long. Seeds reticulate with
raised ridges. 26. Otophylla.

Corolla purple-blue or white, salverform, the tube very narrow
and densely pilose within, the lobes widely spreading. Sta-
mens each with but one anther-sac developed. Filaments
and style less than one half length of corolla-tube. Cap-
sule mostly or quite enclosed within calyx-tube. Pedicels
bibracteolate. 27. Buchnera.

IX. Rhinantheae.

Sepals five, all distinct, the posterior shorter than the others.
Pedicels bibracteolate. Capsule turgid, septicidal, only
' tardily slightly loculicidally dehiscent. Seeds linear,
flat, 2 mm. long. 28. Schwalbea.

Sepals four, those of each side united, the posterior one wanting.
Pedicels not bracted. Capsule flattened, loculicidal,
splitting even across the septum. Seeds turgid.
Corolla greenish to yellow distally, the posterior lobes pro-
jecting, not hooded at apex, the anterior lobes much
shorter and at least proximally somewhat thickened and
deep-green. Capsule cylindric, equally two-celled, in
dehiscence splitting on both posterior and anterior sides;
shorter than and enclosed within the calyx. Seeds many,
reticulate. Bracts foliaceous, usually distally yellow or
red. Leaves entire to pinnatifid-lobed.

29. Castilleja.
Corolla yellow throughout, the posterior lobes arched,
hooded at apex, the anterior lobes well-developed, mem-
branous, thin, colored. Capsule ensiform, unequally
two-celled, splitting only on the posterior side; exserted
from and twice the length of the calyx. Seeds few,
not reticulate. Bracts not colored. Leaves bipinnatifid-
lobed. 30. Pedicularis.

1. MECARDONIA Ruiz and Pavon.
Mecardonia R. and P., Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Chil. 164. 1798.
Type species, M. ovata Ruiz & Pavon, of Peru.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Corolla white, its posterior lobes united |-| their length. Outer
sepals lanceolate, rarely more than twice width of inner. Leaf-
blades prevailingly lanceolate, conspicuously cuneate at base.
Erect or somewhat diffuse. 1. M. acuminata.

Corolla yellow, its posterior lobes united nearly to apex. Outer
sepals narrowly ovate to ovate, more than three times width
of inner. Leaf -blades prevailingly ovate or oval, more shortly
cuneate at base. Procumbent or ascending.

2. M. peduncular is.

I. Mecardonia acuminata (Walt.) Small.

Gratiola acuminata Walt., Fl. Carol. 61. 1788. Type not verified, but de-
scription evidently of plant here considered. Doubtless from lower South
Carolina where this plant is common.

Pagesia leucantha Raf., Fl. Ludov. 49. 1817. "Chelone 2. Rob. p. 406. " In
Robin, Voy. Louisiane . . .3: 406. 1807, is a description unmistak-
ably of the plant here considered. Robin even mentions two little leaf-
lets in each leafaxil, by which are evidently denoted the bractlets sub-
tending the base of the pedicel, the presence of which has been general-
ly overlooked. Type of genus Pagesia Raf., 1. c. 48.

Gratiola rigida Raf., Atl. Jour. 1: 176. 1833. "Texas (or) Arkanzas, in my
Herbarium." Type not known to exist. Description can apply to only
this species, the rigid stems, leaf-outline, and narrow calyx-lobes with
the superior one broader, being distinctive.

Mecardonia acuminata (Walt.) Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1065, 1337. 1903.

Corolla white, within with longitudinal pink veins on the pos-
terior side. Flowering from May to September, and soon ripen-
ing fruit.

Moist sandy loam, or heavier loam soil, usually near streams,
in pineland or deciduous woodland, frequent or common through
the Coastal Plain of eastern Arkansas, Louisiana and eastern Texas
(probably absent from the Mississippi bottom-land) ; also inland,
probably along sandy river- and creek-beds to eastern Oklahoma.
Ranges from Maryland to Florida and Texas, extending inland
to western Kentucky, southern Missouri and eastern Oklahoma.

Arkansas. Hot Spring: Eggert(Y). Jefferson Springs, Pennell
10662 (Y). Miller: Texarkana, Letterman (Y). Nevada: Pres-
cott, Letterman (U). Pulaski: Little Rock, Hasse (Y).

Oklahoma. Creek: Sapulpa, Bush 407 (U, Y).

Louisiana. Caddo: Shreveport, Gregg (A). Calcasieu: De-
Quincy, Pennell 10229 (Y). West Carroll: , Moseley (U).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Heller 4170 (A, U, Y). Brazoria:
Columbia, Bush 1413 (A, Y). Harris: Harrisburg (U); Hous-
ton, Fisher 1744 (U).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469

2. Mecardonia peduncularis (Benth.) Small.

Herpestis peduncularis Benth. in Conipan. Bot. Mag. 2: 56. 1836. "Hab.

Texas on the Rio Brazos, Drummond (v. s.)." Type not verified, but

description sufficiently distinctive.
Mecardonia- viridis Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1065, 1338. 1903. "Type,

HeUer, PI. So. Tex., no. 1460, in Herb. C. U." Type, collected at Corpus

Christi, Nueces Co., Texas, Mar. 14-21, 1894, seen in Herb. Columbia

University at the New York Botanical Garden.
Mecardonia peduncularis (Benth.) Small, 1. c. 1065, 1338. 1903.

Closely allied to the wide-spread Tropical Mecardonia procumhens
(Miller) Small, but apparently distinguishable by narrower outer
sepals and longer pedicels. M. tenuis Small of the Florida Keys
and the Bahamas seems to differ constantly from this in possess-
ing sepals 5-6 mm. long instead of 7-9 mm. long.

Corolla yellow, within with longitudinal brown veins especially
on the posterior side. Flowering from March to May, and soon
ripening fruit ; lingering blossoming later,

Sandy or clayey soil, prairie or open woodland, common on the
Coast Prairie of middle coastal Texas, frequent inland across the
Coastal Plain and along stream-courses entering the hills of the •
Edwards Plateau and the Burnet Metamorphic Region; ranges
from Walker and Brazoria to Burnet, Bexar and Duval counties,
Texas.

Texas. Austin: Kenney, Pennell 10305 (M, T, Y); Walhs,
Pennell 10269 (C, P, U, Y). Bexar: Comanche Spring, Lind-
heimer 1054 (A, T, U, Y); San Antonio. Blanco: Blanco, Rev-
erchon 1574 (U). Brazoria: Columbia, Bush 134 (U, Y). Burnet:
Fairland, Pennell 10475 (A, H, K, Y). Marble Falls. Comal:"
Bracken; New Braunfels, Lindheimer 1055 (U, Y). Dewitt:
Cuero, Bray 127 (U). EHival: San Diego, Croft (U). Gillespie:
Jermy 168 () . Harris : Harrisburg, Pennell 10249 (H, Y) ; Houston,
Pennell 10247 (Y), 10252 (C, M, Y), 10260 (A, H, J, L, M, 0, P,
S, T, U, Y). Hays: San Marcos, Stanfield (Y). Kerr: Kerrville,
Pennell 10378 (Y). Lampasas: Lampasas, Plank (Y). Nueces:
Corpus Christi, Heller 1460 (A, U, Y). Travis: Barton Springs;
Shoal Creek, Young (T). Victoria: Victoria, Lewton 96 (U).
Walker: Huntsville, Young (T).

2. GRATIOLA Linne.
Gratiola L., Sp. PI, 17. 1753.
Type species, G. officinalis L., of Europe.
Corolla slightly exceeding calyx, externally glabrous. Capsule
nearly pyramidal, acuminate. Pedicels very short. Leaves

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Part III

lanceolate-ovate to crenate, rounded at base. Plant pubes-
cent with several-celled hairs. 1. G. pilosa.
Corolla at least twice as long as the calyx. Capsule broader,
acute to rounded. Pedicels longer. Stem glabrous or pubes-
cent with one-celled hairs, these frequently gland-bearing.
Corolla within throat on posterior side densely pubescent with
knobbed hairs. Capsule ovate in outline, 1-5 mm. long.
Seeds .3-.5 mm. long, semi-globose to oblong. Pedicels
slender, at least twice the length of the sepals.
Capsule 1-2 mm. long, much exceeded by the sepals. Stem-
leaves clasping by a broad base, denticulate, usually at least
the upper with resinous dots. Root-stocks developed, peren-
nial, slender. 2. G.ramosadrummondii.
Capsule 3-5 mm. long, about equaled by or longer than the
sepals. Stem-leaves narrowed to a sessile or slightly clasp-
ing base, obscurely or not resinous-dotted. Roots appar-
ently annual, the main root short.
Corolla-lobes white, the tube yellowish. Capsule globose-
ovate, about equaled by the sepals. Seeds yellowish, the
reticulations relatively fine and not making the seed
rough in contour. Stems relatively thick and fleshy.
Corolla externally glandular-puberulent. Leaves 2-5 cm.
long, ovate-lanceolate, serrate-dentate distally.

3. G. negleda.

Corolla externally glabrous (apparently). Leaves .5-1-5
cm. long, nearly linear, entire.

4. G. gracilis.

Corolla goldsn yellow throughout, glabrous externally.

Capsule ovate-pjTamidal, nearly twice as long as the

sepals. Seeds brown, the reticulations relatively coarse

and making the seed rough in contour. Stem thin, not

fleshy. 5. G. flava.

Corolla within throat on posterior side pubescent with unknobbed

hairs. Capsule globose, 5-6 mm. long. Seeds .7 mm. long,

linear. Pedicels stout, less than twice the length of the

sepals. Leaves and root as in negleda.

6. G. virainiana.

1. Gratiola pilosa Michx.

Gratiola pilosa Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 7. 1803. "Hab. in Carolinae inferioris
uliginosis [A. Michaux]." Description sufficiently distinctive.

Corolla white, throat distally with faint bluish-purple lines on
all petals. Flowering from June to September, and soon ripening
fruit.

Moist sandy soil, pineland or deciduous woodland, through the
Coastal Plain of eastern Arkansas, Louisiana, and eastern Texas.
Ranges from New Jersey to Florida, central Arkansas, and eastern
Texas.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471

Arkansas. Jefferson: Kearney, Pennell 10656 (Y). Pulaski:
Little Rock, Letterman 359 (U, Y).

Louisiana. Calcasieu: De Quincy, Pennell 10237 (Y). Rapides:
Alexandria, Hale (Y).

Texas. Austin: Kenney, Pennell 10304 (Y). Smith: Swan,
Reverchon 3218 (U, Y). Weller: Hempstead, Hall 413 (U, Y).

2. Gratiola ramosa drummondii (Benth.) Pennell, comb. nov.

Gratiola drummondii Benth. in DC, Prod. 10:05. 1846. "In ....
Texas (Drummond! coll. 3. n. 285) ... (v. s.)" Isotypes seen in
herbaria of Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden and
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Corolla with tube dull-yellow, the lobes dull-white, the tube with
longitudinal brown lines. Flowering from April to September, and
soon ripening fruit.

Moist or wet sandy pineland, edge of ponds, in and near pineland
in the Coastal Plain of Louisiana and eastern Texas, probably in
southeastern Arkansas; inland seen from the gravelly bed of the
San Bois River in Haskell county, Oklahoma.

Arkansas. : Leavenworth (Y).

OklaiIoivli. Haskell: San Bois River, Bigelow (U. Y).

Louisiana. Calcasieu: De Quincy, Pennell 10222 (A, H, K, L,
M, T, U, Y); Lake Charles, Allison 296 (U, Y); St. Landry: Chat-
eigner, Langlois (Y).

Texas. Angelina: , Reverchon 3930 (U). Montgomery:

Harmon's Creek, Dixon 453 (Y). Waller: Hempstead, Hall 412
(U, Y).

Apparently Gratiola ramosa Walt. (Fl. Carol. 61. 1788) in-
cludes two incipient species to be distinguished as follows:

Capsule usually wider than long. Sepals more than twice as long
as the capsule, usually subtended by one or two sepal-like bract-
lets. Stems 2-4 dm. long, more laxly ascending, its leaves
usually 1.5-2.5 cm. long. Plant usually less fleshy. South-
western Georgia and northcentral Florida to Texas and Okla-
homa. G. ramosa drummondii.

Capsule as long or longer than wide. Sepals usually about twice as
long as the capsule, subtended by one small bractlet or none.
Stems 1-2 (-3) dm. tall, strictly erect, its leaves usually less
than 1.5 cm. long. Plant more fleshy. South Carolina to South-
ern Florida, and, occasionally, westward to eastern Louisiana.

G. ramosa.

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

3. Gratiola neglecta Torr.

Ch-atiola neglecta Torr., Cat. PI. N. Y. 89. 1819. "Within thirty miles of
the City of New York." Probable tyije seen in Herb, of Columbia
University at the New York Botanical Garden. For discussion see
Torreya 19: 146. 1919.

Corolla wdth tube greenish-yellow, the lobes white, at times
pinkish. Flowering from April to June, and soon ripening fruit.

Wet loam, frequently sandy, usually in deciduous woodland,
through the Coastal Plain of Arkansas, Louisiana, and eastern Texas ;
more common in the upland of Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma.
Ranges across the continent northward.

Arkansas. Jefferson: Jefferson Springs, Pennell 10673 (Y), 10674
(A, C, H, K, L, M, U, Y). Pope: Russellville, Pennell 10624 (M,
Y). Pulaski: Little Rock, Hasse (Y).

Oklahoma. Rogers: Verdigris, Bush 410 (U).

Louisiana. Rapides: Alexandria, Hale (L). St. Landry: Ville
Platte, Langlois (Y).

Texas. Bowie: Dalby, Milligan (U). Harris: Hockley, Thuron
(U). Liberty: Dolen, Young (T).

4. Gratiola gracilis Benth.

Gratiola gracilisBenth., in DC. Prod. 10: 402. 1846. " In Texas prope Harris-
burgh (Drummond! Coll. 3. n. 284) . . . (v. s.)". Type not verified,
and my search for the plant at Harrisburgh in May, 1920, failed.

Gratiola torreyi Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1066, 1338. 1903. "Type, Wright
Mex. Bound. Surv., in Herb. C. U." Type collected on the " Colorado
and Blanco Rivers, Texas," seen in the Herbarium of Columbia Uni-
versity at the New York Botanical Garden. Plant smaller and leaves
narrower than described for G. gracilis. Although described as " corolla
golden-yellow," the lobes as shown in the type were clearly white.

Apparently in the Coastal Plain of middle coastal Texas, ex-
tending to the base of, or entering along streams, the hills of the
Edwards Plateau of central Texas, Little-known.

5. Gratiola flava Leavenworth, nom. nov.

Gratiola pusilla Torr.; Benth. in DC. Prod. 10:402. 1846. "In campis
humidis Texas! Arkansas! ... (v. s. comm. a cl. A. Gray.)" Prob-
ably based on collections of Dr. Leavenworth. Not G. pusilla Willd., Sp.
PI. 1:105. 1797.

The name "Gratiola flava" occurs with a specimen of Dr. Leaven-
worth's, labeled as from "prairies near the Sabine River, Texas,"
and which is in the Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia. Very probably this is an isotype of G. pusilla
Torr., as specimens of the same collection are in the Herbarium of
Columbia University.

Sandy prairies in and near the pinelands of southern Arkansas,

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

western Louisiana and eastern Texas. Little-known. Flowering
in May and June, and soon ripening fruit.

Arkansas. Leavenworth (Y).

Louisiana. Hale (Y).

Texas. Waller: Hempstead, Hall 414 (A, U, Y).

6. Gratio'a virginiana L.

Gratiola virginiana L., Sp. PI. 17. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia." For
discussion of the type of this see S. F. Blake in Rhodora 20: 6.5. 1918.

Corolla white, within with longitudinal purple lines, more
pronounced on posterior side. Flowering from March to May and
soon ripening fruit.

Wet loam, in shade, usually along streams, in the Coastal
Plain of eastern Arkansas, Louisiana and eastern Texas. Ranges
from New Jersey to Florida and Texas, inland in the Mississippi
Valley to Illinois and Missouri.

Arkansas. Jefferson: Eggert (Y). Pulaski: Little Rock, Hasse
(Y).

Louisiana. "New Orleans," Drummond (Y).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Letterman (Y). Harris: Houston,
Biltm. hb. 1215a (U).

3. SOPHRONANTHE Bentham.
Sophronanthe Benth.; Lindl., Nat. Syst. Bot. ed. ii. 445. 1836.
Type species, S. hispida Benth.

1. Sophronanthe hispida Benth.

SophroJianthe hispida Benth., 1. c. 445. 1836. "The plant was gathered by
Drummond at Apalachicola." Isotype, Drummond 20, seen in Her-
barium of Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden.

Corolla with tube externally yellowish-white, within and on
lobes white. Flowering from May to September, and soon ripening
fruit.

To be expected in the dry sandy long-leaf pineland, but speci-
mens have been seen only from Cameron Parish, Louisiana.
Ranges within this belt, from Southern Georgia and Florida west-
ward to Louisiana.

Louisana. Cameron: Cameron, Tracy 8710 (Y).

4. HYDROTRIDA Small.
Hydrolrida Small, Fl. Miami 165. 1913.
Type species, Obolaria caroliniana Walt.

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

1. Hydrotrida caroliniana (Walt.) Small.

Oholaria caroliniana Walt., Fl. Carol. 166. 1788. Type not verified, but de-
scription sufficiently distinctive. Doubtless from lower South Carolina,
a district where the species now considered is frequent.

Hydrotrida caroliniana (Walt.) Small, 1. c. 165. 1913.

Corolla uniformly sky-blue. Flowering from May to September
and soon ripening fruit.

Aquatic in shallow water, sandy soil, edges of ponds and in small
streams in long-leaf pineland of southern Louisiana. Ranges
within this belt, from North Carolina to Florida and Louisiana.

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Lake Charles, Allison 209 (U, Y); Per-
kins, Pennell 10213 (Y). Rapides: Alexandria, Hale (C, U) .

5. BRAMIA Lamarck.
Bramia Lam., Encyc. Meth., Bot. 1: 459. 1785.
Type species, B. indica Lam., of India.

1. Bramia monnieri (L.) Pennell.

Lysimachia monnieri L., Cent. PI. 2 : 9. 1756. " Habitat in America meridion-
ali. Hallman." D. Z. Hallman sent to Linne specimens from Spain, so it
would appear that the type of this was probably transmitted through him
from some source in Spanish America.

Bramia monnieri (L.) Pennell, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 71: 243. 1920.

Corolla, with tube yellowish within, elsewhere white or tinged
with pink. Flowering from April to September, and soon ripening
fruit.

Sandy shores, expecially where subject to inundation, along
the coast of Louisiana and Texas, common within tidewater, both
where brackish and where fresh; also inland along streams, in
central Texas to Burnet and Gillespie counties. From North Car-
olina southward through Tropical America. Also in the Old World
Tropics.

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Lake Charles, Alhson 62 (U). Jefferson:
Gretna, Ball 363 (U, Y). Plaquemines: South Pass, Tracy &
Lloyd 90 (U).

Texas. Bexar: (U). Brazoria: Columbia, Bush 1567 (U). San
Antonio, Schulz 149. Burnet: Granite Mountain, Pennell 1046:
(A, H, M, U, Y). Cameron: Rio Hondo, Chandler 7016 (U).
Comal: New Braunfels, Lindheimer 1056 (A, T, U, Y). Galveston.
Galveston, Ward (U, Y). Gillespie: Threadgill, Jenny 612 (U).
Guadalupe: Seguin, Groth 182 (U). Harris: Hockley; Houston,
Hall 415 (U). Nueces: Corpus Christi, Heller 1823 (A, U, Y).
Travis: Barton Creek, Young (T).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475

6. MACUILLAMIA Raflnesque.
Macuillamia Raf., Autik. Bot. 44. 1840.

Type species, Monniera rotundifolia Michx.

1. Macuillamia rotundifolia (Michx.) Raf.

Monniera rotundifolia Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 22. 1803. Hab. in regione
Illinoensi [A. IMichaux]." Type not verified, but description sufficiently
distinctive.

Macuillamia rotundifolia (Michx.) Raf., 1. c. 44. 1840.

Ranapalus rotundifolius (Michx.) Pennell, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 71:
242. 1920.

Corolla with tube yellow within, the lobes white. Flowering
from June to October, and soon ripening fruit.

Aquatic in shallow mud-bottomed open ponds, through the
upland of central Oklahoma and northern Texas, south to Travis
County; also in bottom-lands of the Coastal Plain, Ranges from
Indiana and Tennessee to North Dakota, eastern Colorado and
central Texas.

Arkansas. St. Francis: Mud Lake, McAtee 1851 (U).

Oklahoma. Washington: Copan, Stevens 2082 (U).

Louisiana. Rapid3s: Alexandria, Hale (L, U, Y).

Texas. Dallas: Dallas, Reverchon (Y). Matagorda: Bay City,
Fisher 166 (U). Randall: Paloduro Canyon,— (T). Tarrant:
Polytechnic, Ruth 579 (Y). Travis: Austin, Tharp (T).

7. HYDRANTHELroM Humboldt, Bonpland. and Kunth.
Hydranthelium H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 7: 202. 1825.
Type species, H. callitrichoides H. B. K., of Venezuela.

1. Hydranthelium egense Poepp.

Hydranthelium egense Poepp., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 3: 75. t. 287. 1845. "Crescit
in paludibus ad Ega in Brasilia boreah, Octobre lectum [Eduardus Poeppig
in 1827-32]."

There can be no doubt of the identity of the Louisiana aquatic
with this species of Brazil. The exceedingly small flowers of this
genus and the occurrence of the plants in river-sloughs, cause them
to be little observed, and the species may be widely distributed
through Tropical America. H. egense has likely been brought to
Louisiana by bird-migrants.

Aquatic in sloughs in central Louisiana. Probably introduced
from South America.

Louisiana. Rapides: Alexandria, Hale (Y).

8. STEMODIA Linne.
Stemodia L., Syst. Nat. ed. X. 1118. 1759.
Type species, *S. maritima L., of Jamaica.

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Corolla glabrous within on posterior side, hirsute within anteriorly.

Bractlets lanceolate-linear, at least half the length of the sepals.

Lower pedicels as long as or longer than the calyx. Herbage

finely hispid-pubescent, shghtly glandular. Stems erect, 1-6 dm.

tall. S. schottii.

Corolla densely pubescent within on posterior side, pubescent with

shorter hairs anteriorly. Bractlets subulate, less than half

length of sepals. Pedicels all much shorter than the calyx.

Herbage white-lanose, not glandular. Stems extensively repent.

S. tomentosa.

1. Stemodia schottdi Holz.

Stemodia schottii Holz., in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 286. pi. 20. 1893.
"Habitat, southern Texas, along the Rio Grande. Collected byDr. Schott
at Rio Grande, Texas, in 1853; and by G. C. Nealley, at Comstock, Val-
verde County, Texas, in 1889 (No. 305)." Type seen in United States
National Herbarium.

Valverde County, Texas. Ranges from Texas to southern

California, and south to JaHsco. Nearly related to the wide-spread

Tropical American S. durantifolia (L.) Sw., but seeming to differ in

its lower habit and longer pedicels. Needs further field study.

2. Stemodia tomentosa (Mill.) Greenm. & Thomps.

Erinus fomentosus Mill., Gard. Diet. ed. VIII. n. 2. 1768. "Sent ... by
the late Dr. Houstoun from La Vera Cruz." Description sufficiently dis-
tinctive.

Stemodia tomentosa (Mill.) Greenm. & Thomps., in Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 1:409. 1915.

Recorded in Coulter's Botany of Western Texas under the later,
but more appropriate, name, Stemodia lanata Ruiz & Pavon.

Sands of the seashore, extreme southern Texas. Ranges south-
ward along the Gulf coast to Vera Cruz

Texas. Cameron: Brazos Santiago, Nealley 348 (U).

9. ILYSANTHES Raflnesque.

Ilysanthes Raf., Ann. Nat. 13. 1820.

Type species, /. riparia Raf., of the banks of the Ohio.

Pedicels relatively stout, at least in fruit shorter than the bracts.
Leaves 1-3 cm. long, usually obviously narrowed at base. Sepals
usually finely pubescent, usually about equaling the capsule.

/. dubia.
Pedicels filiform, longer than the bracts. Leaves .5-1.5 cm. long,
rounded at base, or at least broadest much below the middle.
Sepals glabrous or nearly so, shorter than the capsule.

/. inaequalis.

1. Hysanthes dubia (L.) Barnhart.

Gro<io/o dubia L., Sp. PI. 17. 1753. "Habitat in Virgianiae aquosis . . .

Gron. virg; 129". Type, Clayton 164, identified by Dr. B. L. Robinson in

Rhodora 10: 67, 1907, as the species here considered.
Ilysanthes dubia (L.) Barnhart, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 26: 376. 1899.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

Corolla pale lavender, deeper in color near margin of lobes, and
within on the antero-lateral ridges with short yellow hairs. Flower-
ing from May to September, and soon ripening fruit.

Swamp and stream margins, especially where shaded, loam soil;
probably most prevalent in the upland of Arkansas and eastern
Oklahoma, entering the Coastal Plain of Louisiana and north-
eastern Texas, especially in bottom-lands. Ranges from New
Brunswick and Ontario to Wisconsin, Kansas, Florida and Texas;
also in the West Indies and South America.

Arkansas. Poinsett: Marked Tree, Bush 141 (U, Y).

Oklahoma. Ottawa: Miami, Stevens 2313 (U).

Louisiana. Morehouse: Mer Rouge, Bush 143 (Y). Rapides:
Alexandria, Ball 473 (U, Y). West Carroll: , Moseley (U).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Heller 4176 p. p. (Y).

2. Hysanthes inaequalis (Walt.) Pennell.

Gratiola inaequalis Walt., Fl. Carol. 61. 1788. Type not verified, but is
doubtless from lower South Carolina where the plant here considered
is frequent.

Gratiola brevifolia Raf., Atl. Journ. 1: 176. 1833. " Texas [or] Arkansas, in
my herbarium. ' ' Type not known to exist. The small incurved purplish
corolla would indicate this genus, and the short ovate leaves with pedicels
longer than these, this species. Evidently but a scrap of a plant, or the
plant would not have been described as simple.

Hysanthes inaequalis (Walt.) Pennell, in Torreya 19: 149. 1919.

Corolla as in I. dubia. Flowering from April to September, and
soon ripening fruit.

Swamps and pond-margins, in loam or more usually sandy soil,
frequently in open situations about pineland pools, through -the
Coastal Plain of Arkansas, Louisiana and eastern Texas; inland in
eastern Oklahoma and central Texas, to the Burnet Metamorphic
Region and even to Tom Green County. Ranges from Massachus-
etts to Florida and Texas, inland westward to Missouri and Colorado;
also in the Pacific Coast states, Mexico, West Indies, Central and
South America. Intergrades with Hysanthes dubia.

Arkansas. Benton , Plank (Y). Hempstead: Fulton,

Bush 1036 (U). Jefferson: , Eggert (Y).

Oklahoma. Payne: Perkins, Waugh 26 (U); Stillwater. Wash-
ington: Capon, Stevens 21153^ (U).

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Lake Charles, Plank 41 (U).

Texas. Austin: Kenney, PenneJl 10310 (A, T, Y); Sealy,
Pennell 10296 (H, U, Y) ; Wallis, Pennsll 10265 (M, Y). Bowie;
Texarkana, Heller 4176 p. p. (U). Burnet: Fairland, Pennell 10476

478 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

(C, L, Y). Harris: Hockley, Houston, Hall 416 (U, Y). Lee:

Giddings, Plank (Y). Madison: , Dixon (Y). Tarrant:

Handley, Ruth 503 (U). Tom Green: , Tweedy (Y).

10. GLOBIFERA J. F. Gmelin.
GloUfera J. F. Gmel., Syst. 2:32. 1791.
Type species, Anonymos umbrosa Walt.

1. Globifera umbrosa (Walt.) J. F. Gmel.

Anonymos umbrosa Walt., Fl. Carol. 63. 1788. Type, probably from lower
South Carolina, identified by Dr. S. F. Blake, in Rhodora 17: 131. 1915,
as the species here consdered.

Globifera umbrosa (Walt.) J. F. Gmel. 1. c. 32. 1791.

Corolla uniformly dull-white. Flowering from Maj'' to October
and soon ripening truit.

Wet loam or in shallow water, in woodland, especially in river-
bottoms, through the Coastal Plain of Louisiana and southeastern
Texas. Ranges from North Carolina to Florida and eastern Texas;
also in eastern Mexico and the West Indies.

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Perkins, Pennell 10217 (A, C, H, K, L,
M, T, U, Y). Rapides: Alexandria, Ball 466 (U, Y).

Texas. Harris: Sheldon, Reverchon 3936 (U). Walker: Hunts-
ville, Dixon 368 (Y).

11. LEUCOSPORA Xuttall
Leucospora Nutt., in Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 7: 87. 1834.
Typg species, Capraria multifida Michx.

1. Leucospora multifida (Michx.) Nutt.

Capraria multifida Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. 2:22. pi. 35. 1805. "Hab. inripis
arenosis fluminum amniculorumque, in Tenassee et Illinoensi regione.''
Type not verified, but description and plate certainly of species here con-
sidered.

Leucospora multifida (Michx.) Nutt., 1. c. 87. 1834.

Corolla pale-lavender; deeper on lobes, and lined with deeper
lavender; tube within at base greenish-yellow, then yellow on the
anterior side, and toward mouth with a purplish ring; white at
base of the lavender anterior lobes. Flowering from May to Nov ■
ember, and soon ripening fruit.

Sandy or loam banks of brooks or rivers, in open meadows or
along shores, through th3 upland of Arkansas and Oklahoma south
to central Texas, entering the Coastal Plain along river banks and
reaching nearly to the sea. Ranges from southwestern Ontario
to Kansas, south to Alabama and Texas.

Arkansas. Benton: , Plank (Y). Pulaski: Little Rock,

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

Hasse (Y). Sebastian: Fort Smith, Bigelow (U).

Oklahoma. Comanche: Cache, Stevens 1320 (U). Kay: Ton-
ka wa, Stevens 1876 (U). Paj'ne: Stillwater, Waiigh (U). Woods:
Waynoka, Stevens 1769 (U).

Louisiana. Rapides: Alexandria, Ball 491 (U, Y).

Texas. Bexar: Comanche Spring, Lindheimer 1048 (A, T,
U, Y). Bowie: Texarkana, Heller 4255 (A, U, Y). Comal: New
Braunfels, Lindheimer 1049 (A, T, U, Y). Dallas: Dallas, Rev-
erchon (Y). Gillespie: Fredericksburg, Jermy 680 (U). Hays:
San Marcos, Stanfield (Y). Kerr: Kerrville, Heller 1926 (A, U,
Y) . Matagorda : Bay City, Fisher 158 (U) . Tarrant : Fort Worth,
Ruth 102 (U, Y). Travis: Shoal Creek, Young (T).

12. MIMULUS Linne.
Mimulus L., Sp. PI. 634. 1753.
Type species, M. ringens L.
Corolla yellow. Calyx strongly oblique, its posterior lobe longest,
the lateral usually blunt. Capsule dehiscent laterally, apex
persistent and valves permanently attached to septum. Seeds
ellipsoid-orbicular. Leaf -blades broad-ovate, palmately veined.
Stems repent-ascending. (/. Siinioliis.) 1. M. glabratus.

Corolla lavender-violet. Calyx-lobes equal, all acuminate. Cap-
sule dehiscent laterally from very apex, and valves splitting
from septum. Seeds oblong. Leaf -blades lanceolate to ovate,
pinnately veined. Stems erect. (//. Eumimulus.)
Leaf -blades ovate, petioled. Angles of stem slightly winged.
Pedicels stout, in fruit 5-10 mm. long. Calyx-lobes setaceous-
tipped, 1-2 mm. long. Corolla 35 mm. long. Seeds pale-
yellow. 2. M. alatus.
Leaf-blades lanceolate, clasping. Angles of stem not winged.
Pedicels slender, in fruit 30-60 mm. long. Calyx-lobes lanceo-
late, 3-5 mm. long. Corolla 30 mm. long. Seeds brownish.

3. M. ringens.

1. Mimulus glabratus H. B. K.

Mimulus glabratus H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et. Sp. 2: 370. 1817. " Crescit prope
Moran Mexicanorum, alt. 1330 hex." Type not verified, but description
evidently of plant here considered.

Mimulus Jamesii texensis A. Gray, Syn, FI. N. Am. 2. 1 : 277. 1878. Texas,

Wright, Lindheimer, etc. Probably in drier soils." Probable isotype seen

in Herbarium of Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden.

Very variable in size in all its parts, the larger form being M.
jamesii texensis A. Gray or M. inamoenus Greene from Traits-
Pecos Texas.

Corolla lemon-yellow, within throat on anterior side golden and

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

spotted with many red-brown spots. Flowering from April to
August, and soon ripening fruit.

About springheads and ponds, and along streams, plains of
central and western Oklahoma, south to the hills of central Texas
(Burnet region and Edwards Plateau). Wide ranging through
America from North Dakota and Colorado south to Bolivia.

Oklahoma. Harper: Doby Springs, Stevens 318 (U). Love:
Thackerville, Stevans 63 (U). Major: Cleo, Stavens 782 (U).
Woods: Alva, Stevens 3010 (U).

Texas. Burnet: Granite Mountain, Fennell 10459 (C, H, Y).
Comal: New Braunfels, Lindheimer 1057 (A, T, Y). Gillespie:
Crab-Apple, Jermy 164 (U). San Saba: San Saba, Reverchon
1341 (U, Y). Travis: Austin, Pennell 10444 (A, L, M, U, Y);
Bee Creek; Mt. Bonnell.

2. Mimulus alatus Ait.

. Mimulus alatus Ait., Hort. Kew. 2: 361. 1789. "Nat. of North America.
Introd. 1783, by Mr. William Malcolm." Type not verified, but descrip-
tion sufficiently distinctive.

Corolla pinkish-lavender, within throat essentially as in M. ringens
but the spots are .smaller and the color fainter. Flowering from July
to August and probably ripening fruit in September and Octobar.

Wet woods and shaded river -bottoms, loam soil, hills of eastern
Oklahoma, perhaps near the Red River in Louisiana. Ranges
from Connecticut to Ontario and Kansas, south to Florida, Miss-
issippi and Oklahoma.

Oklahoma. Osage: Pawhuska, Stevens 20033^^ (U). Pitts-
burg: near Gain's Creek, Bigelow (Y).

Louisiana. (?) On Red River, Hale (L).

3. Mimulus ringens L.

Mimulus ringens L., Sp. PI. 634. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia, Canada,
. . . Hort. ups. 176 t. 2." In Hortus Upsalensis 176, pi. 1. 1748.
Linne described and figured our plant.

Mimulus pteropus Raf., Fl. Ludov. 44. 1817. "M. alatus Rob. pi. 396."
This reference is to C. C. Robin, Voy. Louisiane 3: 396, 1807, in which is
given a fuller description. The leaves sessile and semi-amplexicaul are
distinctive. Probably from the present state of Louisiana.

I know of no other record than Robin's of the occurrence of this

species in the West Gulf States. But from its wide general range.

Nova Scotia to Minnesota south to Florida and Kansas, it should

be expected in Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma.

13. VERBASCUM Linne.
Verbascum L., Sp. PI. 177. 1753.
Type species, V. thapstis L., of Europe.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

1. Verbascum thapsus L.

Old fields, roadsides and thickets. Seen from Louisiana and east-
ern Texas, probably frequent throughout our area. Naturalized
from Eurasia.

14. LEUCOPHYLLUM Humboldt and Bonpland.
Leucophyllum H. & B., PI. Aequin. 2: 95. 1809.
Type species, L. ambiguum H. & B., of Mexico.

1. Leucophyllum texanum Benth.

Leucophyllutn texanum Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 344. 1846. " Juxta Laredo prov.-
Texas (Berlandier!) ... (v. s. coram, a cl. Hook.") Probable isotype,
Berlandier 2070 (labeled "2070-660"), collected "cerca Laredo, Junio,
1829," seen in Herb, of Columbia University at the New York Botanical
Garden.

Corolla 18-20 cm. long, larger than, and leaves not semi-petioled
as are those of the other species, L. ambiguum H. & B. of central
Mexico and L. minus Gray of Trans-Pecos Texas and Chihuahua.
Also the leaves and branchlets are in amhiguum more densely tomen-
tose with much more widely branching hairs, in minus closely
stellate pubescent with scarcely stalked hairs. L. minus is to be
looked for in the western Edwards Plateau.

Corolla "rose-colored with lavender tinge," on anterior side
''from base to mouth having a white ground with orange-colored
splotches in four or five lines." Flowering, southward nearly
throughout year, northward from June to September, and soon
ripening fruit.

Hills and plains, limestone bluffs, from Austin, Travis and Gil-
lespie counties, Texas, southward, increasing and becoming a char-
acteristic chaparral shrub near the Rio Grande. Ranges southward
through Nuevo Leon and Coahuila.

Texas. Austin: San Fehpe, Mexican Boundary Survey (Y).
Cameron: Rio Hondo, Chandler 7023 (Y). Duval: San Diego,
Croft 50 (Y). Gillespie: Threadgill, Jermy 446 (U). Hidalgo:
Hidalgo, Pringle 1957 (A, Y); Mission. Nueces: Corpus Christie
Heller (Y). Travis: Austin, Pennell 10450 (Y), Tharp (T, Y).
Uvalde: Sabinal, Reverchon 1572 (P, U, Y); Uvalde. Webb:
Laredo, Berlandier 2070 (Y).

15. PENSTEMON (Mitchell) Schmidel.

Penstemon Schmidel, Icon. PI. 2. 1762.

Type species, Chelone pentstemon L., of Virginia.

A. Anther-cells divaricate, opening throughout. Leaves mem-
branous or somewhat fleshy, the lower petioled (in P. amhiguus
linear), and all the cauline leaves deciduous.

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

B. Corolla scarlet, slightly fleshy, glabrous externally and within,
30-35 mm. long, the tube gradually expanding distally. Ster-
ile filament glabrous. Upper leaves widely connate. Plant
glaucous, forming winter rosettes, the stems strictly annual.
(Elmigera.) I. Centranthifolii. 1. P. murrayanus.
B B. Corolla purple, red, blue, or white, membranous, the throat
usually more abruptly expanding. Leaves all distinct.
(Eupensiemon.)
C. Leaf-blades broadly-linear to ovate, at least 2 mm. wide.
Corolla-throat straight or upcurved, relatively inflated.
Sterile filament bearded. Plants forming winter rosettes,
the stems strictly annual.
D. Corolla-throat inflated-rounded anteriorly, within glan-
dular-puberulent or glabrous. Seeds 2-3 mm. long.
E. Corolla glabrous externally and internally. An-
ther-cells oblong. Sterile filament enlarged
distally. Leaves entire, relatively thick, some-
what fleshy. Plants glaucous. II. Coerulei.
Corolla 40-45 mm. long, the tube much inflated, the
lobes slightly spreading. Sterile filament closely
short bearded near the apex. Capsule 20-25 mm.
long. Bracts obtuse to acute.

2. P. grcmdiflorus.
Corolla 15-20 mm. long, lined with deeper color, the

tube little inflated, the lobes strongly spreading.
Sterile filament relatively densely bearded dis-
tally. Capsule 10-16 mm. long. Bracts ac-
uminate.
Corolla pale-lavender, its lobes 3-4 mm. long. Ster-
ile filament slightly widening and moderately
bearded distally with dull-yellowish hairs. Cap-
sule 14-16 mm. long. Bracts broad, mostly
surrounding the fruits, becoming conspicuously
reticulate. Foliage dull-glaucous.

3. P. buckleyi.

Corolla blue, its lobes 4-5 mm. long. Bracts not
becoming reticulate. Foliage pale-glaucous.

Sepals 6-7 mm. long, more attenuate. Sterile
filament slightly enlarging and moderately
bearded distally with short orange -yellow hairs.
Capsule 13-15 mm. long. Bracts, except the up-
permost, longer than the pedicels. Leaf-blades
linear to lanceolate, acuminate, longer than
the internodes. 4. P. angustifolius.

Sepals 5-6 mm. long, acuminate. Sterile filament
more enlarged and usually more densely bearded,
the beard of golden-yellow hairs. Capsule 10-12
mm. long. Bracts shorter than the pedicels, often

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483

only rudimentary. Leaf-blades ovate, obtuse to
acutish, mostly shorter than the inter nodes.

5. P. fendleri.

EE. Corolla glandular puberulent externally and internally.
Anther-cells as wide as long. Sterile filament slender,
not or but slightly enlarged distally. Leaves usually
serrate, thinner, firm, membranous. Plants not glau-
cous. III. Albtdi.
Corolla 15-20-25 mm. long, white or violet-tinged, its
posterior lobes united less than half their length.
Anthers dark violet-gray. Capsule 10-15 mm.
long. Stem -leaves broadly linear to lanceolate, en-
tire or serrate.
Leaves permanently more or less canescent, lanceo-
late, those of the basal tufts narrowly ovate. Cap-
sule ellipsoid-ovate to ovate in outhne, 5-7 mm. wide.

6. P. alhidus.

Leaves glabrous (except for minute line along midrib
above), broadly hnear, those of the basal tufts
broadly or spatulate-linear. Capsule globose-ovate
in outline, 7-8 mm. wide.

7. P. guadalupensis.
Corolla 25-50 mm. long, violet-purple to white, its

posterior lobes united more than half their length.
Anthers gray. Capsule 15-20 mm. long. Stem-
leaves lanceolate to ovate, mostly serrate.
Corolla 25-40 mm. long, its throat gradually expand-
ing from the tube, moderately inflated and not
narrowing to orifice. Sepals acuminate.

8. P. triflorus.

Corolla 40-50 mm. long, its throat abruptly expand •
ing from the tube, strongly inflated and narrow-
ing to orifice. Sepals acutish to slightly acum-
inate.
Corolla pale-purple, more widely inflated, usually
obscurely glandular within. Foliage pale-green.

9. P. cobaea.

Corolla deep-purple, less widely inflated, more
evidently glandular within. Foliage deeper green.
9a. P. cobaea purpureus.
DD. Corolla-throat more or less flattened, two-ridged within,
anteriorly (scarcely so in P. tubiflonis). Seeds .8-1 mm.
long.
E. Corolla white, not lined, glandular puberulent within on
all sides; the throat slightly inflated and scarcely or
not two -ridged within, the lobes widely spreading.
Stem and leaves glabrous, the latter entire or very
nearly so. IV. Tubiflori.

10. P. tubiflorus.

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

EE. Corolla white or pink, usually with lines of deeper
color, somewhat pubescent with glandless hairs within
over bases of anterior lobes, the throat inflated and
two-ridged within anteriorly. Leaves more or less ser-
rate. V. Graciles.
Corolla with throat much inflated and only slightly
two -ridged within anterior.y. Sepals acuminate,
more than one half length of capsule. Sterile
filament moderately bearded.
Anthers barbate. Corolla 25-35 mm. long, more
strongly inflated, white or slightly tinged or
lined with purple. Stem glabrous or nearly so,
semi-shining. 11. P. digitalis.

Anthers glabrous. Corolla smaller, moderately in-
flated, more or less violet-purple. Stem finely
pubescent to glabrous, relatively dull.
Corolla 20-25 mm. long, usually light violet-purple.
Inflorescence narrower than long, in fruit 2-6
cm. wide, its cyme-branches of but two or three
nodes. Stem-leaves mostly oblong-lanceolate,
relatively less expanded at base, less serrate.

12. P. pentstemon.

Corolla 15-20 mm. longj violet-pink, paler within.
Inflorescence in fruit usually 6-12 cm. wide, its
cyme-branches of repeated nodes. Stem-leaves
usually much smaller, often somewhat expanded
at base, more sharply serrate.

13. P. tenuis.

Corolla with throat narrow, strongly two-ridged within
anteriorly. Sepals acute or triangular-acuminate,
less than or nearly one half length of mature cap-
sule.
Corolla 15-17 mm. long, white, its throat about as
long as the tube, the orifice not closed by the
anterior lip. Sterile filament moderately bearded.
Leaves below inflorescence relatively well -devel-
oped, so stem conspicuously leafy.
Free portions of posterior lobes of corolla upcurved.
Inflorescence 4-7 cm. wide. Stems puberulent
or pubescent. Basal leaves 7-10 cm. long,
obtuse to acute, crenate -serrate, the stem-leaves
obtusish to acuminate, all puberulent. Plants
forming small clumps of few stems.
Stem grayish-puberulent.

14. P. arkansanus.

Stem pubescent. Stem-leaves broader, nearly
ovate. 14a. P. arkansanus puhescens.

1921] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

Free portions of posterior lobes of corolla upcurv-
ing-reflexed. Inflorescence 6-12 cm. wide.
Stems obscurely puberulent. Basal leaves 12-18
cm. long, acuminate, sharply serrate, the stem-
leaves acuminate -attenuate, all glabrous. Plants
forming large clumps, of very many stems.

15. P. midticaulis.

Corolla 20-30 mm. long, pinkish- or purplish-white,
its throat longer than the tube, the orifice some-
what-closed by the anterior lip which upcurves
as an arc. Sterile filament densely bearded.
Leaves just below inflorescence tending to be
much reduced, so stem less ''leafy."

16. P. pauciflorus.

CC. Leaf-blades filiform, less than 1 mm. wide. Corolla 15-20
mm. long, its throat decurved, narrow, not inflated. Ster-
ile filament glabrous. Plant not forming winter rosettes,
the bases of the stems perennial. VL Ambigui.

17. P. amhigims.

AA. Anther-cells pendulous (so anthers tend to be horseshoe-shaped),
opening partially by pro.ximal slits (v/hich extend over two thirds
length of sac). Leaves coriaceous, all sessile, and the lower
cauline leaves persistent on the perennial bases of the stems.
Corolla deep-carmine, its posterior lobes projecting, the anterior
recurved. (Saccanthera.) VIL Baccharifolii.

18. P. baccharifolius.

1. Penstemon murrayanus Hook.

Penstemon murrayanus Hook., in Bot. Mag. 63: pi. 3472. 1836. "A native
of San Felipe, in Texas: discovered by Mr. Drummond, in 1S34." GroAvn
in the Glasgow Botanic Garden. Drummond, Coll. II, 292, from which
collection the seeds for culture were likely obtained, seen in Herb. Columbia
University at the New York Botanical Garden.

Sand, open woods or prairies, through the short-leaf pineland of
eastern Texas, westward locally in the cross-timbers (oak-woods)
and coast prairie; from southwestern Arkansas to San Augustine,
Refugio and Milam counties, Texas. Flowering from late April to
mid- June.

Arkansas. ■ : Fort Towson, Leavenworth (A, Y).

Texas. Ellis: Ennis, Hogan (U). Gregg: Gladewater, Rev-
erchon 2542 (M, U). Houston: Grapeland, Tharp ( T, Y).
Milam: Milano, E. J. Palmer 11661 (M). Refugio: Refugio, E. J.
Palmer 9119 (M). San Augustine: San Augustine, E. J. Palmer
9512 (M). Smith: Swan, Reverchon 3221 (M, U, Y). Waller:
Hempstead, Hall 409 (U, Y). .

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

2. Penstemon grandiflorus Nutt.

Penstemon grandiflorus Nutt. in Eraser's Cat. 1813. "It was first met with
near the confluence of the River Platte [with the Missouri] from whence it
continues to the Andes [Nuttall]." Probable isotype seen in Herbarium of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Sandy prairies and open woodland, western Oklahoma, south to
central Texas; Lower Sonoran Zone (at altitudes of 1,500 to 2,000
feet). Ranges through the Plains from Wisconsin and North
Dakota to Wyoming and Texas. Flowering in late April and May.

Oklahoma. Probably on False Washita, between Fort Cobb and
Fort Arbuckle, E. Palmer 226 (U, Y).

Texas. Callahan: Baird (sandy woods, west of B), Reverchon
1342 (M). Gillespie: Sandy Creek, Jermy 280 (M).

3. Penstemon buckleyi Pennell, sp. nov.

Penstemon amplexicaulis Buckley, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861: 461.
1862. "About 60 miles N. E. of Camp Colorado [Texas, S. B. Buckley]
June [1861]." Camp Colorado, as I am informed by Mr. B. C. Tharp of
the University of Texas, "was in Coleman County about fifteen miles north-
west of the present town of Coleman." "About 60 miles northeast of" this
point would reach Sandy Creek in Stephens County, and it was doubtless
in a sand-region that Buckley found his plant. His description must be
modified to denote a plant with sterile filament moderately bearded [not
"glabro"] and with anthers glabrous [not "piloso-lanatis"]. Type seen
in the Herb, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and these
discrepancies verified and corrected. Not P. amplexicaulis Moench, Meth.
442. 1794.

Corolla pale-lavender, with lavender-violet lines within on
anterior side. Flowering in May and early June.

Dry sandy soil, sand-hills of western Oklahoma and northwestern
Texas; Lower Sonoran Zone (at altitudes of 1,700 to 2,400 feet).
Ranges from southwestern Kansas to Taylor, and Ward counties,
Texas.

Oklahoma. Beckham: Sayre, Pennell 10553 (M, Y), 10560
(A, C, H, J, K, L, M, O, P, S, T, U, Y), 10565 (U, Y). Woodward:
Woodward, Eggert (M).

Texas. Hemphill: Canadian, Eggert (M), E. J. Palmer 14121

(M). (?) Stephens: , Buckley (A). Taylor: Abilene, Eggert (M).

Ward: Monahans, Clawson 13907 (U). Wheeler: (observed by
Pennell).

4. Penstemon angustifolius Nutt.

Penstemon angustifoluis Nutt. [in Eraser's Cat. 1813, nomen nudum;]
Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 738. 1814. "In upper Louisana, Bradbury. ...
v.s. in herb. Bradbury." According to Bradbury (Travels, 318) this
was collected "near the Mintaree village," in what is now North Dakota.
Isotype, collected by Bradbury in "Louisiana," seen in Herb. Academy of
Natural Sciences.

Penstemon coeruleus Nutt., Gen. PI. 2:52. 1818. "Hab. on the plains of the
Missouri, near Fort Mandan and the Indian towns," North Dakota.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

Our species would be P. angusiifolius caudatus (Heller) Rydb.,
but that seems to be too inconstantly distinguishable to be con-
sidered as more than a form.*^"

Corolla coerulean-blue, with violet-pink lines within on anterior
side' Flowering in May.

Sandy prairies, extreme northwestern (''Panhandle" region of)
Oklahoma; Upper Sonoran Zone (at altitudes above 3,000 feet).
Ranges through the High Plains from North Dakota and eastern
Wyoming to northwestern Oklahoma and northern New Mexico.

Oklahoma. Beaver: Knowles, Stevens 323 (M, U). Cimmar-
on: Doby, Stevens 508 (M, U).

5. Penstemon fendleri Torr. & Gray.

FenstemoH fendleri T.*& G., in Pacific RaU. Rep. 2. 4: 168. pi. 5. 1855. On
' 'the Pecos and Llano Estacado [Texas, Dr. W. L. Diffenderfer on Pope's
Expedition]." Type not seen, but description and illustration distinctive.

Corolla blue, pinkish on tube externally, with sharpl}^ defined
violet-pink lines internally on both posterior and anterior lobes.
Flowering in April and May.

Sandy or gravelly loam, frequently over limestone, on plains or
bluffs, most common on the Staked Plains of northwestern Texas,
entering extreme western Oklahoma, and crossing the escarpment
southward to Menard and Tom Green Counties, Texas; chiefly
Upper Sonoran Zone (at altitudes above 1,600 feet). Also in east-
ern New Mexico, v

Oklahoma. Beaver: , Stevens 352 (M, U).

Texas. Fisher: Grady, Shepherd (U). Garza: Post, Pennell

10533 (M, T, Y). Hale: Hale Center, (T). Hall: Estelline,

Reverchon (M). Martin: Stanton, Eggert (M). Menard: Men-
ard, E. J. Palmer 11881 (M). Mitchell: Colorado, E. J. Palmer
13796 (M). Nolan: Sweetwater, E. J. Palmer 13736 (M). Pot-
ter: Ady, Pennell 10547 (A, M, T, U, Y). Randall: Canyon,
Pennell 10540 (Y), 10540 (C, H, O, P, U, Y). Runntls: Ballinger,
Pennell 10509 (T, Y). Swisher: Tulia, Pennell 10538 (A, C, H, J,
J, L, M, O, S, T, U, Y). Tom Green: San Angelo, Pennell 10486
(A, C, H, K, M, T, U, Y).

g. Penstemon albidus Nutt.

Penstemon albidus Nutt., Gen. PI. N. Am. 2: 53. 1818. "Hab. On the plains
of the Missouri, common, from the confluence of the River Platte to the
Mountains." Type seen in Herb. Academy of. Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.

6 See discussion in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 362. 1920.

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Corolla violet-white, with many fine violet lines within throat
on anterior side. Flowering from early May to early June.

Sandy or gravelly loam (frequently calcareous), on bluffs, low
hills or prairies, western Oklahoma and northwestern Texas;
chiefly Upper Sonoran Zone (at altitudes above 1,800 feet). Ranges
through the High Plains from Manitoba and Montana to northwest-
ern Texas.

Oklahoma. Beaver: Stevens 353 (M, U). (Beckham: observed
by Pennell). Harper: Buffalo, Stevens 304 (M, U). Woodward:
Woodward, Eggert (M).

Texas. Armstrong: Gamble's Ranch, E. J. Palmer 13906 (M).
Garza: Post, Pennell 10530 (A, C, H, J, K, L, M, S, T, U, Y).
Potter: Ady, Pennell 10549 (A, 0, T Y), Amarillo. Randall:
Canyon, Pennell 10545 (C, H, M, P, T, U, Y).

7. Penstemon guadalupensis Heller.

Penstemon (juadalupcnsis Heller, in Contrib. Herb. Franklin & Marshall
Coll. 1:92. pi. 7. 1895. "Very plentiful in dry, stony ground along the
Guadalupe and Town Creek [near Kerrville, Texas], altitude 1600-1650
feet, April 19, [1894, A. A. Heller] 1609." Isotype seen in herbarium of
Academy of Natural Sciences, etc.

"Corolla white or sometimes faintly tinged with purple." Flow-
ering in April and May.

Sandy, gravelly or rocky open loam or clay, probably calcareous,
Edwards Plateau, Concho and Lampasas counties; Lower Sonoran
Zone (at altitudes from 1,300 to 2,200 feet). From Howard and
Comanche to Kerr Counties, central Texas.

Texas. Brown: , Reverchon 698 (M, U). Comanche:

Comanche, Eggert (M). Gillespie: Fredericksburg, Bray 291 (T,
U); Pedernales. Howard: Big Spring, Eggert. (M). Kerr: Kerr-
ville, Heller 1609 (A, M, U, Y). Nolan: Sweetwater, E. J. Palmer
13735 (M).

8. Penstemon triflorus Heller.

Penstemon triflorus Heller, in Contrib. Herb. Franklin and Marshall Coll.
1: 92. pi. 8. 1895. "Found only along the smnmit of one hill northeast of
Kerrville [Texas], altitude 2000 feet . . . April 26 [1894], [A. A.
Heller] (1654)." Isotypes seen in the herbaria of the Academy of Natural
Scigucgs Gtc

Penstemon' helleri Small, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 25: 471. 1898. "These
specimens [Heller 16i0] form the type . . . The original specimens
are from Kerrville, Kerry County, Texas, collected in April and June,
1894." Type collected April 19, 1894, seen in the Herbarium of Columbia
University at ihe New York Botanical Garden.

Plants very variable, apparently tending to two types, which are

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 489

predominantly plants of open or of shade. Both however,
are frequently intermixed. One has corolla white or pale-pink,
with relatively wider throat, the pedicels and peduncles shorter so
that the thyrsus is more congested, and the leaves broader; this,
the prevalent form, is the plant called by Heller P. cobaea and by
Small P. helleri. The other has corolla darker, frequently bright
pink-red, with narrower throat more glandular within, the ped-
uncles and often fewer pedicels longer so that the thyrsus is more
lax, and the leaves frequently narrower; this would be typical P.
triflorus. In both the corolla has conspicuous deeper pink lines,
especially on the anterior side. However, field-study convinces
me that no real distinction of these trends can be made. All are
well shown in my series from Kerrville, Texas. Flowering from
March to May.

Thin calcareous loam, gravelly or rocky places, common on the
hills of the Edwards Plateau, less frequent in the Lampasas and
Concho countries; lower Sonoran Zone (at altitudes from 500 to
2,000 feet). From Lampasas and Tom Green to Bexar and Valverde
Counties, central Texas.

Texas. Bexar: Beckmann, Pennell 10407 (T, Y); Camp Stan-
ley Jnc, Pennell 10409 (Y). Burnet: Marble Falls, Bray 109 (Y).
Cooleman: Talpa, Pennell 10515 (Y). Comal: Bracken, Groth 23
(U). Crockett: Ozona to Devils River, Hanson 516' (U, Y). Gil-
lespie: Half-Moon Mt., Jermy 830 (M). Kendall: Boerne, Pennell
10415 (O, Y). Kerr: Kerrville, Heller 1610 (A, M, U, Y), 1654
(A, U, Y), Pennell 10377 (A, H, M, U, Y), 10380 (C, J, L, Y),
10382 (Y), 10397 (Y) 10398 (Y), 10399 (Y), 10400 (K, Y), 10402
(T, Y); Lacey's Ranch; Turtle Creek. Menard, Menard, E. J.
Palmer 1 1865 (M) . Real : Leakey, Lea (U) Tom Green : San Angelo,
Pennell 10500 (A, C, H, M, T, U, Y). Travis: Glen Rose, Hill (U).
Uvalde: Con Can, Sabinal, E. J. Palmer 10221 (Y).

9. Penstemon cobaea Nutt.

Penstemon cobaea Nutt., in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 5: 182. 1837. "Hab.
In the sterile and denudated portions of the prairies of Red River [Ark-
ansas Territory], in calcareous soil." Type seen in Herb. Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Corolla white or pale violet-purple, irregularlj- lined with violet;
probably frequently somewhat darker, as the type is described as
"bluish-purple." Flowering in April and May.

^ Corolla also with short hairs on the anterior side.

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Black or red loam, usually calcareous, central and western prairies
of Oklahoma, on Abilene and Lampasas plains, Grand and espec-
ially the Black Prairie, south to Bexar County, central Texas; also
in post-oak woods eastward in Waller County; Austroriparian and
Lower Sonoran Zones (at altitudes of 300 to 2,000 feet). Central
Plains of Oklahoma and Texas, south to Bexar County. Ranges
north to Kansas, and, including the following variety, into the
Ozark Mountains of southern Missouri and Arkansas.

Oklahoma. Cleveland: Norman, Emig 485 (M). Custer:
Weatherford, Pennell 10572 (A, C, H, J, K, L, M, O, P, S, T, U, Y).
Woods: Cora, Stevens 539 (M, U). '

Texas. Bexar: San Antonio, Thurber (Y). Comal: New
Braunfels, Pilsbry (A). Comanche: Comanche, Eggert (M).
Dallas: Dallas, Pennell 5402 (P, Y). Grayson: Denison, Letter-
man (M); Sherman. Hays: San Marcos, Stanfield (Y). Hood:
Granbury, Eggert (M). Kaufman: Terrell, Tyler (U). Mc-
Lennan: Waco, Griffith (Y). Medina: Hondo, Pilsbry (A). San

Augustine : San Augustine, Leavenworth (A) . Shackelford : , Hol-

stein. Tarrant: Fort Worth, Ruth 101 (M, U, Y). Taylor:
Buffalo Gap, Havard (U). Travis: Austin, Pennell 10448 (U, Y).
Waller: Hempstead Hall 408 (M U Y). Wichita: Burkburnett
Tharp 522 (Y).

9a. Penstemon cobaea purpureus Pennell, var. nov.

Corolla 38-43 mm. long, less inflated, violet-purple and with dark
violet lines; evidently glandular-pubescent within. Plant 10-12 dm.
tall. Leaves usually longer, 10-15 cm. long, dark green.

Type, limestone cliffs, Renters Bluff, Izard Co., Arkansas, collect-
ed in flower June 1, 1920, F. W. Pennell 10681, in the Herbarium
of the New York Botanical Garden.

Here considered as a geographic variety of the prairie species,
Penstemon cobaea, but further field-study is needed to decide their
mutual status. A strikingly distinct plant, when contrasted
alive with the paler-flowered species, but specimens of the latter
show great range of variation in most features. Flowering in
May and June.

Rocky calcareous barrens arid cliffs, Ozark Mountains of northern
Arkansas and southern Missouri.

Arkansas. Izard: Renters Bluff, Pennell 10681 (A, C, H, K,
L, M, 0, T, U, Y). Marion: Cotter, E. J. Palmer 14320 (M).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

10. Penstemon tubiflorus Nutt.

Penstemon tubiflorus Nutt., in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 5: 181. 1837. "Hab.
In wettish prairies, from Forth Smith to Red River [Arkansas Territory.
T. Nuttall]." Type seen in Herb, of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia. Description of corolla as villose within is difficult to
account for, otherwise our plant is certainly described.

Corolla white throughout. Flowering in late May and early
June.

Sandy or light loam, deciduous or mixed woodland in the Ozark-
Ouachita Mountains and hills of Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma,
and on prairies in eastern Oklahoma. The plants seen from the
Ozarks of Arkansas have habitually a laxer thyrsus and slightly
smaller corollas than have those from the prairies and woods of
Oklahoma. Also in Ozarks of southern Missouri.

Arkansas. Madison: Pettigrew, Howell 671 (U). Pope: Rus-
sellville, Pennell 10628 (H, M, Y). Pulaski: Little Rock, Pennell
10643 (A, C, H, J, K, L, M, O, P, S, T, U, Y). Sebastian: Fort
Smith, Bigelow (U, Y). Washington: Fayetteville, Harvey (M).

Oklahoma. Creek: Sapulpa, Bush 1199 (M, Y). McCurtain:
Shawneetown, Houghton 3889 (Y). Pittsburg: McAlester, Penn-
ell 10595 (A, C, H, J, K, M, O, S, T, U, Y). Wagoner: Wagoner,
Pennell 10610 (A, M, U, Y).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Heller 4169 (Y).

11. Penstemon digitalis Nutt.

Penstemon digitalis Nutt.; Sims, in Bot. Mag. 52: pi. 2587. Aug. [1], 1825.
" Communicated by Robert Barclay, . ... to whom the seeds were sent by
Professor Nuttall, in March 1824, under the name which we have adopted.
Native of the Arkansas territory." Careful description and illustration
given. Later, independently redescribed by Nuttall himself in Trans-
Am. PhU. Soc. II. 5: 181. 1837.

Chelone digitalis (Nutt.) Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. pi. 120. Aug. 1, 1825. "Perh-
stemon Digitalis Nutt. Found by Mr. Nuttall in the Arkansas territory
of North America. The plant from which our drawing was taken was
received last autumn from New York, by Mr. Anderson, of the Apoth-
ecaries' Garden at Chelsea, to whom it was sent by Mr. Hogg." A
careful description and illustration certainly of the plant now considered,
the description being apparently more accurate than Nuttall's own, or
that of Sims, in mentioning the pubescence of the anthers.

Corolla, westward, white or externally slightly purplish; east-
ward the corolla tends to be smaller, more purplish-tinged and with
fine violet lines within throat. Flowering from mid-April to early
June, depending upon latitude.

Loam or sandy soil, open woodlands, meadows and prairies;
through the Ozark-Ouachita highland of Arkansas and southeastern
Oklahoma; thence entering surrounding lowland, cleared Mississ-
ippi bottomland of northeastern Arkansas, fields and prairies of

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

northeastern Texas, etc. Native also in southern Missouri and
widely introduced northeastward to the Atlantic states.

Arkansas. Clay: Corning, Eggert (M, Y). Izard: Guion,
Pennell 10687 (Y). Jefferson: Kearney, Pennell 10657 (C, Y).
Nevada: Prescott, Holhster (U). Pope: Russellville, Pennell 10,
633 (H, M, U, Y). Pulaski: Little Rock, Pennell 10650 (A, L, Y).
Washington: Fayetteville, F. L. Harvey (M).

Oklahoma. McCurtain: Idabel, Stevens 3623 (U). Pittsburg:
McAlester, Pennell 10589 (K, O, S, T, U, Y).

Louisiana. Caddo: Shreveport, Cocks (L). Natchitoches:
Natchitoches, E. J. Palmer 7503- (M).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Heller 4169 p. p. (A, U). Dallas:
Dallas, Reverchon 3220 (Y). Tom Green: San Angelo, Reverchon
3933 (M). Van Zandt: Grand Sahne, Reverchon 3934 (M).

12. Penstemon pentstemon (L.) MacM.

Chelone -pentstemon L., Sp. PI. 612. 17.53. "Habitat in Virginia." Type not
verified, but must have been the species now considered, because in 1753
this was certainly tlie only essentially glabrous species of the Atlantic sea-
board.

Penstemon laevigatas Ait., Hort. Kew. 2: 361. 1789. "Chelone Pentstemon
J. F. Miller ic. 4 . . . Nat. of North America. Cult. 1776, by John
Fothergill, M. D." The description, and also the plate of Miller, clearly
denote the species now considered.

Bartramia pulchella Salisb., Prod. Stirp. Chapel Allerton 99. 1796. New
name for Penstemon laevigatas Ait. Type of genus Bartramia Salisb.

Penstemon ■pentstemon (L.) MacM., in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 19: 15. 1892.

Corolla externally violet-purplish, deepest on tube, on throat
and lobes pale-purplish, nearly white on anterior side ; within white,
and within throat on anterior side with more or less evident violet
lines. Sterile filament with yellow hairs. Flowering in May.

Meadows, or more rarely open pine-woods, pineland of central
Louisiana. From Virginia to northern Florida and Louisiana,
inland through the eastern Mississippi Valley to Indiana.

Arkansas. Hempstead: Fulton (low woods), E. J. Palmer
5418 (M).

Louisiana. Rapides: Alexandria, (dry pine-woods). Ball 616
(M, Y).

13. Penstemon tenuis Small.

Penstemon tenuis Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1061, 1337. 1903. "Type, La.,
Hale, Apr., in Herb. C. U." Type, from "fertile soils," Louisiana, seen
in the Herbarium of Columbia University at the New York Botanical
Garden.

Corolla violet-pink externally, within paler, with or without

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

deep-violet lines. Flowering from early April to early June, depend-
ing upon latitude.

Heavy loam, swales and low woodland, mostly in alluvial soil,
along the bottomlands of the lower Mississippi valley north to
northeastern Arkansas, and also westward near the Gulf coast to
the Brazos River, Texas. Near sea-level in Louisiana, Arkansas,
and Texas ; seen from east of the Mississippi River only from Tangi-
pahoa Parish, Louisiana.

Arkansas. Hempstead: Fulton, E. J. Palmer 10514 (M).
Independence: Newark, Pennell 10699 (A, C, H, J, K, M, U, Y).
Miller: Mandeville, Eggert (M). Pulaski: Little Rock, Hasse (Y).

Louisiana. Acadia: Crowley, Pennell 10186 (A, H, L, S, U, Y).
Rapides: Alexandria, Ball 654 (M).

Texas. Brazoria: Brazoria; Columbia, Bush 115 (M, Y).
Fort Bend: Richmond, Bray 79 (T, U). Harris: Houston, Pen-
nell 10258 (T, Y). Liberty: Liberty, E. J. Palmer 7727 (M),
9598 (M).

14. Penstemon arkansanus Pennell, sp. nov.

Stems clustered, several from a clump, 3-6 dm. tall, grayish-pub-
erulent over entire surface, often purple. Leaves membranous,
slightly paler beneath, finely puberulent on both surfaces; the
lowest narrowed to petiole-like bases, the longest 7-10 cm. long,
obtuse to acute, crenate-serrate; the upper lanceolate, acutish to
acuminate, somewhat serrate; the bracts much reduced. Thyrsus
less than one half the height of the plant, longer than wide, of 3-9
fascicles, each of two axillary branches which repeatedly branch
cymosely, the pedicels much shorter than ths primary peduncle.
Sepals in anthesis 2-3 mm. long, in fruit 4-5 mm. long, ovate, acute
to acuminate, obscurely scarious-margined, glandular-pubescent.
Corolla 15-17 mm. long, the tube and throat 11-12 mm. long, the
throat narrow, slightly inflated, two-ridged within distally on
anterior side, the orifice open; the two posterior lobes 2-2.5 mm.
long, united over one half length, their free portions upcurved-spread-
ing; the three anterior lobss 4-5 mm. long, united at base; the cor-
olla externally finely glandular -pubescent, internally slightly pubes-
cent over bases of anterior lobes; white, on anterior side with violet
lines. Anther-cells divaricate, oblong, dark-violet, .6-.7 mm. long,
glabrous, opening throughout. Sterile filament slightly exserted,
flat, not wider distally, moderately bearded distally with yellow
hairs. Capsule at least 6-7 mm. long, ovate-acuminate in outline,
glabrous, not seen mature.

Type, shale and sandstone woods, Pulaski Heights above Little
Rock, Pulaski County, Arkansas, collected in flower and young

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

fruit May 31, 1920, F. W. Pennell 10640; in Herbarium of the New
York Botanical Garden.

This was the plant called "Penstemon levigatum" by Nuttall
in his Flora of Arkansas.

Near Penstemoji paUidus Small, a species which has softly pubes-
cent leaves and more acuminate sepals.

Thin rocky or sandy soil, shale or sandstone, Ozark and Ouachita
mountains and hills of Arkansas and southeastern Oklahoma.
Flowering in late April and May.

Arkansas. Carroll: Beaver; Eureka Springs, Bush 1522 (M).
Garland: Hot Springs, Foreman (U). Pope: Russellville, Pennell
10629 (M, Y). Pulaski: Little Rock, Pennell 10640 (A, C, H, J, K,
L, M, S, T, U, Y), 10651 (A, C, H, O, P, U, Y).

Oklahoma. Leflore: Page, Stevens 1374 (M, U).

14a. Penstemon arkansanus pubescens Pennell, n. var.

Stem 4-7 dm. tall, pubescent with fine glandless hairs, and also
somewhat hirsute with spreading mostly gland-tipped hairs. Stem-
leaves 20-40 mm. wide, nearly ovate, acuminate, serrate, pubescent
beneath on the principal veins. Inflorescence as in the species.

Type, sandstone woodland, Penters Bluff, Izard County, Ark-
ansas, collected in late flower and young fruit, June 1, 1920, F. W.
Pennell 10679; in Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.

On sandstone and limestone, Izard county, Arkansas; probably
through northern Ozarks of northern Arkansas and southern
Missouri.

Arkansas. Izard: Guion (limestone cliff), Pennell 10685 (A, Y),
(sandstone cliff), Pennell 10690 (Y); Penters Bluff (sandstone wood-
land), Pennell 10679 (H, M, U, Y).

15. Penstemon mnltlcaulis Pennell, sp. nov.

Stems many from a clump, 4-7 dm. tall, obscurely puberulent;
often purplish. Leaves membranous, slightly paler beneath, glab-
rous on both surfaces; the lowest narrowed to petiole-like bases,
the longest 12-18 cm. long, acuminate, sharply serrate; the upper
lanceolate, mostly attenuate -acuminate, serrate; the bracts much
reduced. Thyrsus less than half the height of the plant, little
longer than wide, of 6-9 fascicles, each of two axillary branches
which repeatedly branch cymosely, the pedicels much shorter than
the long primary and secondary peduncles. Sepals in anthesis 3-4
mm. long, in fruit 5-6 mm. long, ovate-acuminate, obscurely scar-
ious margined, glandular-pubescent. Corolla 15-17 mm. long, the
tube and throat 11-12 mm. long, the throat narrow, shghtly inflated,

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

two-ridged within on anterior side, the orifice open; the two post-
erior lobes 2-2.5 mm. long, united about one half length, their free
portions upcurved-reflexed; the thrae anterior lobes 4-5 mm. long,
united at base; the corolla externallj^ finely glandular-pubsscent^
internally slightly pubescent over bases of anterior lobes; white^
within throat, especially median to each lobe, with a few violet
lines. Anther -cells divaricate, oblong, intensely violet, .5-.6 mm.
long, glabrous, opening throughout. Sterile filament sUghtly
exserted, flat, not wider distally, moderately bearded distally with
yellowish hairs. Capsule at least 6 mm. long, ovate-acuminate in
outline, glabrous, not seen mature.

Type, sandstone and shale cliffs, Ozark, Franklin County, Ark-
ansas, collected in flower May 29, 1920, F. W. Pennell 10616;
in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.

Along river cliffs in southern Ozarks of western Arkansas. Dis-
tribution should be studied, and constancy of characters of dis-
tinction from P. arkansamis noted. These seem to be well-marked.

Arkansas. Franklin: Ozark, E. J. Palmer 8143 (M), Pennell
10616 (A, C, H, J, K, L, M, O, P, S, T, U, Y). Also seen from Frisco
Springs, "Northwest Arkansas," Wells 49 (U).

16. Pehstemon pauciflorus Buckley.

Penstemoii pauciflorus Buckley, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861 : 461.
1862. "Past [=Post] oak woods south of Fort Belknap, [Texas, S. B.
Buckley, May, 1860-61]." Fort Belknap was in Young County on the
Brazos. The description inapplicablie to any Penstemon, and at variance
with the plant to which the name is now applied in these points: segments
linear-subulate, corolla-tube constricted to scarcely a line in width and
sterile filament glabrous with cilated apex. Fortunately, Dr. A. Gray had
seen Buckley's material in the two collections to which he sent specimens,
the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy, and that of Ehas Durand.
In his criticism of Buckley's proposed species [in Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila.
1862: 165. 1863] he tells us that Buckley confused, vvith a genuine Pen-
stemon, Phlox pilosa L., and that most of the description applies to the lat-
ter! Also that the Penstemon, "a slender form of P. puhescens," has a
sterile filament ''heavUy bearded," a feature particularly true of the pres-
ent species. The specific name should certainly apply to the Penstemon
component. As there appears to be but one species of this genus charac-
teristic of post-oak woods in Texas, and that one has these features,
the Penstemon element of Buckley could scarcely fail to have been the
plant now considered. As no Penstemon was supplied to the Academy
herbarium the iypQ must be the plant of the Durand Herbarium, but
either this admixture was cuUed out by Durand from his material, which
is now in the Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delpha, or else it is included in the portion of his herbarium which went
to Paris. Accordingly it seems best to redescribe the species.

Stems scarcely clustered, frequently but one from a root, slender,
3-7 dm. tall, minutely pubescent over entire surface, green or purp-
lish. Leaves membranous, green, slightly paler beneath, finely
pubescent to nearly glabrous; the lowest narrowed to petiole-like
bases, the longest ovate to oblong, 3-10 cm. long, obtuse, crenate-

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

serrate, the upper lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or obtus-
ish, serrate; the bracts much reduced. Thyrsus about one third
the height of the plant, longer than wide, of 3-6 fascicles, each of
two axillary branches, which cymosely branch 2-3 times, rarely
more, the pedicels shorter than the primary peduncle. Sepals
in anthesis 2-6 mm. long, in fruit 3-7 mm. long, oblong-ovate to
ovate, acute to acuminate, slightly or not scarious margined, gland-
ular-pubescent. Corolla 20-28 mm. long; the tube and throat 15-
20 mm. long, the throat narrow, slightly inflated, strongly two-
ridged within on anterior side, the orifice nearly closed by the up-
curved base of the anterior lip; the two posterior lobes 3-5 mm. long,
united and arched less than or about one half length, their free
portions spreading; the three anterior lobes 5-8 mm. long, united
at base; the corolla externally finely glandular-pubescent, internally
slightly pubescent over the base of the anterior lobes; whitish or
purplish-white, on anterior side with fine violet lines. Anther-cells
divaricate, oblong, violet, 8. mm. long, microscopically puberulent,
opening throughout. Sterile filament slightly exserted, flat, not
wider distally, densely bearded with deep-yellow, becoming brown-
ish-yellow hairs. Capsule 8-10 mm. long, ovate-acuminate in out-
line, glabrous, brown. Seeds .8-.1 mm long, sharply and slightly
wing-angled; testa brown lustrous, reticulate.

Plants of coastal plain, especially in pineland and coast prairie,
smaller-leaved and with stem nearly bare, while upland plants are
rather leafy. Also upland plants, especially in eastern Oklahoma,
are relatively more pubescent.

Sandy soil, usually open woodland or prairie, through the Coastal
Plain south of the Arkansas River in Arkansas and west to the
Guadalupe River in Texas, in long-leaf pineland, short-leaf pine-
land, coastal prairie and post-oak woods; inland in sandy or rocky
woods or prairies to the Burnet metamorphic country of central
Texas, and northwestward (west of the higher Ouachita Hills)
to central Oklahoma. Flowering from early April to early June,
depending upon latitude.

Arkansas. Jefferson: Jefferson Springs, Pennell 10658 (A, C,
H, M, U, Y).

Oklahoma. Atoka: Limestone Gap, Butler 106 (M). Caddo:
Hinton, Stevens 943 (M, U). Creek: Sapulpa, Bush 881 (M, Y).
Lincoln: Fonts, Neaves (U). Logan: Guthrie, Carleton 147 (U).
McCurtain : Idabel, Houghton 3629 (M, Y) . Muskogee : Muskogee,
Oyster (U). Oklahoma: Bethany, Pennell 10576 (H, K, O, P, Y).
Payne: Stillwater, Waugh 253 (U). Pittsburg: McAlester, Pennell
10586 (A, C, M, Y).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

Louisiana. Acadia: Crowley, Cocks (L). Caddo: Shreveport,
Cocks 3612 (L, Y). Calcasieu: DeQuincy, Pennell 10228 (L, T,
U, Y); Lake Charles, Pennell 10220 (Y). Jeff Davis: Jennings,
Pennell 10206 (A, C, H, J, K, L, M, S, U, Y). Natchitoches:
Natchitoches, E. J. Palmer 7305 (M). Rapides: Alexandria,
Hale (U).

Texas. Austin: Bellville, Pennell 10301 (T, Y). Brazoria:
Alvin, Young 257 (T). Burnet: Fairland, Pennell 10478 (Y).
Dallas: Dallas, Reverchon 694 (M). Fayette: Colony, Crawford
(M). Guadalupe: Kingsbury, E. J. Palmer 11643 (M). Hardin:
Fletcher, E. J. Palmer 9549 (M). Harris: Harrisburg, Pennell
10250 (Y); Houston. Hays: San Marcos, Stanfield (Y). Hood:
Granbury, Eggert (M). Jackson: Ganado, E. J. Palmer 9241 (M).
Liberty: Dolen, Young (T). Milam: Milano, E. J. Palmer 11775
(M). Orange: Orange, Bray 56 (U). Polk: Livingston, E. J.
Palmer 5212 (M). San Augustine: San Augustine, Crocket (U).
Smith: Troup, Young (T). Tarrant: Handley, Ruth 462 (U).
Travis: Austin, Pennell 10443 (Y). Victoria: Mission Valley,
Schott (Y). Walker: Huntsville, Young (T).

17. Penstemon ambiguus Torr.

F'enstemon ambiguus Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2:228. 1828. "Hab. Near the
Rocky Mountains [E. P. James in 1820]." Type collected by Edwin
James either in eastern Colorado, northeastern New Mexico or north-
western Texas, seen in Herb, of Columbia University at the New York
Botanical Garden.

Leiostemon purpureus Raf., Atl. Jour. 1 : 14.5. 18.32. Based upon Penstemon
ambiguus Torr.

Sandy or rocky prairies, mostly near streams; plains north of
Canadian River in extreme northwestern Texas; in the Wichita
Mountains, southwestern Oklahoma; and in the western Callahan
Divide, west-central Texas; doubtless elsewhere in upland Texas;
Upper Sonoran Zone (at altitudes above 2,400 feet). High plains,
westward to southwestern Utah and Chihuahua. Flowering from
May to August.

Oklahoma. Comanche: Wichita Mts., Marcy (Y).

Texas. Dallam; Texline, Howell 138 (U). Hartley: Channing,
E. J. Palmer 14157 (M). Howard: Big Springs, Tracy 7995 (M, T,
Y). Martin: Stanton, Eggert (M). Ward: Monahans, Clawson
13909 (U).

498 PROCEEDINGS OD THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

18. Penstemon bacchahfolius Hook.

Penstemon baccharifolius Hook., in Bot. Mag. 78: pi. 4627. 1852. "Rear-
ed from Texian seeds gathered by Dr. Wright." Specimen collected by
C. Wright in 1851-52, but with exact data lost, seen in Herbarium of Col-
umbia University. This must be either his 439 or 1479, both credited
by A. Gray in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. 114. 1859, as collected on "rocky
bluffs at the Big Bend of the San Pedro River, Texas." Evidently the
type station.

Limestone ledges, bluffs and canyons, in Edwards and Uvalde
Counties, Texas; and Rio Grande portion of Lower Sonoran Zone
(at altitudes of 1,000 to 1,500 feet). Ranges westward through
Trans-Pecos Texas. Flowering from April to June.

Texas. Edwards: Barksdale, E. J. Palmer 11009 (M), 12337
(M). Uvalde: Montell, E. J. Palmer 12323 (M). Valverde:
Viaduct, Pilsbry (A).

Penstemon atropurpureus Raf., Atl. Jour. 1: 176. 1833 [not P.
atropurpureus (Sweet) G. Don 1830], said to be from Texas or
"Arkanzas, " to be represented by a specimen or specimens in
Rafinesque's herbarium and to have been seen living by him, is
described as with leaves "ang. lane, amplexic. seiTul. glabr.
acutissim." and flowers ''small, dark purple." Probably two
species are confused, but I can identify neither as Texan.

16. SCROPHULARIA Linne.
Scrophularia L., Sp. PI. 619. 1753.

Type species, S. nodosa L., of Europe.

Sterile filament greenish-yellow, 1.8 mm. wide. Corolla 8-12 mm.
long. Calyx-lobes acute or acutish. Capsule pyramidal-acum-
inate, 5-10 mm. long. Seeds .8-1 mm. long. Liflorescence
narrowly elongated, 4-8 cm. wide, its branches relatively stout.
Leaf-blades cuneate to truncate at base, coarsely serrate to
incised. Petioles stouter, evidently wing-margined.

1. S. occidentalis.

Sterile filament purple -brown, 1 mm. wide. Corolla 6-8 mm. long.
Calyx-lobes rounded-obtuse. Capsule ovoid, acute, 4-7 mm. long.
Seeds .5-.8 mm. long. Inflorescence pyramidal, 5-18 cm. wide,
its branches slender. Leaf-blades narrowed to cordate at base,
more finely crenate -serrate. Petioles slender, scarcely margined.

2. S. marilandica.

1. Scrophularia occidentalis (Rydb.) Bicknell.

Scrophularia nodosa occidentalis Rydb., in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 517.

1896. "Rapid City [South Dakota], altitude 1,000 m., July 25, [1892.

P. A. Rydberg] (No. 914)." Isotype seen in Herb. New York Botanical

Garden.
Scrophularia occidentalis (Rydb.,) Bickn., in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 23:315.

1896.

Corolla externally greenish-brown and shining, within green or

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

distally brownish. Flowering in May or June.

Thickets and along streams, widely distributed through the
Rocky Mountain plateau, eastward passing into S. leporella Bickn.
In our area seen only as collected by Edward Palmer 218 at some
point in Oklahoma, probably "on the False Washita, between
Fort Cobb and Fort Arbuckle" in 1868.

Oklahoma. : , E. Palmer 218 (Y).

2. Scrophularia marilandica L.

Scrophularia marilandica L., Sp. PI. 619. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia."
Based upon a plant grown in the Upsala Garden, which from the descrip-
tion in the Hortus Upsalensis 177. 1748, would appear to have been the
species here considered.

(?) Sa'ophularia hastata Raf., Fl. Ludov. 44. 1817. Based upon a fuller
description in Robin, Voy. Louisiane 3: 39.5. 1807. Description of
leaves 'soft to touch' appears to describe forma neglecta (below), but the
leaves in this species can scarcely be called hastate. The carefully
described flower however would appear to be of this genus, although no
mention is made of the rudimentary fifth stamen, nor is the corolla ever
pubescent within (veloutee).

Scrophularia neglecta Rvdb.; Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1058, 1337. 1903.
"Type, Riley Co., Ivans., Norton, no. 779 in Herb. N. Y. B. G." Type
seen in Herb. New York Botanical Garden. This plant differs from what
is considered true S. marilandica only in the presence of pubescence on
the lower surface of the leaves, a condition found in the northern and
predominating in the western part of the range of the species. Eastward
this sporadic and fluctuating state can be only considered as a forma,
neglecta (Rydb.) Pennell, comb, nov; the two should be studied.

Corolla externally greenish-brown, duller, within purple-brown
distally. Flowering in September and October.

Open woodland, in central and northwestern Arkansas; and in
southern Louisiana; certainly more generally distributed in our area.
In our area only forma neglecta has been seen. A wide-spread
eastern species, ranging from Massachusetts to Ontario and Neb-
braska, south to Georgia and Louisiana.

Arkansas, Benton: , Plank (Y). Pulaski: Little Rock,

Hasse (Y).

Louisiana. Iberia: Avery Id., Cocks (L, Y).

17. COLLINSIA Nuttall.
Collinsia Nutt., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1: 190. 1817.
Type species, C. verna Nutt., of Ohio.

1 . Collinsia violacea Nutt.

Collinsia violacea Nutt., in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 5: 179. 1837. "Hab.
On the hiUs and upland woods of the Arkansas and Red rivers; abundant.
[T. Nuttall.] Type, labeled "A.rk[ansas], Nuttall," seen in Herb.
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; isotype in Herb, of Columbia
University at the New York Botanical Garden.

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Sandy soil, hills of western Arkansas, and eastern Oklahoma
and southward into short-leaf pineland of eastern Texas to Nac-
ogdoches and Limestone counties, Texas. Also in extreme south-
western Missouri and southeastern Kansas. Flowering from March
to early May, and soon ripening fruit.

Arkansas. Benton : , Plank ( Y) . Sebastian : Hartford, Pils-

bry (A). Washington: Fayetteville, Williamson (A).

Oklahoma. Atoka: Limestone Gap, Pilsbry (A). Craig: Vin-
ita, Carleton 33 (U). Creek: Sapulpa, Bush 918 (Y).

Texas. Kaufman: Elmo, Reverchon 3935 (U). Limestone:
, Joor 49 (U) . Nacogdoches : " Nagadoches," Leavenworth (A) .

Readily distinguished from C. verna Nutt., of the Ohio Valley,
by the following contrast:

Corolla blue, the nearly white posterior lobes little shorter than
the shallo wly notched antero -laterals. Seeds 3 mm. long. Leaves
lanceolate-ovate, mostly obviously dilated proximally. Stem
and pedicels with lines of pubescence. C. verna.

Corolla violet, the pale posterior lobes about two thirds the length
of the deeply notched antero-laterals. Seeds 1 mm. long. Leaves
oblong-lanceolate, not dilated at base. Stem and pedicels more
densely finely pubescent over entire surface. C. violacea.

18. MAURANDYA Ortega.
Maurandya Ortega, Nov. PI. Descr. Decad. 21. 1797.
Type species, M. sernperflorens Ortega,^ of Mexico.

1. Maurandya antirrhinlflora Humb. & Bonpl.

Maurandya antirrhiniflora H. & B.; Willd., Hort. Berol. pi. 83. 1807. "Hab-
itat in Mexico." Description distinctive.
Antirrhinum maurandioides A. Gray, in Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 376. 1868.
Based upon Maurandya antirrhiniflora G. & B.

Certainly closely akin to M. scandens (Cav.) Pers. [=M. sem-
perflorens Ort.], being nearly alike in habit, leaves, pedicels, sepals,
capsules and seeds, differing only in corolla. 1\\ M. scandens this is
two-ridged within on anterior side, apparently in the manner of
Mimulus, while the smaller corolla of M. antirrhiniflora has these
ridges developed distally into a palate.

Corolla blue, the palate conspicuously raised, light-yellow.
Flowering from April to September and soon ripening fruit.

Stony calcareous soil, river-bluffs and hills, lower Edwards Plateau
and through arid southern Texas, from Travis and Gillespie to

8 Practically a re-description, with renaming, of listeria scandens Cav., Icon.
15. 1793, antedated by listeria Medik., 1790.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

Nueces and Webb counties; lower Sonoran zone. Ranges from
southern Texas and Arizona to southern Mexico.

Texas. Bexar: Comanche Spring; San Antonio, Pennell 5472
(P, Y) . Gillespie : Threadgill, Jermy 487 (U) . Hays : San Marcos,
Pennell 10428 (A, Y). Nueces: Corpus Christi, Heller 1790
(A, U, Y). Travis: Austin, Pennell 10451 (Y); Barton Springs.
Webb: Laredo, Letterman 35 (Y).

19. LINARIA Miller.
Linaria Mill., Gard. Diet. ed. IV. 1754.
Type species, Antirrhinum linaria L., of Europe.
Corolla, excluding spur, 4-12 mm. long, blue; posterior lip erect;
anterior lip broadly spreading, but not forming a definite
raised palate; spur slender. Capsule 2-3.5 mm. long, equal-
ing to slightly exceeding the sepals. Seeds .3-.4 mm. long,
cylindric, prismatic-angled, not winged. Stem less leafy, the
younger stems spreading-prostrate from base.

(Leptoplectron.)
Surfaces of seeds smooth to slightly tuberculate, the angles thin.
Corolla less than 48 mm. long, excluding the spur which is 2-6
ipm. long. 1. L. canadensis.

Surfaces and rounded angles of seed densely tuberculate. Cor-
olla over 10 mm. long, excluding the spur which is 5-9 mm. long.

la. L. canadensis texana.
Corolla, excluding spur, 15-18 mm. long, yellow; posterior lip arched
over anterior; anterior lip forming a conspicuous protruding
orange palate, spur stout. Capsule 10 mm. long, much exceed-
ing the sepals. Seeds 1-7 mm. long, flattened and circularly
broadly- winged. Stem densely leafy, always erect.

2. L. linaria.

1. Linaria canadensis (L.) Dum.-Cours.

Antirrhinum canadenseL., Sp. PI. 618. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia, Can-
ada." Type probably from southern New Jersey, and certainly the species
now considered. For discussion see Torreya 19: 151. 1919.
Linaria canadensis Dum.-Cours., Bot. Cult. 2: 96. 1802. "Lieu, Le Can-
ada, la Virginie." Doubtless based upon Antirrhinum canadense L.

Corolla purplish-blue, the palate paler. Flowering from March
to May, and soon ripening fruit.

Open sandy soil, usually a weed, eastward, chiefly in the Coastal
Plain; less frequent than the following, with which it intergrades.
Ranges through the Atlantic Coastal Plain, from Massachusetts
to Florida and Texas; inland probably introduced.

Arkansas. Pope: Russellville, Pennell 10636 (Y).

Louisiana. Rapides: Alexandria, Hale (A, U, Y).

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Texas. Angelina: , Reverchon 3931 (Y). Dewitt: Cuero,

Howell 318 (Y). Harris: Houston, Hall 406 (U). Kaufman:
Terrell, Tyler (U). San Augustine: San Augustine, Crocket (U).
Travis: Austin, York (T). Victoria: Victoria, Lewton 62 (U).

la. Linaria canadensis texana (Scheele) Pennell, comb. aov.

Linaria texana Scheele, in Linnaea 21: 4761. 1848. "Zwischen Houston
and Austin [Texas] haufig: " Romer." Description sufficiently distinctive.

Here distinguished primarily by roughness of seeds, which how-
ever varies from a few roughenings on the side to densely tuber-
culate. The wealth of Texan material at my disposal shows that
each character of the contrasts previously outlined (in Contrib.
U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 323. 1920, and Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
71 : 258. 1920) between this and Linaria canadensis breaks down
in numerous instances through the area where the two overlap.
Consequently it seems more rational to consider texana a variety,
its range and relation to the species roughly paralleling that of
• Veronica peregrina xalaperisis (H. B. K.) Pennell. For an ex-
cellent illustration of Linaria candensis texana see the Botanical
Magazine 63: pi. 3473. 1836.

Open sand or sandy loam, frequently or usually a weed, common
through the Coastal Plain, chiefly westward; occasional and prob-
ably introduced inland. Ranges widely through western North
America, and into South America.

Arkansas. Benton: , Plank (Y). Columbia: Taylor, Hunt

10 (Y). Nevada: Prescott, Bush 555 (U).

Oklahoma. Kingfisher: Huntsville; Kingfisher, Stevens 189
(U). Oklahoma: Bethany, Pennell 10574 (H, O, U, Y). Payne:
Stillwater, Learn (Y). Wagoner: Wagoner, Pennell 10614 (M, Y).
Washita: Bessie, Stevens 961 (U). Woods: Alva, Stevens 3042
(U).

Louisiana. Acadia: Crowley, Pennell 10204 (Y). Catahoula:
Sicily Id., Peck (A). Rapides: Alexandria, Ball 416 (U, Y).
Terrebonne: E. C. Wurzlow (Y).

Texas. Austin: San Felipe, Pennell 10293 (K, T, Y); WalHs,
Pennell 10270 (A, Y). Bastrop: Smith ville, Pilsbry (A). Bexar:
San Antonio: Larrabee (U). Duval: San Diego, Croft (U, Y).
Fayette: Colony, Crawford (U). Gillespie: Dry Branch, Jermy
151 (U). Harris: Houston, Bush 51 (U). Henderson: Athens,
Young (T). Kaufman: Terrell, Tyler (U). Nueces: Corpus
Christi, Heller (Y). Robertson: Calvert, Merrill (Y). Tarrant:

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

Handley, Ruth 441 (Y). Travis: Austin, Bray 106 (Y). Victoria:
Victoria, Williamson (A).

2. Linaria linaria (L.) Karst.
lAnaria vulgaris Mill.

Loam or sandy fields, seen only from northern Arkansas. Nat-
uralized from Eurasia.

20. VERONICASTRUM Heister.
Veronicastrum Heist.; Fabr., Enuin. Meth. PI. Hort. Helmstad. 111. 1759.
Type species, Veronica virginica L..

1. Veronicastrum virginicum (L.) Farwell.

Veronica virginica L., Sp. PI. 9. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia." Grown in
the Clifford Garden. Certainly the species here considered.

Leftandra villosa Raf., Med. Fl. 2: 21. 1830. "Mr. Schweinitz has found
it in North Carolina." Name to be used for the forma Veronicastrum
virginicum f. villosum (Raf.) Pennell, [in Rhodora 23: 6. 1921] preval-
ent in the South and West, which has its leaves downy pubescent beneath.

Veronicastrum virginicum (L.) Farwell, Drugg. Circ. 61: 231. 1917.

Corolla white or pinkish; anthers brown. Flowering in August.

Sandy or loam soil, meadows or thickets, in northern Louisiana
and northeastern Texas; doubtless also in Arkansas. Ranges
from Connecticut to Minnesota and Kansas, south to Mississippi
and Texas.

Louisiana. Clairborne: , (L). Natchitoches: Natchi-
toches, Cocks (L).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Heller 4198 (A, Y).

21. VERONICA Linne.

Veronica L., Sp. PI. 9. 1753.

Type species, Veronica officinalis L., of Europe.

Main stem terminating in an inflorescence, the flowers remote and
axillary. Leaves, except the lowermost, alternate, their blades
oblanceolate to ovate. Annuals.
Pedicels shorter than the lanceolate to linear sepals. Capsule
strongly flattened. Seeds many, less than 1 mm. long,
smooth or nearly so. Plants erect.
Leaf-blades, excepting the lowermost, sessile, those of the
lower stem-leaves oblanceolate, nearly entire to dentate.
Corolla whitish throughout. Capsule greenish-brown,
glabrous or minutely pubescent, less deeply notched,
the minute style hidden between the capsule-lobes.
Plant glabrous. 1. V. peregnna.

Plant pubescent with short gland -tipped hairs, usually pres-
ent even on the capsule. la. V. -peregrina xalapensis.

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Leaf-blades petioled or the upper nearly sessile, those of the
lower stem-leaves ovate, crenate -serrate. Corolla deep vio-
let-blue. Capsule yellowish-brown, pubescent with slightly
gland-tipped hairs, notched nearly or about one third length,
the longer style reaching about to the capsule-lobes. Plant
pubescent w4th white glandless or obscurely gland-tipped
hairs. 2. V. arvensis.

Pedicels longer than the ovate sepals. Capsule relatively turgid.
Seeds few, 1.3-1.5 mm. long, roughened. Leaf -blades ovate,
dentate. Corolla violet-blue.
Petals not exceeding the ovate sepals. Capsule 4 mm. wide,
its lobes rounded in profile, the most distal point of each
about midw^ay between the style and the lateral margin.
Style shorter than the capsule. 3. V. -polita.
Petals much exceeding the narrowly ovate sepals. Capsule
5-6 mm. wide, its lobes acutish in profile, the most distal
point of each near the lateral margin. Style as long as the
capsule. 4. V. persica.

Main stem not terminating in an inflorescence, the flowers in axil-

ary racemes. Leaves opposite throughout, their blades linear.

Perennial. 5. V. scutellata.

1. Veronica peregrina L.

Veronica peregrina L., Sp. PI. 14. 175.3. "Habitat inEuropaehortis, arvis-
que." Description distinctive of this American plant, which had become
naturalized in Europe.

Corolla uniformly dull-white. Flowering from March to May,
and soon ripening fruit.

Moist soil, river-banks, gardens and cultivated flelds, common
eastward but passing into and over most of our range represented
by the following variety. Wide-spread through eastern North
America.

Arkansas. Jefferson: Jefferson Springs, Pennell 10669a (Y).
Pope: Russell ville, Pennell 10635 (U, Y).

Louisiana. Acadia: Crowley, Pennell 10197 (L, Y). Jefferson:
Gretna, Ball 322 (Y). Rapides: Alexandria, Hale (L).

la. Veronica peregrina xalapensis (H. B. K.) Pennell.

Veronica xalapensis H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2: 389. 1818. "Crescit in
Regno Mexicano prope Xalapa (alt. 630 hex.), in nemoribus Liquidambaris
Styracifluae [Humboldt & Bonpland]".
Veronica peregrina xalapensis (H. B. K.) Pennell, inTorreya 19: 167. 1919.

Varies in degree and length of pubescence, so evidently of only
varietal status.

Sandy to clayey soil, ditches, stream-banks and fields, common
through most of central and western Arkansas and Texas, eastward

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

passing into V. peregrina L. Wide-spread through western North
and South America.

Arkansas. FrankUn: Ozark, Pennell 10618 (Y).

Oklahoma. Oklahoma, Bethany, Pennell 10580 (O, Y).

Texas. Austin: Wallis, Pennell 10281 (U, Y). Bexar: ,

Jermy (Y). Comal: New Braunfels, Lindheimer 1060 (T, Y).
Harris: Houston, Pennell 10248 (Y), 10255 (T, Y). Hays: San
Marcos, Stanfield (Y). Kerr: Kerrville, Pennell 10391 (A, H, Y).
Tarrant: Fort Worth, Ruth 100 (Y). Travis: Austin, Pennell
10446 (Y).

2. Veronica arvensis L.

Corolla with all lobes deep sky-blue, whitish at base, veined with
deeper skj^-blue.

Fields and cultivated soil, especially where moist, seen from
Arkansas and Oklahoma. Naturalized from Eurasia.

3. Veronica polita Fries.

Roadsides and gardens, seen from Louisiana and Texas. Nat-
urahzed from Eurasia.

4. Veronica persica Poir.

Corolla with posterior lobes sky-blue, anterior pale-blue, all
whitish at base, and veined with deeper blue lines.

Fields and roadsides, seen from Texas. Naturalized from
Eurasia.

5. Veronica scutellata L.

Waste ground, at Pineville, Rapides Parish, Louisiana, collected
by R. S. Cocks. Surely adventive from the northern United States
or Eurasia.

22. DASISTOMA Raflnesque.
Dasistoma Raf., Journ. de Phys. 88: 89. 1819.
Type species, D. aurea Raf., of Kentucky.

1. Dasistoma macrophylla (Nutt.) Raf.

Seyrmria macrophylla Nutt., Gen. N. Am. PI. 2:49. ISlS. "Hab. In shady
alluvial soils of the banks of the Little Miami, near the town of Lebanon,"
Ohio, T. Nuttall. Specimen in Kew Herbarium labeled ''Ohio, Nuttall
misit Mart. 1824," maj^ stand as the type; this seen.

Dasistoma macrophylla (Xutt.) Raf., New Fl. Am. 2: 67. 1837.

Brachygyne macrophylla (Xutt.) SmaU, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1073, 1338. 1903.
Type of genus, Brachygyne Small.

Corolla yellow, externally tinged or marked with purple-red.

Flowering in July and August and soon ripening fruit.

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Sandy to clay soil, woodland, usually along streams, hills of
northwestern Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma to Dallas County,
Texas. Ranges from Ohio to eastern Nebraska, south to northern
Alabama and northeastern Texas.

Arkansas. Benton: Sulphur Springs, Pennell 5362 (P).
Washington: Fayetteville, Harvey 35 p. p. (A).

Oklahoma. Cleveland: Moore, McReynolds (O). Craig: Blue
Jacket, Stevens 2212 (L) . Creek : Sapulpa, Bush 446 (M) . Payne :
Stillwater, Waugh 33 (M, U). Rogers: Verdigris, Bush 415 (M).

Texas. Dallas: Dallas; Irving, Pennell 5398 (P, Y).

23. AFZELIA J. F. Gmelin.
Afzelia J. F. Gmel., Syst. 927. 1791.
Type species, Anonymos cassioides Walt.

Leaf -segments and caljoi-lobes lanceolate or broader. Corolla
externally pubescent, its lobes ovate. Capsule ovate or
ovate-acuminate, glandular-tomentose. Seeds 1-1-5 mm. long,
with reticulations raised and wing-like. Stem with spreading
or reflexed hairs.
Filaments 1.5-2.5 mm. long, dilated and pubescent at least one
half their length, the distal portion glabrous. Anther -cells,
opening one half their length. Capsule ovate -acuminate
with gland-tipped hairs. Reticulations of seed regular, raised
less than the diameter of the seed. Stem glandular-pubes-
cent with spreading hairs.
Capsule 9-12 mm. long. Seeds 1-1.2 mm. long. Pedicels
7-12 mm. long. Leaf-blades slightly bipinnatifid.

1. A. havardii.
Capsule 8-9 mm. long. Seeds 1.4-1.5 mm. long. Pedicels

3-5 (-9) mm. long. Leaf -blades strongly bipinnatifid.

2. A. texana.
Filaments 3 mm. long, dilated and pubescent about one fourth

their length, the distal portion lanose with spreading hairs.
Anther-cells opening one fourth or one fifth length. Capsule
5-7 mm. long, ovate, with mostly dark-jointed but not gland-
tipped hairs. Reticulations of seed irregularly produced into
three or four wings, which equal or exceed the diameter of the
seed. Stem pubescent with fine reflexed or also longer spread-
ing glandless hairs. 3. A. pectinata.
Leaf-segments and calyx-lobes filiform-linear. Corolla externally
glabrous, its lobes lanceolate. Capsule 4-4.5 mm. long, urceo-
late-acuminate, glabrous. Seeds ,5-.7 mm. long, with a scarcely
reticular testa, furrowed. Stem sparingly pubescent with
ascending incurved hairs. 4. A. cassioides.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

1. Afzelia havardii Pennell, sp. nov.

Annual. Stem about 4 dm. tall, much branched, pubescent
with retrorse-spreading to -incurved hairs, and with longer similar
gland-tipped hairs. Leaf-blades lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate,
slightly bipinnatifid, segments lanceolate, pinnae falcately spread-
ing; glandular-hirsute on both surfaces; those of the stem 1.5-1.7
cm. long; 6-8 mm. wide, with 5-7 pairs of lateral lobes. Pedicels
slender, in flower 6-10 mm. long, in fruit 7-12 mm. long. Calyx
glandular-hirsute, its lobes 3-4 mm. long, lanceolate, acute, dentate.
Corolla 7.5-8 mm. long; its lobes 5 mm. long, ovate; rounded,
spreading, the two posterior united ^ - f their length; externally
glandular-tomentose, within pubescent in a ring about the bases
of the filaments, but glabrous below posterior sinus, the lobes
irregularly ciliate. Filaments 2.5 mm. long, stout, posterior in-
curved, dilated and pubescent two-thirds length; anterior straight,
less dilated, pubescent one-half length; connectives glabrous,
anther-sacs 3 mm. long, linear-oblong, opening one-half length.
Capsule 9-12 mm. long, narrowly ovate-acuminate, glandular-tom-
entose. Seeds 1-1.2 mm. long, pale-brown, the raised reticulations
thin and somewhat wing-like; intrareticular lines very fine, con-
tinuous, forming a dehcate parallel series.

Type, Eagle Pass, Texas, collected in flower and fruit in 1882,
Dr. V. Havard; in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Limestone hills (?), near the Rio Grande, Texas; arid Lower
Sonoran zone.

Texas. Maverick: Eagle Pass, Havard (A, H). Also collect-
ed by Wright in 1848, but no station given.

2. Afzelia texana (A. Gray) Small.

Seymeria bipinnatiseda texana A Gray, in Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound. 117.
1859. "Upper Guadalupe river, etc.,; Lindheimer ..." Several
collections of Lindheimer seen, but none labeled "Upper Guadalupe river."
Lindheimer 451 or 670 labeled "Pedernales," in Gray Herbarium, may
stand as the type and has been seen there.

Afzelia texana (A. Gray) Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1072, 1338. 1903.

Rocky limestone soil, Edwards Plateau of central Texas. Flower-
ing in July and August, and soon ripening fruit.

Texas. Bexar: Comanche Spring, Lindheimer 1058 (A, C, H,
K, M, P, U, Y). Gillespie: Fredericksburg; Pedernales; Thread-
gill, Jermy 452 (M, U). Hays: San Marcos, Stanfield (Y). Kerr:
Kerrville, Pennell 10395 (T, Y).

3. Afzelia pectinata (Pursh) Kuntze.

Seymeria pectinata Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 737. 1814. "In South Carolina.
Catesby. v. s. in Herb. Sherard." Type not seen, but description dis-
tinctive.

Afzelia pectinata (Pursh) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 457. 1891.

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Corolla deep golden-yellow, more or less marked with purple-
red within throat and at the bases of the lobes. Flowering in
August and September, and soon ripening fruit.

Dry sandy longleaf pineland, central Louisiana. Ranges from
South Carolina and Florida to Louisiana.

Louisiana. Natchitoches: Natchitoches, Cocks (L).

4. Afzelia cassioides (Walt.) J. F. Gmel.

Anonymos cassioides Walt., Fl. Carol. 171. 1788. Presumably from lower

South Carolina. Description sufficiently distinctive.
Afzelia cassioides (Walt.) J. F. Gmel., Syst. 927. 1791.
Gerardia afzelia Miclix., FL Bor. Am. 2: 20. 1803. New name for Afzelia

cassioides (Walt.) Gmel.
Seymeria tenuifolia Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 737. 1814. New name for Gerardia

cassioides (Walt.) Pers.

Corolla pale-yellow, more or less marked with purple-red within
throat and at the bases of the lobes. Flowering in September and
October, and soon ripening fruit.

Sandy longleaf pineland, central Louisiana. Ranges from North
Carolina and Florida to Louisiana.

Louisiana. Rapides: Alexandria, Cocks (L).

24. AUREOLARIA Rafinesque.

Aureolaria Raf., New Fl. Am. 2: 58. 1837.

Type species, Aureolaria villosa Raf.

Annual. Stem, leaves and calyx glandular-hirsute. Leaf-blades
bipinnatifid, pectinately toothed. Calyx-tube glandular-
hirsute, the lobes pectinately toothed. Corolla 30-40 mm.
long, externally glandular-pubescent, with pubescent below
posterior sinus and over bases of posterior lobes, more or less
marked or tinged with purple-red. Capsule glandular-pubes-
cent. Seeds .8-1 mm. long, not winged. {Panctenis Raf.)

L A. pectinata.
Perennial^;. Not glandular. Leaf blades entire to domewhat
bipinnatifid, not pectinately cut. Calyx-tube not glandular,
the lobes entire to dentate. Corolla externally glabroi.d,
within glibrous or diffused -pubescent, uniformly yellow.
Capsule not glandular. Seeds L5-2.7 mm. long, strongly
winged. (Aureolaria, sensu strictu.) .
Capsule densely rusty-pubescent. Pedicels 1.5-3 mm. long.

Stem puberulent to pubescent. 2. A. virginica.

Capsule glabrous. Pedicels 3-15 mm. long.

Plants densely cinereous-puberulent. Wings but one sixth
to one fifth the diameter of the seeds. Corolla 40-50
mm. long.
Calyx-lobes broadly lanceolate, evidently dentate. Bracts

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

coarsely toothed. Petioles apparently mostly only
5-6 mm. long 3. A. grandiflora.

Calyx-lobes linear to lanceolate, entire to slightly dentate.
Bracts entire to serrate. Petioles mostly 10-15 mm.
long.
Upper leaf-blades gradually smaller than the lower,
relatively large. Pedicels stout. More densely cine-
reous. 3a. A. grandiflora cinerea.
Upper leaf-blades rather abruptly smaller than the lower,
relatively small. Pedicels slender. Less densely cin-
ereous. 3b. A. grandiflora serrata.
Plants glabrous to minutely puberulent. Wings one fourth
to two fifths the diameter of the seed. Calyx-lobes entire.
Stem finely puberulent, not glaucous. Pedicels and calyx
externally puberulent. Corolla 40-50 mm. long.

4:. A. dispersa.
Stem glabrous, glaucous. Pedicels and calyx externally
glabrous.
Leaf-blades, at least the lower, somewhat pinnately cut,
the segments lanceolate or broader. Corolla 40-60 mm.
long, somewhat pubescent within above bases of fila-
ments. Awn of anther 1-1.5 mm. long. Capsule 15-29
mm. long. Plant relatively stout.

5. A. flava macrantha.
Leaf-blades all very deeply pinnately cut, the segments
linear-lanceolate or nearly hnear. Corolla 40-45 mm.
long, glabrous within above bases of filaments. Awn of
anther 1.5-2 mm. long. Capsule 12-15 mm. long.
Plant relatively slender. 6. A. calycosa.

1. Aureolaria pectinata (Nutt.) Pennell.

Gerardia pedicularia pectinata Nutt., Gen. N. Am. PI. 2: 46. 1818. "Hab.
In the sandy pine forests of Carolina and Georgia." Probable type,
collected by Nuttall and now in the British Museum, has been verified by
Dr. S. Moore as the plant here considered.

Aureolaria pectinata (Nutt.) Pennell, in Bull. Torr. Bot Club. 40: 314. 1913.

Corolla yellow, externally more or less tinged with reddish, within
not marked with purple-red. Flowering from July to October,
and soon ripening fruit.

Dry sandy pine and oak lands, especially hilly, in the Coastal
Plain of Louisiana, and doubtless also in eastern Arkansas; on the
lower Ouachita Hills in Arkansas. Ranges through the Coastal
Plain from South Carolina to Florida and Louisiana.

Arkansas. Garland: Hot Springs, Pennell 5680 (A, C, H, K, M,
P, U, Y). Pulaski: Little Rock, Engelmann 313 (M).

Louisiana. Caddo: Shreveport, Cocks (L). Rapides: Alexan-
dria; Pineville, Pennell 5638 (C, H, L, M, P, U, Y).

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

2. Aureolaria virginica (L.) Pennell.

Rhinanthus virginicus L., Sp. PI. 603. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia." Type,
Clayton 488, is identified by Dr. S. F. Blake in Rhodora 20: 66, 1918, as
the species here considered.

Aureolaria villosa Raf., New Fl. Am. 2: 59. 1837. No type locality stated,
nor type known to exist. Description sufficiently distinctive.

Aureolaria virginica (L.) Pennell, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 40: 409. 1913.

Corolla yellow, with no tinge of purple-red. Flowering in June
or July.

Open sandy woodland, among oaks, in central Louisiana. Ran-
ges from New Hampshire to Michigan, south to Florida and Louisi-
ana. Unknown elsewhere west of the Mississippi River.

Louisiana. Rapides: Alexandria, Hale (L).

3. Aureolaria grandiflora (Benth.) Pennell.

Gerardia grandiflora Benth., in Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 206. 1826. "Province
of Texas, Drummond." Type, Drummond 293, seen in Kew Herbarium.

Dasijstoma drurmno7idii Benth., in DC. Prod. 10: 520. 1846. "In Texas
(Drummond\) Gerardia grandiflora Benthl . . . (v. s.)" Type, iden-
tical with preceding, Drummond 293, seen in Kew Herbarium.

Aureolaria grandiflora (Benth.) Pennell in Rhodosa 20: 135. 1918.

Probably in sandy oak woods. Coastal Plain of southeastern
Texas. Including varieties, the species ranges northward to Wis-
consin. Flowering in June and July.

Texas. Austin: San Felipe, Drummond 293 (H, K). Harris:
Houston, Hall 420 (H, K, M, U, Y). Waller: Hempstead, Hall
419 (H, M, U, Y)

3a. Aureolaria grandiflora cinerea Pennell, var. nov.

Stem 10-12 dm. tall, more densely cinereous-puberulent. Peti-
oles about 10-15 mm. long. Lower leaves lanceolate to ovate
lanceolate usually more deeply incised, though only at times in
broad basal portion of lowest leaves reaching nearly to the midrib,
(5-) 9-15 cm. long, with 2-6 pairs of lateral lobes, rarely nearly entire,
upper leaves smaller, though larger than in the species, and less cut;
bracts nearly entire, or more frequently serrate, or even laciniate
toward the base; leaves more cinerous. Pedicels stouter. Calyx-
lobes 8-12 mm. long, linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, entire or slightly
dentate. Capsule 13-17 mm. long. Otherwise as in the species.

Type: Neck, Jasper Co., Missouri, collected in fruit, F. W. Pennell
5374; in Herb. University of Pennsylvania.

Corolla yellow, with no tinge of purple-red. Flowering in July
and August, fruiting September and October.

Dry oak-woods, red loam or on usually more or less sandy soil,
from the valley of the Missouri River in central Missouri to the
upper Trinity River in Texas.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511

Arkansas. Washington: Fayetteville, Harvey 59 (M).

Oklahoma. Cleveland: P. J. White 191 (M). Haskell: San
Bois Mts., Sheldon 325 (U). LeFlore: Page, Stevens 2709 (I).

Texas. Dallas: Dallas, Reverchon 711 (M, U). Smith: Swan,
Reverchon 3228 (M).

3b. Aureolaria grandiflora serrata (Torr.) Pennell, comb. nov.

Dasysioma drummondii serrata (Torr.) Benth., in DC. Prod. 10: 521. 1846.
"In Louisiana ad Red River (Hale!) Gerardio strrato Torrey! ....
(V. in herb. Torrey)." Type in Kew Herbarium verified by N. E. Brown
as agreeing with my number 5675. Isotype seen in Herbarium Columbia
University.

Gerardia grandiflora integriuscula A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2. 1:291. 1878.
G. serrata, Torr., Benth. . . . W. Louisiana, i?aZe. " Type same as pre-
ceding.

Corolla yellow, with no tinge of purple-red. Flowering in July
and August.

Sandy oak-woods, short-leaf pine region of northwestern Louisi-
ana and northeastern Texas, probably also in the long-leaf pinehills
north of Alexandria, Louisiana.

Louisiana. Caddo: Shreveport, Pennell 5662 (A, C, H, I, L,
M, P, U, Y). Natchitoches: Chopin, E.. J. Palmer 8847 (M).
Rapides Alexandria, Hale (L, Y).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Pennell 5675 (A, C, H, K, M, P,
S, T, U, Y). Rusk or Panola: between Tatum & Beckville.
Reverchon 3227 (H, M, U).

4. Aureolaria dispersa (Small) Pennell.

Dasysioma dispersa Small, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 28:452. 1901. "Louis-
iana, Feliciana, Carpenter; type in the Herb, of Columbia University."
Type seen.

Aureolaria dispersa (Small) Pennell, in Bull Torr. Bot. Club. 40:411. 1913.

Corolla yellow, with no tinge of purple-red. Flowering in August
and September.

Sandy thickets and Oakland, in the long-leaf pine belt of southern
Louisiana. Ranges eastward to southern Alabama.

Louisiana. Acadia: Crowley, Pennell 10188 (Y). Rapides:
Pineville, Pennell 5639 (C, H, L, M, P, U, Y).

5. Aureolaria flava macrantba Pennell, var. nov.

Leaves tardily glabrate or permanently pubescent above. Calyx-
lobes 5-14 mm. long. Corolla (35-) 40-60 mm. long. Capsule 15-
20 mm. long. Otherwise as in the species, Aureolaria flava (L.)
Far well.

Corolla yellow, with no tinge of purple-red. Flowering from
July to September, fruiting August to October.

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Oakwoods, frequently sandy or rocky, in the Ouachita Hills
of central Arkansas. Ranges from southern Ontario to Alabama,
IHinois and Arkansas, eastward passing into the species.

Arkansas. Garland: Hot Springs, Pennell 5682 (C, H, K, M,
P, U, Y). Pulaski: Little Maumelle, Engelmann 407 (M). Sal-
ine , Harvey 35 (H).

6. Axireolaria calycosa (Mack. & Bush) Pennell, comb. nov.

Dasystoma calycosa Mack. & Bush, in Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 16: 105.
1905. "Monteer, Shannon Co., Mo. Bush 219, July 31, 1899, type."
Type seen.

Corolla yellow, with no tinge of purple-red. Flowering in July
and August.

Stony oak-land, common in the Ozark Mountains of southern
Missouri and northern Arkansas, also occurs in red loam region
of northwestern, and granitic region of central Arkansas, also in
sandy pineland of the Coastal Plain of eastern Arkansas.

Arkansas. Baxter: Cotter, E. J. Palmer 8414 (M.) Franklin:
Ozark, Pennell 10620 (Y). Izard: Penters Bluff, Pennell 10676 (Y).
Jefferson: Jefferson Springs, Pennell 10664 (Y). Pulaski: Little
Maumelle; Little Rock,* Pennell 5679 (C, H, M, P, U, Y), 10645

(Y). Saline , Harvey 35 (H). White: Bald Knob, Biltm. Herb.

2827 (U).

25. AGALINIS Raflnesque.

Agalinis Raf., New Fl. Amer. 2: 61. 1837.

Type species, A. palustris Raf., of the Atlantic seaboard.

Capsule oblong to ovoid-oblong. Calyx-lobes 3-8 mm. long,
Corolla pubescent within in a narrow line below posterior
sinus.
Leaves lanceolate to lance-acuminate, entire or some trifid at
base, slightly scabrous above, 2-6 mm. wide. Pedicels 2-3
mm. long. Calyx-lobes as long as or longer than the tube.
Corolla 25-30 mm. long, its lobes widely spreading. Anther-
cells caudate or awned at distal apex, densely lanose-pubescent.
Stem glabrous, and branches spreading. I. Heterophyllae.

1. A. heterophylla.
Leaves narrowly linear, entire, very scabrous above, .8-1.5 mm.
wide. Pedicels 5-16 mm. long. Calyx-lobes about one half
the length of the tube. Corolla 20-26 mm, long, its posterior
lobes ascending-spreading. Anther-cells obtuse to acutish
at distal apex, moderately lanose-pubescent. Stem scabreh
lous, and branches ascending. II. Asperae.

2. A. aspera.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513 '

Capsule globose to globose-obovoid. Caljoc-lobes less than the
length of the tube.
Corolla with lobes all spreading, pubescent within at base of
posterior lobes.
Seeds dark-brown. Plants tending to blacken in drying.
Caljoc-tube not decidedly reticulate-venose.

III. PURPUREAE.

Inflorescence of elongated normal racemes; the pedicels less
than 12 mm. long. Corolla pubescent within over
nearly entire width of basal portions of posterior lobes.
Leaves and calyx-lobes obtuse to acutish. Anther-cells
obtuse to acutish at distal apex. Plant fleshy, bushy-
branched below and with elongated racemes above.
Pedicels 5-12 mm. long. 3. A. spici flora.
Leaves and calyx-lobes acute to acuminate. Anther-cells
mucronate to caudate at distal apex. Plants not
fleshy, more uniformly branched. Pedicels .5-5 (-8)
mm. long.
Stem smooth or minutely scabrellous. Axillary fascicles
not or scarcely developed, if present shorter than
the leaves. Seeds .6-1.5 mm. long.
Axillary fascicles slightly developed. Pedicels 3-8
mm. long. Corolla 20-38 mm. long. Seeds .9-1.5
mm, long; areas between reticulations mostly paler
and intrareticular lines discernible.

4. A. purpurea.

Axillary fascicles scarcely or not developed. Pedicels
2-3 mm. long. Corolla 20-25 mm. long. Seeds
.9-1 mm. long; areas between reticulations nearly
black and no intrareticular lines discernible.

5. A. pinetorum.

Stem more or less scabrous. Axillary fascicles abun-
dantly developed, mostly equaling the leaves.
Seeds .5-.8 mm. long. 6. A.fasciculata.
Inflorescence usually of shorter racemes (if elongated, pedicels
over 10 mm. long), usually some flowers, by slower or
arrested growth of stem-apex appearing nearly terminal ;
pedicels 5^0 mm. long.
Corolla 20-40 mm. long, pubescent within in narrow line
below sinus of posterior lobes. Seeds with intraretic-
ular areas broad, nearly hexagonal. Stigma 3-4 nun.
long. Chief cauline leaves 2-3.5 cm. long, those of
the branches not scale-like.
Stem scabrous. Axillary fascicles abundantly develop-
ed. Calyx-lobes minute, .1-.6 mm. long. Pedicels
25-40 mm. long. 7 . A . pulchella.

Stem glabrous or nearly so. Axillary fascicles scarcely

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

or not developed. Calyx-lobes longer, triangular-
lanceolate or -subulate. Pedicels 15-30 mm. long.
Corolla 25-30 mm. long, slightly upcurved, its lobes
strongly ciliate. Anther- cells obtuse to acutish at
distal apex. Calyx-lobes .7-1 mm. long. Leaves
filiform, .3-.8 mm. wide.

S. A. caddoensis.
Corolla 20-25 mm. long, strongly upcurved, its lobes
slightly ciliate. Anther-cells acuminate-attenuate
at distal apex. Calyx-lobes 1-2 mm. long. Leaves
linear, 1-3 mm. wide. 9. A. strictifolia.
Corolla 15-22 mm. long, pubescent within over entire
width of basal portions of posterior lobes. Seeds with
intrareticular areas elongated, narrow. Stigma 2 mm.
long. Chief cauline leaves .5-1 cm, long, thos3 of the
branches scale-like. 10. A oligophylla.

Seeds yellowish-brown. Plants not tending to blacken in dry-
ing. Calyx-tube evidently reticulate-venose. Racemes
little elongated, and some flowers appearing terminal,

IV. Erectae.
Corolla 12-18 mm. long pink, with prominent red spots
within. Stigma 2-3 mm. long. Capsule globose to
globose-ovoid, brown, 4-5 mm. long. Seeds rounded and
turgid. Calyx-lobes .5-1.8 mm. long. Pedicels 8-30 mm.
long. Plant divaricately and relatively evenly branched.

11. A. gattingeri.
Corolla 8-12 mm. long, pale-pink, with faint spots within.
Stigma 1 mm. long. Capsule globose-obovoid, light-
brown, 5-6 mm. long. Seeds angled, not turgid. Calyx-
lobes 1.5-2 mm. long. Pedicels 5-22 mm. long.
Plant widely branched, the primary branches long and
laxly ascending. 12. A. viridis.

Corolla with posterior lobes arched or flattened over stamens and
style, the anterior lobes spreading. V. Tenuifoliae.

Posterior corolla-lobes over one half length of anterior, concave-
arched. Stem nearly or quite glabrous. Axillary fascicles
not or but moderately developed.
Corolla 20-23 mm. long, pubescent within in narrow line
below posterior sinus. Seeds nearly black, with re-
ticulations firm and enclosing nearly hexagonal sunken
areas; intrareticular lines none. Leaves scabro-roughen-
ed to nearly glabrous above.
Calyx-lobes .1-.4 mm. long, triangular-subulate to subu-
late. Id. A. edwardsiana.
Calyx-lobes .6-1 mm. long, triangular to triangular-
acuminate. 13a. A. edwardsiana glabra.
Corolla 10-23 mm. long, glabrous within below posterior

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

sinus. Seeds brown, with reticulations firmer and
enclosing broad, angular, not sunken spaces; intrareti-
ular lines fine. Leaves somewhat scabrous above.
Corolla 15-23 mm. long. Calyx-lobes .2-1 mm. long.

14a. A. tenufolia leucanthera.
Corolla 10-15 mm. long. Calj'x-lobes (.5-) 1-2 mm. long.
Branches spreading. Leaves slightly scabrous above
spreading. Axillary fascicles slightly or not develop-
ed. Filaments lanate. Anther-cells densely lanose.

14b. A . tenuifolia macrophylla.
Branches ascending. Leaves slightly to decidedly
scabrous above, ascending. Axillary fascicles relative-
ly conspicuously developed. Filaments somewhat lan-
ate to glabrous. Anther-cells sparingly to moderately
lanose. 14c. A. tenuifolia parviflora.

Posterior corolla-lobes less than one half length of anterior,
flattened-ascending, the corolla 23-27 mm. long, pubes-
cent within a narrow line below posterior sinus. Stem
scabrillous. Axillary fascicles conspicuously developed.

15. A. homalantha.

1. Agalinis heterophylla (Nutt.) Small.

Gerardia heterophylla Nutt., in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. XL 5: 180. 1834.

"'Hab. In the prairies of the Arkansas, near Great Salt River," Oklahoma.

Type probably a specimen seen in Herb. Columbia University, labeled

"Arkansas, Nuttall, Gerardia trifida."
Gerardia crustata Greene, Leaflets Bot. Obs. & Grit. 2: 108. 1910. "Sap-

ulpa, Indian Territory, 21 Sept. 1894, collected by B. F. Bush. Type

specimens in mj- herbarium." Type, Bush 417, seen in Herb. Greene, now

at the University of Notre Dame. It is the prevalent form with leaves

all entire.
Agalinis heterophylla (Xutt.) Small; Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. N. Un. St. &

Can. ed. II. 3: 209. 1913.

Corolla pale-pink, with two yellow lines and many diffused small
purple-red spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering from late
August to early October.

Sandy or sandy loam, or rarely black calcareous soil, prairie or
occasionally pineland, southeastern Missouri and northeastern
Oklahoma to southw^estern Louisiana and southeastern Texas.
Chiefly on the Coastal Plain: most frequent in the coastal prairie
and on the edge of the salt-marshes, less frequent to occasional
through the short-leaf pine belt and on alluvial soils to southeastern
Missouri, and occasional in the black calcareous prairie of central
Texas; inland locally frequent in the sandy prairies of eastern
Oklahoma.

Arkansas. Lincoln: Varner, Bush 132 (M, U, Y). Pulaski:
Little Rock, Hasse (Y).

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Oklahoma. Cleveland: Norman, Emig 338 (U). Craig: Vinita,
Bush 416 (M). Creek: Sapulpa, Bush 417 (H, M, U, Y).
Sequoyah: Blunt, E. Palmer (U).

Louisiana. Caddo: Shreveport, Pennell 5663 (L, M, P, Y).
Calcasieu: Lake Charles, Pennell 5618 (P, U). Cameron: Came-
ron, Cocks 3110 (H).

Texas. Austin: Industry, H. Wurzlow (I). Brazoria: Bra-
zoria; Columbia, Bush 290 (M). Colorado: Alleyton, Pennell 5559
(A, C, H, P, U, Y); Columbus; Eagle Lake, Pennell 5547 (A, C, H, L,
M, P, U, Y). Dallas: Dallas, Reverchon 712 p. p. (H, M, U).
Galveston: Galveston Id., Pennell 5571 (A, C, H, J, K, L, M, P,
LT, Y) . Harris : Brookline, Pennell 5566 (P, U) ; Harrisburg, Pennell
5578 (A, C, H, P); Webster, Pennell 5569 (H, M, P, U). Mata-
gorda; Van Vleck, Pennell 5506 (I, P, U). Navarro: Corsicana,
Reverchon 3224 p. p. (M). Orange: Orange, Pennell 5611 (A, C,
H, I, J, M, P, U, Y). Robertson: Hearne, Pennell 5420 (A, C, M,
P, U, Y). Tarrant: Fort Worth, Ruth 72 (C); Handley. Travis:
Austin, Young (T). ITpshur: Big Sandy, Reverchon 3223 p. p.
(M). Victoria: Victoria, Pennell 5502 (A, C, H, J, K, L, M, P, S,
T, U, Y).

2. Agalinis aspera (Dougl.) Britton.

Gerardia aspera Dougl.; Benth., in DC. Prod. 10: 517. 1846. "In America

boreali central!, in planitie Red River (Douglas!) " Type,

collected by Douglas in Manitoba in 1827, not verified, but certainly the
species here considered.

Agalinis aspera (Dougl.) Britton; Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. N. Un. St. &
Can. ed II. 3: 209. 1913.

Corolla pale-pink, with two yellow lines and many diffused small
purple-red spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering in August.

Prairies of central Oklahoma, south to Kiowa County. Through
the great Plains north to South Dakota, Manitoba and Illinois.

Oklahoma. Alfalfa: Carwile, Ward 45 (U, Y). Kay: Ton-
kawa, Barker (C). Kiowa: Snyder, Eggert (M). Payne: Still-
water, Waugh 215 (M, U).

3. Agalinis spiciflora (Engelm.) Pennell.

Gerardia maritima grandiflora Benth., in Compan. Bot. Mag. 1: 208. 1836.

"Texas, Drummond, 1st. coll." Type, in Kew Herbarium, verified by

Dr. N. E. Brown as agreeing with my number 4702 from Florida; isotype

seen in Herb, of Columbia University.
Gerardia spiciflora Engelm., in Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. 5: 227. 1845. New

name for Gerardia maritima grandiflora Benth.
Agalinis spiciflora (Engelm.) Pennell, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 71:

277. 1920.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

Corolla pink, with two yellow lines and many small purple-red
spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering from March to Septem-
ber.

Salt marshes, along the Gulf Coast west to Galveston Island,
Texas. Along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts from North Carolina
to Texas, and on the Bahaman, Cuban, and Yucatan coasts.

Louisiana. Jefferson: Grand Isle, Langlois (N). Terre Bonne:
Timbalier Id., E. C. Wurzlow (Y).

Texas. Galveston: Galveston Id., Lindheimer 141 (H, M).

4. Agalinis purpurea (L.) Pennell.

Gerardia purpurea L., Sp. PI. 610. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia, Canada."
Linnean diagnosis includes both long- and short-pediceled plants so could
include all pink ("purple") flowered species. The first citation accom-
panied by a figure, Plukenet's Digitalis virginiana rubra, foliis & facie
Antirrhini vulgaris, evidently the prevalent plant of the Atlantic seaboard,
is considered as the t\T3e.

Agalinis purpurea (L.) ' Pennell, in BuU. Torr. Bot. Club 40: 126. 1913.

Corolla rose-pink, with two yellow hues and many diffused small
purple-red spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering from July
to September.

Moist sandy soil, mostly along rivers, in short- leaf pine belt of
the Coastal Plain of Arkansas, Louisiana and eastern Texas, and
probably in heavier soils entering the long-leaf pineland (where in
lighter soils it is replaced by A. pinetorum Pennell). Ranges
from Massachusetts to Minnesota, south to Florida and Texas.

Arkansas. Jefferson: Pine Bluff, Pennell 5683 (A, C, H, L, M,
P, U, Y). Pulaski: Little Rock, Hasse (Y).

Louisiana. Boissier: Alden Bridge, Trelease (M). Ouachita:
Sicard, E. J. Palmer 8927 (M). Rapides: Alexandria, Cocks (L).

Texas. Harris: Houston, Hall 418 p. p. (I). Smith: Tyler,
Reverchon (M). Van Zandt: Grand Saline, Reverchon 2112 p. p.
(M, U, Y).

5. Agalinis pinetorum Pennell.

Agalinis pinetorum Pennell, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 40 : 424. 1913. " Type,
St. Marks, Wakulla Co., Florida, Sept. 26, 1912, F. W. Pennell 4708, in
Herb. University of Pennsylvania."

Corolla pink, with two yellow hues and diffused purple-red spots
within throat anteriorly. Flowering in late September and October.

Moist soil, in long-leaf pineland and on coastal prairie, central
and southern Louisiana. Ranges eastward in long-leaf pine belt
to southern Georgia and northern Florida.

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Lake Charles, Pennell 5621 (A, C, H, J,

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

M, P, T, U, Y). Rapides: Pineville, Pennell 5643 (C, P), 5648
(A, H, K, L, M, P, U, Y).

6. Agalinis fasciculata (Ell.) Raf.

Gerardia fasciculata Ell., Sketch Bot. S. C. and Ga. 2: 115. 1822. "Grows
principally in lands subject to occasional inundation from the ocean —
on Edings Island near Beaufort very common." South Carolina. Type
seen at the Charleston Museum.

Agalinis fasciculata (Ell.) Raf., New EI. Am. 2: 63. 1837.

Gerardia galvesiana Greene, Pittonia 5: 138. 1903. "Galveston Id.
[Texas], S. M. Tracy, 24 Sept. 1901." Type seen in Greene Herbarium
now at University of Notre Dame. A rank, probably salt-marsh plant.

Gerardia langloisii Greene, Leaflets Bot. Obs. and Crit. 2: 108. 1910.
"Known only as collected by the late Father Langlois in prairies near
Eunice, Louisiana, 12 Sept., 1894." Type seen in Greene Herbarium.
A small-flowered form.

Gerardia asprella Greene, 1. c. 109. 1910. "Near St. Martinsville, Louisi-
ana, 27 Sept., 1892, A. B. Langlois." Type seen in Greene Herbarium.
A small-flowered form.

Corolla pink, with two yellow lines and many diffused purple-
red spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering from August to
October.

Sandy or clayey loam, especially in old fields, also in prairies and
pineland; short-leaf pineland of southern Arkansas and eastern
Texas; in the long-leaf pineland and coastal prairie of Louisiana
and southeastern Texas (where frequently of more condensed
habit and with smaller flowers = Gerardia langloisii and asprella),
also west of the Ozarks in central Oklahoma and southwestern
Missouri. Ranges eastward through the Coastal Plain to South
Carolina.

Arkansas. Hempstead: Washington, Pennell 5677 (P, Y).
Miller: Texarkana, Letterman (Y). Nevada: Prescott, Hollister
99 (U).

Oklahoma. Creek: Sapulpa, Bush 418 (H, M, U, Y), Pennell
5396 (M, P, U).

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Kinder, Pennell 5636 (A, H, M, P, U,Y).
Rapides: Pineville, Pennell 5644 (P), 5645 (C, P, U, Y).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Heller 4271 (A, C, H, M, U, Y).
Galveston: Galveston Id., Tracy 7603 p. p. (H, N, Y). Harris:
Brookhne, Pennell 5565 (P); Harrisburg, Pennell 5563 (P), 5579
(P, Y); Houston, Hall 418 p. p. (H, I, M, U, Y); Sheldon;
Webster, Pennell 5570 (J, K, N, P, U). Jasper: Buna, Pennell
5588 (P, U), 5604 (P). Matagorda: Van Vleck, Pennell 5511 (C,
P, T). Montgomery: Conroe, Pennell 5580 (A, I, N, P), 5582
[U, M, P, Y). Navarro: Corsicana, Reverchon 3224 p. p. (M).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

Orange: Orange, Pennell 5609 (P), 5610 (A, H, P, U). Panola:
Beckville, Reverchon 2747 (M). Polk: Livingston, E. J. Palmer
6751 (M). Robertson: Hearne, Pennell 5423 (A, C, H, M, P, U).

Rusk: , Vinzent (M). Upshur: Big Sandy, Reverchon 3223

p. P- (M).

7. Agalinis pulchella Pennell.

Agalinis pulchella Pennell, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 40: 428, 1913. "Type,
Ponce de Leon, Holmes Co., Florida, Sept. 17, 1912, F. W. Pennell 4658,
in Herb. University of Pennsylvania."

Corolla rose-pink, with two yellow lines and relatively large
purple-red spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering in September.

Open sandy long-leaf pineland, central Louisiana. Ranges east-
ward to southern Georgia and northern Florida.

Louisiana. Rapides: Glenmora, Pennell 5631 (L, M, P, U);
Pineville, Pennell 5637 (A, C, H, P, U, Y).

8. Agalinis caddoensis Pennell, sp. nov.

Annual. Plant dull-green or purplish, tending to blacken in
drjdng. Stem 4-6 dm. tall, slend3r, with many loosely ascend-
ing branches, finely striate, 4-angled above, very sparingly scabrel-
lous. Leaves opposite, or sparingly subopposite above, spreading,
filiform, entire, acuminate, strongly involute, those of the stem 2.5-3
cm. long, .8 mm. wide; bracts slightly reduced; leaves scabrous
above. Axillary fascicles not developed. Racemes scarcely
elongated, broken, frequently but one flower of pair developed, 1-5
flowered. Pedicels ascending-spreading, slender, sparingly scab-
rellous to glabrous, in flower 13-22 mm. long, equaling to slightly
longer than the bracts, many on the branches appearing as termin-
al. Calyx-tube 4-5 mm. long, hemispheric-campanulate, obscurely
5-ribbed, truncate; its lobes .7-1 mm. long, triangular-subulate,
not callose; apex of tube and lobes within evidently puberulent.
Corolla (20-) 25-30 mm. long, spreading 23-28 mm. wide, membra-
nous, its tube 19-23 mm. long, slightly upcurved, its lobes 6-7 mm.
long, rounded to retuse, all spreading; externally minutely pubes-
cent in line below posterior sinus; lobes ciliate, the posterior slightly
more so; rose-pink, 2 yellow lines and many small diffused red-
purple spots within throat anteriorly. Filaments flattened, post-
erior 7-9 mm. long, anterior 11-13 mm. long, all lanose, especially
toward apex; anther-cells 3-3.5 mm. long, ol)long-lanceolate, obtuse
to acutish at base, lanose with white hairs on the valvular surface,
glabrous on the sides. Style 11-13 mm. long, linear, pubescent.
Stigma 3.5 mm. long. Capsule not seen.

Type, dry loam oakwoods along Kansas City Southern Rail-
road 2-3 miles northwest of Shreveport, Caddo Parish, Louisiana;

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

collected in flower October 5, 1913, F. W. Pennell 5653; in Herb.
University of Pennsylvania; flowers in October.

Dry loam oakwoods around Shreveport, Caddo Parish, Louis-
iana.

Louisiana. Caddo: Shreveport, Pennell 5655 (A, J, L, P, U),
5658 (C, H, K, M, P, U, Y), 5665 (P).

9. Agalinis strictifolia (Benth.) Pennell, comb. nov.
■ Gerardia strictifolia Benth., in Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 209. 1836. "Hab. Texas,
Drummond, (3rd Coll. n. 294)." Type seen in Kew Herbarium. Iso-
type in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, etc.

Corolla pale purplish-pink, with two yellow lines and many dif-
fused purple-red spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering from
late August to early October.

Sandy soil, or more rarely black calcareous loam. Coastal Plain,
from Austin and Travis to Webb counties, southern Texas. Fre-
quent or common through the sandy southern Fayette prairie region
and on the coastal prairie, less frequent inland in the black belt;
in the valley of the Nueces River and on the lower Rio Grande.
Texas. Austin: San Felipe, Drummond 294 (A, H, K, Y).
Lavaca: Hallettsville, Fisher 125 (U). Nueces:. Corpus Christi,
Rose 18066 (U). Travis: Austin, Pennell 5431 (A, H, J, M, P,
U, Y). Victoria: Aloe, Pennell 5492 (C, L, N, P, U, Y); Victoria,
Pennell 5489 (I, P, S). Webb: Rio San Pedro, etc., Schott (H).

10. Agalinis oligophylla Pennell.

Gerardia aphylla grandiflora Benth., in Compan. Bot. Mag. 1: 174. 1836.

"Jacksonville [Drummond]." Type labeled "Jacksonville," evidently the

present Jackson, Louisiana, seen in Kew Herbarium.
Gerardia plukerietii rnicrophylla A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1. 11:293. 1878.

"Louisiana, Drummond, Hale." Type, an isotype of Gerardia aphylla

grandiflora Benth., seen in Gray Herbarium.
Agalinis oligophylla Pennell, in BiiU. Torr. Bot. Club 40: 432. 1913. New

name for Gerardia plukenetii rnicrophylla A. Gray, not A. rnicrophylla

Raf., 1837.

Corolla rose-pink, with two yellow lines and, mostly along these,
rather large purple-red spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering
from late September to late October.

Sandy or somewhat clayey soil, long-leaf pineland, or more rarely
prairies, southern Louisiana and southeastern Texas. Most
abundant in the flat long-leaf pineland of southwestern Louis-
iana and southeastern Texas, less frequent or occasional on the
adjacent coastal prairie. Ranges eastward to southern Mississippi.

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Lake Charles, Pennell 5617 (A, C, H, J,
K, L, M, P, U, Y). Rapides: Glenmora, Pennell 5630 (A, C, H,

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

I, J, L, M, N, P, U, Y) ; Pineville, Pennell 5640 (A, C, H, P, S), 5647
(K, M, P, U, Y).

Texas. Hardin: Silsbee, Pennell 5591 (M, N, P, U). Harris:
Harrisburg, Pennell 5576 (A, C, H, J, K, L, M, P, S, T, U, Y).
Jasper: Buna, Pennell 5583 (A, C, H, L, N, P, S, Y). Orange:
Orange, Pennell 5607 (P).

II. Agalinis gattingeri (Small) Small.

Gerardia tenuifolia leptophylla Benth., in Compan. Bot. Mag. 1: 174. 1836.

"Jacksonville, Louisiana. Drummond." Type seen in Kew Herbarium.
Gerardia gattingeri Small. Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1078, 1338. 1903. "Type,

Curtiss N. A. PI. no. 1910* in Herb. C. U." Type, collected by A. Gattinger

on hills around Nashville, Tennessee, seen in Herb. Columbia University.
Agalinis gattingeri (Small) Small, in Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. N. Un. St. and

Can. ed II. 3:213. 1913.

Corolla pink, with two yellow lines and several to many rather
large purple-red spots within throat anterior h^ Flowering from
late August to mid-October.

Sandy or clayey soil, often stony, woodland, barrens or open
bluffs ; in the Ozark and Ouachita mountains of Arkansas and south-
eastern Oklahoma; in hills of east-central Oklahoma; in the oak and
short-leaf pineland of northwestern Louisiana and eastern Texas,
extending nearly to coast in Harris County, Texas. Ranges from
Michigan and Minnesota, south to Alabama and Texas.

Arkansas. Boone: Harrison, E. J. Palmer 6913 (M). Carroll:
Eureka Springs, E. J. Palmer 4561 (P). Garland: Hot Springs,
Pennell 5681 (P). Hempstead: Fulton, E. J. Palmer 6870 (M).
Newton: Jasper, E. J. Palmer 6945 (M). Pulaski: Little Rock,
Hasse (Y).

Oklahoma. Creek: Sapulpa, Bush 443 (M, N, U, Y). Le
Flore: Canaval Mt., E. J. Palmer 9057 (M).

Louisiana. Caddo: Shreveport, Pennell 5656 (P, U), 5659
(C, M, N, P, Y), 5666 (A, H, I, L, P, U). Rapides: Alexandria,
Hale (A, U, Y). Sabine: Sodus, Pennell 5650 (A, J, K, L, M, P,
S, T, Y), 5652 (C, H, N, P, U).

Texas. Harris: Lj^nchburg, Lindheimer (M). Lamar: Paris,
Heller 4219 (M, U, Y). Panola: Beckville, Reverchon 3225 (M).
Polk: Livingston, E. J. Palmer 6796 (M).

12. Agalinis viridis (Small) Pennell, comb. nov.

Gerardia viridis SmaU, in BuU. Torr. Bot. Club 25: 619. 1898. "Mr. HeUer
. . . collected . . . specimens . . . about Texarkana, Arkan-
sas, during the past season, no. 4240." Type seen in Herb. New York
Botanical Garden.

Corolla pale-pink, with two yellow lines and faint purple-red

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

spots within throat anteriorly. Flowering from early September
to early October.

Moist sandy pineland in the Coastal Plain ; frequent or common in
long-leaf pineland, rarely on coastal prairies, in southwestern Louis-
iana and southeastern Texas; frequent or occasional in short-leaf
pineland, of northwestern Louisiana and northeastern Texas, extend-
ing through eastern Arkansas to southeastern Missouri; also on
prairies of southwestern Missouri.

Arkansas. Jefferson: Pine Bluff, Pennell 5184 (A, C, H_, J.
M, P, U, Y).

Louisiana. Boissier: Alden Bridge, Trelease (M). Caddo:
Shreveport, Pennell 5668 (A, H, L, M, P). Calcasieu: Kinder,
Pennell 5625 (C, P, Y); Lake Charles, Pennell 5620 (P, S, U).
Rapides: Glenmora, Pennell 5633 (A, H, L, M, N, P, U); Pine-
ville, Pennell 5642 (P, U), 5649 (C, P, U, Y). St. Landry: Eunice,
Langlois (N).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Heller 4240 (A, C, H, I, M, U, Y).
Brazoria: Columbia, Bush 1532 (M, Y). Hardin: Silsbee, Penn-
ell 5592 (C, H, K, N, P). Harris: Harrisburg, Pennell 5577 (C, H,
M, P, T, U, Y). Jasper: Buna, Pennell 5584 (A, I, J, L, P, U),
5589 (M, N, P, Y). Orange: Orange, Pennell 5606 (A, P, U).

13. Agalinis edwardsiana Pennell, sp. nov.

Annual. Plant dull-green or purplish, tending to blacken in
drying. Stem 4-8 dm. tall, slender, with many laxly ascending-
spreading branches, obscurely striate 4-angled above, nearly terete
below, essentially glabrous (sparingly very minutely scabrellous
near bases of branches). Leaves opposite or sparingly suboppos-
ite above, spreading, or the lower frequently somewhat reflexed,
linear, entire, acuminate, those of the stem 2-3.5. cm. long, .5-.9
mm. wide; bracts gradually reduced; leaves scabro-roughened to
nearly glabrous above. Axillary fascicles scarcely or not devel-
oped, when present much shorter than the subtending leaves.
Racemes slightly elongated, frequently but one flower of pair
developed, 2-9 flowered. Pedicels ascending-spreading, slender,
filiform, glabrous, in flower 5-30 mm. long, in fruit 10-32 mm.
long, 1.5 to 3 times the length of the bracts. Calyx-tube 3.5-4.5 mm.
long, hemispheric, obscurely veined, rib-veined, f-| the length of the
capsule, truncate, its lobes .1-.4 mm. long, triangular-subulate to
subulate, acuminate; apex of tube and lobes within granular-
puberulent. Corolla 20-23 mm. long, spreading 18-20 mm. wide,
membranous; its tube 12-14 mm. long, straight; its lobes, posterior
5-6 mm. long, anterior 8-9 mm. long, all erose to emarginate, anter-
ior spreading, posterior broadly arched over stamens and style; exter-

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

nally mostly glabrous, sparingly minutely pubescent below sinuses of
lobes, within slightly pubescent about bases of filaments and in nar-
row line below posterior sinus; lobes all ciliate; rose-pink, 2 yellow
lines and many small diffused sharply-defined red-purple spots with-
in throat anteriorly. Filaments flattened, posterior 6 mm. long, an-
terior 9-10 mm. long, posterior lanose-pubescent near base, glabrous
distally, becoming slightly lanose-pubescent toward apex, anterior
lanose throughout; anther-cells 3-3.3 mm. long, lanceolate, cuspidate
at base, scarcely muriculate, very densely lanose wath white hairs
hairs on the valvular surface, glabrous on the sides. Style 13-15
mm. long, filiform-linear, pubescent to glabrous. Stigma 1-1.5
mm. long. Capsule 6-7 mm. long, globose to obovoid-globose,
dark-brown. Seeds 1.1-1.3 mm. long, broadly lunate-triangular
to ovoid, narrower than broad, irregular, rounded; testa dark-brown
to nearly black, with reticulations firm, nearly or quite black, en-
closing broad, nearly hexagonal, angular, sunken spaces (honey-
comb appearance); intrareticular lines not evident.

Type, dry adobe hills, 5 miles northeast of Boerne, Kendall
County, Texas, collected in flower September 16, 1913, F. W.
Pennell 5482; in Herb. University of Pennsylvania.

Thin soil over limestone, adobe soil, Edwards Plateau of Central
Texas". Flowering in September.

Texas. Bexar: Comanche Spring, Lindheimer 149 (A, C, H,
M, P, U, Y). Gillespie: Three Mill Creek, Jermy 754 p. p. (M,
U); Williams Creek. Kendall: Boerne, Pennell 5482 (A, C, H,
J, K, L, M, P, S, U, Y), 10417 (Y). Kerr: Kerrville, Pennell 10369
(A, C, T, U, Y). Travis: Austin, Pennell 10454 (H, M, P, Y),
Tharp (T).

13a. Agalinis edwardsiana glabra Pennell, var. nov.

Stricter, Calyx-lobes .6-1 mm. long, triangular to triangular-
acuminate. Mature capsule not seen. Otherwise as in the species.

Type, arroyos. Devils River, Texas, collected in flower, C. C.
Parry (Mexican Boundary Survey 784) ; in United States National
Herbarium.

Arroyos, w^estern Edwards Plateau, Texas.

Texas. Valverde: Devils River, Parry (Mex. Bound. Surv.
784), (H, U).

14. Agalinis tenuifolia (Vahl) Raf.

Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl, Sjnnb. Bot. 3:7. 1794. "Habitat in America
septentionali." Type in Herb. Universitetets Botaniske Museum,
Copenhagen, Denmark, collected by Von Rohren, and said to be pro-
bably from Philadelphia, is identified by Dr. C. H. Ostenfeld as agreeing
with my number 2681 from Pennsylvania.

Agalinis tenuifolia (Vahlj Raf., New Fl. Am. 2: 64. 1837..

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Corolla purplish-pink, with two yellow lines and small diffused
purple-red spots within throat anteriorly.

The typical form, with small corollas and minute calyx-lobes, a
plant widespread in the eastern United States and which passes
into each of the following varieties, is scarcely or not represented
in our area. Possibly the following collection should be assigned
to it:

Arkansas. Miller: Texarkana, Pennell 5671 (P, U).

14a. Agalinis tenuifolia leucanthera (Raf.) Pennell.

Gerardia leucanthera Raf., FI. Ludov. 50. 1817. Louisiana. C. C. Robin.

No type known to exist.
Agalinis tenuifolia leucanthera (Raf.) Pennell, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

71: 286. 1920.

Usually in moist soil, loam or clay, rarely in sand, woodland or
meadow, especially near streams, in the Coastal Plain of Louisi-
ana and eastern Texas. Ranges eastward through the Coastal
Plain to southern Georgia and northern Florida. Eastward passes
into the species.

Louisiana. Caddo: Shreveport, Pennell 5657 (P), 5660 (P, U),
5661 (A, H, K, L, M, P, Y), 5664 (C, J, P) , 5669 (P, S). Calcasieu:
Lake Charles, Pennell 5616 (C, H, L, P, U, Y); West Lake, Pennell

5612 (A, M, N, P, U) Concordia: , Smith (H). Rapides;

Alexandria, Hale (L, Y).

Texas. Bowie: Texarkana, Pennell 5673 (P), 5676 (P, T).
Harrison: Marshall, E. J. Palmer 6860 (M). Orange: Orange,
Pennell 5608 (P). Van Zandt: Grand Saline, Reverchon 2112 p. p.
(M).

14b. Agalinis tenuifolia macrophylla (Benth.) Blake.

Gerardia tenuifolia macrophylla Benth., in Compan. Bot. Mag. 1 : 174. 1836.

"St. Louis, Jacksonville." T. Drummond. Fragment of type labeled

"St. Louis," from Kew Herbarium, seen.
Gerardia besseyana Britton, in Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 5: 295. 1894. New

name for Gerardia tenuifolia macrophylla Benth., not G. macrophylla

(Nutt.) Benth.
Agalinis tenuifolia macrophylla (Benth.) Blake, in Rhodora 20: 71. 1918.

Moist to dry loam or clay soil, in deciduous woodland, usually
along streams, in and near the Ozark and Ouachita hills, and the
hills of east-central Oklahoma. Ranges from southern Ontario to
Minnesota, south to northern Alabama and eastern Oklahoma.
Eastward passes into the species and westward into the following
variety.

Arkansas. Cleburne: Heber Springs, E. J. Palmer 6985 (M).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525

Hempstead: Fulton, Bush 1065 (M, U, Y). Nevada: Prescott,
Hollister 65 (U). White: Bald Knob, Biltm. Herb. 477 (U).

Oklahoma. Cherokee: , Woodhouse (H). Creek: Sap-

ulpa. Bush 421 (M).

14c. Agalinis tenuifolia parviflora (Nutt.) Pennell, comb. nov.

Gerardia tenuifolia parviflora Nutt., in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 11. 5: 180. 1837.
" In the prairies of the Arkansas above the Verdigris River." Oklahoma.
T. Nuttall. Type, labeled "Ark.," seen in Herb. Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia.

Moist soil, prairies near rivers, Great Plains of northern Okla-
homa. Ranges from Michigan and North Dakota to Oklahoma
and eastern Colorado. Eastward intergrades with the preceding
variety.

Oklahoma. Alfalfa: Cherokee [Outlet], Carleton 439 (U).
Wagoner (?): prairies above Verdigris River, Nuttall (A).

15. Agalinis homalantha Pennell, sp. nov.

Gerardia longifolia Nutt., in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 5: 180. 1834. "Hab.
on the banks of the Arkansas." T. Nuttall. Type seen in Herb. Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Not Agalinis longifolia Raf., 1837.

Annual. Plant green or purplish, tending to blacken in drying.
Stem 4-7 dm. tall, slender, with many ascending-spreading branches,
scarcely striate-angled, slightly scabrellous. Leaves opposite,
slightly subopposite above, spreading, hnear, entire, acuminate,
those of the stem 2.5-3 cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide; bracts gradually
reduced; leaves somewhat scabrous above. Axillary fascicles
strongly developed, shorter than the subtending leaves. Racemes
elongated, frequently but one flower of pair developed, 4-10
flowered. Pedicels ascending-spreading, slender, filiform, slightly
scabrellous, in flower 10-20 mm. long, in fruit reaching at least
20-27 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 times the length of the bracts. Calyx-
tube 3-3.5 mm. long, broadly campanuate (in flower), scarcely
rib-veined, truncate, its lobes 1-1.2 mm. long, lanceolate, acuminate;
apex of tube and lobes within densely puberulent. Corolla 23-27
mm. long, spreading 21-25 mm. wide, membranous; its tube 15-18
mm. long, straight; its anterior lobes 8-9 mm long, posterior 3-4 mm.
long, all shghtly rounded to truncate, anterior spreading, posterior
scarcely or not arched, flat-extended over stamens and style;
externally pubescent, especially distally, within slightly pubescent
about bases of filaments, pubescent in line below posterior sinus;
lobes all conspicuously cihate; rose-pink, 2 yellow lines and many
small diffused purple-red spots within throat anteriorly. Filaments
flattened, posterior 5-6 mm. long, anterior 7-8 mm. long, all lanose,
very densely so toward apex; anther-cells 3-3.5 mm. long, lanceolate,
cuspidate at base, very densely lanose with tortuous white hairs
on the valvular surface, glabrous on the sides. Style 12-14 mm. long,

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

filiform-linear, slightly pubescent. Stigma 1.5-2 mm. long. Cap-
sule not seen.

Type, sandy oakwoods, along San Antonio and Arkansas Rail-
road, about one mile west of Sheridan, Colorado County, Texas^
collected in flower September 21, 1913, F. W. Pennell 5522; in Herb.
University of Pennsylvania.

Sandy soil, post oak-woods, Fayette zone of central southeastern
Texas, northward in cross-timbers to the hills of southern Okla-
homa and the Arkansas River, certainly rare or local. Flowering
in September.

Oklahoma. Johnston: Tishomingo, E. J. Palmer 6494 (M).
: Arkansas River, Nuttall (A).

Texas. Austin: San FeHpe, Drummond 217 (H, Y). Colo-
rado: Sheridan, Pennell 5522 (C, H, L, M, P, U, Y). Dallas: Oak
Cliff, Reverchon (M). Harris: Houston, Hall (M). Waller:
Hempstead, Hall (I) [differs by calyx-lobes apparently abnormally
Jong, 5-6 mm. long].

26. OTOPHYLLA^ Benth.

Otophylla Benth., in DC. Prod. 10: 512. 1846.
Type species, Gerardia auriculata Michx.

Leaf-blades lanceolate to broadly lanceolate, upper auricled at
base; scabrous above. Spikes Uttle crowded. Calyx-tube over
one-half capsule length, retrorse-pubescent. Corolla 20-23 mm.
long. Style pubescent. Capsule 10-13 mm. long, broadly ovate.
Seeds slightly angled. 0. auriculata.

Leaf' blades bipinnatifid, segments linear or nearly so; nearly glab-
rous above. Spikes densely crowded. Calyx-tube less than
one-half capsule length, minutely scabrellous to glabrate. Cor-
olla 23-32 mm. long. Style glabrous. Capsule 8-10 mm.
long, ovate-oblong. Seeds sharply angled. 0. densiflora.

1. Otophylla auriculata (Michx.) Small.

Gerardia auriculata Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 20. 1803. "In pratis regionis-

Illinoensis [A. Michaux.]" Type not verified, but description distinctive.

Otophylla auriculata (Michx.) Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1075, 1338. 1903.

Corolla rose-pink, with many rather small purple-red spots
within throat anteriorly. Flowering in August and September.

Moist to dry prairies, old fields, apparently native from Michigan
to southern Minnesota and northwestern Arkansas; introduced in
the northeastern states, but whether introduced or native in north-
eastern Texas is uncertain.

* For discussion of generic name see Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 40: 126. 1913, and
Torreya 19: 215-16. 1919.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527

Arkansas. "N. W. Ark.," Harvey 11 (H).

Texas. Tarrant: Benbrook, Reverchon 3937 (M, Y).

2. Otophylla densiflora (Benth.) Small.

Gerardia densiflora Benth., in Compan. Bot. Mag. 1:206. 1837. "Texas.
Drummond." Isotype, Drummond 218, seen in Herb. Columbia Uni-
versity.

Otophylla densiflora (Benth.) Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1075, 1338. 1903.

Dry sterile or stony prairies and bluffs, especially calcareous,
central Oklahoma south to the hills of central Texas (eastern Ed^
wards Plateau). Ranges northward to central Kansas. Flower-
ing in August and early September.

Oklahoma. Alfalfa: Cherokee [Outlet], Carleton 470 (I, U).

Cleveland: ■ , P. J. White (R). Logan: , Carleton 728

(O, R). Payne: , Olive 142 (Y).

Texas. Bexar: Comanche Spring, Lindheimer 112 (A, C, H, M,

P, U, Y). Blanco: Blanco, (M). Comal: New Braunfels,

Lindheimer 379 (A, C, H, M, P, U, Y). Dallas: Dallas, Reverchon
1198 (C, M, P, U). Hood: Granbury, E. J. Palmer 6556 (M).

27. BUCHNERA Linne.
Buchnera L., Sp. PI. 630. 1753.
Type species, B. americana L.

Leaves 3-9 cm. long, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, relatively
coarsely dentate. Corolla-lobes 6-9 mm. long, the tube 2-23^
times the length of the calyx. Capsule 8-9 mm. long, oblong.
Stem hirsute-pubescent. 1. B. americana.

Leaves 2-7 cm. long, prevailingly lanceolate-elliptic, mostly obtuse,
entire or the lower slightly dentate. Corolla-lobes usually
4-6 mm. long, the tube mostly 1-13^ times the length of the calyx.
Capsule 5-6.0 mm. long, ovate. Stem less pubescent or even
glabrate. 2. B. elongata ohtusa.

1. Buchnera americana L.

Buchnera americana L. I.e. 630. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia, Canada.''
Based upon Gron., Fl. Virg. 74. 1743, typified by Clayton 142 from
Virginia. Description sufficiently distinctive.

Corolla purplish-blue throughout. Flowering from June to Sept-
ember,^ and soon ripening fruit.

Sandy or loam soil, prairies and barren knolls or open woodland
of western Arkansas and eastern and central Oklahoma; southward
into the Coastal Plain of Louisiana and eastern Texas (where leaves
are smaller and more entire, and the plant probably intergrades
with B. elongata ohtusa Pennell). Ranges from Pennsylvania to
southern Ontario and Illinois, south to Florida and Texas.

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

Arkansas. Sebastian: Fort Smith, Bigelow (U, Y).

Oklahoma. Alfalfa: Cherokee [Outlet], Carleton 477 (U).

Bryon: Colberts, Sheldon (Y). Caddo (?): , E. Palmer

221 (U, Y). Payne: Ingalls, Waugh 18 (U).

Louisiana. , Hale (Y).

Texas. Jasper: Buna, Pennell 5587 (P).

2. Buchnera elongata obtusa Pennell.

Buchnera elongata obtusa Pennell, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 71:288,
1920. "Type, open sandy pineland, 1-2 miles north of Abita Springs,
St. Tammany Parish, Louisiana, collected in flower and fruit August 14,
1912, F. W. Pennell 4190, in Herb. New York Botanical Garden."

Corolla purplish-blue or violet-purplish throughout. Flowering
from May to October, and soon ripening fruit.

Sandy soil, long-leaf pineland and adjacent coastal prairie of
southern Louisiana and southeastern Texas; westward to oak-woods
of Colorado county, Texas. Ranges eastward in the Coastal Plain
to North Carolina.

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Lake Charles, Allison 251 (U, Y).
Jeff Davis: Jennings, Pennell 10207 (L, M, Y). Rapides: Alexan-
dria, Hale (Y).

Texas. Colorado: Sheridan, Pennell 5521 (P, Y). Hardin:
Silsbee, Pennell 5590 (P, Y). Waller: Hempstead, Hall 417 (U, Y).
Wichita: Burkburnett, Tharp 604 (Y.)

28. SCHWALBEA Linng.
Schwalbea L., Sp. PI. 606. 1753.

Type species, S. americana L., of Virginia.

1. Schwalbea australis Pennell.

Schwalbea australis Pennell, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 71:289.1920.
"Type, damp pine barrens near Seville, Volusia County, Florida, collect-
ed in flower May 10, 1900, A. H. Curtiss 6742; in Herb. New York Botani-
cal Garden."

Sandy soil, rather moist, Oakland and pineland, in central
Louisiana. -Ranges through the Coastal Plain from South CaroHna
to central Florida and Louisiana. Flowering in May.

Louisiana. Rapides: Alexandria, Hale (Y), Cocks (L).

29. CASTILLEJA Mutis.
Castilleja Mutis; L. f., Suppl. 293. 1781.

Type species, C. fissifolia L. f., of Colombia.

Root perennial. Sepals not expanding distally. Seeds with
heavier reticulations enclosing relatively hexagonal areas.
Stems white-tomentose or -lanate.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529

Sepals of each side distally free. Posterior lobes of corolla with
narrow membranous margins, anterior lobes relatively
developed (over one third length of posterior) and distally
thin. Leaf-blades pinnatifid-lobed, and like the calyx
more or less pubescent.
Corolla 40-50 mm. long. Sepals attenuate, acutish to acute.
Capsule 15 mm. long. Stem tomentose. Bracts and
calyx distally j^ellowish. 1. C. sessilifiora.

Corolla shorter. Sepals broader. Capsule 10-13 mm. long.
Stem appressed-lanate.
Corolla 35-40 mm. long, its anterior lobes 5-7 mm. long,
yellow and much longer than the slightly thickened
green base. Sepals acute to acuminate. Stigma about
1 mm. wide. Leaves 3-7 cm. long. Bracts and calyx
yellowish. 2. C. labiata.

Corolla 30-35 mm. long. Seeds 1.5-1.8 mm. long, brown.
Leaves 5-8 cm. long.
Anterior corolla-lobes 5-7 mm. long, purple, evidently
longer than the thickened green base. Sepals acutish
or acute. Bracts and calyx distally violet-purple.
Stigma nearly 1 mm. wide. 3. C. purpurea.

Anterior corolla-lobes 3-4 mm. long, pinkish, little if at
all longer than the thickened green base. Sepals
obtuse. Bracts and calyx distally orange-red. Stigma
about .5-.7 mm. wide 4. C. lindheimeri.

Corolla 18-23 mm. long. Seeds 1.2 mm. long, blackish-
brown. Leaves 3-6 cm. long. Bracts and calyx distally
lemon-yellow. 5. C. citrina.

Sepals of each side united throughout, broadly rounded. Posterior
lobes of corolla with broad membranous margins, anterior
lobes green, thickened nearly throughout, and less than one
fourth length of posterior. Leaf-blades entire.
Stems, leaves and calyces densely white-lanate. Leaves

linear; the bracts usually trifid. 6. C. lanata.

Stem, leaves and calyces finely pubescent, green. Leaves
oblong-lanceolate ; the bracts broad, entire. 7. C. laiehracteata.
Root annual. Sepals of each side united throughout, expanding
distally to the broadly rounded apex. Seeds with lighter
pale-brown reticulations enclosing slightly elongated areas.
Bracts and calyx distally red. Stem loosely pubescent.
Anterior corolla-lobes developed, distally thin, yellowish. Leaf-
blades pinnatifid-lobed. Plant forming a flat basal rosette
of leaves, which persist until after anthesis. 8. C. coccinea.

Anterior corolla-lobes very short, thickened, green. Leaf -blades
entire or occasionally slightly pinnatifid-lobed. Basal rosettes
less definitely formed, not persisting. 9. C. indima.

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [PaRT III

1. Castilleja sessiliflora Pursh.

Castilleja sessiliflora Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 738. 1814. "In upper Louisiana.

Bradbury v.s. in Herb. Bradbury." Imperfectly described. Better

characterized by Nuttall, who knew the plant growing, as Euchroma grandi-
flora, Gen. N. Am. PI. 2: 55. 1818.

Corolla yellowish-green, the posterior lip pink-margined, the
anterior yellowish-white and only slightly greenish-thickened at
base. Bracts and calyx distinctly yellowish. Flowering in May
and June.

Sandy or rocky plains and bluffs, escarpments of the Staked
Plains of northwestern Texas; Upper Sonoran Zone (at altitudes
above 1500 meters). Through the Great Plains from Illinois and
Manitoba to Wyoming and northwestern Texas.

Texas. Hall: EstelUne, Reverchon 4316 (M, U, Y). Randall:
Canyon, Pennell 10542 (A, H, M, 0,.T, U, Y).

2. Castilleja labiata Pennell, sp. nov.

Root perennial. Stems several, 1,5— 2 dm. tall, arachnoid-lanate
with close pubescence. Leaves 3-7 cm. long, linear to lanceolate,
slightly 3-ribbed, trifid, with narrow lobes, finely cinereous -pubescent
especially on the lower surface, green above, paler beneath. Bracts
broader, conspicuously trifid, probably distally yellowish or grean-
ish-yellow. Sepals 22-25 mm. long, those of each side united f
length, acutish to acuminate, puberulent, apparently yellowish. Co-
rolla 35-40 mm. long; posterior lip 10-12 mm. long, with thin mar-
gins; anterior 5-7 mm. long, proximally deep-green, distally flaring,
evidently yellow or yellowish; anterior lobes glandular-pubescent,
posterior with longer glandless hairs. Stigma about 1 mm. wide.
Capsule not seen.

Type, stony prairie (uncommon), San Angelo, Texas, collected
in flower May 19, 1899, W. L. Bray 353, in United States National
Herbarium; isotype in Herb. University of Texas.

I regret that the spring of 1920 had been so dry, and consequently
so early, that on my visit to San Angelo on May 18 and 19, all
Castillejas were in fruit and shriveled, I failed to find this species,
but the plant I did find and which appeared to be common proved
to be C. citrina, below. Though dishking to base a species of this
critical genus on so few collections, I think C. labiata must be
recognized. It appears to be a primitive member of the alliance of
C. purpurea (Nutt.) G. Don, connecting that group with C. sessili-
flora Pursh.

Texas. Tom Green: San Angelo, Bray 353 (T, U). Valverde:
Devil's River, Pilsbry (A).

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

3. Castilleja purpurea (Nutt.) G. Don.

Eudiroina purpurea Nutt., in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 5: 180. 1837.
"Hab. On rocks in the hilly prairies of Red River [Arkansas Territory.
T. Nuttall]" Type seen in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil-
adelphia.

Castilleja purpurea (Nutt.) G. Don, Gen. Hist. 4: 615. 1838.

Rocky prairies and bluffs, especially calcareous, in the Grand and
Black Prairies and adjacent hills, southeastern Oklahoma and north-
eastern Texas; also in the prairies of the Verdigris River in north-
eastern Oklahoma. Flowering in April and May, and soon ripen-
ing fruit.

Oklahoma. Atoka: Limestone Gap, G. D. Butler 30 (U).
McCurtain: Idabel, Houghton 3681 (M). Rogers: Catoosa, Bush
1048 (M, Y).

Texas. Dallas: Dallas, Reverchon 714 (M, P, U). Hood:
Granbury, Eggert (M, U, Y). Tarrant: Texas Christian Univ.,
Ruth 371 (U, Y).

4. Castilleja lindheimeri A. Gray.

Castilleja lindheimeri A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2. 1: 298. 1878. "Stony
or fertile mountain prairies, on the Piedernales and Guadalupe, W. Texas.
Lindheimer, &c." Type not seen, but description distinctive.

Corolla whitish-green, the posterior lip with orange-red margin,
the anterior pinkish-red and green-thickened at base. Bracts and
calyx distally orange-red. Flowering in April and May, and soon
ripening fruit.

Gravelly or rocky calcareous soil, prairies or hills, from Parker
and Tom Green (or Martin) to Hays and Uvalde counties, Texas.
Common on the hills of the Edwards Plateau, on the Lampasas
Plain and in the Coleman and Concho districts. Lower Sonoran
Zone (at altitudes of 500 to 2,000 feet).

Texas. Bexar: Camp Stanley Jnc, Pennell 10414 (T, Y).
Blanco: Blanco, E. J. Palmer 13290 (M). Coleman: Coleman,
Reverchon 117 (M). Comal: Fischer Store, E. J. Palmer 12189
(M). Comanche: Comanche, Eggert (M). Gillespie: Nibo Mt.,
Jermy 279 (M, U). Hays: San Marcos, Pennell 10431 (A, C, H,
K, M, T, U, Y). Hood: Granbury, Eggert (M). Kendall:
Boerne, Pennell 10421 (P, Y). Kerr: Kerrville, Heller 1630
(A, M, U, Y), Pennell 10364 (A, H, L, M, T, Y), 10396 (J, O, S, U, Y) ;
Laceys Ranch; Turtle Creek. [? Martin :i" Stanton, Eggert (M).]

" Martin: Stanton (prairies n.) H. Eggert, collected in flower and fruit June
13, 1900 (M).

Plant 3.5 dm. tall, in fruit and late flower. Faded and with broken short

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Pait III

Medina: Hondo, Pilsbry (A). Menard: Menard, E. J. Palmer

11876 (bracts yellow) (M). Parker: , N — (M, U). Tom

Green: San Angelo, Reverchon 3932 (M, U). Travis: Austin,
Pennell 10437 (U, Y).

5. Castilleja citrina Pennell, sp. nov.

Root perennial. Stems several, 1-3 dm. tall, arachnoid-lanate
with close pubescence. Leaves 3-6 cm, long, narrow, 3-ribbed,
trifid, with narrow falcate lobes loosely or finely cinereous-pubes-
cent, pale. Bracts broader, conspicuously trifid, distally lemon-
yellow. Sepals 18-20 mm. long, those of each side united less
than one third length, all obtuse, puberulent, distally lemon-yellow.
Corolla 18-23 mm. long; posterior lip 9-10 mm. long, deep-green
with pale -yellow thin margins; anterior 3-4 mm. long, proximally
deep -green, distally flaring, pale -yellow; all lobes glandular -pubes-
cent, the posterior with longer hairs. Stigma about .7 mm. wide.
Capsule 10-12 mm. long, ovoid in outhne, brown. Seeds about
1.2-1.5 long, oblong, alveolate-reticulate, dark-brown or blackish.

Type, stony limestone knoll, Talpa, Coleman County, Texas,
collected in flower and fruit May 20, 1920, F. W. Pennell 10516;
in Herb. New York Botanical Garden.

Rocky calcareous bluffs and prairies or low hills, prairies of
western Oklahoma, south to Coleman and Concho regions of cen-
tral Texas; lower Sonoran Zone (at altitudes of 1,400 to 2,400 feet).
Flowering in May and soon ripening fruit.

Oklahoma. [Beckham: Doxey, observed by Pennell]. Woods:
Waynoka, Stevens (M, U); Whitehorse.

Texas. Callahan: Baird, E. J. Palmer 13695 (M). Coleman:
Talpa, Pennell 10516 (A, H, K, M, O, T, U, Y). Howard: Big
Spring, Eggert (M). Tom Green: San Angelo, Pennell 10501
(C, J, Y), 10508 (A, H, L, M, T, U, Y).

6. Castilleja lanata A. Gray.

Castilleja lanata A. Gray, in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. 118. 1859. "Along
and near the Rio Grande, from Eagle Pass, etc., to El Paso; Wright (452,
1495), Bigelow, Parry, etc." Cotype, Wright 1495, seen in Herb.
Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden.

Bracts and sepals distally red. Flowering in late March and
April.

leaves. Few fruits developed. Capsule 12-14 mm. long, probably not normal.
No seeds seen. Inflorescence nearly whole height of plant. Sepals 20 mm.
long, lateral narrowing, acutish. Corolla 25-30 mm. long, narrow, galea 8-10
mm. long, lip 3 mm. long, thin, distal portion as long as the thickened green
basal portion.

From a different formation west of the range of C. lindheimeri A. Gray, but
material insufficient for positive identification.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

Arid valleys, near the Rio Grande in Valverde County, Texas.
Extends westward through Trans-Pecos Texas; Lower Sonoran
zone.

Texas. Valverde: Del Rio, Hanson 377 (Y), E. J. Palmer
11353 (M), Pilsbry (A).

7. Castilleja latebracteata Pennell, sp. nov.

Root perennial. Stems several or many, 2-4 dm. tall, finely
pubescent or above bearing longer hairs, some hairs gland-tipped.
Leaves B-7 cm. long, oblong-oblanceolate, 3-nerved, entire, roughish-
puberulent or -pubescent. Bracts oblong or nearly obtriangular,
broadly rounded, sometimes as wide as long, distally violet-red.
Sepals 22-24 mm. long, those of each side united to apex, truncate-
rounded, pubescent, distally violet-red. Corolla 25-27 mm. long;
posterior lip 11-12 mm. long, pubescent dorsall}'', with broad thin
margin; anterior about 1 mm. long, incurved. Stigma .5-.7 mm.
wide. Capsule at least 11 mm. long.

Type, High Bridge of the Pecos, Valverde Co., Texas, collected
in flower April 27-28, 1903, Dr. H. A. Pilsbry; in Herb. Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; isotype in Herb. New York
Botanical Garden.

Nearly related to C. nervata Eastw., and C. rigida Eastw., both
from Chihuahua. From both it differs in its wide leaves and lesser
amount of pubescence; also from the former in larger flowers and
lack of prominence of the lateral nerves or ribs of the leaf.

Flowering in late April.

Arid valleys, near the Rio Grande in Valverde County, Texas.
Lower Sonoran Zone. Known only from original collection.

8. Castilleja coccinea (L.) Spreng.

Bartsia coccinea L., Sp. PI. 602. 1753. "Habitat in Virginia, Noveboraco"

Type, Clayton 293, is certainly the plant here considered.
Castilleja coccinea (L.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 2: 775. 1825.

Corolla yellowish-green, posterior lip yellowish-margined, the
anterior yellowish-white with thickened green base. Bracts and
sepals distally scarlet-red. Flowering from March to May.

Moist sandy meadows and glades, northwestern Arkansas; in
Coastal Plain in moist pineland of Central Louisiana and on coast
prairies of southwestern Louisiana. To be expected through
intervening areas. Ranges from Maine to Manitoba and Kansas,
south to Georgia and Louisiana.

Arkansas. Benton: , Harvey 60 (M). Carroll: Beaver,

E. J. Palmer 5590 (M).

Louisiana. Calcasieu: Lake Charles, Cocks (L); Welsh, E. J.

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Palmer 7656 (M) [Leaves entire or nearly so, apparently approach-
ing C. indivisa Engelm.]. Rapides: Alexandria, Hale (L).

9. Castilleja indivisa Engelm.

Castilleja indivisa Engelm., in Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. 5: 255. 1845.
"284 . . . Prairies from Houston to the Colorado [Texas, Lindheimer]",
Isotype, Lindheimer, Fasc. II., 284, collected in 1844, seen in Herb. Acad-
emy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Corolla greenish, the posterior lip with yellowish thin margins
and the anterior conspicuously thickened and green. Bracts and
sepals distally red. Flowering from March to April and soon
ripening fruit.

Sandy loam, prairies, through the Coastal Plain of middle Texas,
from Hunt to Harris, Bexar and Kleburg counties. Common on
the coast prairie of mid-coastal Texas, inland west of the pine belt
to the black belt ; Austroriparian Zone (at altitudes under 700 feet) .

Texas. Austin: Kenney, Pennell 10312 (P, Y); San FeHpe, Pen-
nell 10291 (M, Y) ; WalHs, Pennell 10286 (A, C, H, J, K, L 0, S, T,
U. Y). Bexar: San Antonio, Blake (Y). Brazoria: Columbia,
Bush 74 (M, U, Y). Brazos: Bryan, E. J. Palmer 7787 (M);
College Station. Colorado: Eagle Lake, E. J. Palmer 4929 (M).
Comal: New Braunfels, Lindheimer (M). Dallas: Dallas, Rev-
erchon (A, M, P, U, Y). Dewitt: Cuero, Howell 297 (U). Fort
Bend: Richmond, Bray 109 (T, LT); Rosenberg. Harris: Houston,
Hah 422 (M, U, Y), Pennell 10253 (Y); Hockley. Hunt: Com-
merce, Warren 124 (M). Jackson: Ganado, E. J. Palmer 9222
(M). Kaufman: Terrell, Reverchon (M). Kleburg: Kingsville,
High 74 (M). McLennan: Waco, Ricker 3362 (U). Navarro:
Corsicana, Reverchon 3222 (M). Robertson: Calvert, Mer-
rill 27 (Y). Victoria: Victoria, Tracy 9165 (M, P, T, U, Y).
Wharton: Hungerford, E. J. Palmer 4848 (M).

30. PEDICULARIS Linne.
Pedicularis L., Sp. PL 607. 1753.
Type species, P. palustris L., of Europe.

1. Pedicularis canadensis L.

Pedicularis canadensis L., Mant. 86. 1767. "Habitat in America sep-
tentrionaU. Kalm." Description distinctive.

Corolla hght-yellow throughout (not showing the purple frequent-
ly developed in northern plants of this species). (Cf. Nuttall, in
Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 5: 179. 1834.) Flowering in April, and soon
ripening fruit.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535

Sandy soil, oak-knolls in long-leaf pineland, and on adjacent
coast prairie, western Louisiana and eastern Texas. Ranges from
Nova Scotia to Manitoba, south to Florida and Texas.

Louisiana. Calsasieu: DeQuincy, Pennell 10230 (A, C, H,
U, Y); Perkins, Pennell 10212 (H, K, L, M, T, U, Y); Lake Charles,
Cocks (L); Vinton. Natchitoches: Natchitoches, Cocks (L).

Texas. Jasper (?) : 30 miles northeast of Beaumont, Bray 67
(T, U). San Augustine: San Augustine, Crocket (U).

Herbaria in which Specimens seen may be Consulted.

Guide-letters in the list of specimens cited with each species
refer to the following herbaria.

A — Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa.

C — Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, 111.

H — Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

I — University of IlUnois, Urbana, 111.

J — Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France

K — Ke'w Gardens, Ivew, England

L — Tulane University, New Orleans, La.

M — Missouri Botanic Garden, St. Louis, Mo.

N — -University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Ind.

O — Agricultural Experiment Station, Stillwater, Okla.

P — University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.

R — University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyo.

S — Charleston Museum, Charleston, S. C.

T — University of Texas, Austin, Tex.

U — United States National Herbarium, Washington, D. C.

Y — New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City

Collectors whose Specimens are cited in Lists accompanying

Species.

Letters, following each name, denote state from which collec-
tor's specimens have been seen: A — Arkansas, L — Louisiana,
0— Oklahoma, T— Texas.

Allison, .-Vndrew (L). Butler, G. D. (0).

Ball. C. R. (L). Butler, Mrs. J. {T).

Barker, C. (0). Canby, W. M. (T).

Berlandier, J. L. (T). Carleton, M. A. (0).

Bigelow, J. M. (A, 0, T). ■ Chandler, H. P. (T).

Biltmore Herbarium {A). Clawson, A. B. {T).

Blake, W. P. {T). Clemens, J. {T).

Blankinship, J. W. (0). Cocks, R. S. (L).

Blankinship, L. A. (0). CoviUe, F. V. {A).

Bray, W. L. (T). Crawford, E. W. (T).

Broadhead, G. C. (T). Crocket, G. L. {T).

Buckley, S. B. (T). Croft, M. B. (T).

Bush, B. F. (A, L, O, T). Dewey, L. H. (T).

Diffenderfer, W. L. (f)"
Dixon, R. A. (T).
Drummond, Thomas (L, T).
Eggert, Henry (A, O, T).
Emig, W. H. (0).
Engelmann, George {A).
Fisher, G. L. {T).
Foreman, Edward [A).
Gregg, Josiah (L).
Griffith, {T).
Groth, B. H. A. {T).
Hale, Josiah (L).
Hall, Ehhu {T).
Hanson, H. C. (T).
Harvey, F. L. {A).
Hasse, H. E. .{A).
Havard, Valery {T).
Hayes, Sutton {T).
Heller, A. A. & E. G. {T).
High, M. M. (T).
Hildebrandt, A. M. {T).
Hill, R. J. {T).
Hogan, George (7").
HoUister, M. P. (A).
Holstein, G. W. (T).
Houghton, H. W. (0).
Howell, A. H. {A, T).
Hunt, E. A. {A).
Jermy, Gustav {T).
Jermy, Julius {T).
Joor, J. F. (L, T).
Langlois, A. B. (L).
Larrabee, R. N. {T).
Lea, A. V. {T).
Learn, C. D. (0).
Leavenworth, M. C. (A, T).
Letterman, G. W. (A, T).
Lewton, F. L. {T).
Lincecum, Gideon {T).
Lindheimer, Ferdinand (T).
Lloyd, F. E. (L).
Mackensen, Bernard {T).
Mackenzie, K. K. (L).
Marcy, R. B. (0).
Marlott, C. L. {T).
Maxon, W. R. {T).
McAtee, W. L. (A).
McReynolds, A. B. (0).
MerrUl, F. J. H. {T).
Mexican Boundary Survey

(Parry, Bigelow, Wright & Schott).
Meyer, Emanuel {T).
Milligan, Mrs. J. M. (T).
Moseley, E. L. (L).

Myers, S. E. (O).
Nash, Mrs. M. L. {T).
Nealley, G. C. (T).
Neaves, Clara (0).
Nuttall, Thomas (0).
Olive, E. W. (0).
Oyster, J. H. (0).
Pace, Lula (T).
Palmer, Edward (0, T).
Palmer, E. J. (A, L, 0, T).
Pammel, L. H. {T).
Parry, C. C. {T).
Peck, C. (L).

Pennell F. W. (A, L, 0, T).
Pilsbry, H. A. (A, 0, T).
Pitcher, Zina (A).
Plank, E.N. {A,L,T).
Pringle, C. G. {T).
Reverchon, Julien (7").
Ricker, P. L. {T).
Robin, C. C. (L) 12
Romer, {T). '^
Rose, J. N. (T).
Ruth, Albert (T).
Schott, Arthur (T).
Schulz, E. D. (T).
Seaman, W. H. (T).
Sheldon, C. S. (0).
Shepherd, T. M. (T).
Smith, J. D. (L).
Stanfield, S. W. (T).
Stevens, G. W. (0).
Tharp, B. C. (T).
Thurber, George {T).
Thuron, F. W. (T).
Tracy, S. M. {L, T).
Trelease, William (L).
Tweedy, Frank {T).
Tyler, F. J. {T).
Vinzent, {T).
Ward, L. F. (0, T)
Warren, W. H. (T).
Waugh, F. A. (0).
Wells, B. W. (A).
•White, M. J. {T).
White, P. J. (0).
Wniiamson, C. S. (A, T).
Wolf, (T).

Woodhouse, S. W. (0).
Wright, Charles (T).
Wurzlow, E. C. (L).
Wurzlow, H. {T).
York, H. H. {T).
Young, M. S. (T).

^^ Collector of the type of a species from this area, but specimens not seen.
^2 Traveled in Louisiana and described many plants seen, but not known to
have collected specimens.

ABSTRACTS OF THE MINUTES OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA

1921

January 18.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL. D., in the Chair.

Eighty-two persons present.

The deaths of Edward J. Nolan, Librarian and Recording Secre-
tary Emeritus, and Joseph G. Rosengarten, were announced.

Dr. Wilham E. Hughes made a communication entitled: "Across
the Peruvian Andes to the Amazon." (No abstract.)

The Council reported the appointment by the President of the
following Committees: On Finance — Effingham B. Morris, Chair-
man, George L. Harrison, Jr., Morgan Hebard, Walter Horstmann,
and the Treasurer, George Vaux, Jr. On Publications — Henry
Skinner, Chairman, Milton J. Greenman, Witmer Stone, Henry
A. Pilsbry, William J. Fox. On Library — Henry Tucker, Chair-
man, F. J. Keeley, T. Chalkley Palmer, Witmer Stone, Spencer
Trotter. On Instruction — Henry Skinner, Chairman, Charles Mor-
ris, Henry A. Pilsbry, James A. G. Rehn.

William Randolph Taylor, C. Montague Cooke, Stephen Fuguet,
Samuel Copeland Palmer, and Lambert Cadwalader, were elected
members.

February 15.

The President, John Cadwalader, A. M., LL. D., in the Chair.

One hundred and forty-four persons present.

The deaths of George W. Carpenter, and James Gibbons Huneker,
were announced.

Mr. Arthur H. Fisher made a communication entitled: "An
Animated Photographic Journey through the Philadelphia Zoo-
logical Gardens." (No abstract.)

John Wagner, and Henry Frazer Harris, were elected members.

The Publication Committee reported the receipt of the following
papers for publication:

(537)

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

"Two Week's Collecting in Yellowstone National Park," by-
Annette M. Braun.

"Some Faunal Remains from the Trias of York County, Penn-
sylvania," by H. E. Wanner.

"New or Little-known Crane-flies from the Amazonian Region,"
by Charles P. Alexander.

March 15.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.

Sixty-four persons present.

The deaths of John H. McFadden, Daniel Baugh, and Steward-
son Brown, were announced.

Mr. James A, G. Rehn made a communication entitled: "The
Academy Colombian Expedition of 1920." (No abstract.)

Samuel S. Fels was elected a member.

April 19.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.

Thirty persons present.

The death of James D. Winsor was announced.

Dr. Henry Skinner made a communication entitled: "A
Collecting Trip to the Sierra La Sal, Utah." (No abstract.)

Frederick Wistar Morris, Jr., was elected a member.

The Publication Committee reported the receipt of the follow-
ing papers for the Proceedings:

" Scrophulariaceae of the West Gulf States," by Francis W.
Pennsll.

"Desihcated Granitic Pegmatites," by Samuel G. Gordon.

"South Ameiican Blattidae from the Museum National d'His-
torie Naturelle, Paris, France," by Morgan Hebard.

" Revision of W. M. Gabb's Teriary Mollusca of Santo Domingo, "
by Henry A. Filsbiy. "

November 15.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-nine persons present.

The deaths of Hiram Milliken Hiller and Miss Emma Walter
were announced.

Mr. J. Fletcher Street made a communication entitled: "A
Study of the Wild Bird Life of the New Jersey Coast, "(No abstract).

Nominations for Officers, Councillors, and members of the Com-
mittee on Accounts for the ensuing year were made.

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 539

The following were elected members: T. Ellis Barnes, R. Dale
Benson, Jr., Mrs. Andrew Alexander Blair, Joseph Hall Bodine,
Mrs. Edward Bok, Dr. John B. Carson, John D. Carter, Wilson
Catherwood, Charles D. Clark, Alexander Brown Coxe, Mrs.
James H. R, Cromwell, George K. Crozer, Jr., Edwin S. Dixon Jr.,
Archibald M. L. duPont, E. Paul duPont, Thomas Langdon
Elwyn, William Newbold Ely, Mrs. Stanley G. Flagg, Jr., C. F.
Fox, Mrs .Eva. B. Gadsby, Thomas S. Gates, John Gilbert, George
L. Harrison, Mrs. Charles W. Henry, John C. Holinger, Wharton
Huber, Charles F. Jenkins, Dr. Victor A. Loeb, C. Christopher
]\Iorris, Dr. Francis W. Pennell, Thomas Robins, John ^Y. Schell,
]\Iiss Hepsey Norris Wells, Dr. D. H. Wenrich, Dr. Arthur Dewitt
Whedon, Walter Wheeler.

The Publication Committee reported the receipt of the follow-
ing papers for the Proceedings:

"The Chromite Deposits of the State Line Serpentines," by
Samuel G. Gordon.

"Notes on Hemibranchiate and Lophobranchiate Fishes," by
Henry W. Fowler.

"Notes on the Radula of the Helicinidae, " by H. Burrington
Baker.

"Plant Indicators of Soil Types," by Arthur Pierson Kelley.

"Notes on the Mollusks of the Colorado Desert, I," by S. Still-
man Berry.

"Some Sharks' Teeth from the California Pliocene," by David
Starr Jordon.

December 20.

The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-six persons present.

Officers, Councillors, and members of the Committee on Accounts
were elected for the ensuing year as follows:

President John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D.

Vice-Presidents Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D.

Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D.

Recording Secretary James A. G. Rehn.

Corresponding Secretary J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.

Treasurer George Vaux, Jr.

Librarian Spencer Trotter, M.D.

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Part III

Curators Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D.

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc. D.

Henry Tucker, M.D.

George Spencer Morris.
Councillors to serve three ... Philip P. Calvert., Ph. D.
Years F, J. Keeley.

Walter Horstmann.

T. Chalkley Palmer.
Councillor to fill unexpired
TERM OF George Spencer Mor-
ris (resigned) Morgan Hebard.

Committee on Accounts Charles Morris.

John G. Rothermel.

Samuel N. Rhoads.

Charles S. Stewart, M.D.

Walter Horstmann.
Annual Reports were received from the Secretary, Correspond-
ing Secretary, Librarian, Curators, Treasurer, auditors of the
Treasurer's accounts, Treasurer of the "Manual of Conchology, "
Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections, and from the follow-
ing sections: Biological and Microscopical, Entomological, Bo-
tanical, Ornithological, Mineralogical and Geological.

The following were elected members: Miss Alice 0. Albertson,
Dr. Joseph L. T. Appleton, Jr., Dr. Clement Biddle, Malcolm H.
Bissell, Mrs. Samuel Chew, Clarence M. Clark, Mrs. William
Dreen, Mrs. G. W. C. Drexel, Henry S. Drinker, Jr., Louis H.
Eisenlohr, Van Horn Ely, Arthur F. Hagar, Henry Reed Hatfield,
Mrs. Frederick Hemsley, Mrs. Charles Willing Huber, John F.
Huneker, Dr. Robert H. Hutchison, Dr. Peter M. Keating, Dr.
Edward C. Kirk, Gustavus W. Knowles, Arthur H. Lea, Charles M.
Lea, Miss Nina Lea, Howard W. Lewis, M. Albert Linton, Miss
Caroline Lippincott, Mrs. J. Bertram Lippincott, Horatio Gates
Lloyd, Mrs. Horatio Gates Lloyd, Malcolm Lloyd, Jr., Dr. Ed-
ward Lodholz, Charles H. Ludington, Percy C. Madeira, Jr., Mrs.
Arthur V. Meigs, William R. Mercer, Miss Susan S. Miles, J.
Clark Moore, Jr., Arthur E. Newbold, Jr., Wilham Peterson
Newhall, Dr. Ralph Pemberton, George L. Pennock, John M.
Phillips, Dr. George Morris Piersol, W. S. Pilling, Mrs. Horace
Miles Potts, G. Colesberry Purves, Mrs. Evan Randolph, Samuel
Rea, Miss Marion Reilly, Dr. David Riesman, Mrs. Ernestine

1921] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 541

M. Schcll, Mrs. E. 0. Shakespeare, S. F. Sharpless, Miss Caroline
Sinkler, Alfred G. B. Steel, Hon. Mayer Sulzberger, Nicolas
Thouron, Dr. B. M. Underhill, Daniel B. Wentz, Mrs. William
D. Winsor, Clement B. Wood, Mrs. George Woodward. Associate
Mem er: Earl L. Polle (Reading, Pa.). Junior Members: Frank-
lin P6 Cook, John T. Emlen, Jr., William P. Harrington, Charles
EHot . Underdo wn.

542

PROCEEDIIsrGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part III

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES DESCRIBED AND
REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1921

New species and genera are indicated by heavy-faced type.

Acanthopteroctetes 22

tripunctata 23

Aclis (Hebetaclis) alta 389

(Amblyspira) bartschiana 389

Acrocercops astericola 18

Acteocina canaliculata 310

candei 310

recta 310

subbullata 310

wetherilli 310

Acteon punctostriatus 310

subtornatilis 310

Actinolite 179, 186, 187, 192

Afzelia cassioides 508

havardii 507

pectinata 507

texana 507

Agalinis aspera . 516

caddoensis 519

edwardsiana . 522

edwardsiana glabra 523

fascicula 518

gatt ingeri 521

heterophylla 515

homalantha . 525

oligophylla 520

pinetorum .517

pulchella . 519

purpurea . 517

spiciflora . 516

strictif olia . 520

tenuifolia . 523

t. leucanthera . 524

t. macrophylla 524

t. parviflora . 525

viridis 521

Agonopteryx nivalis 10

rosaciliella 10

Alaba maoensis 376

Alabina angustior 376

canaliculata 375

Alachista agilis 16

Albite , 177, 184, 183, 192

Albitite 169, 170, 173

Allanite_ 184, 185,

Almandite

Amauropsis altispira

burnsii meridionalis

guptni

Amphibole

Amusium papyraceum

Anacampsis niveopulvella

paltodoriella

Anachis exilis

gracilicostata

(?) quadrata

Anaplecta bivittata

maronensis

pulchella

xanthopeltis

Andesine 170, 171,

Anomia gabbi

Anorthite

Anthophyllite 185,

Antigorite

Apatite 185,

Apeltes quadracus

Aplite

Aragonite 186,

Area bonaczyi

chiriquiensis ;

chiriquiensis websteri

(Scapharca) coccopleura

(Scapharca) copiosa

cyclica

(Scapharca) devexa

dolaticosta

grandis

idiodon

inaequilateralis

(Scapharca) intumulata

maoica

multilineata

(Scapharca) pennelli

perfaceta

pomponiana

180
192
192
387
387
386
186
413
8
8
350
350
350
222
194
195
222
189
409
409
192
191
171
192
438
171
192
403
405
406
406
403
407
404
40()
404
408
403
404
407
407
403
407
407

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

543

(Scapharca) proletaria
(Scapharca) sobrina .

(Argina) tolepia

t. rrassicardinis

t. saxca

. 404
. 403
.. 406

407

406

t. scapularis 407

iimbonat a 403

Architoctonica quadriseriata 379

Argyresthia oreasella 14

Aristotelia rubidella 6

Astasia niobilis 152

Astraea domingensis 396

Atarba megaphallus 59

Atlanta cordiformis 315

neronii 315

rotundata 314

Atrina sp 408

Atys (Aliculastrum) caribaea 313

cinctorii 311

sulculorum 311

Aulostomus chinensis 439

maculatus . 439

Auieolaria caiycosa 512

dispersa . 511

flava macrantha 511

grandiflora 510

g. cinerea 510

g.serrata 511

pectinata 509

virginica 510

Aurinia striata 339

Beryl 192

Bicoeca exilis 117

Biotite 170-172, 177-182, 185,

191, 192

Bittium asperoides 375

yaquense 375

Blaberus fraternus 290

giganteiis 213

Blaptica dubia 290

interior 286

Blatta orientalis 285

Blatella germanica . 264

Borkhausenia haydenella . . 12

Borsonia recurvirostris 326

(Paraborsonia) varicosa 325

Brachycola tubsrculata 252

Brachypremna basilica 92

breviventris 92

Candida 91

dispellens 92

uniformis 92

williamsoni 92

Bramia minnieri 474

Brookite 186, 192

Buchnera americana 527

elongata obtusa 528

Bullaria paupercula 313

solida 313

Bursa amphitrites 360

bifoniopsis 360

crassa proavns 360

Cadulus colobus 401

depressicoliis 401

clegantissiiiius 401

phenax 400

Caecum ancllifor 378

(Meioceras) constrictum 378

Calcite 186

Calliostoma leve 396

Calyptraea centralis 385

Cancellaria barretti 332

epistomifera 333

gabbiana 334

ellipsis 333

guppyi 333

(Trigonostoma) insularis 334

larvescens 333

rowelli 333

Candona rogorsi 28

Capulus inornatus 384

Cardium (Trachycardium) domin-

icanum 420

(Trachycardium) domincense 421

(Trigoniocardia) haitense 421

(Laevicardium) serratum 421

tintinnabularum 421

(Laevicardivmi) venustum 421

Cariblatta mesembrina 258

Cassis inflata monilif era 361

sulcifera 360

(Cypraecassis) testiculus 361

Castilleja citrina 532

coccinea . 533

indivisa . 534

labiata .. 530

lanata . 532

latebracteata . 533

lindheimeii 531

purpurea . 531

sessiliflora . 530

Centriscops humerosus ... . 440

Centriscus scutatus ..' 441

strigatus 441

Ceratocheilus americanum .91

Cerithium dominicense ... . 370

(obesum?) gurabense . 372

microlineatum . 369

obesum . 371

obesum harrisi 372

obesum ventricosior . . 371

simplex ... 372

turriculum 370

vmiseriale .. 370

(?) venustum 373

Ceuthobia 292

fulvella 295

544

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part III

lepta

Ceuthobiella .

Chabazite 188,

Chalceopla

cockerelli

itoniella

ovata

Chalcopyrite

Chama chipolana

involuta

tampaensis

Chione giippyana

(Lirophora) paphia

socia

santodomingensis

Chlorite 185, 187,

Choreutis balsamorrhizella

caliginosa

occidentella

pernivalis

Chorisoneura barticae

gracilis

guianae

lata

nigrifrons

perlucida

Chromite 172, 186,

Chrysamoeba radians

Chrysopyxis bipes

Circulus domingensis

pentagona

Clathurella arnica

gracilis

paupercula

Clava plebeia

Clavatula labiata

Coleophora albicostella

brunneipennis

crinita

tenuis

Colerainite

Collinsia violacea ....

Columbella inflata

Comis aratus

bonaczyi

catenatus

cercadensis

consobrinus

consobrinus ultimus

domingensis

furvoides

furvoides brachys

gabbi .'.

gaza

haytensis

haytensis politispira

imitator

larvatus

longitudinalis

maciilospira

449

293
246

192
20

21
21
21

186
416
416
416
423
423
423
423
191
14
13
14
12
219
252
217
217
252
251
-454
132
138
397
397
323
323
323
373
324
14
15
15
14
192
499
350
329
331
328
332
330
330
327
328
328
332
330
326
327
327
332
330
330

mus •,

planiliratus

proteus

proteus humerosus
pseudomarginatus

recognitiis

simplicissimus ..

strombiformis

stenostoms

symmetricus

trisculptus

xenicus

yaquensis

Coralliophila abbreviata
Corbula dominicensis

knoxiana fossilis

sericea

vieta

(Bothrocorbula) viminea

Corundophilite 186,

Corundum 170-172, 182-188, 191,
Corythoichthys albirostris

conspicillatus

fasciatus

Crassitellites (Crassinella) dolatns

(Crassinella) guppyi radiata .

(Crassinella) microdelta

reevei

Crenella diuturna

rota

Crepidula plana

Crei)itacella cepula

Crucibulum auricula

auricula spinosum

striatum

Cryi^tolabis (Cryptolabis) tenui-

ncicta

Cryptomonas ovata

Ctenolimnophila

bivena

decisa

Cuspidria gabbi

ornatior

Cyclinella cyclica domingensis

o^almlacerta

Cymatium domingense

pileare

praefemorale

Cymia henekeni

henekeni tectif ormis

Cyphophora tricristatella

Cypraea campbelliana

cinerea

(iominicensis

henekeni

Isabella

raymondrobertsi

spurca

spurcoides

331
329
331
332
330
327
332
330
327
328
330
328
331
354
427
427
427
427
428
192
192
442
442
442
415
415
415
415
414
414
385
380
385
385
385

73

144

61

61

62

415

414

424

311

356

356

356

355

355

365

36-1
364
3()5
;5ti4
365
365
365

1921]

NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA

545

Cythara elevata 323

elongata 323

heptagona 322

polygona 322

Cytherea (Ventricola) blandiana .. 424

(Antigona) tarquina 423

Damourite 183, 192

Dasistoma macrophj'lla 505

Dasyblatta 224

chopardi 257

thavimasia 225

Dentalium callioglyptum 399

cossmannianum 399

dissimile 400

d. ponderosum 400

eboreum 400

gabbi 400

haytense 400

praecursor 400

pjTum 400

sagittarii 400

tryoni 399

Diacria bisulcata 309

Diadora alternata henekeni 399

Diaspore ...183, 186, 188, 192

Dicranomyia acuminata 51

amazonica 49

capnora 47

egae 49

eiseni 49

fumosa 52

napoensis 50

optabilis 48

rapax 50

Dimorpha monomastix 116

tetramastix 110

Dimya grandis 413

Diotrepha atribasis 57

fumicosta 58

Diplodon borealis 33

carolus-simpsoni 34

pennsylvanicus 32

wanneri 34

yorkensis 35

Diplodonta (Sphaerella) capu-

loides 419

dedecotis 418

(Phlyctiderma) gabbi 418

Distorsio constrict us simillimus.... 356

Divaricella proletaria 418

Donax aequalis 426

Doryrhamphinarum brachyurum.. 442

lineatum 441

Dosinia azuana 424

Drillia callistopleura 321

callistura 321

consors 319

elocata 318

esculenta 321

foveolata ...: 321

fusiformis 318

gatunensis alia 319

henekeni 318

hexapleura 321

ischnatracta 321

jamaicensis 320

lissotropis dorsuosa 321

macilenta rectaxis 319

mimula 321

orthopleura 321

parkeri 321

scala 321

sororcula 318

squamosa 320

subgibbosa 318

venusta 320

winchesterae 318

Dunite 170, 187, 191

Echinochama yaquensis trachy-

derma 416

Elachista aurocristata 16

stramineola 16

Elephantomyia supernumetaria .... 60

Enicostoma quinquecristata 11

Enstatite 191

Entelurus aequoreus 441

Epicallima dimidiella 12

quadrimaculata 12

Epidote 192

Epilampra abdomen-nigrum 206

azteca 206

berlandi 283

conspersa 206

grisea 206

heusseriana 281

maculicollis 206

\erticalis 240

Epiphragma fabricii 63

varia 63

Epitonium amosbrowni 388

amplum 388

minutissimum 388

santodominganum 388

Eriocera amazonicola 68

macrocera 68

Erioptera (Eriootera) annulipes .. 69

lErioptera) apicialba 70

(Mesocyphona) bicinctipes .... 71

(Erioptera) cladophora 69

^Mesocyphona) diffusa 71

(MesocjTjhona) invariegata .. 71

(Erioptera) micromyia 69

(Mesocyphhona) parva brasil-

iensis 70

Estheria ovata 28

Ethmia albisti igella 12

Eubiaberus argentinus 290

biolleyi 213

Eucaha inconstans 438

Eudromiella aglaia 255

546

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part III

Euglena pseudomermis ...^ 158

Euphyllite 183, 192

Euphyllodromia chopardi 202

literata 201

Euthyrrapha pacifica 251

Fasciolaria kempi 346

semistriata 346

Feldspar 186, 189

Fistularia petimba 439

tabacaria 438

Fusinus haitensis 347

henekeni 347

Gasterosteus aculeatus 437

a. cataphractus 438

Gastrotokeus biaculeatus 441

Gelechia abradescens 9

alternatella 10

conspersa 9

liigubrella 8

metallica 9

unifasciella 9

versutella 9

Geranomyia bicincta 44

bicincta angusticincta 45

cinereinota 46

pilipes 45

recondita 42

separata 45

xanthoplaca 43

Gladkaite 170

Globifera umbrosa 478

Glycymeris acuticostatus 408

approximans 40S

diffidentiae 408

santodomingensis 408

Glyphostoma dentiferum 324

Gnophomyia axillaris 75

bisecta 76

leucoplaca 76

nigrina 75

osten-sackeni 76

rubicundula 74

subhyalina 75

Gnorimoschema contraria 8

erigeronella 7

ochreostrigella 9

triocellella 7

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) acumin-
ata 77

(Lieponeura) amazona 77

(Lieponeura) bispinosa 82

(Leiponeura) crepuscula 82

(Leiponeura) ctenophora 81

(Leiponeura) falcifer 79

(Leiponeura) machaeria 79

(Progonomyia) paraensis 77

(Leiponeura) phoroctenia 80

(Leiponeura) pleuralis 77

(Leiponeura) spicata 83

Gracilaria acerifoliella 18

alnivorella 18

Granulite 170, 172

Gratiola flava 472

gracilis 472

neglecta 472

pilosa 470

ramosa drummondi 471

virginiana 473

Greya subalba 21

Haminoea granosa 313

Harpa americana 337

Hedaia yersiniana 240

Hematite .• 186

Hemisinus truncatus 379

Hippocampus abdominalis 446

ecuadorensis 446

hippocampus 445

hudsonius ^. 445

ingens 446

insdonis 446

kuda 446

punctulatus 446

zosterae 446

Hipponj'Tc otiosa 384

pilosa 384

Histiona campanula 120

Holocompsa nitidula 217, 251

Hormetica 253

ventralis 253

Hornblende 177, 186, 192

Hyalobryon ramosum 140

Hydranthelum egense 475

Hydrotida caroliniana 474

Hypercompsa cynipsoides 251

Hyporhicnoda maronensis 207

Ilmenite 186, 192

Ischnoptera argentina 270

bilunata 272

carcarana 267

icano 276

ignobilis 265

litostylata 272

saussurei 274

Ilysanthes dubia 476

inaequalis 477

Jefferisite 180, 183, 192

Kaolinite 192

Labiosa (Raeta) gabbi 427

Labradorite 189, 192

Lampronia obscuromaculata 20

piperella 20

politella 19

quieta 19

vatiata 20

Lanta 295

peniculiger 298

scotia 296

Latindia dohrniana 216

Latirofusus exilis 346

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA

547

Latirus angiistatus 346

brevicaudatus santodoniingen

sis 345

elongatus 345

fusiformis 345

infundibiiliim 345

Lecteria armillaris 91

Leda extricata 402

Leptonotus tristriatus 444

Leucophaea maderae 241

Leucophyllum texanum 481

Leucospora multifida 478

Leucozonia rhomboidea 345

Leuropeltis 198

. atopa 200

Limacina inflata 308

Limnophila diversipes 62

(Liinnophilella) epihragmoides 62

Limonite 192

Limopsis ovalis 402

Linaria canadensis 501

canadensis texana 502

linaria 503

Liosilpha 235

pumicata 237

Lithocolletis oregonsis 18

Lithophaga antillarum 414

Litoblatta 237

. brasiliensis 238, 264

Lucina bulla ". 417

janus 417

mauryae 417

Lyria piUchella 338

soror 338

Marcocallista (Chionella) macu-

lata 422

(Chionella) planivieta 422

Macrorhamphosus scolopax 440

scolopax elevatus 440

Mactra dariensis 427

Macuillamia rotundifolia 475

Magnetite 172, 17v), 185

Malanexla astuta 349

Malea camura 363

elliptica 363

goliath 363

Mangilia dominicensis 322

Margarite 182, 183, 186, 188, 192

Marginella amina 338

coniformis 337

cercadensis 338

domingoensis 338

latissima 338

nugax 337

sowerbyi 337

Martesia sanctipauli 428

Maurandya antirrhiniflora 500

Mecardonia acuminata 468

peduncularis 469

Megistocera longipennis 94

Melanella gabbiana 394

Melestora 250

argentina 299

Melongena (?) antillarum 347

consors 347

orthacantha 348

Metis chipolana 425

efferta 425

postrema 426

Metula cancellata 349

Metulella dominicensis 352

fusiformis 352

venusta 352

Micrognathus jonesi 442

Microtipula amazonica 97

Mimulus alatus 480

glabratus 479

ringens 480

Minerva saurodosus 455

Mitra barbadensis 341

granulosa 340

henekeni 339

longa 339

mesolia 341

rudis 340

Modiolaria sp 414

Modiolus sp 414

Modulus sp 376

Molophilus (Eumolophilus) pen-

nipes 72

(Eumolophilus) thaumasto-

podus 72

Molybdenite 177, 192

Mompha unifasciella 6

Monastria biguttata 246

Morum domingense 363

Murex (Chicoreus) brevifrons 352

domingensis 353

recurvirostris 353

rufus compactus 352

(Pteropurpura) textilis 353

yaquensis 353

Muricidea striata 354

Muscovite 179, 182, 192

Mycetopoda diluculi 36

Nassaria corrugata 348

Natica canrena 386

sulcata 386

youngi 386

Neaeromya quadrata 419

Neoblatella adspersicollis 198, 232

berlandi 234

conspersa 260

eudromielloides 232

janeirae 226

platystylata 198, 229

puerilis 262

tapenagae 262

Nerophis maculatus 441

Niso grandis 394

548

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part III

minuta 394

Nucula tenuisculpta 401

(Acila) tuberculata 401

Nyctibora holosericea 205

sericea 239, 281

Odostomia (Odostomidea) bart-

schiana 393

(EuKmastoma) bathyraphe .. 393
(Goniodostoma) circumvincta 393
(Parthenina?) cyclocephala .. 393

(Chrysallida) dulcis 394

(Odostomia) ingloria 392

(Odostomidea) mogindo 393

myrmecoon 392

(Eulimastoma) pyrgulopsis .... 392

santodomingensis 392

(Goniodostoma) superans 393

(Evalea?) vexator 393

Oligoclase 173, 179, 184-189, 192

Oliva brevispira 335

cylindrica 335

dimidiata 336

gradata 335

proavia 335

reticularis 334

Olivella floralia 336

mutica 336

muticoides 336

nivea 337

rosalina 337

Orimarga pallidibasis 56

Orthaulax inornatus 368

inornatus altilis 369

Orthoclase 172

Ostrea bolus 409

cahobasensis 409

frons 409

haitensis 409

vaughani insularis 409

Otophylla auriculata 526

densiflora 527

Oulopten^x 214

dascilloides 215

meliponarum 247

Ozodicera (Ozodicera) attenuata.. 96

(Ozodicera) bispinifer 96

(Ozodicera) extensa 95

(Ozodicera) noctivagans 95

(Dihexaclonus) triguttata 94

Panchlora cubensis 208, 241

prasina 241

thalassina 285

Pandora inconspicua 414

Parahormetica bilobata 254

tumulosa 254, 299

Parapegasus natans 441

Paratropesa collaris 84

Partropes elegans 206

Pecten augusticostatus 412

(Amusium?) correctus 413

eccentricus 412

inaequalis 412

interlineatus 411

ischnon 413

oxygonum 411

plurinominis 411

scissuratus 411

soror 410

thetidis 410

uselmae 412

Pedicularis canadensis 534

Pegmatites 169-192

Penstemon albidus 487

ambiguus 497

angustifolius 486

arkansanus 493

a. pubescens 494

baccharifolius 498

buckleyi 486

cobaea 489

c. purpureus 490

digitalis 491

fendleri 487

grandiflorus 486

guadalupensis 488

multicaulis 494

murrayanus 485

pauciflorus 495

penstemon 492

tenuis 492

triflorus 488

tubiflorus 491

Penthoptera batesi 67

Peridotite 170, 182, 187, 191

Periplaneta americana 241

bninnea 208, 285

Petasodes mouffeti 245

Phacoides (Lucinisca) muricatus.. 417

perplexus 416

(Parvilucina) pupulus 417

riocanensis 416

(Parvilucina) yaquensis 417

Phasianella affinis 396

Phoraspis brachytaenia 239

flavipes 239

picta 240

Phortioeca nimbata 212

Phos (Strogylocera) costatus 349

elegans 349

gabbi 349

guppyi 349

semicostatus 348

Phyllopteryx foliatus 445

Pitar (Lamelliconcha) acuticosta-

tus 422

(Hyphantosoma) carbaseus.... 422
tryonianus 422

1921J

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

549

Plagiaplite 170

Plagioclase 172, 188, 191

Plicatula gibbosa 413

Plochelaea crassilabrum 341

gabbi 342

Plumasite 170, 182-189

Plutella vanella 14

Polinices mamillaris 386

PoljTiiera conjinicta 66

conjunctoides 66

ciystalloptera 67

hirticornis 66

niveitarsis 67

obscura 66

parishi 66

pleuralis 66

superba 67

thoracica 66

Potamides caobassensis 374

dentilabris 374

gastrodon 374

haitensis 373

prismaticus 373

suprasulcatus 373

Psacaphora deceptella 5

sexstrigella 5

Psaronius brevitibia 65

mancus 64

' obscurus 63

pallipes 63

triangiiliferus 63

pygmaeus 63

Pseudischnoptera lineata 204

rhabdota 278

Pseudomops neglecta 278

Pteria inornata 408

Pteridomonas scherflfeli 105

Pungitius pungitius 437

Pustularia gabbiana 366

Pycnoscelus surinamensis 241

Pyramidella canaliculata 390

forulata famelica 391

(Longchaeus) jamaicensis 390

(Triplychus) nivea 390

Pyrite 186, 192

Pyroxenite 182, 187, 191

Pyrula carbasea 364

pilsbryi 364

Quartz 170, 172, 186-192

Retusa biforis 311

sulcata fossilis 311

Rhamphidia albitarsis 56

mirabilis 55

miranda 54

sanguinolenta 55

uniformis 56

Rhipidia (Arhipidia) annulicornis 54

domestica amazonensis 54

(Arhipidia) d. angustifrons.... 54

(Rhipidia) perarmata 52

(Conorhipidia) punctipennis .. 54

Rhodolite 188, 192

Rictaxis oryza 310

Ringicula semihmata 313

Rissoa epulata 384

(Alvania) proavita 384

Rissoina bryerea 384

(Zebina) laevigata 382

minuta 383

Rooellaria sp 428

Rutile 184, 185, 186, 192

Salpingoeca lepidula 127

polvgonatum 123

Saxonite 184, 185, 187

Schizopiha fissicoUis 208

Schwalbea australis 528

Sciablatta poecila 196

Scobinella magnifica 325

tristis 325

Sconsia laevigata 361

Scrophularia marilandica 499

occidentalis 498

Scythris eboracensis 19

impositella 19

magnatella 19

Semele delimata 425

firma 425

Serpulorbis papulosus 376

Sigmatomera amazonica 91

Siliqua subaequaUs 426

SilUmanite 192

Simaethis fabriciana alpineUa 12

Smaragdia viridis 396

Smaragdite 186, 188

Solariella (?) tricarinata 397

Solenognathus gimtheri 445

Sophronanthe hispida 473

Sphecophila polybiarum 216

Spiaachia spinachia 437

Spinel 192

Spirorbis inexpectatus 36

Spondylus bostrychites 413

gumanomocon 413

Sportella lioconcha 419

Stemodia schottii 476

tomentosa 476

Stigmatophora argus 444

Strigilla pisiformis 426

Strombiformis ischnon 395

praelubrica 395

sarissiformis 394

stimulus 395

Stiombina caribaea 350

caribaea micra 351

cyphonotus 351

haitensis 351

pohtissima 351

prisma 351

Strombinella acuformis 351

Strombus ambiguus 367

ambiguus bifrons 367

550

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Part III

dominator 366

galliformis 366

haitensis 366

proximus 367

p. pugiloides 367

Styliola sulcifera 309

Supella supellectilium 226

Surcula humerosa 317

jacquensis 317

longicaudata 317

Syngnathus acus 444

californiensis 443

elucens 443

fuscus 443

louisianae 444

mackayi 443

matterni 442

pelagicus 443

Pellegrini 444

schlegelii 443

spicifer 442

Tanypremna longipes 93

Tegiila viridula 396

Teinostoma depressum 398

vitreum 399

Tellina alternata 424

(Merisca) errati 42.5

(Cyclotellina) fausta 425

minuta 424

(Eurytellina) n. sp 424

(Moerella) simpsoni 425

sp 424

Telphusa praefixa 6

Terebra baculifonnis 316

dislocata 316

gatunensis 316

hitia 316

Teredo (Kuphus) incrassata 428

sp 428

Teucholabis anthracina 85

decora 84

jocosa 86

lugubris 85

malanocephala 85

mendax 85

omissinervis 86

parishi 87

persimiUs 87

pulchella 84

Thais santodomingensis 354

Tinagma gigantea 17

pulvirilinea 17

Tipula armatipennis nappoensis.... 98

bezziana 99

diacanthos 97

effeta 100

parishi 97

plumbeithorax 101

Torinia rotundata 379

Tourmaline 177, 183-188, 191, 192

Toxorhina brasiliensis 90

centralis 91

flavida 91

meridionalis 91

Trentepohlia (Paramongoma) ex-

tensa 87

(Paramongoma) femorata 88

(Paramongoma) flavilla 89

(Paramongoma) fuscipes 88

(Paramongoma) geniculata .... 88

(Paramongoma) longifusa 87

(Paramongoma) paHipes 88

Trentonia flagellata 160

Tribonidimn amplum 243

signaticolhs 242

Tribonimn conspersmn 242

guttulosum 285

spectrum 285

Trifora nigrocincta 369

Trophon dominicensis 354

Turbo dominicensis 395

Turbonilla (Xisiturris) angustula .. 392

(Nisiturris) aratibacillum 392

(PjTgiscus) beatula 391

(Nisiturris) contexta 392

(Pyrgiscus) dominicensis 391

(Tragula) egressa 392

(Chemnitzia) galeata 391

(Nisiturris) insititia 392

(Chemnitzia) peraequa 391

(Nisiturris) pertenuis 392

(Pyrgiscus) santodomingensis 391
(Careliopsis) turritelloides .... 391
(Nisiturris) undecimcostata.... 392

Turris albida 316

rara 317

Turritella calostemma 377

domingensis 378

megalobasis 377

perattenuata praecellens 377

sulcigyrata 378

tornata 377

Typhis alatus 354

obesus 354

Typhlinus typhle 444

Vaganella undulata 309

Vasum dominicensis 344

edificatum 344

haitense 344

pugnus 344

tuberculatum 344

Venericardia aversa 415

santodomingensis 415

Verbascum thapsus : 481

Vermetus (Petaloconchus) do-
mingensis 377

(Petaloconchus) laddfranldin-

ae 376

VermicuUte 179, 186, 191,192

Veronica arvenis 505

1921]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

551

peregrina 504

p. xalapeusis 504

persica 505

polita 505

scutellata 505

Veronicastrum virginicum, 503

Vexillum tortuosellum 341

t. frater 341

tortuosum 341

Vitrinella (Solariorbis) amos-

broAATii 398

(Episcynia) naso 397

Volvnla cylichnoides 311

ornata 311

oxytata 312

parallela 313

Wellsite 188, 192

Williamsite 453

Xancus praeovoideus 343

rex 342

validus 342

Xenophora dilecta 385

imperforata 385

Yoldia ovalis 402

Zetobora emarginata 209

Zetoborella 210

gemmicula 211

Zircon 184

Zoisite 185, 191

GENERAL INDEX

1921

Alexander, Charles P. Xew or Little-
known Cranefiies from the Amazoni-
an Region 39

Braun, Annette F. Two Weeks' Col-
lecting in Glacier National Park, 1

Committees, 537.

Deaths announced, 537, 538.

Fisher, Arthur H. An Animated Pho-
tographic Journey through the Phil-
adelphia Zoological Gardens, 537
("No abstract).

Fowler, Henry W. Notes on Hemi-
branchiate and Lophobranchiate
Fishes, 437.

Gordon, Samuel G. Desihcated Gra-
nitic Pegmatites, 169. The Chro-
mite Deposits of the State Line
Serpentines, 449.

Hebard, Morgan. South American
Blattidae from the Museum d'
Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France, 193

Hughes, William E. Across the
Peruvian Andes to the Amazon, 537
(No abstract).

Members elected, 537-541.

Minutes of the Proceedings, Abstracts

of the, 537-541.
Officers, Councillors, and Committee

on Accounts, 539, 540.
Penard, E. Studies on some FlageUata,

105.
Pennell, Francis W. Scrophulariaceae

of the West Gulf States, 459.
Pilsbry, Henry A. Revision of W. M.

Gabb's Tertiary Mollusca of Santo

Domingo, 305.
Rehn, James A. G. The Academy

Colombian Expedition of 1920 (No

abstract)
Skinner, Henry. A Collecting Trip

to the Sierra La Sal, Utah, 538 (No

abstract).
Street, J. Fletcher. A Study of the

Wild Bird Life of the New Jersey

Coast, 538 (No abstract).
Wanner, H. E. Some Faunal Re-
mains from the Trias of York County

Pennsylvania, 25.
Wetmore, Alexander. A Fossil Owl

from the Bridger Eocene, 455.

(552)

1/

Mi;i w noi i.iiiitAiii

WH ifisn